Skip to main content

Full text of "The Maori-Polynesian comparative dictionary"

See other formats


This is a digital copy of a book that was preserved for generations on library shelves before it was carefully scanned by Google as part of a project 

to make the world's books discoverable online. 

It has survived long enough for the copyright to expire and the book to enter the public domain. A public domain book is one that was never subject 

to copyright or whose legal copyright term has expired. Whether a book is in the public domain may vary country to country. Public domain books 

are our gateways to the past, representing a wealth of history, culture and knowledge that's often difficult to discover. 

Marks, notations and other maiginalia present in the original volume will appear in this file - a reminder of this book's long journey from the 

publisher to a library and finally to you. 

Usage guidelines 

Google is proud to partner with libraries to digitize public domain materials and make them widely accessible. Public domain books belong to the 
public and we are merely their custodians. Nevertheless, this work is expensive, so in order to keep providing tliis resource, we liave taken steps to 
prevent abuse by commercial parties, including placing technical restrictions on automated querying. 
We also ask that you: 

+ Make non-commercial use of the files We designed Google Book Search for use by individuals, and we request that you use these files for 
personal, non-commercial purposes. 

+ Refrain fivm automated querying Do not send automated queries of any sort to Google's system: If you are conducting research on machine 
translation, optical character recognition or other areas where access to a large amount of text is helpful, please contact us. We encourage the 
use of public domain materials for these purposes and may be able to help. 

+ Maintain attributionTht GoogXt "watermark" you see on each file is essential for in forming people about this project and helping them find 
additional materials through Google Book Search. Please do not remove it. 

+ Keep it legal Whatever your use, remember that you are responsible for ensuring that what you are doing is legal. Do not assume that just 
because we believe a book is in the public domain for users in the United States, that the work is also in the public domain for users in other 
countries. Whether a book is still in copyright varies from country to country, and we can't offer guidance on whether any specific use of 
any specific book is allowed. Please do not assume that a book's appearance in Google Book Search means it can be used in any manner 
anywhere in the world. Copyright infringement liabili^ can be quite severe. 

About Google Book Search 

Google's mission is to organize the world's information and to make it universally accessible and useful. Google Book Search helps readers 
discover the world's books while helping authors and publishers reach new audiences. You can search through the full text of this book on the web 

at |http: //books .google .com/I 




. wo 






Comparative Dictionary 




Pbesidbmt Wellinoton Philobophioal Sooibtt, N.Z. 


WtUingtan, §i.Z. : 



(The rights of translation and of reproduction are reserved,) 

,•• • • 



Eniobt Coxhandeb or the Goboha dItalu; Emioht of thb Obdbb of Maximilian; 

Knight of thb Obdre poub lb MtBirs, etc. 










]>n>IG4TZ0M .... 

Pbbvaob • • . . . 

Works Gonsolted 

Ihtboductioii .... 

Bibliography — Grouping of Words — Grammar 
Letter-changes — Maori • 

— Samoan 
Tahitian • 

— Hawaiian .... 

— ToDgan .... 

— Barotongan — Marqnesan 

— Mangarevan 

— Paumoian — Morion— Extra-Polynesia 
Table of Interchange of Consonants 

Ext to Abbbsyutioms 



Appbkdiz a.— Days of the Moon's Age 

Appbrdiz B.— -Genealogioal • 

Maori .... 

Moriori .... 

Samoan — ^Tongan 

Marqnesan .... 
Hawaiia .... 

Barotongan — Society Islands 





• • 


• • • 


• • • 





• « • 




■ • • 









THIS work had its origin in a desire growing in the mind of the Anthor to comprehend the 
exact meaning of words used by the Maori people. Mach had been done by Europeans long 
teddent in New Zealand, or by those of Eoropean parentage born in the coontry, to gather in and 
put on reeord the vernacular forms of the native speech. A large mass of material consisting of 
soDgs, I^gendB, Ac, was also at the service of a collector, although this in reality was a very small 
portioii of that which might have been procured had not the rough and perilous work of colonization 
engroased so much of the time and energies of the early settlers. This material wholly referred to 
New Zealand and the New Zealand branch of the Maori or Polynesian race. The science of Com- 
pinUiTe Philology has opened up new vistas of knowledge concerning the comprehension of ancient 
kognages, and the old etymologies of Greek as given by purely Greek scholars, or of English as 
giren by purely English scholars, have been found to be laughably incorrect when viewed by the 
light of the fuller investigation which modem learning has thrown upon the mysteries of Indo- 
European speech. Zend, Sanscrit, the Teutonic dialects, Greek, Latin, Lithuanian, all lent their 
itoieB of ancient word-treasures to unravel the difficulties found in the comprehension of each 
others* language, and the result was so successful that a new science emerged from the domain of 
the empirical, and claimed followers among those who are ever bearing on from hand to hand the 
torch of intellectual progress. 

Begarding the Maori speech of New Zealand as but a dialect of the great Polynesian language, 
the Author has attempted to organize and show in a concise manner the existing related forms 
eommon to New Zealand and the Polynesian Islands. Several attempts have been made to produce a 
Comparative Polynesian Dictionary, but so gigantic was the labour, so enormous the mass of material, 
that the compilers have shrunk back appalled in the initiatory stages of the work, and all that 
remains of their efforts has been a few imperfect and unreUable pages of vocabulary scattered here 
and there through books treating of the Malayan and Pacific Islands. The present work is, at all 
eyents, continuous and sustained ; it does not pretend to be a dictionary of Polynesian, but to present 
to the reader those Polynesian words which are related to the Maori dialect ; using the word Maori 
(t^., Polynesian, "native," "indigenous") in the restricted sense familiar to Europeans, as apply- 
ing to the Maori people of New Zealand. Two purposes are served by the presentation of words 
apparently allied in sound and sense : 

Ist. If the Maori agrees with the Polynesian forms generally, the meaning of the word is in all 
probability above suspicion. If several of the Polynesian dialects agree together as to the meaning 
of a word, and the Maori differs, then (also probably), the Maori has lost the genuine sense of the 
original word, and has localised or deformed it. If the Maori word has no Polynesian affinities, 
then it is almost certainly a local word, either invented since the dispersion of the tribes or so 
wazped from the primitive form as to be unrecognisable without further research. Although the 
Maori word may not be found directly in any other dialect, still it may be recognized m compounds ; 
and for this purpose the comparatives are of great value. In the manner a word has suffered letter- 
change, and passed from dialect to dialect in decaying forms, perhaps all the history that can ever be 
traced of the Ancient Polynesian and his habitat may be discovered hereafter by the philologist of the 

ind. The classification and simultaneous presentation of the allied words offer to the student of 
langoiges a means of ascertaining the oldest and most perfect form of a word as it exists in 
Polynesia. Comparisons have been separately attempted between Polynesian dialectic words and 
those of languages spoken on the great continents, but the masters in the school of Comparative 
Philology have shrunk from the task or frowned upon the attempt of instituting comparisons 
^i^een these almost-unknown semi-barbarous tongues and the classical or oriental languages. 
So decayed are many of the word-forms, so uncertain the phonography of Oceanic vocabularies, 
that until they could be arranged with some approach to completeness (at all events, in respect 
to the more vital words) any comparison with the elaborated continental languages appeared mere 
E^iess-work and unscientific assertion. 

Two important parts of the work deserve brief mention. From authorities on Maori, from 
UKient legends, and from all sources which could be verified by careful investigation I have 
i'Mn enabled to insert some three thousand words (or additional meanings to words) not hitherto 
pohlished. Many of these are, however, proper names. The soientifio nomenclature of plants, 


birdfl, fishes, Ae,, hM reoeiTed mneh oarefal attention, and althongh this branch of the Bubject 
ii not abeolately perfeet, a long stride has been made in the direction of oompleteness. 

An original part of the lexicon is that treating of the gods, heroes, Ac, being short abstracts 
of the principal events for which their worship or their histories were famous. Want of space 
forbade lengthy notice or fall repetition of legend, bat where the tradition was too long for 
detailed relation, copious references have been given to the small class of books bearing on the 

No small proportion of the labour expended npon this work was exerted in providing examples 
of the use of words, both in Maori and Polynesian. Many thousands of lines from old poems, 
traditions, and ancient proverbs have been quoted. The examples might more easily have been 
given by the construction of sentences showing the use of the particular words, but, rejecting 
made-up examples as being in practice always open to adverse criticism, preference has been given 
to passages by well-known authors, where the words can be verified and the context consulted. 
To have given a quotation in this manner for every word would have bean impossible ; some of 
the words are not to be found in any printed record, and to have devoted a still greater length of 
time to the collection of examples would not have produced a result commensurate with the loss 
of time occasioned by long delay before publication, or even, perhaps, with the chance of the 
work never being finished at all. 

Althoogh the dictionary relates to the classification of Polynesian dialects proper, Malay, 
Melanesian, and Micronesian vocabularies have also furnished comparatives. These vocabularies 
are mostly in a very imperfect state, and the phonography full of variations ; but the words are 
suggestive both as to letter-changes and meanings. It does not follow that any of these worda are 
related to Polynesian, but the coincidences are many, and until the laws by which all languages 
are governed are more f uUy explored, it would be mischievous to exclude these apparently similar 
forms from comparison with each other. 

Farther on I have thanked those authors and those friends from whom I have received 
assistance. This refers to the raw material only. In collecting the vocabularies, in searohing 
for comparisons, in making quotations for examples, in the compilation, in the whole of the 
philological and literary work I have been unassisted. 



[Nora. — ^Although the books here enumerated have been consulted, extracts have not been made 
from all of them. Some are unreliable, some almost useless for lexicographical purposes, but 
almost every one contained some hint or allusion pointing out where more valuable information 
could be found.] 

Tranaaetiont New Zealand IrutituU, Vols, i. to xxii., (1868 to 1880) ; Wiluams's New Zealand 
Dictionary, 1871; Bullkr*8 Birdt of New Zealand, 1889; Ck)LBN80*s Nomenclature, 1883; Colekso*b 
Ruahine Range, 1884, and Ancient Tide Lore, 1889 ; Codrxkoton's Melanesian Language, 1885 ; 
Imolis'b Aneityumese Dictionary, 1882 ; Inolis's In the New Hehridet, 1887 ; LiLWB*B Motu Grammar 
and Vocabulary, 1885 ; Chalkxbs and Gill's Work and Adventure in New Guinea, 1885; Chalksbb's 
Pioneering in New Guinea, 1887; Gill's Savage Life in Polyneiia, 1880; Gnx's Jottingt in the 
Pacific, 1885 ; Gill's Life in the Southern Itlee, 1876 ; Gill's Gemt from the Coral Ulande, 1856 ; 
TuBNBB's Samoa a Hundred Yean ago, 1884 ; Max M^llbb's Biographies of Words, 1888 ; Max 
MAllbb's Science of Language, 1864 ; Max M^llbb's Science of Thought, 1887 ; Max M^llbb's 
Introduction to the Science of Religion, 1882 ; Keiohtley's Fairy Mythology, 1884 ; Julbs Bbmt's 
Ka Mnnn lflp ^pwaiL . IRR^ • Pennv's Ten Years in Melanesia, 1888; Dibble's History ofj he 
Sandwich liland s, 1843 ; Mubbay's Bible in the Pacific, 1888 ; BouoAiNvnjJS^B Voyage Hounathe 
World, 1772; Whitney's Life and Growth of Language, 1882; Kala&AITA T (King nf Hawaii), 
Legends and_Myths^of Hati?at'iVJ888 ; KALAXAPA'a, 2^0. ^ik.aimoiau. 1890; Bubnouf's Science of 
ReligtonTl^SS; Fkatheumann's Social History of the Races of Mankind (Papuo and Malayo 
Melaneaians), 1887 ; Cook's Voyages, 1773 ; Fobbteb's Voyage Round the South Pole and Round 
the World, 1777 ; Tubnbull'b Voyage Round the World, 1806 ; Anoab's Savage Life and Scenet in 
Australia and New Zealand, 1847; Bbown'b New Zealand and iU Aborigines, 1846; Bullbb'b 
Forty Years in New Zealand, 1878; Bbouohtom'b Voyage of Discovery in H.M,& "Providence,"' 
1864 ; Tbbbt'b New Zealand, 1842; Calvebt'b Fiji and the Fijians, 1870 ; Whitb'b Ancient History 
of the Moon (v. vols.), 1888; London Missionary Sooifl^s Tahitian Dictionary, 1861 ; The Samoan 



BihU, 1884; The RaroUmgan Bible, 1888; Hooh8Ixttbb*8 New Zealand, 1867; AiATTHB8*B 
Mahusofonch-Hollandtch Woordenboek, 1885 ; Bxjbniet'b Chronological History of Discoveries in 
the South Seas, 1803 ; Nicholas's Narrative of a Voyage to New Zealand, 1817; Cbewx's Narrative 
of Life in New Zealand, 1874 ; Gbuise's Journal of a Ten Months Residence in New Zealand, 1824; 
Babohs'b Tongan Dictionary, 1849; Don Jvajx QkYACAO*B Nuevo Vocdbulario en Hispano-Ilocano, 1884; 
Gataoao's Manual de Conoersaeiones en Hispano-Bicol, 1881 ; Gataoao's Nuevo Vocdbulario 
Eipanol Tagalo y Pampango, 1882 ; Happabt's Dictionary of the Favorlang Dialect of Farmosan 
Language, 1840 (written, 1660) ; Logan's Journal of the East Indian Archipelago, 1847 to 1863 ; 
Davis8*8 Orammar of the Tahitian DiaUct of Polynesian Language, 1823 ; Moebsnhouts' Voyages 
avjt Ues du Grand Ocean, 1837 ; Faybb's Account of the Wild Tribes Inhabiting the Malayan 
PeKmnda, 1865; Wallace's Malay Archipelago, 1869; Habven's La NouveUe Zilande, 1883; 
Macbek's Die Nikobaren, 1867 ; Gabnisb's Voyage autour du Monde-Oceanie, 1875 ; Miklucho 
Maclat'b Meine Zweite Excursion nach New Guinea, 1874 ; Manino's Old New Zealand, 1863 ; 
WooBroBD's A Naturalist Among the Head-hunters, 1890 ; Pbatt's Samoan Dictionary, 1878 ; 
Asdeewb's Hawaiian Dictionary^ 1865 ; Ohetnb's A Description of Islands in the Western Pacific 
Ocean, 1852 ; Fobbebt's Voyage to New Guinea and the Moluccas, 1779; Bopp's tfber di^ 
Verwandtsckaft der Malayisch-Polynesischen Sprachen mit den indisch-europaischen, 1841 ; 
Euieboldt's Cberdie Kavn-Sprache auf der Insel Java, 1838 ; Steven's Dyak Vocabularies (MBS); 
Tatlob's Te Ika-a-Maui, 1870; Button's New Zealand Mollusca, 1880; Cbawfubd's Grammar 
and Dictionary of the Malay Language, 1852 ; Bemt's Recits d^un vieux sauvage (Hawaii), 185^ ; 
Wqteb's Kawi'javaansch Woordenboek, 1880 ; The Tongan Bible, 1884 ; Bibd's Six Months among 
the Pafat-G ryt?ojt- CnrfiLR^^fa n^ft T^o7y»y.^ojrt nf th^ Bandwxc h IshLOds, 1875; Ellis's Tour throuph 
Hatcaii, 1826 ; Mabinbb's Tonga Islands, 1818; Hectob's Fishes of New Zealand, 1872; Maori Bil^Ut 
1868 ; Dx Botis' itat de la Soci€t€ Taitienne, 1855 ; Young's Southern World, 1858 ; Pb^tbb de 
Picfub' Grammaire des lies Marquises, 1857 ; Buzacott's Akataka Reo Rarotonga, 1878 ; Pubyes* 
Drake and Dampier's Voyages, 1882 ; (Anon) He Hamani pia pa (Marqaesan), 1868 ; Maxwell's 
Manual of the Malay Language, 1882 ; Hazlewood's Fijian Dictionary, 1872 ; Hawaiian Bible. 1884 : 
Transactions Anthropological Institute, 1880-1890 ; Pabkeb's Malagasy Grammar, 1883; Bucha|Tan's 
Indigewms Orasses of New Zealand, 1880 ; Transactions of Philological Society (London), 1877- 
1888; Pkbcital's Tamil Dictionary, 1867 ; Schsbzeb's Voyage of the *'Novara,'* 1863; Library of 
Entertaining Knowledge The New Zealanders, 1830 ; Krax's Forest Flora of New Zealand, 1889 ; 
Gbzy'b Poems of the New Zealanders (Nga Moteatea), 1853 ; Gbet's Polynesian Mythology, 1885 ; 
Fobkandsb'b The Polynesian Race, 1878 ; White's Maori Superstitions, 1885 ; Shobtland'^i Maori 
RiUgion and Mythology, 1882 ; Shobtland'b Southern Districts of New Zealand, 1851 ; Sho^tland's 
Traditions and Superstitions of the New Zealanders, 1856 ; Latham's Comparative Philolopy, 1862 ; 
Scbibbsn's Die Wandersagen der NeuseeUmder, 1850; Well's History of Taranaki, 1378; The 
Tahitian Bible, 1884; Steel's New Hebrides, 1880; Fbexman's Malagasy Dictionary, 1835; 
GtBBiNo's Folk Lore, 1889 ; Sbbbano's Ntievo Dicconario EspanoUTagalo, 1872 ; PuByps' Anson* s 
Voyage Rovnd the World, 1882 ; Jaubben's Te Faufaa Api (Tahiti), 1889 ; Hotelacque's Science of 
Language^ 1877 ; Topinabd's Anthropology, 1878 ; Tylob's Early History of Mankind, 1865 ; 
Ttlob's Primitive Culture, 1871 ; Gisbobne'b Colony of New Zealand, 1888 ; Dxighton's Moriori 
Vocabulary, 1887 ; Datis's Life and Times of Patuone, 1876 ; Jolt's Man before Metals, 1883 ; 
Bxxchxt'8 Voyage of the " Blossom,** 1839 ; Bbacb's Manual of Ethnology, 1863 ; Lubbock's 
PrthiMtorie Times, 1865; Lubbock's Origin of Civilization, 1882; Bochon'b Voyages aux Indes 
Orientalee, 1802 ; Lbb and Keitdal's New Zealand Orammar and Vocabulary, 1820 ; D'Ubtillx's 
Voyages dans **V Astrolabe," 1833; Polack's ^«io Zealand, 1838; Maunbell's Grgmmar of the New 
Inland language, 1842 ; Wade's Journey in the North Island of New Zealand, 1842 ; Quatbefagbs* 
La Po^fnSnens ; Lesson's Les Polyn4siens, 1880 ; Melvillb's Marquesas Islands, 1846 ; Bubbell's 
Polyneria^ 1843; Ovtn^s Solomon Islands, 1SS7 ; hAyrvY^B Friendly and Feejee Islands, 1850; Ellis's 
Polynetian Researches, 1829 ; Jaubben's Tahitian Vocabulary', Williams's Fiji and the Fijians, 1858; 
BiowN's Bae:s of Mankind, 1876 ; Vaux's Probable Origin of the Maoris, 1876 ; Wood's Natural 
Bistory of Man, 1868 ; Gibonibbe's Twenty Years in the Philippines, 1856 ; Monst's Java, 1861 ; 
Penbboxx'b South Sea Bubbles, 1872 ; Bicci's Fiji, 1875 ; Sibbee's The Great African Island, 1880; 
Wilkes's The United States Exploring Expedition, 1845 ; Fabbab's Language and Languages, 1878 ; 
I>ieffbnbacb'b Travels in New Zealand, 1843; Babtian's Inselgruppen in Oceanien, 1883; 
CoppisesB's Cruise of the ** Alert," 1885 ; Labillabdiebe's Voyage a la Richerche de La Peroux, 
1792; Dabwin's Voyage of the ** Beagle," 1860; Juee'b Voyage of the "fZy,"1847; MoGillitbat's 
Voyage of H.M,8. ** Rattlesnake,** 1851; Osbobn's Journal in Melayan Waters, 1860; Magellan's 
^im Voyage Round the World, 1874. 

tii. PBEFACE. 


I have to thank certain aathors for the advantages I have received from their works, and 
without which I should have been unable to present my dictionary in so complete a form. 
First of these valuable books is Williams's New Zealand Dieiicmary. Although I have made 
considerable additions to the stock of Maori words, the work of Bishop and Archdeacon Wiujamb 
(father and son) has been the basis of my structure, as it has been for many years the authority and 
reference for all Maori and English translators. Its fidelity and usefulness is so widely recognised 
that no word of praise from me would raise it in public estimation. The literary productions of Sir 
GsoBOB Gbet, Sir James Hbctob, Sir Waltkb Bulleb, the Bev. W. Golsnso,* Dr. Shobtlard, 
Professor EiBK, Mr. John White (all of New Zealand), Judge FoBNANi)j&».QLHaKaii; JB.M. the 
Kino of Haw aii: Jndye Anpbews. o f Hawaii; the Rev. W. Wyatt Gill, of Mangaia; the Bev. 
Gbobob Pbatt, of Samoa; the Bev. B. H. Ck)DBiNOT0N, of Melanesia, have all been largely drawn 
upon, and have been of inestimable service. 

With deep gratitude I acknowledge my obligations for generous co-operation given to me by 
the following scholars, some of them my warm friends, others the more valued because their 
assistance has been rendered to one personally unknown. Foremost of these (because not of my 
own nation) I have to thank three distinguished Frenchmen. From Monseigneur L'EvfiquB 
n'AziBBi, author of the Tahitian Dictionary y I received Marquesan, Paumotan, and Mangarevan 
vocabularies with French equivalents. These vocabularies, collected long ago, and thus more 
valuable, were in MSS., the Mangarevan being especially a unique and priceless document. From 
him I also received many letters full of the learned counsel and guidance inseparable from the words 
of one grown to a venerable old age in doing noble and self -forgetful service — service which has 
endeared him alike to Native and European, Catholic snd Protestant. To his Excellency M. 
Lacasgade, Governor of the French possessions in Oceania ; and to M. le Yicomte de Jouffbot 
d*Abbans, late Vice-consul for the French Bepublic, Wellington, N.Z. (now in Switzerland), I beg 
to express my obligations for their courtesy and assistance. 

Of my own countrymen the list is long. Some have put their collections at my service ; some 
have answered difficult questions as to Polynesian vocabularies or mythology ; others have taken the 
trouble to consult aged Maori chiefs in different parts of the country as to obsolete or doubtful 
words. The Bev. W. Wtatt Gill, B.A. (author of Myths and Songs of the South Pacific, Savage 
Life in Polynesia^ <fec., &c.) ; the la te Judge FoBNANDEB^of Ha^^" (author of The Polynesian Race) ; 
Miss Teuiba Hembt, of Tahiti ; Mr. A. Shand, Chatham Islands ; the Bev. J. L. Gbben, of Tahiti ; 
Professor Alexardeb, Surveyor- General of Hawaii; Mr. J. L. Young, of Tahiti; the Bev. W. 
GoLENBO, F.B.S., of Napier, N.Z. ; the late Mr. C. O. Davis (author of Maori MeTnentoes), N.Z. ; Mr. J. 
White (author of The Ancient History of the Maori), N.Z. ; Mr. Geo. Davies, interpreter. Native 
Department, N.Z.; Mr. Pebct Smith, F.B.G.S., Surveyor General, N.Z.; Sir James Heotob, F.B.S., 
of Wellington, N.Z.; Bev. A. Wuxums, of Putiki, Whanganui, N.Z. ; Major Maib, Judge of the 
Native Land Court ; Mr. T. W. Eibk, F.B.M.S., Wellington, N.Z. ; Mr. H. Hadfibld, interpreter to 
the Legislative Council; Mr. Butleb, native lands purchase agent; Mr. Stevens, of Ardmore, Papa- 
kura (an accomplished Malayan scholar) ; Mr. Geobob Pou (Te Pou Tawera), interpreter. Native 
Department ; Mr. Pbatt (Te Parata), interpreter. Native Department. 

Last, but not least. I have to acknowledge the generosity and love of literature displayed by Mr. 
J. R Blaib (Messrs Lton & Blaib) in publishing this book. To his enterprise I owe the fact ^at I 
am able to present a technical book bristling with typographical difficulties in a manner the accuracy 
of which is a credit to the publishing firm and to this young colony. 


WeJUngton, New Zealand, 

* students of the New Zealand language have long looked forward with interest to the production of the 
great lexicon undertaken many years ago by the Bev. W. Colenso, F.B.S. Circumstanoee bevond the author's 
control have again and again delayed its appearance, but so useful and valuable would be the work of a 
scholar singularly fitted by nature, occupation, and education to produce a unique book on the word-forms 
of a race fast passing away, that those who, like myself, take interest in the study of obsciire lancuages, 
cannot even yet give up hope that philology may benefit by the lexicon being bom into the world of letters. 
At an advanced age, when the minds of most men fail, there still remains with our veteran scholar scientific 
ardour and intellectual power sufficient, should he so will, to bring his life-work to a ■uooessful dose, and to 
give us that special knowledge which, in New Zealand, rests with bun alone. 



THAT the Polynesian dialects are related to each other and form but isolated varieties of 
one great language is by no means a very modem discovery. The first attempt at a 
oompiratiYe table (of forty-seven Oceanic words) was made by Dr. Beinhold Forster, the naturalist 
who accompanied Captain Cook on his first voyage. Mr. Anderson published a table at the end of 
the third voyage of C!ook, in which the comparison was carried further by including the languages of 
Madagascar and the Malay Archipelago. Anderson was followed by the Abb6 Lorenzo Hervas, the 
Jesuit, who, in his " Catalogue of Languages," published in 1800, set the case very clearly and 
intelligently before the public. William Marsden and John Crawfurd, authors of great repute as 
Malay students, followed with learned essays — the former considering the Polynesians as offshoots 
from the Malays, and the latter believing that the origin of the Malay and Oceanic languages was 
distinct. Dumont d'Urville accompanied his report on the French Exploring Expedition of 1825- 
1829 with a Comparative Vocabulary, published in 1838 ; at the same time stating his opinion to be 
that the Polynesians were survivors from the peoples of a now-submerged continent. Adelbert von 
Chamisso issned a volume on the Hawaiian language in 1837, and was followed by Baron W. von 
Humboldt in 1838 with his scholarly book on the Eawi Language of the Island of Java. In this 
very voluminous work Humboldt examines the vocabularies and grammatical construction of the 
Oceanic languages, and considers that the Tagal of the Philippines is the leading dialect. His 
vocabularies, however, were of a very imperfect diaracter, and his deductions would have been con- 
siderably modified had he possessed the information at present at our service ; his Maori being the 
Maori of Lee and Kendall, and his Tongan, if possible, still more defective and illusory. The more 
modem attempts, fragmentary in character, have all been marred by imperfect comparison and care- 
less printing, so that they are of no use as authorities for any scientific purpose. 


Most of the Polynesian Vocabularies follow the rule of putting all the words commencing with 
a vowel or continuing with vowels before those having leading consonants. Thus the Hawaiian 
Dictionary is arranged in following order : A, E, I, 0, IT, H, E, L, M, &o. ; Umu precedes Hau, Heu 
precedes Hbhz, &c., <S:c. This custom has not been followed in the present volume, where the 
words, intended for English readers, are arranged in the order of the English alphabet. The 
exceptions are ng and yjh ; these are considered as single letters ; words commencing with ng follow 
the completed series of n, and words in tch follow the completed series of to. 

There are strong reasons in favor of printing all words commencing with the causative whaha 
under wh; the main point in favour of this course being ease of reference, especially to those persons 
not at all acquainted with the language. In a Comparative Dictionary, however, it is necessary to 
group the words together for convenience of reference. Thus tDhaka-oti, to finish, must be looked 
for under On ; pupuhi and jnihipuhi xmder Puhi ; papai, paingia, tphaka-pai, and whaka-paipai 
under Pax. A very little practice in consulting the Dictionary wiU make the reader accustomed to 
this order of composition. 


I have carefully avoided the use of letters to mark the native words as substantive, adjective 
verb, Ac. It is an unwise, if not a mischievous, effort to make if we endeavour to force tibe rules of 
grammar which fit (more or less) the modem stage of the English tongue upon a language belonging 
to the utterly unequal grammar-period in which the Polynesian speech is now found. I use these 
expressions with consideration, because I believe that there is a constant progress or decay in all 
languages, affecting their character and rendering their forms unsuitable. This is certainly the case 
in regard to the English grammar, where we have seen case-endings and inflected plurals in a state 
of flux for the last few centuries and tending to disappearance. The Polynesian (of course including 
Maori) has been in such a condition of isolation that its changes have not been recorded ; indeed, 
they have probably been fewer than those of peoples where intercommunication has been easy, and 
where language and dialect have again and again, by conquest or commercial enterprise, overlaid and 
overlapped the linguistic boundaries. The effort to adapt Maori words to rules of English grammar 
is evaded by the complex simplicity (if I may use such an expression) of the native language, where 
one word maj serre either as verb, noun, or adjeetive, according to its context, and wherein particles 


whose IIB6 only pimotioe can render funiliar, ere able to link words into aenteneee capable of render- 
ing Tery eabtle and aensitiye expreasion. If we attempt to retain these partioles in the net of 
English grammar, we shall be in the unpleasant sitnation of having to lay down rales with more 
exoeptionB than examplee. 

The Aocxht (as mdra, wlbna, dto.) has been used to denote a lengthened stress upon the vowel so 
marked. [Through inadvertenoe, in a few oases the aooent has been printed thus, d instead of &.] 
Some writera of Biaori prefer a double letter, as moara, ^., but this is misleading, as the sound is 
not that of two distinot vowels. In aU ea$et where accentt are not med, the first syllable is more 
strongly marked than the others, although not with the lengthened vowel sound. 

The pronunciation of the Vowxiii as printed in Maori and in all Polynesian writings is nearly 
that used by the Italians. The vowels are as follows : — 

a short, almost like the English short « in smut. 

h long ; rather longer than ia father, ~fi«JU^^ 

e short, as in bent, ient. 

h long, resembling the a in Mary. 

i short, as in Att, pit, ^., 

Hong, Mee in fleet, 

short, as in lock, ^/^, 

b long, as in cocoa. ><^«v^ ^r v^ 

tt short, as in Une. w '> 

U long, as 00 in pooh, I > *^ 
The Ck)MSONAXiTS have neaxly the same power as in English. Ng is pronounced like ng in 
Mngingi ringingt &c. It is probable that formerly in some localities the r varied into I and d, the p 
into 6, &c., but the efforto to educate the Maori children in their own language have resulted in the 
production of a classic form, in which the r and p are distinctly r and p. The pronunciation varies 
slightly with locality, thus tangata is in some places tanata, but these irregularities of the sub-dialecta 
are very fluctuating and unfixed. 




The vowels sometimes interchange with each other. The following may serve as examples : — 

A and E. — Tutai, a spy, tutei ; hapa, crooked, hape ; ftura, to search, hare ; ngawhara, to 
crumble, ngawhere; ngarahu, charcoal, ngarehu; ngangara^ to snarl, ngengere; tora, to burn, tore; 
tatoatawa, a mackerel, tewetewe. 

A and I. — Bari, to make a loud confused noise, rata ; tara, nys of the sun, ttra. 

A and 0,—Kanohi, the eye, konohi; hopua, hollowed, hapua; natif to constrict, noti; puraut a 
fork, purou; houhout cool, hauhau; tora to burn, toro, 

A and U. — Kanapat bright, kanapu ; rakaraka, to scratch, rakuraku ; hawiidt to shiver with 

cold, huwini, 

A Lost.— ^paoM, to creep, n^foki, 

E and l.—NgaxngaU shells, ngaengae; mti, a dart, neH, 

E and 0. — Tore, to burn, toro, 

E and V.-^Kame, to eat, kamu, 

1 and A. — ^As A and I ante, 

I and E.— As E and I ante, 

I and O. — Hapokif a pit for storing potatoes, hapoko ; hinga^ to lean, honga; hopi, to be afraid 
hopo ; ngahirit to be abundant, ngahoro, 

I and IT. — Ito, an object of revenge, uto; t'nti, to drink, tmu; himut the hip-bone, humu ; t'Ao, the 
heart of a tree, uho, 

I Lost.— HutotCot, stunted, hatotoi, 

and A. — ^As A and ante, 

and E.— As E and O ante, 

and I.— As I and O ante, 

O and IT. — Hotoke^ winter, hutoke ; ngoro, to snore, nguru, 

V and A.— As A and U ante. 
U and E.—As E and U ante, 

V and I. — ^As I and U ante. 
U and O.—As and U ante. 

XJ Lost.— Houtoorc, saliva, haware ; houkeke^ obstinate, hokeke; toukeke^ churlish, tokeke. 



H and K.— fftrutete, Btnnted, hurutete ; hore, not, kore ; hatea^ whitened, katea ; huwha^ 
the tiiigh, kuwha; harangi, unsettled, karangt; huhari, the yoong of birdfl, kukari; houka, a 
■peeies of eabbage-tree, kottka. 

H and N.^PuMiJK, blnnt, punuki, 

H and NG. — Kongehey feeble, kongenge ; puhaehaet envions, pungaengae. 

H and P. — Kcrohuhu, to boil, koropn^pu ; hariraUf a wing, jMirtrati ; hua, to bloom, |»tia. 

H and B. — Eiwait the potato, riwai. 

H and T. — Eangoro, loose, tangoro; hapi^ a native oven, eapl; hapaki^ to oatch lioe, topaikt; 
kovft, cowardly, taiUaulk; hawera, a bamt spot in the bosh or fern, tawera; Mkarot to pick oat, 
tiloFo; hokeke, ohnrlish, tokeke, 

HLoer. — Hitau, a small waist-mat, itau; hokioi, the name of a mythical bird, okioi; ngaehe^ 
iomiA^ngaheke: hcmene, blowing gently, arune; harangi^ unsettled, arayi^i; ^9rAa<o, a kind of 
fimgos, awAolo; AovA^, to pass roond, awht; hihi^ a sunbeam, t^tiM; hiku, the eares of a house, 
iin'Jhi; kinanga, the name of a small fish, inanga; hopi, terrified, opi, 

H and WH,— Haro, to scrape dean, wharo; heut what place? whea^ hinau, the name of a 
tree, vkinau; hiore, the tail, vMore; hirokit thin, vfhiroki; huhat the thigh, huwha; ohiti, on one*s 
guard, owhtH; hapuku, the name of a fish, whapuku, Ac, Aa 

K and H.— See H and K aiUe, 

K and M. — Kaewa, to wander, moetMi; kapura^ fire, tnopiira. 

K and N. — Takoki, sprained, tawmi, 

K and NO. — Kareko, to slip, karengo; kita^ tightly, fast, ngita; koekoe, to Banamtngetrngoe; 
koiro, the conger eel, ngoiro. [Note. — This is a very frequent letter-change, and between the NG of 
the North Island and K of the South is almost constant; as kainga^ a village, kaika; nga, the 
plural article, ka, AcJ] 

K and P. — Karenge, to slip, parengo. 

K and B. — KaJtuif a herd, rahm ; porokere, broken, pororere, 

E and T. — Kokirit to launch endways, tokiri ; Mki, to start involuntarily, wkUi ; ka/upokiy to 
cover, taupoki ; nakuy to scratch, natu» 

K Lost. — Kahore^ not, ahore ; Kakua^ form, appearance, dkua ; karangi, unsettled, arangi, 

M and K. — Ab K and M ante, 

M and NG.— Ifote, to suck, ngoU; mongamongaf crushed, ngonga; motumotu, a firebrand, ngotu; 
mumutawa, a kind of beetle, ngungutawa. 

M and P. — Maheno, untied, paheno ; makat to throw, panga ; fiuma, a knot of a tree,|)Ofia. 

M and T. — Mawhera, open, tawhera ; hatimaku, bedewed, hatUaku, 

M and WH. — Ando, to go round, awhio, 

M Lost. — Maewa, to wander, aewa. 

N and E. — As E and N ante. 

N and NG. — NeinM, to stretch forwards, ngeingei. 

N and B. — Naku^ to scratch, r a^ ; nekutai, spray, r eMitat' ; NiwarUf the name of a canoe, 
Riwaru; vm, to tremble, wimwini; nanea, copious, ranea. 

N and T. — Noke, a worm, toke ; natu, mixed, nana. 

NG and H.— As H and N G ante. 

NG and E.— As E and NG ante. 

NG and M.— As M and NG ante. 

NG and N.— As N and NG anU. 

NG and P. — Ngahoahoa, headache, pahoahoa. 

NG Lost. — Hungoingoi, trembling, kuoioi. 

P and H.— As H and P ante, 

P and E. — ^As E and P ante. 

P and M. — ^As M and P ante. 

P and NG.— As NG and P anU. 

P and T. — Hiapo, to be gathered together, kiato ; poremi, to disappear, taremi. 

P and W. — Tapeke, to be all come or gone, taweke. 

P and WH. — Penei, like this, wkenei ; pena^ like that, tohena. 

B and H.— As H and B ante. 

B and E.— As E and B ante, 

B and N.— As N and B ante. 

T and H.— As H and T anU. 

T and E.— As E and T anU. 

T and IL— As M and T ante. 


T and N.— As N and T atOe. 
T and P.^As P and T ante. 

T Lost. — Tatqporot to oat short, auporo ; Hketike, high, lofty, ikeike ; tungvOu^ to put together 
the sticks of a fire, tm^utu. 

W and T.— As T and W anU, 

W Lost. — TopttwcM, a footstep, ^puatf. 

WH and H.— As H and WH anU, 

WH and M.— As M and WH ante. 

WH and P.— As P and WH ante, 

TsANBPOsinoir. — Rango^ a fly, ngaro; erangi, it is better, engari ; ngarehe, forest, ngahere, Ac. 



The vowels seldom interchange in Samoan words, although there are a few examples of such 
transfer, e.g., tom'm, to guess a riddle, tonana; toma^ red native cloth, sema; taurm*u, to arrive, 

The vowel-changes between Samoan and Ifaori are much more frequent. In the following in- 
stances the related Maori words are given in brackets:— /I Iti^a, a soft pillow {urunga); anaheat 
when ? of past time {inahea) ; lepa, a pond, to be stagnant {repo) ; anapOt last night, (inapo) ; *emo, 
to wink the eye {Hmo) ; ogoogo, the stinging nettie (ongaonga) ; to/oGt, a whale, {tohora) ; tagamimit 
the bladder {tonganUmi) ; tipa, to jump as a stone on the water when playing ** ducks and drakes " 
(tipi) ; tvpitOt last, at the end (toptto.) 


Here the Samoan words are placed first with related Maori words (marked M) or Samoan 
words (marked S) following. 

L and B. — Lagi, the sky, M. rangi ; lau^ a leaf, M. rau ; Ztma, five, M. rlma, &c., &c. This is 
the regular interchange. 

LandT. — Lona, his, M. toiui; 2ou, thine, M. tou; to'u, my, M. toibi ; lau, thy, M. eau ; laHt, 
my, M. taka ; 2e, the, M. te ; 2d, not, M. tl ; lena^ that, M. tena ; Unti, this, M. tenei. 

L (or B) and N.— ^tTaumati, diy, M. raumati ; mni't, small, M. ririki and S. UUki ; mamno^ 
calm, M. marino; manene, to fall slowly, M. marere; nape, to be entangled, S. lape ; fM>*iifio*u, to be 
weighed down, M. roku; nono, the white ant, M. rororo ; nunu, to crowd together, M. rum ; pologa, a 
slave, M. pononga. 

L and G (SO).— Sola, continually, S. »aga ; tugagi, dull, blunt, S. tulali ; tugafana, the step of 
a mast, S. ttdafana. 

G is written in Samoan for the sound of Maori NG, as gafiUu, ten, M. ngakuru. A regular 

L (or B) and * (K.)— Ptp»*i, to stick to, M. pin. 

L and S. — Segasega, yellowish, S. legaUga. 

M and T. — Tale, a cough, M. mare. 

M and V.—Mate^ese^e, ^ppery, M. pahekeheke ; moiunu, to singe, M. pakumu ; malemo, to be, 
drowned, M. paremo ; maph, to make a cracking noise, to snap, M. papd. ; magugu, to be scranched. 
S. pagugu. 

M and ¥. ^Manene, to loiter, S.fanene; maftne, a woman. S.fafine. 

8 and T. — Safe, pamiue menttrualit, M. take ; lalato, to have the mouth stung by an acrid 
substance, S. salato ; »ata, a rod, M. ta ; se/ea, which ? M. tehea ; sou, thy, M. tou ; 80*u, my, M, 
ioku; tau, thy, M. tau; iana, his, M. tana; «d, not, M. td; ienei, this M. tenei; sena, that 
M. tena. 

S and P. — Salafalafa, flat, M. paraharaha. 

S and E. — Sapo, to catch at, M. kapo ; sasdla, to be diffused, as a perfume. M. kakara. 

S and H. — ^A regular interchange between Maori and Samoan. 8oa, a companion, M. hoa ; $au, 
dew, M. hau, &c., &o. 

S and WH. — Ariofio, a whirlwind, M. awhiowhio. 

* and E. — A regular interchange. [* is used to denote a " break " or catch of the breath, in 
sound between E and H, and used for the former letter.] A*a, fibres of a root, M. aka ; *a*e, to 
ascend, M. kake; * ai, to eat, M. kai, Ac., Ao. 

* and Y. — Sa*eu, to stir up, S. saoeu. 

* lost.— UZi, a dog, M. kuri ; ahUu, a cockroach, M. kekererU ; iato, bars connecting the out- 
rigger with the canoe, M. kiato ; to, a long strip of fiesh or fish, M. kiko ; ina% to eat one kind of 
food with another, as sauce, M. kinaki ; ave, a tentacle of cuttle-fish, M. kawekawe; avei, the handle 
of a mat-basket, M. kawei. 


* added. — *t'vi, a bone, M. iwi; *aue, alas I M. aue ; 'e*e, to place upon, M. eke, 

• and T.— eat, S. va*o, 

W and v. — A regular interchange. Fat, fresh water, M. wai ; vae, the leg of an animal, M. 
woe, <tc., Ae. 

W and F. — Fati, to split, a piece, M. wahi, 

M and F,—Filo, a thread ; S. mtZo, to twist rope. [See Whibo.] 

Van d Y.—Fato, to eat, S. va*o. 

WH and F.— A regular interchange. Feta, a star, M. whetu ; /Zi, to plat, M. whirl ; /a, four, 
M. wha^ ^., ^. 

H and F. — Fui, a duster of nuts, M. hux ; /tia, to produce fruit, M. haa ; fow>^ to hold a council, 
M. hono ; foe^ a paddle, M. hoe ; fo% to return, M. hoki. This is a very frequent though irregular 
interchange, and probably points out that the related Maori words have lost W ; thus hoe, a paddle, 
should be whoe ; hoki, to return, should be whoki* 

N and T.—Ninifi to adorn, 8. titifii, 

H LoflT. — Fu, the tail, M. hxku, uluulu to be bushy, said of the beard, M. huruhuru, 

T Lost.— JIfatt'u'tf, the finger nail, S. maVu'u. 

TBAHSPOfliTxoNS. — Navm, a smell, an odour, S. manu; nivaniva, the bow of a native drill, S. 


The Tahitian words sometimes exchange vowels, but between Maori and Tahitian the inter- 
ohange is more frequent. In the following examples the Tahitian word is placed first, and the 
related Maori or Tahitian word (marked M. or T.) follows. 

Oeoe, sharp, pointed, M. hoi; fetii, to tie or bind, M. whitihi; hapoi, to carry, T. hopoi; hinaaro, 
aifection, M. hinengaro; mamo, progeny, M. momo; marara, the flying fish, M. maroro; metua and 
vUtua, a parent, M. matua; pererau, the wingl of a fowl, M. parirau; teimaJia, heavy, T. and M. 
taimaha; Unai, to extinguish fire, M. tinei; manihini, guests, visitors, M. manuhiri ; afata, a 
scaffold, T. ihata; mahita, soon angry, T. mahiti; nivaniva, unsteady, T. nevatieva; nahu, well 
regulated. T. naAona^; nifcint At, neat, T. nehenehe; opai, to drift to leeward, T. opae; arava, ^ 
stripe, T. irava; manaa, manageable, T. manee; niaua, an old cocoanut tree, T. maui: mtra, to 
polish clubs, &c„ T. mire; mitarOf accustomed, T. mataro; pahoro, a comb, T. pahere ; rara, to run 
M. rere; renu, a torch, M. and T., rama; tioi, to turn a thing to one side, T. taoi; taopaopa, to roll, 
T. tiopaopa; tipaopao, to mark for revenge, T. tapaopao; tatia, a girdle, M. and T. tatua; tiatia, to 
carry or convey, T. tietie; tiparUy to flatter, T. taparu; tipu, to chop, T. tapu; virua and verua, 
the spirit, T. varua; vitahi, someone, T. vetaki; vihi, a wrapper, T. vehi, Tia appears often to be 
used for tu; as, tiapapau, a corpse, M. tupapaku; tia, to stand, M. tu: tiapuna, an ancestor, M. 
tuptma; tiarama, a torch, M. turama, Ac, &c. Nia, above, is a curious word. It has probably 
been rtmga, nunga, nua, nia, 


B and N. — Ramu, a mosquito, T. namu; anuhe, common fern, M. aruhe; manii, to be spilling, 
M. maringi; manino, calm, M. marino; manana, vagrant, M. marara; natu, to be brought into some 
dilemma, M. rapu; manaa, manageable, T. fnaraa; manuhini, visitors, M. and T. manuhiri; nave, 
to be pleased, M. rawe; naupa, to obtain, T. raupa; navai^ to suffice, T. ravai; nua, above, M. runga. 

M and P. — Mahore, to be peeling off, T. and M. pahore ; nauma, to obtain, T. naupa ; mahu, to 
ceaae, T. pahu ; mahemo, to slip off, T. pahemo ; patia, a spear, M. matia. 

M and WH (F).--Humaha, the thigh, M. huwha and T. hufaa; maha, four, M. wha, 

M and 'R.—Hiro, to twist, M. miro, 

M Lost. — Teiaha, heavy, T. teimaha ; araea, red earth, Marquesan karamea. 

K Lost. — This is an entire loss. Ai, the neck, M. kaki ; io, flesh, M. kiko, Ac. Ao. 

K and Y.-^Vita, tied, fast-bound, M. kita, 

NG Lost. — This is an entire loss. Aa, an insult, M. kanga ; aau, the heart, M. ngakau, Ao, 
Ac, Ac, 

N and NG.— ^a, the plural article " the," M. nga ; noi, a knot, M. ngoi, 

N and P. — Natu, to be brought into some dilemma, T. napu; panai, to stand in a line, T. 

N Lost. — Niniore, a species of fish-blubber, T. iiore, 

N and B.— See B and N anU. 

H and M.— See M and H anU. 

H and F. — Aoha, a species of plantain, T. aofa ; pupi, a disease of the foot, T. puha. 

H and WH. — Hirinai, to lean on another, M. rohaka-whirinaki, 

H and tL-^MaoM, native, T. and M. Ifoort. 


H an I v.— liana i/, llowing as Ihe sea), T^pauanu. 

H Added.— HumaAa, the thigh, T. hufaa. 

H L(«T. — Aiiaana, bright, ghining, M. hana, T. hanahana; rairait thin, M. rahirahi ; ono, to 
join one pieoe to another, M. and T. bono; oromt, to disappear, M. horomi; nohinohif small, T. 
noinoi ; opohe, to be checked in growth, T. opoe. 

P and M. — See M and P ante, 

P and WH {F),—Patiri, thunder, M. whaitiri / patu, a atone wall, to build with stone, M. 

P and N. — See N and P ante, 

P Lost. — Pafaia^ a cage, a box, T. afata 

B Lost. — Vau^ eight, M. warn; puamarUt agitation of mind, T. pttauau. 

T Lost. — Raumai, to be fair after raining, M. raumati ; afcu, to be burnt, tahu. 

y and W. — A regular interchange. Vaha, the mouth, M. waha ; vai, water, M. irai, dto., Sto. 

y Added. — Uvirot lighting, M. and T. uira, 

Wfl and F. — ^A regular interchange. Fai, to confess, M. whaki ; fare, a honee, M. whare, dkc 

WH and H.— See H and WH ante. 

WH and M.— See M and WH anU. 


In the following examples the Hawaiian word is written first, the corresponding or related word 
in Maori or Hawaiian (marked M. or H.) following the explanation. 

Hekili, thunder, M. whaitiri ; hone, to prick, M. honi ; keehi, to stamp with the foot, M. takahi; 
kinai, to extinguish, as fire, M. tinei ; koanamimi, the bladder, M, tongamimi ; paha, perhaps, M., 
pea ; mao, to cany off, M. mau ; mae, to pine in sickness, H. mat ; wao, to scrape, H. wau ; wauket 
the shrub from which a native cloth was made, H. waoke ; wea, a red dye, H. weo ; wila, a ribbon, 
H. iDili ; paan, banana rind, H. paau ; paolo, a bundle, H. puolo ; paho, to sink, H. j>o^ ; pakaki, to 
talk irrationally, H. pakake; pakelo, to slip out of one*s grasp, 'K.pakele; pakole, incompetent, H. 
pokole; peheu, ihe wing of a bird, M. pahau; peke, lo'v^noi tall, H. poXro ; 2>oAi^i, puzzling, H. 
pohihiu; pole, to defend off, M. pare ; polemo, to sink in the water, H. palemo ; puepue, to be large 
and plump, H.puipm ; poha, the bursting of a boil, Ac, H. puha ; puhenu, a breathing, H. puhanu; 
pukoko, to cackle, K.pukaka; neko, bad smelling, H. niku ; nuhe, sullen, H. nuha; mehana, heat, 
H. and M. mahana; loea, skill, H. loia; kahi, to cut, H. kahe; kahuwai, a brook, H. kahawai; 
kapuwai, a footstep, M. tapuwae ; keo, white, H. kea, M. tea; kiope, lame, H. kaopa; kohi, to 
detain, H. kohe ; kunahtui, to bend forward in walking, H. kanahua ; kupola, to roll up in a bundle, 
H. kapola ; hai, to break open, H. hoe ; hauapu, a yearuiog, H. hauuptf. ; haupo, the thorax, H. 
houpo ; hakukai, to be stormy, H. hakukoi ; hanu, to breathe, H. hano ; hapakui, to stammer, H. 
hapakue ; heliu, to face about, H. haliu; hefietiene, to laagh in derision, H. henahejia; henuhenu, 
to be smooth, pcilished, H. hinuhinu ; hilo, to turn, to twist, H. hill ; kuikau, to turn topsy-turyy, 
H. ktiikai ; hukiki, to shiver, H. hukeke ; ume, a lengthening out, H. umi ; uma, to bake, H. imu ; 
upo, to desire strongly, H. ipo and tipu; oaka, to open as a door, H. uwaka ; elelo, the tongue, H. 
alelo; enei, here, H. anei. 


E. — The Maori E is entirely lost in Hawaiian; e.g., A, to bum, M. ka; aea, to wander, M. kaea ; 
ume, to pull, M. kume, &q., &q. The Hawaiian E represents the Maori T. There are, however, a 
few cases in which irregularities appear to occur, suggesting that probably the E has been retained. 
Kakakaka, small cracks, M. katakata; kala, a public crier, M. kala; kawa, to flow freely, as 
perspiration, M. kakawa; naku, to root as a hog, M. naku; pekapeha, slander, M.peka; kumu, a 
species of red fish, M. ktunukumu, the gurnard; fmhukuhu, a dove, M. kuku. 

K and T.— The regular interchange of Maori and Hawaiian. Kanaka, a human being, M. 
tangata; kane, a male, M. tane; Ay/i, the sea, M. tai, Ac, &c. 

K (T) and H. — WeJie, to open, as a door, H. weke; pekekeu, a wing, H. peheu; kike, to sneeze, 
H. kihe. 

K (T) and P.—Kokoke, near to. H. pokoJie; nxikanuka^ plump, H. nupanvpa; koha, the crack of 
a whip, H.po/w; hupi, to pull, H. huki; kukhu^ to roast, H. piilehii. 

K (T) and M. -Makia, to fasten with nails, H. kakia. 

K (T) and L. - Ekekei, short, H. elehei. 

K (T) Lost. — NakeU, boggy, R.naele; kalania, smooth as the sea, H, aianm; iboailMi, valiant, 
H. koaa ; kopiko the name of a shrub, H. opiko ; kukuhi, to pour water into a vessel, H. ukuhi. 

H and E (T).— See K and H ante. 

H and m.—Ponalta, circular, H. pohaha; nehe, a rumour, H. nene. 

iN'TKODtJOHON. xix. 

H and P. — Htq>u, angry, H. huhu, 

H and M. — Hilo, to twist, milo. 

H and W. — Hilt, to twist, M. wiri, 

H and WH. — A regular interchange between Maori and Hawaiian. Nahuj to split open, as the 
gTOond, BI. ngawha ; kihi, the entangling of vines, M. whiwhiy (fee, &o, 

H. Lost. — Upe^ mucus from the nose, M. hupe ; makalui^ to labour long, H. makaluhi ; 
koehaeka, morose, H. koea; heha^ mist, H. ehu; hohule^ bald, H. ohule ; hmniy withered, H. omd; 
hopilo, to relapse after sickness, H. opilo ; hulili^ to burn, H. ulili ; huXiiut^ to be soft to the touch, 
H. jdina ; heki^ to trample, H. ehi. 

M and H. — See H and M {ante). 

M and K.~See K and M {ante). 

M and P. — Pat, blight, fading, H. nuii ; piuUif mule (a modem word), H. miula ; peua, to join 
together, H. meua ; pehe, like sis, H. mehe ; mumuka, bad, H. pupiika. 

M and N. — Kunu, a gentle wind, H. kumu. 

M and W. — Wakaikait to examine, U. makaiftai ; komi, to press together, H. kowi ; vwala, the 
sweet potato, M. kumara, 

M Lost. — Maikola, worthless, H. aikola ; uala^ the sweet potato, M. kumara, 

K and L (B). — Ununa, a pillow, M. urunga; hanana, to flow as water, H. halana; kanulu, heavy, 
H. kanunu ; kulokuloku^ to stand in pools, as water, H. kunokunoku ; nanakea^ to be weak in body, 
H. lanakea ; nanahu^ a coal, H. lanahu, M. ngarahu ; manini, to spill, M. maringi ; inaninot calm, H. 
maUnOt M. marino ; kalana^ to sift, H. kanana ; kunana^ to step awry, H. kuUina ; hanaiia^ to flow as 
water, H. halana ; nanaaut to float on the current, H. lanaatt ; nanu^ surf, H. nalu, M. ngaru ; pino- 
pinot bad swelling, H. pilopilOt M. piro; polohuku^ a present, H. poUmuku ; nalo, lost, H. nano ; ntna 
■oft to the touch, H. Una ; lanaut to be sour- tempered, H. nanau, 

N and KG.— A regular interchange of Maori and Hawaiian. Naha, to orack open as the ground, 
M, ngawha ; nau^ to chew, M. ngau^ Ac, &o., <feo. 

N and H.->See H and N ante. 

K and M. — See M and N ante. 

N and P. — Nuu, to swell up, H. pan. 

N or NG Lost. — Naikola, to boast or glory over one, H. aikola ; lai, the sky, H. Umi^ M. rangi. 

L (or B) and W. — Poweko, eloquent, H. poleko. 

L (or B) and N. — See N and L ante. 

L and K (T).— See K and L ante. 

L (or B) Lost. — KoaUt to turn round, H. koai , wau, to sorape, M. waru ; pakeaai, a glutton, H. 

P and M.— See M and P anU. 

P and H.— See H and P anU. 

P and N.— See N and P anU. 

P and K.— See K and P anU. 

P Lost. — Peheu^ the wing of a bird, H. eheu; ponaha, circular, H. onaha; puha, to hawk up 
mneos in the throat, H, uha ; puke, to strike, H. uke ; pulu, wet, H. ulu. 

W and U. — Wila, lightning, H. uila; naueue, to vibrate, H. nawewe ; ualaaut to cry out, H. 

W Lost. — Lauwili, unstable, H. lauili. 

W AonsD.— Htia, to be jealous, H. huwa; uat, to open or shut as a door, H. uwai; uao, to inter- 
fere, H. uwao; uahi, a cloud, H. uwahi ; u«, to jerk, H. uwe ; ut, to wring H. uwi ; i/o, to cry out, H. 
vwo : aue, alas ! H. auwe ; wau, I, M. au; kano, to haul a load, H. kauwo ; wetoe, the placenta, M. 
ewe; kaua^ full, H. huuwa; pupiM, a blossom, H. pupuwa; laoa, to bundle up, H. laowa. 

Li the following examples the Tongan word is written first, the related Tongan or Maori word 

(marked T. or M.) following. 


Eiki, a chief, M. ariki; efiafi, evening, M. ahiahi; elelo, the tongue, M. arero ; eku^ my. M. aku; 

mamahi, psin, M. mamae ; ofato^ the name of an insect, M. awhato ; unufi, the caterpillar, M. anuhe; 

fefie, firewood, M. wahie; mele, to cough, M. mare ; luo^ a cave, M. rva; tagamimiy the bladder, M. 

tongamimi ; tokoto, to lie down, M. takoto ; malUf soft, T. molu, soft ; kemo, to wink, M. kimo; kqfu, 

a garment, M. kahu. 


H and K. — Hake, to asoend, M. kake ; habu, the banana leaf tied at each end to hold water, M. 

kapu (?). 

H and B. — Uhiuhi, dark blue, M. uriuri ; hibihi, to cleave to, M. pipiri 


H and F.—f/lo/l, evening, M. ahiahi ; hifo, down, M. iho ; qfi^ fire, M. ahi ; fuji, to d^lume, 
M. huti. 

H and S. — Tuha, eqaal, T. tu9a, 

H Lost. — Agai^ tbe corresponding opposite, M. hangai, 

H Inbcrtkd. — Haket upwards, M. ake ; haUif a road, M. ara ; hifo down, M. iho ; ti^, rain, M. 
ua ; haamo, to carry on tbe shoulders, M. amo ; lohUj a forked stick used for twisting off bread frxdtt 
M. rou; toho, to drag, M. to; haku^ my, M. aku ; hiva, nine, M. iioa; honge^ scarce, ^.onge; vahe, 
to divide, M. wawae ; fuhi, a bunch, M. kui. 

K and H. — See H and E ante, 

K and N. — Hoko^ to apply, to join, M. hono, 

K and T^TatavQi sour, M. kawa; iki, small, M. Hi; fekilokilofaki, to stare about. (M. 
probably a oompoond of tiro, to look. It is the more curious because the Tongan comparatiTe of 
tiro iBJio.) 

K and G (NG).— OaiM/S, a fire stick, M. kauahi. 

K Inssbtsd. — Kau, I, M. au. 

K Lost. — Aitoa, an expression of pleasure at the misfortunes of another, M. kaitoa. 

M and B.^-Bahabaha, light, not heavy, M. nUimd ; malut loose, soft, M. paru, 

B and P.— Regular interchange of Tongan and Maori. Ba, a fence, M. pa; haba, a board, M. 
papa, ; hoe, a sill, M. pae, Ae., &c. 

y and W. — Regular interchange of Maori and Tongan. Vale, foolish, M. ware; valu, eight, M. 
waru, Ac, &o. 

M and B. — See B and M ante. 

M and L (B). — Neka, joy, M, reka; fiunti, to gather together, M. ruru; nima, five, M. rima, 

L and B.— Begular interchange between Maori and Tongan. Loto, inside, M. roto, dm., &o. 

F and K^Fuga^ high, M. runga, 

F and WH.— Begular interchange between Maori and Tongan. Fa, to feel after, M. wha; faji, 
to break, M. whati, <ftc., &c, 

P and S.— iSat, good, M. pai, 

L (B) Lovr. -^ Tamaiki, chidren, M. tamariki; mui, behind, M. murt; ama, a torch, M. rama; 
ogo, to hear, M. rongo; ua^ two, M. rua; uku, to dive, M. ruku; jio, to look, M. tiro; uiui, black, M. 
uriuri; tui, the knee, M. fun; vau, to scrape, M. waru. 

J and T.^TairunjH, a small boy, M. tamaiti; qji, to be finished, M. oti; kqji, to oat with 
scissors, M. koti; faijijiU, a thunderbolt, M. whaitiri and whatitiri; faji, to break, M. whati; 
Jio, to look, M* tiro; mimyi, to suck, M. mitt; fi^i, to deplume, M. huti, 


The Barotongan of this dictionary also includes Mangaian. No dictionary or vocabulary of the 
Hervey Islands dialect is procurable, but one is now in course of construction by the Bev. W. 
Wyall Gill, B.A., and students of Polynesian are looking forward with interest to the completed 
work of this devoted scholar and historian. Until the book can be obtained, any attempt to dassifj 
the irregular letter-changes would be premature. A constant difference from Maori and most other 
Polynesian dialects is the complete absence of the letter H in Barotongan. Thus: Inu, oil, M 
hinu; ara, a sin, M. hara; maara, to think, M. mahara, &o. So strongly is this dislike of the 
aspirate maintained, that words spelt in Maori with wh (the Polynesian /;, lose the w also in 
Barotongan; e.g*, a, four, M. wha, Samoan/^; anau, to be bom, M. whanau, Ac, Ao, 


In the following examples the Marquesan word precedes, and the related Maori word (marked 
M.) follows. 


Etna, a god, M. atua; meama, the moon, M. marama; metaki, wind, M. matangi; merUno, calm, 
M. marino; metau, a hook, M. matau; tehito, old, M. tawhito; tuehine, sister, M. tuahine; tekahi, 
to trample, M. takahi; vehie, firewood, M. wahie; vehine, a woman, M. wahine; kotwae^ the chin, 
M. kauwae; toua, war, M. tatui; Uma, a rope, M. taura; mounu, bait, M. maunu; pootu, elegant, M. 
purolu; tokete, brother-in-law, M. taokete; kaake, the armpit, M. keke; tokoau, the north-east, M. 


H and B. — PiakiaM, dear, M. piari. 
H and W. — Haha, the mouth, M. waha, 

H and WB,—Hataa, shelves, M. whata; hati, to break, M. whati; hatiitii, thunder, M. 


K and T. — Makamakaiimat a finger (M.L. ^matamataririma), 

K and KG. — Haka, to work, M. hanga; hoki, to smell, to kiss, M. hongi; iki, to spill, M. 
ringi ; ikoa, a name, M. ingoa ; inaka^ the name of a small fish, M. inanga ; kaahu, charcoal, M. 
ngarahu; kakae, a tear, a rent, M. ngahae ; kaveka, a burden, M. kawenga ; mako^ the shark, M. 
mango ; ofto, to listen, M. rongo ; potako, a dark night, M. potcmgotango. 

K lost. — Au-puapuat the lungs (M. pukapuka); haa-metau^ to fear, M. whaka-mataku ; imit to 
seek. M. fttmt ; inai, a relish, M. kinaki; inoino, a bad man, M. kino ; jpoa, ripe, M. paka ; umete, 
a ehest, a box, M. kumete ; upeka^ a net, M. kupenga. 

B Lost. — This is almost absolutely lost. PatuM, a Sperm-whale, M. paraoa; pot, a tribe, M* 
pori; too, the taro plant, M. taro ; iki, to pour out, M. ringi; ekaeka^ pleasure, M. reiUir^fta, 
Ac, <fro. 

y and W. — ^A regular interchange between Marquesan and Maori. VeMne^ a woman, M. 
yodhifUt 4fto., &o. 

M and P. — Ifoifptma, a grandchild. Marquesan also poupuna (Maori, mokopuna), 

N and NG. — Na^ the (plural article), M. nga ; nutu, the head (probably M. ngutu), 

N and B. — Menino, calm, M. marino ; nino^ to spin, M. rtno. 

In the following examples the Mangarevan word precedes the explanation, and the Maori word 
(marked M.) follows. 


Tekere, a keel, M. takere; teito, ancient, M. tawhito; tepeiru, a queen, M. tapairu; teturi, wax 
in the ear, M. taturi; vehie, firewood, M. wahie; veine, a wife, M. wahine; enahe^ a caterpillar, M. 
onuhe; erero, language, M. arero (tongue); kerere, a messenger, M. karere; megeo^ to itch, M. 
mangeo; merigi, to spill, M. maringi; merino^ calm, M. marino; nenea, to abound M. nanea; pehau, 
a wing, M. pahau; pererau, a wing, M. parirau; peremo^ drowned, M. paremo; ruehinsi an old 
woman, M. ruakine; karout a hook, M. karau; koumatua, an old man, M. kaumattui; kouae, the 
jaw, M. kauae; noumati^ summer, M. raumati; kourima^ a fire-stick, M. kaurimarima ; mohore, 
peeled, M. mahore; mohora, expanded, M. mahora; moto, raw, M. mata; motuat father, M. matua; 
mouRu, bait, M. maunu; hue, to collect, M. hui; tuhuga, skilled, M. tohunga; tohuhu, a ridge-pole, 
M. tahuku; aka-tokoto, to lay, to place, M. whaka-takoto; tohuri, upside down, M. tahuri; toua, 
war, M. taua; toumaha, an offering, M. taumaha; UnUoru, Orion (a constellation), M. tautoru. 


H and B. — Tiho, to examine, M. tiro» 

H and K — Aka-makara, to think upon, M. vahaka-mahara, 

H Lost. — XJhuH, to pull up by the roots, M. huhuti; uha, the thigh, M. hawha; uka, foam from 
the mouth, M. huka; una, to hide, M. huna; oa, a friend, M. hoa; oaga, a whetstone, M. hoanga; 
ogi, to kiss, M. hongi; oha, wearied, M. hoha; oko, to barter, M. hoko; ono, to join, M. hono; aea, 
when. M. ahea; anga, to work, M. hanga; ape, a crooked foot, M. hape; amama, to yawn, M. 
hamama; amu, to eat scraps, M. hawu; ana, heat, M. hana; ari, to carry, M. hari; iga, to fall, M. 
Hnga; inaki, a fish-basket, M. hinaki; kou, low clouds, M. kohu; maana, warm, M. mahana. 

K and NG. — Ngiengie, the pandanus, M. kiekie (a related plant). 

K Addbd. — Aka-kata, a mirror, M. whaka-ata, 

KLosT. — Aumatua, old, M. kaumatua; one, trailers, rope, Ac, M. kawe; inaki, a relish, M. 

M and P. — Oho-pangu, black hair, (pangu=^}ilL, mangu, black). Urupatiu, west a-quarter-south, 
■ad urupatoga, south a-quarter-west (the|>a heresM. ma, and). 

M Lost. — Kakaraea, red ochre (Paumotan and M. karamea). 

N and B (or L). — Aka-tino, to look at, M. whaka-tiro ; noumatif summer, M. raumati, 

P and M. — See M and P ante, 

B and N. — See N and B ante. 

B Lost. — Ehu, ashes, Polynesian generally, rehu, 

y and W. — ^A regular interchange between Mangarevan and Maori. Ivi, a bone, M. iwi; iva, 
nine, M. iwa, Ac, Ac, 

W (V) Lost. — Aha, the mouth, M. waha, 

y and WH.— Fio, to whistle, M. whio, 

WH Lost.— ^fi^ai, to feed, M. vhangai; ahao, to put in a bag, M. whawhao: etu, a star, M. 
whetu: ariki, a mat, M. whariki; ati, to break, M. whati; atutiri, thunder, M. toAatiitrf; ea, 
where? M. whea; eke, the oetopns, M. wheke; enua, shallows, M. whenua (land); itu, seven, M. 


P JL U BK O fr JL If. 

This dialect, although in hulk Polynesian, has heen " crossed ** with some foreign tongue in a 
very remarkable manner. The numerals and many of the vital words are utterly strange to the 
Maori linguist ; but, on the other hand, the Polynesian words have been preserved with great purity 
of sound and accuracy of meaning. The following examples may serve to show the presence of the 
foreign element. The Paumotan word is placed first, and the related Maori word (marked M.) follows. 

Upoupo^ heart (mind), M. ngakau; nimo^ heart of a tree, M. uho; kipay to see, M. kite; veke, a 
fault, M. hara; pepenu^ a head, M. upoko; kama, stupid, M. kuware ; togari, sweat, M. kakatca ; 
utori, to follow, M. w^i ; pouru, a kidney, M. whatukuhu; keka, a road, M. ara; foau, salt, M. 
mataitai ; konao, stone, M, kowhatu ;' aveke, canoe, M. vaka; touiti, rain, M. va; touo, egg, M. 
hua ; keiga, hone, ^. iwi ; kare, nephew, M. iramutu ; tareva, sinew, M. uaua ; jyaXni, dond, M. 
kapua ; kavake, moon, M. maratna; tate^ fish-hook, M. matau; mari, oil, M. hinu; kerikeri, the 
liver, M. ate ; puka forest, M. ngahere ; tuetue, large, M. nui ; teke, fruit, M. hua; kaihora, smoke, 
M. auahi ; niganiga, mud, M. paru ; neki, korure^ rotika, fire, M. akij hapura ; orari (o ran), one, 
M. tahi ; eite (e ite), two, M. rua ; egeti (e geti), three, M. toru ; eope {e ope), four, M. wha ; ekeka, 
emiha (e keka, e miTia), five, M. rima ; ehene {e hene), six, M. ono ; ahito {a kito), seven, M. tokitu ; 
ehava {e hava), eight, M. vara; enipa {e nipa), nine, M. iwa; horihori, ten, M. tekau; makaro, son, 
M. tama ; viru, good, M. pai ; manemaiiea, finger, M. matihao ; komo, water, M. wai ; titi, slave, M. 
taurekareka, pononga ; kaifa, husband, M. lane; mahoi, horohoro, spirit, soul, M. wairua; kamoke, 
to count, M. tatau; kega, ladder, M. arawhata; tapurena, ashes, M. pungarehu; manania, girl, M. 
hine, kotiro; morire, woman, M. wahine; paneke, fat, M. momona. 

These words, however, are few compared with the Polynesian words in the dialect, and them- 
selves have the Polynesian phonology. In the following examples the Paumotan word precedes, 
and the related Maori word (marked M.) follows. 


Motoro, adultery, M. matoro; hopoi, to lift, M. hapai; horau, a shed, M. wharau; marara, the 

flying-fish, M. maroro: ketaketa, solid, M. kita; kakalalo, the cockroach, M. kekereru; fttaru, the 

eel, M. koiro, 


H and B. — Maohi, indigenous, M. maori; tohe, the anus, M. tore, 

H Added. — Hoge, scarcity, M. oge; mahuga, a mountain, M. maunga; hanuhtt a caterpillar, 

M. anuhe. 

H Lost. — Arai, to guide, M. arahi ; poutu, to splash, M. pohutu, 

E and NG. — Outu, a louse, M. kutu. 

E Added. — Reko, speech, M. reo, 

M and P. — Parau, to speak, Paumotan marau, 

M Lost. — Ote, to suck, M. tnote. 

N and B. — Kirokiro, vile, M. kino» 

N and NG. — Rarani, a row or rank, M. rarangi. 

B Added. — Ruruga, a bolster, M. urunga, 

T Lost. — Tureirei, to pitch up and down, as a ship, M. turetireti. 


The inhabitants of the Chatham Islands (which lie about 400 miles to the eastward of New 
Zealand) speak a corrupt form of Maori. It has been asserted that the Moriori are the autochthones 
of New Zealand driven forth by the Polynesian immigrants ; but investigation proves them to have 
been of Polynesian speech and traditions. Their language is a sub-dialect of New Zealand Maori, 
differing little (save in a slovenly dropping of vowels) from that of their brothers on the larger islands. 
Exception must be made in two curious particulars. They have the tch sound as used in the 
Friendly Islands, and unknown in New Zealand : thus, the Maori word tamaiti, a child, is pronounced 
by the Moriori as tchimitchi. The other peculiarity is a very interesting and puzzling phenomenon 
in comparative philology, viz., that the Causative takes the form hoko, used in Eastern Polynesia, 
and not whaka {haka, akaf/aka,fa*a, (fee), common to New Zealanders, Samoans, Tongans, Baro- 
tongans, <&c. 

The Moriori dialect has preserved in its long isolation some ancient and precious words lost to 
the vocabulary of New Zealand ; except for this, it would hardly deserve notice as a separate dialect. 


Many words of languages spoken in Oceania and the Malay Archipelago are presented in this 
Dictionary as being possibly related to Maori. It is by no means certain that they are Polynesian 
words adopted by the speakers, nor that the Polynesians have received the words from their neigh- 
bours, nor even that they had a oommon souroe; but as they resemble Polynesian in soond or sentfe 



(Bometimes in both), it is possible that they may throw light on some phase of meaning which has 
not been preserved elsewhere. They are valuable also for the tracing of letter-changes ; bat these 
letter-changes are bo difficult to bring under law that no attempt is made in the present volume to 
arrange their multitudinous diversity. 

Of these, however, the Fijian deserves a brief special notice. The language of the Fiji or Viti 
Islands contains Polynesian words to the extent of nearly a third of its whole vocabulary ; the rest 
is derived from Melanesia and other sources foreign to the Maori people. With the exception of a 
regular change of v for Polynesian h (as vofio, to join, Poly, hono ; voi/, new, Poly, hou, (&c.), and a 
few irregular changes, as th (printed c) for k and h (thala, to err, M. hara; thaht to scoop out, M. 
karot Ac), t for t {gum, the lip, M. ngutu)^ <fec., the Polynesian words are pure and permanent. 

Another Extra Polynesian language, that of Madagascar, is of special interest, on account 
of the great distance separating its speakers from those in whose tongue are found many kindred 
words. How far this kindred may be traced it is difficult to say ; but it is certain that words having 
affinity in both sound and meaning may be found in Malagasy and Polynesian. It is probable that 
the real affinity is rather between Malay and Malagasy ; but some words which modem Malays do 
not share with their brothers in the '* Great African Island" appear to find relationship in the 
Polynesian vocabolary. 

The absence of the vowel u in Malagasy necessitates the comparison of Polynesian words having 
either « or o; but the likeness is very apparent. In the following examples the Malagasy word is 
placed first, and the related Polynesian word (marked P.) follows. 
^\ vJir^ Ovi, a yam, P. uwhit or ufi; nao, thine, P. nau; havokavoka, the lungs, P. pukapuka; voy, the 
act of rowing, P. hoe, to paddle; volo, hair, P. hulu, or fulut hum; voa, seed, P. hua, oifua, fruit ; 
tona, an eel, P. tuna; roa, two, P. rua, or lua; rozirozi, weariness, P. ruhi, weary. K .^-^^-'• 

As an example how deceptively the letter-changes may cloak a real affinity, I will present the 
Malagasy word vorondolo, an owl, as equivalent to Maori ruru, an owl. Voro is used as an equivalent 
for "feathers," the Polynesian huruhuru: the v (as in above examples) =s A, and o=^u. The 
Malagasy, however, use vorona as a general name for birds (probably i.e. "the feathered creatures"), 
as voronibolay a peacock; voromahailala, a pigeon. The nd of ndolo may be considered as equivalent 
to the Fijian, in which every disnd; and as <2 is merely a form of r and I {dikydiky = likyliky; 
roa s Malay dua, &c.), and Of^u, therefore dolo is a form of ruru. Thus voro-ndolo means "bird- 
rum " ; and unlikely as at first sight appears the lelationship, it is probable. 

On the other hand, I have not been able hitherto to trace even a possible affinity between 
Malagasy and Maori in more than one hundred words out of ten thousand in each language. 

In Malay, the so-called affiniticR are disappointing as to the number a Polynesian scholar 
would expect to find, after having M.d the works of many writers who have boldly asserted the near 
relationship of the Malay and Po.ynesian languages, and after having heard the Maori so often 
spoken of as being a branch of the Malayo-Oceanic fauiily. The numerals are only parallel as far 
as five ; the Tagal and Malagasy being far more sympathetic. Many important Malay words, such 
as those for sky, fixe, root, bill, eye, Ac, resemble Polynetiian, and are almost certainly related, but 
other vital words, such as sun, moon, mother, son, tree, smoke, &o , have no apparent likeness, and 
the bulk of the two vocabularies is not comparable. The resemblances of Polynesian to Malay words 
are often to Sanscrit and Arabic words which have been adopted into the Malay vocabulary. These 
remarks do not apply to all the languages spoken in the islands of the Malay Archipelago, where 
dialects are sometimes to be found having far greater affinity with Maori than the Malay of the 
mainland possesses. 












Sor F 










* (a break) 



























P i 






G •'' 

G ' 





































• Note.— Although N6 la represented by O in Bamoau, Tungan, Mangarevan, and Paumotun. this only 
applies to the written character. The G is nasalised, and is pronounced as NG. 




Mftny words in oomxnon nae among the Maori people of to-day will not be foand in this 
Dictionary. These are words adopted from the Europeans, mainly for objects not indigenous to 
New Zealand, or unknown among the Natives prior to the advent of the strangers. Such words 
are ^'Ao, horse ; kau, cow; poti, boat; Aperira^ April; Tihema^ December, <!to., 6m, The whole 
English Dictionary travestied into Maori form might have been introduced into the present work if 
any of these bastiurd words had been admitted ; and the Author has been compelled to draw the line 
rigidly in favour of the pure and nndefiled native language (so far as he has been able to distinguish 
it), and to avoid any use of adopted words. 


A full Index to these will be found in the Appendix. 


A. H. M., "Ancient History of the Biaori,** by 

App., Appendix to Dictionary. 

Ar. M., "Aryan Maori," by Edward Tregear. 

Auth., Authority. 

Bot., Botany. 

Col., Bev. W. Colenso, FJI.S., FJi.B. 

Cf., Compare (eonfero). 

Cms., Crustacea. 

Cent., Central. 

C. 0. D., C. 0. Davis, Native Interpreter, Author 
of ** Maori Mementoes," (fee. 

Col. Nom., "Nomenclature,** by W. Colenso, 

Dimin., Diminutive. 

Ent., Entomology. 

Ext. Poly., Extra Polynesian. Dialects spoken 
in localities not inhabited by the fair Poly- 

Fig., Figuratively. 

Fern., FeminiDe. 

Eko., Exodus, Ekaruhf (Bible). 

F. P. B., I Fornander*s "Polynesian Bace.*» 

G.-8, Appendix to Journal, House of Bepresenta- 

tives, G.-8, 1880. 
a. P., Sir G. Grey's "Poems, Traditions, and 

Chaunts of the Maoris'* {Ko n^a Moteatea 

me nga Hakirara o nga Mam). 
Geog., Geographical. 
Ham., Samuel, Hamuera (Bible). 
Her., Jeremiah, Heremaia (Bible). 
H. H., "Histoire de Tarchipel Havaiien,** par 

Jules Bemy. 
Hip., Hebrews, Nga Hiperu (Bible). 
Hoa., John, Hoani (Bible^. 
Hoh., Joshua, Hohua (Bible). 
Hopa, Job, Hopa (Bible). 
Ich., Ichthyology. 
i.e,, that is [id ett), 
Iha., Isaiah, Ihaia (Bible). 
Ika, "Te Ika a Maui,** by Bev. B. Taylor. 

Ed. 1855. 
J. L. N., "Narrative of a Voyage to New Zea- 
land," by J. L. Nicholas. 
J. P., "Jottings in the Pacific," by W. Wyatt 

Gill, B A. 
Eai, Ecclesiastes, Te Kai KauwhaU (Bible). 
Ken., Genesis, Kenehi (Bible). 

Eori I ^^^'^^t ^ newspaper. 

L. A., Lorrin Andrews, Author of Hawaiian 

Lit., Literally. 

L. P., "Life of Patuone,** by C. 0. Davis. 
Ma., Matthew, Matiu (Bible). 

Mak., Mark, Maka (Bible). 

Met., Metaphorically. 

M.L., In Maori letters, i,e, as if written by a 

New Zealander. 
M. M., " Biaori Mementoes," by C. O. Davis. 
MoL, MoUnsca. 
M. 8., " Maori Customs and Superstitions," by 

John White ; bound up with " History and 

Traditions of the Maoris," by T. W. Gud- 
MBS., Manuscripts. The Mauseripts quoted 

are three sent to author. One by C. O. 

Davis, another by W. Colenso, and a third 

by a native chief. 
M. & 8., "Myths and Songs of the South 

Pacific,** by the Rev. W. Wyatt GiU, B.A. 
Myth., Mythology. 
N.Z., New Zealand. 
Neb., Nehemiah, Nehemia (Bible). 
Nga., Proverbs, Nga Whakatauki (Bible). 
Nga Mahi, Acts of the Apostles, Nga Makl a nga 

Apotoro (Bible). 
Obs., Obsolete. 
Om., Ornithology. 
Pass., Passive. 
Plu-, Plural. 
Prov., Proverb. 
P. M., " Polynesian Mythology,** by Sir G. Grey. 

Ed. 1885. 
Ban., Daniel, Raniera (Bible). 
Becip., Beciprocal. A grammatical term, as 

"We love one anotifier,** "They clasped 

Bew., Leviticus, lUtDhitikuha (Bible). 
Butu, Buth, Rutu (Bible). 
8. E. T., " Eruption of Tarawera,'* by Percy 

Smith, F.B.G.8. 
8. B., " Maori Beligion and Mythology,** by Dr. 

Shortland, M.A. 
8. N. Z., " The Southern Districts of New Zea- 
land/* by Dr. Shortland, M.A. 
8. T., " Traditions and Superstitions of the New 

Zealanders,** by Dr. Shortland, M.A. 
Syn., Synonym. 

Tan., Numbers, Tauanga (Bible). 
Tiu., Deuteronomy, Tiuteronomi (Bible). 
Trans., Transactions of New Zealand Institute. 
Wai., Psalms, Nga Waiata (Bible). 
Wak., Waka Maori, a newspaper. 
W. T., ) Papers in Transactions of New 

Wohl., Trans., j Zealand Institute, by Bev. Mr. 

W. W., "New Zealand Dictionary," by Van. 

Archdeacon Williams. 
Zool., Zoology. 
=- equal to. 




f^ the ooUar-bone : Te a o te kaki. Gf. afiei, 
' the collar-bone. 2. The temples of the 
head : Nga a o nga kanohi, 
Tongan—cf. a, the jaw.bone. Haivaiian 
— cf. a, the jaw-bone, cheek-bone; itria, the 
jaw-booe. Tahitian — cf. taa^ the chin or 
jaw-bone. Mangarevan — kouaa, the lower 
jaw : as kouae, jaw ; for kauae, 

A, to drive, urge, compel Cf. hoat to aim a blow 
at, by throwing [9ee Hawaiian] : Ka aia atu 
riUou e Aperahama — Ken. zt. 11. 
Haivaiian — ho-a, (for hoo-a = whaka-at) 
to beat ; (6.) to drive as cattle. Samoan — 
cf. a2«t, to drive, chase ; a^^a, to do. Tahitian 
— a, a method of catching men, beasts, or 
fishes by a long reach or sweep ; to sweep by 
forming a long reach, in order to catch men, 
beasts, dtc. Ext. Poly.: Aneityuxn— cf. a, 
to do ; ahau, to chase, parsue ; arei^ to prick 
or goad, as cattle ; to drive away, as fowls from 
a plantation. 

A, God, the Deity (one aath.) ; of. atua, a god. 
Samoan — Cf . aid, to have authority over ; 
ttoao, to be supreme. Ha'waiian — of. oo, to 
regard with reverence. Tongan — cf. aoao, 
inpreme, sovereign ; aoniu, omnipresent. 
Mangarevan-cf. oo, reign, authority. 
Paunaotan — cf. a, fundamental; rudiment. 
Marquesan — cf. A, the sun (for ra), Tahi- 
tian-— cf. Ao, Heaven, the state of the blessed ; 
the good reign of a prince. Ext. Poly.: Tagal 
— cf . Yaua, a deity. 

A, ploral of particle ta. [See Ta.] 

A, prefix to proper names, pronouns, &o, : Ka ui 
atu ki aia; * Kei whea a Whakatau.* — P. M., 

Tongan — a. a prefix used before the names 
of persons in tne nominative and oblique cases. 
Raratongan — a, a prefix to proper names : 
E angai mamoe a kbela; Abel was a keeper of 

A, of, belonging to : Ko Hinepiripiri, te wahine 
a Tctwhaki — P. M., 47. 2. At, of future time : 
Ka ki atu a Rata, *A whea ara ai te marama f * 
— P. M., 56. 8. After the manner of. 
Samoan — a, of, belonging to : Na te tata- 
laina le noanoaga a tupu; He looses the bonds 
of kings. Ha'waiian— a, of : Kahi i waiho 
ai na kua oUlo a Pii ; Where were deposited 
the words of Pii. (6.) Into ; (c.) at ; (d.) be- 
longing to : PaU'uli, aina buna a Kane ; O 
Paiiori, hidden land of Tane. Marquesan 


— a, of, belonging to : Utnoi oe e otuto atu i te 
foe a to hoa ; Tou shall not covet your friend's 
house. Tongan — a, of, or belonging to : Bea 
nau lea, o heheage * a Si$a* ; They answered and 
said * Cesar's.' Mangaian — ^a, of, belonging 
to : Kua tangi te ike a Mueu ; The mallet of 
Mueu is sounding. Mangarevan — a, of, or 
belonging to : Te kai a toku motua ; My fa- 
ther's food. (6.) It is ; that is : A koe tena ; 
It is you! (of. K.Z. tena koe,) (e.) Placed 
before a numeral : e toru a mano ; uiree thou- 
sand. Anliva~a, of.. 

A I an interjection or exclamation : A I waiho ra, 
me rapu ake e taua, te matenga, te oranga, 
Hawaiian— A I Lo ! behold ! Samoan— 
A I interjection of surprise. 

AE, ' Yes,' in answer to affirmative question, and 
* No,' in answer to a negative one : Ka mea 
mai ratou, * Ae! e tika ana ua au' — P. M., 18. 

Whaka-AE, to consent; to give consent: Kaore 
ia i whakaae kia wehea raua. — P. M., 8. : 
Whakaae ana a Karihi * Ae.' — P. M., 60. 
Samoan — cf . at', probably ; e, Yes ; oe. Yes ; 
ioe. Yes. Tahitian — ae, Yes : but qualified 
by tone of voice. Havraiian— ae, Yes ; as- 
sent, approval, consent, agreement : E pai na 
lima, ae na waha; The hands strike, the 
mouths assent. Marquesan — ae, to con- 
sent. Cf. e. Yes. Mangarevan — cf. ae, 
always, i,e, continuously; e. Yes; he. Yes. 
Moriorl— <sf. e, Yes. Mangaian— ae, Yes. 
Harotongan — cf. a. Yes. 

AEAEA (aiaia), to rise to the surface. Cf. «a, to 
appear above water ; maea^ to emerge. 

Whaka-AEAEA, to pant for breath. 2. To utter 

Tahitian — aeae, the state of being out of 
breath, breathless; aeaea, to be exhausted, 
breathless ; ha-aeae, the gasping of a person 
near death ; fullness ; shortness of breath in 
consequence of eating too much. Cf. aepau, 
the last dying breath ; a bequest by a father 
to his son ; wisdom or leammg obtained by a 
son from his father ; taaaeae, to lie gasping 
for breath. Mangarevan— aeaea, to respire 
with difficulty ; to have pain in breathing. 

A EH A, an interjection of contempt. 

AERO, to dwindle, to become leei and less. 

AEWA, to wander. Cf. kaea, to wander ; kaewa^ 
wandering ; maewa, to wander. 2. To oiroum- 
navigate (one auth.). 




Haivalian — aea, to wander, wandering, a 
wanderer, a vagabond : A e lilo ana au i ka- 
naka aea me he kuewa wale; I shall be a wan- 
dering man and a vagabond. (6.) To remove, 
or be removed ; (c.) unstable, shifty ; (d,) to 
toss or throw btick the head, as a person with 
pride ; ho-aea, to pretend to wander, to assume 
a vagabond appearance ; cf . hokuaea, a wan- 
dering star, a planet. 

AEWA (myth.), the ancient name of the Rarawa 
tribe— S. T., 26. 2. A name of the ' Living 
Water of Tane' [see Waiobi] : the great 
lake of Aewa — A. H. M., i. 142. 

AHA, What? (of inanimate objects only): He 
aha ta matou e mea ai ki toku ariki — Ken. 
xliv. 16. 2. Of what kind ? Ka titiro ai i U 
whenua, he aha ranei — Tan., ziii. 18. 3. What- 
ever. 4. To do what ? to do what to ? Ko wai 
hei ki atu ki a ia*he aha ana hoe V — Hopa., 
ix. 12. 

Tahitian— Aha, What? How? Why? E 
aha hoi outou i parau mai ai «, I aha tia 
koe f What is this ye say to me, * What aileth 
thee?* Also Eaha, What? of inquiry. Cf. 
tauaha. What is it? Tongan— Eha, What? 
What of it ? Oha, What ?-~Ko eha aau, oku 
ke ha^u ai moe kakai behe t What ails you to 
come with such a company? cf. Koeha^ What? 
Rarotongan— Eaa. What? Eaa taku nei i 
rave t What have I done 7— Eaa tatou e ora'i 
i te reira tangata f How will this man serve 
US' Aa, Why? Wherefore? How?— £ te ka- 
ranga nei koutou €, * No te aa ra V Yet ye 
say, 'Wherefore?' Hawraiian — Aha, to do 
what ? Why ? Wherefore ? — I aku la au^ no ke 
ahaf I said * What for?' — I aku la au, heaha 
ka pono f I said * What is proper to be done ? ' 
(&.) An interjection of surprise. Samoan — 
cf. Af What?— /a*a-a/ Like what? How? 
Marquesan— Aha, What? He alia te hana 
tena atua ? What is the work of that god ? 
Cf. meaha^ Why? umaha, Why? Manga- 
revan — Aha (a) an exclamatiou of astonish 
ment or admiration ; Eaha, What ? What is 
it ? Which f^Eafia to koe tiaga t What is 
your device? Aniw^an — ^Taha, What (for 
Ta-aha) ? Taha aia neimna iatakoi ; What he 
did to thee? Cf. Tiaha, Why? Paumotan 
-Aha, What? Which? Ext. Poly.: Sika- 
yana~cf. Ae-alia, What ? Feaka, What? 

AHAKA {ahdka)t bent like a hook. Cf. haka, 
short in stature ; hake, humped, crooked. 

AHAKOA, although: Ahakoa tokomaha ki roto 
ki te whare. — P. M., 81. 2. Nevertheless. 3. 
Whether, or : Ahakoa kararehe^ aJiakoa ta- 
ngata, e kore e ora — Eko. xix. 13. 4. ' He aha- 
koa,* used in the sense of * Never mind,' * What 
of that ?' — He ahakoa, tukun atu maua nei ko 
te Tamatea ki te tnoatia whawhai. — 0.-8, 20. 
Cf. aha, What ? and its comparatives. Mo- 
riori— Ihakoa, although. 

AH AKU, my; tome: belonging to me: a leng- 
thened form of aku, my, and plural of taJuiku, 
my [see Taku and TahakuJ : Ka mutu ana 
nga tamariki aluiku, ko ena. — Wohl., Trans., 
vii. 37. 
Tongan— cf. haku, my ; haaku, miue. 

AH AN A, his, belonging to him : a lengthened 
form of ana ; the plural of taliana (tana). Cf. 
ahukn, = aku, my; mahana, = mana, <frc. : 

E turaQ nga tuakana, he hopu tou ahana, — 
Wohl. Trans., vii. 37. 

AHAU, I, me. Often au, and sometimes (in the 
South Island) auau : Ka mea atu a Whaka- 
tau, * Ae, ko a/wu.'— P. M., 64. South Island 
also awau : Nahau ano awau, — Wohl., Trans., 
vii. 37. 

Samoan — A*u, I : I7a oo maifoi iateaule 
mea na au mata^u ai ; What I was afraid of 
has come to me. Cf . ata, I. Tahitian — Vau, 
I ; also Au, and ovau : Vau nei inaha, te 
fafau nei au i to*u neifaufaa ia outou ; And I, 
behold, I establish my agreement with yon. 
Havraiian — Au, I, me. The forms wau, oau, 
owau, are also used : Aole make au e haide i 
ka lima • kanaka ; Let me not fall into the 
hands of men : O Kaulu nei wau, ke kama o 
Kalaiia ; I am Tauru, the child of Taranga. 
Tongan—Au, I. Also Kau, Keu, I; Neu, I 
(always in the past tense) ; Te, I : Ke tamaUH 
au, bea teu auha, ko au, mo hoku fale ; And I 
shall be destroyed ; I, and my house. Raro*- 
tongan— Au, I: Teia au; koai koe, e taku 
tamaiti f Here am I ; who are you, my son ? 
Marquesan — Au, I : O/to, oia, tutu ttu, e ono; 
Hark 1 it is he, I arise ; hearken 1 Manga- 
revan — Au, I, me, Aniwa— Avou, I, me: 
Akoi nikowna avou; Thou seest me: Avou 
nacatucua iacowa ; I have told you. Pau- 
motan — Ovau, I, me ; Vau, I. Futuna — Au, 

1, me. Ext. Poly.: Motu-Lau, I; Fiji— 
Au, I ; Kau, I ; Malagasy— Aho, I ; Ahy, me ; 
Kayan— Akui, I; Sulu— Aku, I; Kisa— 
Yahu, I ; Malay— Aku, I. 

AHE, to fructify, to give increase. 

AHEA, When? (used in future only) : Ahea ano 
hoki koutou whai mahara ai f — Wai., xciv. 8. 
Cf. hea, what place, what time ? tehea, which ? 
Samoan — ahea, when (future only) ? Also 
afea: O outou valefoi tou te popoto a/ea f Yoa 
fools, when will you be wise? Tahitian — 
afea, when ? Also, ahea : E afea mai oe e ho*i 
mai ai f When will you return ? Hawaiian 
— ahea, when ? Ahea la oe e Jiele mai tVu t 
When will you come to rue ? Rarotongan — 
Aea, when ? Aea koe e ara ai i taau moe f 
When will you arise from sleep ? Tongan — 
afe, when ? Bea kohai oku faa tala kiate ia be 
e hoko afe ? Who can tell him when it shall be? 
Marquesan — ahea, when ? Mangarevan 
—ahea, when ? when is it ? Also aea : Aea 
mai koet When will you come? — Ahea ka 
matatea ai f When will the assembly take 

A HEA HEA (myth.), a name of the Bainbow, as a 
deity. It wa.s an omen of battle— M. Snp., 
114. [See Kahukura, Uenukd, Aniwamiwa.] 
Cf. aJieihei, the rainbow ; aud puaheihei, the 

AH El, to be able: Kihai hoki i a)iei nga IMpi- 
ana te inu i te wai o te awa — Eko., vii. 21. 

2. To be poBsibU , to be in one's power : Ekore 
e ahei te fioko i a ia ki tetahi iwi ke — Eko., 
xxi. 8. 

AHEI, the collar-bone. Cf. a, the collar-bone. 

AH El HA, "Truly," a word denoting acquies- 

AHEIHEI, the rainbow. [See above, onder Ahba- 



[8] Aho 

AH ERE, a snare lor birdfl. CI. hergf to tie up; 
tahere, to tie, ensnare. 

Samoan — c£. sele, to snare. Tahitian — 
ef. here, a snare, noose. Tongan — of. helCt 
to ensnare. Marquesan — cf. hett to be 
strangled. Mangarevan— cf. ere, to hang 
up ; ereere^ to subdue. Paumotan — cf. here, 
a somre; to tie; a running knot; to love. 
Ha^nraiian — aheie, a snare. Cf. hele, a 
snare ; pahele, a noose, snare. [For full oom- 
paratiyes, see Here.] 

AHl, fire: Tikina he ahi i a Mahuika — P. M., 
25. [For discovery of fire, see Maui.] Cf. 
takuahif stones let into the floor of a hut as 
a fender for fire; auahi, smoke; pakaiahi, a 
fire-place in a canoe. Also, (as ** coitus") cf. 
at, hika, kahika, and kaureure, 
Samoan — afi, fire: E le pupula foi le 
mumu lona afi ; The spark of his fire shall 
not shine. Cf. djia, to be burnt accidentally ; 
a/f2a'au, a great burning in honour of a dead 
chief ; ^aigaleafi, ashes (lit. ** the eating of 
the fire ") ; aloiafi, sparks from the fire. 
Tahitian — ahi, fire : E t'na/ia, U ama ra te 
pu aihere i te ahi ; Behold, the bush burnt 
with fire. Cf . ahimaa, a batch of food ; the 
native oven with its contents ; ahitao, an 
oven-fire ; fire as a signal ; the name of a 
prayer and ceremony before a cock-fight; 
ahipihepihe, a remarkable remedy to cure 
languor or weakness, frequently used by 
the Tahitian women after confinement, and 
by persons of both sexes in chronic dis- 
orders : perspiration excited by the steam of 
plants and hot stones ; when tne perspiration 
is most copious, the person comes out, and 
plunges into a river to bathe. Ahitarahu, a 
fire kindled in the interior of the island to 
dress food during such times as the whole 
coast was sacred (rahu or rahui,) and no fire 
was there allowed to be kindled; ahitea, a 
fixe-brand tied to the end of an arrow, and 
shot over a river or other water towards a 
person on the other side [see N.Z. story of the 
burning of the Arawa canoe — Pol. Myth., 98] ; 
puahi, hot, heated, as herbs for medicine; 
tawiM, to bake hastily in the native oven. 
Hatnraiian— ahi, a fire: Hele ae la makou 
iwaena o ke ahi a me ka wai ; We went 
through fire and through water. Cf. ahiai- 
hontia, {ahikmi'tchenua,) a volcano; Hoaahi, 
fire-kindling ; aahi, a bag, in which fire and 
fir^materiiUs were carried. Tongan— afi, 
fire : Be« nae vela ae mouga i he afio a*u atu 
hi he loto lagi ; The mountains burnt with 
fire into the midst of heaven. Cf. gauafi, 
a fire-stick ; makaafit a fiint (fire-stone) ; 
fakaafi, to awake one who is asleep. Mar- 
quesan — ahi, fire: Atea tupu i te ahi veavea; 
Atea produces the very hot fire. Cf . pekahi, 
to blow the fire. Rarotongan— ai, fire : E 
pttpuhi aiu au i te ai ; I will blow against you 
in the fire. Mangalrevan — ahi, fire, flame : 
Hoki mai ei ahi; He returned to get fire, (b.) 
If used after a word meaning bundle, or 
package, it means a package carried on the 
bosom. Cf. auahi, to smoke ; peikahi, a fan, 
to fan ; tututiOuahit to kindle fire after many 
attempts. Anlwa — tiafi, fire (H for ta = 
the) : Acre neicitia tiafi o tafia marara iai; 
Tbej saw a fire of coals there. Futuna — 
9fi, fixe. Ext. Poly. : Motu^Cf . lahi, fixe ; 

Aneityum— a^iji, to cook on embers; ahi, 
white; Redscar Bay— nahi and lahi, fire; 
Malagasy — afo, fire ; hahy, dried exposed to 
the sun ; afovato, a flint (fire-stone) ; Malay 
— api, fire; apiapi, fire-fly. The following 
mean " fire " : — Kayan, apui ; Siwa, ai : 
Guaham, goifi, ngafi; Chaxnori, quafi; 
Silong, opoi; Ceraxn, o^; Bima, op^; 
Kayan, apui; Madura, opui; Champa, 
apoi; Formosa, opoi; Matu, opoi ; Ma- 
cassar, pepi; Bouton, wha; Tomohon, 
api; Bolangitam, puro ; Ahtiago, yaf; 
Gah, aif; Matabello, efi; Teor, yaf; 
Mysol, yap; E. Teto, (Timor,) hahi; 
VaiquQno, hai; Brissi, ai; Rotto, hai ; 
Solor, opt; Slkayana, q/! ; Ka wi, a^ni. 
[The last word is Sanscrit ; but if Eawi is 
allied to Pali, the Pali word akkhi, fire, may 
be a link with ahi.] 

AH I AH I, evening : Katahi ratou ka haere ano i te 
ahiahi. — P.M., 31. 
Samoan — afiafi, the evening : Sa tautau i 
latou i laau ua oo i le afiafi ; They were hang- 
ing on the trees until evening. Cf . o/Sq/loo, 
the evening before sunset; afixLfimalama, the 
evening after sunset ; afiafipo, the evening at 
dusk. Tahitian— ahiahi, the evening : I te 
ahiahi e hoH mai ai ratou ; In the evening let 
them return. Cf. ahiahirumaruma, an angry 
person (Ut., " a dark, cloudy evening"). Ha- 
ivalian — ahiahi, the after part of the day ; to 
be or become evening : / ke ahiahi komo aku 
la aia iloko ; In the evening she went in. (b.) 
A defamation, a slander. Ahiahia, obscure, - 
faded, dim, as colours in textures : Hana iho 
la ia i ka paku lole u2i, a me ka ulaula 
ahiahia; He made the veil of blue, and of 
faded red. Ho-ahiahi, to darken, to obscure ; 
to be neither clear nor dark ; ho-aahi, fire- 
kindlings, materials for kindling fire. Ton- 
gan — efi afi, the afternoon, evening : Bea nae 
ha^u ae lube kiate ia i be efiafi ; And the dove 
came in to him in the evening. Cf. hoata- 
efiafiy a little past noon-day. Marquesan — 
ahiaiii, evening : te ahiahi me te popoui o 
te a mua ia ; The evening and the morning 
were the first day. Futuna— afiafi, evening. 
Rarotongan— aiai. evening : Kua roroa pki 
te ata aiai nei ; The shadows of evening 
are stretched out. Mangarevan— ahiahi, 
evening, time from about 4 p.m. till the end 
of twilight. Paumotan — ahiahi, evening. 
Ext. Poly. : Slkayana — of. qfiafit evening. 

AH IK I, to make haste. 

AHO, a string, line: E rua ana hekenga o te 
aho.—VM., 23. Cf. kaho, a rafter. (See 
Hawaiian and Tongan.) 2. A woof, the 
threads that cross warp in weaving mats: 
Ahakoa i te whenu, i te aho ranei, — Kew. 
xiii. 48. 
Samoan— afo, a fishing line. Tahitian — 
aho, thread, cord, line : Motu noa ihcra taua 
na taura i nia i na rima no*na mai te aho ; 
He broke the cords from his arms like a 
thread. Cf . auaho, to fish with a hook and 
long line. Hawaiian— aho, a line, cord, as 
a fishing line : Nikiniki iho la ia i ka uha 
puaa i ke aho ; Then he tied the hams of the 
hog with a cord. Ho-aho, to make or twist 
stnngs for a house; (6.) to tie aho (sticks 
used in thatching; Uion^zkaho,) on to % 




building. Gf. ahoaioUt a Btring too short; 
aholoa, a long oord ; patient, long-suffering. 
Tongan— afo, a measuring line ; a small 
rope : Bea ko hono nima kuo vahe*i ia kiate 
kinau tola aki ae afo ; And his hand divided 
it to them by a line ; (6.) one course or range 
of thatch on a native hoase. Marquesan — 
aho, a line, string ; (6.) a tress, laoe. Raro- 
tongan — ao, a Hne, cord \ E mate cut orongd 
i tona rima ; With a line of flax in his hand. 
Mangaian — ao, a line, string : E mano o U 
oo ; a thousand (fathoms) of string. Man- 
garevan — aho, thread or cord, of which 
bands or fillets are made. Futuna — afo, a 
line, cord. Ext. Poly. : Tap— cf . a/)^ twine. 

AHO, radiant light. Cf. mataaho^ a window; 
ttaAo, to emit rays of light ; ahoroa^ the moon ; 
oo, to become b'ght, daylight. 

Samoan — aso, a day: la fano U aso na 
fanau mai ai a'u ; Let the day perish wherein 
I was bom. (h.) A daily offering of food to a 
chief. Gf. taiMuo, to be blind ; ac^ day, day- 
light. Tahitian—ol ao, day ; bright clouds. 
Tongan — aho, a day : Tuhi au km alu, he 
kuo ma^a ae aho: Let me go, for the day 
breaks. Ahoaho, bright, shining, as the moon 
in a dear night ; faka-aho, to do every other 
day, to do on certain days. Cf. ahofakaua, a 
term used when the moon is at the full (lit. 
*' one day made two," or a double day) ; aho- 
hiva^ a festival ; ahotetea, morning light. 
Rarotongan— ao, day, daylight : E riro oki 
te ao itepo kerekere ki runga ia ratou ; The 
day shall be dark over them. Hawaiian — 
of. oo, light, day. Rotuma — aso, day, sun. 
Futuna— aso, a day. Cf. oo, a day, daylight. 
Ext. Poly. : Sikayana— cf. atho, a day. 

AHOROA, the moon. Gf. aho, radiant light ; oo, 
day; roa, long. 

Tongan — cf. ahoaho, bright, shining, as the 
moon in a clear night. [For other compara- 
tives, see under Aho.] 

AHOKIRA, a word denoting assent. 

AHORE, No, not. Gf. kahore, no, not; hore, not. 
Marquesan — aoe, not, nothing ; No : Aoe 
e ae na mea pohoe ; No living things were 
moving. Mangaian — aore, not, nothing: 
Aore a e pau atu i tau moko ; I will not part 
with my grandson. Hawaiian — ^aole, not. 
No ; a universal negative. It is also found as 
aohe, aoe, ole, Ac. : Aole ku, aole hina, aole 
moe ; Never quiet, never falling, never sleep- 
ing : Aole hai ke hoihoi aku; He does not 
cease, though sent away. Tahitian— aore, 
no, not, in reference to the past : A riro ai 
ta*u ei oia, oia, e aore, aore; That witi^ me 
there should be yes, yes, and no, no. Raro- 
tongan — cf. kare, no, not. Marquesan — 
of. kakoe, not, not at all ; aoe, no, not. 
Mangarevan— cf . kakore, no. 

AHU, a heap ; to heap up ; piled up : Ka tu nga 
puke, he mea ahu ano nga onepu e nga ringa- 
ringa o U tohunga^-G. P. Ap., 83. Gf. tuahu, 
to Uirow up into hillocks ; a sacred place ; uru- 
ahu, a sacred place [see Marquesan] ; akurewa, 
an altar; ahua, to be pregnant 2. To culti- 
vate the soil : Ko Ngatipaoa, he iwi pai, he iwi 
ahu whenua—M, M., 129. 8. To tend, foster, 
protect : Nana i ahu mai, ka kiia, he tangata 
—P. M., 19. 

AHUAHU, to heap up, to earth up. 2. To foster, 

Whaka-AHU, to heap up; to lay in a heap. 
2. To swell up; cf. ahua, to be pregnant. 3. 
To be annoyed, vexed. 4. To express disdain. 
Tahitian— ahu, to throw up or huddle to- 
gether a heap of things ; to pile up stones or 
throw up earth as a fortification ; (6.) to make 
an enclosure to catch fish in shallow places ; 
(c.) to scoop, ladle, or shovel ; ahuahu. a small 
enclosure for catching fish; (6.) a ladle, or 
anything to bale with. Gf. ahua, to tend or 
nurse the sick; ahuna, property or other 
things heaped together; akiipapaa, an en- 
closure for fish ; the wall of a new mara^ 
(sacred place) ; ahupare, a fortress in time of 
war ; aiahu, one who eats on the high and 
privileged place of the maras; to vaunt in an 
ostentatiouB manuer; tuahu, to pile up the 
earth about a plant; ohu, a bank or ridge of 
earth thrown up. Samoan — asu, to dip out, 
to bale out, as the hold of a vessel ; (6.) to 
pour out dust or sand ; (c.) smoke. Mar- 
quesan - ahu, a sacred place. Gf. ahui, to 
trangplant ; to make sacred (Maori = rahui). 
Mangarevan — ahu, to transplant ; {b.) to 
remove a house to another locality ; ahuahu, 
to build, to erect a house ; (b,) to make a raft. 
Cf. ahuahuake, to grow, to grow up ; au, to 
gather, to seize everything ; awahu, to build ; 
peahu, a surge, a wave of the sea ; puaku, to 
grow vigorously ; puahuahu, a well-grown 
young man ; tuahu, a great number of persons. 
Pauxnotan — ahu, to transplant ; ahuahu, 
suffocating, stifling. Haivaiian— ahu, to 
gather, collect: Ahu iho ka pua tcakawaha i 
Wailua ; The despised blossoms were collected 
together at Wairua. (6.) To lie strewed over 
the ground ; ahuahu, young shoots or layers, 
as of sugar-cane ; (5.) a boy or girl that grows 
quickly ; ho-ahu, to lay up as in a storehouse : 
Mai hoahu oukiu i waiwai no oukou ma ka 
honiui ; Lay not up for yourselves treasures on 
earth. Hoo-ahu, to fall together, as men 
slain in battle; (b.) to collect what is scat- 
tered ; (c.) to treasure up, as anger; (d.) to pile 
up, as stones; («.) to glean, as a field; (/.) an 
assemblage or collection of things ; storing, 
collecting. Gf. a/iua, a bank in the sea ; a ford ; 
to be raised up on a platform ; ahuna, a heap, 
pile, collection, to heap up. Mangaian — au, 
covering of ridge of house. Ext. Poly. : Mala- 
gasy ~cf. [v for ^, f or tt : see Introduction] 
avo, high, lofty, eminent ; avodia, high-made, 
high-built (applied only to animals); avombava, 
high words, msolence (Maori =a^tt and ipaha) ; 
avona, haughtiness. 

AHU| to move in a certain direction: Ka haere 
te tangata nei, ka ahu ki Piako — P. M., 184. 

AHUA (myth.), the name of the 12th Age of the 
existence of the Universe. [See Kobe.] 

AHUA, form, appearance : I penei me te ahua 
tohora te ahua o taua mea — O.-S, 19. Cf. 
kahua, form, appearance. 2. Likeness, re- 
semblance : Ko te ahua, he ahua tangata, 
penei me te ahuapakeha — P. M., 177. 8. Cha- 
racter. 4. The spirit or essence of a thing : 
Ka tangohia e te patupaiarehe te ahua o nga 
whakakai. 5. An altar. Gf. aku, to heap up ; 
akurewa, an altar. 

AHUATIA (passive), to be matured or completed. 




AH UAH U A, to resemble. 

Whaka-AHUA, to fonn, to fashion: Nat ^ 
haere a Tane^ whakcuihua i te oneane hetoakine 
wtakana — Wohl., Trans., vii. 84. 2. To acquire 
form : Kiui oti ake ia te whakaahua ki te ahua 
o nga tnanu, Gf . whakc^whai^huat to impart 
form to ; to fashion. 
Tongan — afuha, the temper, or propensity ; 
(ft.) the direction or coarse of things ; (e.) the 
grain of wood. Tahitian— cf. faahua^ to 
assume the appearance of something ; not 
real, or appearing to be acting. 

AHUA, to be pregnant. Cf. aA«, to heap up; 
whakadhuy to swell up ; fttia, the egg of a bird, 
roe of a fish ; descendants. 
Samoan — afua, to begin : A afua ona faia 
o net mea ; When these things begin to come 
to pass. (6.) A feast made when the wife 
becomes pregnant. Tongan — afua, to long 
or desire, as in pregnancy ; (b.) the motion of 
sorface oaased by fish under water. Cf./ua, 
to bear fruit ; to bear, carry ; fuauga, a motner ; 
the source, origin. Tahitian — cf. ahua^ to 
nurse a person, or wait on the sick ; ahu^ to 
heap up. Hawaiian — of. ahxM, any ele- 
vated place ; to be raised up on a platf onn ; a 
bank in the sea ; aAiiva, a heap, pile. 

AHUA, to hasten. Cf. ahu^ to move in a certain 
Tongan^ahua, to rush at random. 

AHUA, truly, verily ; a word denoting assent. 

AHUAREKA, pleasant, agreeable, pleased: Ka 
tUmareka noa iho a raua nei korero ki a raua 
nei—V. M., 165. Of. ahua^ appearance, cha- 
racter ; reka^ sweet, pleasant ; tareka, eager ; 
teaireka, agreeable ; matarekat to be fond of ; 
manawareka, pleased. 

AHUHAHUHA,tobe slightly acquainted with; to 
appear to know. 

AHUMEHUME, a garment for females. It 
reached from the waist to the knees. Cf. 
whaka-kumet to be drawn between the legs, 
as the tail of a dog. 

AHUREWA, a sacred place; an altar: Kianoho 
mat te tohunga i nma i te ahurewa. — G. P., 
250. Cf. rewa, sacred ; elevated, high up ; 
tudhu, a sacred place. [For full comparatives 
see Ahu, and Bswa.] 

AHUROA, the name of an incantation used at 
the ktimara planting. Tun chanted it at 
Patea on the first planting of the kumara from 
Hawaiki. [See Pol. Myth., 137.] 

AHURU, snug, comfortable, warm. Cf. hunt, 
glow; waim ; to contract, draw in ; hurukuru, 
feathers, hair. 

Whaka-AHURU, to warm, to nestle. 

Hawaiian— <sf. ahulu, over-done, as food 
baked too much ; aiahulut food baked too 
much. Mangarevan— cf. aktL-ahuru, to 
keep on slapping the hand on the same place. 
Samoan — cf . afulu, to be over-cooked ; 
afulumea, to be burnt brown; tulUf a torch. 
Paumotan— of. huru, colour. (Tor com- 
paratives, if the word is based on down, fea- 
thers, hair, wool, <ftc., see Hubuhubu.] 

AHURUMOWAIRAKA (myth.), the wife of Paikea. 

A I, a particle having no English equivalent, and 
only to be understood by reference to a Maori 
Grammar. It is used in relative clauses : it 
denotes habitual action; it implies a reason 
for doing anything, or the object in doing 
it ; also used for * there is,' * it is,' (fee. : Ko 
a rcttou rapunga tphakaaro hoki mo o ratou 
matua kia tupu ai te tangata, — ^P.M., 7 : Kola 
kau ano te take i haere ai au. — ^P. M., 18 : Me 
aha ra kia kata ai a Kae. — P. M., 39. 
Mangarevan— of . at, a mark of the future, 
also interrogative. Samoan — ai, a relative 
particle : O ifea o i ai o iaf Where is he ? 
Tahitian—ai, a verbal directive ; sometimes 
it answers to * will * or * shall,* as Afea e oti 
ait When will it be finished? Sometimes 
connected with a question, as requiring a 
reason : E aha i ore ai f Why was it not 
(done) ? Ore a ite i ore ai ; Because of igno- 
rance it was not. Hawaiian — ai, a verbal 
directive, generally having reference to a 
preceding word, as to cause, manner, or 
instrument : O ke ala ia i imi ai i ka tnaktia 
Kahai; That is the road to seek the father 
of Tawhaki. Futuna — ai, there, there is. 

A I, to lie with a female ; to procreate, beget : Ka 
noho ia Venuku ka aitia ki runga ki te 
takapaU'Whara-nui, Cf. whaiaipo, a sweet- 
heart; to be in love with anyone; ahi, fire, 
as " kindlmg." [See Hixa.] 

Samoan — of. aiga, a family ; a relative ; 
cohabiting, as the beginning of a family ; /at, 
to cohabit with ; at, to join two seams, in 
sewing ; atuta, to dwell inland. Tahitian — 
ai, to copulate ; faa-ai, to cause animals to 
copulate. Cf . ata, a country or place where one 
makes his abode ; an inhabitant ; or a portion 
of land (Maori = kainga f) ; atpat, sodomy ; 
hiai, extreme venery; huaaii seed, progeny; 
tiai, to commit adiQtery with many. Ha- 
Turalian^ai, to have sexual intercourse : I 
ilMi ira t at ai na holoholona ikaika ; At the 
time the stronger animals procreated. Cf. 
aikaiUt to cohabit, as male with male or female 
with female; those who mutually give and 
receive presents, being of the same sex ; atA^- 
haula, a lascivious dream. Tongan-— of. at, 
to surround, enclose, defend. Mangarevan 
—of. at, to think of ; to regard with designs ; 
aitanga^ descendant. Ext. Poly. : Malagasy 
— cf . atna, life, animal life ; atvo, children in 
a family between the oldest and youngest ; 
aixanat the youngest child in a family when 
the mother is again pregnant ; manaixana, to 
be with child, after the first delivery. Uoco 
— cf . a|^at, love. 

AITANQA. (derivative from aL to beget,) a 
descendant, descendants: He hau anake te 
aitanga tuataJd a Raki ki te wahine matua. — 
A. H. M., i. 21. Hence, 

AITANQA-A-PU NQA. an ugly fellow. Pnnga was 
god of the lizard, shark, Ac, [See Pumoa, 


AITANQ A-A-TI KI, handsome persons. [See Tm.] 


AITANGA-A-NUKUMAITORE (or nul(umail(ore) : 
Dryads ; fairies who lived in trees, or on tne 
parasitical plants such as wharatohara and 
kiekie. Of this fairy race was TuraJdhau, the 
wife of Tura. [See Tuba.] Accounts differ 
as to their appea ra nce. One legend says 


[ 6 ] Akeab 

that they had laiige chests and waists, bat 
little beads ; another text gives * no head, 
chest and waist only'; another, that their 
arms and legs were so short that they seemed 
to have no limbs at all, bat waved their hands 
dose to their bodies. — See Wohl., Trans., viii. 
122 ; A. H. M. ii., 13 and 29. 
AITANQA-A-POPOROKEWA, the tribe of Eae, the 
magician. They feasted on Tinirau's pet 
whale, Tutonoi; hence, war was made on 
them [see Eae] — ^P. M., 56. It would seem, 
from Poporokewa being chief of Ati-Hapai, 
and Te Urn-a-Manono their house of assem- 
bly, that Kae went thither. 

A I, an interjection of astonishment or surprise : 
Ai I Taukiri, e /—P. M., 66. 

AIANEI, to-day, now, about tbis time : Kiapena 
hi to tuakana aianei ka hinga^ ka mate — M. M., 
187. Gf. nH, implying position near the 
speaker ; terui, this, (fro. 
Tahitian — aauanei, to-day ; shortly (of 
future) ; aenei, implymg action just gone by. 
Cf . nauanei, to-day, with reference to the past ; 
teieneit now, immediately. Hawaiian — 
aianei, there, just by, not far off ; aenei, now, 
about this time, just now ; within a short time 
past or future ; to be here, to be present ; 
auanei, indefinite future ; not far off ; by and 
by : kuia auanei oe a hina ; Lest ere long 
you stumble and fall. Tongan— cf. anaini, 
instantly, presently; anal, presently, by and 
by. Mangalan— auenei, by and by, shortly, 
to-day. Rarotongan — cf. akonei, by and by, 
shortly. Marquesan— cf. wci, here, now. 
Mangarevan— cf. aranei, to-day. Ext. 
Poly.: Malagasy-— cf. any, to-day (part 
akeady past). Malay— cf. hara-ini, to-day. 

AIHU, a salutation by rubbing noses, at parting* 
Gf. t^tt, nose ; also perhaps ai, coitus, and ahi, 
fire (as hika). 

AINQAi a derivative from a, to drive. 

A 10, calm, peaceful ; at peace : Kua aio haere te 
moana — A. H. M., i. 159. 
Mangarevan — aio, calm ; to calm, to soften, 
assuage : Kua aio te tnatagi ; The wind has 

AIOTEKI Hmyth.), the sons of Tiki and lo- 
AIOTEREA j wahine, the first man and woman. 
[See Tmi.] 

AIOWHAKA TANQATA (myth.), the son of Aio- 
terea— A. H. M., i. 165. 

AIORIRI (myth.), the name of a pre-diluvian 
person— A. H. M., i. 168. 

A ITU (myth.), the name of a deity : Ki te tahuna 
tapu, nohoanga o Aitu — A. H. M., i. 116. 

A ITU, a deity or spirit : Ka whiwhi, ringa o Aitu ; 
ka rawe, ringa o tangata — 6. P., 159 ; see also 
G. P., 181. 2. Sickness. 3. Calamity : Ko 
tepoo aitu-kino, o aitua—Q. P., 428. Ct aitud, 
unlucky, ominous ; hauaitu, stricken with cold, 
wasted, pinched. 
Samoan — aitu (and eitu), a spirit; (b.) a 
god. Gf . mea^iaitu, good luck ; aitutagata, a 
murderer by means of the foto (barb of sting 
ray) ; an assassin; *aigaaitu, an ulcer hard to 
heal. Manihikl — fare-a-aitu (house of Aitu), 
the temple. Tahitian — aitu, a god or goddess. 
Cf . puaitu, timorous, to be in a state of fear ; 

raitu, a god (probably = ran^t-tu) ; taefaiaitu, 
a bird sacred to the god Tane ; tauaitu^ a friend 
of a god, a priest. Tongan — eitu, a heathen 
feast. Cf. lauaitUf to cry, to weep. Pau- 
motan — cf. hauaitu, stupefied; maitu, a 
spirit. Hawaiian— aiku, to break tapu; to 
do a thing contrary to ceremony; to eat in an 
improper manner ; to eat standing (kai-tu) ; 
the name of a disease (kaki-tu, the croup) ; 
aikukuku, to be sick with swellings in the 
mouth and legs. 

AITUA (myth.). Death, the first-bom son of 
Bangi and Papa. 

AITUA (aifiKf), evil omen, bad luck, unlucky; a 
misfortune: He aittia to taua ; i hiki taku 
karakia-^F. M., 30. 2. Ominous, foretelling, 
but not of evil omen : He aitua hau, he aitua 
ua. — A. H. M., ii. 4. Notice also the lines : 
Ara ka matakite, hei titiro i tona aitua — P. M., 
171 : Ko aitua tonu, ko Tiki raua ko te Toa — 
G. P., 125. Cf. aitu, a calamity ; atua, a god, 
or spirit of evil ; Ttui^ used in the sense of 
deity. [See A. H. M., i. 6.] 
Samoan —aitua, to be haunted. Cf. aitu- 
emea, an expression signifying bad luck ; lau- 
attu, a weeping, wailing; aitu, a spirit. 
Tahitian— cf. Aitu, a deity; luta-maheaitu, 
to cause trouble of mind. Tongan— cf. law- 
itu, to bewail. Paumotan— cl maitu, a 
spirit ; hauaitu, stupefied. Ha'w^aiian— cf. 
aiku, to break the tapu ; to eat improperly (an 
offence against the gods); the name of a 
disease (croup) ; aikukuku, sick with swellings 
in the mouth and legs. 

AKA. long, fibrous roots of shrubs and trees. 
Oiten used for tying palisading, Ac. : I here- 
heretia ki nga aka, ki nga taura, ki nga 
pirita — A. H. M., i. 157. 2. A climbing 
plant, Bot. MetrosideroB teandent. 3. The 
stem of any climbing plant ; and to be 
found as a compound in aka-tea, aka-totara, 
(frc. [See post.] 4. The shell of a shell-fish : 
Ka kehitia te aka o te PtfpUf ka whakapiri ki 
raua kanohi, — Wohl., Trans., vii. 43. 

AKAAKA, a fibrous root ; having fibrous roots. 
Cf. paiaka, a root ; pakiaka, a root ; kaka, a 
single fibre ; kake, to climb. [See Tongan.] 

Samoan— a*a, fibres of a root : Ua feuiuiai 
ona an i le faaputugdmaa ; Its roots are 
wrapped about tne heap. (&.) Family con- 
nections ; (c.) the name of a plant ; a*aa*a, 
to have many fibrous roots ; (6.) an odoriferous 
plant, Bot. Seigesbeckia orientalit. 'Tahitian 
— aa, the root or roots of any tree or plant : E 
ua tore to*na aa e ua api a'era te fenua ; You 
caused it to take root and fill the land. (&.) 
Hold ; right ; support ; (c.) footing or settle- 
ment in a country. Cf. paiaa, the roots, long 
and small, of a tree or plant. Hawaiian — 
aa, the small roots of trees and plants (the 
large roots are called mole) : Majianuina ae la 
kuu aamana wai; My root was spread out by 
the waters, lb.) Veins or arteries of the 
body ; (c.) (fig.) the lower part of the neck ; 
(d.) offspring. Cf. aae, the young shoots of 
kalo (tare) remaining in the ground when the 
old plant is pulled up ; aakoko, a vein ; aalele, 
an artery ; paiaa, the branches of the main root 
of a tree. Tongan— aka, the root of trees ; 
to take root in the earth : Oku totolo atu bono 
gaahi aka ki he vaitafe; That spreads out its 




roots by the river. (6.) The name of a shmb ; 
(c.) to kick ; a kick ; akaaka, the wide-spread 
and branched root of a tree; rooty, fall of 
roots ; (6.) the raya of the buu ; faka-aka, to 
caose to take root. Gf . kaka,, to climb ; kaka- 
aga, a frame for plants to creep along; a 
laidder ; fekaka, to creep along a fence, as a 
vine ; akattiUf the principal root of a tree. 
Marquesan—aka, a root: Te tumu o te 
pohoe, mau U aka i te ani una ; The tree of 
life« firm rooted in heaven above. Gf. eka, 
yoong roots of trees from which native cloth 
iamade. Rarotongan—aka, aroot: Emard 
Uma au aka i raro ; Its roots will be dried up 
andemeath. Gf. (myth.) Te-aka-ia-roe, '* The 
root of all Existence/' a spirit located at 
the very lowest point of the Universe, and 
snataining the Creation. It is a thick stem. 
tapering to a point — My. and S., I. [See 
KoBS and Bohe.] Pautnotan — aka, a root. 
Futuna — aka, roots generally. Ext. Poly. : 
Fiji — cf. wakQt the fibres or roots of a tree. 
Kayan — cf. aka, a root. Malay — cf. akar, 
the roots of a plant ; a scandent plant ; the 
parts of a plant that climb ; akarakar^ roots ; 
parasitic plants ; dkar, root, origin, principle, 
foondation. [This last word is said by Graw- 
ford to be Arabic] Salayer— a^r, root. 
Gah — akar, root. Sula—kao-akarf root. 

AKA-KAIMANU, the name of a climbing plant. 

AKA-KIORE, the name of a climbing plant. (Bot. 
Panonia rosea.) 

AKA-KOHIA, the name of a climbing plant. 

AKA-KONGOHE, the name of a climbing plant. 

AKA-KUKU, the name of a climbing plant. 

AKA-KURA, the name of a climbing plant. (Bot. 
yiHrotiderot tcandens.) 

AKA-TAWHIWHl, th name of a climbing plant. 

AKA-TEA, the name of a climbing plant. (Bot. 
Metrosideros albiflora.) 

AKA-TOTARA, the name of a climbing plant. 

AKAAKA-TAPU-A-TANE (myth.), the home of 
Panga, the lizard-god, in the sky. Here Ta- 
whaldmet Uine-Dui-a-te-Kawa. [SeeTAWHAKi, 
PuNOA, Ac. ; also A. H. M., i. 16.J 

AKAU, the coast, t'le border of land next the 
sea : Ka ruha te kupeiiga, ka pae kei te akau, 
— Prov. 

Samoan — a'au, a coral reef. Cf. tium*aUf 
the back of the reef ; outside the reef, in 
deep water. Mangarevan — akau, low land; 
shoal ; a ridge of rocks. Cf. tuakau, breaking, 
said of waves on low islets at spiing tides. 
Paumotan—akau, a reef of rocks. Ma- 
ngaian — akau, a reef : Ka aere e tauri atu i 
te akau ; Lying in shoals on the reef. 

AKE, the name of a small tree (Bot. Dodonea 
viaco$a). In composition, used with several 
names, as Ake-wharangi, <ftc. 
Tongan— cf. ake, the name of a tree. 

AKEAKE, the name of a small tree (Bot. 
Olearia avicemux folia). The name is given 
at the Chatham Islands to Bot. Olearia 

AKE, onwards, in point of time ; taro ake, in a 
little while; mea ake, in a very little while. 

soon ; ake, ake, ake, for ever : Penei ka ora 
tonu te tangata, ake, ake, ake. — P. M. 10. 2. 
Used with words denoting position, to express 
position, as no mua ake, just before. 3. 
Down below; 4. Upwards: Katahi ano ka 
vmranga ake ona hoa. — P. M., 16. Cf. kake, 
to climb, ascend, mount ; eke, to mount, as a 
horse, &c. ; to ascend. 6. Implying direction 
to some position with which tibe speaker has 
relation. 6. Self, oneself. 7. Possession, as 
one's own, his own. 

Satnoan — ^a*e, to go up, ascend, as from 
fishing; (b.) to return from banishment; (e.) 
to rise, as waves ; fa*a-a'e, to cause to ascend. 
Gf. *a*e, to ascend. Tahltlan — ae. to ascend, 
climb, mount up ; a climber, one wno climbs a 
tree or a hill ; (b.) to touch the ground, as a 
boat or ship : E ae a vau i nia e i te mau ata 
ra ; I will ascend above the heights of the 
clouds. Faa-ae, to assist a person to climb ; 
aeae, to carry, to convey ; (&.) to defend the 
remainder of an army ; to succour in distress. 
Cf . ee^ to get on board a canoe ; mount a horse ; 
get aground, as a ship. Haivailan—ae, to 
pass physically or mentally from one con- 
dition, state, or place to another; (b,) to 
permit ; (c.) to raise or lift up, as the head ; 
(d.) to mount, as a horse ; (e.) to be seasick ; 
(/.) an irregular movement of the ocean ; (g,) 
the flux and reflux of the tide ; (h,) a verbal 
directive, implying an oblique motion either 
up, down, or sideways ; aeae (frequentative), to 
be a frequent transgressor ; (b.) to step over a 
thing often; (c.) to work over and over; (d.) 
to be very small or fine, as dust ; {e.) to 
interrupt one in his speech. Gf. aekai, the 
name of the place in the sea where the surf 
breaks. Tongan— hake, up, upwards ; to 
ascend: Mei he tolu ta'u o fai hake; From 
three years old and upwarda : {b.) flatulency, 
to belch; hakehake, a place that gradually 
rises ; faka-hake, to land, to remove things 
from the water to the shore ; (6.) to get out 
of a hole or pit ; hahake, near the shore — used 
of fish when they approach the land in shoals ; 
(&.) east, easterly. Cf. haJteakii, one who pro- 
motes, exalts, or dignifies others ; exaltation ; 
agahake, to go upwards ; ake, to be conva- 
lescent, to revive ; akefua, to rise or swell, as 
waves; aluhake, to ascend; tahahe^ an aocli- 
vity. Marquesan— ake. on high, upwards. 
Mangarevan— ake, usea after a word used 
as a verb, to denote action upwards, as Piki 
ake. Mount 1 Also, from inferior to superior, 
as in offering a gift to one's father or king : 
0-ake ; Give it I (to a common person 0-atu 
is used] : E aha-aroa ake ana kotou ki te Etua f 
Do ye love God ? Cf. ukiakef to force upwards 
with a pole. Aniwa— cf. ake, thither. 
Paumotan— ake, more; (b.) precisely. Ext. 
Poly.: Fiji — cf. eaft« (t/take), upwards; cake- 
ta, to dig or lift up. Malagasy— cf. akatra, 
ascended, gone up. 

AKENQOKENQO, to-morrow. Kengo, night, is 
here used as po, night, is in apopo, to-morrow 
— 1.«., "the night's night," time being mea- 
sured by nights, not by days. 

AKEPIRAU, the name of a shrub {Bot. OUaria 

AKEPIRO, the name of a shrub (Bot., Olearia 




AKERAUTANQI, the name of a tree (Bot., Dodanea 

AKEWHARANQI, the name of a shrub (Bot., 
Olearia eunninghamii). 

AKI, or Hake (myth.), a man with whose body 
the fishhook of Maoi was baited when he palled 
np the land from the depths of ooean:— A. H. M., 
ii., 91. [See Maui.] 

AKI, to dash, rash : Ka did rawa mai ratou hi te 
tangata ra — Ken., ziz. 9 : Na te hau aia % aki 
iho ano—A. H. M., i. 51. 2. To strike with 
a weapon : A ka akina t4>7ui hoa e tetahi ki te 
kohatu — Eko., zxi. 18. Gf. kuaki, to rush 
upon ; uaki, to laanoh. 

AKIAKI, to arge on ; to keep on, as to keep np a 
continaouB knocking. 

Mangarevan— akiaki, to crowd on, to press. 
Gl aki, to sprout, grow ; to gather with the 
hand ; a cry of joy. Tongan — cf . akiakitua, 
to endose and attack from the back ; akiha, to 
embowel ; to eviscerate ; taaki, to eradicate, to 
tear up by the roots. Ha^vaiian— cf. at, 
to destroy, consume, as a fire, or as a sore ; 
atat, to reduce to powder. 

AKIKO, at a distance. Cf. At, to; ko, yonder 

AKI R I, to cast away; flung away. 

AKO, to teach : Ka akona eia kia ana tamariki 
— P. M., 175. 2. To learn : E akona tonutia 
atu ana e Rata i konei — P. M., 58. Akonga, a 
learner, disciple; akoranga^ that which is 
taught or learnt; the time, place, <&c., of 
learning or teaching. 

Whaka-AKO, to teach : OHra na te atua ano ia i 
whakaako i mokio ai — P. M., 11. 

Samoan— a*o, to teach : Ma ta latou a^o ai 
i a latou fanau; That they may teach their 
children. A*oa*o, to learn: Latou te le toe 
a^oa*o foi i taua ; Neither shall they learn war 
any more, (b.) A teacher : O e iti e tusa ma e 
matutua, o le a^oa'o ma le ua a'oa*oina ; The 
little as well as great, the teacher as the 
scholar. Tahitian— a'o, to counsel, advise ; 
advice ; a counsellor : E a^o noa tu vau ia oe 
na ; 1 will advi^ you. (&.) To warn, reprove ; 
one who warns ; (c.) to exhort, preach ; a 
preacher ; faa-a'o, to ^i\e advice or warning ; 
an adviser. Ha'waiian— ao, to teach, in- 
struct ; knowledge, instruction : Ka manao 
halialia a*u i ka manao ike ao ; I have a fond 
remembrance of the desire for instruction. (&.) 
Enlightened; (o.) to reprove, warn; {d,) to 
take heed, beware ; obey ; to regard with 
reverence; («.) to leam to do a thing; (/.) 
to copy the example of others ; aoao, to ac- 
custom ; to practise ; (6.) to teach ; (c.) a 
habit, custom, &c., peculiar to anyone. Of. 
kolelo€U}, to give counsel or advice in im- 
portant matters. Tongan — ako. to teach, to 
discipline, to instruct : Bea ako kiate kimaita 
aia te ma fai ki he tamajii aia he fatiauH ; 
Teach us what we shall do with the child 
when it is bom. (&.) To warn, admonish, 
caution; akoga, a learner, a disciple. Cf. 
akonaki, to teach, instruct ; a teacher ; 
doctrine; advice; akonekina, instructed; 
akosobe, to imitate ; feakoaki, to teach one 
another; to exhort mutually. Marquesan 
— akOi to toach, instruct. Mangarevan — 
ako, to prove, assay ; to examine ; to converse 

with; akoako, to make like; to oanae to re- 
semble ; akoga, proof, experience. Paumo- 
tan^ako, counsel, advice ; to instruct, to 
advise. Cf. akokume, to persuade. Futuna 
— ^ako, to study. Rarotongan — ako, to 
teach, instruction ; to preach, to exhort : Kare 
ra ratou i akarongo mai ka ariki mai ei te ako; 
They have not listened to receive instruction. 

AKONQA V derivatives of ako, to teach. [See 
AKORANQA; above.] 

AKOTIKA, proper culture. Gf. ako, to teach; 
and tika, right, proper. 

AKU, of me ; sometimes ahaku. 2. Plural of 
taku, my : Ka mea mai to ratou papa * aku 
potiki,*—F, M., 109. 
Tahitian — a'u, my, mine, of me : E parau 
oeia'ue^^E ttuutna oia no*u;'* Say of me 
•• He is my brother." Samoan — a*u, I : O 
a*'u ma i latou uma o ia te au; I and all that 
are with me. Hawaiian — a*u, of me, mine. 
Tongan — ^aaku, mine; eku, my, mine: Bea 
koe tamaiki ni, ko eku fanau ; These children 
are my children : Bea koe mea kotoabe oku ke 
mamata ki ai oku €Laku ia ; All that you see is 
mine. Cf .-■ haaku, mine ; haku, my. Raro- 
tongan — iaku, me : Ei runga iaku taua 
katara naau ra; Upon me be your curse. 
Mangarevan — iaku, mine, for me. Fu- 
tuna— aaku, my, mine. Ext. Poly. : Motu 
— cf. agu, mine, for me ; Malagasy— cf. ko, 
my, me ; Kayan - cf . akui, I : akui hipon, 
my, mine ; Sulu — cf. kaku, me ; Slkayana 
— cf. aku, mine; Solomon Islands— of. 
gu, my (as suffix : totogu, my foot) ; Javan — 
cf . ku, I, my, we, our. 

AKUAKU, to delay ; to be dilatory in working or 
acting. Cf. akuto, slow, late. 2. To clear 
out an oven by removing the stones, before 

AKUAKU, steady, firm, resolute, powerful. 

AKU AN El, to-day, presently, soon (of future only) : 
A ka hoki mai ai au akuanei—F. M., 25. 2. 
" The chances are — " Cf. aianei, now ; tenei, 
this, (fro. 

Hawaiian — auanel, an indefinite future 
time, but not far off ; nereafter : E ike auanei 
i ko kakou onelianau ; We shall soon see our 
native-bom place. Rarotongan — ^akonei, of 
time future, but not far off ; presently : Akonei 
korua kua kite atu ei iaia ; About this time ye 
(two) will find him. Mangarevan — akunei, 
presently, soon. Paumotan— akuanei, pre- 
sently, soon. 

AKUTO, late : He tau aktito ; A late season. 2. 
Slow. Cf. akuaku, to delay. 

AMA, the outrigger of a canoe : Katahi ka pehia 
e Maui te ama, 2. The stage between the 
canoes of a double canoe. Cf. amatiatia, a 
canoe with an outrigger. 
Samoan — ama, the outrigger of a canoe; 
(h.) (fig.) a wife. Tahitian— ama, the out- 
rigger of a single canoe. The paeama is the 
'* port," and the woman's side ; paeatea, ** star- 
board,'* and man's side. Cf. tauama, a canoe 
with an outrigger. Hawaiian — ama, the 
longitudinal stick of the rudder of a canoe. 
Tongan— ama, the larboard side of a canoe ; 
hama, the outrigger of a canoe ; (b.) the smaller 
part of a double canoe ; (c.) the leeward ; (<2.) 




ft preparation for inarkiiig ; to mark, to chalk : 
&ka-hafna, to put the outrigger on to a 
canoe ; (6.) fooli£ui]y generous ; indifferent. Gf . 
hamana (hama-rua), to many two wives at the 
■ame time ; hamatefua^ the smallest sailing 
OftDoe ; hamanakif to depend upon ; faka-lele- 
hama^ to sail a canoe wiib. the outrigger out of 
the water. Marquesan— ama, the outrigger 
of a canoe. Mangarevan— ama, the out- 
rigger of a canoe. Paumotan— ama, the 
ootrigger of a canoe. Futuna — ama, out- 
rigger of a canoe. Ext. Poly. : Fiji— of. cama 
(tkama), the outrigger of a canoe. Brierly 
Island — of. sama^ outrigger. Dufaur Island 
— d sarima, outrigger. Rotuma — of. sama, 

AMAI, the swell on the aea. Of. hapai^ to lift up 
[aee Mangarevan] ; ami, to heap up. 2. 
Giddy, dizzy. 

Mangarevan — amaamai, the pitching of a 
vessel ; to pitch and toss ; amaigaj to lift ; to 

AMAIA, a halo. 

AMARU, the name of a tree, a species of Metro- 

AMARU, dignified. Cf. marut shaded, sheltered. 
Hawaiian— of. inalut to have protection of 
a chief ; at ease, comfortable. Mangarevan 
— d. aka-marumaru, a protector. Tahit ian- 
eL Marv, gentle, affable. [For full compara- 
tives, see liABu.] 

AMATIATIA, a canoe with outrigger. Cf. ama, 
an outrigger. 

AMENE, to desire. Of. mina, to desire ; minaka, 
to desire. 2. To gather, collect: Me amene 
mot hoki ki a koe. — Ken., vi. 21 : Amenea mai 
nga pungarehu. Cf. mene, to be assembled; 
aian^, to be assembled; tamene^ to be as- 
sembled; Itumenet gathered up in small 

Tahitian — of. mene, round, globular; meneu, 
to be advanced in quantity ; htia-mene, to give 
rotundity to a thing ; omenemene, to roll up a 
coil of rope ; tamenef to compress a thing to 
reduce its bulk; anUna, to crave the food 
that others are eating ; to have an unsatisfied 
desire. Marquesan — cf. menit united, or 
joined ; humena, the united cry of all the peo- 
ple assembled on a feast day. Mangarevan 
^cL menet to fold up. Paumotan — cf. 
menemene, round. Hawaiian — cf. menet to 
packer up ; to contract ; meiteu, to double up, 
as the arms; menui, contraofeed, shortenea; 
unnomino, to contract. 

AMETO, or Aweto (myth.), the lowest division of 
the Shades {Po) or Nether-world. A place 
where the soul becomes absolutely non-ezist- 

AMI, to stink. 
Tahitian— cf. atmo, to continue to send 
forth odour, good or bad. 

AMI, to pile up, to heap up : E ami ana ia i U 
taonga, — Wai. zzxiz. 6. Gf. emi, to be as- 
sembled ; amiki, to gather up without omitting 
any; amene , to gather, collect. 
Mangarevan — cf. amio, to come from all 
tides, as the wind ; ami, a girdle with which 
men hide the private parts. Hawaiian — 
cL oait, to turn upon huages. 

AMIKI, to gather up without leaving a particle; 
to collect everything. Cf. ami, to heap up. 
2. To relate a tale without omitting the 
smallest detail. 

A M I K U, f or amiki. [See preceding word.] 

AM 10, to go round about. 

AMIOMIO, to spin round, to turn round and 
round. Cf. iakamio, to circle round, as a bird 
does before alighting; mingo, curly; taka- 
mingomingo, to turn round; awhio, |p wind; 
to go round about ; awhiowhiOt a whirlwind. 
2. To be giddy ; swimming of the head. 

Samoan — amio, to go towards ; direction ; 
conduct ; amiomlo, to go about, in the direction 
of ; (b.) to work ; a diiefs work. Gf. mio, to 
wander about ; to go round about ; mtnuo, to 
be confused, as a current at sea ; migomigoi, 
to twine round ; mtTo, to twist, to be twisted ; 
aaiosio, a whirlwind. Tahitian — ^amlo, un- 
settled, changeable ; amiomio, to change re- 
peatedly, as tiie wind. Cf. mimio and miomio, 
wrinkled, creased; amioparai, to retire from 
the face of the enemy, come round by a cir- 
cuitous path, and renew the fight; puahiO' 
Mo, a whirlwind. Tongan — amio, twisted, 
crooked ; (6.) viscous, glutinous ; faka-amio, 
perverse, distorted (applied to language). Gf. 
mimiOy to twist, to contort ; dissembling ; into- 
mioaki, to go in a serpentine path ; ahiohio, a 
whirlwind. Haw^aiian— amio, to walk or 
move slUy, so as not to be heard ; a gentle 
moving to and fro. Cf . mio, to wallow, to roll ; 
to move easily; to move softly; miomio, to 
swim, to dive; ami, a swinging, pendulous 
motion; puahiohio, a whirlwind. Manga- 
revan ~amio, to come from all sides ; to turn, 
said of the wind ; wind that blows in puffs ; 
amiomio, a squall. Futuna— amio, zigzag. 
Moriori — ami mio, giddy. 

AMO, the priest-leader of a war party. Cf. amo, 
to carry on the shoulders ; to charge upon, to 

Tongan— cf. amo, to go in search of the 
enemy; to reconnoitre; scouts, or advanced 
guard. Tahitian — cf. amoamorua, to ap- 
proach each other, as two armies. 

AMO, to carry on the shoulder : Ka amohia ia e 
ratM ki roto to ratia whare—V, M., 33 : E kite 
koeite rakau roa e tu ana, turakina, ka amo 
ai— P. M., 47. Cf. hiamo, to be exalted, to be 
elevated. 2. A litter ; a bier. Cf . kauamo, a 
litter; whataamo, a litter. 8. A sacred ofFte- 
ing (as lifted up, carried on high). 4. To 
carry in any way : Amo ake au i taku hoe nei 
— P. M., 111. 5. To rush upon: Amohia I 
Samoan — amo, to carry on the shoulder ; 
sticks on which a burden is carried on. the 
shoulder : O lea aeo fin e aveeteina ai lana 
avega i Umfuataua ma lona amo fiyiilouua ; 
It shall come to pass in that day that his 
burden shall be taken away from off thy 
shoulder, and his yoke from ofif thy neck, 
amoamo, the name of a beam in a native 
house; {b,) to carry on the shoulder con- 
stantly. Cf . amomuli, to bear the hinder part 
Of a fata (hand-barrow, bier, litter) ; *auamo, 
a party canying the post of a house ; auamo, 
to carry a dead chief about on a bier; tauafno, 
to carry about a dead chief ; fii^a^moamotahi, 
to put up a hand to help carry a log, the 




person bo doing being too tall or too short to 
pat the shoulder to it. Tahitian— amo, to 
oarry on the back, as the king by a man. Cf. 
amoamorua, to approach each other, as two 
armies. Moriori — amo, to carry on a pole. 
Hawaiian — amo, to bear or oarry a harden 
on the shoulder ; the burden so carried, {b.) 
' To perform difficult offices of any kind. Gf. 
auatnOj to carry on the shoulders or back ; a 
stick or pole with which burdens are carried 
on thefshoalder. Tongan — haamo, to carry 
on the shoulders suspended from each end of 
a stick : the stick so used ; haamoga, a burden 
or load carried as above ; faka-haamo, to order 
another to carry a burden ; to supply the pole 
to carry with. Cf . amo, to reconnoitre ; {b.) to 
use friction on the body ; amoamo, unequal ; 
faka'amoamo, to project. Marquesan — 
amo, to carry on the shoulder: E amo u 
puaa: Eia! e amo atu aUm i tai ; Carry 
away the animals: Herel carry them away 
to the sea. Ani^tran^amo, to take. Fu- 
tuna — amo, to carry a parcel; amoamo, to 
rub a sick person lightly ; friction of a suffer- 
ing member. Cf. amosi, to caress with the 
hand. Mangarevan— of. amo, to wa^ the 
face quickly. MaDgaian — amo, to oarry on 
the shoulder. 

AMOKURA, the zed-taUed Tropic-bird (Phaeton 

AMU AMU, to grumble, to mutter discontentedly: 
Me te whakarongo hi te amuamu ana wahine — 
P. M., 22 : Kanui te amuamu a nga tangata — 
Wohl. Trans., vii. 53. Cf. hamumu, to 
mutter; famtimii, to hum; frtuinu, a gentle 
noise, a murmur. 

Samoan— amu, to speak thickly, as a 
dying person. Cf. fRut, to murmur. Tahi- 
tian — amuamu, to grumble, mnrmur; (6.) 
to mock, deride, call names. Cf. mu, a buz- 
zing noise ; mumu, to make a confused noise, 
as of a number of persons ; muku, the din of 
much talking; omumu to whisper; taamuj to 
plot against a chief. Hawaiian— amuamu, 
to use profane language, cursing, revilixig. 
Cf . kuamuamu, to blaspheme the gods ; mumu, 
to hum; mumuhii, muttering ; namut to speak 
unintelligibly; a foreigner. Mangarevan 
— cf . purtihmu, to speak diotatorially, rudely ; 
Futuna— amu, to grumble ; amuamu, to 
grumble. Paumotan — cf. muhumuhu, a 
dull confused noise ; tamumu, to rustle; a dull 
Aoise. Mangaian — cf. mu, a sigh. Mar- 
quesan — of. fnumu, a kind of song ; a con- 
fused noise ; kamumu, to sing. Tongan — 
of. muhUf the sound of persons talking 
together ; mumuhu, the 'roar of the sea or 
wind ; mumu, to collect together ; tomuku, to 
converse in a low tone of voice. Ext. Poly. : 
Motu— cf. mu, to 000 as a dove; Fiji — 
fiuifittt, to go in troops; Aneityum— i7mu, 
to low, as cattle ; Cent. Nlcobar — mtanu, a 
dove ; Loyalty Islands — mufnu, the pitcher 

AMU A, the future; henceforth. [For compara- 
tives see MuA, first, before.] 

AMURI, the future : A miwri ake nei, hereafter: 
E kore $ tukwi mat tona kaha a muri ake nei 
hi a X;oe— Ken., iv. 12. 

Samoan — amuli, hereafter : Faaali mai ia o 
mea e tutupu amuU ; Show the things to come 

hereafter. [For comparatives see Muri, be- 

AN A, a cave: Katahi ka haere atu nga kai patari 
ki te waha o te ana — P. M., 149. Gf. anau, an 
uneven surface, crooked. 

Samoan^ana, a cave: A o latou faapuga 
i latou ana ; When they lie in their eaves ; 
anaana, full of caves. Cf. analulu, very 
dark (as if going into "the cave of an 
owl"). Tahitian — ana, a cave or cavern: 
Tia noa ihora i te tomoraa i roto i te ana 
ra; And stood in the entrance to the 
cave, (b.) A piece of rough coral used for a 
grater ; (c.) the name of a star ; anaana, in- 
dented witn small holes, as the coral rocks in 
the sea ; (6.) tapering, or going in towards the 
bottom. Cf . anavai, the bed of a river ; ana- 
tiai aftu, a sentinel to watch over a fortified 
place in a cave ; tauana, caves or holes in the 
rocks under water. Ha^nraiian — ^ana, a cave: 
O ka poe maloko o na pakaua ame na ana ; 
. Those which are in the forts and caves. (6.) 
A den formed by rocks; (c.) the name of a 
hollow place in the mouth by which the voice 
is modified. Tongan — ana, a cave, a den : 
Bea i he gaahi ana moe luo oe kelekele; In 
caves and dens of the earth. (&.) A cabin ; 
any snug place ; anaana, full of caves or 
dens ; anaga, a rendezvous ; the central point ; 
the source. Marquesan — ana, a cave, a 
grotto. Mangarevan — ana, a cave; ana- 
ana, small caves or grottoes. Cf. koana, a 
hollow ; a cavity in the rocks. Paumotan 
—ana, a cave. Futuna — ana, a grotto or 

AN A : a word preceded by «, and followed by ana^ 
has the sense of present (or almost immediate) 
action : E patu ana ahau, e patu ana koe — 
G. P., 185. Without e, it is used to denote 
rapid action ; and, following a word used as a 
noun, it denotes finality of action. 
Ha^gtraiian — ana, a verbal particle : E hihi 
ana e ka lihilihi ; Which gathers on the eve- 
lashes: E lu ana i ka pua kou; Scattering 
the tou blossoms. Mangarevan— ana, a 
particle, used to indicate the present tense : E 
tagi kuhane e heke ana; The kuhane (bird) 
mourns and laments. 

ANA, there. 2. When (used as conjunction). 3. 
An interjection, demanding attention: Ka 
whiua ki te moana ; ana I rere tomi, rert tonu 
—P. M., 28. 
Saznoan-Hsf. ana, if (in past time). 

ANA, of him; of her. 2. Plural of tana, his or 
hers: Ka akona e ia ki a ana tamariki — 
P. M., 175. 8. For ena, plural of tena, that. 
4. A contraction for ae-na, Yes. 
Samoan— ana, plural of lana, his or hers: 
Na te tuu ana fua i le eleele ; Which leaves 
her eggs in the dust. Tahitian — ana, he, 
she, it ; (b,) his, hers, belonging to it. Ha- 
ivaiian — ana, of him, of her, of it, hers, his. 
Tongan — aana, his, hers, or its. Raro- 
tongan— ana, his, hers, belonging to him or 
her : E tana vaine, e ana puke tamariki tama- 
roa tokorua; His wife and his two eons. Ext. 
Poly. : Motu — cf . ena, his ; iana, his, hers 
(of food only) ; iena, his, hers. 

ANAHARA, Pudendxm muUebre (UOria majaray- 
one auth. 




ANAHE, only; single; this and no other: Mo 
taku ma anahe ano— M. M«, 152. Cf. anake, 

Tahitlan — anae, all, every, only : E vaiiho 
t te reira na oe anae ; Let them be only yoor 
own. (fr.) Together. Marquesan — cf. ana- 
iko, only ; anake, only, always. Mangaian 
— cf. {make, only. Moriori — of. enaket alone. 
Mangarevan— «1 anake, only. Pauzno- 
tan—cf. anake, nniqne ; to be idone. 

ANAKE, only ; singly, without others ; * nothing 
bol': Ko nga tuakana anake e whaka^ae kia 
wekea—V. M., 8. Cf. anahe, only. 2. En- 
tirefy, completely, without exception: Kua 
mate tera toahine tokorua, mate anake — Wohl., 
Tnss.. yii. 50. Cf. ke, strange. [See also 

Tahitian — anae, all, every, only ; (&.) toge- 
ther; at once; entirely. Marquesan — 
anake, only; (b.) always. Cf. anaiho, only. 
Mangarevan — anake, only: Tetahi ra ke, 
e roroko ana te mou tuakana ka kao ki te hi-po, 
ko ratou anake ; Another day his elder bro- 
thers thought that they would go fishing witli 
tline; they by themselves. Paumotan — 
anake, unique ; (b.) to be alone. Raroton- 
gan — anake, only : Ko maua anake ra i roto 
i taua are ra ; We two only were in the house. 
(&.)A1L Moriori — enaki, alone. Ha'oiraiian 
— cf. hoo-anae, {whaka-anake,) to set apart; 
«, strange, other, new. 

ANAMATA, hereafter. Cf. nonamata, a long time 

AN AN A {anand), an interjection, denoting appro- 
bation or wonder : Takoto ana ki te whenua, 
anana ! — P. M., 8. Cf. nana t behold I na I 
calling attention. 

Tahitian — cf. nat lol behold! nana, to 
look at. Haivaliaxi— of. nana, to look at 
attentively. Mangarevan — of. nana, to 
look at ; to spy out. Rarotongan— <sf. na t 
behold 1 

ANAOA, " Truly." certainly. 

ANAU, an nneven surface. Cf. ana, a cave or 
hole; (6.) crooked. 

ANEANE, sharp, keen-pointed. 

Tahitian — cf. aneane, clear, as a fire, or 
doudlees air. Samoan— cf. ane, the white 
ant (Termet), Ext. Poly.: Tagal— cf. anay, 
the ant which bores wood. 

ANEHU, miaty, foggy. Cf. nehu, dust, steam ; 
nehunehu, dusky ; nekutai, spray from the sea 
pmuhunehu, dusty; ua-punehunehu, misty 
rain ; konsnehu, resembling dust ; rehu, mist ; 
pwngarehu, ashes ; rehurehu, to be gone down, 
as the son ; kaurerehu, dim, dusky. 
Saznoan— cf. nefu, to be stirred up, to be 
torbid ; fa'a-nejunefu, to be misty, indistinct ; 
/a'a-ttm/u, to be cloudy. Tongan— cf. efu, 
dost; nenefu, twilight, dimness; afu, the 
q^ray of the sea beating on rooks ; afuafu, 
unall rain, mist. Havtraiian — cf. ehu,ihe 
spray of the surf; steam of boiling water; 
kefal, mist, vapour ; hehukai, the spray of the 
Ma. Tahitian~cf. eku, muddy; ehuehu, 
transient agitation; reku, ashes; any fine 
pulverised substance; rekurehu, the dusk of 
evening; porehu, dusky. Mangarevan— 
cL rehu, asnes ; rehurehu, morning, soon after 

ANEt, a word used for enei, these; here, in thia 

Tahitlan--cf. anei, a word signifying being, 
and answering to " is " or " are " ; but it is used 
only interrogatively: oia anei'. Is it so? or, Is 
it that ? 

ANENE, to blow softly, as wind. Cf. hanene^ 
blowing gently; angi, light air; ha, breath; 
ngenge, tired, weary. [Consider also words 
under hanehane, rottenness.] 
Hawaiian — aneane, to blow softly, as a 
light wind ; {b.) to be exhausted, as a man 
with hunger ; (e.) to be almost something, 
i,e., to be almost at a place ; (d.) faint, low, 
feeble. Cf . ane, light, as worm-eaten timber ; 
aniani, (angiangi,) to cool, to refresh one 
heated ; agreeable ; uhane, the soul, spirit ; 
hanehane, the wailing of the spirits or ghosts ; 
/la, to breathe ; anane, feeble, low, weak. Ta- 
hitian— cf. aneane, clear, as a fire, or a 
cloudless atmosphere. Mangarevan — of. 
kuhane, the soul, spirit. Ext. Poly. : Timur 
— cf. anin, wind. Malay— cf. angin, wind. 
Malagasy— cf. miainaina, to breathe feebly, 
("V/ aina, life) ; anina, breeze, wind ; aniany, 
puffed up as with wind. Kisa — of. ange, wind. 

ANEWA, feeble, languid, weak. Cf. reva, to 
float; porewarewa, giddy, stupified. [The 
Sumatran word is valuable. See post.] 

Whaka-ANEWANEWA, to act in a alow de- 
liberate way. 
Saxnoan— cf. tuneva, to be languid and 
sleepy ; tieva, friendless, destitute of relations. 
Hawaiian— anewa, indolent, sleepy; to be 
inactive or asleep ; anewanewa, to be as dead ; 
to be in a fainting fit. Cf. newa, to reel or 
stagger, as one drunk; to be dizzy, as one 
under the influence of vertigo ; nenewa, dizzi- 
ness of the head, vertigo; lewa^ swinging, 
floating, unstable. Tahitian— anivaniva, a 
great degree of giddiness or vertigo ; (6.) to be 
moving in a zigzag course, as lightning, or 
the irregular flight of an arrow. Cf. neneva, 
foolish, unsteady; a fool; maneva, foolish, 
giddy; nevaneva, wild, unsteady, wandering 
{applied to the eye) ; nivaniva, unsteady ; 
lonevaneva, giddiness; peerievaneva, to fly 
irregularly, as an arrow ; tapineva, to be in a 
hopeless condition, as one on a piece of rock 
surrounded by the deep sea. Mangaian — 
cf. neneva, foolish. Marquesan— cf. eva, 
to be confused ; eeva, to melt ; to be debili- 
tated, weakened. Ext. Poly.: Sumatra— 
cf. neva, toddy, distilled &om the Gomuti 
Palm, of which arrack is made in Batavia, 
and palm sugar, chUed Jaggery, in India. 

ANINI, headaching, giddy, dizzy: A i anini ai 
ano hoki o ratr>u upoko — A. H. M., 49. Cf. 
ninihi, steep. [See Hawaiian.] 

Samoan — ct. niniva, to be giddy. [See 
Anewa.] Tahitian— anInI, dizziness, gid- 
diness. Cf. manihi, to slip or slide, as in 
climbing a smooth tree ; manihinihi, uneasi- 
ness ; to feel lassitude ; tanini, to stagger, to 
reel; to drift to leeward, as a ship. Ha- 
waiian— anihinihl, near to falling off a preci- 
pice; to stand in a dangerous place. Cf. 
nihinihi, narrow-ridged, as a mountain sharp 
at the top. Marquesan— cf . takanini, daz- 
zled; to swoon, to stagger, totter. Extr. 
Poly. : Malagasy-— of. /omf^, giddy, dis^. 




AN IWANIWA, the rainbow: Ki te koma te anitoa^ 
niwa, ka mate te tangata — Prov. [See Uiufu- 
xu, the rainbow.] 2. Black (one auth.). 
Saxnoan — nuanua, the rainbow: E iaifoi 
le niuinua tie ao; The rainbow shall be in the 
oload. Cf. 'aniva, the Milky Way. Tahi- 
tian— anuanua, the rainbow; also anuenue: 
E anuanua tei nia i tana upoo; A rainbow 
was upon his head. CI. anivaniva, to be 
moviog in a zigzag course, as lightning, or an 
arrow ; a great degree of giddiness or vertigo ; 
tapeanuaniuit a portion of a rainbow. Ha- 
ivaiian — anuanua, the rainbow ; also anue- 
nue: he anuenue ke ala o Kahai; The 
rainbow is the path of Tawhaki. Marque- 
san— anuanua, the rainbow. Mangarevan 
— anuanua, the rainbow ; [b.] donds, mists on 
the horizon. Moriori — aniniwa, the rain- 
bow. Harotongan— anuanua, the rainbow : 
E i takakoia taua terona ra i te anuanua; 
There was a rainbow roand about the throne. 

A NO [see Maori Grammar] , till the present ; up 
to this time : Ana, tokowka ano kouto — P. M., 
13 : Kahore ano, not yet. 2. Exactly, quite. 
8. Also : Me te tokamaha ano hoki e moe ana — 
P. M., 16. 4. Again. 5. Indeed, truly. 6. 
An interjection expressing admiration or asto- 
nishment : Ano, te wehi o tenei wahi — Ken., 
xxviii. 17. 7. Like ; as if : He mea pokare- 
kare, ano e wai — Ken., xliz. 4. 
Hawaiian — ano, now, at this time, imme- 
diately : Ano oe e haawi mai ; You shall give 
it to me now. Cf. anoa, now. 

ANU (myth.), Space. Many deities are included 
in Te Tini-o-te- Anu, " The Multitude of Space," 
Anu-matao, Anu-whakarere, Anu-whakatoro, 
Te Anu-mahana, Te Anu-mato, <ftc. Ann-mate 
was the source of death. [See A. H. M., Eng. 
part, 28, 82, AcJ] They are sometimes called 
Te Kahui Ann, **The Flock of Space." [See 
Tongan of next word.] 

ANU, cold, coldness : He mate kai e rokohanga, 
he mate anu ekore e rokohanga — Prov. Cf. 
koanu, cold ; puanit, cool. 

ANU ANU, cold : Takoto mai ra, i te anuanu, i te 
matao—Q, P., 88. 

Tahltlan — anu, cold, or coldness ; to 'be 
chilly; anuanu, cold. Cf. manu, a person not 
affected by cold or drowsiness ; puanuanu, to 
be chilled ; to be dejected in mind ; . tauanuanu, 
the cold season ; tovanuvanu, coldness. Ha- 
ivalian — anu, cold : Kuu hoa i ka anu o ka 
mauna; My friend in the cold from the moun- 
tain. Anuanu, cold, chilliness. Cf. anuhe- 
nuhe, rough with cold ; puanuanu, to be cold ; 
to be damp and shivering ; pupuanu, to come 
out in cold pimples ("goose-flesh"); to try to 
gAt warm in vain ; to be dizzy ; to persevere 
in dqing a thing. Tongan— anuanu, to wade 
and swim in deep water ; faka-anuanu, to float, 
to lie in the water. Cf . anufea, cold ; faka- 
anufea, to chill, to make very cold. Mar- 
quesan— anu, cold, to be cold : Anu, oko 
aa-naho kevokevo, koe na hoa ; Cold, dreary, 
dark, without companions. Mangarevan — 
anu, cold : Ena ra i te matagi riria anu nui; 
It was very cold in the disagreeable wind. 
Anuanu, slightly cold; chill. Cf. auanu, to 
feel cold ; cold dew ; to be sensible of the ab- 
sence of anyone ; to be alone, i.e., to be cold 
baMase someone is away. Pauxnotan^ 

anuanu, cold. Rarotongan— anu, cold : Te 
anu e te pnkaka, te akau e te paroro ; Cold and 
heat, summer and winter. 

ANUANU, offensive, disgusting; to loathe: He 
mea anuanu tena — Bew. xviii. 23. 

Samoan — Cf. anu, to spit ; anuanu, to spit 
constantly ; anuilagi, to insult a superior (lit., 
'* to spit to heaven '*) ; anutalo, to hawk up 
saliva, a sign of disgust; anueia, to be spit 
upon, hated. Tahitlan--cf. manuanu, loath- 
some; surfeiting; to be qualmish. Mar- 
quesan— of. anuanu, spittle. Mangarevan 
— cf. anuanu^ spittle; to spit, to hawk up 

ANUHE, a large caterpillar. Cf. whe, a cater- 
SanoLoan — anufe, a worm: Ana e *aina e 
anufe; The worms shall eat them. (6.) A 
caterpillar. Hawaiian — an u he, a large worm 
that destroys the leaves of vegetables ; enuhe, 
a species of worm, large and striped : A hooma- 
kaukau ke akua i tpahi enuhe i ka wanaao ; 
God prepared a worm when morning rose next 
day. (6.) A worm, generally, in amoral sense, 
as a poor, helpless, despicable creature : Pehea 
la hoi ke kanaka, he enuhe ; How much less a 
man, who is a worm, (c.) A caterpillar : E 
hoouna i na Ho e like me na enuhe huluhulu ; 
Cause the horses to come up like rough cater- 
pillars. Cf . he, the name of tne little caterpillar 
that eats the leaves of the cocoanut and the 
palm-leaf pandanue ; hehe, to wither or spoil, 
as leaves. Tongan — unufe, the caterpillar: 
Nae tuku fold eia ae fua oe nau gone ki he 
unufe; He gave also their increase to the 
caterpillar. Rarotongan — anue, the cater- 
pillar : E akaki au ia koe ki te tangata mei te 
anue ; I will fill you with men as with cater- 
pillars. Cf. e, the Phaema, (Lopaphus coceo- 
phagus,) which eats the leaves of cocoanuts, 
and resembles what is called in New Zealand 
by Europeans ** the animated straw." Mar-- 
quesan — nuhe, a caterpillar; (6.) a dog. 
Mangarevan — enuhe, a caterpillar. Cf. 
he, a kind of locust, which eats the leaves of 
the cocoanut. Paumotan— anuhe, a snail ; 
hanuhe, a caterpillar. Tahitian— cf. fefe- 
fefe, crooked, having many bends ; neeneeahe 
{neke'neke-a-whe),io crawl or move as a cater- 
pillar. Ext. Poly.: Fiji — cf. nuve, a cater- 
pillar ; Magindanao^cf. anae, a worm ; 
Tagal— anay, the ant which bores wood. 




ANU-MATAO, Te Ann Matao (myth.), the wile of 
Tangaroa. Her children were the Fish- 
deities. [See Whatuxuba, Poutini, Ta Pou- 
MAMU, Anu, &qJ] 

ANURANQI, a variety of the kumara or sweet 
potato (myth.)— Colenso, Trans., xiii. 35. It 
was brought by Hoturoa in the Tainui canoe, 
at the Migration. — A. H. M., ii. 180. 

AN UTAI, a variety of the kunuira, [See Colenso, 
Trans., xiv. 48.] 

ANQA, a derivative from a, to drive : Ka anga 
ano, kapei atu % a ia — P. M., 70. 

ANQA, to look or move in a certain direction : 
Kua anga mai ki runga hi a kouiUm nga kamhi 

See Anu (myth.). 




U tini — M. M., 123. 2. To turn and move 
in a certain direction. Cf. hangai, opposite, 
teross ; anganui^ opposite. 8. To begin to do 
inything. [This is, probably, (like Barotongan 
aka, cansative prefix,) a form of hanga, to 
work, boild, and whaka^ the causative, " to 
make to do." These are discussed under 
Whaxa.] 4. Aspect. Cf. wheatigaanga, turn- 
ing this way and that ; undecided. 
Whaka-ANQA, to cause to turn in a certain direc- 
Whaka-ANQAANQA, to debate with oneself. 
Samoan — aga, to do, to act, to go or come 
(using mai, himer, or atu, away, as in Maori). 
Cf. agaaWi, to act as a gentleman ; aga'ese^ to 
go away from ; agaUlei, to act kindly ; aga- 
fa'afajine^ to act like a woman, to act with 
mildness ; agaga^ to devise, plan ; agaagamea, 
skilful ; agatonUy to go straight ; Jtaga% to go 
op and down, backwards and forwards ; feagai^ 
to be opposito to each other ; agava^a^ the 
"conduct'* of a canoe, its behaviour in the 
water. Tongan— aga, manner, disposition, 
behaviour, nature, habit, state; (b.) clever, 
sagacious, knowmg; agaaga, to interfere, to 
intermeddle ; faka-aga, a critic, an inspector ; 
to criticise or remark upon the work of 
another ; faka-agaaga, to work carefully ; to 
work to pattern ; to fit ; haga, to face, to look 
at; hagahaga, to be engaged. Cf. agatu^ to 
face, to look towards ; to incline in an oppo- 
site direction ; agaofa^ loving, kind ; agaaeiki, 
chief -hke in disposition {eiki = ariki) ; aga- 
hak^, to go upwards ; agamai, to approach ; 
hagahagai, ahead, right opposite, as the wind ; 
hagatoHu^ to be in a line with any other object. 
RarotOD^an — anga, to turn : E kia anga te 
riri o tocu tuakana ra ; Until your brother's 
anger is turned away, (b.) To make : E kua 
anga aia i te maramdrama no taua are ra kua 
akamouia ki te mea kopekapeka : He made 
windows of narrow lights for the house. Anga- 
anga, to work ; Auraka roa ei angaanga e 
raveia i reira : No manner of work shall be 
done in them. Cf. angairi^ to return. Man- 
garevan — aga. work, to labour ; (&.) a fathom 
(measured by the arms) ; (c.) a sort of basket 
for taking fish ; agaaga, work. Cf. agaaga- 
tua, to turn the back to any one. Futuna — 
aga, conduct ; the manner of eating ; custom ; 
use. Ha^waiian — cf. ana^ to measure ; anau^ 
to go about irregularly from house to house ; 
onajMiu, to turn, to bend ; a hinge ; ho-anapau^ 
a bending crook ; anaaiga^ an eating circle ; a 
congregation of people for any purpose, pro- 
vided that a space be left in the middle ; ana- 
hoKua, to measure land ; anahua^ a tall man 
bending over. Ext. Poly. : Magindano — 
angy^ to go. Malagasy — angay, any open 

ANGA, a cockle-shell. Cf. angarite, a bivalve 

Tongan— agaaga, the name of a shell-fish. 
GL agaagamoana^ the name of a shell-fish. 

AGAAGA, the head. Cf. poangaanga, the skull : 
Irangona kautia ake e ia ki te huhu o tepatu 
e haere iho ana ki tona angaanga — P. M., 92. 
Te papa o te angaanga^ the skull. 
Ext. Poly.: Malay— cf. angu, to nod the 

ANGANUI, to look straight at; to be exaotlv 
oppoaite: Kia anganui mai te korero; Bpeak 

directly to me. CI anga^ to look in a certain 
direction ; kangai^ opposite ; nui, great. [See 
comparatives under Amoa, Hangai, and Nui.] 

ANQAANGAMATE, the back of the hand. Cf. 
anga, to turn ; anga-taraha, to lie on one's 

Samoan — cf. dga^ a span (linuuaga^ five 
spans). Tongan — cf. haga^ a span in length. 
Mangarevan — cf. aga^ a fathom; aga- 
agatua^ to turn the back to one. Ext. Poly. : 
Fiji — cf. eaga (t/ianga), a span. Malay — 
cf. angaUf to raise the hand as if to strike. 

ANGARITE, a species of bivalve mollusc. Cf. 
anga, a cockle-ahell. 

Tongan--cf. agaaga, the name of a shell- 

ANGENGI, the name of a fish. 

ANGI, a zephyr, gentle breeze, light air. Cf. 
hengif to blow gently ; hanene, blowing gently ; 
anene, to blow gently, to breathe softly; 
matangi, wind ; koangi, cool. 2. A pleasant 
odour, fragrance. 

Whaka-ANGI, to approach stealthily. 2. To fly, 
as a kite : Rokohanga atu, e whakaangi ana 
ano a Whakatau i tana manu — P. M., 61. 

Samoan — agi, to blow, of the wind: Agi 
mai i la*u faatoaga ; Blow (wind) upon my 
garden. Fa*a-agi, to cause to blow : E faaa^i 
mai e ia Uma matagi ; He causeth his winds 
to blow. Agiagi, to blow gently. Cf. agxna, 
to be put in motion by the wind; to blow 
straight out, as a flag ; agilaufola, to blow 
steadily, without squalls ; agipd, to blow at 
night. Hawaiian— ani, to blow softly, as a 
gentle breeze : Ke ani nei ka makani ; The 
wind blows softly. (l>.) To pass over a surface, 
as the hand over a table ; (c.) to draw a net 
over the surface of the water ; (d.) to beckon 
with the hand ; aniani, to cool, to refresh one 
heated ; to blow gently, as the wind ; agreeable, 
cool, refreshing ; (6.) a looking-glass. Cf. 
aniania, smooth and even, as the surface of a 
planed board, or the sea in a calm ; aneane, to 
blow softly, as a light wind or zephyr; 
kcaniani, to blow, as a fresh breeze ; a soft 
cooling wind ; moani, a breeze, the name of a 
wind. Tongan— agi, to come from; (6.J 
to superintend, oversee ; agiagi, to begin ; {b.) 
to spring up, as a breeze ; aagi, changeable, 
not fixed ; faka-agi, to consult, to meditate ; 
(&.) to hang or pU^ anything in the wind to 
dry ; (c.) to give directions ; (d.) to keep the 
sail full; agiagina, the motion of anything 
light moved by the wind ; agiga, that point of 
the compass from which the wind blows; 
agina, to be carried away with the wind ; to be 
full, as the sail with wind. CL feagiagiaki, 
to vary or change from point to point, as the 
wind when not settled. Mangarevan — 
agi, zephyr, light wind ; agiagi, to blow gently ; 
a Ught wind. Cf. agiagiga, a gentle dis- 
turbance of aijf. Paumotan — cf. hagihagi, 
light, elegant. Futuna— agi, and agiagi, to 
blow, as wind. Moriorl — cf. hokaangi, to 
shake in the wind. Ext. Poly.: Malagasy 
— cf. anina, breeze, wind ; aniany, puffed up, 
as with wind. Malay — cf . angin, air, atmo- 
sphere, wind. Uea — cf. ang, the wind. 
Java— of. Aan^'n, wind. Bugis— cf. an^tR^, 
wind. Tagal — cf. hangin, wind. Blsaya — 
cf. hangin, wind. Magindano— d hangin, 




wind. Klsa — of. ange, wind. Blcol — of. 
hagnirit wind. 

ANQIANQI, thin : Kia angiangi ai U poko o U 
tangata — ^P. M., 162. 2. Unencnmbered, un- 

ANQIANQI, the name of a shrub. (Bot. Co- 
protvui 8p,) 

ANQITUA, unsuecesafni. 

ANGOA, thin, lean, wasted. 

Saznoan— cf . agon, to be wasted away from 
sioknesB. HaTuraiian — of. anot, a thirst, a 
strong desire ; ano, fear, dread ; to be silent 
and solitary as a deserted village. Tongan 
— of. agoago^ quite empty; perfectly dry. 
Mangarevan— of. agoago, to be deep (of a 
hole); agoa, a oircuUur reef in three to six 
fathoms of water. Paumotan — cf. agoago, 
light, slender, elegant. Ext. Poly. : Solo- 
mon Islands — cf. agai, an exclamation 
of pain and suffering. Bicol— ncf. angotf 
vexing, worrying. 

AO (myth.), one of the primal deities who are 
the unborn Forces of Nature. Ao is the per- 
sonification of Light and the Upper-world, as 
opposed to Darkness and the Lower-world 
(Po), He is spoken of under many forms or 
manifestations, as Ao-tu-roa, ** Abiding Day," 
Ao-maramm, "Bright Day,*' (frc, and with his 
companions, Ata, "Morning," and Whaitva, 
" Spaoe," resists the powers of night, Kore, 
"The Void," Te Mangu, "The Black" (Erebus) 
&e. One Ao was of human shape, and they 
^1 are counted in the pedigrees of chiefs [see 
Appendix, Gskbalogies]— 8h. BeL, 12 ; G. P., 
App. IL [For the Maori Cosmogony, see Kobe ; 
for other Jo, see Aonul] In Tahiti, Aoroa 
was Heaven, and the residence of the god Tane, 
and Aoaomaraia was the discoverer of fire. 
[See Maui.] Ao is probably another name for 
the great Polynesian deity, Atea {Vettea, Awa- 
tea,) •• Daylight." 

AO, day-time ; day, as opposed to night : A e 
rapu noa ana ana tamariki i te ahuatanga o te 
po, te ao — P. M., 7. 2. A day, a season of 
time : Ka Hpu haere mai a toe noa hi te ao nH 
— G.-8., 26. 8. To become light : Kiyrihi te 
manu, ka ao, ka ao, ka awatea — G. P., 432. Cf. 
aho, radiant light. 4. To dawn : Aoina ake i te 
ata ka haere — A. H. M., ii. 9. Cf. maruao, 
dawn of day ; jwoo, to dawn. 6. The world : 
Aue I kau atu ana au, i te ao, 6. Mankind 
(met.) : Ko tend tangata no roto i te whenua, 
ehara i tenei ao [i,e,, He was not a man, but a 
supemattiral bemg] . 7. A cloud : Te ao ka 
pua e rere mai ra — M. M., 23. Cf. au, a cloud ; 
smoke; <iorere, send, light flying clouds; 
aorewa, scud. 

Saxnoan — ao, day, day-time; to be day; 
pass, aoina : Ua oso atu i latou i lepouliuU a 
ao ; They meet with darkness in the day- 
time, {b.) A day : E fagaftUu oaomale faga- 
fuluopo; Forty days and forty nights. («.) 
A cloud : la tumau i ona luga le ao; Let a 
cloud dwell upon it. {d.) A chiefs head ; (<.) 
a title of dignity given to chiefs ; (cf . Maori, 
rangiy a chief, and heaven ;) (/.) the name of 
a fern ; {g,) it is right, proper ; {h.) to be ex- 
cellent, to be perfect, as a boat, house, &o, 
aoao, excellent, surpassing, supreme; to be 
supreme. Cf. ooula, a day-danoe; ao^tea. 

before noon ; aogaUwu^ to be broad daylight ; 
fetuao, the morning star ; oso, a day ; a daily 
offering of food to a chief ; pitoao, to be over- 
shadowed by the edge of a cloud ; tautuao, to 
rise up and pass over, as clouds ; puao, mist ; 
lauao, a chiefs hair ; migao, to show respect 
to. Tahitian— ao, day ; light: Taaroateite 
ao; Tangaroa is the light. (&.) The natural 
day; (c.) bright clouds of the sky; (d,) Hea- 
ven, blessedness, happiness ; the state of the 
blessed ; (e.) the good reign of a prinoe ; (/.) a 
hospitable man ; (g.) the present life ; (fc.) the 
opening buds of trees ; (t.) the white heart of 
tare, cabbage, Ac, (probably » Maori ngao, a 
sprout) ; (j.) a large, spotted sea-bird ; {k,) the 
heart of a bundle of oloth (probably = ngao) ; 
(I.) the king, as heart of the countiy (probably 
= ngao) ; (m.) the grooves of the dotn mallet, 
also the marks on the cloth (probably = ng€u>, 
the palate) ; (n.) the inside bark used for cloth 
malong; (o.) the fat of turtles, fowls, and 
fishes (probably » Maori ngako, iBi) ; (p,\ the 
name of a ceremony previous to mat of the 
tihi; (q,) braided human hair; (r.) the first 
or chief part of things ; (f .) one of the ropes 
fastened to a sail (aho ?) ; (I.) a spy, who comes 
upon a party at night to see what they are 
doing (probably — aho, to learn) ; (u.) the sides 
of a square; (v.) an angle; (ir.) to press liquid 
out of a strainer ; (x.) to peep, as an eel out of 
its hole ; to appear again, as a lost fugitive, 
aoao, slim, tall, well-shaped; (6.) the ribs (pro- 
bably = Maori kaokao, the ribs). Cf. aarai, 
the name of the king*s house; aoroa, the 
firmament of heaven; aorereva, a kind of 
Native oloth ; aorereva noa, flying clouds ; 
unsettled; taiao, dawn. Ha'Birailan — ^ao, 
light, day : Kuhahi ka po, Kulua ke ao; 
The night of Tutahi, the day of Turua. Also 
to become light, to dawn. (6.) The world: 
Nana i hoonoho ke ao nei mahma o lakou ; He 
hath placed the world upon them, (e.j Light, 
as applied to the light-green of fresh plants or 
trees ; (d,) a cloud : Me he ao puapuaa la ke 
aloha e kau nei ; As a thick cloud love settles 
upon me. [e,) To awake, as from a vision or 
dream ; (/.) to come to one*s right mind, or 
self-possession. Hoo-ao, to tempt, to try, to 
prove ; to assay ; {b,) to try, i.e, to cohabit 
before marriage. Cf. aouli, the sky, the visible 
arch of heaven ; the stars collectively ; Heaven 
itself; aopoko, a short cloud; (fig.) men of 
little weight or character ; wanaao, the dawn 
of day, to dawn ; piao, the hot refiection of 
the sun on a smooth surface or dij land. 
Tongan — ao, a cloud : Nae to foki ae vai met 
he gaahi ao ; The clouds also dropped water. 
(&.) Presence ; (c.) the front or most frequented 
part of an island ; (d,) the inside of Native 
doth ; («.) a head-dress ; (/.) to repeat a game, 
to play over again ; (g,) to seek suitable trees 
in the forest ; (h,) to ohase ; aoao, sovereign, 
sovereignty ; [b,) supreme ; (c.) the eighth day 
in the Tongan calendar ; (d.i to bind round 
and round; (e.) to hew timocs' in order to 
make it straignt ; aoga, worthy, useful, profit* 
able, acceptable, needful. Cf. aho, a day ; 
ahoaho, bright, shining, as the nioon on a 
clear night ; ahotetea, morning light ; aoaojia, 
doudy, overcast, as the moon ; aoniu, onmi- 
present ; feao, to attend upon, as a guard, or 
as a servant. Marquesan — ao, light, day* 
light, day : Paha mai te Atua i te maamaama, 




he ao; God ealled the light, day. (b.) A cloud. 
CI aotaki^ to obey. Rarotongan — ao, the 
world : E iia keia aia i te ao nei ; And chased 
oat of the world. (&.) Day : Te apii nei tetai 
00 i tetai i te tuatua ; Day unto day uttereth 
speech, (e.) Dawn, to dawn : E tae ua atu H 
teaoanga ra; Until the dawning of the day. 
Mangaian — ao, day : Ua pa Avaikif ua ao 
nvnga nei ; 'Tis night in Hawaiki, and day in 
this world : Ao mata ngaa e ; The eye of day 
is imcloaing. (&.) Daylight : Kua akama i te 
00 e; He is ashamed to be in the light. («.) 
The world : E noo i te ao nei ; Bemain in tiiis 
world. Futuna — ao, a day ; daylight. Gl 
«o, A day. Mangarevan— ao, the world ; 
the Universe; (&.) authority, government, 
reign ; (c.) a cloud ; (d.) inward consolation ; 
tranqoillity of conscience ; aka-aoao, to think 
aboDt. Gf. aomakUf humid ; aotikanga, au- 
thority. Paumotan— ao, the world ; (b.) 
happy, happiness. Of. auina, daylight (I'na, 
to Bhme == Maori hind), Ext. Poly. : Sika- 
yana — ao, morning ; atho^ a day ; too, light ; 
Tagal^ a«o» smoke ; Kayan— 2a«o, heat ; 
Amboyna (all three dialects) — aow, fire; 
Lariki — aoaaoa, day. 

AO, to take up by handfnls : Ka aohia ake e te 
tokimga kia ki tona ringa—Rew.f v. 12. 2. To 
oolfect. Cf. aoaka, two handfuls at once. 
Samoan — ao, to collect, to gather together. 
Cf. aofa'i, to collect together, to come toge- 
ther ; aofa^iga, the sum total ; aofaga, a col- 
lection ; aofia^ an assembly ; aotele, to gather 
all into one (of things). Tahitian— of. aoaiat 
to collect food and other things with care. 

AO, the bark of a dog : Katahi ka whakao mat, 
'Ao! aoJ act a-ao-ol'—V, M., 29. €f. au, 
to bark as a dog. 

Tahiti an — aoa. to bark or howl, as a dog; 
the howling of aogs ; aoaoa, the indistinct 
ooise made by persons at a distance ; (b.) ram- 
bling, unsettled ; to be delirious. Ha'waiian 
— aoa, to howl, as a dog ; (b) to howl or wail 
for gnef for the loss of friends ; to howl lor a 
calamity that has come upon one : hence = 
cross, angry, rough in language. 

AOAKA, two handfuls at a time. [See Aohanoa.] 

AOAKEi the day following : Kotahi ra i patua ai 
eiae rua pa ; aoake, e toru pa ; aoake^ e ma 
jMi— O.-d, 30. Cf. ao, day, to dawn ;, on- 
wards (in time). 

AOHANQA, a striped variety of New Zealand flax 
{Phormium). 2. Two handfuls at once : a de- 
rivative from ao, to take up by handfuls. In 
Soath Island, aoaka. 

AOKAI, the Pleiades. [See Matariki.] 

AOKEHU (myth.), a hero of great power as a 
tokunga (vrizazd-priest) ; he slew Tutaeporo- 
poro, the great taniwha fwater monster) of the 
Wanganni Biver. [See Tutaxporopobo.] 

AONUI (myth.) : Aonui, Aoroa, Aopouri, Aopo- 
tango, Aowhetuma, Aowhekere, Aokahiwahiwa, 
Aokanapanapa, Aopakakina, Aopakarea, and 
Aotakawe are deities of the storm-clouds. 
They are the children of Tawhiri-ma-tea, the 
Lorn of Tempests, and were brought forth 
by him to punish his brothers, who had rent 
apart their parents, Bangi and Papa (*' Heaven " 
and ** Earth ")— P. M., 8. 

AONQA, dawn, a derivative of ap, to dawn. 

AOREWA, scud, light flying clouds: Ka mangi 
noa *hauy e ai te aorewa. Gl oo, cloud, and 
rewa, to float, to be elevated. 

AORERE, scud. [As Aorewa.] Cf. ao, doud, and 
rere, to fly. 2. The name of a garment. 

AOTAHI, the name of a star (Canopus). Cf. Au- 
tahi and Atutahi, names of Canopus: Aotahi 
he whetu tapu, he ariki aia no nga tohetu o 
te tau — A. H. M., i. 45. Aotahi (myth.) was 
the child of Puaka (Puanga) ; his mother's 
name was Takurua (Sirius) — ^A. H. M., Eng. 
62, vol. i. I 

AOTARO, to prepare beds of gravel for taro. 
Cf. ao, to collect, and taro (Coloeasia anti- 

AOTEA (or Aotearoa), the name of New Zealand : 
Ka hoe mai nei, a, kau ki Wfiangaparaoa, ara 
ki Aotea nei, Cf. oo, the world, the daylight, 
and tea, white. It is an apparent allusion to 
the land having been pulled up from the 
depths by Maui. All Polynesian islands were 
thus hauled up by deities from the realms of 
the Dark Night to the " White Day." The 
Marquesan Islands are called by the Natives 
Ao-maama (Ao-marama) " the World of Light." 
[For full particulars see Hawaiki. Maui, Kobx, 
&c.] 2. (myth.) The name of the first circle 
of the Lower- world (Papa), as opposed to the 
Upper- world {Rangi), 8. The name of one of 
the ancient canoes of the great Migration to 
New Zealand. [See Abawa.] 

A PA, a band of workmen : Kua hoatu ano hoki 
ona tuakana katoa ki a ia, hei apa — Ken., 
zxvii. 37. 2. Said of a person under demo- 
niacal possession. 3. The fold of a garment : 
aparua, two-ply, &o, Cf. hapa, crooked, bent ; 
kapa, to stand in a rank ; apu, a company of 
Samoan — of. apa, sexual connection. Ha- 
ivaiian— apa, a roll, as of a bundle of cloth. 
Cf . apana, a fragment, portion ; a division of 
people. Mangarevan~apa, to pass in the 
hands from one to the other ; (&.) to take pos- 
session ; apa|a, a bundle, a burden ; apaapa, 
the gable of a house. Cf. apai, to cany 
(Maoris ^pat). 

APAAPA (myth.), a deified ancestor, a descendant 
of Tiki. He was son of Whatonga, father of 
Tahatiti, and grandfather of Buatapu — Sh. 
Bel., 14. [See Tuputupuwhbnua, Tna, Bua- 

APAHA (apdhdj, if the case were that. 

A PA NOA (op^iiioa), to time or degree that ; until. 

APAKURA, a dirge, lament: Ko ta matcu apa^ 
kura tenet ki a koe—M, M., 66. 

APAKURA (myth.), the wife of Tuhuruhuru, the 
son of Tinirau and Hina. She had several 
children, among whom are Tuwhakararo, Mai- 
ratea, Beimatua, and Whakatau-potiki— P. M., 
61. By another legend, Apakura is said to be 
the wife of Tuwhakararo, who was the son of 
Bata and father of Whakatau. Whakatau 
was born in a miraculous manner, from the 
girdle or apron which Apakura threw into the 
ocean; and the child was fashioned by the 
sea-god, Bongotakawhiu — P. M., 72. [See 
Whakazau, Bata, Tububuhubu, <fto.] 


[16] Apoapo 

APARANGI (myth.), the god of peace and media- 

APARANQt, the open skj, the arch of heaven. 
2. Aurora awtralU (one anth.). 3. A crowd 
of visitors : Hoatu te kai ma te aparangi, Cf. 
apa^ a body of workmen ; rangi, the sky. 
Tahltian — aparai, clear, cloadlesa, applied 
to the sky ; (&.) an enclosure [apa : see under 
Pa] for an infant, the son of a king or principal 
chief, who was sacred (tapu) until certain 
ceremonies had been performed ; (e.) a tempo- 
rary marae (sacred place). Gf. aorai^ the king's 
palace. Mangarevan— cf. aparangi^ thin, 
dried up. Mangaian — ^aparangi, the vault 
of heaven : E aparangU o te kaud peau nui ka 
rere; Like the outstretched heavens are the 
spread wings of the warning bird. 

APATAHl, a single covering or garment. Cf. 
aparua, two-ply ; apa, fold ; tahi, one ; 
aritahit a single covenng. 

APATARI, to carry, bring. Cf. apa, a company 
of workmen ; a fold of cloth ; tari, to carry. 
Hawaiian— cf. apa, a roll, bundle ; kali, 
to tie, to fasten on. 

API A PI, close together, crowded together. Cf. 
kapi, to be filled up, as a limited space ; apiti, 
to put together; kapiti, shut in, confined; 
apo, to gather together. 

Whaka-API, to be in the way of ; obstruction. 
Samoan — apl, to lodge, to put up at a 
house for a time, a lodging-house : Pe ai ea se 
mea i le fale o lou tamd matou te api ai f Is 
there room in your father's house for us to 
lodge in ? Apiapi, narrow or strait ; to be 
narrow. Cf. apitau, war-lodgings; apitaga, 
a temporary hut made of green boughs ; apita, 
a frame of sticks in a canoe on which property 
is placed during a journey to keep it from 
being wetted with leakage ; apitia, to be 
wedged in, confined, straitened. Haivaiian 
— api, to gather together, as people to one 
spot ; to bring into small compass, as baggage ; 
api pi, united, joined together, as the two 
canoes of a double canoe. Cf . pipit &n oyster ; 
ptli, united. Tahltian— api, to be full, 
occupied, closed up ; (6.) folds of cloth pasted 
together ; the bivalve shells of fish ; (c.) a part 
of a canoe; {d.) to confederate togetiier, as 
different parties ; to join, as two divisions of a 
fleet of war canoes ; (e.) young, recent, late ; 
apiapi, confusion ; narrowness of a place or of 
the mind; straitness; difficulty as to choice; 
(6.) filled, occupied ; (c.) a cloth dyed and pre- 
pared with certain plants ; apia, closed, as an 
oyster's shell ; faa-api, to close, to shut up ; 
faa-apiapi, to fill up, to encumber, as by 
crowding a place. Cf. apipiti, together ; apiti, 
a couple on the ground joined together; a 
party joined hand in hand; to join things 
together. Tongan — abi, habitation, home, 
lands; abiabi, crowded, straight, narrow; faka- 
abi, to sojourn in the home of a friend ; fal(a- 
abiabi, to crowd, to cumber; aabi, strait, 
confined, wanting roum. Cf. ahiji, to tie 
together, to bundle up ; hdbikahi, a wedge, to 
wed^e ; e/i^/S, [e for a, as Tongan ejiafi, even- 
ing = Maori ahiahi] crowded, full. Manga- 
revan — apiapi, to be densely packed ; pressed 
upon by a crowd; aka-api, to be crowded 
together. Cf. apita, to xnake a circle round 
a thing with a cord, d». Marquesan— 

ef. tapiti, to join, unite ; haa-piti, tight, com- 
pact, crowded. Ext. Poly. : Motu— cf. abia, 
to have, to get ; abikau, a small lean-to on a 
verandah ; Malagasy— cf. aby, all, erery one, 
the whole; amby, addition, excess, surplus; 
Malay — apit, close, side by side ; to squeeze ; 
apil, to fence with a bulwark ; kapU^ a friend, 

APITI, to put together; to place side by side- 
Gf. karapiti, to put side by side ; kapiti, shut 
in by hills, confined; tokitiki, to gird [see 
Marquesan] . 2. the radiut, or small bone of 
the arm. Cf. kapiti, a bone. 3. A deft; a 
narrow pass. Cf. kapiti, a crevice. 4. To 
supplement a deficiency. He whare apiti, a 
steep-roofed house. 

Hawaiian-~apikiapiki, to fold up, as a 
piece of native cloth. Cf. upiki, to shnt sud- 
denly together, as the jaws of a trap ; to snare ; 
upikipiki, shutting up, folding together, as a 
foreign fan ; piki, to do instantly ; to milk, as 
the sudden squeezing of the teat forces out the 
milk; apipi, united, joined together, as the 
two canoes of a double canoe. Samoan — 
apitia, to be wedged in; to be confined, strait- 
ened. Cf. apiapi, narrow, confined; opt, a 
lodging-house. Marquesan— cf. tapiti, to 
join, unite ; haa-piti, tight, compact, crowded ; 
itiki, to fasten together ; pitiki, to bind ; fas- 
tened together. Tahltian— apiti, to join, to 
unite with another ; to be in a joining state, 
as two trees growing jointly ; two parties in 
one ; a couple, or two joined together ; two, in 
counting ; (6.) to have two sources, applied to 
the wind when coming from two different 
quarters; apiti piti, to couple or join things 
together repeatedly ; aapiti, united or doubled. 
Cf . piti, two, in counting (ma is the old word) ; 
aaupiti {aau = Maori ngakau), a double mind, 
double-minded, insincere ; having two stems, 
as a plant or tree ; (fig.) a person whose father 
belongs to one country and his mother to 
another is called taata aaupiti ; api, to con- 
federate together, as different parties ; to join, 
as the divisions of a fleet of war canoes ; api- 
piti, together, all together, by parties joining 
together ; epiti, a couple ; two, in counting ; 
opiti (dual), ye two; papiti, a second time. 
Mangarevan— cf. kapiti, to be allied, joined 
together; to make things touch each other; 
k^iti, to add to ; to associate with any one ; 
to unite things side by side ; kopitiraga, addi- 
tion. Paumotan— cf. kapiti, to seal up; 
kapitipiti, to unite, united ; to collect, gather. 
Mangaian — of. kapiti, to add ; side by side ; 
dose. Tongan — abjji, to tie together, to 
bundle up. Cf . abiabi, to crowd, to cumber ; 
aapi, strait, conflned. Ext. Poly. : Malay — 
cf. apit, close, side by side; to squeeze ; kapit, 
a companion, associate, friend. 

APO, to gather together : Ka apohia mat e ratou 
he kai whakaako — Tim., iv. 3. Cf. hapapo, to 
gather together ; popo, to throng, crowd 
around ; hiapo, to be gathered together ; tau- 
apo, to hug, to carry in the arms ; taiapo, to 
carry in the arms. 2. To grasp, extort. Cf. 
kapo, to snatch. 

APOAPO, to gather together, to roll together : A 
apoapohia ana e ratou — Eko., viii. 14. (b.) 
To entangle : A he mea apoapo ahau e te ritiMt 
takai atu takai mat —P. M., 14. 


[17] Ara 

Hawaiian — apo, to oatoh at, as with the 
hand ; to hook in ; (6.) to span or reach roand, 
to pot ooe*a arm round another : Hatdi, kai 

riaki: O Hanii, the lea-encircling. (c.) 
reodve, to embrace as a long-absent friend : 
Holo mai la ia e hdlawai me ia, apo mat la ia 
ia ; He ran to meet him, and embraced him. 
(d.) To contain, hold, or encircle : Aole e hiki 
i M lam amena lani o na lard ke apo iaoe; 
Heaven and the heaven of heavens cannot 
eoDtain yoo. («.) To receive, as into the 
mind; to apprehend intellectaally ; to receive 
u a troth. (/.) To receive, to hide, as a 
elond : A na ke ao no ia i apo mat, mai ko 
lekim mau maka atu ; A dona received him 
and hid him from sight, {jg,) A hoop, a ring, 
a dzele; a certain kind of belt worn by 
vomen ; (fig.) Apo a ka make, the bonds of 
death, {h.) The nnion of the cheek-bone with 
the temples. Apoapo, to catch at frequently, 
to aaateh or aoramble for ; (6.) a bnndi, as of 
kalo {taro)i & hill of potatoes. Gf. apokau, to 
take hold of and displace ; apohao, me kixig*8 
goaid; kaiap^t a rising or high tide; upo, to 
eovet, loat after; kaha-apOt the circnmferenoe 
(tit, "enclosing mark"). Samoan— *apo, 
to ding to, to keep near to ; (6.) to take care 
of, as of an orphui child ; to attend to land ; 
plo., *a'apo ; pass., apoia. Tahitlan — apo, to 
oateh a thing thrown to a person ; the act of 
eatching a thing so thrown ; apoapo, to catch 
repeatedly things thrown at a person ; aapo, 
to apprehend or understand a uiing qniokiy ; 
apt to onderstand. Cf. apoo, a council, or 
meeting for consultation ; apooaahi^ the place 
where people fish for the aahi ; apoopoo, to be 
oonmlting secretly about a person and speak- 
ing ill of him behind his back ; apoopuaat a 
pUoe frequented by boys. Paumotan — 
apo, to transplant (probably as Maori ahu, ** to 
heap op," means also " to transplant "). 

APO, dregs of shark-oil. 

APOPO, to-morrow : ApopOt ka kimi i tetehi totara 
ma tojUm — P. M., 91. Cf . po, night ; a season, 
rihe Polynesians count by nights, not by 
days; as the English say, ** fort-night," &q.] 
Tahitlan — apopo, to-morrow; also, abobo. 
Hawaiian — ^apopo, to-morrow; sometimes 
popo : Apopo, e haawi au ia lakou iloko o kau 
Uma; To-morrow I will deliver them into 
your hand. Rarotongan — apopo, to-mor- 
row: Apopo au e oatu ei kia koi ra; To- 
morrow I will give it to you. Tongan — of. 
aio, to-night ; abogibogi, to-morrow. Man- 
garevan— apopo, to-morrow ; also popo. Gf. 
eponei^ to-nignt. Moriori — apo, to-morrow. 

APU, a equaU of wind. Gl pu, to blow ; pupuM, 
to blow ; purekereke^ a puff of wind, &o. [For 
comparatives, see Pn.] 

APU, to burrow ; to force a way into the ground. 
2. To gorge food ; to cram into the month ; 
to glat : He kuku tattgaengae nui : he parera 
9pHpaTU — ^Prov. 8. A company of labourers. 
G(. kapu, section of a large tribe ; apa, a com- 
pany of workmen; apo, to gather together; 
PK, a tribe. 

APUAPU, eranmied ; stuffed. 2. palatable. Gf. 

opum, to crowd; to shut up. 

Samoan^cf. aputi, to cover up, as the 

body, or a native oven, Aq. Tahitlan— cf. 

obu, to dart or fly at each other, as pigs or 


dogs; fierce; envious. Hamraiian— apu, to 
devour food greedily; (5.) to run after, to 
ohasewith the desire of overtaking another. 
Paumotan— of. apuapu, pregnant; koapu, 
a nest. Mangarevan — of. apti«v, crowded 
up, stuffed up. 

APUHAU IGods of the storm-winds; chil- 

APUMATANQIj dren of Tawhiri-ma-tea, lord 

of tempests (of. apu, squall ; hau, wind ; mO" 

tangi, wind)— P. M., 8 (Maori) ; A. H. M., i., 


APU RE, a bare patch. Gf. pure, to arrange in^ 
tufts or patches ; purei, isolated tufts of grass » 
a small patch of garden ; purekireki, tiiCts of 
grass in a swamp ; pu, a bundle. 

Saxnoan— cf. pulepule, to be spotted ; to be 
striped. Havraiian— of. ptUepule, spotted ; 
speckled; of various colours; opulepuU, 
spotted; light and shade. Tahitlan— cl 
purepure, spotted, chequered; pupure, the 
Native leprosy, or sinular disease; opure^ 
spotted (applied to a fowl). Tongan— cf. 
ImlebuU, spotted ; faka-huleJmle, to spot, to 
print, to variegate. Mangarevan— of . pure- 
pure, the face of a man having spots or 
marks. Paumotan— cf. haka-purepure, to 
dye in colours. 

APURU. to throng, to press one on another ; to 
crowd, encumber. 5. To shut up ; suppress. 
Gf . furu, to plug up ; confine ; purupuru, to 
caulk, stop the c^nks of a thing, to suppress ; 
purwru, dose together ; apu, to cram, glut ; a 
company of workmen. 
Samoan— cf. pulu, glue ; resin; the husk 
of the cocoanut; puUui, to glue, to pitch. 
Tahitian-r-cf. puru, a board; the husk of 
the cocoanut-shell ; pupuru, thick, as a mix- 
ture ; purutaa, to help together as a body ; to 
assist ; erepuru, a company going compactly 
together on the road. Marquesan— of. 
puu, a band of tow made of cocoanut fibre. 
Ha'Biraiian— cf . pulu, to be wet ; to be soft, 
as that which has been soaked in water ; that 
which is soft, as cotton ; the soft matter of 
which kapa (native cloth, tapa,) is made, by 
soaking it in water until it becomes paste-like; 
pupulu, to congregate in masses; to be as- 
sembled ; adhesive ; soft ; ptLUtpulu, cotton ; 
tinder ; to warm, to cheri^, to brood over, as 
a hen over her chickens; hubthuhu, cotton; 
hulu, wool, feathers. Ac Tongan— of. InUu, 
a kind of gum, used as pitch in oauMug 
canoes ; the hucdc of the cocoanut ; bulubulu^ 
the gummy substance from the banana; bt^, 
to tie together ; bult^, bird-lime. Manga- 
revan— apuru, to be stuffed full, overcrowded. 
Gf . puru, tne husk of the cocoanut, and tiie 
almond of Pandanue ; purukaha, a filament of 
sinnet. Paumotan— cf. tapuru, to macerate. 
Mangaian— of. puru, fibre of cocoanut, used 
as a plug for caulking; anything used for 
caulking with. 

APUTA, at intervals ; found only here and there^ 

APUTAHI-A-PAWA (myth.), the name of a ter- 
rible storm raised by the incantations of 
Ngatoro-i-rangi. In this storm the host of 
Manaia was destroyed— P. M., 112. [See 
NoATOBO, Manau (1).] 

ARA, a road, a path, a way : A / tenei te ara, 
VMiiho moteatahoe kapiki ai— P. M., 51. 2. 




A meani of oonveyanee, Cf. araimi, a high- 
way, a broad path; araAt, to lead, oondaot; 
arataki, to lead* conduct; kuarahi, a road; 
arakau, an overgrown track. 
Samoan — ala, a path, way, road, passage : 
Le maiUi mo ia i le ala ; The snare for him in 
the path, (b.) The warp : Po o le ala, poo U 
fauta ; Whether in the warp or woof, (e.) A 
caase, a reason ; {d.) a division of a village. 
Cf. ala'alo^ a bye-path; *auala, the road- 
side; alamu, to go direct; alatua, a back 
way; alava*a, a passage for canoes among 
rocks and shoals; lotoala, the middle of 
the road. Tahitian— ara, a road, a path. 
Of. aranoa^ the common road; aranuif the 
public road ; aratUt a road, a path ; aratmi, a 
goide, a leader; arajnoe^ forgetfalness (lit., 
"sleep-path"). Hawaiian— ala, a path, 
way, or road : Hele aku laoiai he ala maawe 
iki a he aloha; He has gone in the path 
little travelled by the loved ones. Cf. alao- 
loli, a narrow patii ; alahula, a thoroughfare ; 
alakaiy a guide ; alavlay red dust on a road, 
llie East is called He alanui hele a Kane {in. 
Maori letters, He aranui haere a Tane)^ ** the 
great highway of Tane," and also, Ke ala tUa 
a Kane (Maori =T« ara ura a Tane), *' the 
bright road of Tane," the dawn ; while the 
West is called Ke alanui o Ka Make (Te ara- 
nui o Te Mate), " the highway of Death." 
Mangaian — ara, a path, a way: J te ara 
taurere hi Iva, 6; By a perilous path to 
Iva (spirit-land). Cf. arataa, a way, path. 
Tongan — hala, a road or path: Ktia mou 
tofa ae hala kife he aho ni f Whither have ye 
made a road to-day ? {h.^ A doorway or en- 
trance; (c.) death, applied to the king; 
halaga, a path for animals; hahala, to cut 
open, to tear open. Cf. halafaki, to take 
another road to avoid being seen ; to take a 
circuitous range, as one in conversation ; hala- 
halai, to force a way; to extricate, to dis- 
entangle ; halatohOt a drawbridge ; a pontoon ; 
fajiahala, the pomt or turn in a road ; hala- 
baba, a high-road, a beaten path. Manga- 
revan — ara, a road, a way : I hanau a Maui 
matavaru i te ara nui ke ; Maui the Eight-eyed 
was bom on a strange road. Cf. aragugu, a 
very rough path ; arat, an obstacle ; arapupu, 
a rough plfuse, to be crossed with difficulty. 
Marquesan^f . aamU, the highway, beaten 
track ; aahi, to conduct, guide. Paumotan 
— eara, a road, path. Futuna— ala, a way, 
path. Ext. Poly. : Motu^f. ariara^ a street, 
a road through a village ; dala, a road through 
the forest; Fiji— «a2a, a path, road; Mala- 
gasy— (-/ ala, removed, freed from) : aleha, 
a way, a path; Sulu— doan, a way, path; 
Malay — alah, course, direction ; ala, towards, 
in a direction to; jalan, a road; Silong — 
jalan, a road; Java — dalan, a road; Ilocan 
-^dalan, a road. 

ARA, to rise ; to rise up ; to awake : A whea ara 
ai te marama ?— P. M., 56 : Kua ara nga rapa- 
rapa o nga wahine ra ki runga^F. M., 34. Cf. 
ara, a path, a way. 

Whaka-ARA, to arouse : Me te tangata e tohaka- 
arakia ana iaiae moe ana, 2. To set upright : 
Ka whakaarakia ki runga, ka tu — P. M., 57. 
Saxnoan— ala, to spring from, to arise : Le 
matu e, ina ala mat ; Arise, O North Wind. I 
(d.) To give birth to. (c.) To awake : Seia | 

mavae le lagi latou tele ala; Till the heaven 
is no longer they shall not awake ; alala, to sit 
awake at night; (6.) to sit or dwell (used to 
chiefs instead of nofo) ; fa'a-ata, to arouse from 
sleep. Cf. alai, forward, impertinent ; alaina- 
*ai, to awake to eat ; alatuu, to start the first 
thing in the morning; alamu, to go direct; 
alasolo, to overflow. Hamraiian— ala, to 
wake from sleep ; to watch : ka Paepae nut, 
ala i ka moku e; 0. the great Supporter, 
awaken the world, (fr.) To rise up; [e.) to 
rise up, as a new generation of people: Ala 
mai 2a kekahi hanauna hou ; There arose 
another generation. Hoo-ala, to cause one to 
rise, to lift up ; (b,) to stir up, as the mind; 
to rouse to action ; {c.) to raise up, as a de- 
liverer ; (d.) to repair, as a broken wall. Cf. 
moaUuUa, going from house to house ; going 
here and there. Mangarevan — ^ara, to 
awake, to rouse oneself; (6.) to miss aUow. 
Rarotongan — ara, to awake firom sleep : Aea 
hoe e ara at t taau moe ; When will yoa awake 
from sleep? Tahitian — ara, to awake; to 
be watchful : E ia varea i te taoto eiaha roa ia 
mure, eiaha roa ia arafaahou mai ; That they 
may sleep a perpetual deep, and may not wake. 
(b.) To come to notice, to transpire. Araara, 
sparkling, flaming ; the gleaming of the eyes 
of animals ; the face, or eyes ; arara, the 
ascent of an arrow. Cf. eara, to watch, to be 
vigilant ; a word of caution, " beware 1" 
Whaka-ARA, a party of the enemy ; marauders. 
Probably a form of ara, to awake, to rise up. 
[See AsLkJ] 

Saxnoan^-cf. fa*a-alataua, to take news of 
a war to the gods, or to the shades of departed 

ARA. namely; particularly; that is to say; in 
otner words. 2. Interjection, expressing sur- 
prise : Ka heua ake, ara ! he tangata— P, M., 
14. 3. And then (for a, ra) : Heke ana he 
awaawa, ara he pari hoki. 4. For era, those, 
plural of tera, that. 

ARAARA, the name of a fish, the Cavally, or 
Trevally (Icth. Caranx georgianug) : Me he 
takapu araara — Prov. (Myth.) This fish is 
held sacred by Ngapuhi and iUurawa tribes on 
account of its having fed on the drowned 
body of Bongomai, the chief of the Mahuhu 
canoe in the Migration — S. T., 25. 

ARAARAI. See Asai. 

ARAN I, to lead, conduct: Na ka arakina ia e 
Tinirau ki tona kainga — ^P. M., 83 : JBTta 
arakina mai tetahi mokai—A. H. M., i. 9. 
Kai-arahi, a guide. Cf. ara, a way ; to arise ; 
arat, to ward o£F ; arataki, to lead, conduct. 
Tahitian — cf. ara/n, to sit,dwell, abide ; ara- 
tat, a leader, guide ; araa, a messenger sent 
before a chief and company to give informa- 
tion of their approach, or of some feast or 
religions ceremony ; ara, a path. Samoan — 
cf. ala, a path ; alamu, to go direct. Ha- 
"(vaiian — cf. a2a, a path; alakai, to lead, to 
guide. Tongan— cf. alafi, to feel after with 
the hand. Marquesan — ^aahl, to lead, con- 
duct: A aahi i te matapo ; Lead the blind 
person. Paumotan— arahi, to conduct, or 
guide ; (6.) to b^, to implore. 

ARAHUTA (myth.), the daughter of Tawhaki 
the Lightning Gkd, and Tangotango (or Hapai) 




the HeaTenly Maiden. She was the oaase of a 
quarrel between her parents, and Tangotango 
took her to heaven, where they were afterwards 
joined by Tawhaki — P. M., 41. Arahnta was 
also called Pianga. [See Tawhaki, Fianoa, 
Hapai, ^to.] 

ARAI, a TeU, screen, curtain; to screen: Kamau 
ia ki tetahi arai-kanohi — Ken., xxiv., 65. 2. 
To ward off, parry. 3. To be detained, or 
stayed: A ka araia e U ua, e te hau — 
A. H. M., ii., 4. 4. To block up: A kei te 
hanga tenet tqUju ite pa kei arai atu i a hoe — 
Kai., iz., 31. CI tatmrai, a screen. 

ARAARAI, to screen on every side. 

Mangalan— arai, to ward off : Rongo arai 
sMii 1 t€ kea^ € ; Bongo who wards off the 
billows. Tahitian — arai. to interpose, 
mediate ; a mediator ; (6.) to obstruct ; an 
obstruction. Haivaiian — alal, to obstruct, 
to hinder one in any way ; (6.) to block up a 
door or passage by sitting down in it ; (c.) to 
form a circle round one for his defence in 
danger; to defend; (<f.) to be so thronged as 
not to be able to see out. Gf. alalai^ to hinder 
one from doing a thing; to obstruct one*s 
road ; to be in the way of another ; to conse- 
crate, to render sacred (tapu^ by coming into 
contact with some sacred oDJect. Manga- 
revan — arai, an obstacle, impediment; to 
oppose, prevent, obstruct. Cf. arainano, the 
Pandanue, plaited as a protection against 
spear or arrow. [Note : This last word is very 
important, because the "ara" here is probably 
the word for Pandamu, which is called in 
Polynesia ara, karat fara, haUit &o. See 
ICaori Whaba.] Pauxnotan— cf. tauarai, to 
defend. Tongan — cf. aZat, to sit carelessly 
and in improper places ; halahalai, to force a 
way, to disentangle. 

ARAIARA (myth.), the wife of Whironui. She 
was the mother of Hoturangi, who became the 
wife of Paikea. Araiara came to New Zealand 
in the Nukatere canoe. — ^A. H. M., iii. 41. 
[See BuATAPU, Paikba, Wmso-inTi, Ac] 

ARAITANQA, eclipse. A deriyative of arai, to 
block up, obstruct. 

ARAITEURU (myth.), a celebrated female iani- 
wkot or water-monster. She wae the mother 
of Wa£hou,Waima, Orira, Mangamuka, Ohopa, 
and Wairere, all great lake and river taniwha, 
Arai-te-Uru and Taungeri are the guardians of 
Hokiuiga bar. 2. One of the canoes of the 
MigratioxL [See Aiuwa.] 

ARAN U I, a broad road; a well-beaten, much- 
used track : Haere tonu atu i te aranui naka- 
P. M., 25. Cf. ara, road ; nut, great. 
Moriori— aranui, a passage. Hainraiian 
— alanut, a highway, a frequented road : Ala- 
fuei ke kanaka ; The great road of the people. 
CL ala, road; mn, great. Tahitian— ara- 
nui, the public road. Ci ara, road ; nui, great. 
Marquesan — aanui, the highway, beaten 
track. Cf. aa^ road; nut, great. [For full 
comparatives see Aiu, and Nui.] 

ARAN6A, to rise to the surface ; to appear. Cf. 

maranga, to rise up ; tairangarangay elevated ; 

ranya, to raise, cast up ; koranga, to raise, lift 

up ; am, to arise. 
Whaka-ARANQA, to appear in a vision, or second 


Saxnoan — cf. laga^ to rise ; to raise up ; 
malaga, to rise, as a hen from her nest, or 
troops from ambush ; a journey ; to cause to 
originate; taumalaga, to endeavour to raise, 
as war, <fec. Ha^vailan— alana, light, not 
heavy, easily floating on the water ; (b.) a pre- 
sent made by a chief to a priest to procure his 
prayers ; a present made to a god ; a free-will 
offering for any purpose ; a sacrifice ; to bring 
a present or offering. Cf. alanaaloha, a peace- 
offering ; alanakuniy an offering to procure the 
death of a sorcerer ; malanaf to float together, 
as a body of canoes ; lanat to float on the sur- 
face. Tahitian — araa, to be raised or 
lightened, as a vessel in the water, or as a 
thing that was sunk ; to be raised to prosperity 
from a degraded state ; {b.) a messenger sent 
before a chief and company to give informa- 
tion of their approach, or to give notice of 
some feast or religious ceremony ; (c.) the 
small fry of fish, used as bait for the large 
ones; araaraa, to be convalescent; to be raised 
from depression by some unexpected good 
news. Cf. raa, sacred, consecrated ; raanuu, 
a large collection of food for visitors ; maraa, 
to rise up, to bear up ; maroMraa, heavy but 
manageable. Tongan — cf . laga^ to erect ; to 
originate ; to raise up the soil ; malaga^ to be 
raised. Mangarevan— cf. maragat that 
which moves or goes (said of wind or rain) ; 
raga, to float on the surface of water. Pau- 
motan — cf. faka-raga, to raise, to lift up. 
Ext. Poly. : Java — cf. langa, oil ; Fiji — cf. 
lagat to be lifted up, as a club ready to strike. 

ARANQI, unsettled ; changeable; not established. 
Cf. kahuirangit unsettled; karangi^ restless; 
koroirangit wandering; rangi, the i^y [as 
Hawaiian lewa (rewa), *' the upper air,** means 
also " to float, to swing "] ; harangi, unsettled, 
foolish ; haurangU mad ; drunken ; wairangi, 
foolish ; porangi, hurried , mad. 

Haivallan — cf. alanit the name of a land 
breeze at Lanai ; haulani^ to plunge as a canoe ; 
to be restless in one's grasp ; to writhe ; un- 
easy. Marquesan — cf. horai, a fool, idiot. 
Samoan— of. alani, an excuse; to make 
excuse ; lagilagidt to be cloudy. 

ARAPAWA, a name of the Middle Island of New 

ARATAKI, to lead, conduct; to guide: Mana e 
arataki te kauri i te wao—M, M., 178. Cf. ara, 
a path; to arise ; arahi^ to guide ; taki, to take 
to one side ; tohaka-takit to conduct ; to trace 

Haivaiian—alakai, to lead along the path ; 
to guide ; a leader, guide : E alakai au ia oe 
me kou maka ; I will guide yon with my eye. 
(6.) To lead as captives : A alakai pio ua po4 
la ia lakou i ka aina hihi ; And they carry 
them away captives to a far-off land, (c.) To 
take, as a person from one place to another. 
(d.) To lead, as an animal. Hoo-alaJtai^ to 
cause to lead. Cf. ala, a path ; kai^ to gmde, 
lead. Tahitian— aratai, to lead, guide, or 
conduct; a leader, guide, director: Va ara- 
taihia oia e te vmu vahine ma te oto o te 
uuaircu) ra; Her maidens shall lead her as 
with the voice of doves. Faa-aratai, a guide, 
conductor. Cf. arat a road; taiara, a road, 
track; the road or walk of a turtle, by ob- 
serving whidi he may be caught. Raro<« 




tongan — arataki, to gnide^ lead; a leader: 
K<Mr€ oH ona arataki, hare e UUata ; Without 
guide or overseer. (6.) To fetch: Kua cro 
atura raUm e arataki mai iaia ; They ran and 
fetched him. Tongan — of. arUaki^ to lead 
into, to oondaot; to head a party. Mar-- 
quesan— d a<ihi (armhi)^ to guide, lead. 

ARAU, to gather. Cf. harau, to grope for; to 
reach ; rau, to catch in a net, to gather into a 
haaket ; rauhU to collect. 2. To lay hold of. 
Cf. rarau^ to lay hold of. 8. To entangle, en- 
tangled : Na ha hutia ake e Irawaru tana aho, 
akuanei ha arau ki ta Maui — P. M., 27. 

Saznoan — cf. ala*Ut to he nearly reached, 
nearly finished. Tahitian — arau, the two 
wings of a large fishing-net ; arauraU| a long 
wave of the sea. Cf. raupa, to obtain. 
Haivaiian — of. 2aii, to feel after a thing. 
Tongan — cf . lau, to pinch with the fingers ; 
la^|i, to pinch. Mangarevan— cf. rau, a 
band made of leaves, for fishing with (by 
driving the fish). 

ARAWA, a shark. 

Tongan— alava, one species of shark. 
Tahitian— cf. arava, the large octopus. 
Ext. Poly.: Fijian — cf. yalawa, a species 
of shark. 

ARAWA (myth.), one of the most celebrated 
canoes of the Migration to New Ze&land. 
For the purposes of comparison, traditions 
respecting the arrival of the ancestors of the 
Polynesians (Maori) in New Zealand are here 
grouped together : — 

AOTEA.— This canoe was the half of a great 
tree growing on the banks of the Waiharakeke 
in Hawaiki. Toto cut the tree down and 
made two canoes, one of which, the Aotea, he 
gave to his daughter Bongorongo, the wife of 
Tun ; the second, the Matahorua (or as some 
say the Matatua), be gave to his other daughter 
Kuramarotini. The Aotea was a double 
canoe like the Arawa, as were probably all 
the others, but no incidental reference has 
preserved an account of the fact. The chief 
Tun sailed with the Aotea, taking with him 
the kind of sweet potato called kakau, stones 
of karaka berries, paratawhiti fern, perei 
|a plant resembling kumara) ; live edible rats 
m boxes; some pet pukeko, and some tame 
green parroquets. The Aotea sailed in com- 
pany with another canoe called Te Ririno; 
they had a very rough passage, and had 
to put into the port of a small island in 
mid-ocean called Bangitahua. After perform- 
ing some religious ceremonies they again 
started, but quarrelled about the steering 
directions ; Turi wishing to follow the advice 
of Kupe, (who had told him about New Zea- 
land,) and go eastward, while the others insisted 
on going west. When the Ririno was lost on 
the reef at Taputapuatea, Turi had his own 
way, and steered eastward till he reached New 
Zealand. Turi settled at the Patea Biver, 
near Whanganui. In' the Aotea came ances- 
tors of Ngarauru, Ngatiruanui, Ngatiapa, 
Bangitane, Ngatihau, Ngatimaru, and Moa- 
upoko. — P. M., 129, tt seq, ; A. U. M., ii. 177 
and 180. 

ARAHURA.— In this canoe was brought a god 
named Arahura, whose image was of green- 
atone. Tho chiefs who came were Pekiteta- 1 

hua, Bongokahe, Bangitatau, Hineiaho (fem.), 
<fec.— A. H. M., ii. 179. 

ARAITEURU.— The canoe of the ancestors of 
Ngaitahu. This canoe remained at a place in 
the South Island called Matakaea. The chiefs 
were Kirikirikatata, Aroarokaehe, Mangaatua, 
Ac.— A. H. M., iL 178. 

ARAWA. — This canoe is said to have been 
built in Barotonga, a place on the other side 
of Hawaiki (No tua atu i Hawaiki), It is 
doubtful if this is the island now Imown as 
Barotonga [eee Babotonoa] , the canoe being 
made of totara, a tree which does not grow in 
the Hervey Islands. The name of the forest 
where the trees grew was Tawhiti-nui; and 
they were dragged down the river Hauhau to 
the sea. The builders are stated to have in- 
cluded in their number Bata, Wahieroa, Nga- 
hue, and Parata. It was the first canoe com- 
pleted; then followed the Tainui, Matatua, 
Takitumu, Kuruhiupo, Tokomaru, and Mata- 
whaorua. These canoes were all hnwn out 
with the celebrated greenstone axes made from 
Te Poutini, the " stone fish'* of Ngahue. The 
Arawa was a very large double canoe, with a 
house on deck, and was rigged with a foresail, 
main- sail, and mizzen-sail {Maranga to te ihuy 
te waenga, me tote kei — ^P. M., 72). The chief, 
Tama-te-Eapua, decoyed the priest Ngatoro- 
i-rangi on board ; and on account of Tama's 
misconduct with the wife of Ngatoro. the vessel 
was nearly lost in the whirlpool of Te Parata. 
Thev landed at Whangaparaoa, (a few miles 
north of Auckland,) and most of the people 
who came in the Arawa settled on the East 
Coast about Maketu, Botorua, &o. In the 
canoe came the ancestors of Ngatiwhakaue, 
Bangitihi, Ngatipikiao, Bangi-wehiwehi, Tu- 
hourangi, Ngatiwahiau, Ngatiporou, and Nga- 
tituwharetoa— P. M., 83, 84 ; A. H. M., ii. 177, 
188. The Arawa was burnt at Maketu by 

ARIKIMAITAI.— This canoe would appear to 
have arrived prior to the others, since Turi 
found the immigrants already settled upon the 
Aotea arriving at Waitara. They were ances- 
tors of tribes dwelling at Waimate and Patea. 
— A. H. M., ii. 177. Mahaia is said to have 
discovered and killed aborigines at Waitara, 
when he came in the Tohomaru ; perhaps these 
were the descendants of the crew of the Ariki- 
maitai, — P. M., 146. ^ 

H I RAUTA.— Little is known of this canoe. 
Eiwa was the chief. It left at the same time 
as the Mangarara. Kiwa landed at Turanga. 
—A. H. M., ii. 191. 

HOROUTA.— A name of the Takitumu canoe. 
It was so called on account of its swiftness 

KURAHAUPO (or Kuraaupo, or Kuruatepo, or 
Kuruhaupo). — A canoe buUt at the same time 
and place as the Arawa* In this canoe came 
ancestors of Ngatiapa, Ngatiawa, Ngatiruanui 
and Ngatikahungunu. Kuatea was the chief. 
—A. H. M . ii. 177 and 182 ; P. M., 63. 

MAHANQAATUAMATUA. — A sacred canoe 
which came from Hawaiki, manned by priests 
only.— A. H. M., iv. 24. 

MAHUHU.— Bongomai was the commander 
of this canoe, but he was drowned, and his 



bochr eaten by the araara (TreTally) fish, sinoe 
held sacred by his deseendants, the Ngapnhi 
and Barawa tribes.— Sh. Trad., 26. 

MAMARI. — ^The aooount of this canoe is Tsry 
fall of interest, because it seems to depend 
on legend of older date than that oonoemisg 
the great Migration. The Ngapnhi state that 
their ancestors came in this canoe, and that 
it was the vessel of Nukntawhiti. Belies (of 
stone) of this vessel are to be found near Hoki- 
anga. The people on board were supposed to 
be but one family. — M. Sap., 106, et teq. [See 
NxnEUTAWHm, and Tuputupu-whsnua.] 

MANQARARA.— The chiefs were Wheketoro, 
Te-wai-o-Potango, and others; they brought 
the lizards, tuatara, teretere^ kumukumut mo- 
koparae, and mokokakariki ; also the insects, 
werij vhty weta, kekerengu^ &c, ; the birds, 
torea and whioi ; also dogs of the Mokorangi 
breed. The crew were ancestors of Ngati- 
porou. — ^A. H. M., ii. 189. They came about 
the same time as the Hirauta canoe. 

MATAHORUA.— This was the first canoe 
which came to New Zealand. It was a twin 
of the AoUay and was given to Kuramarotini. 
[See AoTZA.] Keti became the chief of it, and 
navigated it. Euramarotini's husband, Hotu- 
rapa, went out fishing with Eupe, who killed 
Hotu, and then carried off the woman. He 
sailed away till he reached these Islands; 
passing down the East Coast he reached Cook 
Strait, and crossed to the Tory Channel, where 
he killed the huge sea-dragon, TeWheke-a- 
Muturangi. He left marks at a place now 
supposed to be the Patea River, and returned 
to Hawaiki, where he instructed Turi how to 
sail to find New Zealand in the Aotea canoe. 
—P. M.. 129 ; A. H. M., ii. 177. 

MATATUA (or Mataatua).— Some state that 
this canoe was the twin half of the Aotea^ and 
not the Matahorua. Buaauru was the chief, 
and he brought the taro. In this canoe came 
ancesters of Ngatiruanui, Ngatikahungunu, 
Ngatiawa, and Whaka-tohea (of Whakatane). 
—A. H. M., ii. 177. 

MOTUMOTUAHI.— The chief of this canoe 
was Puatautahi. It arrived next after the 
Tokomaru. Ancestors of Ngarauru and of 
Ngatiruanui came in it.— ^A. H. M., ii. 182, 

NUKUTERE, the canoe of Whironni. It ar- 
rived eight months before the Flood, called 
Te Tai a EtMtapu. [See Buatapu, and Tupu- 
TTJPUWHBHUA.] Both insccts and lizards were 
brought in it. The ancestors of Porourangi, 
from whom spring the men of Ngatiporou, 
came in this canoe. 

PANQATORU (or PapakaU}ru),^ThB chief of 
this oanoe was Hakewanangaora. The people 
on bowrd were not allowed to land, but were 
driven back by aborigines and returned to 
Hawaiki.->A. H. M., ii. 181. 

PAUIRIRAIRA.— This canoe is said to have 
preceded Uiat of Eupe. The chief Bakataura 
told Kupe of the existence of New Zealand. 
Bakataura, and the Pauiriraira went back to 
Hawaiki and remained there. — ^A. H. M., ii. 

RANQIUAMUTU (or Tatr«a).— ^The canoe of 
thia name was oonmianded by Tamatearokai. 


The crew landed at Bangatapu, (near Waingo- 
ngoro Biver, Waimate Plains, Taranaki,) and 
saw moa bones and ovens there. Ancestors 
of Ngatiruanui came in the Rangiuamutu. — 
A. H. M., u. 183. 

RIRINO. — This canoe accompanied the ^ot«a 
in the Migration. The chief was called Porua. 
After being storm-beaten, and putting into the 
small island of Bangitahua to refit, it again 
sailed, but was lost with all hands on the reef 
of Taputapuatea.— P. M., 184. 

TAHATUNA. — Nothing but the name seems 
known. — A. H. M., ii. 178. 

TAINUI. — This was one of the largest of the 
canoes, and was completed in Hawaiki next 
after the Arawa. Ngatoro-i-rangi was to have 
been the priest of this canoe, but was decoyed 
on board the Arawa by the subtilty of Tama- 
te-Eapua. The Tainui was the first of the 
large canoes to reach New Zealand, and made 
the land at Whangaparaoa. The honour of 
having first touched land was taken from her 
by the crew of the Arawa, who artificially 
dried the poles of their sacred place, and their 
hawsers, to show that they had been a long 
time in possession. The Tainui went round 
by the North Cape and entered the Manakau 
Harbour, was dragged across the portage at 
Otahohu, and fini^y was left at Eawhia, 
where (turned into stone) she still remains, at 
a place called Paringatai. Hoturoa was the 
cmef of this canoe. He brought the variety 
of kumara called anurangi. In the Tainui 
came ancestors of Waikato, Ngatituwharetoa, 
Ngatlmaniapoto, Ngatiraukawa, Ngatiapakura, 
Ngatimaru, Ngapuhi, Ngatitoa, Ngatimahuta, 
and Ngatiawa.— P. M., 90 ; A. H. M., ii. 177 ; 
iv. 28, 68. 

TAIREA. — See Banoiuamutu. 

TAKEREAOTEA.— This was the canoe of 
Takereto. He was told by Eupe to set off for 
New Zealand.— A. H. M., ii. 188. 

TAKITUMU (or Horouta).— Differing legends 
give the name of the chief as Buawharo, and 
as Tamatea ; Huatahi and Nukuroa. Bongo- 
kako and Tamatea-pokai-whenua, the father 
of Eahungunu, were also on board. With them 
they brought the god Eahukura, whose guar- 
dians had been killed by Buawharo. The 
canoe was turned into stone, and now lies at 
Murihiku. The people on board were very 
short of food on the voyage, and had to eat 
their children. They landed at Tauranga. 
One tradition states that the chief was Uenga- 
pua-ariki, the ancestor of Ngatiruanui, and 
that they landed at Ohiwa ; Hine-kau-i-rangi 
being a very sacred lady on board. In this 
canoe came ancestors of NgatikiJiungunu and 
Ngaitahu.— A. H. M., ii. 177, 179, and 183 ; 
iii. 42, 72, &o. 

TOKOMARU (or Ton^aYnaru).— This oanoe 
originally belonged to the brother of Bongo- 
tiki, who was wife to Manaia. [See Manau 
(2).j Manaia being in trouble, and having 
slain Tupenu (who had insulted Manaia's 
wife,) fled across the sea in the Tokomaru, first 
killing his brother-in-law as a sacrifice of pro- 
pitiation. The canoe made land at Whanga- 
paraoa, sailed round the North Cape, and 
coasted down the western shore of the North 
Island. The voyagers finally remained at 




Taranaki, and became ancestors of Ngatiawa, 
Ngatiarea, Ngatimanoi, and Ngatitama. One 
legend Bays that the chiefs name was Bakeora. 
—P. M., 141 ; A. H. M., ii. 177. 

TOROA. — Nothing seems known of this canoe 
but the name. — A. H. M., ii. 179. 

WAKARINGARINQA.— This airived next after 
the Motumotttahi. Mawakeroa was the chief. 
Her crew landed at Kaupokonui (Waimate, 
Taranaki). Ancestors of Ngatiroanni were on 

WAKIRERL— A canoe which left Hawaiki 
for New Zealand bat did not arrive there. It 
went to Matetera to obtain kumara, and thence 
returned to HawaikL 

Some time after the landing of the better 
known vessels, two canoes arrived at Taranaki. 
One contained two women, the daaghters of a 
great chief or god ; the other canoe held their 
chattels. They went back to their own land 
and spoke well of the Taranaki country, but 
complained mnch of the boulders along the 
beach. Then Uie paternal god or chief sent a 
canoe-load of sand from his own home to form 
sand-hills, and cover up the boulders. There 
has always been much sand on the Taranaki 
coast since. — ^A. H. M., ii. 177. 

INote, — For the migration canoes of the 
Chatham Islanders, see Mobiobi.] 

ARAWHATA, a ladder or bridge: Kaia ano ko 
Kawharu te arawhata hei pikinga mo tana 
taua ki te po^— G.-8, 30. Cf. ara, a path, a 
way ; to arise ; whata^ an elevated food-stage ; 
kauwhata^ an elevated food-stage; kaiwhata, 
a pole placed aoross two forked sticks to sus- 
pend food from; whataamo, a litter. 

Saxnban^f. ala, a way, path; to arise; 
fata, a raised house for storing yams in ; a 
shelf, a hand-barrow, a bier, an altar ; fata- 
mamt, a scaffold for house-building. Tahi- 
tian— cf. ara, a way, a road ; fmtat an altar, 
a scaffold ; afata^ a coop, box, scaffold ; pafata^ 
a cage; arataura, a rope ladder. Morlorl — 
ef . whata, a raft. Futuna— of . /ota, a stage, 
a granary. Mangaian — cf. ara, a road; 
atat a shelf to put things on ; atatnoa, a ladder. 
Mangarevan — ol. ara^ a road; afata, a 
coffer, box ; kouhata, a piece of wood on which 
food is hung up. Paumotan — cf. eara, a 
road ; fata^ a heap ; afata, a chest or box. 
Haivaiian— alahaka, a ladder: Ku mai la 
kekaki alahaka maluna o ka honua ; A ladder 
standing upon the earth. (6.) A rough road, 
with many ravines or clvasms. Cf. ala, a 
road ; haka, a ladder ; a hole or breach in the 
side of a house ; a building having many open 
spaces ; aZopit, a ladder ; hakake, to stand on 
stilts ; hakahaka^ full of open spaces ; haka- 
kauluna, name of stools on which double 
canoes were placed when out of water. 
Tongan^f. hala, a road ; halaioho, a draw- 
bridge, a pontoon ; /ato, a loft, a bier ; fataki, 
a platform. Marquesan-— cf. hataay shelves ; 
vatavaUif perforated, full of holes. Ext. Poly. : 
Motu — of. fatafata, a ladder ; Aneityum— 
ot naforofatat a ladder, a scaffold ; nefata, a 
shelf ; Fiji — cf. vata, a loft ; vatavata, a large 
vata, having posts ; Malagasy— cl vata, a 
box, coffer. 

ARE, an intezjeotion of rarprised inquiry : What ? 

ARE, unoccupied space. 01 wharemoa, hollow; 
area^ space. 

AREA RE, overhanging, prominent. Cf. whore, a 
house. 2. Excavated ; cavernous. Cf. kare- 
kare, surf. 

AREARENQA, a hollow place: E huna nH ki 
roto i te arearenga o nga poho o Rangi raua ko 
Papa — P. M., 8. 

Saxnoan— cf. aleale, a young coooannt in 
which the kernel is just be^ning to form ; faUt 
a house ; inside ; to dwell m ; faleulupoi'o, a cave 
full of skulls. Tahitian — cf. fart, a house ; 
farefart, hollow, as an empty stomaioh ; are, a 
billow of the sea ; areue, a wave that breaks 
over a canoe ; ari, a wave, a billow ; to scoop 
out the earth with both hands ; pufarefare, 
hollowness, emptiness, as of a bag ; a break- 
ing wave, such as bends over, hangs, and then 
breaks ; tafare, a hollow cave-like place in the 
rooks ; a hollow wave of the sea. Ha^vaiian 
— cf . ale, a wave ; to swallow ; aleale, to toss 
about, as troubled waters; hale, a house; 
halehale, a place deep down, a pit ; to sink 
down, as the roof of a house. Tongan— of . 
faXe, a house ; faka-faU, to make a shed over 
a thing; faka-falefale, to hollow; falefale, 
like a nouse (applied to a rock, or anything 
giving shelter). Marquesan — of. hae, a 
house ; haehae, the hollow or curl of a wave. 
Paumotan — cf. fare, a house; farefare, 
hollow ; a cellar, cavern ; farefarega, vacuity. 
Ext. Poly. : Aneityum— cf. hare, large, 
roomy, as the inside of a house. 

AREA, open space. Cf. are, unoccupied spaoe; 
areare, excavated. 

Tahitian— area, the space between two 
objects; (d.) presentiv, by and by; arearea, 
the spaces oetween the knots of sugar-canes, 
bamboo, Ao,; (b.) a stranger. [For other 
comparatives see Abb.] 

ARERO, the tongue: He teka e ratou arero, e 
korero nei i te kino moku — Wai., cix., 2. CL 
korero, to say, to tell; tararau, to make a 
loud, confused noise. [See Samoan.] 2. A 
carved tongue on the end of a wooden sword 
Umiaha or maipi). 3. The points of fire, or 
Samoan — alelo, the tongue (a term of the 
greatest abuse). Cf. lalau, to speak; lalau- 
faiva, the tongue ; talau, to make a noise, as 
of a great many people talking together. 
Tahitian—arero, the tongue : Tei U arero U 
poke e te ora i te vairaa; The tongue has the 
power of life and death, (b.) The king*s royal 
girdle: each tongue or pendant part had a 
name ; (e.) any small slip of cloth ; the pen- 
dant of a girdle. Cf . purero, utterance ; elo- 
quence; an orator; f arero, the branching 
coral ; oarero {htS-arero), a tongue that digs up 
mischief; orero, speech; an orator. Ha- 
ivaiian — alelo, the tongue : A oke aloha oia 
ke kanatoai o kona alelo ; In her tongue is the 
law of kindness ; elelo, the tongue : E nahu i 
ke elelo, to gnaw the tongue ; lelo, the tongue ; 
(6.) persons speakinc different languages ; (e.) 
hung up in the smoke ; smoked red ; lelolelo, 
. reddish, reddened. Cf. elelolua, tongue-tied ; a 
tongue-tied person ; iwieUlo, the tongue-bone 
(m hyoidet). Tongan— eleio, the tongue: 
Bea tea gaohi ke biki ho elelo ki ho oaoi gutu ; 
I will make your tongue stick to the roof ol 
your mouth ; faka-eielo, tongued ; set in, as a 




teoon into a znortiw. Gf. lau, to talk, oon- 
Tcne ; laulau, an address, harangue ; a native 
danee; knUoto, meditation; felau, to talk 
modi, to chatter; vailau, to chatter. Man- 
garevan— erero, the tongue; (6.) coral, 
bnoching like a tree. Cf. ererokoikoi^ a blab, 
a ehatterer. Pauxnotan — arero, the tongue. 
Cf. pmrero, to emit, issue; korero, to interpret ; 
eloquent. Futuna — alelo, the tongue. Mo- 
riori — warero, the tongue. Mangaian — 
arero, the tongue: Jtongo-i-te-arero-kiUe, Bongo 
of the red tongue. Ext. Poly. : Malagasy — 
d. Ula, the tongue ; a blade ; lelafo, a flame 
(a/o = fire); lelana, talkative; Ulaka, licked; 
dabodela^ one in the habit of so opening his 
fflooUi as to ahow his tongue projecting and 
rolling a little forward beyond the teeth ; 
Sulu — cf. dilay tongue ; Kayan — cf . lidah, 
to murmur ; Waiglon Alfuros — cf. arena, 
the tongue; Malay— cf. lidah, the tongue; 
Slkayana— of. aledot the tongue; B. 
Krama — cf. lidah^ the tongue ; Bugls— cf. 
Ula^ the tongue ; Tagal— cf. dila, the tongue ; 
Ilocan — of. eUla, the tongue; Paxnpang — 
d. ^la, the tongue ; Ratahan— cf. rilah, the 

ARI, the eleventh day of the moon's age {he ari 
roa) : Wehea ho Art, ko Hua kia wehea — 

Tongan — cf. auli, beautiful ; shining. 
Tahitian — ot ariari, clear, transparent. 

ARI (myth.), a son of Bangi-potiki and Papatua- 
nokn. He was the twin-brother of Hua — Sh. 
Bel.. 17. 

ARIARI, admired. 

Whaka-ARI, to hold up to view : Ka ha'painga te 
tuataki ka whakaari ki a Tawhaki—A, H. M., 
1. 49. Gf . tiarit to hang up. 
Samoan— ali, to appear; fa*ali, to show; 
{h.) to mi^ known. Cf. tualiali, to stand out 
visibly ; to show plainly ; fa^a-aUga, a showing, 
a revelation ; fa^a-alitinOf to show distinotly. 
Tahitian — ari, the tribute paid to a king or 
principal chief ; the advantages obtained by 
marriage or otherwise, such as land, property, 
influence or government ; faa-ariari, to make 
a display of one's property ; to give the first 
present of food to the lung, or to a newly- 
married couple. Haivalian— cf. hoo-ali, 
to shake ; to wave to and fro. 

ARIARINGA. the trunk of a tree, as distinct from 
the brancnes. 

Mangarevan— cf . aria, a place or way 
bare of trees or under-growth. Marquesan 
~«f. ai, naked. Tahitian— cf. aria, the 
spaee between objects. 

ARIA {arid), to be seen indistinctly ; to appear. 
Saxnoan — all, to appear ; fa*a-ali, to show ; 
aliali, to appear : Na U faia foi mea ua vaaia i 
mea ua aliali mai ; So that things which are 
seen were not made of things that do appear. 
Tahitian— cf. ari, the boundless deep ; a bog 
of an unknown depth ; ariari, dear, transpa- 
rent. Tongan — aali, transparent; (6.) deep; 
(e.) just visible in water. Mangarevan — 
cf. aria, a place or passage bare of trees, or 
with small bushes only ; ariamogo, a great 

ARIA (ari/£)^ to resemble ; resemblance ; like- 
ness. 2. Anything serving as a medium for 

a oharm affecting a person ; anything touched 
by a person and used for such a purpose. 
ARI ARI A (ariarid), to resemble. 

ARIKI, a first-bom, male or female, in a family of 
note ; hence, chief ; priest : No tenei ariki, no 
tenei Tauira — G. P., 296 : Whakarongo met, e 
toku ariki, ki ' hau — Ken., xxiii., 15: Ko is 
tokunga ariki hei tatai korero — ^A. H. M., i., 7. 
Gf. ahoariki, a chiefs genealogy. 2. A leader. 
8. A title of the chief in the Wharekura, 
(temple) [see Whabekura], next in 4ignity 
below the high-priest {Par<ioa). 4. The Su- 
preme Being (one auth.) : Manawa mai ai te 
putanga o te Ariki — A. H. M. [Note. — Ariki is 
to be found in composition as riki (see Ha- 
waiian Hi for riki) : matamata-riki, translated 
by the late G. 0. Davis as "the face of the 
priest." This in the pure ceremony for 
blood-cleansing: Kai ariki, kai ariki, he 
matamatariki koe,] 
Samoan — all* I, a chief, a lord, master: E 
ava le ataUi i lona tamd, ma le avauna i lona 
alii; A son honours his father and a servant 
his master. Gf . agaaliH, to act like a gentle- 
man ; aWitia, to be inhabited by a chief ; to 
have a chief dwelling in the village ; ali*ita*i^ 
to be subject to a chief; amioaWi, polite; 
moZtiaZi*!, stout, able-bodied ; dignified. Ma- 
ngaian— ariki, a king : Vananga mai nga 
ariki I Let the kings rule. In composition, 
riki, as ngariki, the (lands of the) king. Ta- 
hitian— aril, a head or principal chief, a 
king : Ho mai i te tahi arii no matou ei faaua 
i te parau ia matou nei ; Give us a king that 
he may judge us. Faa-alii, to invest with 
royal authority. Gf. terearii, the errand or 
journey of the sovereign; ariihuaamanu, a 
bunch of red feathers that was to represent the 
king at certain ceremonies ; Ariitapiripiri, the 
name of a god that could heal all diseases and 
perform miracles ; punaarii, of speedy growth 
or bulk, as a person ; tupuarii, a fine-grown 
person. Haivaiian— alii, a chief, one who 
rules or has authority over other men ; a king, 
qualified by various epithets : He oheke oU 
kanaka wahi alii ; The people about the chief 
are without modesty. Lii, (the primary form 
for alii,) a chief, a king, ruler : Malama oia i 
na lii, aole pai uka i ko lakou aina ; He took 
care of the chiefs, he did. not taif heavily the 
land: O Hikapoloa ke Lii; Hikapoloa the 
king. Hoo-alii, to make one a chief ; to rule ; 
to have power or influence with. Gf. aliikoa, 
the general of an army. Tongan — eiki, a 
chief, a lord : E hoko ia koe tuu ki mua moe 
eiki bule; He shall be chief and captain. 
Faka-eiki, chief -like; (5.) pert, saucy. Gf. 
eikiagi, the residence or government of a 
chief ; the cause to which one owes his chief- 
tainship ; faeiki, to apply to a chief for refuge ; 
feeikivakdaki, to have command of several 
vessels in succession ; agaeiki, chief -like in 
disposition ; eikibeaoi, a quarrelsome chief ; 
eikitohu, a chief of chiefs. Marquesan — 
hakaiki {whakariki), a king ; kingly, princely : 
O te hakaiki nut, O te Una tapu ; Oh, tne 
great prince, oh, the sacred Superior: Ono 
tapi i te taetae hakaiki me te mana : Bongo is 
adorned with princely wealth and power. Haa- 
hakaiki, to rule : E haahakaiki hoi mauna 
iho teaometepo : To rule over the day and 
night. Mangarevan— uka-rlki, a king, lord, 




pranier-ohief ; aka-akariki, to MtoUiah a 
ruler, to elect a king, to give the title ol king 
to anyone. Cf. atarikit an eldest son. Pau-« 
xnotan — ariki, a king (ariki-tukau) : FaJuu) i 
o te ariJU ; To have access to the presence of 
a king. Cf. puptian'iln, a prince. AniiHran 
— ^teriki, a chief (t^-nfti ; t«=:the). Futuna 
—aliki, chief, noble. Moriori— ieriki-ieriki, 
a chief. Ext. Poly. : Kayan — cf . aring, 
first. Sikayana — of. alXki^ a chief. Po- 
nape — cf. nanamarikiy a king. Klngsmlll 
Islands — The principal deity is TahU'eriki, 
Aneityum — cf. arid^ high, exalted; naU- 
marid^ a high chief, a king (nattmt, a man). 
Whaka-ARIKi, a band of invaders, an enemy's 
war-party : Ka pa te karanga * Ko te whaka- 
anki r— P. M., 62 : I hoki he mat te hokinga 
mai taua whakaariki — A. H. M., i. 81. 

ARIKIWI, a garment covered with feathers of the 
Kiwi {apteryx), 

Mangarevan-— cf. oriki, a mat ; a bed of 
leaves (probably this word = Maori whariki, 
whic^ see). 

ARlKINOANOA,the deity of the fem-root; the 
priestly or mystical name of the aruhe or fiem- 
root— Trans. N.Z. Inst., xiv. 85; A. H. M., 
iii. 95 and 104. 

A RITA, 1 Eager, strennoas; homing with 
ARITARITA J desire : Kia tafwri atu ra ano te 
aritarita a tou ttiakana — Ken. xxvii. 44. Cf. 
poaritaritaf to be in a harry ; puaritarita, to 
be in a harry. 2. Irascible ; easily offended : 
Me ta raua aritarita, no te mea he nanakia — 
Ken., xlix. 7. Cf. takaritat to show resent- 

Tahitian^^. nihoritaritat fierce anger; 
paritarita^ violent anger. HaTvalian— «f. 
aUkalika^ stingy, not liberal. Marquesan — 
cf. tta, harsh, roagh, soar ; koita, to be angry, 
to make angry. Mangarevan — cf. toritay 
to exhort earnestly ; to press with words ; to 
rush down, as water. 

ARITAHi, a tree standing by itself. Cf. tahi, 
one. 2. A single covering. Cf . apatahiy a single 

ARO, to face, to tarn towards. Cf. hurikoaroy to 
tarn inside oat. 2. To have a certain direc- 
tion. 3. To be inclined ; to be disposed ; in- 
clination. 4. To attend to ; to favour : A ka 
aro mai a Ihowa ki a Apera me tanm whaka- 
kere — Ken., iv. 4. Cf. arohuy to love ; to pity 
[see Tahitian, Aboa] ; aropiriy to cling ; to be 

AROARO, the front; the presence: Takoio atu 
ana ia ki te aroaro o Maui — P. M., 28. 2. The 
face: Ka hurihia tona aroaro ki raro, tona 
tuara ki runga — ^Wohl., Trans., vii. 32 

Whaka-ARO, to think apon; to consider: E 
whakaaro ana ratou kua maha nga tangata — 
P. M., 7. 2. Thought, opinion: Kaore a te 
rakau whakaaro, kei te tokunga te whakaaro 
— Prov. 

AROA (arod), to understand. 

Saxnoan— alo, the underside, as of a cloth ; 
the belly of a fish, <&c. ; (6.) a chiefs bellv ; 
{e^ the child of a chief ; (d.) the seat of the 
aJffections and feelings ; (e.) to be pregnant (of 
a chief's wife). Fa'a-alo, to pay respect to ; 
(b.) to begin to blow a gale. Tahitian— arc, 
the front, face, presence of a person: E ua 
pau te fenua i mua i tana ar§ ; The earth is 

oonsomed at his presence. Cf. aiaro, to aor- 
round a board or eating-place, and eat face to 
face ; aroa^ kind, hospitable to visitors ; aropa, 
a mistake, error ; to turn about and look the 
other way; arovaro, to swim with the fooe 
downwards; maaroarOy to be confounded or 
ashamed. Mangaian — aro, the front, the 
presence : / mua i te aro o Vatea ; In the pre- 
sence of Vatea. Tongan — alo, the abdomen, 
in great personages. Cf. aloifay small, applied 
to the abdomen ; alobakiy to sit in a row, to 
sit in order. Haivailan — alo, the front, 
face, presence of anyone : E ka wdkine moe 
ihma ka alo; Oh! the woman sleeping face 
upwards, (d.) the breast, or belly : Ilalo kou 
aio e kola ai oe ; Tou ^lall crawl on your belly. 
Aloalo, to turn this way and that : Aloalo ae 
2a ta ; He turned this way and that way. (b.\ 
To dodge; to flee from, as from a shower ; (e4 
to go after, as a servant, to bring things ; to 
wait on. Cf. aialo (lit. '* to eat before **), the 
people about the chief ; a prince or princess, 
those about the king; moaio, to pass along; 
to pass through a land ; to pass by ; to pass 
away. Marquesan — ao, before ; in front. 
Rarotongan — aroaro, presence : Ki mua i te 
aroaro oteau tangcUa katoa nei; In the pre> 
sence of all the people. Mangarevan— aro, 
before, in front of ; (6.) presence ; in the pre- 
sence of. Cf. ardha, sqaared, four-faced {ha 
= four); aroragiy to be on this side of the 
horizon. Pauxnotan — aroga, the visage ; 
(b.) place, room ; ki-te-aroga, opposite. 
Futuna — ^alo, in presence of; before. Ext. 
Poly. : Malagasy— cf. aro, defence ; pro- 

Whaka-ARG-MAHANA, to come to the assisUnce 

Whaka-ARO-RANQI, to think aboat continaaUy ; 
to love ; brooding affection. [See next word.] 

AROAROA {aroarod), lonely. 2. Sorrowful. CL 
arohay love for an absent friend. 
Tahitian — aroaroa, dusky, dark, indistinct ; 
aroaro, indistinctness ; dark, mysterious ; (6.) 
lonesome, desolate. Mangarevan — cf. aro- 
aroragiy to be far away on the horizon. 

AROAKAPA (arodkapa)y a row, a rank; the front 
rank : Mo te turanga i te aroakapa o te haka — 
P. M., 162. Cf. tiaroa, a long, straight side ; 
kapay a rank or row. 

AROA ROTE A. the name of a bird : the White- 
breasted Shag. (Cm. Phalacrccorax Irevirot- 
trie.) Cf. aroaro y front ; tea, white. 

AROAROWHAKIjto flap the wings. Ct aroharoha, 
to flap the wmgs. 2. To move the hand to 
and fro as a sign of grief. 3. To float in the 
air, as an albatross, without moving the wings. 
[See Tongan comparatives of Aboha.] 
Samoan — alofaM', to paddle a canoe. Cf. 
dloy to paddle; to fan. Tongan— alofaki, to 
paddle another to any place ; a paddler, rower ; 
(b.) to sit in a row. Cf . fealofakiy to paddle to 
and fro in a canoe; aloalOy to paddle in 
the water for pleasure; faka-aloah, quietly, 
gently, slowly ; taalo, to beckon to another at 
sea; to fan another. Haivaiian— of. alo, 
to pass from one place to another; to pass 
through the water by swimming; to extend 
the hands in swimming. Futuna — ^alofaki, 
to row, to paddle ; (6.) to fish with a net from a 
canoe. Ext. Poly. : Motu — of. ka(0| to paddle. 


[ 25 ] Aruaru 

AROHA, to lofe; to feel affection for: Na ka 
avhatia ia e Manaia—F. M., 118. Love (pro- 
periy for an absent friend) : A kei te mihi tonu 
U aroha a te wahine ki tana tane — ^P. M., 12. 
8. Pity, compassion, sympathy, charity; to 
pity ; to be mezoif al : E kore e tohungia € ahau, 
ekare e manawapaHa, e kore e arohaina — Her., 
xiiL 14. CL oka, generoos, abuidant [See 
Toogan] ; owhanga, a neat ; aroharoha, to flap 
the wings. 

Saxnoan — alofa, love ; compassion ; to love, 
to compassionate (plural alolofa) : O le alofa 
efaavavau ua ou alofa atu ai ia te oe; 1 have 
Icrred yea with eternal love. (6.) A present, a 
gUt : Ou te fa'alatUelei ia te ia i le mea alofa ; 
I will appease him with a present, (c.) To 
salute : A alofa mat foi se tasi ia te oe ; Ii any 
man salate yon. Fa'a-alofa, to resemble the 
father (said of a son)-; (6.) to love falsely, 
pretended love ; {c.) to love sincerely. Cf. 
aloa, to be treated with respect ; alo^ the seat 
of the affections ; fealofani, to love mutnally ; 
gavalofa^ to yield from love : aualofa, a keep- 
sake ; taumanavalofa^ to assist ; ofa>ofata% to 
cover with the wings, to brood over; to 
cberiab, as a hen does her chickens ; ofaga^ a 
nest. Tahltian — aroha, compassion, pity, 
sympathy, love ; to show love ; to show mercy : 
ft rahi ra to ratou aroha vaha ; They show 
love with their months : Area tou nei aroha e 
ore roa ia vau e iriti e atu i te reira iana; Mj 
mercy shall not depart from him. (b.) Piti- 
able ; aroharoha, to repeatedly commiserate ; 
faa-aroha, a keepsake; relic; (d.) to show 
mercy or compassion. Cf. arohatae, empty 
sympathy ; aroa, kind, hospitable to visitors ; 
faa-tauaroha, a keepsake, relic ; to caase pity 
or compassion ; oha^ stooping, bending ; ofaa^ 
to nestle 'or lie close in a nest, as a bird. 
Hawaiian — loha, love, affection ; aloha, 
love, affection ; to love, desire : Aole loaa ia 
ia ka ono o ka ai, no ka mea, ua pouli i ke 
aloha; She perceived no sweetness in food 
because she was in a dark state (of mind) 
through love, (b.) Gratitude ; (e.) kindness, 
pity, compassion ; to show mercy ; to pity ; 
(4.) to salute at meeting or parting : aloha kou 
koa i ka puali ; Farewell, my partner on the 
lowland plains. Aiohaloha, to love much; hoc- 
aloha, to give thanks, as an act of worship. 
C£ makanaaloha, a free-will offering ; o/uz, the 
small sprigs of kalo (taro) that grow on the 
sides of the older roots ; the suckers which are 
transplanted ; a salutation between the sexes 
{aloha ! the modem common salutation at 
meeting and parting) ; ohajia, a family ; a 
brood of birds (owhanga), Tongan— aloofa, 
to compassionate, show mercy; compassion, 
mercy: Be koe mea a honofonua, be i he 
abofa ; Whether for his land or his mercy. 
Ct of a J to love ; love, esteem ; affectionate ; 
ofaaga, beloved, dear; ofamamahi, painful 
nmpathy ; lofa, to fly with extended wings ; 
me name of a sea-gull; lofai, to spread out 
the hands or wings; lofia, to over-spread; to 
cover ; lolofa, to extend the wings ; malofa, to 
be spread ; to lie flat ; Tnanavaofa, pity, com- 
passion. Marquesan— cf. ka^ha, to love ; 
to regret ; a salutation, as "good-day,*' " fare- 
well *' ; oha, to stoop, to bow oneself. Ma- 
ngarevan — aka-aroa, to love; to cherish: 
£ aka^aroa mai ana koutouf Do ye love me? 

Mangaian— aroa, love; to love; beloved: 
Tama aroa na Motuone; Beloved dhild of 
Motuone. (6.) To salute: E aroa mai oki 
ratou ia koe; They shall salute you. Aka- 
aroa, beloved: Pururu tau ngaarau, e tama 
akaaroa; Then, beloved son, our mourning 
will be over. Pauxnotan — aroha, love, 
affection, compassion; to sympathise with; 
(&.) to suffer; faka-aroharoha, to receive 
waimly ; to make welcome. Futuna — alohai 
friendship; to love; (6.) to pity; (c.) to 
regret ; (d.) to salute. 

AROHAROHA, to flap the wings. Of. oroaro- 
whaki, to flap the wings ; also, oi the Poly- 
nesian expressions under the last word (aroAa), 
bearing on " wings,'* dkc. ; especially Tongaii; 

AROHi, to reconnoitre, to examine with the eve. 
2. To look for. Cf. aro, to torn towudfl; 
rohi, to screen with bashes. 

AROH I ROH i, mirage (one auth.) 2. The qtdver- 
ing waves of heat seen rising from the ground 
under a hot sun. Cf. parearohi, the ■ViaWng 
haze in hot weather. 3. To turn round and 
round. Cf. rori, entangled, distorted. 

AROH I ROH I (myth.), a wife of Ba, the Sun, and 
mother of Eauataata, the first woman — 
A. H. M., i., App. 

Hawaiian — alohi, to shine, to reflect 
brightness : A i he alohilohi hoi, aka^ ke hele 
nei makou ma ka po^leele; (We wait] for 
brightness, but we walk in darkness. Alohi- 
lohi, splendour, brightness. Of. aht to face; 
to pass from one place to another ; aloalo, to 
dodge. Samoan— cf. alo, to go out howito 
fishing ; to paddle a canoe ; a£q/f, to sit in a 
circle. Tahltian — arohi, a word of excite- 
ment to be brisk, active, or vigilant. Of. roM, 
to be alert, wakeful. Tongan— cf. eUofit &e 
place occupied by the chiefs at a kaioa party ; 
alofia, to paddle to any vessel to make 

A RON U I, to be exaotly*opposite : Ka noho ia me 
te aronui mai ano ki a ia — Ken., xxi. 16. [For 
comparatives see Abo, to face, to be in pre- 
sence of.] 

ARONUI. a finely-woven mat with a deepoma- 
mentai border. 

AROPIRI, to cling : to be attached. Cf. aro, in- 
dination; to turn towards; aroha, to love; 
piri, to cleave, stick close ; tapiri, to join, &Q, 
[For comparatives see under Abo, and Pnu.] 

ARORE, the shell of the ear, just above the lobe. 

A ROTA HI, to look in one direction. Cf. aro, to 
turn towards ; tahi, one. [See comparativee 
under Abo, and Tahi.] 

AROWA (Morlori), the sole of the foot. 

ARU, to foUow, pursue (passive arunda) : E kore 
pea te wahine e aru mai i a au — Ken., xziv. 89. 

ARUARU, to chase, to hunt ; to chase away: Na 
Rangi te tikanga kia aruarumia ratou i tua 
rangi^k, H. M., i. 87. 2. To woo. 8. To 
interrupt, prevent, intercept : Ka toe atu kite 
whare, ka aruarua <Uu mai ki tro^— Wohl., 
Trans., vii., 51. 

Saxnoan— alu, to go : Alu iaoe i lou fale; 
Go to your house ; fa'a«alu, to stir up, exoite ; 
alualUi to drive, chase; (6.) to exceed, enoeH, as 


[26] Ataata 

a pupil In his stadies. Of. akuopOt to go all 
together ; alumagat the going ol a oanoe, as to 
its speed or other qnality ; alugai*a, going out 
to beg for fish. Hawaiian — alu, to give aid 
or assistance; to unite together, as seyeral 
persons for a ^articolar object; to be con- 
nected, as the joints of the haman body ; alu- 
aiu, to come npon one ; (b.) to follow, porsne, 
overpower ; to pnrsae, as an enemy : E aJualu 
ana oe ia wai f After whom are yon pursuing ? 
{e.) To persecnte : J alualu kolohe mai hoi ia 
maUm ; And have also persecuted us. Tahl- 
tian — ^aruaru, to hunt, pursue; a pursuer; a 
huntsman. Cf. arut a large fishing-net, ten 
fatiboms long ; arupopcre^ to pursue with eager- 
ness ; auau^ to pursue. Tongan— alu, to go ; 
|fr.) the gait or walk of a person ; (c.) a oreep- 
mg plant, used in making supenor baskets. 
Mangarevan — aru, to insist; persistence; 
aruaru, to run after ; to pursue. Mangaian 
— aru, to follow : E am otu i to miringa a« ; 
He foUows your track (0 Sun). Ext. Poly. : 
Motu— cf . aru^ a current (of river or sea) ; a 
multitude; arua-mai, to flock; Malay— -cf. 
arut to trouble, disturb ; aruan, commotion. 

ARUHE, the root of the common fern (Pteria 
aquilina), used as food. The fronds are called 

Tahitlan^anuhe, the common fern in the 

ATA, an exclamation -of disgust: Atal ina te 
kaki ka taretare noa^Prov. 

ATA (myth.). Morning, personified. One of the 
Light powers. [See Kobe.] 

ATA, a reflected image. Of. Atarau, the moon ; 
hotUa, the third day of the moon's age. 2. 
Shadow : I te ata tapu nei o Riretoro—Q, P., 
60. Of. atarangif a shadow. 8. Early mom- 
ing : Ka hi te ata ka karanga atu ia * Ka hemo 
auitekai '—-P. M., 25 ; ata-hapara and ata- 
pongipongi, the time of dawn ; ata-po, before 
dawn ; ata-tu, just after sunrise ; ata-marama^ 
moonli^t. Of. haeaUtt, dawn; moatat early 
in the morning ; ptata, bright, clear ; puata- 
ata, transparent, clear; koata, a spj^-glass; 
atakite, to behold dimly. 4. The spirit, the 
soul : Vnuhia noatia te ata o Wharo—C. O.D. 
Ka Jtawea hi te wai te ata o te turoro — MSS. 
6. An unsubstantial image or form : MaJtu te 
ata te taparakau atu — Sh. Trad., 183. 

Whaka-ATA, a mirror : He kotuku kai-whakaata 
— Prov. E hore e mate ki te to/taX;aata, ki te 
wai hem ano ka patu ai — P. M., 57. 

Samoan — ata, a shadow : Aud o tatou aao 
i le lalolagi o le ata ia; Our days on earth are 
a shadow. (6.) The dawn ; (c.) a spirit ; (d.) 
the emblem or representative of the aitu 
(deity) ; («.) a reflected image, as in a photo- 
graph ; ataata, the red sky after sunset ; (fr.) 
to treat with proper respect ; fa*a-ata, to shade 
the eyes, or partially close them, in order to 
see far-off bbjects; to spy with a telescope. 
Of. auata^ to show respect to ; ato/u, to sun 
the body; atagia, to glisten; atavale, to be 
dazzled by the sun shining on the water. 
Tahitian — ^ata, a cloud: E ata iti te tupu 
maira na tai maira : A little cloud rising up 
out of the sea. (b.) A shadow : Jaao.ia pee i 
atu te mau ata ; Till day breaks, and the sha- 
dows flee, (c.) A certain prayer ; (d.) twilight ; 
{e.) the shaded or ornamental part of a mat, 

called vane ; (/.) a messenger sent before a 
chief. Of. paaXa^ to come into view, ss the 
moon when rising ; atatHHi, the great morn- 
ing clouds; tatahiatat the dawn of day; 
vaiaUit a morning bath, a phrase used by Uie 
Arioi [see Eabioi] , who batned every morning. 
Marquesan — alk, a shadow; (6.) likeness, 
resemblance. Of. hatahatat clear, easy to be 
seen; hoata, clear, spotless. AtanuOt the 
Dawn goddess, Aurora. [She was bom from 
the struggle of Light and Darkness : Tanaoa 
(Tangaroa) and Mutuhei, as " Darkness ** and 
" Silence," fighting against Atea, "Light," and 
Ono {Rongo), "Sound." The Light deities 
were victorious, and Atanua, evolved from 
Atea, became his wile.] Mangalan— ata, a 
shadow : Kua roroa oki te ata aiai ; The sha- 
dows of evening are stretched out. (d.) The 
morning light : Omai tai noku era e,ote Ata 
i maiore ; Grant me a new life, O Light of the 
morning, (e.) The essence of a thing, as of an 
offering ; (d.) (met.) the soul. Mangarevan 
— ata, an image, likeness, or representation ; 
(6.) tibe shadow of a man ; (e.) the twilight of 
morning or evening ; {d,) imprint : E <i^ o te 
vavaey a footprint ; («.) to mAe an impression 
or have influence on anyone; ataata, large, 
spacious; (6.) far off: Kua ataata tehito te 
vaka ; The canoe is very far away. 01 ata- 
haihai, evening twilight; a fine sunset; ataiait 
the red image of the setting sun; atakurakurat 
a beautiful sunrise or sunset ; atariki, an only 
son ; taatai dear, transparent ; aka-kata. a 
mirror. Moriori — ateata, dawn. Haixral- 
Ian — aka, the shadow of a person : JnaepU 
he aka o ke kanaka maluna o ke alii, make ke 
kanaka; If the shadow of a common man 
should fall upon a chief, the man must die. 
[Note : The shade of a tree or house is maiu.'l 
(6.) The figure or outline of a thing ; a simili- 
tuae or likeness : Va kau ke aka o Lono i ka 
molia ; Doomed is the image of Bongo to de- 
struction, (c.) The dawn or light of the moon 
before rising; to light up, as the moon before 
rising ; (d.) the joints as of the backbone or 
knuckles; to go up and down upon a hilly 
roadf («.) frailty; impotence; ho-aka, to 
glitter, to shine, to be splendid. Of. oaka^ to 
open, as the eyes ; the reflection of the sun on 
any luminous object; a glimpse, glance, or 
flashing of light ; hailiaka, a ghost, a spirit ; 
akakaf to be dear, transparent as glass, luoid ; 
bright as the moon ; akalani, a heavezily sha- 
dow, a splendid light; akalau, a ghost that 
appears to some people and not to others; 
moakaka, dear, plain, intelligible, transparent. 
Tongan — ata, the air ; (6.) space, room, roa- 
cious ; (c.) free, disengaged ; (d.) downright ; 
(e.) the morning light; the official name of 
the chief of one part of Tonga ; (/.) a shadow ; 
{g.) to reflect, as a mirror ; aata, transparent ; 
(b.) ripe, mellow; ataata, ample, spadoae; 
free, relieved ; (6.) the dusk of evening ; twi- 
light ; faka-ata, a spy-glass ; to look through 
a glass ; (&.) to take aim ; faka-ataata, to make 
room ; to discover ; to give place ; (b.) to look 
intently; to be careful. Of. ataloa, space, 
without bounds; atanoa^ boundless; atamai, 
the mind ; hoata, about mid-day ; yellow, 

ATA, an exclamation of assent \ He ata! True. 
ATAATA, a shell-fish, a large kind of periwinkle. 




ATA, gonUy : Kia ata tangi taUm kei rongo mai 
aku hoa i patu au nH—V, M., 96. Cf. atct- 
ahwij beantifol; olaffuii, liberal. 2. Delibe- 
rately; slowly: TewL tatou ka here i Te Ba 
net kia iUa haere (U — ^P. M., 21. 8. Quite ; 
thorooghly : Me ata tahu marire ano hoki — 
Ken., xi. 3. 4. Gnardedly; watchfully: Kia 
ata tu i cu taokete — ^Wohl., Trans., vii. 50. 
5. Tenderly; carefully: Mahau hoki e ata 
whakatifui aia kia tupu he tangata — ^A. H. M., 

Ha^viraiian — aka, a particle set before verbs 
to express carefulness, regularity of proceed- 
ing, 4^0., as akaolelOt to speak oautioasly; 
ahakeUt to go carefully (ata-haere). Saxnoan 
—cf. atat a spirit; tne emblem of a deity; 
ataata, to treat with proper respect ; atamaif 
deTer, intelligent. Ext. Poly.: Aneityuxn 
— ef . ahta, generous, kind ; ata, gentle, 
smooth, as the sea ; to die away, as wind. 

ATA AH U A {ata&hua), good, pleasant, beantilal : 
Ka mate te wahine, ho Hine-nui-O'te'kawa 
ki a Tawhaki, ki te tangata otoaAua—Wohl., 
Trans., vii. 44. Gf . ata, gently ; ata, dawn ; 
atamai, liberal; atawhai, gracious, kindly; 
ahma, forln, appearance. 
Saxnoan— cf. ataata, to treat with proper 
xeapeot; atamai, clever, intelligent. Ha- 
"valian — cf. aka, a particle set before verbs 
to express carefulness, regularity, &o. ; akahai, 
mod^, gentle ; akamai, wise, skilful. Ta- 
hitlan— cf. ataraioio, handsome ; of graceful 
mien ; atavai, pretty, elegant. 

ATAE, an exclamation of admiration or scorn : 
How great! Cf. katae, which has a similar 

Tahitlan — atae, a word used in various 
exclamations of wonder, surprise, affection, 
disgust, according to the nature of the subject 
and the tone of voice. 

ATAHAPARA, the time of dawn. Cf. ata, early 
morning ; hapara, to dawn. [For compara- 
tives see Ata, and Hapaba.] 

ATAHIKURANGI (myth.), •• Full day," a daughter 
of Biuigi and Atatuhi— A. H. M., i. App. [See 
AzA, and Hikusanoi.] 

ATAHU, an assembly of a tribe, wherein single 
girls were proclaimed betrothed by their rela- 

ATAKITE, to behold dimly ; obscure : Te ataUtea 
atu U whetu o te ran^i— Sh. Tr., 190. Cf. ata, 
early morning; kite, to see. [Comparatives 
under Ata, and Em.] 

ATAMAI, liberal. Cf. atawhai, gracious, kindly ; 
ata, gently ; mai, hither ; whai, to possess ; 
auuifma, good, pleasant. 
Samoan — atamai, clever, intelligent; to 
understand : E leai te atamai i le tagata valea; 
For vain man would be wise ; (6.) Hie mind ; 
intelligence ; (c.) servants waiting on a chief ; 
fa'a-atamai, to make wise. Cf. ata, a spirit ; 
in emblem of a deity ; at€uUa, to treat with 
proper respect. Haivaiian— -akamai, to be 
wise ; wisdom, skill, ingenuity ; expert, saga- 
cious, learned : O ke akamai o ka makuakane 
e Ulo noiaihei na ke keiki ; The wisdom of 
the father, it shall become a wreath for the 
son. Ci. akeakamai, a lover of wisdom; 
akahai, tender-hearted, meek, modest ; akaka, 
r, inteUigible ; aka, to light up, as the 

moon before rising. Tahitlan^ of. atama, 
wisdom, intelligence ; a wise person ; affection 
for a diild. Ext Poly.: Aneityuxn— cf. 
atmas, a spirit ; a dead man. 

ATAMAI, to behave contemptuously. 

ATAMAI (Te Atamai), myth., th^ name of the 
thirteenth of the Ages of the existence of the 
Universe. [See Eorb.] 

ATAMIRA, a stage or platform: Ka piki a 
Tutanekai raua ko tona hoa ko Tiki ki runga ki 
to raua atamira — P. M., 129. 2. A stage on 
which a dead body is placed. 

Whaka-ATAMIRA, to lay out on a stage for 
holding a dead body. 

ATAOTEMATA, the comer of the eye. Cf. mata, 
the eye. 

ATA RAH I (Te Atarahi), myth., the name of a man 
who, having died, spent five days and nights 
in the Reinga (the Shades) and then returned 
to life— S. B., 45. 

ATARANQI, a shadow: Kia poke i te pouri, i te 
atarangi o te mate — ^Hop. iii., 5. Cf. ata, a 
shadow ; rangi, the sky. 
Saxnoan— cf. ata, a shadow. Hawaiian 
— akalani, a heavenly shadow; a splendid 
light. Cf. akakalani, a great light, the 
heavens much lighted ; aka, the shadow of a 
person* Marquesan — ataani, the arch of 
heaven, the firmament : Ei ataani i vavena o 
na vai; Let there be a firmament in the 
midst of the waters. (6.) The air : Na manu 
te ateuini; The fowls of the air. Tahitlan 
— cf. ata, a cloud ; a shadow. Mangaian — 
cf. ata, a shadow. Tongan — cf. ata, a 
shadow ; dusk, twilight ; ataloa, space. 

ATARAPA (myth.), the Dawn. A daughter of 
Bangi and Atatuhi — ^A. H. M., i., App. 

ATARAU, the moon : E titi koia i te atarau, 
tiaho i runga ra — O. P., 119. Cf . ata, reflected 
light ; ra, the sun. 2. Moonlight : J tetahi po 
ata ra uka haere a Bona ki te utu wai — M. M., 

Haivaiian— of. aka, the dawn or light of 
the moon before rising ; lau, to spread out ; 
the face of a person ; akalau, a ghost that 
appears to some people and not to others; 
kinoakalau, the ^ost of a person not yet 
dead. Tahitlan— cf. ata, twilight. Sa- 
xnoan— of. ata, a spirit; a reflected image. 
Tongan— ata, to reflect, as in a mirror. 
Ext. Poly. : Tagal— cf. arau, day. Blsaya 
— cf. aMau, day. Baiiyon — cf. lau, day- 
light; laha, the moon. Baju— cf. lau, day. 
Slkayana — cf. lau, heaven. North 
Borneo — cf. lau, a day. 

ATATU, the morning, just after sunrise : Aite 
atatu i a ratou e haere atu ana — Mak., xi. 20. 
Cf. ata, morning light, and tu, to stand, 
^or comparatives, see Ata, dawn, and Tu, 
to stand.] 

ATATUHI (myth.), a wife of Bangi, "the Sky.'' 
She was the mother of Marama, "the Moon ;*' 
Whetu, " Star ;'' Atarapa, " Dawn ;" and 
Atahikurangi, " Full Day." — G. P., . 62 ; 
A. H. M., i., 7, Eng., and 48, Maori, also App. 

ATAWHAI, kind, gracious; to be liberal; to 
show kindness : Ko Tutanekai ka atawhaitia e 
Whakaue—V» M., 128. Cf . atamai, liberal ; ata, 
gently ; whai, possessing ; ataahua, beautiful. 




Saxnoan— ot aUtmait elever, inteUigent ; 
Ota, a Bpirit. Hanvailan— akahai, to be 
tender of heart; meek, meekness, modesty, 
gentleness. Cf. aka^ a prefix expressing 
oarefnlnesa, regoUurity, Ae. ; hai, to speak of ; 
akamaij to be wise; akdku^ gentle. TahU 
tlan — atavai, pretty, elegant ; (6.) adoption ; 
(c^ small streams of wat^. Gf. ataman wise ; 
affection for a child. [For other comparatives 
see Ata, gently ; and Whai, to possess.] 

ATE, a term of endearment to a child. [A con- 
traction of Tau-o-ti-atb ; which 8ee.J 

ATE, the liver : J Um tima, i to ate, i ou turipona 
— S. M. 110. Gf. koateaU, the spleen ; aU- 
whaktkuktt, Uie kidneys. 2. The seat of the 
affections, the heart : Waiho nei taku ate, 
tuaki kau atu ai — M. M., 26. Tau-o-ie-aU, a 
tenn of affection; waha-o-te-€tUj the pit of the 

Saxnoan— ate, the liver : Seia ateUui lona 
ate ; Till a dui goes through his liver. Gf . 
ate*d{, cowardly (Ut. " liver-eating ") ; atepili, 
ibe pancreas. Tahitian — ate, the liver. Gf. 
ateau, the part of the liver to which the gall- 
bladder is attached ; (fig.) a person of boldness 
and oonrage ; conrageons ; atehuku, daring, fear- 
less ; otuiate, an acute disease of the stomach 
or liver, attended with high pulsation (oftit, to 
beat, as an artery). Haivaiian— ake, the 
Uver of an animal : Ke aa maluna o ke ake ; 
The canl abote the liver. (6.) A general name 
for several internal organs, as akeloa, the 
spleen; akemau, the spleen; akemama and 
akq^aahoola, the Inngs, lights, &c. ; akeaka- 
mat', a lover of wisdom ; akena, to be proud, 
boastful; akepaa, the liver. Tongan— ate. 
the liver : Bea naa ne jio ki he ate ; He lookea 
into the Hver. Gf. atebili, the spleen pr milt. 
Marquesan — ate, the liver. Gf. Atepuapita, 
the lungs. Mangarevan— ate, the liver ; 
(b,) Uie intestines. The word is also used in 
miprecation : To ate ! or Ateoraro I implying, 
" (five me thy bowels !" Futuna— ate, the 
liver. Harotongan— ate, the liver: Kua 
riringiia taku ate ki raro i te one; My liver 
is poured forth on the earth. Ext. Foly. : 
Motu— cf. ate, the liver. Fiji — cf. yate-na, 
the liver ; yatemawa, the lights ; yate-dei, 
courageous ; yatelevu, a coward. Malagasy 
— oL aty, the liver ; the inside. Malay — dL 
atit the liver ; the heart (morally) ; atiati, to 
be carefuL Java — cf. ati, the heart. Min- 
danao — cf. att, the liver. Solomon Is- 
lands — cf. atit the chest. Kisa^-cf. akiut 
the heart. Tagal — cf. atay, the liver ; ati, 
the middle. Matu — cf. atat, the liver. 
Pampang— cf . atiau, the belly {tia ?) ; ate, 
the liver. 

ATEATE, the calf of the leg. 2. The inside of 
the thigh : Ka pa atu ia ki te ateatenga o tona 
huha—Ken., xxxii., 25. 
Samoan— atevae, the calf of the leg (vae = 
leg). Cf. atelima, the thick part of the arm. 
Tahitian— ate, the calf of the leg. Gf. 
aierima, the thick part of the arm. Tongan 
— ateivae, {vae = leg,) the calf of the leg. 

ATE A, clear, free from obstruction : Kotahi ano 
te whare i atea, no te tamaiti anake — ^W. T., 
vii. 68. Gf.tratea, unoccupied; clear; awatea, 
broad dayli^t; tea^ white. 2. Out of the 

Saxnoan — ateatea, wide, spacious; fk'a- 
ateatea, to make spacious. Gf. oatea, noon ; 
vateatea, wide, spacious ; teateavale, to be 
white from fear, or sickness. Tahitian — 
atea, clear ; openness, clearness, distinctness ; 
faa-atea, to give place, to make room ; to put 
farther off. Gf . ateate, purity, clearness, as of 
water ; clear, as the countenance ; raiatea, a 
clear, fine sky ; taiatea, the open, wide sea. 
Marquesan — atea, a day: He koina e vae 
ana na mou atea eitu; A respite is granted for 
seven days. (6.) Clear, open : Te hau atea o 
te ani ; The clear air of heaven. Gf . oatea, 
light, a luminary. Mangaian — Atea is naed 
for Vatea, the Qod of Day: Te anau Atea, 
the children of Yatea. [See Atea (myth.)] 
Ha^waiian — akea, broad, spacious, open, not 
crowded ; openly : O ke kai akea, o ka moana 
akea t Oh the wide sea I Oh the open ocean I 
(&.) To be separate. Hoo-akea, to enlarge, to 
widen out ; to make room for one. Cf . kea, 
lucid, clear ; akeakea, to fade, to lose colour ; 
awakea, noon-day ; opuakea, clearness, white- 
ness ; papaakea, a kind of soft white stone ; 
puakea, pale ; to spread out, as the sails of a 
vessel. Tongan— cL tea, whitish; uhatea, 
rain that falls when the sun shines. Ma- 
ngarevan^cf. avatea, noon; mahina-atea, 
daylight. Paumotan — faka-atea, to re- 
move, to put away. Moriorl— <3f. watea, to 
be dear. 

ATEA (myth.), the last of the Ages or Time- 
spaces to De counted in the existence of the 
Universe. It is the eighteenth upward from 
Te Eore (" nothingness," the Void)— A. H. M., 
i. App. [See Te Koee.] 2. Space, the Light 
Space, personified : Ka noho i a te Atea, ka 
puta Ifi wah4> ki te Po— G. P., 152. Thero 
seems to be in New Zealand littie distinct idea 
of Atea, as *a person ; it is only as a vast 
abstraction that he has existence. Mar- 
quesas — Atea takes the place of Tane, the 
Light-giver, although one legend states that 
Tane and Atea were two brothers, the sons of 
Toho. A third tradition of great antiquity 
relates that Atea (as Light) evolved himself, 
and then brought forth Ono (/fon^o), Sound. 
Allying themselves, they bioke up the bound- 
less darkness of Chaos or Hades (Po), in which 
had dwelt through eternity Tansoa (Tangaroa), 
Darkness, and Mutu-hei (Silence). Light and 
Sound made war on Darkness and Silence, 
and were victorious; binding the deities of 
night within set boundaries. From the 
struggle came forth Atanua, the Dawn. Light 
then took Dawn to wife, and afterwards begat 
the lesser deities, man, &c, Hawaii — Atea 
CWakea) was held to be the eldest son of 
kahiko {Tawhito), the Ancient One, dwelling 
in 0-lalo-waia. From Atea sprang the order 
of the aristocracy, the alii {arikt) ; as from his 
brothers came the ranks of the priests and 
common people. Wakea, by ano&er legend, 
lived in Hihiku ; he married a wife, Papa, a 
princess of 0-lalo-i-mehani and the grand- 
daughter of the Princess Ka-oupe-alii. Atea, 
as Daylight, and the husband of Papa [see 
Papa], thus seems to be another name for 
Bangi (the Sky) of N.Z. mythology. The 
Hawaiian Islands were created by Wakea and 
Papa. Wakea is said to have had intercourse 
with Hina [see Bisa] , and she brought fbrth 




tiie island of Molokai. In the genealogies, Atea 
and Papa are quite late in the generations — 
37th in the Kiimuhofnui genealogy, and 28th 
in the KumuuU, One tradition states that the 
first person on earth was the woman Lailai, 
descended from Chaos. From her and her 
husband, Kealiiwahilani {Te-ariki-wahi'rangi)^ 
came their son Eahiko, the father of Wakea. 
Atea made the land and sea from the calabash 
(^) of Papa, his wife ; the cover he threw np 
on high, and it became the heavens ; of the 
jnice he made the rain; of the seeds the son, 
moon, and stars. Lono (t.«., Rongo) is called 
HaVnafcea, Lord Atea, in one hymn. Tahiti 
— In opposition to the Marqaesan notion of 
Tangaroa representing Darkness, he changes 
places with Atea in the old hymn : " Taaroa 
IB the Boot, the Bock ; Taaroa is the Light." 
— ^Fom., L 222. Mangala— Atea {Vatea) is 
the son of Vari-ma-te-takere, the Very Begin- 
ning; being a piece plucked by the goddess 
from her right side. He is father of gods and 
men. Vatea is a fish-god. one-hidf being allied 
to the Taairangi {Getaeemru) and the other half 
of hnman aspect. His home was in Te Papa- 
raarai (Thin-land), or Te-enna-marama-o- Vatea 
(the bright land of Vatea). His brothers were 
Tiniran, of Motutapa, the sacred island; 
Tango, of Enoaknra; Tomnteanaoa (Echo), 
of Te Paraitea ; Baka, of Moana-irikaa ; and 
Tn-metoa, who lives with his mother in Te- 
enna-te-ki (or Mate-land). Vatea married a 
beantifnl goddess named Papa. Tangaroa and 
Bongo were twin children of Vatea and Papa. 
The son and moon are eyes of Vatea. At 
AitntsJd and Atiu, Atea is called Avatea— Gill. 
M. and S., 3. [See Takoaboa, Papa, Bakoi, 
BoHoo, Ac.] 

ATETE, to oppose, resist. Cf . te, not ; teth, to 
exert oneself; whaka-Ute, to annoy ; to qaarrel 
with. 2. To treat roughly. 3. To affront, 
insolt. 4. To jostle. 

ATEWHATUKUHU, the kidneys. Cf. au, the 
liver; whatukuku^ the kidneys. [For com- 
paratkves see Ats and Whatukuhu. 

ATI, A prefix to tribal names, as deBcendants of 
certain persons: Nd te tini o te Ati-Hapai 
tenei whare — P. M., 41. Cf. nyatt, a similar 
tribal prefix, as Kgati-Tama-te-ra, &o. 2. An 
andent name for a god or demon (one auth.) : 
Te oH tipua, e tau haia te eUi toto^to— Ika., 
188. Cf. Atiamurit the name of a certain 
goUin. 3. A descendant : Ati ko Mauitikitiki 
koe a Taranga I — P.M., 19. Atifia wai e whae t 
—P. M.. 127. 
Samoan — ati, a particle, denoting a num- 
ber of chiefs of the same name or titie. Ta- 
hitian — ati, a patronymic prefix, pointing 
out the name of the ancestor or parent, with 
the descendants; (b.) a futhful friend who 
will cleave to a man in distress. Cf. nati, a 
daw or distinction of men, as nati am, the 
daes of superior chiefs. Mangarevan — ati, 
descendant: Ati-Tane, descendants of Tane; 
Ati'TakaraUf the race of Takarau, a people of 
those islands. Mangaian — of. ngoH, a de- 
scendant of. Ext. Poly. : Fijian — cf. odi, a 
eommon prenomen to ladies' names, as we 
use ladr, or madam. Malagasy — atinand- 
riattOj the Blood Boyal : princes ; atinkavanay 
or mtihavanmf near relations ; consanguinity. 

Malay-^if dt, a title of nobles, as Adi Bend- 
lam Rajah Mudeliar ; adi, excellent, hand- 
some. (Both words probably allied to Sanscrit 
adi, first.) 

ATI, then : Ka ki atu te wakine, * AH me pewhea 
te karanga.* — P. M., 28. 

ATI ATI, to drive away, to chase away: A te 
haerenga mai o nga kepara, kei te atiati i a 
ratou — ^Eko., ii. 17. 2. To tiirust back, to re- 

ATIAKONA, the name of a fish. 

ATIAMURI (myth.), a goblin in human shape, 
inhabiting Lake Taupo. He is a decoy for 
the taniwha, Horomatangi. 

ATI-HAPAI (myth.), the name of a certain tribe. 
2. The name of a chief who was the father of 
Toi-te-huatahi and son of Te Atatutu. [See 


ATI R ERE, the name of a fish. 

ATITI, to stray, to wander about. Cf. titi, to go 
astray ; atiutiu, to wander ; kotiti, to wander 
Tahitian — cf. atiti, the broken stalks of 
the yams, which are traced in order to find 
the root in the ground ; rudiments or elements 
of knowledge ; atitipau, a person of general 
information ; ot\, to recoil ; otipi, to go aside. 
Tongan — cf . aji, to penetrate, pass through ; 
to peep; ajto/t, aspy; to look out. Samoan 
— cf . atia% to go softly towards in order to 

ATITUTU (Te Atitutu), myth., one of the de- 
scendants ot Tiki. &e was son of Ngaipeha, 
and father of Te Ati-hapai. 

ATIUTIU, to wander, to stray: E atiutiu he 
ana, kei nimbi aXu koe i a ratou-^Tiu., 
xxu. 1. 

HaiBiraiian — akiukiu, to act the part of a 
spy ; to search into ; to penetrate ; searching. 
Cf. kiu, a spy. Tahitian—cf. atiuaea, the 
name of a yellow, running plant ; atiti, the 
broken stalks of the yams, winch are traced in 
order to find the root. Tongan — cf. aji, to 
penetrate, pass through, peep ; ajiaji, a spy ; 
tp look out. Saxnoan— cf. atiu, the name of 
a creeping plant (Cvcumis aci4tts). 

ATIU, the north-west wind. Cf. tupatiu, the 
north-west wind; haxtatiu, the north-west 
wind ; kotiu, the north wind. 
Samoan — fa'atiu, a northerly wind; Cf. 
fa'atiu -fagalua, a northerly wind. [See 
Whaxa-bua.] Mangarevan — tiu, the west 
wind : Ko te parapu me te tiu tetahi mau teiti 
tamaroa ; The north-west wind and the west 

. wind were other male children. Cf . urvpatiu^ 
the wind, W. \ S. Hawaiian— kiu, the 
north-west wind: he kiu ko Wawaenoku; 
The north-west wind of Wawaenohu. Cf. 
akiukiu, searching, penetrating: A me ka 
makani akiukiu kipe, pua kola o Puakei; The 
searching wind pelting the kala blossoms of 
Puakei. [See Akiukiu.] Marquesan— tiu, 
the north wind: A kua te tiu; The north 
wind has returned. 

ATO, to thatch. Cf . kato, to pluck. [See Tahi- 

Samoan— ato, to thatch; (6.) to throw a 
stick at anything. GL atofa% to thatoh with. 


Tahitian— ato. to thatoh; the art of thatch- 
ing hotises ; a tnatcher ; (6.) to rip or plnok 
off; a plaoker of leaTee or flowers. Cf. atofiei, 
to pluek or gather flowers for a garland; 
hauatOt an instnunent ased in thatching. 
Hafvaiian^ako, to thatch; the art of 
thatching; (fr.) to oat, as with Bcissors; to 
plnck, as flowers or fmit; to shear, as a 
sheep; to cat off, as hair. Tongan^^atOi 
thatch ; the roof of a hoase ; to thatch. Gf . 
atofaki, to screen; to pile one thing apon 
another; to he covered over with; to have 
abandance; featofaki, to thatch with sp^d, 
applied to tw or more. Futuna — ato, to 
thatch. Ext. Poly.: Kayan— cL ato, to 
thatch ; Bugis— otoX;, thatch. 

ATU, away, away from : Haere atu hoe i roto % 
tenet whare—P. M., 18. 2. The comparative 
degree of words ased as adjectives : Ki tau e 
hore ianei 4 nui atu toku pai i to nga tamariki 
kotaki Ukau^l Ham., L 8. 8. Others : Tane- 
tokiprangif Timurangi, me etahi atu — G.-8, 26. 
Saxnoan — atu, away : Ou te foaiina cUu ia 
te oe le fanua; I give away the land to yon. 
Hanvalian — aku, verbal directive, away 
from : Pulou iho la ia i he kapa, puka aku 
twaho : She wrapped her robes about her and 
went outside : Panee aku la i ka waa i kai ; 
Xhey poshed away the canoe into the sea. 
Tahitlan— atu, (from ; beside; more; adu, 
from, need as the opposite of mai, hither ; (b.) 
beside, as aita aduy none beside ; (c.) as a com- 
parative of adjectives (rahi^ great ; rahi-adu^ 
greater). Tongan — atu, to give, ased only 
when tne second person follows ; (6.) towards, 
with same restriction ; atuatu, to throw, fling. 
Gf. atugaki^ to throw out of the hand; to 
throw at ; atugi^ to throw at, to harl ; featu- 
gaki, to tiurow at each other. Marquesan 
atu, distance; (&.) away from: A hu atu I 
Go away 1 (c.) beyond: A noho ima, a nonoko 
atu; They dwelt above, they dwelt beyond. 
Mangarevan — ^atu, away from the person 
spealdng : Akamou atu koe eki mea kai ki a 
tagata ara ; Give (away) a little food to the 
man. Gf. atulaha, open country matu, let us 
go. Raurotongan— atu, away from; forth: 
E aere ua atwra ki te ngai aere anga atu; 
They went away wherever they could go. 

Whaka-ATU, to show, to point oat : Kia whaka- 
aturia atu ki a ia — P. M., 8. 
Tahitian— faa'atu, to place and keep com- 
mon things apart from those that are sacred ; 
faa-atuatu, to keep one's property in order; 
carefcdly preserving old relics. Tongan — 
faka-atu, to line, to cover the inside ; (&.) to 
cease to trouble, to refrain for a time ; faka- 
atuatu, to express surprise in reference to 
something bad. 

ATU (myth.), the name of a deity. Of. tUuat a 
deity, or demon. 

Tahitian— cf. /atu, lord, master, owner. 
Rarotongan — atu. lord : Te Atu ta koutou e 
kimi na; The Lord whom ye seek; (d.) a 
master : E e atu oki au ra teiea auite ma- 
taka angaia ? If I am a master where is my 
fear? Hafvailan— cf. haku^ a lord or mas- 
ter. Marquesan — cf./atii, a lord ; a deity. 
[Bee comparatives of Atua.] 

ATU A, God : OHra na te Atua amo ia % whakaako 
i flNoMo ai-— p. M., 11. 2. A god, demon, 

[ 80 J Atuft 

supernatural being : Ka mea etehi ** He atua 
koa "—P. M., 19 : I heke iho i runga U aim 
—A. H. M., L, 16. Gf. atuakikokiko^ demons, 
spirits of torment ; atuapikot the rainbow. 3. 
An idol : Ka takaia nga atua na^ whakairia — 
P. M., 84 : Ko taua atua, ko Kahukura^ he 
whakapakoko rakau — A. H. M., i., 4. 4. A 
malicious person; to be wicked; sur^y. Cf. 
atuapot a niggardly, churlish person. 5. Any 
evil or noxious thing : Ko taka atua he whe- 
whe — ^Ika., 185. [See the Mota comparative.] 
Kei nga iwi o Tuere te mana te atua — Prov. 
6. A term of endearment : Kei raro taku atua 
e aroha nei auS. T., 180. 7. The fourteenth 
night of the moon. Note. — ^It is difficult to 
know where to distingniflh between an atua 
regarded spiritually and the outward present- 
ment. Kahukura, for instance, is sometimes 
an abstract deity; sometimes visible in the 
form of the rainbow ; sometimes present in a 
sacred red garment, and at times is alluded to 
in a manner inferring the presence of an idol. 
(See A. H. M., i., 48J When Haongaroawas 
sent by her mother Kuiwai to Ngatoro-i-rangi 
informing him of the curse of Manaia, she 
and her companions were borne up by (and 
brought with them) the gods Eahukura, Itu- 
pawa, Maru, Bongomai, ]£mgaroa and Iho-o- 
te-rangi. These were gods for mortals, 
because the first canoes had only brought gods 
of the kumara, and of fish— P. M., 102. There 
are few instances mentioned in Polynesian 
legend as to deities having many limbs, or 
other abnormal personal attributes, such as 
we find in ancient deities of different peoples. 
The Hawaiian deity Eamapuaa [see Poaka] 
was an eight-eyed monster, and Maui is 
called Maui-matavaru (eight-eyed) in Manga- 
reva. Sometimes a deity was worshipped as 
a bundle of red feathers, a stone with human 
hair wrapped around it, Ac. [For principal 
Polynesian deities see Tank, Tangaboa, Txj, 
BoNoo, Atba, Banoi, Ac, 

Saxnoan — atua, a god : Afai o se atua ia, 
inafaia e ia lava lana fvnauga ; If he is a god 
let him plead for himself ; fa*a-atua, to dei^^ ; 
to make into a god ; /a*a-attift, to go about 
as a ghost, frightening people. Gf. a(ii» to 
be perplex^, distressed ; atuaJUm, the centi- 
pede; atualagi, the chief's word for aitu 
(deity) ; atuapaoa, to be frightened. Ma- 
ngaian— atua, a god, a demon: Vananga 
mai nga atua ; Let the gods speak : E atua te 
tangata e oia ; This god is but a man after 
all ; aka-atua, to become divine : AkoMtua atu 
ana oki te tangata, e tau potiki ; Pet child, 
thou hast taken tiiy place among the gods. 
Gf. atu, master, lord. Tahitian— atua, god» 
the general name for a deity : E ua haere i 
roto i tefare a to ratou atua; And went into 
the house of their god ; faa-atuai to dei^, to 
acknowledge or serve some person or thing as 
a god. Gf . atuahara, a god that was supposed 
to enter into a person by means of a curse ; 
paiatua, an idolatrous ceremony on the new 
decoration of the too (toko) or image of a god ; 
tuatud, a word of address in prayer, used in 
the evening at the marae (sacred place). Ha- 
nvalian — akua, a supernatural being, a god : 
A hoomana aku la i ^a alii la e like me ka 
hoomana akua; They worshipped that obi^ 
as if thfij worshipped a god: (6.) The name of 




thfl night when the moon was perfectly fall ; 
(f .) diTine : Aina wai akua a Ka/M ; The land 
of the divine water of Tane. Cf. AkfuaulUt 
the god of inspiration ; Akuakii, a god repre- 
sented by an image (atua and tiki) ; akualapUf 
a ghost; akualele, a meteor; umuakuat un- 
friendly, unsocial ; niggardly ; kakuat to 
sseribe power to the gods, to worship; to 
girdle (&aori = tatua) ; kakuai, to worship 
the gods, to pray in a peculiar manner ; the 
eoDEtant daily sacrifice offered at any meal; 
mooakua, a legend, a story, concerning the 
gods. Tongan— otua, a god : Bea hu ki he 
otita oku ikai faa fakamoui ; They pray unto 
ft god that cannot save. Marquesan — etua, 
a {^, deity, divinity ; divine : O te tama 
kaittikiy fanau mua o te mana na Etua; Oh 
the princely son, first-bom of divine power. 
Mangarevan— etua (etua), a god (in old 
legend atua: Tona igoa ko atua Tane; His 
name was the god Tane) ; etua, to be wicked. 
Ci.etuaraga^ divinity ; etuavanaga, a chief war- 
rior ; patuetua, sudd^ death ; tauraetua^ the 
prieet of & deity. Aniwan— atua, Gk>d: 
Atua nikowna tohana nontariki ; Grod sent his 
son. Pauxnotan— atua, God. Futuna— 
atua, the native deities. Gf. atuamuli, evil 
spirit; ataamagumagut an evil spirit. Ext. 
Poly.: Motu — cf. atuahui a painful swel- 
ling without matter ; a blind boil. Anei- 
tyumese — of. atua, God (probably intro- 
duced). FJjian — cf. tu, at the end of a 
word, implies greatness; a word used by 
efafldren to their fathers ; tua, a word used by 
children to their grandfathers. Malagasy 
— cf. [o for u, see Introduction] atoa, a song 
song in honour either of the sovereign or of 
the idols. Sulu — cf. tuan, a master. 
Malayan — cf. Tuhan, the Deity; tuan, a 
lord, master. 

ATUA, first. 

ATUAHAKONA, the name of a fish. 

ATUAHU, a love-charm, used to soften an obdu- 
rate woman whose affection was desired. 

ATUAKIKOKIKO (myth.), demons, familiar spirits 
said to haunt and torment sick or lunatic 
people : Ko nga mate he atuakikokiko e kai ana 
i a raUm — A. H. M., i. Gf. atua, a demon or 
deity; jbi ibo, flesh ; atuanohowhare, "house- 
dwelling demons;'* atuangau, internal pains. 

ATUANGAU (myth.), demons supposed to cause 
gripings and pains in the interior of the body. 
Cf. atua, a demon, and ngau, to bite ; atua- 
kikokiko, malignant deities. [For compara- 
tives see Atua, and Noau.] 

/^TUAPIKO, the rainbow. Gf. atuatoro, the 
ninbow; atua, deity; piko, bent, crooked. 
[See Kahukuba, and Ubnttku.] 

ATUAPO, a stingy person, a niggard, a churl. 
CL atua, a wicked, cross person ; Po, Night 
(the night deities). Hades. [For compara- 
tives see Atua, ana Po.] 

ATUATORO (myth.), a name of Kahukura, the 
god of the rainbow. Gf. atuapiko, the rain- 
bow. [See Eahuxuba.] 

ATUA-WHAKAHAEHAE, the fourteenth day of 
the moon's age. (One auth.) 

ATURERE, the name of a highly prized fish. 

ATUTAH I, the star Ganopus. Also called Autahi 
and Aotahi : Tera Atutahi ka mahuta i te pae 
— M. M., 200. 

AU, smoke: 'iHneia te ahil auahi'tahi! Ha! 
he au uta ! kapaa, ko te au ki Katikati ae-^ 
Prov. Gf. auahi, smoke. 2. Gall. 8. Gloud 
or fog. 4. Gurrent : E kaha ana ra te ia ki 
Hwritu, e au takaki waka—TA. M., 172. 5. A 
rapid in a river. 6. A whirlpool. Gf . auhoki, 
an eddy. 7. Mid-ocean (Te au o te moana). 
8. A string, cord. Gf . tau, a loop for fasten- 
ing a weapon to the wrist. 9. A large pin for 
fastening a mat. Gf . aurei, a bone mat-pin. 
Saxnoan — au, a sharp fish-thorn. Hence, 
(b.) a needle ; (c.) a tattooing instrument ; (d.) 
the gall ; the seat of the affections. [Gf. Ta- 
hitian oati, (for ngakau,) the bowels, the heart 
or mind.] («.) The liver of a pig ; (/.) a cur- 
rent at sea. Auau, to pick out, as the bones 
of a fish ; asu, smoke ; auaga*e, a current set- 
ting to the east ; aualofa, a keepsake ; au/o- 
nua, a current in the sea setting towards the 
land ; aumuli, a current setting west ; autafa, 
to take out the bones of a fish ; auvatea, to be 
carried out to sea by a current; to lose all 
out of a family by death ; ausa, steam, vapour. 
Tahitian — au, a current or stream; (d.) 
smoke : E tahu vau i to mau pereoo i te au 
auahi ; (c.) vapour; (d,) a needle; to sew with 
a needle ; (eA a diuigerous fish with a snout 
like a S'Kord-fish; (/.) a stone put in the 
marae (sacred place) to avert some evil that 
was likely to happen ; (g.) a stone sent to the 
chiefs to require a human sacrifice ; (h,) the 
hottest part of a battle ; (t.) a species of sea- 
snail ; Q.) to fit, to agree ; (k.) to pursue ; (Z.) 
rubbish ; to scrape together a heap of rubbish; 
auau, the gall of the fish Au; Cb,) a person 
who pursues a man or beast. Gt auafh, a 
bursted gall ; (fig.) a daring fellow, devoid of 
fear ; puau, to be agitated, as the bowels, or 
the mind ; puauau, co be agitated repeatedly ; 
to run, as a current; a rapid current in a 
stream of water ; autai, a current caused by a 
great sea ; autaripo, to whirl round ; amau, 
the current of water between rocks. Ha- 
THrailan— au, the current in the ocean : ke 
au nUki, o ke au ka, e mimilo ai ; The strong 
current, the rolling current, whirl away. (&.} 
The grain in wood ; (c.) the action of the hand 
in mixing poi (paste) ; (d,) an action or exer- 
cise of the mind ; (e.) tne gall of animals; (/.) 
time, a period of tuie, as the reign of a king 
(hauf); (p.) the time of one's life; (h.) a 
season ; (i.) a territory or district (kau ?). Gf. 
aui, a wave of the sea ; aumoe, time to sleep ; 
auwiU, a returning tide ; wiUau, an eddy in 
sea or river ; waiau, a place where water runs 
continually. Tongan — ah u, smoke, to smoke 
as a fire; (b,) soot; (c.) the gall; ahulna, to 
be smoked : to be smoke-dried ; to die from 
suffocation in smoke ; faka-ahu, to smoke-dry ; 
to suffocate; faka-ahuahu, to cause a great 
smoke, as a signal ; (&.) dark dense clouds on 
the horizon ; au, ola, ripe ; old people ; aged 
and weak persons ; (&.) to arrive at, to reach ; 
(c.) a current; to flow rapidly in a current; 
(d,) the sugar-cane leaf; auau, to shell; to 
pick out bones; faka-au, to destroy gradually, 
or at different times; faka-auau, to inflict 
voluntary pain, as fasting, <fto., on the death 
of a friend; (6.) to reach to. Gf. auautolo, «i 




miMsy feelisg of the bowali ; oolk; anunOona^ 
to deolare withoat reflerre ; auaga^ the cause, 
the origin of death or destraction ; auhe^ to 
wander about; a vagabond; auhia, to be 
carried out by the sea; aulologo, a roar; a 
hollow Bound; hau, a large bone needle. 
Marquesan — au, the gall; (6.) a current. 
Mangarevan— au, the ebb and flow of the 
tide ; (d.) a crown, a garland {hau ?] ; (c.) an 
awl ; (d.) dew {hau7) (e.) cloudy mist on the 
sea; (/.) a bodJdn with a barb or small hook, 
like a crochet needle ; {g.) running. Gf. ahu, 
mist, -cloud; auaki, to smoke; kavauahi, 
smoke ; hau^ gall, bitterness. Pauznotan — 
ef . au, worthy, deserving ; to prefer, to please ; 
faka-au, to unite, to joix} ; to contract, promise, 
stipulate. Futuna — au, smoke. Cf. a/u, 
smoke. Ext. Poly.: Malay— cf. atran, a 
cloud; Sikayana — cf. au, smoke; Magln- 
dano — of. am, smoke; Ilocan^^. cmu/e, 

AU, If mo : ^^^ t hau atu ana auiie ao — G. P., 

28. [See Ahau.] 

AU. a king (one auth.). [Note. — It is probable 
uiat this word is properly the Polynesian hau, 
a king, Ac, ; and comparatives at full length 
are to be looked for under Hau.] 
Rarotongan — au, a king : Te auo Tonga ; 
The king of Barotonga. (6.) An assembly : E 
kia tu nuii aia i rotopu i te au tangata ra ; 
When he stood tip in the assembly of the 
people. Hawaiian — cf . au, time ; a period 
of time more or less definitely designated, as 
the reign of a king; aupuni, a kingdom; re- 
lating to the government. Tongan — cf. 
auna, to conquer, overcome ; auhi, to surpass. 
Mangarevan--cf. au, a crown, a garland. 
Paumotan — cf. au, deserving, worthy. 

AU, stability, firmness; firm. 2. Sound (of 
sleep) : Ai U rerenga o te ra, kaaute moe o 
Aperahama — ^Ken. xv., 12. 

Whaka-AU, sound (of sleep) : Ko te po roa, ho te 
po whakaau te moe, e moe t — P. M., 48. 

AU, " Gertainlv," a form of assent. Of. auara, 
'* Certainly there is." 

AU, the bark of a dog ; to bark : Ka au mat ano 
te kuri ra ' Aul*—F, M., 65. Cf. tau, to bark. 
Samoan — ou, to bark, of a dog. Tahitian 
— aoa, to bark or howl as a dog. Ha- 
^ ivailan — aoa, to howl as a dog ; (fr.) to howl 
or wail for grief ; howling ; cross, angry. Cf . 
aue, to lament. Mangarevan — cf. u, 
barking. Moriorl — of. auta, to moan. 

Whaka-AU, the name of a kind of eel when full 
grown. When young it is called kauaetea, 
and papawhenua. 

AUA, the name of a small fish, the sea mullet, 
commonly called the herring (loth. Agonostoma 
forsteri) i He aua mata whero te ika — G. P., 

Samoan— aua, a young auae (a fish). Ta- 
hitian — ^aua, a small fish. [See Auha.] 

AUA, I know not (often used with the sense of 
" and donH care ") : Kei hea to koutou teina f 
Aua, kaore maUm i kite—V, M., 96. 2. Not, 
used in an imperative sense : Aua e whakapae 
teka ki Urn Aoo^Tiut., v., 20. Cf. kaua, 
(imperatively) not ; auaka, do not. 
Samoan — *aua, do not (imperatively) ; aua, 
{aud) used to express dissent, or correction, 

" well, but.** Hawaiian—aua, not to gire 
a thing asked for, to be stingy, to forbid. 
Marquesan — aua, not. no (imperative nega- 
tive) : Aua e noho inei;I>o not stay here. 
Mangaian — aua (aua), not, will not : Aua 
au e kake, na te papaka e kake; I will not 
climb; let the lana-crab climb. Tahitian — 
auaa, not, do not (imperatively) ; (6.) nnlew, 
save that. 

AUA, far advanced, far on, in distance. 

AUA, those (spoken of before). The plural of 
Taua : Kua pa atu nga ringa ki aua pohuiu- 
kawa- P. M., 76. 

AUAHI, smoke: Kia mea ai nga hoa * He 
auahi,* — Kaore, he roimata — P. H. Ct, au, 
smoke; ahi, fire; kauahi, a stick used in 
producing fire by friction. [See Tahitian.] 
Samoan— of. am, smoke ; <i/S, fire ; aiwa, 
steam, vapour. Tahitian — auahi, fire: E 
amapauroa ratau i te auahi ; The fire shall con- 
sume them ; (d.) a shepherd or feeder of hogs 
or other animals. Cf. auai, a stick on which 
another (aurima) is rubbed to procure fire by 
friction; amaUiauahi, the first smaU sticks 

e together in kindling a fire; (fig.) the 
nning of contention or war; auahi-ta- 
raufofre, food cooked for the goddess Toimata, 
baked early in the morning, and plaoed on a 
fata or altar; puaudhi, the middle of the 
fire; taauahi, to use or employ fire. Ha- 
THrailan — uahi, a cloud, a vaporous appear- 
ance. [Note. — Judge Andrews gives u, to 
ooze, as milk, and ahi, fire, as derivation of 
uahi.'] Tongan — cf. ahu, smoke ; afi, fire ; 
ahuina, to be smoke-dried. Mangarevan 
— auahi, to smoke, to cause smoke. Cf. 
kavauahi, smoke. Futuna — cf . afu, smoke ; 
afi, fire. Rarotongan — auai, smoke: Mei 
te auai e peke ra, kia peke katoa ratou ; Let 
them be driven away, as smoke is cbiven 

AU AH l-TU ROA (Te Auahi-Turoa), a comet. Ct 
auahi, smoke. 

AUARA, ** Certainly there is '* — after a negative 
question. Cf. au, a form of assent. 

AUAU. frequentlv, frequently repeated. Cf. au, 
the bark of a dog ; aua, far on, in distance. 

AUAU, to lift. 

Samoan — cf. au, to cany away, as the 
stones of a wall ; auau, rubbish carried off the 
beach and out to sea by the high tide ; *au, a 
handle. Tahitian— cf. au, to scrape to- 
gether a heap of rubbish. 

AUAU, a basket of seed potatoes. 

AUE, Alas I to say alas ; to groan, wail, lament : 
Aue Umu iho tetehi, aue tonu ake tetehi — ^P. M., 
8. 2. An exclamation expressing surprise: 
Aue ! ko wai ra teiiei tangata 9 — P. M., 26. 
Samoan— aue, alas! oh! wonder: Au^e, 
loku uso, e I Alas, my brother 1 (6.) An excla- 
mation of approbation. Tahitian — aue, 
alas ! Aue ! e tau fatu el e aha tatou nei ; Alas, 
my master! how shall we do? (6.) Noise, 
tumult ; to clamour, to make a noise. Ha- 
\irailan— aue (also auwe), Oh I alas ! woe to I 
an expression of grief, regret, or pain: Ka 
wailiu i kuu maka, e auufe au-e; Dimness 
(covers) my eyes ; woe is me ! oh ! (6.) To 
cry, lament. Cf. woe, to weep; to moom, 


[88] Auret 

bewa3 ; tie, to weep, ory in an andible manner ; 
M, to weep, mourn; we, to weep. Raro- 
tongan — aue, to wail, weep, lament ; to say 
" Ane !*' I aaia U au tangata nei i aue ratau f 
What ails the people that they weep? Ani- 
^nran — cf. katoe, alas I Marquesan— of. ue, 
an exclamation of surprise. Tongan — aue, 
an exclamation of displeased snrprise ; ** Dear 
me!" Mangarevan— ^aue, an exclamation 
of BQiprise or grief ; auhe, to weep. Cf. auhere, 
an e x c l a m arion of surprise or grief ; uhe, a ory 
of impatience or grief. Pauxnotan — aue, 
oh! alaal {b.) a tnmolt; (e.) to complain; 
aueiie, to bewail. Ext. Poly. : Nguna— cf. 
Ai! woe, alas! Aneityum — of. awe, or 
mnv, alasl Malay— a^', alas! ayi, alas I 

AUHA, to leap out of the water. Cf. oiia, the 
sea-mnllet ; hatta, cowardly. 
Samoan — of. aualele: the fish aua, being 
afraid of the malauli, jnmps out of the water 
as if flying {UU, to fly = rere) ; (6.) a coward. 

AUHAHA, to seek after ; to search for. Cf. haha, 
to seek ; whawha, to feel for with the hand ; 
hdhu, to search for ; hahau, to seek. 
Hamraiian— cf. kaha, to feel for ; to grope. 
Tongan— cf. fa, to feel after anything with 
the hand; /o/a, to grope. Tahiti an— cf. 
/a/o, to feel or touch with the hand. Pau- 
motan— of. fafa, to feel for; to grope ; ahah, 
to obtam. Futuna—cf. /a/a, to touch. 

AUHOKI, an eddy. Cf. au, a whirlpool, a rapid ; 
and hoki, to return. [For comparatives see 
Av, and Hokl] 

AUINAKE, on the morrow. Cf. ake, onwards, in 
Haivaiian — of. au, a space of time, as a 
king's reign, a lifetime, &q, 

AUK AH A, to lash the rauawa or bulwark of a 
canoe to the body of a canoe ; the lashings of 
same : Ka whakahoroa i reira te waka nei a 
Aotea, ka aukahatia—T. M., 111. Cf. au, a 
string, cord ; firm, strong ; kaha, a rope ; the 
lashings of the rauawa. 
Saznoan— cf. *afa, sinnet, plaited cocoanut 
busk fibre. Tahitian— cf. aha, sinnet made 
out of oocoanut husk fibre. Hawaiian— cf. 
aha, a cord braided from husk of cocoanut. 
Tongan — cf. kafa, the cordage made from 
the fibres of the cocoanut hudc. Manga- 
revan— cf. kaha, a plait of coco thread. 
Mangaian— cf. kaa, string of cocoanut fibre. 
Ext Poly. : Fiji— of. kava, a roll of sinnet. 

AUKATI, to stop one's way; to obstruct one's 
passage. Cf. koH, to block up ; to stop traffic ; 
shut, closed; haukoH, to intercept; koti, to 
interoept, cut o£F ; auporo, to stop. 
Tahitian — cf. ati, to be enclosed or en- 
tangled ; atia, a fence ; atiati, a burr {piri- 
piri) ; twUi, to join. Tongan— cf. kmia, to 
ehoke ; to hinder ; to obstruct, as weeds in a 
garden. Paumotan— cf. kakati, to clench 
the teeth. 

AUKI, old. Cf. uki, andent times ; tuauki, old, 
of long standing ; ui, to inquire. [See Ton- 

Tahitian— auiui, anciently, of old. Cf. ui, 
an age, a season. Hawaiian— cf. au, a 
period of time, a season. Tongan— cf. uki, 
to inqoiie, to look op ; ukiukivale, to inquire 


after in vain. Mangarevan^of. uM, to 
make allusions ; to stir the fire. Paumotan 
— cf. uki, age, generation; many years; 
tuauki, a descendant of. 

AUKU, the Wm.'o-the-wisp {ignUfatwu). 

A U M I H I , to greet, welcome. Cf . miki, to greet. 
Saznoan — of. miti, to make a kissing noise 
with the lips as a token of affection. Ha- 
waiian— cf. rnihi, to feel sad. Tongan— 
of. mihi, to sob ; to draw up into the nostrils ; 
mijimyi, to make a sucking noise with the 
mouth. Paumotan — of. mihi, to regret. 
fNoTE. — The connection with Maori may be 
in the fact that a greeting made by pressing 
noses {hongij is often accompanied b^ the 
tatiffi or wiulmg cry, also used in mourmng.] 

AUKUMEA (myth.), the eighth highest heaven or 
division of Bangi, the sky. This is one of the 
heavens of Behua— A. H. M., i., App. [See 


AUMOE, comfortable, at ease, at rest. Cf. 11100, 
to sleep. 

Samoan — aumoe, to sleep away from home; 
{b.) to go out courting; (0.) to sleep in a 
woman's family with a view of making hear 
proposals of marriage. Cf. moe, to &eep. 
Tahitian — of. moe, to sleep, to lie down; 
matamoe, to be drowsy. Tongan— cf. mohe, 
to sleep. Hawaiian — aumoe, the season 
when the world is asleep, night ; ho-aumo6| 
to sleep with ; to lie in one's bosom ; (6.) to 
fondle, cherish. Cf. moe, to lie down, to 
sleep ; to stretch oneself on a bed. 

AUPOURI (myth.), a place in the north of the 
North Island of New Zealand whence souls 
passed into Hades : I te Aupouri, i te mutunga 
mai o tenei motu, i te rerenga wairua. [See 
Beinoa., and Po.] 

AUPORO, to cut short, to stop. Cf. poro, termi- 
natioii ; koporo, truncated, naving the end out 
o£F abruptly; tauporo, cut short, brought to 
an end ; haporo, to cut off ; aukiati, to block 
up ; porokere, to be broken off short. 
Tahitian— cf. poro, the heel ; the elbow ; 
the end of a ridge-pole ; aporo, the small fruit 
on the end of a branch. Tongan— cf. bolo- 
bolOf the rail on the top of the canoe house ; 
the first-fruits. Mangaian— cf. poro, last 
words ; the point, the end. 

AURAKI, to turn aside. 2. To do a thing in a 
hurry : Katahi ka auraki mai ki te whanau a 
te mangumangu kikino, i te aitanga a Punga i 
a au e ! — ^Prov. 

AURARA, to clutch, to grasp. 2. To encroach. 
Tahitian— aurara; avaricious; {b.) to be 
idle and moving about. Hawaiian — cf. 
lata, a limb ; lalau, to catch hold of ; seizing. 
Samoan— cf. lalo, to leap upon, as the male 
on the female. 

AURAROTUIA or Haurarotuia (myth.j, a name of 
the canoe of Maui— A. H. M., ii., 9. [See 

AUREI, the first day of the moon's age. 2. An 
ivory or bone ornament; a breast-pin for 
fastening a mat : Ka motu mai te aurei te 
Kaku raka—k, H. M., iv., 167. [For illus- 
tration of appearance, see A^ H. M., iii., 192, 
Eng. part.] Cf. rei, anything made of ivory ; 
a tusk or large tooth ; any preoioos thing, a 




Jewtl; taiirai, white; ftijmto, a bo«r with 
Saxnoan— «f. 2«t, whale'i teeth ; uiythiiig 
made of whale's teeth ; U*ile% aoTthing very 
good, as a good-looking man, a good house, 
Ac. ; auleleii handsome, applied to men only 
and not to women ; good-looking, of bananas. 
Hamraiian^oL lei, any ornamental dress 
for the head or neok. Tongan— el lei, the 
whale's tooth ; leUi, good, pleasant. Mar- 
quesan— of. et, the tooth of the sperm 
whale; poeei, a whale's tooth, set as an 

AURERE, to moan, groan. 2. To sail. Gf. rere, 
to sail ; to ran, as water ; au, a current. 
Saxnoan— *aulele, to ran swiftly; aualele, 
the fish aua, being afraid of the malauU, jumps 
out of the woter as if flying {lele) ; (b.) a 
coward ; fa*a-aualele, to be precipitate, to be a 
ooward. Cf . auUltia, to be carried along by a 
favouring current of the sea ; au, a oorrent at 
aea. Taihitian — ef. rere, to fly or leap ; a«, 
a current or stream. Ha^nraiian — aulele, to 
fly off in flocks, as many kinds of birds. Cf. 
lele, to fly, jump. Tongan — cf. UUi to run. 
Moriori— cf. auta, to moan. 

AURIURIi free from (ajm. 2. The incantation 
(karakia) by which persons who are tapu from 
having toudied the dead are freed and made 
common (noa). 

AURU (myth.), the deity presiding over the West 
— M. S., 114. Cf. hauaurUt west ; urut west ; 
a, the Deity. 

AURU, to break off, as a branch ; to pluck up, as 
grass. 2. To throw away. Gf. uru, a grove ; 
kauru, head of a tree. 

Tahitlan— auru, the top ends of small twigs 
or branches ; the end, extremity, or point of a 
thing. Gf . aurat to chop in a rough manner ; 
to break off the branches or plants in a 
rough way. 

AURUKOWHAO. the leakage into a canoe through 
holes made for the purpose of fastening the 
rauawa or top-streak to the canoe sides. Gf . 
whaowhao, to carve wood ; kowhao, a hole. 2. 
Any trifling damage. [For comparatives, see 


AUTA. to encroach upon, to attack. Gf. to, to 
strike ; toua, a war party. 
Samoan —'auta {autii), marks burat upon 
the body on the death of a chief; (b.) the 
wooden drumstick used in beating the mat 
dram at a night dance, or a wooden bell ; (c.) 
the agitation of the sea after a breeze. Cf. 
*auta% troops being led to fight ; ta, to strike. 
Tahitian — auta, tiie act of cutting the body 
of an enemy; (b.) the operation of super- 
eission (ciroumcision not practised). [See 
TxHB.] Cf. au, the hottest part of a battle. 

AUTA (Morion), to sigh, groan. Gf. aureret to 

Tahitian— auta (autft), a sigh or groan ; to 
sigh or moan through pain or grief. Cf. autat 
a cutting in the prepuce ; the act of cutting 
tiie body of an enemy. Saznoan— cf. *aiitd, 
marks burnt on the body at the death of a 
chief. Ha'waiian — cf. auka^ tired, weary. 

AUTAHI, the star Ganopus. [Also ATuriHiand 

AUTAIA, Bingnlar, extraordinary. 

AUTAKI, roundabout, eirouitons. Gf. ou, a whirl- 
pool ; takit to take to one side ; taka, to veer ; 
takai, to wind round. 

AUTANE, a woman's brother-in-law : Me haere 
Uma autane ki a ia — Tiu., zxv. 5. Cf. tane, 
male ; husband ; ampakinet a man's sister-in- 

AUTAUA, a messenger who brings tidings of an 
enemy's war-party approaching. CL tatia, a 

AUTE, the name of a shrab or small tree (Bot. 
Brouuonnetia papyriftra, the paper mulberry). 
[Now extinct. See Golenso, Trans., xiii. 18.] 
2. A girdle made of avte bark : He maro atUe 
te maro o Whakatau, 3. A band or fillet for 
the hair ; a kite, or any article made of oMte : 
He manu aute e taea te wAaAaAoro— Prov. 

Saznoan — cf. ^aute, the Chinese rose, or 
blacking plant (Bot. HibUcus rotatinenMie) ; 
^autetogat one kmd of *aute (Bot. Hibisevt 
itorckii). Tahitian— aute, a plant, the paper 
mulberry, (Bot. Monu papffri/era,) a plant 
from which native cloth is made. Gf. aati- 
aute, doth made of aute bark ; autepohoa^ an 
inferior kind of aute ; (fig.) a person of in- 
different character. Hamraiian — of. waoke, 
the name of a shrab or bush from the bark of 
which kapa (native doth, tapa,) is made, a 
spedes of mulben7 ; also written wauke^ and 
kawauke, [Norx.^Perhaps connected with 
Maori whauwhi, the lace-bark tree (Bot. Ho- 
heria populnea),] Marquesan — ute, the 
paper mulberry. Mangarevan — of. eute, 
papyrus, of which native doth is made ; ute, 
a small kind of papyras: Ko Toga ra, ku 
kahuhia eki rau eute; The south-wind god 
was dothed in leaves of papyrus. Ext. Poly. : 
Fiji — of. malo, the paper mulberry. (Gf. the 
Maori maro, a girdle.) 

AUTE (myth.). The kite of Tawhaki, on whose 
string he dimbed to heaven, was of aute — 
A. o.m M., 1. 129. 

AUTETARANQA, the name of a shrub (Bot. 
Pimelea arenarica), 

AUTOIA (myth.), a division of the Underworld 
(the fourth downward division of Papa) next 
below the Bdnga. Whiro rales in this drde 
of Hades— A. H. M., i., App. [See RsmoA, 
Whibo, and Korb.] 2. A division of Bangi, 
or Heaven; the seventh upwards. Hero the 
soul of man is created ; tnis heaven is ruled 
over by Behua — ^A. U. M., i., App. 

AUWAHINE, a man's sister-in-law. Gf. wahine, 
a wife, a woman ; autane, a woman's brother- 

AWA, a river, a stream : E haere ana kia ithiti 
ki tawaki o te awa — P. M., 43. Cf. whaiawa, 
the bed of a river ; wai, water. 2. A channel. 
Gf. wa, a space, an opening ; koiawa, a groove ; 
a shallow drain ; awakeri, a ditch ; awamate, a 
ditch outside the palisading of a pa; awarua, 
a ditdi; wakawaka, parallel ridges. [See 

AWAAWA, a valley. 

Samoan — ava, an opening in the coral reef ; 
a boat-passage into the lagoon; (6.) an an- 
chorage for ships ; (e.) to be wide apart, as a 
plank of a canoe not fitting ; (<i) to be open, 




ts • doorway ; avaava, a small opening in the 
nef : (6.) to be full of openings in the reef ; 
ik'a-avaava, to make wide. GL avanoa, an 
open tgtice ; mtidava, the part of an opening 
in the reef which is towards the shore ; tau- 
ttvcj a pilot throngh an opening in the reef. 
Tahitian — ava, an entrance into an harbonr ; 
an opening that will admit of ships and other 
Teasels approaching the shore; avaavai a 
small opening in the coral reef. Haiwailan 
—awa, a harbour; a landing-place; an en- 
tzasee between two reefs: He makani pono 
oltke ku ma ke awa o HilQ ; A bad wind for 
oonung to anchor in the harbour of Hilo. 
Awaawa, a valley ; (6.) the space between two 
promioenoes ; the spaces between the fingers 
of the hand or toes of the feet ; (e.) the spaces 
between the branches of a riyer. Cf. awaa^ to 
d%, as a ditch or pit (this is probably awaka) ; 
a Kiench, pit, or caye ; auHunoaa, to make a 
groove; awaloa, a place where the bones of 
chiefs were hidden. Tongan — ava, an open- 
ing ; a passage for yessels ; a crevice : Vakai 
hot wa nae i he a ; Behold a hole in the wall. 
(h.) Open, hollow ; avaava, full of openings ; 
faka-ava, to open, to perforate ; to make full of 
kolei. Cf. va, the space between two objects ; 
A. a hole ; avaavahit to bore or perforate in 
many places; avcuivanaat unoccupied, free; 
feavaakit to be full of holes ; tunava, to stand 
in the passage to seize the canoe on entering. 
Marquesan — ava, a strait; a sound; nar- 
rows (geog.) ; (6.) the distance between two 
objects ; (c.) Bi»oe, in time. Mangarevan 
—ava, a passage, opening, or canal for canoes, 
ships, &c, ; avaava, to absent oneself ; to lose. 
Paumotan — ava, a harbour, port ; channel 
of harbour ; (d.) a pass. Futuna— ava, an 
entrance, passage. Moriori — awa, a diannel 
or river. Ext. Poly. : Malagasy->Gf . ava, 
lower, down, as applied to any part of a coun- 
try towards which the water flows, lower in 
oompaxison with some other place. Malay 
— cf. ayer, water, a river. Walgiou— cf. 
vayer, water. Dorey~cf. wiar, water. 

AWA (myth.), the name of a descendant of 
NukutawhitL His son, Awa, begat Awanui, 
the ancestor of the Ngatiawa tribe of Tara- 
naki, formerly of the North, at Hokianga. 
[See Nttkutawhzti.] 

AWAKARI, (or Awakeri,) a ditch. Cf. awa, a 
channel, kari and ibert, to dig; awamate, a 
ditdi; aironia, a ditch. [For comparatives 
lee Awa, and Kasi.] 

AWAMATE, a moat, a ditch outside palisading 
of a pa, CL awa, a channel; awarxta and 
ovaftori, a ditch. 

AWANQA, a highly prized variety of taro. 2. A 
Tariety of flax (Phormium), 

AWANQAWANQA, uneasy in mind, disturbed. 

AWANQARUA, a variety of the kumara, 

AWANUIARANQI (myth.), a name given to Eai- 
taogata, on his nmniage with Whaitiri — 
A H. M«, L, 127. [Bee Kahanoata, and 

AWARUA, a ditch, a trench. Cf. awa, a channel ; 

Tva, a hole ; two ; awakari, a ditch ; awamate, 

a moat. 
Whaka-AWARUA, a ditoh inside the palisading 

of a pa. Cf . awamaU, the ditch outside the 
palisa(^g of a pa. 

AWATEA, broad daylight: Kaore ano i awatea 
noa, ka hura te atOr—T. M., 198. Cf. aUa, clear, 
free from from obstruction; watea, unoccu- 
pied, dear ; tea, white. 2. Noon. 

Samoan— cf . ateateat wide, spacious ; oaiea, 
noon; aoatea^ before noon. Ha^fvailan — 
awakea, noon, mid-day ; (6.) the name of the 
god who opened the Gate of the Sun. Cf . akea, 
broad, spacious; kea, white. Tahitian — 
avatea, noon. Cf. atea, clear, spacious. 
Mangarevan — ^avatea, noon. CI avaragi, 
beautiful, white of skin; mahina'atea, day- 
light. Marquesan— cf. ateo, a day; dear, 
open. Tongan— cf. tea, whitish. 

AWATEA (myth.). [SeeATBa.] 

AWAU, I, me. A South Island form : ^aAatt 
ano awau — W. T., vii. 87. [See Ahau.] 

AWE, soot. 2. The long hairs on a dog's tail or 
rump. Cf. hawe, a bird having long skdeton 
feathers; kawekawe, the tentacles of cuttle- 

AWEAWE, floating in the air : A%Deaw€ ana nga 
korero i runga o Maunga Piware — Prov. 
Ha^fvalian — cf. puawe, thin, soft, flne, like 
the filaments of cobweb. Tahitian— cf. ave, 
the long feders of the cuttle-fish ; a tassel or 
ornament appended to a bow ; the tail or train 
of a gown. 

AWE, soon. Cf. loaire, soon. 

AWEKE, obstinate in wrong ; perverse. 2. Slow, 
dawdling. 8. To contend against 4. To 

AWEKO, old, ancient Cf. weko, to be extin- 
guished. 2. Knowing, understanding. 

AWENGA (myth.), the name of the point of 
Maui's fish-hook— A. H. M., ii. 91. [See 


AWETO, an obstade, obstruction, barrier. 

AW ETC, or Ameto (myth.), the lowest region of 
Hades (Po) ; absolute extinction. Cf. weko, to 
be extinguished. 

AWH A {awhd)f a gale, a storm : Ka riro te mumu' 
hau, ka riro te awha — M. M., 209. Cf. kowha, 
to burst open, split ; ngawha^ to burst open ; 
ha, breath [See Tongan] . 2. Bain : Ka tukua 
iho e Mavi he awha puroro^W, T., vii. 88. 
Cf. patapataiawha, heavy rain. 
Samoan— afa (a/Zk), a storm: Aua na te 
tuHmom^omioina aui le afa; He breaketh me 
with a tempest. Cf. afainat to be hurt, en- 
dangered. Tahitian— cf. afa, to crack or 
split, break, or burst ; ajafa, torn or rent in 
many places; aha, to crack or split open. 
HaiBiraiian — cf. ha, to breathe strongly; 
poha, to burst suddenly ; bursting, cracking. 
Tongan — afa, a storm, a hurricane ; (6.) a 
wonder-maker; to appear astonished ; afaafaj 
strong, robust, healthy ; faka-afa, to raise or 
cause a hurricane. Cf . fafa, hoarse, bass. 

AWHATO, a fungus, parasitic on a kind of cater- 
pillar (CordicepB rohertni). 2. The caterpillar 
itself: Ka mahi te awhato hohorU paengo'— 
Prov. [See Hawhato.] 
Samoan — afato, a large edible grab, found 
in dry trees. Tongan — ofato, an insect 
found in old timber. Ext Poly.: Ffjian-^ 



of. yavato, a maggot which hores into wood. 
It becomes a flying insect. It is mnoh eaten 
on poor islands. 

AWHE, to gather np into a heap : E awhe ana, e 
patu ana^ e huna ana — P. M., 89. 2. To &fx- 
ronnd ; to beset. Cf . hawhe, to come or go 
round ; taawhet to go round a comer ; taka- 
awhe, oirouitons ; awheo, a halo ; awhio, to go 
round about. 8. To measure a tree by em- 
bracing it. Cf. awhi, to embrace. 4. To pass 
round or behind. 

AWHEAWHEi to set to work with many persons. 
Saxnoan — cf . afe, a thousand ; afi, a bundle. 
Tahltian— cf. afeafe, height, as afeafe o te 
ra, the height of tiie sun ; long, tall, extended. 
Tongan — cf . afe, a thousand ; to turn aside, 
to turn in at, as into a house when on a jour- 
ney ; afeafei, to eoil round the body ; afeafe- 
tata, to turn short, to turn and go again; 
afeitui, a serpentine winding path. Ext. 
Poly. : Aneityum— cf. afwe, to whirl round 
the head. 

AWHEO, to be surrounded with a halo. Cf. 
awhe, to surround; takaawhe, circuitous. 
[See AwHB.] 

AWH ETO, for awhato. [See Awhato.] 

AWHI, to embrace: A ka awhi i a ia.ka hinga 
iho hoki ki rvnga ki tona kaki — Ken., xxxix. 4. 
Cf. awhe, to measure a tree by embracing it ; 
awhio, to wind, to go round ; hawhe, to come 
or go round ; whiwhi, to be entangled. 2. To 
approach : Me awhi aiu ki a ia — Tiu., x. 20. 

AWHIWHIWHI, to approximate, resemble. Cf. 
katUiLwhlwhiwhi, to approximate; whiwhi, to 
be entangled. 
Samoan — cf. aji, to do up in a bundle; 
afitiga, an armful. Tahltian — cf. afifi, a 
bundle of breadfruit, or cocoanuts, tied to- 
gether ; fifi, entangled. Tongan— cf. afeafei, 
to warp or coil round the body ; fifi, the cocoa- 
nut leaf twisted round trees. Hamrallan — 
cf. ahihi, to be united with another, or with 
others, in mischief or error; hihi, to spread 
out, as limbs of a tree; hihia, entangled. 
Ext. Poly. : Malagasy —cf. fihina, grasp, 
seizure ; fihitra, a clutch, grasp. 

AWH IN A, to assist, benefit: A itei awkina koe 
mona ki ona hoariri — Tiu., xxxiii. 7. Cf . awkit 
to embrace, to approach. 
Hawaiian— cf. ahihi, to be united with 
another or with others for purposes of mis- 
chief ; to conspire. 

AWHIO, to wind about, to go round about. Cf. 
whio, to whistle [see Hawaiian] ; tawhio, to 
go round about ; taiawhio, to encircle ; taka- 
whio, giddy, dizzy ; takamio, to fly round and 
round, as a bird aoes before settling ; amiofnio, 
to turn round and round; giddy; awhi, to 

AWHIOWHIO, a whirlwind. 

Samoan — asiosio, a whirlwind: E $au U 
ationo mai U itu i toga; The whirlwind 
comes out from the south. (6.) A waterspout ; 
(c.) hot, as in a fever. [Note. — The Samoan 
letter-change with Maori here (« for wh) is 
unusual. The wh of Maori should be equal 
to Samoan /, viz., aftoafio.'] Tongan — 
ahiohio, a whirlwind ; (d.) a waterspout. 
Marquesan — cf. hio, to twist, to spin. 
Tahltian — cf. puahiohio, a whirlwind; t^e 
wind or thistle of a stone from a sling. 
Paumotan — cf. hiohio, to whistle; to hiss 
at. Haiwallan— cf. hio, a slanting wind, 
i.«. a wind down hill; (6.) a howling noise ; 
(c.) eructatio ventris, 

AWHIOWHIO (myth.), the god of whirlwinds ; a 
son of Bangamaomao. For genealogy from 
Bangi, the Sky, see A. H. M.. L 28 ; also M. 8., 

AWHIORANGI, a celebrated stone axe, lost for 
many years, but recovered (with, as related, 
miraculous incidents,) in 1888. See Korimako 
of 20th January, 1888. This axe was sup- 
posed to have been brought to New Zealand 
by Turi [see Tuiu], the navigator, and to 
have descended to him from uxe great god 
Tane. For account of this axe being used to 
shape the props of earth and sky, see A. H. M., 
i. 161, Eng. [See Toko.] 

AWHIREINGA, to embrace in the region of spirits. 
Cf. awM, to embrace ; Reinga, the spirit's leap. 
[For comparatives see Awhi, and Beimga.] 

AWH ITU, to feel regret ; to feel hurt. Cf. awhi, 
approximate ; tu, to wound. 


' a partide, generally preceding a word used 
'' as a verb, to express the future tense. 
When e is followed by ana, it denotes present 
time, as it also does when preceding numersJs : 
Kaua e kai ake i muri nei — P. M., 81: E 
haere ana maua ki reira, ki Otawa — ^P. M., 
148 : E hia nga raoto pcnonga f^-Wai., cxix. 

Tahltian — e, a sign of the future tense : 
E tapea mai oe iau, e ora ia vau i reira ; Hold 
me up and I shall be safe. Hamrailan — e, a 
sign of the future tense: E hoohaahcuiia na 
mea hookano ; The haughty shall be humbled. 
Cf. e, which following verbs marks a land of 
second future tense : as Lohe e au, 1 heard 
before ; Hiki e mai oiat He had arrived first. 

Tongan— e, a sign of the future tense : Bea 
€ mate ae mea kotoabe oku i mamani; Every- 
thing that is upon earth shall die. 

[Note. — ^The e before numerals is often writ- 
ten in Polynesian as part of the numerals : as 
Tahltian — «Ata, bow many? Manga- 
revan—tfftta, how many? <&o. Hawaiian 
— eha, tovtt, Marquesan — efa, four, <ftc. 

E, by, of the agent, and following words used as 
passive verbis only: A tokowha ona hoa i 
kainga katoatia e ia — P. M., 11 : He aha a au 
i patua ai e koe — P. M., 22. 

Samoan — e, by. Tahltian— e, by: E 
mea hamani hia e ana ; A thing made by him. 
Ha^waiian— 6, by : UaahewaiaoiaekeaUii 

[87] EhU 

He was eondemned by the chief. (6.) From, 
awmy. Tongan — e, by. Marquesan — e, 
by : Pepena ia te aki e te Etua ; HeaTen has 
been ereaied by God. (b.) From : maua a 
k£ iko etai; We are reserred from the flood. 
Mangarevan — e, by. 

E, a sign of vocative case, preceding words used 
as nonns. Sometimes e follows the noun : E 
fctti e I maranga ki runga I — P. M., 25. It is 
used also to call attention : E I kua ngaro kei 
roto — P. M., 149. In poetry, it is used at the 
end of a line, without any English equivalent : 
E hii t hokia, e—Q. P., 180. 

Saxnoan — e, used to call attention: Lo*u 
ta«& tf, lo*u tamh e I My father I my father ! 
Tahitlan— 8, a sign of the vocative case, 
plaeed both before and after the noun : E te 
moM haava e I O ye judges ! Hamraiian — e, 
a sign of vocative case when standing before 
nouns: E hoolohe mai oe i ka makou e kuu 
kaku ; Pay attention to us, O my lord. Ma- 
ngaian — e, a sign of the vocative case : E 
iaku metua, el Oh I my father. Mangare- 
van — 8, a sign of vocative case. Ext. Poly. : 
Fijian — cf. e, a sign of the vocative case. 
Malagasy— of. e, a sound used at the ter- 
mination of a sentence. 

The termination «, to lines of poetry, is also 
in general use: as Saxnoan — Toll mai sea 
Htla e, tau maifkzo, a galo, e. Marquesan — 
te tai-toko e hetu, e t Ha^wailan — Kau ia 
ka makani^ hiamoe, la^ e. Mangaian — Kva 
ngaro iaaku te angaanga e t Ac. 

EA (eh), an exclamation expressing surprise. 
Cf. a, and «, exclamations calling attention 
or expressing surprise. 
Tahitlan — ea, an interjection of surprise 
or wonder. Ha^waiian — ea, the expression 
of a call to one's attention. 

EA, to appear above water: Ka ea to ika^ he 
kaku no te moana uri — G. P., 10. Cf. puea^ to 
be brought to the surface ; ma^aj to emerge ; 
ha, breath. [See Mangarevan.] 2. To be 
brought to land ; to be hauled on shore, as a 
canoe, a fishing net, &c, 3. To be produced, 
as a crop. Cf. rea, to spring up, to grow. 4. 
To be paid. 6. To be paid for. 6. To be 
avenged: Ka ea tana ktmga % a Mutuhanga 
i a Manakua — P. M., 94. 7. To be performed, 
as a religious ceremony. 

Whaka-EA, to pay for. 

Whaka-EAEA, to lift or draw up out of the 

EANQA, arising, rising, as of heavenly bodies : 
Ki te eanga mai o te marama ka ptita ia — 
A. H. M., iii. 6. 

Samoan— ea, to rise to the surface, as a 
diver ; (6.) to return home, as war captives ; 
{t.) to granulate, as a sore ; (d.) to rise to a 
level, as a hole being filled up; fa*a-ea, to 
raise up, to exalt. Tahitlan — ea, a road, 
pathway, or ladder; {b.) salvation, health, 
liberty, escape; to be in health or liberty; 
healed ; eaea, to escape, and that repeatedly ; 
fka-aa, to cease, to rpst ; (b,) to save, to heal. 
Cf. «, to be incommoded by wet, as a house 
when water comes in, or rises from beneath ; 
to swell, to tumefy. Ha^walian — ea, to raise 
up, as a person bowed down ; to rise up : Ea 
mai Hawaii-nui'Akea ; Bising up is Hawaild- 
nui-Atea. (6.) To lift up, or tibrow up ; (c.) to 

raise up,' as from the grave : Pela ka mea e iho 
ana i ka luakupapau, aole ia e ea hou ae ilvna; 
So he who goes down into the grave shall rise 
up no more, {d.) To mount or get upon, as a 
raised bed : AoU hci au i ea maltma o ko*u 
wahi moe; I will not get up upon my bed. 
(«.) To rise up, as water i Ea ae la na wai 
iluna me he pyu la ; The waters rose up in a 
heap, (f.) A species of turtle, mu6h valued 
for its shell : Ea makaulimo ; The sea-turtle 
fearing the sea-grass (ue. lest his flippers get 
entangled in it) ; (p.) the shell of the turtle ; 
(h.) dirt, dust raised by the wind ; dusty ; (i.) 
spirit, vital breath; (j.) life itself. Eaea, 
high, dignified, honourable; hoo-ea, to be 
raised, as land out of the ocean ; (6.) to rise 
in sight, as a cloud ; (c) to rise up, as out of 
the water ; {d.) to stir up, excite, as the affec- 
tions. Cf. eaeakait that which is covered by 
drops of sea-spray; kaiea, a rising tide; a 
swelling of the sea. Paumotan — cf. faka- 
ea, to be finished, performed; to cause to 
desist ; to repose ; to halt, stop. Marque-- 
san — ea, to breathe, respire ; (b.) to float on 
the surface ; eaea, the name of a large fish ; 
(6.) glair, made from fish eggs [see Bbnga] ; 
eaea, to be better, spoken of a sick person. 
Cf. keea^ discharge from the nose ; hiccough. 
Mangarevan— ea, to respire, on coming up 
in the sea (also eha) ; {b,) hollow-sounding, 
said of water falling on the earth ; aka-ea, to 
respire; (b.) to rest, to repose oneself; aka- 
eaea, to breathe with difficulty. 

EAOIA, but : Eaoia, ki te kino tetahi tangata ki 
tona hoa — Tin. xix. 11. 

EHAKE, a negative, not. 

EHARA, not : Ehara koeite potiki naku — P.M., 
18. 2. Doubtless. 

EHEA, Which ? plural of tehea, Which? Ka mea 
atu ia, • Ki ehea mea ra f *— P. M., SO. Cf. 
hea, What place? What time? ahea. When? 

EH I, an interjection, " Well I " 

EH I A. How many ? More correctly hia [see Hia] . 
Tne Polynesian forms are often compound 
words, as Tahitlan— «Aia; HaiBirallan — 
ehia ; Mangarevan— eAta, Ao, 

EHINU, some. Cf. etokohinu, some. 


EHU, turbid. Cf. Mi, mud; to bubble up; 
kauehu, muddy, turbid; makekehu, light- 
haired. [See Tongan.] 2. Mist. Cf. nehu, 
dust ; ndhutai, sea-spray ; rehu, mist ; punga- 
rehu, adies; puehu, dust. 3. To bale water 
out of a canoe : Na katahi ka komotia te tata 
a Turif ka ehua te wai — P. M., 111. 
Saxnoan— efu, dust, to become dust ; efuefu, 
dust; *efu. redoish-brown. Cf. ne/u, to be 
turbid, to oe stirred up ; the name of a small 
fish ; Ufu, ashes ; epu, to stir about, as water. 
Tahitlan — ehu, discoloured, as water by 
reddish earth; muddy or disturbed water; 
\b.) red, or of sandy colour, as the hair ; (c.) 
devastated, devastation; ehuehu, to be tran- 
siently agitated, either with fear or pleasure ; 
faa-ehu, to stir up or befoul water ; (fig.) to 
stir up strife or commotion ; to persuade 
others to engage in an undertaking and then 
desert them. Cf. aehuehu, agitation; troubled, 
as Uie mind ; puehu, to be blown away by the 




wind ; rouriMMi, reddish or sandy hair. Ha- 
mralian — ehu, the spray of the surf : 1 ehu i 
ke aloo Kuehu ; Like sarf-spray on the breast 

of Tnehn. {b.) The steam of boiling water; 
(c.) red or sandy-haired ; raddy, florid : I ehu 
he oho i ke kai liu; Beddish (beoomes) the hair 
by the very salt sea. Ehuehu, a strong wind 
blowing severely ; (b.) darkness arising from 
dast, fog, or vapour. Cf. ehuahiahit the red 
of the evening ; old age ; ehukakahiaka, the 
red of the moroing ; youth ; hehu, mist or 
vapour ; kuehu, to shake the dust from a mat ; 
Uhu^ ashes ; puehu, to scatter, as dust before 
the wind. Tongan — efu, dust: Bea e toe 
liUu ae tagata koe efu; Man shall turn again 
to dust. Efuefu, ashes : Bea naaku li a hono 
efuefu hi he vaitafe ; I cast the ashes into the 
brook. Faka-efu, to raise a dust. Gf. efui, to 
wash the hair during the process of dyeing it ; 
efuhiat dusty, covered with dust; afu, the 
spray or mist of the sea when breaking on the 
shore ; gaehu, turbid, muddy, applied to water; 
kefu, yellowish, applied to the hair ; indistinct 
to vision; maefu, dust; nenefu, dusky, dim. 
Marquesan — efu, fragments ; to fall in par- 
ticles. Gf . hokehu, red hair ; kehu, fair, blond ; 
oioikehukehu, daybreak. Mangarevan — 
ehu, dust, ashes; (b.) trouble, commotion; 
ehuehu, water disturbed and stirred up ; aka- 
eu, to trouble, stir up. Cf . ptiehu^ to break, 
tear, lacerate ; to be fruitless, as a plan, &c» ; 
to be dispersed on every side ; tuekuehu, dirty, 
soiled, said of clothing; vaiehu, disturbed 
water ; taiehu, a troubled sea, a sea white as 
milk with the force of a gale; keukeukura, 
blond, fair. 

EHU, to exhume, to disinter. Cf. hahu, to dis- 
inter the bones of chiefs ; to scatter ; uhu, to 
poiorm certain ceremonies at the exhumation 
of a chief's bones. 

Ha^waiian — cf. hehu, to pull up by the 
roots, to root up ; to pull up for transplanting, 
to transplant ; mist, vapour, spray of the su^ 
Marquesan— cf. ehu, fragments. 

El, an interjection, used at the ends of lines in 
poetry : Tena au, tohanatu na, «i /— G. P., 388. 

EIA, a current or tide (South Island). Cf. ta, a 

EKE, generally to place oneself, or be placed, 
upon another object : 1. To embark : Ka rewa 
te waka o ona tuakana ki te hi ika, kaekeia 
ki runga^-'B, < M., 22. Cf. heke, to migrate. 
2. To come to land, to get aground : Ka eke 
max ki uta—V. M., 88. 8. To mount, as a 
horse : He nuka nana kia eke at ia i runga i 
U ika nei, i a Tutunui—V, M., 88. Cf. ake, 
higher up, upwards. 4. To reach the summit 
of a mountain : Ko wai e eke ki runga ki te 
nuLunga f — ^Wai., xxiv. 3. Cf . ake, upwards ; 
kake, to ascend, to climb upon. 5. To go up- 
wards : Ka eke rawa mai te ra ki runga — P. M., 
49. Cf. toeke, to climb a tree with a cord loop 
round the feet. 6. To be laid or cast upon, as 
blame, &o, 7. To come to be exercised over, 
as power, control, Ac. 

Whaka-EKE, to place upon, to load. 2. To rush 
upon, to attack : Sei whakaeke mo ratou % te 
po- Ken., xiv. 15. 3. To have sexual inter- 
course with : Ara te ohu ra, kia whakaekea 
tana wahine a Bongotiki — P. M., 116. 4. To 
hang a person, who is apparently drowned, 

head downwards in smoke to endeavour to 
resuscitate him. 5. A visitor, a guest. 
EKEEKE, to mount upon : Tirohia ettu hoH nga 
toa katoa e ekeeke ana i nga kahui — ^Een., xxxi. 

Samoan— 6'e, to raise on supports, as a 
canoe raised from the ground to keep it from 
rotting ; (6.) to abound, as fruit lying under 
the trees ; 'e'e, to place upon, as on a shelf ; to 
place oneself in a canoe ; (b.) to pay respect 
to, to reverence ; fa'a-e'e (as the last word, *e'e). 
Cf. a'e, to ascend ; to rise, as waves ; *a*e, to 
ascend, as a mountain, &o. Tahltlan — ee, 
to mount a horse; {b.) to get on board a 
canoe ; (e.) to ground, as a canoe at a shsllow 
place ; faa-ee, to put up or hang up a thing ; 
(6.) to push oneself up against another ; (e.) 
to convey anything by water. Cf. eeao, a pas- 
senger who forces himself into a company 
proceeding by a water or land conveyance, not 
on foot; eeva, to ascend, as the moon and 
stars ; eero, to ascend, as the moon after it has 
risen ] ae,to climb, mount up ; a climber ; to 
touch the ground, as a boat or ship. Ha- 
mraiian — ee, to mount ; to get up on any- 
thing higher, as a horse ; to leap upon ; to get 
on board ship ; to rise : Kai nuu, kai ee, kai 
pipili a Iku ; The swelling sea, the rising sea, 
the boisterous sea of Itu. Hoo-ee, to receive 
on board ship ; to put upon, as a saddle on a 
horse ; to set or put one up, as upon a horse ; 
(6.) to pass from one carriage to another ; (c.) 
a rising, a sweeping. Cf . eee, to rise from one's 
seat to steal something: hence, to be mis- 
chievous; eea, to rise up frequently; ae, to 
raise or lift up, as the head ; to mount, as a 
horse ; to be sea-sick ; to pass from one place 
to another ; eehi, to tramp up ; to kick up, as 
dust ; hikiee, to bridge over a stream ; a 
stream ; a raised platform for sleeping. Mar- 
quesan-reke, to go upwards. Manga-- 
revan — eke, to embark; (6.) to ascend an 
elevation ; aka-eke, 'to ascend an elevation ; 
(b.) to embark ; (c.) to npset, vanquish ; (d.) a 
prayer to a deity for a favour ; aka-ekeeke^ to 
make soft, pulpy, liquid; (6.) to vanqmsh. 
Paumotan— faka-eke, to transport, cany; 
(6.) to hang up. 

EKOTOTE, a speoiee of tree-fern, commonly 
known as Ponga (Bot. Cyathea deatbata). 

EMI, Ito be assembled, gathered together. 

EMIEMI,] Cf. ami, to heap up ; toemi, a hand- 
net; kuenU, to be assembled. 2. To be 

Whaka-EMI, to gather together: Katahi ka 
whakaemia kia kite i te patunga o Whakahaia 
—P. M., 66. 

Ha'wailan — emi, to fall behind, to decrease 
in number ; (6.) to take a humble place ; to 
despond; to flag, fail in courage; to think 
oneself of little consequence; hoo-emi, to 
diminish ; to shorten ; to make few ; emiemi, 
to fall behind, backwardly ; lazily; ho-emi, to 
lessen, to shnnk ; ho-emiemi, to shrink back, 
as the mind ; to hesitate. Cf . emikua, to go 
backwards ; kuemi, to stand or retreat, as from 
something feared. Tongan— cf. emi, to 
move, to shift, as the wind ; emiemi, to znake 
wry faces ; to move, to wriggle about ; taemi, 
to jump or caper along. Marquesan — emi, 
to make narrow, dose, dose together ; (6.) to 
draw back; to withdraw. Ci emiee, to be 


[ 80 ] Ewene 

BDipriMd. Mangarevan—emiem I, to tremble 
with fear or rage ; to shiver ; aka-emiemi, to 
soften ; to make palpy ; {b.) to bend, bow ; (e.) 
to appease. Cf. kithni, to reproach. Pau- 
motan — emiemi, fright, terror ; haka-emi, to 

EM I EM I, the name of a small tree (Bot. Drcuo- 
phyUum latifoHum), 

ENA, those ; plural of tena [see Tena] : E tika 
ana ano ena kupu—1?, M., 16. Gf. eneit these. 
Ton^an— cf . a«na, that? those? aeni, this? 
tibeae ? hena, that place there ; koenay that ; 
ioem, this. Mangarevan — cf. ena, there, 
" See there 1" Ext. Poly. : Redscar Bay— 
tt ena, this. Brierley Island s-^f. aena, 
this. K.ayan — cf. tni, this. 

ENE, to flatter, to cajole ; to try to obtain by 
coaxing. Cf. maeneene, soft to toach ; smooth. 

2. Eneene-riri, to provoke a quarrel. 
Whaka-ENEENE, conceited, pert (of children 

Saxnoan — of. eneerie, to tickle; tauene, to 
stretch oat the hand and not be able to reach ; 
to long for and not be able to obtain. Ha- 
mraiian — of. ene, to creep, as a child first 
attempting to creep along to get near an object ; 
eneene, to move itself, as a thing of life ; to 
file or rasp gently ; ho-ene, to sing, to be joy- 
ful ; pleasure ; to give an injection. Tahl-« 
tian^-cf. enet to approach near, or too near ; 
strong, urgent, pressing ; faa-ene, to encroach, 
■B on the border of a land. Tongan— of. 
eneene, to tickle ; to show the fists or a club 
as a challenge for boxing; faka-eneene, to 
work cautiously and carefully; maeneene, to 
be ticklish; taene, to work the fists or the 
dub in chaUenge. 

ENGARIf it is better, it is more advantageous. 
Sometimes, by transposition, erangi : Kanaka^ 
engari me wehewehe raua — ^P. M., 7. 2. But, 

Tongan— cf. gaU, becoming, fit; gaUgaliy 
likely, probably. 

EO, a flat rock (one auth.) 

EPA, ) to pelt, to throw at: Ki te epaina 
EPAEPA, ) ranei e ia tetahi mea ki a ia — ^Tau., 

XXXV. 22. Cf. j>a, to be struck. 
Hamrailan— cf. epa, to be deceitful ; to 

steal ; one who is false to his trust ; an act of 


EPA, boards placed on edge under the end rafters 
of a Maori house. 2. Posts at end of a Native 
house, between the poupou and pouthhuhu, 

3. Objection, hindrance. Cf. pa, a fort; to 

[As it is possible that this word has lost an 
initial r, see Bbpa.] 

ERA, those ; the plural of tera : Nga korero o 
era rangi, mahue noa ake — Prov. [See Tera.] 

ERANQI, it is better. A transposition of engari : 
Erangi me haere au ki roto ki te ma— P. M., 

98. [See Enoabi.] 

ERO, to exhaust. 

Whaka-ERO, to lessen, become fewer, dwindle. 
CL maerOf to become weak, listless; kero, 
dead, maimed. 

Tahitian— cf. faa-ero, to be addled, rotten 
(applied to eggs) ; abortive (applied to fruit). 

Samoan— of./a'a-efo, to leave tiU it becomes 
stinking, as sharks ; e2o, to stink. Hamrai- 
Ian— cf. eloy wet ; to soak, as kapa (Native 
doth, tapa,) with rain; elowale, to be wet, 
dirty, defiled. Tongan — cf . elo, putrid, sting- 
ing. Mangarevan— cf. ero, abortive, an 
abortion, applied to badly-grown trees, Ao. 

ETAHI, some; the plural of tetahi: I tua hoe 
etahi o nga hapu — M. M., 129. [See Tetahi.] 

Whaka-ETE, to enter by forcing a way through a 
crowd. Cf. ivhete, to be forced out. 
Tahitian — cf. faa-eteete, to make much of 
oneself; to spare oneself work by putting it 
on to others ; pa^te, to be made angry. Ha- 
'waiian — cf. ekeeke, to be pained, to be dis- 
pleased ; ekeu, proud, haughty. Mangare- 
van — cf . ete, to be afraid ; eterikit to get into 
a crowd. Ext. Poly.: Malagasy — cf. ety, 
narrow, strait, close ; mifanety, to press one 

ETEHI, some (for etahi, plural of tetahi^: Ka 
mea atu eteJd, ' AeJ* — P. M., 15. 

ETI, to shrink, recoil, draw back. 

ETIETI, disgusting. 

Mangarevan— cf. ete, to be afraid ; etieti, 
to toar, to rend. Samoan — cl *ett, to forbid, 
as a child. Tahitian— cf. eteete, to be 
shocked, disgusted. 

ETIA, how great. 2. Like to ; resembling. 

ETOKOHINU, some. For ehimt, 

EWA, to loose from a bond. Cf. rewa, to dis- 

Whaka-EWA, the strings of a mat. Cf. whaka- 
ewarangi, a highly-ornamented mat. 
Mangarevan — aka-eva, to suspend to a 
string; to tie for hanging a thing up. Cf. 
maevaeva, an old torn garment. Tahitian — 
cf. maevaeva, to be shaking in the wind, as a 
flag. Havirailan— cf. ewaewa, unequal, irre- 

Whaka-EWARANQI, a highly-ornamented mat: 
Uhia au te whakaewarangi — M. M., 77. 

EWE, the placenta, or afterbirth: Tuku ewe, 
tuku take, tuku parapara, naumai ki waho— 
S. M., 110. Cf. wJienua, the afterbirth ; tewe, 
the membrane of the foetus. 2.' The land of 
one's birth. Cl tohenua, the land of one's 
Tahitian — eve, the secundines (afterbirth) 
of a beast ; eveeve, torn, ragged. Cf. evehoe, 
twins ; fanaveve, to be exhausted and weakened 
by bringing forth young repeatedly. Ha- 
waiian— ewe, the navel string ; (&.) the white 
of an egg ; (c.) the abdominal aorta ; {d,) the 
place of one's birth, and where his ancestors 
before him were bom ; («.) to grow again after 
being cut off, as a stalk of sugar-cane ; ewe- 
ewe, the love and remembrance one has for 
the place of his birth, and where he spent his 
early years. Cf. ewaewaiki, the imaginary 
voice of a female spirit of one who has died, 
and her unborn infant with her; iewe, the 
navel string ; the infant itself ; the placenta ; 
ieiewe, the placenta; the uterus or womb. 
Paumotan — eve, the womb. 

EWENE, only a few. Cf. wene, many, numerous 
Haw^aiian— cf. owene, small kalo (taro), 
Tongan— cf. eve, many, numerous. 





^A (Aft), breath. Gf. hanene^ blowing gently; 
hau, wind ; whango, hoarse ; having a naaal 
Bonnd. [See Hawaiian.] 2. Taste, flavour; 
o taste. 

Whaka-H A, to breathe ; to emit breath. 

Samoan — ^fa, to be hoarse; to lose the 
voice ; fafa, hoarseness. Ha^waiian— ha, to 
breathe ; to breathe with exertion ; a strong 
breath : Aia i ka Aaia haha mau ia a Kane ; 
There at the Aaia constantly breathed upon 
by Tane. (6.) (fi^.) To breathe revenge ; (c.) 
(ng.) light, transitory as a breath ; haha, to 
breathe hard, to pant for breath, as if in great 
haste; {h.) to feel for, to grope for ( =■ Maori 
wha) ; (c.) a swelling, a puffing up ; hoo-haha, 
to strut, to act the fop. Gf . aa^ to make a 
noise, as a dumb person trying to speak ; uha, 
to belch up wind; to swell, distend, as the 
stomach; uhane, the soul, the spirit; the 
ghost of a deceased person ; AatZt, to gasp for 
breath ; a ghost, a spirit ; hanu, to breathe ; 
the natural breath ; a spirit (cf . Malay, hantu, 
a spirit) ; hatw^ the breath ; hanou^ the 
asthma ; hae^ the bark of a dog. Tongan — 
fa, to be hoarse ; fafa, hoarse. QtfagvfagUy a 
flute ; afay a hurricane ; haloiu^ to sob in cry- 
ing. Tahitian— cf. haha^ a loud laugh. 
Marquesan — cf. hapu^ asthma; oppressive 
breatlung; a cough; to cough. Manga- 
revan— Hof . eha^ to respire on emerging above 
water. Ext. Poly. : Malagasy-— cf. havoka 
voka (t.e., hapukapuka), lungs ; Malay — cf. 
hantUf a ghost. 

HA (Aa), to hesitate in speaking. [For compara- 
tives, see Ha, breath.] 

HA, strong. A contraction from kaha^ strong 
(one anth.). Tane-ua-ha; Strong-necked Tane 
— S. M., 19. 

HAHA (hUtha), to warn o£F by shouting. Gf. ha, 
to breathe. 

Samoan — cf. sa, forbidden, prohibited (for- 
merly much used as sacred, holy) ; sasa, a 
sign, portent. Tahitian — cf. ha, a prayer or 
incantation formerly used for the healing of a 
person poisoned by eating certain fishes, or 
of a person who was choked by eating fish 
bones ; haio ! an exclamation, *' Off with you !" 
Tongan — cf. faha, a madman, a fool ; fa?ia- 
faha, to go shouting, as one foolish. Ma- 
ngarevan — cf. ha, prohibited, sacred, as e 
ha akarikif breadfruit sacred to the king; 
e ha tupapaku, food sacred to the dead. 

HA, an interjection, "What I" Gf. hh, breath; 
Mhii, to warn off by shouting. 
Mangarevan— haha, an exclamation of 
surprise. Ext. Poly. : Malagasy— cf. ha, 
an exclamation of approbation and surprise. 

HAE, 1 to tear, lacerate ; to slit : £a no ake 
HAHAE, ) te koripi, ka haea te puku a Tupeketi 
— ^W. T., vii. 41. Gf. ngahae, to be torn ; hae- 
mata, to cut up in an uncooked state. 2. To 
become detached (longitudinally). 3. To hate, 
loathe; fear, dislike. 4. Envy, to be envious: 
I tua hoe etahi o nga hapu — M. M., 129. Gf. 
pahathaef envious. 5* Jealous: Ka hat na 

Rauriki ki a Botuor—A. H. M., i. 84. Gf. tua- 
hoe, jealous ; taruhae, jealous. 6. To dawn : 
Te ata ka haea i rvnga o Tongariro — G. P., 

HAEHAE, to out repeatedly : Tukua mai ki tend 
rakaUt kia ripiripia, kia haehaea — P. M., 100. 
He tangi haehae, a wailing, accompanied with 
cutting of the skin. 2. To cut up: Kei te kai, 
kei te haehae i taua ika — ^P. M., 24. 

Whaka-HAEHAE, to frighten, terrifV. 

Samoan— sae, to tear off the bark or skin ; 
{b.) to go about gadding ; (c.) to bring a house 
round by an open space when removing it, so 
as to avoid trees, ie. ; saei, to tear : Ua ia 
iaeia au i lona toasa; He tears me in his 
wrath (recip. fesaeiaMna, to be torn to pieces) ; 
saesae, brightly, brilliantly, of a fire ; sasae, to 
tear, to rend; fa'a-saesae, to walk wiUi the 
legs far apart ; to be bandy-legged. Gf . ma»ae, 
to be torn: VMua£$ae, to be torn to rags; 
magaesaelelagi, to die (of chiefs). Tahitian 
— hae, the wildness of beasts ; {b.) jealous ; to 
be jealous ; haea, rent, torn ; to be rent or 
torn ; (b.) deceitful ; duplicity ; hahae, to rend, 
to tear ; haehae, to tear anything ; to break 
an agreement; to separate, or break off an 
acquaintance; faa-haehae, to provoke. Gf. 
fauhaea, the fau tree {Hibisctu tiliacetu) 
stripped or torn, which sometimes began a 
quarrel ; maehaet a spear or lance ; torn or 
rent ; pahae, to tear, as paper ; pahaehae, to 
cause divisions; pihae, to rend or tear; to 
vomit; pohaehae, jealousy. Ha^waiian — 
hae, to tear in pieces ; to rend, as a savage 
beast; something torn, as a piece of kapa 
(tapa) or cloth. [The Hawaiian signals were 
formerly made of torn kapa : hence, in modem 
times, a flag, ensign, Ac] (b,) The growling 
or snarling of a cross dog; (e.) a word ex- 
pressive of deep affection for another ; hahae, 
to rend, tear, as a garment ; (&.) to break ; to 
separate into parts ; haehae, to tear, as a gar- 
ment: Alalia haehae iho la lakou i ko lakou 
mau kapa ; Then they rent their clothes. (6.) 
To tear in pieces, as a savage beast does a 
person ; (e,) to rend, as the mountains in a 
hurricane : A haehae ae la ka makani mii 
ikaika i na mauna ; A great and strong wind 
rent the mountains, {d.) To be moved with 
compassion ; to sympathise with one ; (e.) 
strong affection ; a strong desire, as that of a 
starving man for food. Cf . haehaeia, tom ; 
injured ; Aat, to break open ; to break off 
( = Maori whaki) ; kihaehaef to tear to pieces ; 
kihae, to be possessed by some god ; to become 
a god and go above; nahae, to rend, tear, 
burst ; to break, as the heart with sadness ; 
nohaet to be tom, rent ; to burst ; pohae, to be 
tom, as a hole in a bundle ; pohaehae, brittle, 
rotten, as a cloth easily torn. Tongan — hae, 
a rent, a tear ; to rend ; tom, riven : Qua naa 
too ae tata met ho mau ii{u, bea oua naa hae ho 
mou kofu; Do not uncover your heads nor 
rend your clothes, (b.) To strip off bark; 
haehae, to tear to pieces ; rents ; lacerations. 
Gf. fehae, to tear on all sides ; maltae, tom in 
several places. Rarotongan — aae^ to lenA, 


1 41 ] Haha 

tatr: B kua aae koe i oou kakau; Yon have 
torn your gannentB. Aeae, to rend, tear : E 
kua aeae au i te ekaeka o to ratau ngakau ; I 
will rend the caul of their hearts. Mar- 
quesan — hae, to be angry. Gf. kaluie and 
Uhae, rent, torn. Mangarevan — hae, to 
rend, tear ; (&.) to strip off bark ; (c.) to hit ; 
to strike ; haehae, to tear cloth, &c. ; (h.\ to 
bark, as a dog ; aka-haehae, to vex, trouble ; 
(6.) to trap ; to tempt, to offer bait. Cf. ane^ 
to split ; to cnt ; aka-ha^ to take off the bark. 
Paumotan — hae, jealons; faka-hae, to scare, 
startle. Gf . kihae, to put in portions or pieces ; 
taihae, inhoman. Ext. Poly. : Fijian— -cf. 
Ml, a ghost, a spectre (cf . here the Marquesan 
rcinehaehae, a female spectre, a vampire) ; 
Malagasy — cf. haihay^ shame, reproach. 

HAEATA, dawn : Ra te haeta, takina mat i te 
ripa—G. P., 28. Gf. hae^ dawn ; ata^ early 
morning ; hae, to rend ; ata, shadow ; ngafuu^ 
dawn ; to be torn. 2. A beam of light enter- 
ing any dark place. 

HAEATANGA, an opening admitting a beam of 

Samoan—cf. sae, to rend off bark, or skin ; 
Mesotf, brightly, brilliantly, of fire ; (tafa^ to 
cnt, gaah; the dawn;) ato, dawn. Tahi-« 
tian — cf. tatdhiata^ dawn ; aahiata, dawn ; 
haeamata, an introductory invocation to a 
god, that he might open his eyes and attend ; 
haehae, to rend anything; ata, the twilight. 
Hawaiian — cf. kakahiaka, morning (lit. 
" breaking the shadow*') ; hae, to rend ; aka, 
dawn of moonlight, before the moon rises; 
thadow. [For full comparatives see Hae, and 


HAEKARO, the name of a shrub (Bot. Piitosporum 

HAEMATA, to cut up in an uncooked state : Ko 
Whakapapatuakura i tcuma, ko Tanga-kaka- 
Tiki i haematatia—V, M., 112. Cf. hae, to 
slit, tear ; mata, raw, uncooked ; kaimata, un- 
eooked« [For full comparatives see Hae, and 

HAEORA, or Hoeora (myth.), a great chief of 
antediluvian times. From him Buatapu (who 
caused the Deluge) borrowed the canoe Tu-te- 
pae-rangi, into which he inveigled all the first- 
born heads of families, and destroyed them. 
Haeora and Paikea survived awhile; but 
Haeora did not reach the shore, although he 
managed to send an important message by 
Paikea, before he (Haeora) was pursued and 
killed by Buatapu. Hence the proverb : Toki 
ma a Haeora, {'* The great axe of Haeora,") 
for revenge kept in mind — Col., Trans., xiv., 
19 ; A. H. M., iu. 10. 

HAERE, a word used as a verb of motion : haere- 
mat, come hither ; haere atu, go away. Haere- 
mai is a phrase used in welcome of a guest : 
Ko korua pea ko Tama-arero i haere toM max 
— Prov. 2. To become, to change from one 
state to another. Pass, haerea, to be travelled 

HAEREERE, to wander, to stroll about: Ka 
faifuimina tona ngakau ki te haereere ki taua 
waAt— P. M.. 174. 

Whaka-HAERE, to cause to go; to carry about. 
2. To search for, to explore ; to go about to 
examine. 8. To conduct any basiness, to exa- 


Tahitian— haere^ to go or come (with tnai 
and atu, as in Maon) : Eiaha ra ei vahi maoro 
ia haere ; Only you shall not go very far away. 
Hahaere, to walk or move from place to place ; 
haerea, walk, deportment; faa-haerea, con- 
versation ; mode of conduct. Cf . haereomino- 
mino, to wander; haereotaratara, to go from 
place to place without settling ; haerearii, to 
go by little and little. Tongan — haele, to 
travel, to walk, to voyage ; the act of walking 
or voyaging (applied to chiefs) ; (6.) to appear 
(applied to gods) ; the appearance of the gods ; 
faka-haele, to conduct a great personage ; (6.) 
to teach a child to walk. Cf. haeleeletuu, to 
walk about almost constantly ; fehaeleaki, to 
walk about (applied to two or more chiefs). 
Hawaiian— haele, to go or come (with mai 
or aku [atu] , as in Maori), but the word re- 
quires a plural subject : Haele aku la na mamo 
Israela; The children of Israel went away. 
The common form is hele, to move in any 
way (with mai and aku), to walk, to go: £ 
aho no ka hele mamuli o ka noho ana me ka 
pilikia; It is better to go than to stay in per- 
plexity ; (b.) to act, to exhibit moral conduct. 
Hoo-hele, to cause one to go or pass on : Hoo- 
hele mawaena o ke ahi no lakou; To cauae 
them to pass through the fire for them. (6.) 
To desire or pretend to go on. Cf. hakahele, 
to walk with measured steps, as if weak; 
helekiki, to act hastily; to go in a hurry; 
helehonua, to precede ; kaahele, to travel about. 
Samoan — cf. savali, to walk ; savalivali, to 
keep moving on. Rarotongan — aere, to go 
or come : E tuatua meitaki tena; e aere taua; 
" Well said ; let us go." Aaere, to walk ; to 
walk about : I aaere ana aia ma au katoa ma 
te au e te tiratiratu ; He walked with me in 
peace and equity. Mangarevan — ere, to 
walk, to go; erega, a walk, a promenade; 
aka-ere, to cause to go ; to walk ; a procession ; 
(b.) to talk of ancestors, to enumerate genealo- 
gies. Paumotan — haere, to go or come; 
haerega, walking about ; hahaere, going con- 
tinuously. Moriorl — here, to go or come. 
Marquesan — hee, to go or come : Ateam^e 
Ono hee anatu, hee ma una ; Atea and Bongo 
pass onward, pass upward : A umoi a hee atu; 
Do not go away. Ext. Poly. : Malagasy— 
of. heUhely, going about, or hovering about. 
Slkayana^cf. aera-mai, " Come here.'* 

HAERE (myth.), a spirit residing in fragmentary 
rainbows, or detached clouds. Cf. Tohaere- 
roa, a name of Eahukura, the deity of the 
Mangarevan— oi Art, name of a heathen 
god [h dropped, as in ere, to go (for haere)] . 
Ext. Poly.: Motu^cf. Harai, the Great 
Spirit who lives in the heavens. Malay — 
cf. Hari, a great deity fVishnu); mata-ari, 
the sun, ** the eye of day.'* 

HAERE-AWAAWA (myth.), the deity or mother 
(by Tane.) of the Bail (bird), the weka^ 
A. H. M., 1. 143. Also of the apteryx (kivfi) 
— A. H. M., i. App. 

HAEROA, (rua-haeroa,) a pit dug in the ground, 
in connection with incantations against one's 
enemies : Ka keria te rua haeroa — P. M., 87 ; 
see also English part, 106. 

HAHA, to seek, to look for. Cf. auhaha, to seek 
after; hahu, to search for; hahau, to seek; 




whawhat ^ ^eel after with the hand. 2. To 

Ha^nrailan — haha, to feel for; to move the 
hand over a thing ; to feel am a blmd person, 
to grope : A e haha mai paha kuu makuakane 
ia^u; Perhaps my father will feel me. (6.) 
The inside of kalo (taro) tops, used for food ; 
(c.) a sort of wooden net nseid for catching the 
oopu (kokopu)f a freshwater fish from brooks; 
hoo-haha, to manipulate; to manufacture. 
Pauxnotan — haha, to obtain, to procure. 
Samoan— cf. fafa^ taro tops, denuded of the 
leaves and staUcs. Tahltian — fafa, to feel 
or touch with the hand ; to try the disposition 
or inclination of a person ; (&.) the stem of 
tan), plantain, or cocoanut branch. Tongan 
— ^faka-fafa, to feel one's way, as one blind, or 
in the duk ; to be uncertain. 

HAHA (hUhH). 

[See under Ha, to warn off by 

HAHAE, acrid. 

HAHAE. [See under Hab, to tear.] 

HAHANA. [See under Hani, to shine.] 

HAH AN I. [See Hanihani.] 

HAHARI, the name of a shell-fish. 

HAHAU, to seek, to search for: Hei aha ma 
korua i hahauria ai tena waMne f — ^P. M., 181. 
Gf. haha, to seek ; hahu, to search for ; wha- 
wha, to feel for with the hand. 
Samoan— sasau, mischicYous, as animals 
breaking into the plantations ; (&.) lascivious, 
as one going about to seek women. Tahl- 
tian — hahau, to make a search or inquiry; 
hahahau, to turn aside ; faa-hahau, to turn 
aside. Cf. fafa, to feel with the hand ; to try 
the disposition of a person. Ha^waiian — 
cf. Aa^, to feel for, as a blind person. 
Mangarevan—cf. au, to seize earnestly; 
to pick out grains or flowers from pods of 
cotton ; to collect, gather ; aunuit to be much 
sought after in marriage. 

HAHOHAHO, disarranged, crumpled; (6.) slimy. 

HAHU, to exhume the bones of dead persons 
before depositing them in their final resting- 
place : lUtoae hahua ai te tupapaku — ^A. H. M., 
ii. 4. Cf. ehUf to disinter; uhu, to perform 
certain ceremonies over the bones of the dead. 
2. To search for. Cf . hahau, to seek ; haha, 
to seek. 8. To scatter. Cf. tihahuhahu, to 
scatter about. 

Tahltian—cf . hahu, to scrape, to shave ; a 
razor or plane ; hahau, to make a search or in- 
quiry. Ha'waiian— cf. hahu, having taken 
BO much ^brastic medicine that nothing is left 
in the bowels ; haha, to feel for ; uhu, a cry of 
grief; groaning. 

HAKA, a plant (the American groundsel). 

HAKA (myth.), the name of a deity mentioned in 
an invocation — P. M., 220, Eng. 

HAKA, to dance; a dance: Kia whakatika ki 
runga ki te haka^J^, M., 148. 2. To sing a 
song ; a song accompanying a dance : A rongo 
ana au i te rongo naka o tenei whare, haere 
mai nei — P. M., 14. 
Samoan — sa'a, to dance. Cf. ta*aga, the 
song which finishes the eoa {f song in honour 
of visitors) ; eagini, one kina of song. Ha- 
waiian — haa, to dance (also ha) : Mehe kai 

e Tiaa aku ana Ku; As though the eea was 
dancing for Tu. (6.) A dance ; dancing, as in 
idolatrous worship. Tongan— haka, to move 
the hands as in dancing; hahaka. to flinch ; 
to start. Marquesan— cf. pahaka, a kind 
of dance. Mangarevan — cf. hakaema, to 
recite ; a recital ; aka-hahaka, to listen atten- 

HAKAHAKA, short: Tikeiike ngahuru, hakahaka 
raum^ti — ^Prov. 2. Low in height : Ka noho 
ki runga ki tetahi rakau hakahaka — ^Wohl., 
Trans., vii. 37. Gf. hake, crooked [see Ha- 
waiian] ; ahtiika, bent like a hook. 

Samoan— sa'a, a short man; sa'asa'a, 
short. Gf. 8a*anu*u, wrinkled, puckered. 
Tahltian— haa, a dwarf; haahaa, lowneas, 
humility; faa-haahaa, to humiliate; lowly, 
humble. Gf. faa, a valley, a low place between 
hills. Hainrailan — haa, short, low ; (6.) 
humble : No Ku ka malo i he kaua, haa oe ; 
When Tu puts on his war-girdle, you are 
humbled. Haahaa, low, short, as a man ; (5.) 
humble, meek ; cast down : Haahaa i au, ka 
malama ; Humble am I, the gazer. Cf. ohaa, 
a person with crooked or distorted limbs ; pa- 
haa, very short, low; humble; shortness, 
bluntness ; rotundity. Paumotan— haka- 
haka, depression; lowering; faka-hakahaka, 
to let down ; to let fall. 

HAKARI, the names of molluscs {Artemit sub- 
rosea and Tapes intermedia). 

HAKARI, a gift, present : I homai e ia hei hakari 
ma toKu ariki — Ken., xxxii. 18. 2. An enter- 
tainment, a feast : Na, ka tukua eiahe hakari 
ma ratou — Ken., zxvi. 30. 3. The pyramidal 
structure on which food was in ancient times 
arranged at a festival. Also called pou, and 
poU'hakari — See GoL, Trans., ziii. 13. 4. The 
roe of a fish. 

Whaka-HAKARI, to produce roe in a fish: Koia 
ano tenei e whakahakari nei i roto i te mango— 
P. M.. 36. 

Tahitian— cf. haari, the general name for 
the cocoanut tree and its fruit, in all its 
varieties. Mangalan — akari, a feast: 
Tane metua i Avaiki e, tu mai i te akari; 
Oh parent Tane of the Shades, rise, eat this 

HAKARI (Te Hakari, myth.), the name of certain 
perpenuicular stones (resembling what are 
called Druidical stones,) set up between Keri- 
ken and Kaitaia. They are also called Whaka- 
rara. These stones are sacred to ancestors, 
and Natives after passing them chant the 
charm called Whakau — M. S., 108. 

HAKAWAU (myth.), a famous wizard, who by 
the power of his charms destroyed the deadly 
talisman of the Puhi a Puarata, a wooden 
head, which, aided by the incantations of its 
owners, Puarata and Tautohito, had slain 
thousands of victims — P. M., 176. 

HAKE, humped, crooked. Gf. haka, low, short ; 
ahtikat bent like a hook; hape, crooked; 
hakoko, bent. 

Samoan— cf. sa*a, a short man ; sa'ami'u, 
puckered. Tahitian—cf. haa, a dwarf. 
Hawaiian— cf. haa, short. Tongan— cf. 
hakehake, a place that gradually rises. 

HAKEKAKEKA (hhkekiikeka), the name of an 
edible fungus (Bot. Himeola auricula juda) : 




Ko U rakau e tipuria ana e te hakekakeka — 
Sori., Jan. 20, 1888. 

HAKEKE, the name oi an edible fungus (Bot. 
Fol^fponu sp.). 

HAKERE^ mean, niggardly, stingy; to grudge. 

Gl kaihakere, to stint. 
HAKEREKERE, gloomy, downcast. Of. kerekere, 

intensely dark; pokere^ in the dark; whekere, 

▼eiy dark ; as pourij dark ; sorrowful. 
Saxnoan— of. po^ele^eUt to be night. Pau- 

motan — cf. habarekaret disgust, disrelish. 

HAKIHAKl, a skin disease, the itoh: Kitemea 
ranei he pdpaka, he hakihaki ranei tona — ^Bew., 
xxi 20. Gf. mahaki, a cutaneous disease; 
waihaHhaki, cutaneous disease. 
Tahitian— cl hahai, diseased, afflicted; 
taihei, to be itching from salt water. Ha- 
waiian- cf. he^hee, a boil ; a sore emitting 
matter {=whewhe). Paumotan— cf. heke- 
keie, elephantiasis. Ext. Poly.: Malay— 
cf. MaHt, afflicted, sick ; malady. 

HAKIKIi to be domineering, imperious, overbear- 

Hawaiian— hal, to be vain, proud ; haihal, 
to show oneself haughty; strutting, lascivious. 
Cf. haihaka, to mock by making wry faces ; 
kaihaiat unreasonable, vUe, profane. Tahi-« 
tian— haii, cunning; (6.) well-informed; (c.) 
hard, miserly. 

HAKIO, diarrhoea. 

HAKIRARA, idling, trifling. 2. Disgusting, nau- 

HAKIRERE (myth.), the name of one of the 
large canoes in which Whakatau's expedition 
sailed to revenge the death of Tuwhakararo, 
and to bum the temple called Te-Uru-o- 
Manono— P. M., 62. 

HAKIRI, to hear indistinctly, or, to be heard 
indistinctly. 2. To make itself felt slightly : 
He pouritanga e hakiri max ana ki te ringa 
— Eko., X. 21. 

HAKIRIMAUREA (myth.), the wife of Tuwhaka- 
raro— Wohl.. Trans., vii. 48. [See Tuwhaka.- 



HAKOKO, concave, curved into a hoUow. Gf. 

kokOf a spoon, a shovel ; oko, a wooden bowl ; 

hake, humped, crooked ; hakonOt a cleft in a 


Ha-waiian— cf. hao, to take up by hand- 
fols ; to shovel dirt ; a name given to any hard 
substance, as iron, horn, Ac. [For other com- 
paratives, see EoKO.] 

HAKOAKOA, the name of a sea-bird, the Shear- 
water or Bain-bird (Om. Pufintu gavitu), 

HAKONO. a cleft in a rock. Cf. hakoko, curved 
into a noUow. 

HAKORO, a father : Ka korero nga tamariki kia 
patua a ratou hakoro — ^Wohl., Trans., vii. 83. 
Cf. koro, a person, a man ; ha, breath ; koroke, 
a person; koroheke, an old man; hakuif 
mother. 2. An old man. 

HAKU, to complain, to murmur. Pass, luikua, 
to be found fault with. 

HAKU, the King-fish (Icth. Seriola lalandi'C^ : Ka 
ea U ika, he haku, no te moana uri-^. P., 10. 

Marqnesan — cf. aku, the name of a fish 
with a long snout. Mangarevan — cf. aku, 
the name of a fish. Mangalan— -cf. ajhi, 
the Sword-fish {Xiphias gladius), Ext. Poly. : 
Fiji— of. haku, the name of a large fish. 

HAKU I, an old woman. Gf. kuh ** old woman," 
as a mode of address ; kiUa, an old woman. 
2. Mother : Ka tahuri mai H tona hakm, ki 
a Papatuanuku — Wohl., Trans., vii. 84. Cf. 
hakoro, father. 

Tahltian — of. m, a single woman who has 
never had a child. Tongan— cf . kul, grand- 
parents. Marquesan— cf. kudkui, weary, 
fatigued ; kmteina, aunt ; mahdt a tenn of 
tenderness addressed to women. Manga- 
revan— cf. kui, mother ; kmitit an aunt. 
Paumotan — cf. makui, a father; Aui, an 
ancestor ; hakui-takuii old, ancient. 

HAKUKU, to scrape. Gf. kuku, to grate, to rub 
over a harsh surface ; haarakaku, to scrape ; 
tmkuku, to scrape ; kuku, a kind of mussel ; 
maikuku, and matikuku, the finger-nails. 
Tahltian— cf. uii, a shell-fish ; the shell 
used by women for splitting leaves, dressing 
mats, <&c. Ha'waiian— cf . uuina (kukuina), 
to crepitate, as the two ends of a broken bone. 
Samoan— of. *u*u, a species of mussel. 
Tongan — cf. kuku, the name of a shell-fish ; 
aJbi, to scratch, to throw up loose earth with 
both hands. Mangarevan — of. kuku, a 
piece of mother-of-pearl for working at leaves ; 
kuhd, to wipe. Paumotan — cf. kuku^ a 
mussel. Ext. Poly. : Fiji— cf. kuku, a small 
kind of cockle shell ; kuka-va, to scratch with 
the nails. Malay— cf. kuku, a daw ; a finger 
nail ; kukur, to scratch ; a rasp. 

HAKUNE, Oareful, deliberate; to aet without 

HAKURA, a variety of whale (the Scamperdown 
whale l)i Ite tohora, i te hakwra, i te upokohue 
A. H. M., iii. 25. 

HAKU RE, to search the head for vermin: Tdkoto 
hoki koe, ki hakurea tou vpoko — Wohl., 
Trans., vii. 40: Ka ki atu te toahine, ' Haku- 
rekia toku upoko '~Wohl., Trans., vii. 50. 

HAKUTURl (myth.), wood-fairies, forest elves 
(" The multitude of the forest elves "): Katau 
te Tini o te Hakutwri i tana tau — P. M., 57. 
They were also called ** the offspring of 
Tane," that is, of Tane-mahuta, the lord of 
forests. [See P. M., Eng. part, 69 ; Xka., 255 ; 
A. H. M.. i. 78.] Galled ** the host of Haku- 
turi, of Borotini, and Ponaua"~A. H. M., 
iii. 2. From the last word it would imply 
relationship with tiie Ponaturi [see Pomatubi] . 
The Hakuturi are the wood-elves, who made 
the tree felled by Bata stand up again, and 
finally made his canoe. The Malay wood- 
sprites are called banoipati, a Sanscrit word 
signifying *' forest-lord," and this is used to 
denote any great tree. 

HAM A, to be consumed. 

HAMAMA, open; to be open, gaping: Tuwhera 
tonu nga kuwha, hamama tonu te puapua — 
S. B., 23. Cf. mama, to leak. 2. Vacant. 8. 
To shout : Ka hamama nga waha o nga tua- 
kana ki te tangi — ^P. M., ii. 
Tahltian— hamama, to be open, as a pit ; 
I (&.) to gape or yawn ; haa-mama, to open the 




month, to gape ; to be open, as a hole in the 
groond. Cf. mamaf open, as the mouth. 
Paumotan — hamama, to yawn ; to open. 
Hawaiian — hamama, to open wide, as a 
door ; to open as the month ; openly ; stand- 
ing open ; disclosed ; to gape, as the earth : A 
hamama ae ka honua i kana waha ; The earth 
opened its month ; hama, to open, as the 
mouth; hoo-hamama, to cause to open, to 
open wide : IJa hoohamama loa lakou i ko 
lakou toaha ia^u ; they opened their mouths 
wide against me. Cf. mama^ to chew. 
Mangarevan— amama, to gape, to yawn; 
(b.) to chew, to masticate ; aka-amamama, to 
open a door, or sack, as wide as possible. 
Mangaian— amama, open, as of a mouth or 
door ; gaping ; (6.j certain priests, as "mouth- 
pieces " of a divmity. Tongan — cf. mama^ 
to leak ; to chew. 

HAMANU, the name of certain invocations 
(karakia) : O nga Hamami mo te Wairua — 
«A. H. M., L lo« 

HAMARURU, enclosed, oonfined. Cf. ruru, to 
tie together ; sheltered from wind ; tiiruru, to 
shelter from the cold; to crouch; mam, 
shaded, sheltered. [For comparatives, mo 


HAMARURU, the crutch of a fto, a digging instm- 

HAM EM E, to mutter. Ct kamumu, to mutter; 
hatf to breathe ; mumu, to murmur. 

HAMERO, to make faces. 

Whaka-HAMERO, togrmiace; to make faces. 

HAMITI, human excrement. [See Hauuti.] 

HAMOAMOA (also called Moamoa), small round 
shining stones, like marbles, found in the earth 
in some places. 2. A kind of clay. 

HAMOKO, the spaces between the bundles of 
raupo in the walls of a native building. 

HAMORE, bald. Cf. moremore, to make bald or 
bare, to strip off branches; mamore, bare 
tumaremoret shorn of external appendages. 

Sam can — cf. moU^ to be smooth ; fa*amoU- 
moUf to make smooth. Hawaiian — hamole, 
rounded and smooth, as the edge of a board. 
Cf . molemole, round, smooth, as the skin of a 
bald head. Tahltlan — cf. moremoret smooth ; 
hairless, bald ; haa-more^ to make one bare, 
or destitute ; without ornament, or support. 
Tongan— <3f. mole^ smooth, even. Raro- 
tongan — amore, smooth, hairless: E tangata 
uruura ia^ e tangata amore oki au ; He is a 
hairy man and I am a smooth man. Manga-« 
revan— cf. aka^more^ to decapitate ; to cut off 
wood, horns of goats, &q, Paumotan — cf. 
moremore, not having hair on body ; polished. 
Ext. Poly. : Malagasy— cf. bory, destitute 
of, deprived of (especially of a limb); shorn, 

HAMU, the back of the skull. 

HAMU, to gather sparsely scattered things; to 
gather remains; to glean: Kaua ano hoki e 
hamua nga toenga o o hua — ^Bew., xix. 9. Cf. 
hanu, scraps, remains of food. 2. Neglected ; 
feeding on fragments : Uia mai ra to koroua 
Aamu— M. M., 193. 

HAMU HAMU, to eat scraps or fragments. Cf. 
hamUf to eat. 

Tahltlan— ham u, gluttonous; to go to a 
feast whenever one occurs ; (6.) to be burden- 
some to others by eating their food. Cf . aamu^ 
a glutton ; amu, an eater, to eat (Maori = 
kamu) ; aihamu^ to eat voraciously the leavings 
of otners. Ha^wailan — hamu, the refuse of 
food; to eat fragments of food; to eat the 
skin; to pick bones; to scrape up and eat 
what is left ; hamuhamu, to eat fragments ; to 
crumble up into fragments. Cf. aihamu, the 
food left after a meal ; kihamu, to eat proudly 
or daintily ; to taste this and that, as though 
tasteless ; hamuili, the class of persons abont 
a chief. Tongan— hamu, to eat one kind of 
food only; (6.) to scratdi or tear away; to 
take by storm; faka-hamuhamu, to blnster 
about; to try and set others laughing. Cf. 
hamuji, to pluck or snatch away. Manga- 
revan — amu, to eat with the mouth, not 
using the hands ; H).) to eat scraps or leavings ; 
amuamu, to lift tne head in eating, as gour- 
mands do. Cf. amwivera, to eat food before 
it is properly finished, whilst being cooked; 
amukiore, to come again and again, shame- 

HAMUA, elder brother, or sister, as tuakana [see 
Tuakana] . It is a word of the South Island 
dialect. Cf. mua^ before, in front; hakoro, 
father ; hakui, mother. 

HAMUA (myth. ?), a kind of rat, the cry of which 
is supposed to be an evil omen to those who 
hear it. This cry resembles in sound the word 
'*Kato! Katof' 

HAMUMU, to speak : Ka tahi ka hamvmu atu te 
waha, * Ae ' — P. M., 19. Cf. hamama, to shout. 
2. To mutter, to make an indistinct sound, 
to mumble. Cf. tamumu, to hum ; mumu, to 
murmur; hameme, to mutter; kohumuhumu, 
to murmur, to whisper ; amvamu, to grumble, 
to mutter discontentedly; mut, to swarm 
around ; harurut to rumble. 

Samoan — cf. ^a^amu, to whisper, and excite 
discontent with ridicule; memu, to move the 
lips as in speaking ; to laugh quietly ; fimt, to 

. murmur ; mumu, to be in swarms ; tomumu, to 
grumble ; to speak to oneself. Ha^walian — 
hamumu, a low, indistinct, rumbling sound ; 
an indistinct sound of conversation; hamu* 
mumu, to whisper ; to talk in a low, indistinct 
voice. Cf. mumu, to hum ; an indistinct 
sound ; mumuhu, an indistinct sound, as .of 
many together ; mumulu, to come together in 
a crowd ; kamumu, rumbling indistinct noises ; 
the sound of many footsteps ; the roar of a 
great rain at a distance. [For full compara- 
tives, see MuHTT.] 

HAMURE,tobe beforehand with others in eating. 
Cf . muremure, to return to a thing frequently. 
Tahitlan — cf . hamu, gluttonous ; to go to a 
feast whenever one occurs. 

HAMUTI, human excrement : Ma wai e kai tena 
kioT€ kai hamuti,— Q. P., 170. Also Hamiti. 
2. A heap of dung : He poporo tu ki te hamuti. 
— Prov. 

Samoan^f. tae, foeces, ordure; momotae, 
human excrement. Tahltlan — hamuti, a 
privy; a place of dirt and rubbish. Pau- 
motan — hamutiaga, foeces, excrement. Cf. 
rua-hamuti, a latrine. Ext. Poly. : Malagasy 
— cf. moty, a morsel of dung. 




HANA, I to flhine; to glow; to give forth 
HAHANA, I heat: Ka pau hoki i te hana e wera 
ana.— Tiu., xxxii. 24. Cf. mahana, warm ; 
nuUakanAhana, blushing, glowing ; puhana, to 
glow ; ngangana^ red. 
HANAHANA, a garment smeared with red ochre. 
*2. The womb, tAenu (one auth.). 

Samoan — fa'a-fana, to warm up, as food ; 
wanned np, as food. Gf. mafana^ warm; 

ia^amafanafanay to hearten, to cheer up. 
Tahltian — hanahana, splendour, glory ; 
iwfulness ; glorious, magnificent ; faa-hana, 
to magnify or exalt oneself ; faa-hanahana, to 

^Tc glory or dignity to another. Gf . atumna, 

bii^tness, ahining, lustre, bright, splendid; 

aMomumupo^ the brightness of a night-oven ; 

(fig.) a man of fair speech, whose words 
tre not to be trusted; anaanatae, to desire 
irdently; mahana^ the sun; a day; tahana^ 
to warm again, to re-cook ; tihanat to warm 
ap (food) again. Ha^wailan^hana, warm ; 
to become warm ; hanahana, warm, heated, as 
by?iolent exercise, work, or by the heat of the 
son or fire ; hahana, to be warm, applied to 
the heat of the sun ; warmth ; a general heat ; 
(b.) to be warm from hard work. Gf. mahana, 
▼arm, as by the heat of the sun; to be or 
become warm, as the rising sun ; to warm, as 
one person does by contact with another; a 
small degree of heat or warmth; hoehana^ 
wannth, heat, as of the sun ; kohandhana, to 
be hot, to be warm, to bum ; pumahana, to be 
▼armed, as with clothing ; to be warm in 
Iriendship. Tongan— faka-fana, to cook the 
same food more than once. Gf. mafana, 
warm, warmth, gentle heat. Marquesan — 
cf. piiwnahandt poignant, smarting ; mahana^ 
warm; pahana^ cooking; burnt. Manga- 
revan— hana, brilliant, shining: E maumatau 
hana tetahi ; And shining fish-hooks were 
another (present). Hahana, heat, warmth; 
to make warm ; (6.) to demand food re- 
peatedly ; aka-hana. to put a thing back into 
the oven to be cooked. Gf. ana, suffocating 
heat ; mahatuit warm ; to be cooked up again ; 
elothes; mo/uina, warm. Paumotan — hana, 
the sun ; (6.) a ray or beam. Gf. tihana, to 
heat up again ; to warm ; pumahanahana, 
lukewarm ; haka-nuihanahanat to console ; 
putahana, a sunstroke. Morlorl — cf. tamor 
Aona, to scorch. Mangaian — of. maana, 
warm. Ext. Poly.: Brunner Islands — 
cf. fnahanat the sun. Aneityum— cf. ahen- 
^n, to bum, as the sun ; henhen, to bum, to 
worch. Sikayana — cf. mafana^ warm. 
Malagasy — cf. fana (root), warmed, applied 
to food cooked and warmed the second time ; 
^€ma, warm, hot. Dyak^cf. panes, hot. 
Bouton — cf. mapane, hot ; Blma and Bajo 
—cf. pana, hot. Knde — cf. hanas, hot. 
Wayapo— of. hana, hot. Kisa — cf. manah, 
hot Malay — of. panas (7 Sanscrit), hot, &o., 

Whaka-HANA, to hold up weapons in defiance. 
Tongan — cf. mafana, zealous ; fakamafana- 
/attt, to excite by encouraging language. 
Mangarevan — cf. hahana, to demand food 
repeatedly. Ext. Poly.: Malagasy — cf. 
^hana, a menace expressed by a word or 
ution : a contemptuous smile, or a jeering 
threat ; also a word used in calling cattle at 
feeding time. 

HANE. to be confounded, to be silenoed (?» 
modem word). Gf. hanene, to blow gently. 
[See Hawaiian.] 

Tahltian— cf. hanehanea, to be weary, fatlgned, 
weariness. Ha^vaiian— cf. hanea, to have 
no appetite ; to be indolent, stupid ; hanehane, 
to cry and wail, as ghosts do ; the wailing and 
crying of the spirits (uhane) ; aneane, to be 
exhausted ; to be faint, feeble ; to blow softly. 
Samoan — cf. fanene, to be slow in walking ; 
to f^ slowly, as from a blow in club matches. 

HANEHANE, rottenness. 

HANEANEA, not relished, unpalateable. [Qee 

Samoan— aneanea, a large quantity, too 
much to be attended to ; and hence anea, or 
eaten by white ants (ane), ane, the white 
ant (termes) ; anea, to be eaten by white ants. 
Gf. anematu, the species of white ant which 
eats into timber; anesoiolo, the species of 
white ant which builds covered roads on the 
outside of timber ; hanene, low, vulgar, filthy 
language ; manemane, a disease which eate 
away the skins of the palms of the hands and 
soles of the feet ; manemanea, worm-eaten, of 
timber (for fanefanea, as fanene, to loiter == 
manene, to loiter— ».«., /to m), Tahltian — 
cf . hanehanea, fatigue, weariness. Hawaiian 
— hanea, to have no appetite ; to be indolent, 
stupid ; ane. the name of a small insect that 
eats wood, out is not itself visible ; (6.) the 
worm-dust of wood ; (c.) the cutaneous disease 
called ringworm ; (d.) a soft stone used in 
polishing wood ; (e.) light, as worm-eaten 
timber; anea, to be worm-eaten; dry-rot; (/.) 
insipid, tasteless, as the inside of worm-eaten 
wood ; aneane, faint, feeble, low, weak ; ex- 
hausted ; (6.) to blow softly, as a light breeze ; 
(c.) to be almost something ; nearly, almost. 
Tongan— ane, the moth; aneanea, moth- 
eaten ; rotten. Mangarevan — cf. ane, 
dirt or scurf on the skin ; aneane, dirt on the 
clothes ; the skin covered with salt from the 

HANEA, the name of a shell-fish, a small black 

HANENE, blowing softly, as a faint breeze. Gf. 
anem, to breathe gently ; ha, to breathe. 
Hawaiian— cf. ha, breath, to breathe; 
haha, to pant for breath; anea/ne, to blow 
softly, as a light breeze; to be exhausted; 
faiut, weak, low, feeble; nearly, almost; 
anane, feeble, wjsak ; hanehane, the wailing or 
crying of spirits ; to wail, as the ghosts of the 
dead were supposed to do; uhane, a ghost; 
hanea, to have no appetite ; indolent, stupid. 
Tahltian— cf. aneane, dear, as a fine atmos- 
phere; hanehanea, fatigue, weariness. Sa-- 
moan— cf. fanene, to loiter, to be slow in 

HANI, water : Hei koko i te hani kai takuripapa 
nui — MSS. Gf. ngongi, water ; ringi, to spill. 
[See note, Hawaiian.] 

Samoan — ^sani, the basin of 'a waterfall. 
Ha^wailan— hanini, to overflow, to run out, 
as water from a vessel full of liquid ; to spill, 
to pour out, as water ; to pour down, as a 
powerful rain ; hoo-hanini, to cause to flow as 
water. Gf. hani, to step lightly, to walk 
softly ; to pass quickly through the air with a 
humming noise ; ntfit, to spill over, to poor 




ont, B8 a liquid. [Noix. — ^Unlikely as at fint 
nfjki appears, the Maori word hanh water, is 
a compoond of ringi, to pour ont ; r changes 
with n often in Polynesian dialects, as Tongan 
nima, five, with Maori rima, five. Thus, the 
Hawaiian nini, to poor out = the Maori ringi, 
to pour out ; and hanini = haringi. The 
Maori word ngongi, water, (ngo-ngi,) may also 
be a compound of ringi, to pour out.] Ext. 
Poly. : Gu iyyn — cf. fianunit water. DyaH 
--«f. hongoi, water. [For fall comparatives 
see BiNoi.] 

HANI, a wooden weapon, resembling a sword. 
Also called maipi^ and taiaha : Ka mau ki te 
hani—M, M.. 186. 

Tongan — cf. hanif to spoil, to strip; to 
strip o£F leaves ; auhatd, to prune, to lop o£F. 
Saxnoan— ef . tarn, a law to punish any in- 
fringing on things prohibited. 

HANIHANI, to slander, vilify, disparage, traduce. 

HAH AN I, a backbiter, slanderer. 

Saxnoan — cf. $ani, a law by which all pigs 
found in the plantations were killed and eaten 
by the finder ; a law to punish any infringing 
on things prohibited; sania, to expect too 
much, to seek for what is beyond reach. 
Ha^waiian— cf. hanihani, to make first or 
slight advances in tempting to adultery; 
hanina, no part, no right in a thing. Tahi-- 
tian — cf. hanihani, to caress, fondle ; hani- 
hanirea, to fondle with a design to deceive. 
Tongan— cf. hani, to spoil, to strip ; to strip 
off leaves. 

HANIKURA, the name of a shell-fish. 

HANU, scraps, remains of food : Kai hanUf kai 
hanu, hoki mai ano hoe ko to koiwi — Prov. 
Cf . hamu, to gather things thinly scattered ; 
to glean ; kamuhamu, to eat scraps or frag- 

Tongan — cf . hanu, to murmur, to complain 
(n for m), as Maori hamumu, to mutter. [For 
full comparatives, see Haxu.] 

HANU I (myth.), a brother of Hatupatu. Hanui 
and Haroa slew Hatupatu, being annoyed with 
his thievish tricks— P. M., 115. 

HANUMI, to be merged in, or mixed with ; to be 
swallowed up. Cf. numtmit to disappear be- 
hind ; henumif to disappear, to be out of sight ; 
konumiy to fold, to double ; whenumi, to be 

Whaka-HANUMI, to mix; to cause to be swal- 
lowed up or merged into. 
Samoan — cf. numt, to be involved, to be 
intricate; to rumple, to crush together with- 
out folding up; to be jobbled, as the sea. 
Tongan — cf. numt, to plait, to pucker, to 
crease ; fenumi, to be hidden by other things. 
Mangarevan — cf . nunumi, to seal up ; to 
press strongly, to imprint. Mangaian — cf. 
numt, to use up. [For another series of com- 
paratives see Hbnumi.] 

H ANGA, to make, to build ; a work, fabric, thing, 
property : He oi ano nga tohunga nana i hanga 
nga waka — P. M., 71. Cf. whaka-, a causative 
prefix ; anga, to begin to do anything ; whai- 
hanga, to make, to build. 

HANQAHANQA, trifling, frivolous; of no weight 
or importance. Cf. ngahangaha, frivolous. 
2. Sprea^g over the ground. 

Whaka-HANQAHANQA, to handle gentiy. 

[Note.— There is great probability that the 
word hanga, to work, Ac., is a form of whaka, 
{tohanga,) the causative prefix. The compara- 
tives under this form will be found at fall 
length under Whaka.] 

Samoan — of. aga, to do, to act ; fa*a, oaa- 
sative prefix. Tahitian — haa, work of any 
kind ; to work, operate in any way ; (b.) the 
causative prefix to verbs (also faa) ; hahaa, 
laborious, diligent in work. Cf . fauhaa, to be 
busily engaged in work; tofaafaa, one who 
does his work lazily. Ha^waiian— hana, to 
do; to work; to act; work, labour; duty; 
office ; calling : No ka nUkioi o ka hana, aoU 
no ka hauhili ; For the niceness of the work, 
not for the slovenliness. (6.) To cause, in the 
most extensive sense : as fianamake, to destroy 
{make » dead) ; hanaino, to do badly {ino - 
bad); hanaea, to do, to make a thing; hoo- 
hana, to cause to work, to compel to work as a 
slave. Cf . hanae, vain labour, trifling effort ; 
lawehana, to engage in business ; a workman; 
pauhana, constantly at work. Tongan— 
haga, to face, to look at ; hagahaga, to be en- 
gaged in. Cf . hagcmaki, to persevere in work, 
to work with spirit ; haganoa, disengaged, un- 
employed; hagavolaki, to do by constraint; 
aga, clever, knowing; agai, the finishing 
stroke ; the corresponding opposite ; faka, the 
causative prefix ; faka-agaaga, to work care- 
fully, to work to pattern. \Faka appears to 
have abraded to faa, in the sense of " capable 
of,*' " apt i" as in faa-ave {^haka-kawe), to be 
capable of taking ; faa, industrious in agri- 
culture; a gardener.] Marquesan — hana, 
to make ; work, labour (also haka) : Kaka-ea 
iho oia i U fitu o te a, na hana aia i hana ; 
He rested the seventh day from all the work 
which he had done : A ua hetu e hana mi ; 
And it is roaring, it is working, (h,) To 
restore ; (e.) to grow, to become ; haka, used 
as a causative prefix, as in haka-mua, the eldest 
of a family {whaka-mua) ; hakahaka, to work, 
to build : Hakahaka he hoe ma eia ; Build a 
house upon it. CI haa, reason, cause. Ma- 
ngarevan— ha^a, work ; to work ; (&.) a bas- 
ket of wickerwork. Cf . aga, labour ; to work ; 
used also in this form as a causative prefix. 
Paumotan — haga, to do ; a deed, an action, 
work. Ext. Poly. : Aneityum— cf. ago, to 
make, to do. Malagasy— cf. aka, ^ever, 
skilful, accustomed to. 

HANGA I, opposite ; confronting. Cf. anga, 
aspect ; anganai, exactly opposite. 2. Across, 
at right angles : He toki hangai, an adze. 
Samoan — ^fea^at, {fe-agai : fe, a prefix sig- 
nifying reciprocity,) to be opposite to each 
other ; (6.) to correspond ; (c.) to dwell toge- 
ther cordially; fa*a-feagai, to be opposite to 
each other; (b.) to dwell on good terms. 
Tongan — hagahafai, ahead; right opposite, 
of the wind; agai, to make to correspond; 
alike; the corresponding opposite; feagai, 
opposite to; {b.) in a line with; (c.) coeval; 
(d.) coexistent. Cf . haga, to face, to look at ; 
faka-haga, to set in a line with; to place 
exactiy opposite ; faka-hagatona, to front, to 
face ; fehagaaki, to look one another full in 
the face. Ext. Poly. : Motu — cf . hanai, to 
cross ; to go over. 

HANQANOA, a matter of no importance; that 
which does not fulfil ite intention. 3. Fragile. 


1 4? i Hapal 

HANG A NO A, a small basket for cooked food. 

HANGARAU, jest ; to jest, trifle with ; to befool. 
Gf. tinikanga, to deceive, cheat; rauhanga, 
deoeitfnl ; hangarekat to deceive ; to jest with. 

HANGAR EKA, to jest, deceive. Cf. hangarau, to 
jest, trifle with ; tinihanga^ to deceive ; rau- 
hanga^ deceitful. 

Haivaiian — cf. maalea^ deceitfully ; to be 
wise, artful, cunning; hoo-UiaUaj to flatter, 
to seek favours ; lea^ merry. 

HAN6AR0A (myth.), a god brought from Hawaiki 
to New Zealand. This deity helped (together 
with Bongomai, Maru, d:c.) to support Haunga- 
roa to her uncle Ngatoro-i-Baingi, when she 
was messenger for her mother Kuiwai, to tell 
Ngatoro of Manaia's curse upon him — P. M., 
1^. The gods (or images of them,^ were 
afterwards given to Ngatoro — P. M., 104. [See 


HANGEHANGE, quite dry. Gf. hengahenga, quite 

HANGEHANQEi the name of a shrub (Bot. Qenio- 
ttoma liguMtrifolium). 

HANGERE, half-full. 

HANGI, a native oven : Katao te hangi topti, ka 
hukea^F, M., 169. 

HANQOHANGO, a kind of wooden implement for 
digging ; to dig or plant with this tool. Gf . 
hako, a spoon. 

HANGORE, weak: He ngakau ohooho, me te 
hanohi hangore — Tiu., xxviii. 65. Gf. ngoret 
soft, flaccid ; ngorit weak, listless ; pingortt 
flexible, bending ; hangoro, loose. 

HANGORO, slack, loose. Gf. hangore^ weak. 
Taliitian — haoro, dilatory, hanging behind. 

HANGORU NGORU, hanging in fold& Gf. hangwo, 
slack, loose ; hangore, weak. 

HANGU {hangU)t quiet, reticent. Gf. whaka- 
ngungu, to refuse to speak. 
Saxnoan — cf. gugu, to be dumb. Ha- 
waiian — cf . nu, to meditate, ruminate ; nuha^ 
tadtam ; nuhe^ sullen, silent ; nunUt taciturn. 

HANGU RU, chattering ; kauae hanguru, the jaw 
diattering with cold. Gf. nguru, to sigh or 

Saxnoan — cf. gu, to growl ; gugu, to 
seranch. Hawaiian— cf. ntmulu, to chirp. 
Tahitian— cf. imru, to groan, to grunt. 
Tongan— hagulu, to groan ; to roar. Gf. gu, 
to grunt ; gugtUu, totiUk, chatter. Manga-- 
revan—^. gurugwru, to speak through the 
teeth; to stammer. 

HAO, to draw round, so as to encompass fish, 
^c. ; to catch in a net ; to enclose : Kei te ta 
kupenga, kei te hao ana — P. M., 11. Gf. 
pahaot to enclose in a net ; to shut in ; pihao, 
to surround. 2. To grasp greedily. Gf. 
whawha, to lay hold of ; whawfiao, to put into 
a bag ; to filL 8. A basket in which cockles 
are collected. 

Samoan~cf. ioo, to eoUect together food or 
property preparatory to presenting it ; faOt to 
rob, to seize violently. Tahitian— hao, to 
encircle, aa fishermen in bringing both ends 
of a fishing net together ; (6.) to dress the hair, 
by combing, cutting, &o, ; (c.) a prayer and 
seranonieB formerly used at tne dedication of 

a new house, or of a oanoe. Hawaiian — 
hao, to put less things into a greater; to put 
into; (6.) to take up by handfuls; (e.) to rob. 
spoil, plunder; to kill and plunder; {d,) to 
take little bv little ; (e.) to collect together ; 
(/.) strained tightly, hard ; {g,) the name of 
any hard substance, as iron, the horn or hoof 
of a beast : No na lakau hao i pae mua mai ; 
For the timber with iron that had previously 
floated ashore, {h.) THin; poor in flesh. 
Haoa, to be taken by an enemy ; hao hao, to 
doubt, to discredit ; (6.) to be restless, deep- 
less at night ; (c.) to marvel, wonder at ; (d,) 
to hunt after, search; («.) to distribute; (/.) 
to dip up with the hands; to measure by 
handfuls ; hoo-haohao, to seek, to hunt after. 
Gf . haotDaUt robbery ; whao, to put into a bag ; 
to fill ; haokilou, an iron hook. Tongan — 
hao, to surround, to encircle ; haohao, to sur- 
round, to enclose from every side ; (6.) to sit 
in a ring; faka-haohao, to take with care, to 
proceed circumspectly ; haohaoga, the midst ; 
an enclosure ; a circle ; persons sitting to form 
a circle. Gf. fehaofakt^ to surround. Mar- 
quesan — hao, to plunder ; (6.) to place inside 
anything; hahao, to place inside^ iianhao».to 
heap up ; to fill anything r^~ffl a hole with 
earth. Mangarevan — hahao, to encase, to 
put into a box or bag ; aka-hao, to make to 
bend a little. Pauznotan— nof. haokai, to 
take captive, to enslave. Marquesan---ef.y 
e hete hao ma^ a basket for oolleoting bread- 

HAO, a moderate-sized eel. 

Whaka- HAQ, a species of seal, the Sea-lion, or 
Morse (Zoo. Platyrynehut leonimu). 

HAPA, crooked. Gf. luipe, crooked ; tahapa, at 
an acnte angle ; apa, a fold of a garment. 2. 
To be passed over in the apportionment of 
anything. 3. To be gone by. 

Samoan — sapa, to be unequal, to incline 
to one side, as a paddle larger on one side than 
on the other; the sun more to the west than 
to the east ; the night more than half past ; 
fa'a-sapasapa, aslant. Hawaiian— hapa, a 
small part, an indefinite part, a few; to 
diminish ; to decrease. Gf . Juipakue, crooked, 
deformed, crippled, stammering ; hape, wrong, 
incorrect. Tahitian — hapa, a deviation from 
a rule ; (b.) a missing of a mark ; (e.) error, 
sin. crime ; hapahapa, irregular, crooked ; faa- 
hapa^ to cause an error or mistake; (6.) to 
convict, to condemn ; haa-hapa, to condemn. 
Gf. hape, an error; crooked; turning in, 
applied to the feet. Pauznotai\— faka-hapa, 
to condemn, to damn. Mangarevan — apa, 
the gable end of a house ; aka-apa, to bend the 

HA PA I (myth.}, the heavenly maiden who be- 
came the wife of Tawhaki. [See Tawhaxi.] 
She is called Tangotango. — ^P. M., 41, Eng. 
Hapai is probably referred to in the Southern 
legend, wherein Whaitiri tells Tawhaki to 
beware of the indecent daughters of Tangaroa, 
but that if he meets Pupumainono or Hapai* 
nui-o«maunga, those two are modest and to be 
talked with. — ^Wohl., Trans., vii. 44. Hapai 
bore a daughter (called Pianga) to Tawhiud, 
and with her went back to heaven. She ia 
called Hapai-a-SfouL— A. H. M., i« 139. 




HAPAI, to lift np, to raiae : Hapainga I hapainga 
kia iarewa hi runga. — P. M., 141. Gf. amait 
the swell on the sea [see Mangarevan] . 2. 
To rise. Gf . hapu, pregnant [see Hawaiian] . 
8. To carry. 4. To begin a song or chann ; 
passiye hapainga^ to start. 

HAPAINGA. a small basket for cooked food. 

Whaka-HAPAINQA, a sacrifice; a waye-offering. 
The offering was afterwards placed on an ele- 
vated stage, or whata, [See Whata.] 
Saznoan — sapai, to hold in the palins of the 
hands, as an intant ; to take in the arms ; (6.) 
to receive ; (c.) a general contribution ; sapa- 
sapai, to take in the arms ; (&.) to take hold 
of, as of any one^s words. Haivaiian — 
hapali to lift np, to elevate, to take up, to 
carry : Hapai aelaiaika Uma o kona makua- 
kane ; He lifted up his father's hand, (b.) To 
raise the hand, as in taking an oath ; (c.) to 
honour ; to praise, to exalt for past deeds ; to 
recompense ; (<2.) to take up, i.e, to commence 
a speech ; («.) to conceive, as a female : Ina 
i hapai ka wahine a hanau he keikikane ; If a 
wonum has conceived and borne a male child. 
Hoo-hapai. to conceive, as in the mind ; hapa- 
hapal, to lift or toss up, as a child. Tahi- 
tian — hapoii to carry or convey : A hapoi atu 
ai hoi ia oe ite vahi hinaaro-ore-hia e oera ; 
To carry you away to a place you do not wish 
to go to. Gf . hapi^ pregnant ; Aopu, pregnant. 
Tongan — habai. to hold up in the hands; 
habahabai, to hold np in the hands. Cf. ahai, 
to uphold, to render prompt obedience [this 
perhaps from aba^ to venerate, probably an 
abraded form of papa^ father or chief: see 
Papa] ; obat, certain rafters in a Tongan 
house ; fehahaiaki^ two or more holding up 
anything in the hands. Rarotongan — apai, 
to bring, to convey : E naau e apai ki to metua 
ra; You shall bring it to your father. (6.) To 
offer as a sacrifice: E kia apai kotou i te 
matapo ei atinga kare ainei i te mea kino ; If 
you offer the blind for sacrifice is it not evil ? 
Marquesan— hapai, to lift, to raise, to 
heave ; to carry in a raised posture. Gf . hupai 
(with same meanings). Mangarevan — 
apai, to carry, bring : Apai ki raro^ to carry 
oneself humbly ; apai ki ruga, to elevate, to 
honour ; apaiga, to bear tidings, to report ; 
apaina, to raise up. Cf. amaamai, to pitch 
and toss ; the pitching to and fro of a vessel ; 
amaiga^ to lift, to heave up. Pauxnotan — 
hopoi, to lift up, to raise. Mangaian— apai, 
to carry: Na KuimUonga i apai, i apai ki 
Avaiki; Eumuton^a shall bear thee to Spirit- 

HAPAl-NUI-0-MAUNGA (myth.) [See Hapai 

HAPAKl, to catoh lice; to squeeze or crack, as 
fleas, &c. : Ka ki atu te taokete ' haere tnai ki 
te hapaki i aku kutu,'—P, M., 28. Cf. paki, 
to B&p, to pat ; harafaki, to crack fleas, <fec., 
between the thumbnails. 

HAPARA, to slit, to cut. 2. To dawn : Ka haea 
te ata, ka hapara, ko te ata nut. Cf. hae, to 
slit; to dawn; haeata, dawn; para, to fell 
trees ; haporo, to cut off. 

HAPARA. a spade. Cf. para, dust, sediment, 
impurity ; hapara, to cut. [Notb»— There is 
some doubt as to this being a genuine Maori 
word, aa it BO doeely resemblee the sound of 

the English word " shovel ;*' but " shovel " 
would almost certainly have been rendered 
" hawhara:*] 

HAPARANGI, to shoot, to bawl. 

HAPARU, to make a sacred thing common ; to 
desecrate. Cf. paru, dirt, mud, muddy; 
hapiro, to violate tapu, by eating at a sacred 

HAPE, crooked. Cf. hapa, crooked ; waihape, to 
tack ship, to go about. 2. Beside the point. 
Samoan — sape, turned up, of the foot, so 
as to walk on the side; fa'a-sapesape, to have 
a knock-kneed, shuffling gait. Cf. fa*axmesape, 
a clab-foot. Tahitian — hape, crooked, tom- 
' ing in, applied to the feet ; (6.) an error, mis- 
take ; (c.) unequal, irregular, wrong ; (d.) the 
caterpillar : hapehape, wrong, unequal, irre- 
gular in many places ; faa-hape, to condemn, 
blame ; to cause error. Cf . hapa, a deviation 
from a rule ; an error. Haivailan — hape, 
wrong, incorrect. Cf. hapakue, crooked, 
deformed, crippled. Tongan — habe, club- 
footed. Cf. habetui, near, as the knees in 
walking; one who is knock-kneed; hahabae, 
lame in the feet, club-footed ; fehabeaki, to 
go as one dub-footed in both feet. Aniivan — 
sape, crippled. Marquesan— hape, to walk 
on the side of the foot; to have the foot 
twisted by infirmity. Mangarevan — ape 
(and ahape), a twisted or deformed foot; 
lame; aka-apeape, to mock the Lune ; (5.) to 
speak at cross-purposes. Cf. apeturi, a de- 
formed knee ; aka-hapa, to bend the neck. 
Paumotan— Cf. vaevaehape, club-foot. Ext. 
t*oly. : Fiji — cf. sahe, bow-legged; crooked- 
ness; yavasabe, crooked-footed (yava, the 

HAPI (hapl), a native oven. Cf. tbp\p\, a small 
native oven ; ?iop'i, a native oven ; tapH or 
tapipi, a native oven; plp\ to bathe wiUi 

Haivaiian^f. pi, to throw water with the 
hand ; to sprinkle ; pipi, to wet by sprinkling ; 
hoo-pipi, to smoulder. Tahltian^-cf. pipi, 
to sprinlde with water. 

HAPIRO, to break tapu law by eating at a sacred 
place. Cf. haparu, to desecrate. 

HAPOKI, a pit used for storing potatoes. Gf. 
poki, to cover over ; taupoki, to cover, to close 
with a lid ; hipoki, to cover ; hapoko, a pit for 
storing potatoes. 
Haivaiian— cf. poi, to cover, to cover over, 
protect ; a cover ; to shut, as a door. Tahi- 
tian — cf. poi, to be in a covered state ; tapoi, 
to cover, hide. Mangarevan*-cf. poki, to 
cover over. 

HAPOKO, a pit used for storing potatoes. Cf. 
hapoki, a pit for storing potatoes ; pokopoko, 
to sink in the mire ; ptulemium muUebre. 
Tahitian — ct poopoo, deep, as a hole sunken 
or depressed ; apoo, a pit or hole. Hanvaiian 
— cf . poopoo, to be deep, to be lower down, to 
be sunk in ; napeopoo, to plunge in, as into 
water. Marquesan— cf. pokoa, a hole in 
the rocks where fish take refuge ; pokopoko, 
pudendum muliebre ; tipoko, to fill a hole with 
a stone. Mangarevan--cf. poho, to dig, to 
excavate ; pokopoko, a hollow cavity. Pau- 
motan — cf. poko, hollow; pokopoko, deep; 
concave ; to excavate. 


[49] Hara 

HAPOPO, the body, the tnmk. [ThiB is « tapu 
void, only ased in time ol war.] 2. Decay 
(one aath.). Gf. popot rotten. 8. Orowding 
together (a South Island word). Cf. apo, to 
gather together. [For oomparati?eB of third 
meaning, see Afo.] 

HAPOPO fmyth.), the name of a deity who is 
said to have ** folded np the sun " in the days 
of the Deloge— A. H. M., i. 181. 2. Mentioned 
in a corioas hot almost unintelligible legend 
— ^A. H« M., ii. 63. 3. Hapopo was priest of a 
people whose chief was Tawheta (or Whena). 
On the approach of the war party of Uennkn, 
Hapopo went to Bangi-Kapiti, to eonsnlt the 
god Te Eanawa throngh the inspired medium 
Kshurangi. The god assured hmi of victory. 
When the army of Hapopo*s friends was 
defeated, Hapopo was wounded to death, and, 
dying, said : ** Lying, deceiving god, you have 
eseaped, leaving the trouble for Hapopo** — 
words which have passed into a proverb (Atua 
hauranffirangi waiho te mate mo Hapopo) — 
CoL, Trans., ziv. 15 ; A. H. M., iii. 9. 

HAPORI, a section of a tribe. Gf. Aopu, a sub- 
tribe ; pari, a tribe. 
Marquesan— cf. pH^ a tribe, people. 

HAPORO (hBmoro), to cut off. 01 porot a butt, a 
block ; to be finished ; auporo^ to out short, to 
stop; tauporo, to out short, to brin^ to an 
end ; hapa/ra, to cut. [For comparatives, see 


HAPU (hapu\ pregnant : Kua hapu ia % a Ihu- 
atamai — ^P. M., 33. Cf. pu, a tribe; a bundle ; 
a heap ; puha, full ; ftdpu, the belly, womb ; 
iapu, curved ; apuapu^ crammed, stuffed. 2. 
C<moeived in the womb. 
Tahltian — hapu, pregnant, a word appUed 
to females in general. Gf. hapU pregnant. 
Ha'wailan — cf. hapait to conceive, as a 
female ; to become pregnant ; ha, breath ; jm, 
to come forth. Tongan— habu, the banana- 
leaf, tied at both ends, to hold water. Gf. 
kabuto and habutat to bulge out. Marque- 
san— cf. aapou, to be pregnant. Pauxno- 
tan-^puapu, pregnant. [See comparatives 
of next wora.] 

HAPU (hapu), a sub-tnbe, a section of a large 
tribe. Cf . pu, a tribe ; uepu, a company, a 
party ; topu, assembled, in a body. 
Paumotan— ^ kopu, a tribe. Mangalan 
— kopu, a tribe; kopu-tangcUa, a funUy. 
[NoTB. — As kopu, in Maori, means the belly, 
the womb, there is doubtless connection be- 
tween hapu, pregnant, and hapu, sub-tribe.] 
Hamrailan — cf. hapuu, many, numerous. 

HAPUA, hollow, like a valley; depressed in sur- 
face. 3. Deep (of water). 8. A shallow lake, 
the termination of a river, separated from the 
sea by a bank of sand or shingle. Also called 

HAPUKA, the name of a fish : Ka kai te ika, ha 
kutia hi Ttmga, he hapuka—VfoYA,, Trans., vii. 
42. [See Hapuku.] 

HAPUKU (Adpuibtt) or Whapuku, the name of a 
fish, the Groper (Ich. OUganu gigat): Kauwae 
paHH tenei no, kampoe hapuku tera ror-G. P., 
176. Also called rawaru, and parikiriki : in 
Sooth Ialand« hapuka: bj the Morion (Gha- 
ihAiii Iilanda). heuumki. 

Ha'wailan — of. hapuiu, to be many, multi- 
tudinous ; a species of fish. Rarotongan— 
of. apuku, to swallow. Mangarevan— of. 
opuhA, the name of a fish. 

HARA, to violate tapu, intentionally or uninten- 
tionally. 2. Sin, to sin: Kamii o hara, ka 
rarue ftoe— M. M., 206. 3. The great centi- 

HARAHARA, sin, error : He atua koe e toka pou- 
fiaiau, koHkati rawa te harahara — ^A. H. M., 
iii. 84. 
Samoan— sala, incorrect, wrong; (6.) to 
be fined or punished; fa'a-sala, to fine, to 
punish. Cf. salamb, to repent ; ialamlMfale, to 
fed remorse ; tusala, a man who stands in the 
wrong place in the game of tologa. Tahi-« 
tian— hara, a crime, sin, transgression : Na 
te tahua i hopoi i te tusia no te hara e amu; 
The priest who offers it for sin shall eat it. 
(b,) duilt ; (e.) deviating from a line or rule ; 
{d.) not hitting tiie mark ; haa-hara, to give 
or cause offence ; faa-hara, to commit sin ; 
harahara, to split in pieces, as the carcase of 
a fish, or of a fowl. Cff . haraharavea, defiled, 
polluted with blood; harafd, acrid, exciting 
pain ; faa-haramaau, to do or say something 
that causes disturbance, by setting others at 
variance. Haiiraiian^hala, a trespass, a 
sin ; an offence : ke aha la kau hala, e Ku t 
What could have been your fault, O Tu ? (b.) 
Sinful, wicked; (e.) to miss the object aimea 
at ; (d.) to be gone, to pass away ; to proceed, 
to pass onward ; hoo-haliL to miss the object ; 
(6.) to cause to err ; to oe blameworthy ; to 
tnmsgress; halahala, to turn aside, to go 
astray; (&.) to object to one; to decline a 
proposition ; to find fault with one's words, or 
conduct; hoo-halahala, to watch an opportu- 
nity for mischief, to Ue in wait (either to kill 
or rob). Gf. halahi, to miss, as anything 
thrown at another ; to dodge any missiles ; to 
hum ; a hissing or whizeing of any projectile 
throDgh the air; lawehala, sinful; mohailO' 
wehala, a sin-offering; mohdlahala, to break 
loose, set free. Tongan— hala, to err; to 
miss; to fail; error, or mistake; incorrect, 
wrong : Oku ai ae kovi kuou mamata ki aii 
he lalo laay koe fai hala oe buU ; There is an 
error which I have seen under the sun, as an 
error which proceeds from the ruler. (6.) A 
sacred dub ; fakahala, to deodve ; a decdver. 
Gf. halaia, guilty, sinful; a sinner, a ddin- 
quent ; halahalaga, full of cracks, as glass or 
wood; agahala, sinful; faka-halafonua, to 
cause a whole land trouble, to betray a whole 
people. Marquesan— haa, jealousy, anger. 
Mangarevan— ara, a miss, to miss a mark ; 
(6.) a fault ; {eJ\ a quarrel. Gf . arakava, bad 
milk; a bad breast; puharaharat to think 
with pleasure of some ill, dckness, or fault 
formerly endured or committed; tuhara, to 
be irregular, in motions or actions. Raro- 
tongan— ara, a sin, to sin : Kua aite katoa 
te meameaau ki te ara ra ki te purepwre; For 
rebellion is as the sin of witchcraft : Kua ara 
tetai tangata i te kite kore ; If a man shall sin 
through ignorance. Ext. Poly.: Fiji— d 
eala (t/^ala), to err ; to miss a mark ; errone- 
ous ; sara, a tabu of ooooanute. Malagasy 
— cL hala, hated, detested; hdlatra, theft, 
robbery; halavolo, abhorrence. Kayan— ef. 
halat gnilfy. Javan— ot halo, base, mean. 


[50] Haro 

Malay — of. ialah^ wrong. Kisa— cf. hala^ 
wrong. Tagal — cf. taUit to sin. 

HARA, the excess above a round number. Cf. 

tauhara^ an odd one. 
Whaka-HARA. ) large: He tino wahine 

Whaka-HARAHARA, f pai—pai whakahaarahara 

— ^M. M., 184. CI paharahara, large. 

HARA, matters of small importance. 
HARAHARA, to be diminished. 
Whaka-HARAHARA, to lessen ; to cause to be 

Saxnoan— of. sala, inoorrect. Tahltlan — 

of. hara, deviating from a line or rule, Ao. 

Tongan— of. hala, wrong, incorrect. 

HARAKEKE, the New Zealand Flax plant (Bot. 
Phormium tenax) : Tu ana a Rata i tua o te 
harakeke — P. M., 58. South Island, harareke. 
Cf. harakuku, to scrape. 
Moriori — harapere, flax {Phormium). 

HARAKI. preposterous, extravagant. CI harangi, 
unsettled; foolish, silly; haurangi, mad; 
arangi^ unsettled; wairangit foolish, orazy. 
2. A familiar spirit. 

HARAKUKU, to scrape. Cf. harakeke, flax; 
hakvku, to scrape ; kuk&, to grate ; tuakuku, 
to scrape. [For comparatives, see Knxu.] 

HARAMAI, an expression of welcome, meaning 
to "come towaids" the speaker ; a contraction 
of haere-mai ; passive haramaiHa, to be come 

HARANGI (hbrang^), unsettled. Cf. hiUrangi,io 
be unsettled; karangi, restless, unsettled; 
kakuirangi, unsettled ; koroirangi, wandering ; 
arangi, unsettled. 2. Foolish, silly. Cf. hau- 
rangi, mad ; wairangi, foolish, demented. 
Haivaiian — cf. haulani, to be restless, un- 
easy. Marquesan — of. horai, a fool, idiot. 
Saxnoan — of. lagilagia, cloudy. 

HARANGOTE, to nibble. Cf. ngote, to suck. 

HARAPAKI, a steep slope, as the side of a hill. 
Cf. papaki, a clifl against which the waves 

HARAPAKI, to crack fleas or vermin between the 
thumb-nails. Cf. hapaki, to squeeze or crack 
fleas, <feo. ; paki, to slap. 

HARAREKE, New Zealand flax {Phormium tenax). 
[See Haiukekk.] 

HARATAU, adapted to use, suitable, convenient. 
Cf . tau, to be suitable. 

Whaka-HARATAU, to try, to practise; to imi- 
tate. Cf. whakatau, to imitate; tauira, a 
copy, pattern, counterpart. 

HARATAU NO A (myth.), the name of a wife of 
Tinirau. She was killed by Hina with an 
incantation — ^P. M., 50, Eng. [See Tmnuu.] 
Harataunga was a daughter of Mangamanga- 

HARATUA, to bevd. 

HARAU, to grope for, to feel for with the hand. 
Cf. vjharau, a shed made of branches [see 
Hawaiian] ; whawha, to feel with the hand ; 
arau, to lay hold of ; rarau, to lay hold of, to 

Haw^aiian— halau, to be long ; to extend ; 
to stretch out ; (&.) a long house with the end 
in front, used mostly for canoes. Tahltlan 
'Hsf. farauy a shed for a boat or canoe. 

Tongan— of. /a/a, to grope, to feel the way; 
2a2au, to pull gently along ; to pinch. 

HARAWENE. to grumble; to be peevish. Cf. 
uene, to whine ; wene, to grumble. 

HAREHARE,a cutaneous eruption : the itoh. 2. 
Offensive. Cf. mataharehare, offensive. 

HARI, to dance ; a dance. 2. A song ; to sing a 
song to dance to. 3. Joy, gladness ; to rejoice : 
Ka liari long, ngakau i roto i a ia — ^P. M., 128. 

HARI HARI, a song for making rowers pull toge- 

Paumotan — hari, to dance ; a dance. 
Tahltlan — cf . rahohaari, the name of a dance 
in which both sexes were entirely naked. 
Samoan — ct.fali, sexual intercourse. Ma- 
ngarevan— CI. An, the name of a god ; ariu^ 
to turn ; to turn oneself. Ext. Poly. : Mala- 
gasy— -/a^, rejoiced, delighted ; faUfalina, a 
source of delight, or object of joy ; falihavar^a, 
skipping, friddng about like young lambs. 
Malay— of . hari-raya^ a festival ; hari-besar^ 
a festival; tari, to dance. Solomon Is- 
lands— cf. sali, to sing. 

HARI, to carry: E koro, haria nga toki nei — 
P. M., 52. Cf. tari, to carry. 

Haivailan- hali, to convey ; (6.) to bear as 
a burden : E haU ana % ka halelewa ; Bearing 
ibe tent, (e.) To carry, as a child : E like me 
ka ke kanaka hali ana i kana keiki; As a 
man carries his son. Hali hali, to convey fre- 
quently ; halia, to be borne or carried ; {b.) to 
have a fond recollection of a person or tning : 
Halialia wale mat no ke aloha ; Love brought 
the fond remembrance. Marquesan— hai, 
to carry : E hai ina mai una kohikohi ; Bear- 
mg aloft that which has been gathered. Cf. 
tat, to carry. Mangarevan— ari, to carry, 
to transport. Ext. Poly. : Blcol— <of. mag- 
hale, to carry. 

HARIA, wild cabbage. 

HARIRAU, the wing of a bird : Kua rongo raua i 
te kapakapa o te harirau o te kuku — P. M.. 
144. Cf. parirau, a wing. 

HARO, to scrape clean. Cf. heru, to oomb; 
wharo, to scrape; waru, to scrape ;* harotu, 
reduced to shreds and tatters; he kaupapa 
haro, a clean sweep. 2. To chop with an 
adze. 3. Spoken of very low water at spring 

HARONGA, a mat, made of scrapings of flax. 
Samoan — sale, to rub smooth with an old 
scraper made of snell ; (6.) to tell a thing over 
and over again, as if rubbing out all uneven- 
nesses; to tell all the particulars minutely; 
(e.) to grumble, to complain of. Cf. ialu, to 
scrape out, as the kernel of a cocoanut; to 
brush up rubbish; salu, a broom; 8aluv€Uu, 
to rub smooth. Tahltlan — haro, to smooth 
back the hair; (6.) to skim iJong in flying, 
and whirl about, as a bird does ; (c.) the name 
of a certain mark made on the body in tattoo- 
ing ; {d.) to print, or spread the scarlet dye on 
Tabitian cloth. Cf. harotea, a certain mark 
of the Arioi (priests of a certain cult) [see 
Easioi] in tattooing; hao, to dress the hair 
by combing, cutting, &o. ; ?uiaro, to scoop, to 
lade. Ha^vailan — halo, to rub, grind, or 
polish ; (&.) the motion of the fins in swim- 
ming, especially of the side-fins of a shark ; 
(c.) to spread out the hands as in the act of 


[61] Hatupatu 

swimming ; (d.) to tnm ; to look at ; to peep ; 
to look aiyly or shjly. Of. haloke, to rub 
against each other, as the ends of broken 
bones ; sprained or broken, as a limb. Mar- 
quesan — haharo, to polish, to rub ; (6.) to 
render the pandamts leaves flexible for mat- 
making. Ext. Poly.: Fiji— of. varo, a file, 
saw; varo'taj to file, saw, rasp (the skin of 
the vatvaroro), Malay-^yoru, to soratoh, to 

HAROA (mythj, a brother of Hatopatn— P. M., 
115. [See Hanui.] 

HARONQA (myth.), one of the Sky powers, a son 
o! Hine-ahu-papa and Bangi-potild, the prop 
of HeaTen. [See Toko.] Haronga married 
Tongotongo, and begat the son and moon — 
S. B., 17. [See Hinb-ahu-papa.] 

HARORE, the name of an edible fangns (Bot. 
Agarictu adipotus) : Ma tpai ekaite harore t — 
O. P., 868. 2. The lobe of the ear. 

HARORI (for Harore ; see preceding word) : He 
harori pea f he mamaku pea f — G. P., 44. Of. 
haroritui, [See next word.] 

HARORITUI, the name of a kind of fangns, 
growing on trees. Gf. harori or harore^ fungi. 

HAROTOROTO, a pond, pool. Gf. roto, a lake. 
Ha'waiian -— haloko, a puddle of water 
standing after a rain ; a small pool of water ; 
halokoloko, to stand in pools, as water after a 
rain : hence,^ (6.) to be about to weep ; to have 
strong affections ; (e.) drops of ^ater, as they 
flow from the eyes. Gf. loko, a lake, a pond ; 
haloif to pour out tears ; halokowai^ a pool of 
water ; haloku^ to bubble up, as when a heavy 
rain falls into water ; to disturb the surface of 
water. Tahitian— cf. roto, a lake, pond. 
Saxnoan — of. loto, a deep pool in the lagoon ; 
the interior ; the heart ; desire ; will. 

HAROTU, to be reduced to shreds or tatters. Gf. 
harot to scrape; haronga, a mat made of 
scrapings of flax. 

HAROTU, the name of one of the canoes which 
went off to meet Gaptain Gook at Gape Brett. 
[See TuvuAxx] 

HARURU, to rumble; a rumbling sound: Ka 
rongo net a Tama i te haruru o nga tapuae o 
Kgaioro—V, M., IS: Ko ie haruru o te waha^ 
to te tatangi o te poria.—'P. M., 154. Gf. 
hamumu, to mutter; to make an indistinct 
sound ; ru, to shake ; an earthquake. 

HARURUTANGA, a noise; a duU rumbling 
sound : I rongo noa nga tangata hi te harunt- 
tanga o nga ika, — ^Wohl., Trans., vii. 63. 

Saxnoan — cf. §alu*Ut to shake; Uilu, to 
shake. Tahitian — haruru, sound, noise, as 
of the sea, thunder, &c, : Tei reira tepaapaaina 
te tairi, e te haruru o tepereoo; The noise of 
a whip, and the noise of the rattling of wheels. 
Ct. faa-hururUf to make use of the hururu, a 
plaything for children ; to drive away bovs by 
the noise of the hururu; rUrUf to shake. 
Ha^iraiian— haluiu, to roar, to rage; to 
roar, as thunder, or as the sound of a heavy 
wind ; to roar as the sea : E like me ka haUUu 
ana o he iai ; Like the roaring of the sea. (6.) 
The name of a fabulous bird, killed in ancient 
times by the chief Wau-ku-le-nui-aiku ; (c.) to 
shake: A hahUu i Hale-kumu-kalani ; And 
shake the fonndations of heaven* Haa-lulu, a 

trembling, a shaking, as of the earth in an 
earthquake ; to cause a trembling : Kei hahdu 
nei ka piko o lalo ; Trembling is the lowest 
point. Gf. lulu, to shake. Mangarevan — 
aka-erurururu, a great noise. Gf. ruru, to 
shake; heheruru, to vibrate. Tongan—of. 
lulu, to shake. Mangalan— cf. ruruj to 

HARURU, stinking, fetid. 

Haivaiian — cf. hahalu, to be internally 
defective, as wood, worm-eaten and rotten 
inside; rotten; defective. 

HATEAj faded, having lost colour. 2. Whitened, 
as with saline efflorescence. Gf. tea, white; 
horotea, pale ; katea, whitened ; motea, white- 
faced ; atea, clear, Ac. 

Samoan~of. tetea, an albino; teateavcUe, 
to be pale. Tahitian — cl putea, fair ; /oo- 
teetea, to Ueaoh, to whiten. Hawaiian — 
hakea, pale, as one sick. Gf . kea, white ; akea, 
open, spacious ; akeakea, to fade, lose colour ; 
puakea, pale. Tongan^f. tea, light in 
colour; tetea, pale. Marquesan — hatea, 
wide width, breadth. Gf. tea, white ; makatea, 
white. Mangarevan — of. tea, white ; putea, 

HATEPE, to cut asunder ; to cut off : Kia tukua 
mai tona ringa hei hatepe atu i a au — Hopa, 
vi. 9. Gf. hautope, to cut asunder; tope, to 
cut off ; tipi, to pare off. 

HATETE, Are. Gf. ngatete, to crackle. 

HATUPATU (myth.), a young chief, who, after 
the arrival of the Arawa canoe in New Zea- 
land, went with his elder brothers, Hanui and 
Haroa, to spear birds, near the head of the 
Waikato Biver. Finding that his brothers 
stored sway the birds as theirs, and did not 
give him his share, Hatupatu, in the absence 
of the other two, broke open the storehouse, 
had a great feast on the birds, and then, 
wounding himself and making great confusion 
about the place, pretended that a hostile war- 
party had done the mischief. His brothers 
found out the deceit, and killed Imn. He was 
brought back to life again by a spirit {Tamumu- 
ki'te-Rangi) sent by his parents. Hatupatu 
then met a fairy woman, or ogress, who took 
him to her home, and kept him. One day he 
rewarded her by smashing all her property, 
and then escaped with her treasures of red- 
feather cloaks, &o. The ogress, Eurangaituku, 
was informed of this by a bird, and she pur- 
sued the youth with strides as of seven-leagued 
boots. Hatupatu, by enchantment, caused the 
rock to open, and hid therein; while Eura- 
ngaituku was scalded to death in the sulphur- 
springs at Te Whakarewarewa (Botorua). 
Hatupatu then returned home, and his death 
was again attempted by his brothers. Their 
father interfered, and said that it would be 
better if, instead of fighting against each 
other, they fought against Baumati, who had 
burnt the Arav>a canoe. They then all united 
in getting up a great war-party to attack Ban* 
mati, but no division of warriors was assigned 
to Hatupatu. He exhibited his powers as a 
magician several times on his way to combat ; 
changed his red wreath into a pohutukawa 
tree, and proceeded under water along the 
bottom of Botorua Lake, eatirig mussels. B/ 


inoantations he deooiyed the enemy into the 
idea that he had a large force under his oom- 
mand. In the hattle which ensaed, Banmati 
was killed by Hatupatn, and his head carried 
to Mokoia Island, in the Botoroa Lake — P. M. 
114, et uq. 

HAU. [Note. — This word ie an exceedingly diffi- 
cult one to arrange or dassify under different 
headings. Many of its meanings seem sharply 
distinct from ouiers ; but those who read Uie 
comparatives carefully will see that it is almost 
impossible to tell where one meaning merges 
into another, or where a dividing line could be 
drawn. Thus, the senses of cool, fresh, wind, 
dew, eager, brisk, famous, illustrious, roval, 
commanding, giving orders, striking, hewing, 
^., all pass one into another, llierefore, 
with regret, I have to group all the meanings 
of hau together.! 

HAU, wind: Ka hongi ki te marangait ki nga 
hau katoa — P. M., 20. Gf. hauarahit the west 
wind ; hauaiiu^ the north-west wind, Ac. 2. 
To be borne on the wind : Whakanmgo ra U 
taringa ki te hau-tauaj e hau nuU tiei i te tai 
ki te wu — MSS. 8. I>ew, moisture. Gf . hau^ 
makUf bedewed, wet; haurutu, dew; hauku, 
dew; hautaku, bedewed, wet; havnui, dew, 
<ftc. 4. An angle, a comer. 6. Sacred food 
offered to the gods [see Whangai] : Matoai e 
katpe te hau o to parekura net t — ^A. H. M., iv. 
80. 6. Food used in the pure ceremonies, to 
remove the tajm from a newly built house, 
canoe, &c. : Ka mutu ka whangaia te hau mo 
ana mahi — P. M., 20. 7. A personal medium, 
(such as hair, nails, Ac.,) used between a sor- 
ceior and his victim. (8. Also hahau, and 
hau hau, to strike, smite : Inamata e haua ana 
ki te patu — ^P. M., 92. 9. To hew, chop : Na 
Toto i hahaUt ka hinga ki te whenua.) 10. An 
odd half -fathom. Gf. hatmit to join, lengthen. 
11. Eager, brisk. Cf. hauora^ revived ; ngahau, 
brisk. 12. Famous, illustrious. 

HAHAU, to seek, search for : JBei aha ma korua 
i hahauria ai tena wahine f — P. M., 181. Gf. 
haha, to seek ; hahut to search for. 2. See 
Hau, Nob. 8 and 9. 

HAHAU NGA, the circumstances, Ac, of searching 
for : Te Ao, te Ao, te Kimi?iangat te Hahaunga 
—P. M., 7. 

HAUHAU, cool: Toia ake te tatau kia tuwhera, 
kia ^ta mai ai te hauhau ki a au — P. M., 68. 
Gf . hauangi, cool ; hauaitu, starved with cold ; 
hauhunga, frost; haupapa, ice, &o. 2. See 
Hau, Nos. 8 and 9. 

Whaka-HAU, to command, give orders, give the 
woid: Katahi ka whakahaua e Turi nga tama- 
riki kia haere—V, M., 107. 2. To animate, 
inspirit, urge on. Gf. kauwhau^ to recite old 
legends [see Hawaiian] ; hauta^ a man who 
marks time for paddlers in a canoe ; ngahau^ 
infected by example ; brisk. 8. The name of 
a wild being, supposed to dwell in woods (like 
maero) [see Maxbo]. 4. To fell trees: te 
panehe e kokoi^ te whakahau rakau — M. M., 

Whaka-HAU HAU, to inspirit, urge on ; a song to 
urge on others : Katahi ka koia te mara^ ko 
tana tohakahauhau tenei — P. M., 118. 2. To 
give orders, command. Gf. au^ a king (one 

Saxnoan-— sau, dew ; to fall as dew : le 
taeao foi ua totb ai le eau, ua noina ai le toga- 

[S&] Hau 

lauapi; In the morning the dew lay round 
about the war-camp. (5.) A present of cooked 
food ; (c.) to come ; sasau, heavy dew ; to fall 
as dew ; (6.) mischievous, as animals breaking 
throu^ the plantations; (e.) lascivious, as 
one going about to seek women ; {(L) to sling 
a stone ; («.) to swing round the arm in giving 
a blow ; {f.) to blow a trumpet ; {g.) one kind 
of cuttlensh having long tentacles ; (h,) a kind 
of crayfish ; (i.) a large axe, used by carpen- 
ters; sausau. to sprinkle; (6.) to build up 
part of a wall that had fallen down ; sausau 
(tdtitau), the mallet used in tattooing ; sautia, 
to be bedewed ; fa*a-8au, to bedew ; aaua (<&ti(l). 
to be cruel, oppressive, despotic; fa*a-Mua, 
{fa*a-thuh,) to be oppressive, tyrranieal : LaUm 
te le fa*a-logologo % le Uo o le ua fa^oioua; 
They hear not the voice of the oppressor. 
Gf. iau*aitagatat a cannibal ; sauaUHt a god; 
fdif/bno, to out the planks for a canoe ; tauiala, 
oppressive, cruel ; $2lmnoa, to beat the wooden 
drum ; saupapa^ to cut off the outer part of a 
log, to make it true and even ; saufuaj to utter 
cries rapidly ; to make a speech wiUiout calling 
out names and titles of chiefs; sautati^ one 
wide plank of a canoe; fathom-wide calico; 
fa^a-^aulaUit oppressive; fa*a-9aunoa, to ill- 
use ; fa^asausilit haughty ; fa*a-8autogay to be 
oppressive. Tahitian — hau, dew : Eiaha roa 
ei hau eteuai nia ia outou; Let there be no 
dew or rain upon you. (6.) Peace : Ei hau to 
oe, ei hau to tei turu mai ia oe ; Peace to you, 
and those who help you. (c.) Government, 
reign : I te hitu o te matahiti o tona ra hau; 
In the seventh year of his reign. Fau, a god, 
as being head, or above ; (h.) a king or princi- 
pal chief, as above others ; (c) a sort of head- 
dress ; hahau, to go aslant or beat in, as the 
rain driven by the wind into a house ; hauhau, 
to take off the first chips in hollowing a tree ; 
faa-hau, to make peace ; a peace-maker ; {h.) 
to act as a guard; a watchman; a soldier; 
faa-hauhau, to make repeated efforts for peace ; 
faa-faufau, to affect dingust or abhorrence of a 
thing ; to call or denominate a person or a 
thing as filthy or disgusting. Gf . fat^ra-moa, 
a head ornament of feathers ; fauurumaa, a 
war cap ; faupoo^ a cap or bonnet ; /a«, the 
name of a tree [for four last comparatives, see 
Maori Whawhau, to tie] ; hauarii, a kingly 
government; haumanahune, a democracy; 
haumaraatira (hau-ma-rangatira), the staie of 
a people living as tenants or tributaries; 
havmateatat a government in the hands of a 
chief by blood or hereditary descent ; haupau^ 
to toil or work hard ; tihauhau^ to beat sticks 
in order to keep time to a dance ; hauririat to 
be in fear or dread ; auhau^ to exercise lord- 
ship ; ati/au, to pay a tax or tribute ; aihau^ 
to enjoy peace and tranquillity ; amuhauj to 
enjoy peace, or the fruits of peace ; the person 
or persons who live on land which has been 
conquered; muohau, the commencement of 
peace ; haumoe, the cold night breezes of the 
valleys ; mehau^ wind ; haua^ soent ; to emit 
effluvia ; puihauhauy to blow gently, as a small 
breeze; haumarii, cool, grateful; tahau^ to 
bleach clothes in the morning dew ; toihau, to 
bleach in the dew ; toehaumi^ soft or damp, as 
by dew. Ha'waiian^hau, the name of the 
land-breeze that blows at night : hence, any 
cool breeze : Kekee na hau o Leleiwi; The land 
breezes coming round to Leleiwi. (5.) The 


[66] Hftuaitu 

goeral xuune for snow, ioe, frost, oold : Aika 
ieU osM o ka hau i ahuia mai ai; When the 
dew that lay upon the ground had evaporated. 

1e.) The rough bristles of a hog when angry ; 
dS anger, applied to men ; (e.) the name of a 
•on porous stone ; (/.) the name of a tree, the 
hark of which is made into cloth [see Maori 
WHAWHA.U, and Whauwhi] ; {g,\ a kind of 
danoe for lascivions purposes ; (hS to swallow, 
gulp down ; (t.) to inhale, to snuff up ; (i.) to 
snort, as a horse ; {Jk,\ the title, andenuly, of 
the highest rank of cniefs. [See Fomander, 
"The Polynesian Bace," vol. ii. 67.] Hahau, 
io whip, scourge, chasten : Aia Aot, ua hahavia 
BUB nei hau poe hauwa; Behold, your ser- 
Ttnts are beaten. (6.) To inflict plagues ; (c.) 
hakau-ait to thresh gndn ; {d.\ to hew stones ; 
kauhau, to lay stones in a wall ; to build with 
stones ; (6.) to strike, to smite ; (c.) cool. Cf . 
auhau, a tax, a revenue for tne benefit of 
chiefs ; to levy tribute ; to exercise lordship ; 
auhat^hat one who solicits favours of chiefs ; 
haua, to whip, to chastise ; fiaupu, to excite, 
stir op; the sudden excitement of the pas- 
siosis; hauteawa^ confusion, disorder ^ uhau, a 
whip ; to whip, to scourge ; to pile together ; 
to build up, as the walls of a city ; to pile one 
thing on another ; to pinch ; to oppress ; to 
afflict; uhauhau^ fearful, weak, tremulous; 
hauhau, to strike with a whip or stick; to 
throw a stone at; kuahaua, to call out the 
people, as a chief; proclaiming; assembling 
the people ; uhauumu, to lay stones smoothly 
in a wall; ^iiopo, to lay in good order, as 
stones in a wall ; to stand evenly ; hauheke, to 
shiver with cold; cold; haukea, the white 
mow; whiteness, as of snow; haukeuhe, to 
shiver intensely with the cold; haueli^ the 
native Glauber's salts, which are dug out of 
caverns in the rocks on the island of Hawaii ; 
hanoUt ("without dew,") a barren place; 
kehau, the mountain breeze in the morning ; 
a mist ; a cold, fine rain, floating in the air ; 
froe^ ; rainy ; haha^ to grope, to feel for, as a 
Uind person ; to feel for, as if in search of 
something. Tongan— hau, a oonquerer, a 
reigning prince ; (&.) a large lx)ne needle ; (c.) 
omamenta for the nose and ears ; (d.) the m- 
slniment used in tettooing; («.) the holes 
made in canoes to pass the ropes through; 
(JA the tahaga (attendant) of the Tni Tonga, 
ffimg of Tonga) ; ig») to come, to arrive ; 
nahau, dew, mist ; (o.) to hang ropes to dry ; 
to fasten to ; (e.) to adze, to chip logs of wood 
square; (d.) to strike, brandishing over the 
head ; hauhau, damp*; (&.) elastic ; faka-hau, 
rigoTQas, tyrannical; oppressive; troublesome, 
annc^ying ; (6.) to put tbrough the nose and 
ears ; (c.) to whine, to cry ; faka-hauhau, to 
bedew, to wet Cf. haua^ to be exposed to the 
wind ; hauhaufano, open, airy ; £zi^'ta, to be 
left alone, to be deserted; damp; wet with 
dew ; tukuhaUf to pay tribute ; hoiaoga, to op- 
press, to govern with rigour ; houhau, anger, 
wrath; Jbatc^dfec, to beat at random ; haunamut 
to strike at random ; aima, to conquer, over- 
come; autiiki^ to lead, conduct; to lead a 
party ; houa, to send, to command ; houeikif 
ehi^ of rank, nobility ; houtamakif masterly, 
imperioas. Rarotongan— au, dew: B i 
topaumata mai H U au o te au rangi ra; 
And tlie donds drop down dew. (5.) Peace : 

I will give peace in your country, (c.) Beign : 
I te varu o te mataiH o tona ra au; In the 
eighth year of his reign. Marquesan — hau, 
air : Ma te hau atea o te ani ; In the dear air 
of heaven. Cf . tohau, a gentle wind ; hauhau, 
bad, wicked ; ugly ; ngahau, a cry of invitation / 
to the feast, when the names of the gueste 
are called out. Mangarevan— hau, dew; 
(6.) to blow gently; {ciS to build [see Maori 
Whawhau, Whattj, and Patd] ; (d.) respect ; 
(e,) fear ; (/.) gall, bitterness [See Maori, Au] ; 
au, a crown, a chaplet; (b.) dew; (c.) to 
seize earnestly ; to pick out grains or flowers 
from pods of cotton ; hahau, to speak gently 
and to the point ; aka-hauhau, to be sober in 
eating and drinldng. Cf. aunia, to be much 
sought in marriage ; auviriy to strike against, 
said of waves against a canoe ; aurumohoef a 
crown made with plumes of the Frigate- 
bird ; aiupikUavake^ a crown made with plumes 
of the Tropic-bird ; aukatdkata, a garland of 
pandamm [see Maori WhabaJ ; auahu, to 
build ; auaumaku, to be slightly damp ; auamt^ 
to be cold; agreeable, said of great person- 
ages ; haumatapehau, a large wave ; pehauhaut 
to beat with the wings. Pauxnotan— hau, to 
reign, to rule; the Stete, kingdom, govern- 
ment ; (6.) to surpass ; superior ; (e.) peace ; 
faka-hau, conciliation; to reconcile. Of. au, 
deserving, worthy; hauroa, supreme. Ext. 
Poly.: Aneityuxn — cf. nathatahau, a ring- 
fence of stone ; a wall round any place. Fiji 
-— cf. eau (t^u), to present property, to 
make presents ; eaucau (thAHthixi), the land . 
breeze ; to praise ; to speak of with admira- 
tion ; «att, a king or high chief ; the command 
of a chief ; vaka-sautau, to act like a chief ; 
to ti^e a thing as a chief ; tau, to dap the 
hands lengthwise ; tau-ca, to cut, as bamboos, 
reeds, &c. ; to break in a certain way, as a 
cocoanut is broken in order to drink the milk ; 
retaliation; reward; tausau, the outekirts; 
f attfativatu, a stone set as a tapu for food ; a 
stone painted and endosed by reeds set in the 
ground. Malay^cf . hawa, wind [said to be 
Arabic] . Solomon Islands— cf. oa, wind. 
Blcol-— cf. hayopf hoyopt to blow. 

HAUA (havh)t crippled, lame. 2. Cowardly, das- 
tardly, wi&out spirit. Cf. tautavHn, inactive, 
cowardly; hauaitu, lean, wasted; listless; 
Aatimaniru, languid ; /taucrea, cowardly, weak. 
Samoan— cf . tftua, to have a return of sick- 
ness ; to be ill of an epidemic ; to reach ; to 
spread to ; to over-run with flre, flood, or visi- 
tors ; f ftiid, orud, oppressive, despotic ; /a*a- 
iauea^ to be slow, deliberate. Tahitian— cf. 
ta'tOi, a coward. Hamrailan— ef. haua, to 
whip, to chastise, a chastisement ; haukeke, to 
shiver with the oold ; haunahelB, to flee in 
war. Marquesan-Hsf. hauhau, evil, bad, 
ugly. Tongan—haua, to wander, as one in- 

HAUA (myth.), the name of a ddty— P. M., 220. 

HAUAITU, starved with cold; pinched; the 
sensation of great cold: Ka hemo raua i te 
hatuUtu, — ^Wohl., Trans., vii. 60. Cf. hauhau, 
cool ; hauangi, cool ; haukunga, frost ; haupapa, 
frost ; ice. 2. Lean, wasted. Cf. aitu, sick* 
ness; hauarea, lean, weak, cowardly; hau* 
maruru, languid; hau^ crippled; without 




Pauxnotan — hauaitu, stupified. Samoan 
— ef. fdua, to have a retom of riokness ; to be 
ill of an epidemic ; ihuH, oniel, oppreBsive ; 
•ail, dew; aitu, a spirit; to be naonted. 
Mangarevan— cf.atfaittt,rag8,tatter8. [For 
foil derivativeB see under £Un, and Arru.] 

HAUAMA, the name of a tree (Bot. EnUlea 

HAUANGI, oool. Cf. hauhau, oool ; angi, breeze. 
[For comparatives, see Hau, and AnoiJ 

HAUARAHl {havhrahi), the vrest wind. Cf. hau, 
wind; arakit to gaide; hatUHuru, the west 
wind. [For comparatives, see Hau.] 

HAUAREA, thin, lean. 2. Weak. 3. Cowardly. 
Cf. hauH, cowardly; havaitu, starved witii 
cold ; lean, wasted ; haumarurut languid. 

HAU ATI U (hauHHu), the north-west wind. Cf. 
hau, wina ; ottu, the north-west wind ; koHu, 
the north wind ; tupatiu, the north-west 
Saxnoan-— of. fa*a-Hu, a northerly wind. 
Mangarevan — of. ttii, the west wind. 
Hamrailan— cf. kiu^ the north-west wind. 
Marquesan—- of. ttu , the north wind. 

HAUAURU (hauHuru), the west wind: Hangi 
rawa aiu ki te hauauru — P. M., 20. Cf. hau, 
wind ; uru, the west ; niHturUf ihe north-west 
wind ; tamauru, the south-west wind ; t«urv, 
the west wind. 2. West. 
Hamraiian— of. kaiaulu, name of a strong 
wind off Waianae or Oaha ; puakaiaulu, the 
name of a wind; a light gentle breeze; a 
dying breeze of the trade wind. Mangaian 
— of. uruumga, the west wind. Mangarevan 
^-cf. uru, the sonth-west; the sonth-west 
wind ; urupaMUf west-^north. 

HAUHAKE, to dig up, to take np, as a root crop : 
A iUwai hauhakea ai te mora, ka kohia ho te 
Jkumaro— A. H. M., l 27. Cf. huke, to dig up, 
to excavate ; motuhake, separated ; houhou, to 
dig up. 

HAUHAU-TE-RANQI (myth.), the name of a 
o^ebrated jade aze— P. M., 68 : E rua ana 
tokif ko Tutauru, ko Hauhauterangi — P. M., 
70. The Arawa, Tainui, and other famous 
canoes were hewn out with this axe, which 
was a part of the celebrated " fish " of Ngahue. 
[See Abawa, Poutini, Tutaubu, Ac] 

HAUHUNGA, frost: E piki ai koe nga maunga 
hauhunga, i runga o Tongariro — G. P., 168. 
Cf. haUf dew; hauhau, cool; huka^ frost, 
snow; hauangii cool; havpapa, frost; huka- 
fapoj frost, <feo. 2. Thin ice. Cf. hukapapa, 
ice; haupapa, ice. [For compaiativee, see 
Hau, and Huka.] 

HAUHUNGA (myth.), the god of sharp Cold, a 
son of Tawhiri-matea.— A. H. M., i. App. 

HAUKOTI, an intercepting party; to intercept, 
out off : haukoti i te aroaro, to obstruct. Cf . 
kotit to cut, to intercept ; kotipu, to out short ; 
aukati, to stop one's way. [For comparatives, 
see Hau, and Eon.] 

HAUKU (hauku), dew: Ka Hngitia hoki nga 
roimata e Rangi ki runga ki a Papa-tu-a-nuku 
— ko ia te hauku — P. M., 12. Cf. hau, dew ; 
havnuiy dew; Jtaurahit dew; haurutu, dew; 
hautaorua, dew, Ao. [For oomparatiyeB, see 

HAUMAKU {hawnitJ^), bedewed, wet. CI hau, 
dew; hatUaku, bedewed; maku, wet, moist. 
[For comparatives, see Hau, and Maku.] 

HAUMANU, restorative ; giving health : MuH iho 
ko nga karakia haumanu mo nga turoro — 
A. H. M., i. 8. Cf. hav,&ra, revived. 

HAUMARINQIRINQI (myth.J, the deiUes of Mists, 
or mists personified — ^P. M., 16. 

HAUMAROTOROTO (myth.). Fine weather, per- 
sonified as a child of Heaven (Bangi) — P. M., 

HAUMARURU. languid, indisposed; weak, as 
worn out oy sickness: Ka ko te tapapa, 
haumaruru tonu iho — S. T., 181. Cf. hauaitu, 
Ustless ; haua, without spirit, cowardly ; hau- 
area, weak. 2. Indifferent, unconcerned. CL 
hautarufu, heedless ; haurokuroku, unsettled, 

HAUMAUIUI (Aaitmdtttttt), the result of one's 
toil; work accomplished. Cf. fnauttM, wearied. 

HAUMI, a piece of wood by which the body of a 
canoe is lengthened ; to lengthen by addition : 
Ki te rapa haumi hoki mo Horouta — G.-8, 
27. 2. The joint by which this additional 
piece is fastened; to join; a connection. 
Cf. hau, an odd half-fathom. 3. A bond, con- 
federacy, conspiracy : A ko nga haumi o ana 
Tahu nei ho nga mano o nga Anu ne nga Too — 
A. H. M*, i. 86. 

HAUMI A (myth.), the name of a taniwha or 
water-monster resident at Manukau. He 
decoyed another taniwha named Ureia to his 
abode, and Ureia was then slain. Hence the 
proverb, ** Haumia whakatere taniwha"^B, T., 
77. 2. An ancestress of Paikea, the water- 
deity. [See Paikba.] 

Haivaiian — d Haumia, the mother of 
Eekauakahi (Te Taua taht), the war-god; 
Hanmea, a name of Papa, the Great MoUier 

HAUMIA-TIKITIKI (myth.), the deity or Lord of 
the (esculent) Fern-root, and of all vegetable 
food growing wild: as Bongo-ma-tane was 
Lord of the Inimara (sweet potato) and all 
cultivated plants. Haumia was a son of 
Bangi and Papa, and assented to the rending 
apart of his parents [see Bamoi] ; for this he 
was exposed to the fury of his brother Tawhiri- 
matea, the Lord of Tempests, who would have 
slain Haumia but that he was hidden in the 
breast of his mother, Papa (the Earth). Hau- 
mia's brothers were Tu-matauenga, Bongo> 
matane, Tawhiri-matea, and Tangaroa— P. M., 
7. By another legend, Haumia was the son 
of Tamanui-a-Bangi, who was the son of 
Bangi and Hekeheke-i-papa— A. H. M., L 20. 

HAUNENE, noise, uproar: Ka haere mat he hoa 
wahine na ka tohakarongo ki %e haunene — 
A. H. M., u. 10. 

HAUNUI, dew. Ct hau, dew ; haulA, dew ; hau- 
rahi, dew ; haurutu, dew ; hautaorua, dew, ±o* 
[For comparatives, see BavJ] 

HAUNQA (hhunga), besides, not : Hamtga ia nga 
tohunga karakia e hiki ana — ^P. M., 167. 

HAUNQA, odour; odorous, stinking: Na ka 
rongo te kwri ra i te haunga whenua — ^P. M., 
119 : A ka hongi ia te haunga o ona kakahu^ 




Ken., xxyiL 37. Ct hau, wind; puhonga^ 
stinling ; hongi^ to smell. 
Saxnoan — sauga (^dupft), strong-smelling, 
pDDgent, rank. Cf. <au, a present of cooked 
food. Tahltian — haua, soent of anj kind ; 
to emit efi9avia, good or bad : Aore hoi i mau 
Mat U haua auahi i nia ia ratou ; Nor was 
thCTe anj smell of fire upon them. Cf . mehau, 
wind. Haivailan— hauna, strong-smelling, 
offensiFe to the smell : A e pii ae kom hauna ; 
And his bad smell shall come np. (6.) The 
strong offensiTe smell of meat : He kai hauna 
ko ha palani ; Strong-smelling is the sonp of 
the palani, Hau, to swallow, to gulp down, as 
the smoke of tobacco ; (&.) to inhale, to snoff 
up, as the wind; (e.) to snort, as a horse; 
haiihauna, strong-smelling, offensive to the 
smdl; hoo-hauna, to deceive, entice; (6.) to 
dssp aronnd ; (e.) to seize with the hands, as 
something difficnlt to hold ; (d.) to stuff the 
vagina of a woman in order to procure abor- 
tion. Cf. haumia^ contagion, ceremonial un- 
deannesa from contact or contiguity with dead 
bodies; undean, impure; haukai^ filthiness; 
hoioiasia, an offensive smell, but less than 
hauna ; honi^ to smell ; honohonOt bad-smell- 
ing ; waihauna, water offensive to the smell. 
Tongan—of. hohogo, smelling like urine; 
hogo^ the bladder of small animals. Ma- 
ngaian — aunga, perfumed, smelling ; odour : 
Kua vaia i U aunga puariri paoa no taua toe 
ra; 1 perceive the rich perfume from the 
dxess of that fool. Marquesan— cf. honO' 
htmOf bad-smelling, as of urine. Manga- 
revan^f. hogohogo^ a bad smell. Pau- 
motan — ^hauga, odour. Cf. hogohogo^ offen- 
sive in smell. Ext. Poly. : Malagasy— cf. 
fofonat smell, savour. 

HAU-NQANQANA (myth. ** Blustering Wind **), 
one of the powers of the Air. He was son of 
Han-toia (" Piercing Wind "), and a descendant 
of Te Mangu (Erebus), through Bangi-potUd 
' B., 13. 

HAUNQAROA (myth.), the daughter of Manaia 
and Kuiwai. She was the messenger of her 
mother to inform her uncle Ngatoro of the 
•'enrsa of Manaia "—P. M., 102. [See 
Mahaia (1).] 

HAUORAi revived. Cf. ora, life, health; haw 

wind ; eager, brisk ; hauhaut cool. 
Whaka-HAUORA, to revive, refresh. 

Saxnoan — ^fauola, to calculate on long life. 

[For other comparatives, see Hau, and Oka.] 

HAUORA (myth.), the 17th of the Ages (counting 
npwarda ^m the Void) of the existence of 
the Universe — ^A. H. M., i. App. [See names 
of the Time-Spaoes under Kobb.] 2. The 
fourth (upwards) of the ten Heavens. The 
Water of Life (Te Wai-cra-o-Tane) was in this 
Heaven. From hence the humian soul was 
sent into a child when it was bom. Tawhaki 
was Lord of the Hanora heaven— A. H. M., i. 
App. [See Bahoi.] 

HAUPAPA, frost, ice. Cf. hau, dew, moisture ; 
papa, to lie flat; to be thrown down; the 
earth ; hauaitu^ starved with cold ; hauhunga^ 
froet. [For comparatives, see Hau.] 

HAUPAPA, to ambush; to lie in wait for. Cf. 
papa, flat ; to lie flat ; hauhoti, to intercept ; 
h^poy to go stealthily. 

HAUPONGI, an eddy wind. Cf. hau, wind; 
pokipoki, an eddy wind. [For comparatives, 


HAUPU {haupu)t a heap; to lie in a heap; to 

place m a heap: Ka hanga e ratou tetaki 

ngohi-moana, he mea haupu — G.-8, 19. Cf. 

hapu, pregnant ; pu, a heap ; puke, a hill. 

[See Samoan.] 
HAUPU RANG A, a heap. (Cf. puranga, a heap ?) 
Samoan— -cf. favpu% to be heaped up. 

Haivaiian— cf . haupu, to excite ; stir up ; 

the sudden excitement of the affections; 

hat^uu, any hard bunch or protuberance on 

the joints or limbs ; swollen. 


Saxnoan— cf. saua, to have a return of 
sickness ; saulala, oppressive, cruel. 

HAURAHI, dew. Cf. hau, dew; Aau9itit, dew ; 
haukU, dew ; haurutu, dew, (fee. 
Moriori— cf. haurangi, dew. [For other 
comparatives, see Hau.J 

HAURAKIRAKI (the South Island dialect for 
haurangi), maa, foolish, wicked: Atua hau- 
rakiraki, waiho te mate mo Hapopo — A. H. M., 
iii. 9. Cf. haraki, preposterous, extravagant. 

HAURANGI, mad : A ka haurangi hoe hi nga mea 
e kitea ana e o kanohi e kite ai hoe — Tin., 
xxviii. 84. Cf. arangi, unsettled; haraki, 

Sreposterous ; harangi, foolish ; wairangi, 
emented, foolish. 2. Drunken : A ka inumia 
eiate waina a ka haurangi — Ken., ix. 21. 8. 
Enraged; wild with anger: He oi ano, ka 
haurangi te wahine net, ka riri hi tana teina — 
P. M., 137. 

Haivaiian — haulani, to root, as a hog ; to 
plunge, as a canoe ; (&.) to be restless in one*s 
grasp; to be uneasy; seeking freedom from 
restraint ; restive. Cf. hau^ a kind of dance 
used for lascivious purposes, accompanied by 
singing; Jiauhili, cQverging from the right 
patih ; blundering, false ; haukau, a chopping 
sea. Marquesan — horai, a fool, idiot. 

H A U R A RO, low down. Cf . raro^ beneath, under ; 
tipihaurarOf to exterminate [tipi, to pare off) ; 
whawhau, to tie [see Samoan]. 2. The north: 
Ka rikoriko mai te mata o Puaka i te hauraro, 
he tohu tau pai — A. H. M., i. 45. C^ faro, 
north ; hauauru, west ; west wind. 
Saxnoan^-cf . faulalo, the lowest/au (beams) 
in a house ; to fiststen on the outrigger so that 
the canoe may lie flat on the water; to 
demean oneself; to humble oneself; fau^ to 
tie together ; lalo, below, down, under. Ha- 
waiian— cf. halalo, to take hold of with the 
arms under; to drop the head downwards; 
lalo, down, low. Tahltian — cf. fafauraro, 
to go about stirring up mischief or sedition ; 
raro, below, under ; the west ; raroraroa£, of 
low extraction. Tongan— cf. faulalo, a 
string of bark used in making Native doth ; 
lalo, below, down. 

HAURAROTUIA (myth.), a name of the canoe of 
Maui. [See Maui.] 

HAUROKUROKU, unsettled. 

HAURUTU, dew. Cf. hau, dew; haukU, dew; 
haunui, dew; haurahi, dew; hautaku, be- 
dewed; haupapa^ frost. [For comparatives, 
see Hau.] 




HAUTA (htmO), om who beats ttme for the 
pnllexs in a oaooe. Cf. hau, eager, brisk ; 
wkakahmu, to animate, giTe orders; ta, to 
strike. [For oomparatiTes, see Hau, and Ta.] 

H AUTAI, sponge. Gf. eai, the sea; hau, moistore. 

HAUTAKU [hautalOi), bedewed, wet. 01. hau, 
moisture, dew ; AattmAAd, bedewed, wet ; 
Jiaunui, dew, Ao. [For oomparatives, see 


HAUTAORUA, dew. Cf. hau, dew; JunM, dew; 
hawmif dew ; haunUu, dew. dto. [For oom- 
paratiTes, see Hau.] 

HAU-TE-ANA-NUl-A-TANQAROA^ the name of 
the oarred Native house now m the Mnseum 
at Ohristohoroh, New Zealand. It was boilt 
by Hona-tn-amo— A. H. M., iL 168. [For 
partumlars of other carved houses, see Buapu- 


HAUTETE, to talk rapidly and indistinctly, to 
jabber. Gf. ngatete, to crackle ; wJuLka-tete, to 
quarrel with ; haithaUj cool. 
Ha^evaiian— haukeke, to shiver with the 
cold; to be in pain witii cold ; to be in pain : 
Ka haukehe o hona mau iwi ; the pain of his 
many bones. Cf. Jtauheuket to shiver much 
and intttisely with the cold ; haukea^ the white 

HAUTOPE, to out asunder: Ka hautopea olu 
tena wairua i roto i Uma iwi — ^Een., zvii. 14. 
Gf . hahaUf to hew, chop ; tope, to cut, to cut 
off ; h€ttepe, to cut asunder ; ttpi, to pare off. 
[For comparatives, see Hau, and Tops.] 

HAUTU {hautu), one who marks time for tiie 
paddlers in a canoe. Gf. whaka-hau, to in- 
spirit, command ; tu, to stand ; hauth, one 
who beats time in a canoe. [For compara- 
tives, see Hau.] 

HAUTUMU, a head wind. Gf. tumu, contraiy; 
Aott, wind. [For comparatives, see Hau.] 

HAUTUIA (myth.), the father of Hau-ngangana 
and son of Paroro-tea (** White Scud")— 8. B. 

HAUTURE. the name of a fish, the Scad or Horse 
Mackerel (loh. Caranx irachurut), 

HAUWARE, saliva. Of. hau, moisture; ware, 
spittle ; exudation from trees ; hawarey saliva ; 
hiare, saliva ; huware, spittle ; whawhau, to 
tie [seeSamoan]. 

Samoan— cf. fana, spittle, saliva ; fautt, to 
drivel ; vale, snail-slime ; slime from the jfau 
tree [see Whawhau] ; phlegmi mucus, ^or 
oUier comparatives, see Wasb.] 

HAUWERE, hanging down, pendulous. Cf. were, 
to hang, to be suspended ; pungawerewere, the 
spider. [For comparatives, see Whawhau, 
and WsBS.] 

HAUWHENUA, the land-breeze: E pupuki he 
ana U hauwhenua iara — G. P., 190. Gf. hau, 
wind ; whenua, land. [For comparatives, see 
Hau, and Whxkua.] 

HAUWHENUA (mvth.|, the land-breeze per- 
soxiified as an Air-aeity. A child of Bangi 
and Papa— P. M., 15. 

HAW A, chipped, broken, notched. Cf. hau, an 
angle, comer; to strike, smite; wa, space 
between two objects; heuea, to be separated ; 
awo, aohanneL 

HAWAHAWA, to be smeared. Cf. A«iwrs, saUi^ ; 
tahawahawa, to be defiled by contact with 
something tapu. 

Samoan— sava, to be daubed with filth; 
filth, ordure. Tahitlan— hava, dirty, filthy ; 
defiled; havahava, filthy; having been re- 
peatedly befouled, as an infant. Cf . tahava- 
hava, to befoul. Ha'Bvailan— hawa, to be 
daubed with excrement ; to be defiled ; to be 
in a pitiable state; hawahawai filthy, dirty, 
especially with such dirt as sticks to one. 
Marquesan— hava, dirty, fouled. 

HAWA, ) the ventral fin of a fish. Of. 

HAWAHAWA, [ pakihawa, the throat fin of a 
fish. 2. The fins of a fish. 

HAWAl, fungus on trees. 2. The name of a 
fish, the black kokapu (Goloxiof), found in 
Lake Taupo. 

HAWAHAWAI, hillocks in which weeds bib 
buried, and afterwards planted with potatoes. 

HAWAl Kl (myth.), the cradle-land of the 
(Polynesian) race. This would appear to be 
the impression produced by tradition, since 
no record appears of any older dwelling-plaoe. 
Nevertheless, Hawaiki ma^r have been the 
name of some place in wmch the migrating 
tribes rested for many generations; or it may 
be the name of several places, the nevrer 
named in memory of the older. The locality 
of Hawaiki has caused much discussion ; but 
the evidence is so misty, and in many ways so 
conflicting, that the question is still open. 
The traditions vary in the different islands as 
to the way in which Hawaiki is regarded. 
Sometimes it is (as in New Zealand) an actual 
place: the names of its people, their wars, 
loves, works, Ac,, told of with great wealth of 
legendary detcuL In other islands (as in the 
Hervey and the Marquesan Islands), either 
the geographical existence has faded into a 
mere poetical dream of Spirit-land, or it has 
become the veritable Hades, the shadowy 
Under-world of death, and even of extinction. 

New Zealand. ~- There is no detailed 
account of the land itself, and our knowledge 
has to be gleaned from incidental remarks in 
legends concerning the lives of the anoestral 
heroes. The Maori race living in Hawaiki 
seem to have had nearly the same cere- 
monies, weapons, customs, and dispositions as 
the Natives dwelling in these islands at the 
time of their discovery by Cook. It would 
appear, from the conclusion of the Maui 
legend, that Maui dwelt in Hawaiki (P. M., 
85) ; yet the land he pulled up from the ocean 
lAoUa-roa) is New Zealand, or rather its 
North Island, Te-Ita-a-lfttiit, («• The fish of 
Maui"). The great temple (Wharekura) was 
in Hawaiki, and accounts are given of those 
who attended it, and the reason of its ovtf • 
throw. The word ** wharekura," however, is 
so constantly used as to other whatekwra in 
New Zealand as to be confusing. The great 
double canoes used in the voyage to New 
Zealand were built in Bazotonga. " which lies 
on the other side of Hawaiki,** but it appears 
doubtful if the name applies to the island we 
know as Barotonga in the Herv^ Group. [See 
Babotohoa.] It is stated that Ngahue dia- 
oovexed New Zealand when fiying with his 




axes of jade, (greenstone, nephrite,) before 
Hine-tu-a-boanga and her weapons of obsi- 
dian: then he returned to Hawaiki. The 
Arawa canoe was built from a totara tree, a 
tree indigenous to New Zealand, and not found 
in Barotonga (Hervey Islands) ; so, too, the 
poporo trees, which caused the dissensions 
in Hawaiki (leading to war and the migration) 
are peculiarly New Zealand trees. The birds 
brought in the canoes, the pukeko, kakarikif 
&c., are New Zealand species of birds. This 
would seem to discredit the eTidenoe of the 
traditions, so far as detail goes. The time 
occupied in transit and incidents encountered 
should be some guide to us, but we are again 
met with improbabilities. Turi's voyage in 
the AoUa appears to have occupied some time ; 
they met storms, and put into an island 
named Bangitahua, where they refitted and 
again set out. This island cannot now be 
identified. The Arawa canoe was nearly 
destroyed in an immense whirlpool {Te waha 
o Parata)t which is perhaps purely mytho- 
logical. Ngatoro went back to Hawaiki, when 
**the wind of Pungawere** was blowing, in 
seyen days and nights. But other legends say 
that canoes went to Hawaiki and brought the 
hunara to New Zealand in one night. Some 
writers consider that Savaii, in the Samoan 
Group, is the original Hawaiki, guided by 
the similiarity of name (Savaiki). Others, 
for a similar reason, believe that the island of 
Hawaii (Sandwich Islands), is Hawaiki. The 
inhabitants of those islands themselves, how- 
ever, believe in another Hawaiki, neither in 
Samoa nor Hawaii. The subject is ably dealt 
with by Mr. Colenso, F.B.S., in " Trans. N.Z. 
Inst.,*' vol. i. 396 et s^q. A theory held by M. 
Lesson (**Les Polyn^ienes *') is that the Middle 
Island of New Zealand was the original Ha- 
waiki ; but this theozy has, I believe, no sup- 
porters of any mark. The Asiatic origin of 
the Polynesians has been considered probable 
by Messrs. De Onignes, De Bougainville, 
Count de Gobelin, Cook, I^ Peronse, Marsden, 
Molina, De Fleurien, Chamisso, Baffles, Oraw- 
Inrd, Bory St. Vincent, Balbi, Liitke, Beechey, 
Dumont d*Urville, Be Bienzi, Dieffenbach, 
Horatio Hale, Oanssin, De Bovis, Fomander, 
De Quatrefages, and other eminent anthropolo- 
gists. In support of this theory, the Native 
tradition avers distinctly that the sailing 
directions from Hawaiki for New Zealand 
were to steer for the "rising sun" — P. M., 
134. On the other hand, another legend 
states that to those dwelling in New Zealand, 
Hawaiki was *' where the red sun comes up" 
—A. H. M., iii. 108. Throughout the South 
Sea Islands, the general notion is that Hawaiki 
is in the west; and souls going to Hawaiki 
as the Spirit-land always pass to a Rerenpa 
vairua (spirit's leap) on the westernmost point 
of the islands. In New Zealand, the spirit's 
leap is at the most northern part of the North 
Island. [See Keinoa.J The canoes, accord- 
ing to many legends, seemed to be able to 
BaU backwards and forwards to Hawaiki when 
they pleased, and with little danger. [See 
Hm.] The different arguments are too 
voluminous to be treated at length in the 
present work. This place called Hawaiki 
was ondoubtedly considered to exist in the 
ipiritaal sexue also, by New Zealanden as by 





Eastern Polynesians. In the legend of Rangi' 
tchaka-omaj we find that "the boy went 
quickly below to the Lower -world (Reinga) 
to observe and look about at the steep cliffs 
of Hawaiki"— A. H. M., iii. 129. It is also 
stated that Hawaiki-roa was the land fished 
up by Maui — A. H. M., v. 3. Ha^vaii. — 
The ECawaiian name of Hawaiki (the dialect 
drops k) is Hawaii, or at full length, Hawaii' 
kua-uli'kai'oh, which in Maori letters (abbrevi- 
ated to M.L.) is Hawaiki-tua-uri-tai-koko. It 
was situated in Kahiki-ku (M.L. » Tawhiti-tu), 
meaning Eastern Tahiti or Tawhiti. [Notx. 
— This word has given rise to great confusion 
in Polynesian literature, the words Tahiti^ 
Hiti, Iti, Kahiki being supposed invariably 
to refer to the , Island of Tahiti (properly 
Tahaiti), but now known either to be the 
corresponding word to the Maori tawhiti, 
" distance," or else referring to whiti or hiti, 
** eastern," " sun-rising." In Hawaii, the word 
Kahiki (M.L. tawhiti) includes every group 
in the Paci^, from the Malay Archipelago to 
Easter Island.] This Eahiki-ku, in which 
Hawaiki was* situated, was on the large conti- 
nent to the east of Ealana-i-Hau-ola (M.L. 
Taranga-i-Hau-ora)^ where mankind was first 
created. [See Taranoa, Hauoba, Eobb, and 
Tiki.] It was also called Kapakapa-ua-a-Eane 
(M.L. Tajpatapa-kua-a-Tane) in a very ancient 
hymn. Other names are Aina-huna-a-Kane 
(M.L. Kainga-hunaa-Tane), "The hidden land 
of Tane"; also, Aina-wai-akua-o-Kane (M.L. 
Kainga-wai-atua-O'Tane) and Aina-wai-ola-a- 
Kane (M.L. Kainga'Wai-OTa-a-Tane)^ ** Land of 
the Divine Water of Tane." [See Tanx.] 
This country, as Pali-uli (M.L. Pari-uri), 
" The dark mountain," is de^tcribed as Para- 
dise. This paradise it seems possible that a 
man can again reach. The tradition says: 
"It was a sacred land: a man must be 
righteous to attain to it ; if faulty, he cannot 
go there; if he prefers his family, he will 
not enter into Paliuli.'' An ancient hymn 
says: — 

" Oh, Pariuri, hidden land of Tane ; 
Land in Taraneari-Hau-ora ; 
In Tawhiti-tn, m Tapatapa-ua-arTane ; 
Land with springs of water, fat and moist, 
Land greatly enjoyed by the Ood." 

The traditions of this paradise have singular 
resemblance to the ancient legends of Eden. 
In the midst of Paliuli were the beautiful 
waters of life, transparent and clear [see 
Waxoba]; and from hence were driven forth 
the Hawaiian Adam, Kumu-honna (M.L. » 
TumU'Whenua) [see Tupdtupu-whenua] , and 
his wife, Ola-ku-honua (M.L. Ora-tu-whenua), 
This pair were supposed to be exiled on account 
of their having done some evil, not plainly 
stated, but connected with the sacred api la- 
tree {phia m^Umele), or the "tabued bread- 
fruit tree," Ulu-kapu-a-Kane (M.L. Uru- apw- 
a-Taiu) ; and the man is often alluded to after- 
wards as "the fallen chief," "the mourner," 
"he who fell on account of the tree," d^c. 
Allusions are also made to the moopelo (M.L. 
mokopero), some kind of lizard or reptile, as a 
lying animal, and a chant speaks of it under 
the name of the Ilioha — 

M The Bioha, the mischief-maker, stands in the 
He has oauc^t the chief Ko-honua," Ac. 




Then followB the nuui*8 new nameB: "Fallen/* 
"Tree^ater/* "Mourner/' "repenting/* <fro. 
These songs and allasioos are far more ancient 
than the visit of any European. In one of the 
Hawaiian geneiUogies, that of Kumu-uli-po 
(M.L. Tumu-uri'Po), the first person on earth 
is supposed to have been a woman, Lailai, 
who was evolyed from Night {Po). She and 
her husband, Ee-alii-wahi-lani (M.L. Te Ariki- 
waki'rangi)t were the parents of Eahiko (M.L. 
Tawhito), the father of Wakea {AUa\. [See 
Tawhtto, and Atea.] A great chief, whose 
name was Hawaii-loa (M.L. HatoaiTrt-roa), or 
Ee Kowa>i-Hawail (M.L. Te Toa-i-Hawaifei ?), 
sailing east towards Ia4) (Jupiter, when morn- 
ing star), first discovered Hawaii, and then 
returned to fetch his wife and family, which 
having succeeded in doing, his progeny peopled 
the Sandwich Islands. The Hawaiian, like 
the New Zealand navigators, seem to have 
been able to go to and from Hawaiki when 
they pleased. [See Fomander, v. l.J As the 
Marquesans cUim descent from one of the 
twelve sons of Toho, so the Hawaiians are 
descended, according to the legend of Kumu- 
honua, from one of the twelve sons of Kinilau- 
a-mano (M.L. Tiniraii-a'manoJ^ whose father 
was Henehune, the son of Lua-Nuu (M.L. 
Ruanuku). [See Buantou, and Tinirau.] 
Marquesas. — The Marquesans are the only 
Maoris who have kept the record of a national 
name. This they say is "TeTake." They 
claim that the god Tane, one of the twelve 
sons of Toho, was their original ancestor. 
His home was in Take-hee-hee, or Ahee-tidce 
(M.L. Take-hereheret or Ahere-take), They 
mention sevent«en stopping -places, one of 
which was Vavau (? Vavau, near Tonga) [see 
Wawau] , before they reached Ao-maama (M.L. 
Ao-marama)^ " the White World,*' their prcRcnt 
abode. Perhaps this name, like the New Zea- 
land name. Ao-tea, having a similar meaning, 
is a reference to the land pulled up from the 
Abyss by Maui. The Marquesans mention a 
Tree of Life iu their Paradise: — » 

*' The tree of life, firm rooted in heaven above, 
The tiree producing in all the heavens 
The bright and sprightly sons." 

But this, whic^ may be a mystical tree, cannot 
be referred to in the iucantation used at human 
sacrifices, when there was mention of "the red 
apples eaten in Vavau," and " the tabued apples 
of Atea,** as being the cause of all evil and 
misfortune. "From Vavau to Havaii** is the 
earthly boundary. Havaiki. in the Marquesas, 
is " below/* a world of death and fire. Thither 
went Maui to get the gift of fire for man from 
the fire-goddess [see Tregear, Trans., xx. 886J ; 
and the name in used in modern timns as an 
equivalent to "Hell." Havaii is spoken of in 
the Marquesan legend of the Doluge as the 
first land appearing after the Flood : " Great 
mountain ridges, ridges of Havaii.** Ma- 
ngareva, and the Gambler Islands.— 
Here Avaiki has taken to itself almost entirely 
the spiritual character. It signifies (1.) an 
abyss; (2.) Hell j (3.) antipodes ; and (4.) the 
name of a place mentioned in ancient song, 
and now conjectured to mean Hawaii in the 
Sandwich Islands. It is also called Havahiki, 
a word which (recognising the full value of 
Polynesian phonetics) may be tiie really 
original and perfect form: Ki U nuku ke, M 

Raro, i Havahiki; To the other world, the 
Under(-world), Havahiki. Mangaia, and 
Ihe Hervey Islands. — Avaiki has here lost 
aU apparent geographical value. It is entirely 
the Spirit-world, the Under-world, where the 
sun goes to rest at night, and whither the soula 
of the dead depart. [As an entirely mythical 
place, it is more fully described under kons.] 
In Avaiki, the great ptta tree (Fagraa herUri- 
ana) stands beiside the lake Vai-roto-Ariki, 
**the Boyal Freshwater Lake." On this tree 
the spirits of those who die are received ; thence 
they fall into ihe fatal net of Akanga, and then 
pass into the fire of Miru [see MmnJ ; that is. 
the souls of tiie mean and cowardly so fall — 
M. S , 161. In Altutakl, the heaven of soula 
is called Iva. There the spirits (of those who 
have been buried with proper funeral offerings) 
lie evermore at ease, chewing sugar-cane, Ac. 
Tonga.— We have no record of Hawaiki, 
either as a supernatural or historical locality, 
among the Friendly Islanders. A place called 
fiulotu receives the souls of the Tongan chiefs; 
and it was from this place, an island lyiug to 
the north-westward, that their ancestors came, 
they being two brothers, who, with their wives 
and attendants, left Bulotu by order of the god 
Tangaloa. This ancestral home is the dwel- 
ling of the gods. In it stands Akaulea ("the 
Speaking Tree **), which executes the orders of 
the divinities, and stands near the Water of 
Life, the Vaiola. [See Eobb, and Waioiu.] 
As only the nobles have souls, they alone pass 
to Bulotu, to what has been aptly called **a 
Paradise of the Peerage.'* The petty chiefs, 
the MataJmUf go to Bulotu, as servants of the 
chiefs ; the common people, or Ttia, cease to 
exist with the death of the body. [See 


HAWAIKI (myth.), the Ancestral Land personi- 
fied. Hawaiki was a child of Papa (the 
Earth), by Whiwhia-te-rangi-ora. She had a 
sister called Wawauatea — A. H. M., i. App. 
[See Wawau.] In Hawaii there was a great 
navigator called " Hawaii*' : *' Here is Hawaii, 
the island, the man**; and "A man is Ha- 
waii** {He kanaka Hawaii), This allusion is 
perhaps to the Hawaii-loa, spoken of in pre- 
ceding description as the discoverer of HawaiL 

HAWARE (hhware), saliva. Cf. ware, saliva; 

hauware^ saliva; ^tiare, saliva; huware, 

saliva. 2. To groan. 
HAWAREWARE, fuU of saliva. [For oompara- 

tives, see Waiui, and Hauwabb.] 

HAWAREWARE {fOtwareware), lean, spare in 
body. Gf. ware, mean in social position; 
whare, a house. [See Hawaiian.] 
Hawaiian — hahale, to flatten down; to 
sink in; (5.) to be hungry; halehale, to sink 
down ; to fall in ; to flatten down, as the roof 
of an old house. Cf. hale, a house ; hahtile^ 
lying, deceitful; Jiawale, lying, deceitful; 
wuleidale, destitution. Tongan— cf. vale^ a 
fooT, ignorant: valevaU, young, tender, applied 
to inf»\nts. Mangarevan— -cf. varevaret to 
be awkward. 

HAWATA (Mtwata), to mutter. 

HAWE, tlie name of a bird having some long 
skeleton feathers, very highly prized by the 
Natives. It is only found near the North 
Cape. Cf. awe, the long hairs on a dog*s taiL 




Whaka-HAWEA, to despise; E whakahatDeatia 
ana e Ehau tona matamuuUanga — Ken., zzv. 
84. 2. To disbelieye. 

HAWEPOTIKI (myth.), the name of a boy, the 
son of Uenaku, the high priest in Hawaiki. 
Hawepoiiki was killed in revenge for a murder 
eommitted by his father ; and this led to the 
troable by which Tori was driven oot in fche 
AoUa canoe to New Zealand— P. M., 126. 

HAWERA {hhwera)^ a place where the fern or 
bosh has been destroyed by fire. Cf. toem, 
burnt ; tOMera^ a burnt place in a wood ; para- 
werot land where the fern has been burnt off. 
[For comparatives see Wkba.] 

HA WERE (hiiwere)t a variety of the kumara 
(sweet potato). 2. A fruitful year. 

HAWINIWINI (Atetm'ttnm), to shiver with cold; 
to shudder. Cf . trtnttoim, to shudder ; hutrini- 
wini, chilled, having the skin roughened with 

HAW NATO, (Cordice^ robertsiit) a genus of 
Ascomycetous fungi, which attacks the cater- 
pillar of the Ohost Moth (Hepiahu). [For 
comparatives see Awhato.] 

HAWHE, to go or come round. Cf. awhe^ to 
pass round or behind ; atoheo, to be surrounded 
with a halo ; taawhit to be travelled all round ; 
takaawhe, circuitous. [See Whawhx.] 
Saxnoan — of. *a/8, pannu$ merutrualU, 
Tongan — cf. a/«, to turn in at, as into a 
house when on a journey; afeafei, to coil 
round the body ; hafet to carry suspended by a 
string from the nedc or shoulder ; afea/etata, 
to turn short, to turn and go again ; afeitui, a 
serpentine path. Ext. Poly.: Aneityum — 
ef. a/ve, to whirl round the head. 

HE, a, an ; a word used as an indefinite article, 
sometimes used in the plural : He aitua Aau, 
ht aitua ko^A. H. M., xi. 4 : Tikina, he ahi i 
a Mafttdkor—T. M*, 25. 

Saxnoan — se, a, or an : 8e ipu vat rnahiJu : 
a cop of oold water. Tahitian~e, indefinite 
article : E ua to ihora oia e fanua atura e 
tamaiti ; And she brought forth a son. Ha- 
mraiian — he, a, or an: Aohe aUi au, he 
kanaka nae ; I am not a chief, but I am a 
man. Tongan—ha, a : Ha tag'ata lelei mo 
boto; A man good and wise. Cf. he^ the. 
Rarotongan — e, a, or an: E atamoa kua 
dkatina ki runga i te enua nei ; A ladder set 
upright on the ground. Marquesan->he, 
(sometimes ej a, or an ; Hakahaka he hae ma 
eia ; Build a nouse upon it. Mangarevan 
— e, a, an, or the : Homai ta te tupuna kia na 
€ tunUttru mana ; Hib grandfather gave him 
a staff of power. Ext. Poly. : Fijl---ef. a, an 
article, as a tamata, a man. 

HE (i^), wrong; unjust; unfair; improper; an 
error, mistake : Ka noho tonu ki te arai atu i 
te he—M. M., 32. Cf. takahCi to go wrong ; 
hewa, to be deluded; j^hehe^ mistaken; whe, 
a caterpillar [see Tahitian] ; ke, strange. 2. 
A difficulty, trouble ; to be in trouble. 8. To 
be acquainted with. 4. Suffocated (J he te 

HEHE {htht\t gone astray. 2. Consternation 
(one auth.). 

HbNQIA (passive), to be mistaken for another. 

Whtka-HE, to mislead, to cause to err. 2. To 
find ikoU with ; to oondenm; to object to, to 

speak against. S. To oommit some act which 
will bring down vengeance on one's own tribe, 
as a means of revenge for an insult offered by 
one of the tribe. 4. A mistake, an error : Me 
tohakatika ata nga whakahe — ^A. H. M., ii. 3. 

Samoan — se, to wander ; (5.) to mistake ; 
sese, to wander; (&.) to mistake; (c.) to do 
evil, to do wrong, applied to such sins as adul- 
tery, <!^o. ; id.) to be nearly blind ; fa'a-sese, to 
mislead ; (&.) to bring the head of a canoe to 
the wind, so as to leave the sail flapping. 
Tahitian— he, an error, a mistake; wrong, 
erroneoas ; (b.) a caterpillar. [Notb. — This is 
Maori whet & caterpillar. The Tahitian has 
hape^ error, and tie, error ; bat hape also means 
a caterpillar: see Hape. J Hehe, shy, strange, 
alienated; faa-he, to condemn, to accuse of 
error; (b.) to lead astray, to cause error; faa- 
hehe, to cause an alienation between friends ; 
strange, distant. Cf. hepo, to be in confusion. 
Haivailan — cf. he, a grave ; a dividing line 
between lands ; the name of the little worm 
that eats the leaves of the ooooanut and palm- 
leaf pandantu ; to roar as a strong wind, such 
as roais down ravines; the name of a war 
weapon ; hewa^ wrong, erroneous. Tongan 
— he, astray ; lost ; to err, deviate ; hehe, to 
stray, to miss the way, to wander ; faka-he, to 
mislead, to misdirect ; one who leads others 
astray; faka-hehe, to drive away, as birds. 
Cf . hehee^ to drive away ; feheakij to go astray 
on both sides. Marquesan—cf. hehe^ one 
who is not tattooed properly ; hekeke^ to mis- 
take the road. Rarotongan— e, to err, to 
go astray ; an error, mistake : E kiui e kotou 
ra ; If you have done wrong : Kua e teia ; It 
was an error. Mangarevan— ehe (for hehe). 
to stray, go wrong ; an error, mistake ; hee, to 
wander, to lose one's way; (&.) to have lost 
one's reason ; to be delirious ; hehe, as hee ; 
aka-aheahe, to cause to stumble. Paumo- 
tan— he, crooked, awry ; hehe, crooked, irre- 
gular ; faka-he, to mislead ; (d.) to deny ; to 
abjure ; faka-hehe, to be crazv, mad ; (&.) to 
f(Bf ute, to confute ; |[c.) to bend, to warp ; (d.) 
deceit, fraud, perndiousness. Ext. Poly.: 
Fiji — of. S0<e, wandering about; astray; in 

HEA, a multitude, majority. 

HEA, "What place?" E haere ana koe kiheaf 
—P.M., 61. 2. "What time?" Cf. ahea, 
"when?" tehea, "which?" 

HEA HEA, every plaoe. [For comparatives, see 



HEANQA, error, a mistake. [See H>.] 

HEI, a neck ornament ; to wear round the neck : 
Katahi ka mahara a Te Kanawa ki tona hei — 
P. M., 176. Cf. heitikij a neck-ornament of 
jade ; whitiki, to tie up ; a girdle ; whiwhi^ to 
be entangled [see Tahitian] ; fti, to fish with 
a line; whait to pursue [see Mangarevan]; 
whai, "cat's cradle" [see Hawaiian]; tifiei, 
to carry a burden on the back, holding it in 
place with the hands [see Hawaiian]. 2. 
Samples of what has been prepared for a 
feast, presented as an act of courtesy. 
Saxnoan — aei, to put a flower into the hair, 
or behind the ear ; a flower so placed ; seisei, 
to adorn the head with flowers; fa'a-sei, to 
adorn with flowen. Tahitian— hei, a wreath 




or garland of flowers; (b.) to entangle and 
catch in a net ; heihei, a garland of flowers ; 
(6.) to entangle repeatedly; faa-hei, to put 
a garland on the head; (&.) to oatch fish in 
a net; (e.) to get or obtain some good or 
benefit. Cf. atoheit to plack and gather 
flowers for a /in or garland ; heiomiif to be 
entangled, as fish by the heads ; heipue, ga- 
thered, congregated, as people ; heipunif to be 
entangled, beset on every side ; to be in the 
midst of difficulties ; taheit a handkerchief or 
npper garment ; to east a net for fish. Ha- 
i/v^aiian— hei, a net, a snare for entangling 
and taking an animal ; to entangle as in a net 
(applied to men) : A hei iho ia lakou i kana 
upena; They catch them in their net: To 
catch or entangle one by the neck or legs ; (b.) 
a draught of fishes ; game taken in banting ; 
(c.) the game of *' cat's cradle ;'* (d.) the cere- 
mony of hanging greenery about the house of 
the gods, to render the sacrifices acceptable ; 
(«.) a wreath of green leaves ; (/.) the fruit of 
the pawpaw tree ; (g.) the pawpaw tree (also 
called mili) ; heihei, to run as in a race, to run 
a race ; hehei, to entangle in a net, as fish, or 
birds in a snare ; hoo-hei, to set a snare ; (5.) 
to be entangled in a snnre. Gf. heiau, a large 
idolatrous temple; heiheiwaa, a canoe-race; 
kaJieit a belt ; a sack passing over the shoul- 
der ; a cloth for preserving goods ; kihei, the 
garment formerly worn by Hawaiian men, tied 
in a knot on the shoulder. Marquesan — 
hei, a collar, a necklace ; (&.) to adorn, em- 
bellish ; (c.) to entangle : A Mutuhei ua hei 
ma una ; Mutuhei was entwined above. Cf . 
tttA'f, to tie, bind. Mangarevan— heihei, 
to chase, to drive off, to exile. Gf . et>t, a kind 
of common fern or bracken. Pauxnotan — 
faka-hei, to take captive, {fakahei haokah) to 
enslave. Cf. hitiki, a girdle. Ext. Poly. : 
Fiji— cf. u, to flower ; ie-na, a flower ; ie-va^ 
to pluck flowers; tevakit driven away. 

HEI (myth.), a chief who came to New Zea- 
land in the Arawa canoe. [8ee Abawa.] He 
settled at Whitianga, and was buried at the 
extremity of the promontory (O-a-hei) — S. B., 

HEIHEI, noise. 2. The bam-door fowl (modem ?) 
Hawaiian — cf. hoo-heihei, a drum ; to 
sound or strike the drum ; hehe^ to laugh, 
mock ; keheit to be ensnared. Ext. Poly. : 
Malagasy— cf. hehy, the scratching of the 
ground, as poultry, io. Malay — of. hayan^ 
a fowl ; hayan-kukuh, a cock. 

Whaka-HEI, to go to meet. Cf. heipU, coming 
straight towards. 2. To inspirit, to rally. 

HEINQA, a parent ; ancestor. 


HEIPU (heipu)t coming straight towards. Cf. 
whaka-heU to go to meet ; j>tt, precise, very. 
2. Just, proper. 

HEITIKI, an ornament of jade, shaped like a dis- 
torted human figure, worn on a necklet : I te 
heitiki eUhif i te kurupounainu etehi — P. M., 
70. Cf. hei, to wear round the neck ; tiki, a 
carved figure on the gable of a house; tiie 
name of a deity [see Tixi] ; tikitikit a girdle ; 
a knot of hair on the top of the head ; whitiki, 
a girdle ; to gird ; whiti, a hoop ; whiwhi, to 
entangle, &o, (as ^t). [For oomparatives, see 
Bsi, and Txsx.] 

HEKA, mouldy. Ct puruhekahekat moxildj. 
Mangarevan — eka, mouldy, mouldiness. 
Paumotan— hekaheka, discoloured. To- 
ngan— cf. heheka, to heal, to fill or close up, 
as a wound. Tahltian — of. hea, a disease of 
children (thrush), but vaguely used for many 
internal disorders ; heatautettt jaundice, dko. 
Haivailan — cf. hea, sore eyes, red, and 
inflamed ; heahea, to imprint with spots ; 
stained, as with red earth ; heanat a corpse, a 

HEKE, to descend : Heke nei, heke net te waka ra 
— a — ka ngaro te ihu — P. M., 74. Cf. eke, to 
ascend, mount upon ; paheke, to slip ; taheke, 
to descend ; taiheke, to descend. 2. To ebb. 
8. To drip. Cf. paheke, to have a running 
issue. 4. To migrate ; one who migrates ; a 
migration : E ki nga korero o te heke o Paikea 
— G.-8, 17.; Ka heke atu he whenua ke—F. M., 
70. Cf . eke, to go on board a vessel, get on a 
horse, Ao. 5. To decline towards setting, as 
the sun : Nana, kiui heke te ra, kua ahiafA — 
Eai., xix. 9. 6. To miss a mark. Cf. hiki, to 
skip, miss, as a word in a charm. 7. To slope 
downwards : Takoto ana he rooroo, heke ana 
he awaawa — P. M., 25. 8. A rafter: Te 
tahuhu, nga heke, nga kahO'—O. P., 394. 9. 
A kind of eel. 

HEKEHEKE, to descend, decline: Moku ano enei 
ra, mo te ra ka hekeheke — Prov. : Kapua heke- 
heke iho i runga o Rehia — A. H. M., ii. 8. 

HEKETANQA, the descent of a hill. 

HEKENGA, a migration. 2. A descent: £ ma 
ano hekenga o te aho — P. M., 23. 

Whaka-HEKE, to cause to descend, Ac. ; to let 
down : Ka whakahekea ki te moana n^a atu) — 
M. M., 181. 2. A rope. 8. To catch eela by 
means of a net attached to a weir. 

Whaka-HEKEH EKE, striped: Nga mea whaka- 
hekeheke, me nga mea purepure—Kf^n., xxx. 35. 
Samoan — se'e, to slip, to slide, to glide 
along; (&.) to be dislocated, as a joint; (e.) to 
beg for food ; se'ese'e, to drag oneself along, 
sitting on the ground; fa'a-se'e, to glide on 
the breakers by means of a board, or the stem 
of a cocoanut leaf, when there is a swell on 
the reef or on the shore; (6.) a small shed 
built against the side of a nouse; (c.) aside, 
sideways; se'ega, a party gliding on the 
waves. Cf. td, to wander ; ma»e*e8e*e, slippery. 
Tahitian— hee, to be in a discharged or 
banished condition, as of one turned out of 
his place ; (6.) to be swimming in the surf, a 
favourite pastime ; faa-hee. to remove or leave 
through some offence or aispleasure ; (b.) to 
float or swim on a surf-board ; (c.) to cause an 
evacuation of the body by means of a purga- 
tive. Cf. atuhee, a stranger, foreigner ; tahee, 
to be purging ; heeauru, to swim on the top of 
a rolling sea ; heepue, to sail before the wind ; 
aheehee, to ebb, as the sea ; pahee, to slip or 
slide, as the foot ; to ebb, as the sea : ee, to 
mount a horse; to get on board a canoe. 
Haivaiian^hee, to melt or run, as liquid; 
to flow, as blood or water; a flowing, aa of 
liquid ; (6.) to slip or slide away ; to play on 
the surf-board: O Alalea, o heel Oh Alalea, 
glide away I (c.) A flight, as of a vanquished 
army; to flee, through fear: O ka poe i hee; 
The vanquished flying people, (d.) A bloody 
issue, as catamenia: He toahine hee koko; A 
woman with an iasue of blood« (e.) A land- 




Blip : Mehe he€ ma no kuahiwi ; Like a great 
landslip from the hills. (/.) The rope that 
supports the mast ; a stay ; hehee, to melt, 
as metals; to liquefy any solid substance; 
liquid, thin, flowing; to flow; to soften, as 
the heart; to make fearfal: E hehee mtanei 
ka poe ; The inhabitants shall melt away. 
He hehee, to fade, as the colours of calico ; 
heehee, to flow or melt away; to become 
liquid; (6.) to flee in battle; (c.) to dip up 
water with a cap ; (d.) an avalanche, a land- 
sh'p ; hoo-hee, to caase to melt; (6.) to cause 
to flee, to rent, as an army; hoo-hehee, to 
melt, to liquefy ; hoo-heehee, to make angry, 
to Tex ; to be wild. Cf. ««, to get on board 
ship ; heehia, to tremble with fear ; heeholua^ 
a machine something like a sled, on which the 
ancient Hawaiians slid downhill ; heekokOf a 
flowing of blood, especially the catamenia or 
metiMiB ; heenalu, to slide or play on the surf- 
board ; heewaUt to melt easily ; to flee like a 
coward in the .time of war ; kuihee, to doubt, 
hesitate; paheehee, slippery, muddy, as a 
road; poheeua^ to slip or fall down a steep 
precipice on account of a great rain. To- 
ngan — heke, to move on the posteriors; 
hekea, to slide, to slip ; heheke, smooth, slip- 
pary ; (5.) to slide or skim over the surface ; 
(c.) to be beguiled or deceived; hekeheke, 
alippery, smooth; faka-heke, to cause others 
to slip and fall ; (&.) to flatter, to beguile ; 
addicted to flattery; (c) to ward off. Cf. 
kekeatvm, to slide, to slip ; hekenoa, to go ; to 
be where one has no business; fehehekeaki^ to 
glide to and fro, as a bird flying, or a canoe 
sailing to and fro in smooth water ; to dance 
along. Mangaian — eke, to descend: Kua 
veevte tepo^ ka eke atu ai^e; Night is at hand, 
whither thou must descend. Marquesan — 
heke, to go by the sea-coast ; hee, to go, to 
set out on a journey ; heehee, to peel bread- 
fruit. Mangarevan — heke, to fall down; 
to fall in ; Ui.) to sink with too much weight ; 
hekega, defeat; a lost battle; aka-heke, to 
demolish, to beat down ; to make to faU (of 
fruit) ; aka-hekeheke, to reduce to a pulp ; (&.) 
to have a conference ; to question each other. 
Cf. eke, to embark ; ekeeke^ to soften by boil- 
ing; A^iketoto, a flow of blood. Pauxnotan — 
fkka-heke, to have a miscarriage; abortion; 
(6.) to banish, expel; (c.) a purgative; to 
purge; (d.) to give a passage to. Cf. taeke^ 
to expel, banish ; hekeao, to pass ; a voyage. 

HEKEHEKE-I-PAPA (myth.), the name of Turi's 
cultivation at Patea— P. M., 186. [See Tubz.] 

HEKEMAI, a kind of shark. 

HEKERAU, small tubers of kumara. 

HEKERUA, a sucker thrown out by a plant. 

HEKETARA, the name of a tree (Bot. Olearia 

HEKETUA, evacuation oifcteei; a cesspool; a 
privy : Ka hanga hoki e ia te heketua hei 
whakareinga mo nga tahae—F. M., 87. Cf. 
heke, to drip. 

Tahitian — of. hee, to cause an evacuation 
of the body by means of a purgative ; tahee, 
to be purging. Hawaiian — cf. hee^ to flow 
as a liquid; a bloodv issue. Tongan — of. 
heke, to move on the posteriors; heheke, 
mooth, slippery. Mangarevan~of« heke- 

toto, a flow of blood. Paumotan — of. f aka- 
heke, to porge ; a purgative. 

HEM A, procreative power (one anth.) : Ka tapa 
te ingoa o taua tamaiii ko Hema hei ingoa, mo 
taku hemahematanga ih(r ki a kofi — A. H. M., 
i. 47. 

HEMA (myth.), a celebrated hero or demigod of 
antiquity. He was the son of Eaitangata by 
Whaitiri. He was slain by some evil and 
supernatural creatures dwelling by day in the 
water, and called in the North Island the 
Ponaturi [see PoNATuaiJ, and in the South 
Island Paikea, Eewa, and Ihupuku, names 
referring to sea-monsters or whales. Hema*B 
wife was named Urutonga; by her he had 
three children, a girl called Papumainono, and 
two sons, Earihi and Tawhaki. Hema's wife 
is said in another legend to be Earenuku, the 

?ounger sister of Pukn. After Hema's murder, 
'awhaki revenged him by slaying the Pona- 
turi, and rescuing his father^s bones. [See 
Tawhaki.] There are several versions of the 
story, which is very ancient. In one legend 
the name of Hema*s wife (and mother of 
Tawhaki) is Arawheta-i-te-rangi. In another 
Hema is called a female, and has for husband 
Huarotn, begetting first the girl Pupumainono, 
then Earihi, then Tawhaki— A. H. M., i. 54. 
[See Wohl., Trans., vii. 15 and 41 ; P. M., 86; 
A. H. M., i. 120, 121, 128.1 
Haivaiian — Hema and his brother Puna 
{Punga) were sons of Aikanaka (Kaitangata) 
by Hinahanaiakamalama, according to the 
niu genealogy. [See Hinaurz ; alpo Tregear, 
Trans., zix. 600.] His son was Eahai {Ta- 
whaki). Hina was disgusted with her children's 
dirtiness, and she went to the moon. Hina is 
almost certainly a lunar goddess; and the 
story of the dirty child is transferred in Maori 
legend to the account of Tawhaki and Tango- 
tango — ^P. M., 41. Hema sailed to a 
country, where he was slain by a people which 
killed all strangers. Eahai went in search of 
him— For., P. B., i. 191, and ii. 16. Tahi- 
tian— H}f. hemahema, the Nautilus (Argonaut). 

HEMANQA, a basket half-full. 

H EM I H EMI, the occiput, the back of the head: 
Kei te korero mat, ki tua o te hemihemi — Prov. 

HEMO, to be passed by; to be gone away: Hemo 
kau atu ano taua maia raka — P. M., 24. CI 
pahemot passed b^. 2. To go for a thing, or 
be gone to fetch it : Ka hemo a Mangi ki te 
huata-^k. H. M., i. 20. 8. To miss a mark : 
He tao rakau e karohia atu ka hemo; te too 
ki, werohia mai, tu tonu — Prov. 4. To be 
consumed. 6. To be dead : A ka hemo, a ka 
kohia atu ki tona iwi — ^Een., xlix. 88. 6. To 
be faint : Ka hi te ata ka karanga atu ia * Ka 
hemo au i te kai^ — P. M., 26. Cf. moe, to 
sleep ; to die. [See Hawaiian.] 7. To suffer, 
as to be pinched with cold, 2^o. : Ka hemo 
raua i te hauaitu — Wohl., Trans., vii. 50. 8. 
Denoting the completion of an action. 

Whaka-H EMC, to consome. 2. To be consumed. 

Whaka-HEMOHEMO, to attend at the death-bed 
of anyone. 2. To be at the point of death. 
Tahitian— hemo, to be out-done in a con- 
test ; (b.) to slip off, as the handle of a tool ; 
faa-hemo, to out-do, to excel ; (6.) to break or 
nullify an agreement ; a breaker of an agree- 
ment ; to be addicted to breaking agteementi. 




Cf . tdhemo, to untie, as a knot ; to diaannnl, 
as an agreement. Hamraiian — hemo, to 
loosen, to untie, as a rope ; to oast off ; loose, 
separating ; (6.) to <3ome oat, to move away, 
depart ; (c.) to tarn off, as a tenant ; to dis- 
possess of one's land; (d,) to loosen, i.€. to 
set saU, as a vessel ; («.) to break loose from 
restraint or confinement; to break over a 
boundary ; (/.) to break off a habit ; to wean, 
as a chUd ; hoo-hemo, to loosen, i.e, divorce 
married persons ; (6.) to set at liberty ; heme- 
heme, to loosen very maoh ; {b.) to be weak 
from fear; (e.) to be aofastenea; hoo-hemo- 
hemo, to take away, to separate. Cf. ohemo^ 
weaned, as a child from the breast; to dis- 
charge freely from the bowels, as in dysentery ; 
ohemohemo, faint, languid ; hemoet faint, hun- 
gry, dying ; uhemo, to break off, to separate 
into parts ; to divorce ; hanahemOt to uxUoose ; 
a feeble state of health; pahemo, to loosen, set 
loose ; to slip, as one walking ; to slip off, as 
an axe from its helve ; pohemo, to slip out of 
the hand. Tongan — of. homo, to slacken, to 
become loose. Mangarevan-^emo, to be 
forced from, to pull away ; detached ; emoraga, 
rupture, separation ; aka-emo, to detach, to 
untie; aka-emoemo, to pass anything on to 
another person; (6.) to untie often. Pau- 
xnotan — hehemo, to be divorced. Cf. ma- 
hemOf abortion; hemokia-atu, to redeem, to 
free. Mangaian— cf . maemo, to slip through 
or away from. Ext. Poly.: Malagasy— <cf. 
hetnotra, pulled bsck, drawn back. 

HENI, (for Hani,) the name of a weapon: Ko 
tona lieni anake ki Uma ringaringa mau ai — 
A. H. M., i. 149. 

H EN U Ml, to be out of sight, to disappear. Cf. 
nunumi, to disappear behind; nunUnumi, to 
be ashamed; hanvmi, to be swallowed up; 
vfhenUf the warp of cloth. [See Uamoan.] 

Whaka-HENUMI, to cause to disappear. 

Samoan — of. fenU, to make a join in 
plaiting, &o, ; niimt, to be involved, to be in- 
tricate; to rumple; a gather of a dress. 
Tahitian — of. fenU, the strand of a rope ; 
venut the threads that are woven into a mat. 
Tongan — fenumi, to be hidden by other 
things. Cf. fenuminumiaki, to cover up or 
over ; to conceal ; numi, to gather in sewing ; 
to plait ; to pucker ; to crease; manumi, to be 
creased, crimped, not folded. Mangarevan 
— cf . enuenu, flexible ; slack, as a rope ; 
nttfuimt, to press strongly, to imprint. Mo- 
rlori— of. hokO'Whenu, to spin a thread. 

HENQA, the edge of the hull of a canoe to which 
the rauatoa or streak-board is fastened. 2. 
Food for a working party : Kei tawaki tonv, e 
taka ana i te henga — A. M. H., iii. 7. S. [See 
HaiHrallan^ef. hene^ a bundle, as of pota- 
toes or other things, done up for carrying; 
hega, the hollow of the thigh ; the buttocks ; 
the nakedness of a person ; the mom venerit. 
Mangarevan— egaega, a joint; a division 
between parts. Cf. hegaga, a piece of wood 
stretched along the walls, by which the rafters 
are supported. Ext. Poly. : Motu — of. hetii, 
to give: henia, to contribute; henihenia, to 
feecT a child. Malagasy— of. hena^ flesh, 


HENQl, 1 to blow gently. Cf. angi, Hght air ; 

HEHENQIjJ matangij wind; kokengi, wind; 
pahengihengif blowing gently. 

Whaka-HENQl, to move stealthUv. 

Samoan — of. tegi, shy, wild, not tame ; to 
snatch; agi, to blow (of the wind). Hamral- 
ian-— of . henipoa, feeble, weak ; ani, to blow 
softly, as a gentle breeze. Tongan— ef. hegi^ 
vnld, not tame ; hegihegi, the dawn of day. 

HENQIA, black skin. 

Samoan — cf. segi, wild, not tame; ugiugi^ 
twilight. Tah i t ian — cf . heioa, to be black all 
over; variegated. Tongan— -d hegi, wild, 
not tame ; to scar, to bum any eruption on 
the skin ; huhegia, to be suffocated with heat ; 
to be blasted ; to ferment. 

HENQIA (hingia), passive of He, to err. [See 

HEOI, (or Heoti,) a word denoting sufficiency and 
completeness, generally used with ano, as heoi 
ano, enough. Cf. otU finished. 2. Implying 
that wbat follows is the natural result of what 
has just been stated; accordingly; and so. 
3. But, however. 

HERE (myth.), the name of a deity. He was a 
son of Rangi-potiki, the Prop of Heaven [see 
Toko] by his wife Papa-tua-nuku. Here was 
a twin-brother of Punga, the god of lizards — 
S. R., 17. 

HERE, to tie, to tie up, to fasten with cords : Ka 
herea ki te taumanu o te waka — P. M., 117. 
Cf . paihere, to make up into bundles ; tahere, 
to tie; ensnare; ahere, a- bird-snare ^ pihere, 
a snare ; houwere, to tie, to bind ; were, to be 
suspended. 2. To call, as to a feast : E kore 
e Patko t herea — A. H. M., v. 23. 

HEREHERE, to tie, to tie up : I hanga hoki ki te 
ahua te tohora i hereherea ai e ratou i 
Whangaparaoa — G.-8, 19. 2. A captive, a 
slave : Ka riro hoki ratou i te herehere — Tin., 
xxviii. 41. Cf. herepu, to seise, catch, hold 
firmly ; whaka-wheret to oppress, maltreat. 

Whaka-HERE, a present; to conciliate with a 
present : Hei whakahere ki tona atua — MSS. 

HEREA, to be predestined to death : A koia ra 
tana atua tohu mo nga maki kua herea — 
A. H. M., V. 42. 
Samoan — sele, to snare; a snare; (5.) a 
bamboo; selesele, a species of sedge. Cf. 
mataeele, a noose; felefele, to be involved; 
intricate ; eelefatv^ the shell used for scraping 
breadfruit. Tahitian— here, a string noose 
or snare ; to ensnare ; (&.) a favourite, a be- 
loved one ; faa-here, to make use of a snare. 
Cf. heretaut a rope or string for suspending 
things at some height; heri, a rope tied to 
the foot of a pig, fowl, (fro. ; pahere,jk oomb ; 
to comb Ihe hair ; tahere, a sort of girdle ; to 
make use of a snare. Ha'wailan — hele, a 
noose-snare for catching birds; (6.) to stretch, 
as a string or rope ; helea, to put a noose 
round the head of a shark, uf . ahele, a snare ; 
pahele, a snare, a noose; hawtle, to tie or lash 
on with a piece of string ; to bind or secure by 
tying; heleuma^ the stone anciently used as 
an anchor to hold a cfjioe ; kahele, a braiding, 
a wreathing of vines or plaited leaves ; HheU, 
to scratch or tear, as briars or anything 
crooked ; Tongan— hele, to catch in a noose, 
to ensnare ; (6.) to evade ; to dissemble ; faka- 


[63] Heu 

halahela, to take by oraft. Ci. hsUhUt a enare 
lor the head. Marquesan— hee, to be 
ehoked, strangled ; to strangle. Manga- 
ian — are, to hang ap; areere, to snbdae; 
(h.) to ^sten or tie with oane; aka-ereere, 
dear, best-beloved. Ci. tamahereJieret a son 
or daughter kept in the hoose to make them 
lair and fat ; toere, to dothe oneself. Pau- 
motan — here, a snare; {b.) to tie ; to lace ap 
np ; (e.) an ambash ; (d.) a running knot ; (0.) 
to love; affection; faka-here, kind, graoioas. 
Ot tahere, an armlet. Rarotongan— ere, 
a snare : Kua motu te ere, e kua ora io nei 
tatou; The snare is broken and we have 
escaped : ereere, a snare : Te aaere ra aia na 
ruti^a f U ereere ; He walks upon a snare. 
fNoTB. — ^For Ereere vaenuit or " soul-traps," of 
Danger Island, see *'Life in Southern Isles,'* 
Qill, 161.] Ext. P0I7: Fiji>-cf. vere, en- 
tangled ; confined ; a plot, oonspiraoj. 

HERE, a spear for killing birds; to kill birds 
with a spear: Ko tana here, ko nga ngutu 
tonai^P. M., 96. 

Samoan— sele. a bamboo knife; (&.) the 
name of a ahell-nsh ; {e,) to out, as the hair ; 
(d.) the name of a sharp, cutting weed ; selea, 
to be cut, of the flesh, &o. ; selesele, an evenly 
eat head of hair ; (&.) a species of sedge ; (c.) 
to cut into several pieces ; (d.) to shear. Cf. 
telei, to cut, slash ; eeleulu, scissors ; uUfatu, 
the shell used to scrape bread-fruit; ielemanUi, 
to shave the head quite close ; ulevalevaU, to 
abave the head quite clean ; fa^a-ulemutu, to 
eat off a part; to cut short, as a speech. 
Hawaiian — cf. helehele, to go through (the 
ICaori ha^re, to go or come) ; hexie, to cut up, 
to divide asunder ; tnahele^ to divide, to cut in 
pieces ; to separate from one a^^ other, as 
people. Tongan — hele, a knif' : 10 cut ; to 
laemte; (b.) a shell- fish ; helea, to cut off; 
(6.) to dissemble; faka-heie, to cut off, to 
separate from. Cf. hele-kqji, scissors ; heleta, 
a sword; helemaka, the harp shell; helema, 
the shell of the hele. Paumotan — cf. 
kohere, to cleave, split. Ext. Poly. : Fiji — 
ef . »eU, a piece of bamboo, used as a kmfe ; 
uUtii, a sword. 

HERENQUTU, without projecting eaves. Cf. 
nffutu, a lip. [For comparatives, see Hxbb, a 
spear ; and Nouru.] 

HEREPU (herepu), to seize, to catoh and hold 
firmly. Cf. herehere, to tie ; a captive. 2. To 
tie up in bundles. Cf. pu, a bundle. [For 
comparatives, see Hjbbb, and Pu.] 

HERETAUNQA, the name of a place on the East 
Coast of the North Island, supposed to be the 
fiah-hook with which Maui pulled up the land 
from the depths of ocean. [See P. M., 27.] 

HEREUMU, a cooking shed. Cf. umu, an oven ; 
wkareutnu, a cooung shed. [For oompara- 
tivea, see Umu, and Wbaseuxu.] 

HERU, a comb for the hair; to dress with a 
comb: He heru twt, he piki, he kotuku, he 
tobn no te rangatira—V. M., 178. Cf. karau, 
a oorab ; heu, to separate, pull asunder, scatter 
(to shave?); veu, a single hair; harau, to 
grope for. 2. An eel fork : Maui, e hoea mai 
to heru mo nga pa tuna — Ika., 133. 
Samoan — aelu, a comb ; to comb ; (6.) the 
fciatlioii on a cock's head which are erected 

when he is beaten in a fight; seluselu, to 
praise. Cf. $aln, a broom; to brush; to 
scrape out, as the kernel of a cocoanut. Mar» 
quesan — heu, to scratch the ground with the 
hands ; (b,) hair (not of the head, properly), 
hair of animals. Mangarevan— cf. eru, to 
reject, cast away ; heru, to reject with hands 
and feet ; heu, amali hairs on the body; pahere, 
a comb; pahore, a comb. Paumotan — 
heru, to brush with the hand. Tahitian — 
heru, to scratch, as a hen does ; heru heru, to 
scratch repeatedly, as a hen does ; (6.) to lake 
up old grievances. Cf. paheheru, to scratch 
repeatedly ; pahere, a comb ; to comb the hair ; 
paheru, to scratch, as a hen; to dig and search 
for a thing ; pahoro, a comb, Ha^vaDan — 
helu, to scratch the earth, as a hen ; to dig 
potatoes with the fingers ; to paw the ground, 
as an angiy bull ; (6.) to count, to number, to 
compute; (c.) to tell, relate; helu helu, to 
recount, to make mention of some past toans- 
action. Tongan — helu, a comb; to comb 
the hair. Cf . halu, to card or shred anything. 
Ext. Poly. : Aneityuxn— cf. ero, to scrat<ui 
as a fowl. Fiji^cf. teru, a comb ; feru-fa, to 
comb. [See also comparatives under Hsu, 
and Wbu.] 

HERU, to begin to flow (said of the tide only). 
2. Distorted (applied to the limb of an 

H ER U H ER U , the name of a plant (Bot. LeptopterU 

HERUIWI, a name applied to a great chief or 
leader (on account of his comb being an 
emblem of rank?). [See example of Hxao.] 
Samoan — cf. eeluselu, to praise. 

HETA (myth.), the name of the chief command- 
ing the opposite party to tJenuku in the 
battle of Batorua— G.-8, 20. [See Batobua.] 

HEU, the eaves of a house. Cf. weu, a single 
hair. [See Hawaiian.] 2. A patch of Borub. 
Cf . tnaheuheu, a clump of shrubs. 

HEU, ) to separate, to pull asunder : Ka heuea 

HEHEUJ to Po, ka heuea te Ao—V. M., 8. 
Pass., heuea, to be separated. Cf. weu, a 
single hair. [See Hawaiian.] 

HEU HEU, to scatter, clear away. Cf. maheu, 
scattered : hau, to hew ; heru, to comb, 2. To 
be dispersed. 

Samoan — seu, to stir round ; (6.) to turn 
the head of a canoe, to steer to ; (c.) to catch 
in a net, as pigeons or fish ; (d ) to ward off a 
blow ; {e.) to interrupt a speech ; (/.) to pre- 
vent, as a fight, Cf. heupuU, to interfere with 
the authority of another. Tahitian — heu, to 
throw off, as an infant its covering ; hshdu, to 
open, uncover. Cf. veu, downy hair, a sort of 
fringe on the border of a garment; maheu, 
to be coming into notice, to be knowable ; the 
past and passive of heheu, to uncover; ma- 
heuheu, to be dishevelled, as the human hair ; 
to be blown into disorder by the wind, as the 
thatch of a native house; thrown into dis- 
order, as bedclothes. Hawraiian — cf. heu, 
the first shooting of the beard in youths; heu- 
kae, to split, as a cane; to treat one harshly ; 
manoheu, to bite with the teeth and pull off, as 
the bark of a tree : hence, to deface, to make a 
mark in; manukeu, a breaking np, a flying 




away; a settiag at Tarianee, as a people; oiTil 
eommotion ; weu, to be covered with hair or 
down, as a young nnsbaven boy; loeuweu, 
grass, herbage. Tongan — heu, to ward 
off; (b,) to catoh birds on the wing; (e.) to 
torn over with a stick {heru ?) ; (d.) to steer 
the paddling canoe; (€.) to stir round and 
round. Cf. heutala, to ward off a conversa- 
tion ; hehu and hehehu, to prevaricate. Mar- 
quesan — heu, to jerk a fishing-line in the 
water. Mangarevan — heu, little hairs on 
the body; hairy; heu heu, to rough-hew; to 
block out in commencing a work. Cf. puhAu, 
the stem of banana when fruit has all been 
taken. Paumotan — cf. pt^aheuheu, to 
fringe, to border; vehu, limit. [Note. — Veu 
in Paumotan is given as " shape, figure," as a 
synonym for kuru. It is probable that, as in 
preceding examples, heu is connected with 
herUt comb, and huru, hair on the body, wool, 
Ac] Ext. Poly.: Fiji — cf.ctftt(tAeu), carved; 
seu, a stick pointed to dig a cave as the 
burial-place of a chief; to splash about in the 
water, as some fishes do. Duke of York 
Island— cf. w<u, hair. 

HEU, a razor; to shave. [The likeness of this 
word to to the English word " shave,'* as pro- 
nounced by natives, has led to the idea that it 
has been introduced. Possibly it may prove 
to be a Polynesian word for extirpating the 
beard; if so, the following comparatives are 

Maori — cf. heu, to separate, to pull asun- 
der ; the eaves of a house ; treu, a single hair ; 
hau, to hew; heru, to comb; hum, hair on 
the body ; down ; feathers ; maheu, scattered ; 
mahruheu, shrubs ; mahuru, scrub ; heuea, 
to be separated. Tahitlan — cf. veii, downy 
hair; a wooUy kind of hair; a fringe on 
the edge of a garment; heu, to throw off; 
maheuheu, to be dishevelled, as the human 
hair ; to be blown into disorder by the wind, as 
the thatch of a house; hahu, a razor or 
scraper. Haivaiian — cf. heu, the first shoot- 
ing of the beard in youths ; weu, to be covered 
with hairs or down, as a young unshaven boy ; 
weuweu, grass, herbage (as Maori huru, bru&- 
wood ; huruhuru, coarse hair) ; oheu, to come 
out, as the beard of a young man ; to weed or 
hoe ; peheuheu, whiskers. Marquesan — cf. 
heu, the hair, beard, wool, down, nap of cloth. 
Mangarevan— cf. heu, little hairs on the 
body ; hairy, shaggy ; veuveu, herbage. Pau- 
motan — cf. veu, wool. Ext. Poly: Lord 
Howe's Island— cf. veu, hair. [Also note 
the preceding word, Hsu.J 

HEUEA, to be separated. Cf. heu, to separate. 

[For comparatives, see Hxu.] 

HEW A, to be misled, deluded : *A hewa au e tenei 
kei te ao — G. P., 852. Cf. he, wrong; tnoe- 
hewa, a dream ; pohewa, mistaken, confused ; 
papahewa, having diseased eyea. 2. Doubt. 
Tahitlan— hefa, obUque, as the look of the 
eyes; to squint; hefahefa, dim, confused, as 
the eyes by the brightness of the sun. Cf. 
tahefa, to be squinting, or looking obliquely ; 
he, wrong. Hawaiian— hewa, to be wrong; 
to act or be in error; wrong, wickedness: 
Aohe okarui max o kona hewa; There is no 
bound to his wickedness. Hewahewa. to make 
a mistake ; hoo-hewa, to accuse, to find fault 

with ; (&.) to be under a curse ; hoo-hewah6wa« 
to forget one's appearance or name ; (5.) to be 
deranged; (c.) sullen silence. Cf. awahetoa, 
to miss, to overlook ; an error ; ohewahewa, far 
gone in sickness; dead-drunk; dim-sighted; 
liable to mistake what is seen; kahewa, to 
miss; to be foiled; kuhihewa, to mistake. 
Mangarevan — eva, foolish, crack-brained; 
a fool, an idiot ; evaeva, to hang, to hang up ; 
heva. to be mad, furious ; hevaheva, to walk 
hardily, and with proud smartness. Cf. 
puevaeva, old; used up, said of garments. 
Saxnoan — cf. $e, to mistake; to wander. 
Paumotan— cf. heva, to wail, as infants ; to 
weep (as Tahitian heva, mourning for the 
dead). Ext. Poly.: Fiji— «f. teaewo, foolish; 
foolishness; tewaruta, a false blossom; a 
flower without fruit. 

HEWA, bald. 2. The skull. 

Haivaliaxi — cf . heaheahea, bald. 

HI (M), an exclamation expressing contempt. 

Whaka-HI, ) to jeer; to speak with contempt; 

Whaka-HIHI,1 supercilious, arrogant ; defiant: 
He tangata tino whakahihi a Ruatapu — 
A. H. M., iii. 14. Cf. tohaka-ii, conceited; 
hihi, to hiss; toroihi, to be insolent; hi, to 
raise, to draw up. 

Samoan — cf. §isi, to draw up; isueui, a 
tumed-up nose; titt'i, to make oneself great; 
to be proud without cause ; to abuse haughtily. 
Haivaiian — cf. hihi, an offence; hihiia, to 
be offended; perplexed; ihihi, angry, cross, 
offended; unsociable; XeaZai At, proud ; exalted 
on account of one's office, or nearness to a 
chief; ikiihi, majestic, dignified; to put on 
dignity or importance; kilohi (M.L. — tiroht), 
to look at oneself with complacency, to 
be vain; pride, vanity; self-opinionated. 

Tongan hihi, to speak evil ; to back-bite; 

to deride. Cf. faka-hihiaga, foolish ; weak of 
intellect; to act childishly; hia, sin; guilt. 
Tahitian — cf. hihi, men fleeing from battle ; 
faa-hipo, to play the coxcomb. Marquesan 
— of. hini, to mock ; to tease. Mangarevan 
— cf. hihi, one without a protector; an orphan; 
to flay a dead person or animal. Paumo- 
tan^f. hihi, hard, difficult ; faka-hikeke, to 
scoff at. Rarotongan — cf. tt, to hiss in 

HI {hi), \ to hiss; to make a hissing noise: 
HIHI (hihi), ) Hihi ana i nga kohatu kaka o 
Waikomra^V. M., 84. Cf. ihi, to make a 
hissing or rushing noise; torohihi, to spurt 
up, as water ; kihi, sibilant. 2. To be affected 
with diarrhoea. Cf . pahihi, to flow in driblets ; 
iara)A, diarrhoea ; hirere, to gush, to spurt. 
Whaka-HIHl (whaka-hihX), to cause to hiss. 
Samoan — sis! (a/alji to make a hissing 
noise, as green wood in the fire; si si, to trickle 
down ; (6.) a fissure or hole from which water 
trickles ; (c.) streams in the sand at low water. 
Cf. uiea, to hiss. Tahitian— hi (h\), to gush 
out, as water; (6.) a bloody flux; faa-hi 
(/aa-M), a pump; a syringe; topamp; to use 
a syringe ; to make water gush out; hihi, men 
running or fleeing in battle; hihihihi, the 
quiveriag of the lips and motion of the teeth 
by extreme cold ; to quiver or chatter, as the 
teeth, through cold. Cf. hirere, to fall, as 
water over a precipice ; o/il, to gush oat ; the 
dysentery; jpaM, to splash the water so that 




it mfty wet a person. Hawaiian — hi, a 
flowing away; a purging, as in dysentery; 
dysentery ; to flow away, as in dysenterr ; to 
purge ; (&.) a hissing sound, as the rapid flow 
of a Uqoid ; (e.) to blow oat with force any- 
thing from me month ; (d.) to droop, to be 
weak ; hoo-hi, to open ; to dissolye ; to act as 
a cathartic. Cf. hikoko^ a bloody flux; 
dysentery ; hemorrhoids, or piles. Tongan 
--cf. fU, semen; hifdf to dislodge from the 
shell ; taiahif to scratch as a cat ; to make a 
aeratching noise. Marquesan— hi, dysen- 
tery. Mangarevan — cf. ikere^ a great 
flowing of blood ; flowing, ronning ; ikerekere^ 
to boil ap, as springs ; peMhit to gosh oot, as 
water. Ext. Poly. : Aneityuxn — of. asiSj to 
hiss. Fiji— ei {thi), to break wind {p^do), 
Solomon Islands— «m, to wash. 

HI (h\), to raise, draw np. Cf. hiki, to lift np ; 
whaJkafdki, conoeited. 2. To catch with hook 
and line ; to fish : Ka korokoro te ika i hiia e 
Jfaia— Wohl., Trans., vii. 39. Cf. JUki, a 
charm for raising fish ; lAweka, hanging. 3. 
To dawn : Ka hi te ata, ka karanga atu, * Ka 
kemo au % U kaV^V, M., 25. Cf. ihi, to 
dawn ; hiM^ a ray of the son. 
Samoan — sisi, to hoist, to draw up. Cf. 
tomt, to draw np, as the pola (mats forming 
the walls) of the house ; *aun, the stick on 
which a fishing net is hnng in the house; 
nn't, to make oneself great; to be proud 
without cause (plural of «<*t, to lift = M. 
Hhi), Tahitian— hi, to fish with hook and 
line. CLpapahiihiit a certain mode of fish- 
ing. Hawaiian— cf. Hit to lift up (M.L. 
= hiki) ; kimahiki^ a standing up of the hair. 
Tongan — ef. faahi, to be able to lift or 
cany ; Mhiki, to raise or draw up ; hiatUt the 
manner of catching the fish called atu ; taii- 
hihi, to angle, to fish with hooks. Mar- 
quesan — hi, to fish with a line. Manga- 
revan — hi, to fish with a line : Hi raUm, hi 
hoki fa Maui-moaavaru ; They fished, so did 
ICani the eight-eyed. Ct hipo^ to fish with a 
line ; MriAtri, to fish for turtle ; kihi^ to fish, 
bat used only in fishing for one sort of fish. 

HI A, " How many ?*' When used in speaking of 
persons, ioko is prefixed — tokohia : E hia nga 
rao to pononga t — WaL, cxix. 84. 
Samoan— fla, " How many ?" (e fia) : Efta 
ea a*u amio leaga ma aHt agasala f How many 
are my sins and wickednesses ? Haivallan 
— ahia, how many ? (also ehia) : Ehia na hinai 
piha a oukou i hoiliili ai t How many baskets 
did you take up? Tahitian— ahia, how 
many ? when speaking of things in the past 
time ; ehia, in the future ; E too-hia, when in- 
quiring about persons. Tongan — cf. fiha, 
number. Marquesan — ahia, how many? 
Mangarevan — ehia, how many? Pau- 
motan — ehia, how many? how much? 
Aniwa — efia, how many? Futuna— fla. 
how many ? Mangaian— eia, how many ? 
Ext. Poly. : Malagasy— cf. hia, what ? how 
is tiiis ? Sik ayana— cf. e fia^ how many ? 

HIA, 1 a desire, wish ; to desire, to wish for : 
HIAHIA, j Me tuku H tona hiahior-P. M., 119. 
Cf. hiamoe, sleepy; kiairm, thirsty; Makai, 
hnngiy. 9. To love, to be in love with : Ka 
kiakia wun te tuahine o tana taokete ki a ia — 
P. H., 41. 

Samoan — ^fia^ to wish, to desire ; fa'a-fla, a 
prefix to verbs signifying to pretend to, assum- 
mg; fa^aflaaWi (}1,Ij, =ztDhakahiaanki), to 
pretend to be a chief ; fiafla, joy, delight ; joy- 
ful : Le leo le aUiga o Ufiafia; The noise of 
the shout of joy. Cf. fiamoe, to be sleepy ; 
fia'ai, to be hungry ; fiasili, ambition. Ha- 
waiian — cf. hia, to reflect, think; to en- 
tangle, catch in a net ; hiaai, strong desire ; 
hiamoe, to lie asleep ; deep, sound sleep ; hia^ 
hia, goodness; honour. Tahitian^ faa- 
hiahia, the quality that causes a thing to be 
admired; to admire an agreeable object; 
admirable, agreeable, fine. Of. hiaai, to desire 
food or drink; hiai, extreme yenery; hia- 
mateoa, to exidt, rejoice ; hiamu, to have an 
appetite or long for food and drink. Tongan 
— fle, a word used in composition to express 
the meaning to wish, to desire, to feign, &o., 
as fieeiki, to wish or assume to be a chief 
(M.Ij. = hiar^riki) ; fieinu, thirst ; fiekai, 
hunger ; fiefla, to exult, to rejoice ; joy, glad- 
ness : Koia teu fiefia ai i he mala o ho kaJba- 
kau; I will rejoice in the shadow of your 
wings ; fal(a-fiefla, to cause rejoicing, to exhi- 
larate; joyful, delightful. Cf. fielaH, proud, 
ambitious ; fiegutuhua, to jest, to joke ; fiefla- 
tonoa, to rejoice too soon. Marquesan — 
cf. hiaki, to be jealous. Mangarevan — 
ai(a-hia, tender, soft, delicate ; alca-h labia, to 
choose, to select. Ext. Poly.: Fiji— ol via, 
to desire; viakana, to desire to eat. 

HIA, with difficulty ; hardly to be performed. 

HI AINU, thirsty: Na ka hiainu a Ngatoro, ka 
mea, * Kaore he wai m% tatou* — P. M., 92. 
Cf. inu, to drink; hia, to desire; wheiim, 
thirsty ; hiakai, hungry ; hiamoe, sleepy. 
Samoan— flainu, thirst, to be thirs^ : Ma 
oufaaumatia o ia i le flainu; And kill her 
with thirst. Tongan— fleinu, thirsty, to 
thirst: Bea mo ho nau toko lahi oku mate 
fi£inu; Their multitude dying with thirst. 
[For full comparatives, see under Hia, to 
desire, and Inu, to drink.] 

HIAKAI, hungry : Me Tie mate hiakai toku, e kore 
ahau e korero atu ki a koe — Wai., 1. 12. Cf. 
hia, to desire; kai, food ; hLainOy thirsty; hia- 
moe, deepy. 

HIAKAITIA, to be desired for food. 

Samoan— fia'ai, to be hungry: E faaoai- 
vaia Una maloH i lefla^ai ; His strength shall 
be consumed in hunger. Tahitian— hiaai, 
to desire food or drink : Eiaha e hiaai i tana 
ra mau maa moe ra; Do not desire his 
dainty food. CI hiamu, to desire food and 
diink. Haivaiian- cf. hiaai, strong desire. 
Tongan— fiekai, hunger, hungry : Kuofl^kaia 
ae kakai, mo ogcjia, mo fleinua, i he toafa ; 
The people is hungry, weary, and thirsty in the 
desert. [For full comparatives, see Hu, to 
desire, and Kai, food.] 

HIAKO^ skin : He tau huri, ara, he hiako kurl — 
A. H. M., iv. 181. Cf. iUapo, the skin of an 
infant. 2. Bark, rind. 

HIAMO, to be exalted, to be elevated. Cf. hi, to 
raise ; amo, to carry on the shoulder ; a litter, 
bier; kauamo, a Utter; whataamo, a litter. 
[For comparatives, see Hi, to raise, and Avo, 
to carry on the shoulder.] 




HIAMOE, Bleepj, drowsy. 01 Ma, io desire; 
moe, Bleep ; hiakait hnngry ; aumoe, at ease. 
Saznoan — ^fiamoe, to be sleepy. Ha- 
'vrallan— hiamoe, to lie asleep, to sleep, to 
rest in sleep : E lea auanei auika hiamoe ; I 
shall soon enjoy sleep. (6.) To fall prostrate, 
as if asleep. Marquesan^hiamoe, to sleep. 
Ext. Poly. : Fiji—of. viamoee (Tiamo<Ae), to 
be sleepy ; via, to desire ; moce (moeAe), sleep. 
[For full oomparatiTes, see Hu, to denre, and 
Moa, sleep.] 

HIANQA, Tidoos, refractory: Ka pa ano U maH 

hianga ano aua uri tutu- A. H. M., i. 87. 
HIANQATIA, to be imposed npon. 
Tongan— of. kia, sin, goilt ; sinfoL 

Whaka-HIANQONQO, to pine away: Ka tarere 
Umu ra hoki te ngdkau hi te whai i te whaka- 
Mangongo o tona ngakau — ^P. M., 166. CI, 
ngongo, to waste away; a side person; 
pingongo, shrunk ; pakoko, sbronk, emadated ; 
hikoko, wasted, starved ; koko, rotten. 

HIAPO, the skin of an infant; tender, as an 
infant's skin. Of. hiako, skin, bark; mata- 
Mapo, predons, prized. 
Marquesan— of. Hapot the tree from the 
bark of whidi native dotii {tapa) is made. 
Mangarevan— cf. hiapot a tree not known 
at the present dav, but alluded to in legend. 
Haivailan — ot. hiapo, the first-bom of 
parents; makahiapo, the first-bom ohild. 
Pauxnotan—of. mataJUapo, the first-bom. 
Tahitian — ef. matafdapo, the first-bom. 
Mangaian — of. wuUaiapo, a chiel Sa- 
moan — of. aiapo, native doth made from the 
bark of the Paper Molbexry {Brmmonetia 

HIAPO, to be gathered together. Of. M, to be 
raised, elevated ; opo, to gather together ; to 
be gaUiered together. [For comparatives, see 

HIATO, to be gathered together. Of. ftiopo, to 

be gathered together. 
Wkaka-HIATOi to collect together; to cause to 

be gathered together. 

HIAWAERO (or Hiawero), the tail of an animal : 
A tohakaangahia mai ana nga hiawero ki a 
raua whakahiawero—Eai,, xv. 4. Of. waero, 
the tail of an animal; kahuwaero, a mat 
covered with the skin of dogs* tails ; whiare, 
tail, of animals ; awe, long hairs on a dog's 

H i AWE, gloomy, dark, dismal. Of. awe, soot. 

HIAWERO. [See Hiawabbo.] 

HI HI, a sunbeam ; a ray of the sun : Pakurakura 
ana nga puke i tana hihi — M. M., 160. Of. 
ihiiH, a ray of the sun ; ihi, to dawn ; M, to 

Tahitian— hihi, the rays of the sun; (6.) 
the whiskers of a rat, mouse, or cat ; (e.) the 
two hard eyes in a cocoanut. Of. hikimata, 
tlie hairs of the eyelashes; hiMmoa, tiie 

• feathers on the back of a fowl's ned[ ; 
hihtoura, the feelers of the crayfish. Ha- 
waiian — of. MH, thick together, as grass ; 
to spread out, like the limbs of a tree ; ihi, 
sacred, hallowed ; kunahihi, a standing up of 
the hair; to have the hair standing erect. 
Marquesan— hihi, a ray of the son. Pau-< 
motan — hihi, a ray ; a sunbeam. 

HIHI, the name of a bird; the Stitch-bird. 
(Om. Pogonomis cmeta), 

HIKA, to rab violently. 2. To kindle fire 1^ 
robbing two pieces of wood together : Katahi 
ano ka hikaia U aM— 0.-8, 27. Of. ka, to 
take fire. [See KAUBncAxniA, and Kaunoti.] 
South Island, Hinga. 8. To perform a cere- 
mony with incantations, kindling fire being 
part of the ceremony: Ka hika toka ahi, ka 
manako U whemia-CkA,, M8S. Of. haMka, 
andent; a chief of high rank. 4. (fig.) To 
have sexual interoourse: Te wai o te hika o 
Marama^-Q.S, 20. [Hoani Nahe explains 
that it was by Marama using this expression 
in her song that her adultery with her slave 
was discovered. And with next meaning, of. 
the two vernons : ** Te wai o te hika o 
Marama "— G.-8, 20 ; and Grey's : •• Te wai 
o te waha o Marama " — G. P., 91. Here, also, 
cf. Samoan tolo, to rab sticks for taB\ and 
moetotolo, to commit fornication. See Awt, 
Ai, and Kauatz] 5. Pudendum muUehrt. 


Samoan^d^a, to get fire by robbing one 
stick on another. Tahitian— hia, to oae 
friction to produce fire. Haivailan^la, to 
rob two stidLB one upon the other to obtain 
fire; (6.) to refleet; to think; (e.) to ran 
about as wild; roving, unsteady; hiahia, to 
obtain fire by using two sticks ; (d.) goodnesa, 
honour, noulify. Marquesan— ef. hika, to 
slip, to slide, to fall (Maori = Ungaf). 
Mangarevan— hika (and ika), to produce 
fire by friction of wood. Pauznoutan — ika, 
to cause fire by friction; hikahika, bright, 
shining ; hikahika i te hana, burnished in the 
sun's rays. Ext. Poly: FIJI— of. eauka, the 
hearth; eaukd, to commit fornication; Hka^ 
to appear, to come in sight ; to shake, of a 
priest when a god enters him; to be a father. 
[If hika is a compound of ka, to kindle, see 
full comparatives of Ea.] 

H I K A, a term of address to young persons of both 
sexes : E hika, koheakoe ;— P. M., 161. 

HIKAIKAi (hXkaikai), to move the feet to and 
fro. Of. hika, to rob, chafe; hokaikai, to 
move backwards and forwards. 2. To writhe, 
twist about. 8. To be impatient. 

HIKAITI (myth.), a ddty ruling the tides.— 
A, H. M., iii. 49. 

HIKAKA (M&ato),rash: Etahi tangatawairangi^ 
he hunga kikaka—K»L, ix. 4. Of. kaka, red- 
hot ; pukaka, hot. 

Haivaiian — cf . hia, roving, unsteady ; 
hiaa, to lie awake ; to be sleepless, restless ; a, 
to bum, as fire or jealousy ; aa (kaka), bold, 
quick, angry, mischievous. Tahitian— of. 
hicM, to steal, as thieves formerly used to do 
after addressing a prayer to Hiro, the god of 
thieves, for success ; faa-aa (whaka^kaka), to 
tease or provoke to anger. 

HIKARI (Morlori), the calf of the leg. 

HIKARO (hXkaro), to pick out. Of. karo, to pick 
out of a hole ; tikaro, to pick out of a hole ; 
to scoop out. 

Tahitian — cf. aaro, to excavate; to scoop 
out, or scrape out ; a scoop or ladle ; paaro, 
to excavate or hollow out, as in taking the 
kemd out of a cocoanut. Tongan — of. 
hakalo, a scraper, for scraping old cocoanuts. 


[67] Hiko 

Ha^Biralian— et. poalo, to sooop or plnok out 
the eyea ; to twist roand and draw out, as a 
tooth. Ext. Poly.: Fiji— of. calo (t^o), a 
gouge or tool of a hollow form. 

HIKI, to lift up, carry, narse : Tenei ta te <Uua 
tana i hiki mat — P.M., 92 : Hikitia mai taua kai 
(part of the Whangai-hau charm)— S. T., 135. 
2. Raised up: KH te rangi hikitia^ hei te 
rangi ha^inga—Q, P., 255. 8. To get up ; 
to start. Cf. ahiki, to make haste. 4. To 
look after, to haye in charge, attend to : Ma 
nga matua tone e hiki nga tamariki — A. H. M., 
1. 6. 6. To jump or leap involantarily ; to 
skip, as one*8 heart when startled, or one's 
loot in the dnsk. Cf. whiti, to start, to be 
alarmed. 6. A charm for raising fish : Katahi 
ia ta hapai ake i tana hiki ake mo tana ika 
Ha maiangi ake — ^P. M. 24. Cf . /», to raise ; 
to fish with hook and line. 

HIKIHIKI, tonorsein thearms, to carry in the 
arms, as an infant : Homai taku tamaiti kia 
Hkikiki aur^Q. P., 250. 
Samoan — si'i, to lift, to Hft up, to remove : 
E nitia foi le papa at le mea $a i ai ; The 
rook is hfted from its plaee. (6.) To levy a 
fine; (e.) to carry war into a district or 
oonntry: LaJtou te Hi mai le taua ia te oe; 
They will bring war against you. (d.) To take 
onemlf off in a grudge ; sisi'i, to make great, 
to make oneself great; to be proud without 
cause; (ft.) to abuse haughtily; (c.) to make 
a fringe ; si'isi'i, to attempt ; (6.) one method 
of fishing. Cf. H'iHHtaUga, ** to lift the ears,'' 
fig., to give attention ; tiHtd, to raise the arms 
to strike a blow with the club; to act aU 
together ; ma$i% to be raised, to be lifted up ; 
to be €kS on a joum^ or to war ; moenHtia, 
to be restless at night; $e% to jerk, pluck, 
match. Tahltlan — hii, to nurse, to dandle, 
to t^e a ohild in the arms: Mai te kiie hopai 
i te at& ra ; As if carrying a sucking child. 
(6.) A sort of basket to put fruit in for the 
queen, or chief mourner. Cf . hiiatuai a priest 
that carried a god ; ftitKma, the first-fruit for 
the king, principal chief, or favourite son ; 
pahU, an mfant's cloth or little mat. Ha- 
iraiian— hii, to lift up, to bear upon the hips 
and support with the arms as a child ; to hold 
as a child upon the knees : E hiiia hoimana 
hUi; Dandled upon the knees. (6.) To carry 
in the arms and on the bosom ; {c.) to nurse, 
to tend as a child: Ka poe a*u i hii ai a 
malama; Those I swaddled and brought up. 
Hoo-hii, to lift up, as a ohild in the arms, to 
carry. Cf. hiHani, to nurse or take care of, as 
an infant ; to exalt, to praise, to admire ; to 
admire and obey, as a servant does his master ; 
praise* exaltation ; hiipoi, to tend and feed as 
a young child ; hiikau, to throw, as a stone at 
a person or thing ; mahiki [not proper letter- 
change ; this » mawhiti] ; to lift up, to carry 
in the arms. Tongan — hiki, to lift, remove : 
Tvu, bea hiki hake a« tamqjii bea fafa ia ho 
nima ; Get up, lift up the boy and hold him 
In your hand, (d.) To raise, as the voice: 
Oku ke faa kiki hake ekoe ho le*o ki he gaahi 
00 1 Can you raise your voice to the clouds ? 
hihiki, to nuse, lift up ; hil(ihiki, to move by 
lifting; faka-hikihiki, to magnify, exalt. Cf. 
agakiki^ pride, high-mindedness ; lifted up; 
kik(jia, to exalt, to flatter ; Mkitakit a throw, 
flmg ; Mkiukif to remove Boddenly ; hikine^t 

to divide out food for the gods; to devote; 
hikitaga^ the act of removing the bones of the 
dead ; hikituhat to work in order, or in line ; 
hiHtagi, to exaggerate ; huki^ to hold on the 
lap; to clasp; to dandle. Marquesan — 
hiki, to flee ; to fly away ; to avoid, shun ; to 
escape, disappear. Mangarevan— hiki, to 
hold a child in the arms or on the knees ; hiki- 
hiki, to hold a child thus for a ^ttrt time ; 
aka-hiki, to take an infant in o9^ arms; 
to dandle. Pauxnotan— hiki, to flee, to fly, 
to avoid ; (b.) to bound, to sMp ; (c.) to fondle, 
to cocker; nikihikij a swaddliDg-cloth. Cf. 
hiki-fagait to nourish. Mangaian — iki, to 
nurse a ohild in the arms; ikiiki, to nurse, 
foster, nourish : E apai koe e ikiiki i teianei 
tamaiti naku ; Take this child away and nurse 
it for me. Ext. Poly. : Aneityum — of. ahieg^ 
to drag, to draw up ; Fiji — cf. nki-ta^ to tread 
on by accident. 

HIKIRANQIjto be unsettled, restless. Cf. harangi, 
unsettled ; karangi^ unsettled, restless ; kahui- 
rangi, unsettled; hiki, to start; rangi, sky; 
hiko, to move at random. [For comparatives, 
see also Bangz, Bxwa, and Whiti.] 

HIKO, to move in a random way. Cf. pahiko- 
hiko, a makeshift fence; kohikokiko, to do 
irregularly. 2. To stir, as birds at daylight. 
8. To stretch out the hand at random: Ka 
hikoia ki te taha — Wohl., Trans., vii 49. 4. 
A pace (hikoinga waewae): E wha hikoinga 
toaewae i mtia tonu o te tohunga — ^A. H. M., 
i. 162. 5. To step out with the feet. Ct 
kikoi, to step. 6. To dawn, to begin to shine : 
Hikoia i te awatea—F, M., 156. 7. To blaze, 
glare : Tera te vira e hiko i te rangi — M. M., 
167. 8. Distant Ughtning. 

H i H I KG, to move quickly. 2. To be strenuous. 

HIKOHIKO, to shine, to glitter: Tera te whetu, 
kih)hiko ana mai kei runga — G. P., 189. 

HIKOIA, (passive,) to be shone upon. 

Samoan — si'o, to surround: Uanatiomia 
foi au i Uma upega ; And surrounded me with 
his net. Cf. t*o, to wind, as sinnet round the 
arm ; gai'oi*o, to wriggle as snakes and eels, 
applied to a lank^ man. Haivallan — hie, 
aslant, leaning, oblique ; to lean over ; a slant- 
ing wind, t.e. a wind down hill; (6.) to be 
one-sided, to swing to and fro ; fe.) to lean on, 
to trust in ; (d.) to wander ; («.) the inside 
comer of a grass house, i^, slanting both 
ways; (/.) a howling confused noise; {g,) 
eruetatio ventrie; hihio, to fall asleep; to 
dream; a vision; (b.) to fall asle^ again 
after waking ; (c.) to blow, to rush violently, 
as a strong wind ; hiohio, bright red ; (d.) to 
draw the breath into the mouth, as one eating 
a hot potato ; (e.) to eat in a hurry ; (d.) name 
of a species of fish-hook. Cf. hiolam, to lie 
stretched out with laziness ; okio, the undu- 
latory movement of the air over a smooth 
plain on a hot day ; the refieotion of the mind 
on a beloved but absent object ; hanahio, to 
cause to lean or push over from an upright 
position; to stagger in walking; a walking 
crookedly. Tahltlan — of. hio, to look, to 
behold; a looking-glass; hiohio, a spy, a 
soothsayer ; hiopaik, to look askance, to look 
archly ; hiopoa, to scrutinise, to act as a busy- 
body ; kioMo, a rope fixed at the extremity of 
a mast to hoist up colours or ornament ; okio* 
MOf an evil deeigning look, m of a thief; to 


m) HinA 

look about, as a person near death ; ohiokloat 
giddiness, instability. Tongan— cf. MAo, to 
take out of the fire or son ; to blow, as a hnrri- 
oane; hikut to go awry. Marquesan— of. 
hiko, to take by force ; (6.) to take a weak or 
sick person out of the power of omel deities. 
Mangarevan — of. t Jko, to depriye, to onrtail ; 
mahiko, to disappear at a quick run ; makiko- 
hiko, evening twilight; poikikOf that which 
begins to appear at a distance ; ikut the moon. 
Ext. Poly. : FIJ i— ef . tikanko, a spy ; Kay an 
— cf. Mko, the elbow ; MaglQdano---of. 
Hko, the elbow. 

HI KOI [hlkoij, to step. Cf. hiko, to step oat ; a 

H I KOKO, wasted, starved, emaciated. Cf . pakoko, 
emaciated, lean; pingongot shrank; ngongo, 
to waste away ; a sick person ; pahikohiko, a 
makeshift fence ; a bow-fence. 
Haivailan— cf. hio, leaning, or obliqae; 
pahio, stooping, as a person ; to move as a sick 
person. Samoan — cf. tioa, to be worn oat ; 
to be wearied; having a look of exhaustion. 
Mangarevan — cf. gogopogo, very thin and 
meagre; ikoga, swooning. Marquesan — 
oL kikot to take a sick person out of the power 
of evil deities. 

HIKU, the tafl of a fish or reptile : Kihai i mau 
H te waha, i mau ke H hiku^F, M., 116. Cf. 
kokiku, the tail. 2. The rear of a war party : 
A patua iho ton kiku e ia — ^Tia., xxv. 18. Cf. 
tauhiku, to be in the rear. 8. The tip of a 
leaf, Ac, the point. 4. The name of a fish, 
the Frost-fish (Ich. Lepidopm eaudatus), 5. 
The eaves of a house. Cf. ikuiku^ the eaves of 
a house. 

HIKUHIKUNQA, the head of a stream. 

Saznoan — i'u, the tail: Ina aapa atu ia o 
Uju Uma ma tago i Uma iu ; Stretch out your 
hand and take it (the sni^e) by the tiul : (6.) 
the end, the extremity of any thing ; to end ; 
to finish ; to fulfil ; (e.) to come upon ; si'u, 
the extremity, the end ; the comer, as of the 
e^ or mouth ; (6. ) the refuse of turmeric ; 
8i*U8l*U| the point of a sharp instrument, as a 
knife, sword, Ac ; the extremity of a leaf or 
bamboo, Ac. ; the tail of a pig or fish ; i*ui'u, 
the end, point, as of a cocoanut leaf ; fa*a-l'u, 
the endixig ; to finish ; fa*a-i*uga, the tail-end 
of a strip of pork or fish. Cf. t*uaifia, to die, 
to come to an end ; $i*ua*au^ the extremify of 
the reef ; n*ugfau, a comer of the mouth ; 
iHc/ofio, the decision of a council ; i^umatagi^ 
the end of a storm ; i*utag<ua, the last of a 
family ; tauti'uti^u, the top branches of a tree. 
Tahitlan—hiu, the tail of fishes. Cf. hitaia, 
to cut short in a speech ; hiuta, the carved 
upper end of tbe ancient Tahitian mast; 
arakiu, the uppermost extremi^ of a tree; 
MuHrat a small altar for a god on board a 
canoe. Hawaiian — hiu, the tail of a fish : 
He ia ftooftoa, okioki ole, mai ke poo a ka hiu; 
A fish whole, uncut from head to tail. (6.) 
The practice of sorcery; hiuhlu, to practise 
sorcery. Cf. kiumalolo, the tail of a fiying-fish. 
Tongan — hiku, the end, the point of a thing ; 
htkuhiku, the point or end of a thing ; iku, the 
end ; to finish ; (6.) the tail of animals : ne 
nootaki ae iku ki he iku ; Turned tail to tail : 
faka-iku, to make an end ; (6.) to point a rope. 
(/f . hihmaUigi, the end or ftnishmg of a hur- 

ricane; kikuitagata, the remains of men in 
former times ; baikuikUt the point, the taper 
end of anytiiing; tauhiku, to finish off; 
tuugaiku, the rump, the seat, tbe buttocks. 
Marquesan — hiku, the division of fish by 
the middle. Cf. hohiku, the tip or end of a 
plant. Mangaian — iku, the tail : Ei koH i 
te iku te toora ; To chop off the tail of the 
whale : (6.) the tip or extremity, as of a leaL 
Mangarevan — iku, the tail of a fish; (6.) 
the moon ; fc.) a wave of the sea, rising after 
a calm ; ikuiku, a light, fair breeze. Cf. dkor- 
ihuani, to midce into the form of a cone. Ext. 
Poly : Kayan — ci eko, the tail. Malay — 
cf . tXnif , the tail of anirnals ; the lower end : 
the train of a garment ; nibtt, the elbow ; an 
angle; a flexure. 

HIKU AW A, the source of a river or stream. CL 
hiku, the tip or point ; aira, a river : hikutau, 
the head of a nver. [For comparatives, see 
Hna7, and Awa.] 

HiKUPEKE, to reef; to be shortened, so as not 
to hang down low. Cf . pepeke, to draw up, as 
the legs or arms ; hiku, the tail. [For com- 
paratives, see Hiku, and Fske.] 

HiKURANQI (myth.), a hill on which dwelt the 
god called Te-manu-i-te-ra ('* The Bird of the 
Son," or "Bird of Day"), in his hoose 
Totoka. On this hill mortals took refuse 
daring the flood {of Buatapu) — ^A. H. M., iii. 
11. The storm oeat on Hikurangi, and it 
would have fallen, but a Deliverer drank the 
flood and saved the remnant of men. This 
Deliverer is called Hine-makura, or Moa-kura, 
or ** the son of Te-ra-ara-kai-ora.*' Some say 
that Marereao performed incantations, and 
made the tide go back. In the Marua-roa, 
(about June,) Te-pu-nui-o-tonga forced the 
water up and drowned all those people not on 
the hill of Hikurangi. Another version relates 
that Faikea, by order of Kuatapu, led the 
people who were to be saved to a hill called 
Fuke-hapopo. Mahiknrangi, the hill on which 
the sky rests, is probably the same place. It 
was the first land which appeared when Maui 
pulled up his " fish " (the land) above water: 
Ko te matau ra tena i hi ai te whenua rahi, e 
takoto nei ; ka rewa Hikurangi, kei runga—0» 
P., 160. It was known as ** the Holy Moun- 
tain " in Hawaiki ; upon it fell the first faint 
light, when the sun and moon appeared as 
** eyes of heaven."— A. H. M., i. 43, 50, 148 ; 
iii. 11, 81, 87, 51, 56. [See Hawaikz, Bixui, 
and BuATAPU.] 

HIKUTAU, the head of a valley or river. Cf. 
hiku, the tip, end, as of a leaf ; tau, the ridge 
of a hill ; a partition ; hihihikunga, the head 
of a stream ; hikuawa, the source of a river. 
[For comparatives, see Hncu.] 

HIKUTOIA (myth.), the sixth (in descent) divi- 
sion of the Beinga, or Hades. — A. H. M., i., 
App. [See Bexmoa.] 

HIKUTOTO, revenge, a vendetta: Ko tauatia ki 
U taua hikutoto—k, H. M., v. 22. Cf. toto, 

H I M U , the hip bone. Cf • kumu, the hip bone. 

HiNA| grey hairs : Ka ki t^tu te waha o Tutti, 
' He hina, he Mna mate ' — A. H. M., ii. 11. 
2. The moon (one auth.) : Ka herea te whaka* 




hek4 hi t€ Bat a ha herea hoki tetahi pito ki a 
Hina, ara hi te marama — A. H. M., ii. 81. 
[See HiVA (myth.)] Hina-iwaiwa, a glim- 
mering moon; hiiia-ot€U>Ui, new moon. Cf. 
wahina, to shine dimly ; Hnatcre, to glow with 
an unsteady light ; phosphorescenoe ; hinapo^ 

Samoan — sina, white; plural, sisina : E 
sitina ona nifo i is stuutuu ; His teeth will be 
white with milk. Sina (nnd), white, of the 
hair ; to be white, of the hair ; fa'a-sinasina, 
to whiten ; somewhat whitish. Cf . 8ina*aiuga, 
old, but foolish (from eating uga, the solcQer 
erab; ugauga, partially grey, of the hair); 
ubuina, white-headed {E manatu at $e tasi ua 
uhitifki le moana : One would think the sea was 
hoary) ; masina, the moon ; mat'na, to shine, 
of fire. Tahitlan — hinahina, gxey, applied 
to the hair : Ua ruhiruhia hoi au, e ua At'no- 
hinahia teu vpoo ; I am old and grey-headed. 
Cf. akina, ** grey-head," spoken in contempt ; 
wahina, the moon (in some dialects) ; oAtna, 
gre^, greyish. Tongan— hina, and hinahina, 
white, grey : Bea o a*u ki he uht kina teu fua 
hoe; Even to grey hairs will I carry you. 
Faka-hinahina, to bleadi, to make white. Cf. 
ubiMfia, a grey head; tahihina, sound, but 
light in colour, as wood ; mahimit the moon. 
Marquesan— hina, grey; white, of hair. 
'^CL paepae-o-hina, blue sk^ flecked with white 
o^^oods; pavahinat a white beard, a highly- 
prized ornament ; mahina, moonlight. Ma- 
ngarevan — hina, grey, hoar^, of hair. Cf. 
ofoAtfio, grey hair; mahina, hght, not dark; 
tna^na, the moon. Mangaian — ina, and 
inalna, gr^, hoary, of hair: Te kaiu e te 
tangata rauru inaina ; The sucking child and 
the grey-haired man. Hawaiian — hina, 
hoazy, grey, applied to the head ; (6.) gr^ : 
He Hna me he uahi la no kaluao Pele; The 
grey (colour) like smoke (steam) arising from 
the crater of the volcano. Hinahina, grey, 
greyish ; (6.) withered, as fruit ready to faU. 
Cf. himaUif whitish; ahina, a grey colour; 
WMhina^ the moon; poohina, a grey-haired 
penon ; pohina, an aged person ; a mist or 
fine rain ; a thin cloud ; white, whitish ; any 
white substance, as flour, &o, ; waTiahinaf 
becoming white-headed (loafia, to dawn). 
Paumotan — cf. Mnahinat indignation; ho- 
Mnahina, grey ; ftahtna, bright, as the moon. 
Ext Poly. : Uocan — of. tinamar, splendour. 
Malay— cf. Hnar, a ray of lig^t; lustre; 
ber-nnar, to shine; matin, saltish; nnar- 
bulan, moonlight. Maglndano— cf. nnang, 
mid-day ; sun. Fiji — cf. siga, the sun ; day ; 
rigagigau, white; $ikd, grey-headed; eina 
(f Aina), a torch or lamp ; a god ; to fish with 
torches; masima, salt. Java — cf. hoHn, to 
be saltish ; rahina, rina, and dhina, a day (the 
list word connected with Sanscrit). Tagal 
— cL asin, salt ; maaein, saltish. 

HINA (myth.), or Hinauri, a girl who appears in 
New Zealand tradition as the sister of Maui. 
[See Maui.] Hina is by far the best known of 
all Polynesian legendary personages. In the 
more eastern islands she is a goddess, and is 
almost certainly the Moon^goddess, although 
connected with the Ocean-lord, Tiniran, in 
a very mystical manner. Hina is called 
Hinaari, Hina-te-iwaiwa, Hine-te-iwaiwa, 
Hina-te-otaota, according to different versions 

of the New Zealand story. As Hinauri, she 
married Irawaru, who, going out fishing wiUi 
Maui, his brother-in-law, was unlucky enough 
to anger him, and Maui then turned Irawaru 
into a dog. [See Ibawabu.] Hina was over- 
come with despair, and threw herself into the 
sea, uttering incantations, and calling on the 
goblins of the deep. She was borne up mira- 
culously, and floated for many months until 
she was stranded on the beach of Motutapu, 
"the Holy Island,*' [see Motutapu,] and 
hence she assumed the name of Ihungaru- 
paea (** stranded log of timber "). Hma was 
rescued by two brothers, who cherished her, 
and she became the wife of Tinirau, the chief 
of that country, who was also a god, the Lord 
of Fishes. [See Timibau.] Her brother Bupe, 
who had lamented her greatly, sought her 
through the heavens up to the tenth or highest 
heaven of Behua. There he learnt that Hina 
was at Motutapu, and, assuming the shape of 
a pigeon, he flew thither, revealed himself to 
Hma, and carried off both his sister and her 
new-bom baby — P. M., 82, et $eq. A South 
Island version gives an account of the swim to 
Motutapu by ^ne-te-iwaiwa, more resembling 
the Mangaian story (afterwards related), and 
calls Hina the mother of Maui ; evidently a mis- 
take—Trans., vii. 10. As Hine-te-iwaiwa, she 
was the goddess presiding over childbirth, and 
was often invoked in spells at the time of par- 
turition ; the invocation is to be found S. B., 
89. (In Tahiti the waters of childbirth, Uquor 
arnnii, are called ina,) As Hine-i-te-iwaiwa, 
she is said to have been one of Tinirau*s prin- 
cipal wives, and that she went with others to 
capturo Kae by stratagem, after he had in- 
sulted Tinirau by killing the pet whale Tutu- 
nui [see Eab] — ^P. M., 56. She also went to 
Whakatau concerning the burning of Te-Uru- 
o-Manono as revenge for the killing of Tn- 
whakararo— P. M., 73. A South Island myth 
relates that Hina was the daughter of Tuna- 
roa and Bepo : hence she is named Hine-a-te- 
Bepo— A. H. M., ii 76. White says that Hina 
swam to Motutapu because she had heard of 
Tinirau [see Mangaian version] — ^A. H. M., 
ii. 127. Before Tinirau heard Bupe (Maui- 
mua) call his sister Hine-te-iwaiwa, Tinirau 
knew her as Hine-te-ngaru-moana — A. H. M., 
ii. 136. As Hina-te-otaota, Hina is the " New 
Moon '* — A. H. M., i. 85. Hina is the moon — 
A. H. M., ii 87. [See comparatives preceding 
the word Hina.] Hina is called Ihiihi as wife 
of Irawaru, and she had a son named Pero 
(dog)— A. H. M., i. App. 

Haivail— Hina is known here both as Hina 
and as Hinahele, the goddess of fishes. She 
was the wife of Euula (Tu-Kura), the god of 
fishermen. Hina appeal as the intercessor 
between the fishermen and their deity ; when 
the god refuses to give fish, Hina is appealed 
to. Hina also appears as the wife of Hema, 
and the mother of TawhiUd and Earihi. [See 
Tawhaez.] She went up to live in the moon, 
because annoyed at the dirtiness of her chil- 
dren. Her lunar name is Hana-ia-ka-malama. 
This is apparently a version of the Tawhaki 
legend of Tangotango. One of the monUis 
was named after her, Hinaialeele. Hina was 
seduced by Wakea {Vatea) {aee Atba] , and b^ 
him she brought forth the island of Molokai, 


ilO] Hinapo 

to the great rage of Papa, the wile of Wakea. 
Hina as a Ddn^goddefls is known as Hinalii, 
and the Noaohian deluge is now allnded to as 
the Kaiakahinalii ^Tai-a-Te-Hina-ariki), She 
had two sisters, Hinaknlniaa {Hina'turu-i-wi), 
the goddess of rain, and Hookuipaele (Whaka- 
tu^i'pakere), Manahikl — Here Hina is 
called sister to the three Maui brothers ; she 
helped to fasten the great fish-hook (Tonga- 
reva, or Penrhyn's Island) of Maui. This 
agrees with the Hawaiian aoooant, which 
states that the fish-hook was baited with the 
bird of Hina, the aloe, Niue— The Under- 
world of the dead is called Maoi, bat the 
heaven is the ** bright land of Sina '* in the 
skies. Samoa— Sina is " the Woman in the 
moon;" and the dark places on the bright 
face of the fall moon are supposed to represent 
Sina with her mallet, beating out the bark of 
the paper mulberry for natiye cloth. She is 
also connected with the Deluge; she, the 
daughter of Tangaloa, [see Tamoaboa,] being 
sent down by her father again and again in 
the form of a bird to see if Uie flood was sub- 
siding. Mangaia — The heroine here takes 
the name of Ina (the Henrey Islanders drop- 
ping the letter h), Maui could not snare the 
sun, (aU the ropes burning up,) until he made 
a noose from the hair of his lovely sister Ina- 
ika ('* Ina, the fish"). She was left one day by 
her parents in charge of some of the treasured 
family ornaments, but allowed herself to be 
outwitted and robbed by the goblin arch-thief 
Ngana. Her parents beat her terribly for 
tms, and she resolved to fly from home to 
Tinirau, the king of all fish, he having over- 
shadowed her by a spirit (manu) which com- 
pelled her journey. She crossed the ocean to 
the Holy Island on the back of Tekea, the 
shark-king ; became the wife of Tinirau, and 
bore him a son, Eoro. [See Eobo.J Her 
brother Bupe came to her in the form of a 
linnet, and made peace between Ina and her 
parents. There are two other Mangaiian 
myths which give different spouses to Ina. 
One legend states that Maui*s sister Ina was 
bride to the god Tane [see Tamb] ; another 
version relates that Jtfarama, the Moon, fell in 
love with her, and took her away to the lunar 
mansions as his wife. Ina is called a tapaira 
[see Tapaxbu] , or fairy princess, in some of 
the Native songs, especially those relating to 
the ball-playing : — 

"Of these fairies the most strangely fasdnatiiig 
And proflcient at the game is our Ina, 
Lovely blossom^hoBo home is in the sky, 
Beloved wife of Pull-Moon, I have beaten thee." 


Marquesas— Hina was the wife of Tiki, 
the £Gnt man. [jSee Tnz.J A sky flecked 
with white clouds is called the Paepae-a-Hma, 
** the pavement of Hina." The Deluge hynuis 
invoke her as well as Fatu-Moana, the Lord of 
Ocean. She is addressed as Hina-te-ao-iho, 
Hina-te-ao-meha, Ac. Tahiti — Hina was 
the name of the first woman ; the wife of Tii 
(Tiki), Hina-tu-moana was beaten by her 
parents [see Mangaian version, ante] because 
she lost the family treasures in a freshet. At 
that time she dwelt in Papeuriri, at Tahiti. 
She received a divine lover, who guided her to 
Upom, where dwelt her foster-filther, named 
Taivaiva - Tane • Tinirau -hoi - mate*te-hapa-o- 

Faeoio. She erosaed to him at Tahaa, on a 
rav-fish. At Baiatea there is a peninsula 
called MotutapujnSoly Island), whereon Hina 
and her brother Bu (Bupe ?) Umded ; as there 
is a Motutapu in Baroton^, another in New 
Ze^and, Ac. Bu and Hina helped to prop the 
sky [see Toxotoxo] ; and in this Hina*s bro- 
ther seems confused with Bu, the earthquake 
god. Hina went on in her canoe, and aiming 
at the moon, reached it, and became the lunar 
goddess, leaving Bu as master of the earth. 
Numberless spots in the Society Islands are 
named after Hina: the opening of the reef 
through which she sailed ; the place whereon 
she beiftt out her tapa (native doth) ; the site 
of her bread-fruit tree, &q. The allusions in 
legend and locality-names to Hina are very 
frequent in Polynesia, but cannot all have 
mention. On glancing at the preceding word 
(Hxha), the comparatives show how hina is 
connected with " light " and ** moon " every- 
where ; and this is probably why Hina became 
the wife of Tane, the god of Light (in Eastern 
Polynesia), or the wife of Marama, the moon* 
or of Atea, daylight. Some dim connection 
between the moon and the tides may have led 
to the growth of myths confusing the Moon 
goddess with the Fish goddess, the great 
swimmer, the Deluge maiden, and the Dduge 
bird, Ac [For stories concerning Hina com- 
pared at lengtii, see Tregear, Trans. N.Z. Inst, 
six. 486, et $€q.\ 

HINAHINA, the name of a tree, the Whitewood 
(Bot. MeUcytm rainiflofnu) : Ka pahiifia H te 
Jdnahinat na toro tou — Wohl., Tnns., viL 88. 

HINAKI (MfiaM), an eel-basket, a basket for 
catdiing eels : I a Kura te Hnaki-tuna — G.-8, 

Tahitian — hinai, a kind of basket. Cf. 
Mnaimatai, a Idad of fishing basket or net. 
Tongan— finaki, a cage; a net. Man^ga- 
revan— inaki, a basket for catching fish; 
aka-inaki, to procure. Hamrallan — hinai, a 

HINAKIPOURI (KfnaHpourq, quite dark. Of. 
Hnapouri, very dark ; tUnapo, twilight ; pomrit 
dark ; po, night. 

HINAMOE, sleepy. Ot Mamoe, Aoepj; mo§,io 

HiNAMOKI, (also Inomoki.) a kind of rat. 
Moriori — et Mnamokot to sqeak. 

HINAMOREMORE, a variety of the kumera, or 
sweet potato: He turanga-pat^^patUt he hino' 
moremare, he kakari^hwra — A. M. M., iiL 88. 

HI NANA {hlnana), staring angrily, looking fierce 
(spoken of the eyes and eyebrows): He iwi 
Xanohi hinana — ^Tiu., xzviii. 60. Of. nana, in 
a passion; the eyebrow; nanakia, fierce. 3. 
To wink : He aha hoki o kanohi i Idnana ai — 
Hopa, XV. 12. 

HINANQA, the name of a small freshwater fish 
(loh. Oalaxiae attenuatm). [For oompara- 
tivBS, see Inakga.] 

HINANGAKORE,) the names of different varie- 
HINANGAREWA, [ ties of greenstone (jode, or 
HiNANQATUHl, j n^hnU). 

HINAPO, twilight (one auth.) Oi htnot grey 
hairs; the noon; po, night httuOore anj 




phoflphovBfloent labsUnoe. [For oompara- 
tiTM, Bee HiHA, and Po.] 

HINAPOURI, yezy dark: Naku i taku atu i u 
Hnepouri—G. P., 69. Cf. htnapo, twilight; 
pouri, darkness ; po, night ; iin, blaok ; hina- 
kipauri, quite dark. [For comparativeB, see 
Po, and PouBi.] 

HINATORE (hlnhtore), any phosphorescent sub- 
stance. Cf. Jnna^ grey hairs ; the moon ; 
kmapOf twilight ; tore, to bom ; a white spot ; 
katore, glimmering, dimly lominoas ; inatore, 
a will-o-the-wisp, ignUfatuu», 2. The young 
shoots of a species of toetoe grass {Anindo), 

HINAU (A1ju»ft), or Whinau, the name of a tree 
(Bet. EUxocarpiu dentatut). 

HINAURI (myth.) [See Hika.] 

HINEf a girl : generally used only in addressing 
a girl or young woman : E hine e, tangi kino 
e, tamgi aurere nei ki te hat — G. P., 301 : NtUeu 
mai, e ^ne, kia piri mai koe — ^A. H. M., y. 18. 
€3f . kohine, a girl ; waMnet a woman ; tuakine, 
a man's sister ; tamakine, a daughter. 

Saxnoan— cf. teine, a girl ifafine, a woman ; 
tamafi^lne, a daughter (of the mother only, 
not <^ the lather) ; fa*ateine, to act tiie girl ; 
afafine, a girl ; inafint, a woman (a respectful 
term) ; /a'a/^kySiM, kermapkrodite, Tahitian 
— «L makine, a daughter; tamakine, a daugh- 
ter; vakine, a woman; Mnerere, offspring. 
Haivailan — cf. kine, strutting, proud of 
one's appearance ; wahine, a woman, female ; 
lOiUdnepuupaa, a yirgin. Tongan— cf. firu, 
women ; fefine, a woman ; taakine, a maiden. 
Mangaian — cf. vaine, a woman. Mar- 
quesan— cf. vekine, women ; female. Ma- 
ngarevan — cf . ahine, a woman ; female (also 
aim); veine, a wife; tamakine, the oldest 
daughter ; mokine, a term of endearment for 
the youngest daughter; toaakine, a woman. 
Paumotan — of. vakine, a wife; mokine, a 
woman ; makuakine, aunt. Futuna — ol 
fq/bu^ woman; female. Ext. Poly.: Motu 
— Hof. kaine, a woman ; 'Waigiou, pin, a wo- 
man; Waigiou Alfuros, Hn, a woman; 
Uea, tn, a girl ; Salayer, baini, a woman ; 
Massaratty, finek, a woman ; Morella, 
makina, a woman ; Teluti, ikina, a woman ; 
AhtiagOa Vina, a woman; Gah, binei, 
a wonum; Salibabo, bakineh, a woman; 
Cajeli, umbenei, a woman, Ao„ Ao, [See 

HINEAHUA (myth.), a goddess seen floating on 
the waters of the Deluge— A. H. M., i. 175. 
With her were Hinerakatai and Hineapohia. 


HINEAHUONE (myth.) fSee Hnn-NUi-TX-Po.] 

HINEAHUPAPA (myth.), the flrst wif^ of Bangi- 
potiki, one of the Props of Heayen. [See 
ToEO.] Her children were Sky powers : Tu- 
nukn. Tu-rangi, Tama-i-koropao and Haronga. 
Haronga wedded Tongotongo ; and from this 
pair were bom a son, Ba (the sun), and a 
daogfater, Marama (the moon). 

HINEAPOH I A (myth.) [See Hdtbihua.] 

HINEATEREPO (myth.), <* The daughter of the 
Morsss." Hine was so named as the daughter 
of Tuna-roa-te-tupua (** Long-Bel, the goblin"). 

H I N EH AON E (myth.) [See Hnra-inn-n-po.] 

HINEHEHEtRANQi (m^.), a deity, or wise an- 
cient being, who (with another named Hine- 
ikukutirangi) is often inyoked during deep-sea 
fishing — Ool., Trans., ziy. 8: Ko te aM na 
wai f Ki toro ko Hineikukutirangi, ki toro ho 
Hinekekeirangi — MSS. 

HtNEHUARAU (myth.), a taniwka, or monster, 
killed at Wairarapa by the chief Tara — Col., 
Trans., zi. 8o. 

HINEIKUKUTIRANGI (myth.) [See HzMiHrasi- 


HINEITAITAI (m^.), a woman who liyed in 
pre-diluyian tunes. She was the wife of 
Bakuru, but on account of his sin went away, 
and was afterwards married to Kumikumi- 
maro. These two had a son, Tautini, who 
made a remarkaUe yoyage— A. H. M., L 171. 
[See TAunm, and Tuputupuwhsnua.] 

HINEITEIWAIWA (m^tii.), a name of Hina, 
when, as one of Tmirau's wiyes, she helped 
to enchant and capture Kae for his murder of 
Tutunui. [See Eab, Hika, and Tzhisau.] 

HINEKAUIRANQI (myth.), the priestess-ohief of 
the Horouta canoe, in the Migration. [See 
Takitwnu canoe, under Abawa.] 

HINEKORAKO (myth.), a spirit residing in lunar 

HINEMAKURA (myth.), the sister of Buatapu. 
She drank the flooa-water at the Deluge, {te 
tot a Euatapu,) and thus preseryed the rem- 
nant of mankind on the hill of Hikurangi — 
A. H. M., iii. 81. [See Hzkubangi, Moazusa, 
TuKurmnTWHENUA, &oJ] 

HINEMARU (myth.), the wife of Umukaria, and 
mother of Hinemoa. [See Hinbicoa.] 

HINEMATIKOTAI (myth.,) a woman dwelling 
among the sea-fairies. She informed Buapu- 
puke that his son had been made a tekoteko 
(oaryed gable ornament) on Tangaroa's house, 
and also told Bua how to slay the sea-fairies, 
for whom she was doorkeeper, (as was Ta- 
whaki's mother for the Ponaturi,) and the 
sea-fairies died from the admission of light to 
their dwelling, as the Ponattiri died — Stack, 
Trans., yiii. 176. [See Buapupuxb, and Pona- 


HINEMOA (myth.), the beautiful daushter of 
Umukaria and Hinemaru. They dwelt at 
Botorua, and the maiden was the centre of 
attraction for all the young chiefs of the 
surrounding country. Among these were the 
sons of Whakaue-Eaipapa, three of whom, 
Tawake-heimoa, Ngarara-nui, and Tuteaiti, 
were legitimately bom; but the fourth, who 
was named Tutanekai, had been bom after 
his mother Ban^uru had eloped with Tu- 
wharetoa. [See Banoixtbu.] Hinemoa owned 
a secret preference for Tutanekai aboye the 
other suitors, and the loyers found means to 
make their loye known between themselyes. 
Being separated by the lake, music was had 
recourse to as a means of s^pathetic com- 
munication, Tutanekai and his Mend playing 
on musical instruments which could be heard 
across the water. Guided by the sweet sounds, 
Hhiemoa swam the lake at night, and after 
being in the water some hours, reached the 




wann spiing at Wtilriinihia, and refreshed 
herself. There she was found b^ Tntanekai, 
who took her to his home ; and, in the morn- 
ing, to the joy of the whole settlement, pro- 
daoed his beaatifnl wife. Her place in the 
pedigrees of her descendants is pointed out 
with maoh pride, and the story is a very sweet 
and simple folk-tale — P. M., 146, et $eq. 

HINENUIOTEKAWA (myth.), the wife of Paikea. 
[See Paikxa.] PaiJkea is a sapematoral per- 
sonage ; and Hine appears in heaven, in Te 
Akaaka-tapn-o-Tane, the hoase of the lizard- 
god, Pnnga. Here she fell in love with 
Tawhaki, when he ascended ; and, leaving her 
husband, she became the wife of Tawhaki, by 
whom she had a child. This caused the 
death of Tawhaki, but he rose again ^7 his 
own mana — ^Wohl., Trans., vii. 44 : A. H. M., 
i. 16 and 48. 

HINENUITEPO or Hine-nul-l-te-po (myth.) This 
goddess was the daughter of uie goa Tane 
[see Take] and the Earth-formed Biaiden, 
(Hine-ahu-one, or Hine-ha-one) constructed by 
that deity from the soil. Hineahuone brought 
forth an egg ; whence emerged a child named 
Tiki-tohua, from whom came forth all the 
fowls of the air. The next child was a 
daughter, Tikikapakapa (Aitanga-<i-Tiki'kapa' 
kapa s birds), who was afterwards named 
Hme-a-tauira ("the pattern maid'*). Hine- 
atauira became the wife of Tane, and bore him 
several children, among whom are Tahnkumea, 
TahuwhiJcairo, Tahuotiatu, and Tahukumea- 
atepo. At this time she was ignorant of her 
relationship to Tane ; but on discovering her 
parentage, she was overcome with shame and 
despair. She went down to Hades (Po), and 
became a goddess of the Dark, assuming the 
name of Hine-nui-te-po in the Under-world, 
trying to drag down the souls of men to Night, 
wnile Tane strives to lead them to the light. 
She bore one daughter to Tane, a girl named 
Hinetitamauri. After she had left Tane she 
brought forth Te Pouriuri (*• the dark night"), 
Potangotango ("the very dark night*'), and 
then Pare-koritawa, who married Tawhaki, 
the Lightning god. In trying to pass through 
her domains and deliver the souls of men from 
death, Maui was slain. One legend states 
tiiat Maui deceived Hine by walking ** like an 
atua" i,e. on his feet and hands, with his 
belly and face upwards ; then, after robbing 
the aged goddess, Maui told his brothers to 
visit her walking upright. Thus it was that 
Maui-mua (Bupe) was slain, and not our 
great Maui {Maui-tikitiki-a-Taranga). From 
Hineahuone fthe mother of Hine-nui-te-po), 
through her cnild Te Bapuwai, came the race 
of Europeans; while from Hine-titama (a 
name of Hine-nui-te-po,) sprang the Maori 
people. See S. K., 22, 23 : P. M., 88 : Wohl., 
Trans., vii. 9 and 36 : A. H. M., i. 181, 146 ; 
and iii. 128. 

HtNENQARO, some portion of the intestines : Ka 
wehe te Makutu kei roto i te funengaro o te 
tangata — MSS. 2. The affections, feelings, 
the heart (fig.) : J roto hoki i te wai, i roto 
hoki i te hinengaro o te tangata — ^MSS. 
Sanioan<-flna^alo, a chiefs will, or desire ; 
to will ; (6.) a chiefs heart, or the seat of the 
affections : ^ poto Uma JlnagcUot e nuUoti foi 

lona mana ; He is wise in heart, and mighty 
in strength, (c) The liver of a pig or shark. 
Cf. finagdloaj to be angry (of chiefs). Tahl- 
tian — hinaaro, love, desire, affection ; to love, 
to desire : E faaipoipo noa *tu ratou i ta raUm 
e hinaaro ra ; Let them many who they love 
best. (&.) Will, choice, pleasure; to wfll; to 
choose : E te rave net oia i tana hinaaro % te 
nuu atoa oteraira ; He does as he wHIb with 
the heavenly army. Mangalan — inangarOi 
love, to love: I inangaro ana au ia koUm; 
I have loved you. Tongan — finagalo, the 
mind, applied only to the king (Tut Tonga). 
Futuna— flna^aro, the mind, the will : Kipe- 
nei tiau finagaro i takere net feipei iragi; 
Thy will be done on earth as it is in hMiven. 
Pauxnotan— hina^aro, willingly ; to be wil- 
ling; to wish, to wirii for; faka-hinagaro, 
seductive; delusive. Moriori — hirangaro, J 
conscience. Marquesan — hinenao, to love -^^ 
also hinanau : Te Fatu nui Atea haatuia i te 
hinanau ; The great Lord Atea estabUalied in 

HtNENQARO (myth.), the name of the ninth of 
the great Ages of the Universe. [See Eobx.] 

HINENQUTU (myth.), a taniwha or water-kelpie, 
residing at Eaingaroa. She is a very harm- 
less creature of her class, being only a knot of 
wood floating on a pool ; but any interferenoe 
with this log of wood brings on heavy rains. 

HINEPIRIPIRI (myth.}, the wife of Tawhaki. 
She rescued Tawhaki when he was attacked 
and left for dead by his cruel brothers. She 
was mother of Wahieroa, the famous chief- 
tain.— P. M., 86. [See Tawhaki.] - 

HINEPUPUMAINAUA (myth.), the mother of 
Tawhaki and Karihi. The legend has contra- 
dictory versions: Hine is called Earenuku 
iA. H. M., i. 121); and also Pupu-mai-nono 
A. H. M., i. 54). who ia generally called Ta- 
whaki*s sister — A. H. M., i. 121. 

H I N ER AK ATA I (myth.) [See Hoixahua.] 

HINERAU (myth.), the name of a wind in the 
Land of Spirits— M. M., 168. 

HINERUAKIMOE (myth.), one of the Powers of 
Night. [See Eobb.J fflie was visited by Tane 
when searching for his wile, Hine-a-tauira — 
A. H. M., i. 146. 

HINETEIWAIWA (myth.) [See Hiksnuitibpo.j 

HINETEKAKARA (myth.), a daughter of Kohu. 
She was married to jQienga, and bore a son 
named Tama-ihu-roa — S. B., 68, 76. 

HINETERANQIATAAHUA (myth^, a beautiful 
chieftainess, the mother of Aoanga-rahia — 
A. H. M., ii. 27. 

HINETENQARUMOANA (myth.), the name by 
which Tinirau knew his wife Hina, before he 
heard her brother Bupe call her Hine-te-iwa- 
iwa — A. H. M., ii. 186. 

HINETITAMA (myth.), a name for Hinennitepo, 
as " the first-bom ^' {Htama for timata, to be- 
gin). She was by this name the ancestress of 
the Maoris— A. H. M., i. 117 ; iii. 123. [See 

HINETITAMAURI (myth.), the daughter of Tane 
and Hineatauira. It was on aoconnt of the 
birth of this child that Hine fled dowh to the 




Shades (Po), and became the oaase of death 
among mortals — S. B., 28. 

HINE-TU-A-HOANQA (myth.), some ancient per- 
sonage referred to in the mystical story of 
" Poutini and Whaiapu "—P. M., 82. She 
drove Ngahne oat from his former dwelling- 
place, and in his wanderings he came to New 
ZeaUmd, bringing with him his famous ika 
(fish), the greenstone Poutini. [See Poutini.] 
2. A great priestess and magician, a grand- 
daughter of Tawhaki, and the sister of Bata. 
When Bata was unable to use the tree he had 
felled, designing it for a canoe (he not having 
repeated the proper invocation, the wood- 
fairies set the tree up again when felled), his 
sister told him to sharpen his axe on her 
sacred body, which, being done, had the de- 
sired effect. Hence her name, " The-maiden- 
standing-as-a-grindstone,*' or, as the Southern 
Yeraion gives it, ** The maiden whose back was 
a whetstone " {Kawe^ e whakairi ana ki runga 
ki te tua itri o Urn tupunat ko Hinetuaoaka) — 
Wohl., Trans., vii. 46 : A. H. M., i. 69 : P. M., 
69: 8. T., 5. The sharpening invocation: 
Orooro te toki na Hine-tuahoanga — S. T., 165. 
Hine came to New Zealand in Bata*s canoe-^ 

HINE-TU-A-MAUNQA (mythj, "The Mountain 
Maid," an ancestress of Tane. [See Tane.] 
Tane took her to wife, but she only brought 
forth the rusty water of the hills and the 
monsters of the mountains, so Tane forsook 
her.— S. B., 21. 

HINE-TU-TE-RAU-NIAO (myth.)/ a daughter of 
Taramainuku. — S. B., 79. 

HINEWHATA (myth.), the stump of a tree on 
which Hinemoa rested in her swim across the 
hike.— P. M.. 149. [See HnnsMoi.] 

HINU, oil, grease, fatty substance: Karingitia 
te fctmi — P. M., 62. 2. Pigeons or other game, 
preserved in their own fat. 
Tahitian — hinu, oil, fat, grease: E vaki 
riifii oe i te reira^ a ninii ai te hinu i nia iho ; 
Yon shall part it in pieces and pour oil thereon. 
Hinuhinu, brightness, lustre; bright, glossy, 
glistening; faA-hinuhinU| to cause lustre or 
splendour ; to make respected or honourable. 
Cf. tahinu, to anoint with oil. Hav^aiian — 
hinu, ointment ; any substance for besmear- 
ing ; to anoint or besmear, as with oil or 
grease ; to anoint ; (6.) to be smooth, to be 
shining ; smooth ; greasy ; polished ; (c.) to 
slip, to slide easily ; hinuhinu, to shine, as if 
with oil ; bright, shining ; splendid, as red 
doth; glittering. as polished stones. OLHlu^ 
elegant, powerful, magnificent ; hiluhila^ ez- 
oeUent, beautiful ; the glorious, the powerful ; 
hoo-hiiu^ to exalt, praise, dignify; okinu, to 
roast, as meat ; the piece of meat so roasted ; 
a spit ; oHnahinUf to roast much or often ; to 
be parched or dried, as the skin of roast meat ; 
to be smooth and shining, as a swelled skin : 
hence, to be sick ; henu, to anoint ; hemihenu^ 
^lining, glittering, polished; kahinut to rub 
over with oil, to anoint ; mdhinu^ to anoint. 
Marquesan — hinu, to make sacred (tapu)y to 
make certain things unable to be eaten by 
certain persons. Mangalan — inu, oil: E 
rhingi oki aia i te inu ki rungao; He ^all 
poor oil npon it. 01 akatainu, to anoint. 


Mangarevan— hinu, grease, oil; hinuhinu, 
oil on the head. Gf . aka-inui to eat handfuls 
of liquid pot, Pauznotan— cf. tahinu, to 
anoint, to grease; oil for perfumery. Ext. 
Poly. : Ticopla — cf. «tnu, cocoanut oil. 

HINQA (for hiica,) to kindle fire by friction : Ka 
kingaia te ahi tapu — ^A. H. M., i. 6. [See Hau.] 

HINQA, to fall, as a tree, or a person, from an 
upright position : Ka hinga^ ka takotOt ^i te 
whenua—G. P., 29. 2. To lean, to lean upon : 
KauH e hinga mai ki runga i a au^ kaph iana 
he urunga oneone^ ko te urunga mau tonu — 
Prov. Gf. hongay to make to lean to one side, 
to tilt. 3. To seek, to look for : Ka hinga ki 
te waka—A, H. M., iii. 15. 

HIHINQA, to fall in numbers. 

HINQAHINQA, to fall in numbers, as on the 
battle-field ; the slaughter of numbers. 

HiNQAIA (pass.), to be fallen upon. 

Whalca-HINQA, to cause to fall : Whaka-hingaia 
etehi o nga ra kia ata ha^re ai — P. M., 72. 
Tahitian — hia, a fall ; to fall, as a person 
or tree that was standing ; faa-hia, to cause 
something that was standing, as a tree or 
man, to fall down. Gf. hiatumiOj to fall, root 
and branch. Haw^alian — hina, to lean from 
an upright position ; leaning ; (6.) to fall, to 
fall down, as a house ; a falling : Hina iho la 
au maluna o ka papaa lepo ; I fell upon the 
hard ground, (c.) To fall, morally; {d.) to 
be offended; to offend; hoo-hina, to slant 
over ; to throw down, as a person. Gf . kahina, 
to fall before one ; to be the victim of one's 
intrigue or displeasure ^ to supplant ; to take 
the advantage of one. Tongan— higa, to 
fall, to stumble; a fall, degradation. Gf. 
higaaga, anything by which one falls or 
stumbles. Marquesan — hika, to fall; (6.) 
to slip, to slide; (e.) to be overcome, van- 
quished. Mangarevan— iga. to fall, a fall, 
tumble ; aka-higa, to upset, saia of men or of 
anything large. Gf. igahu, vanquished ; iga- 
maororOt pestilence, a great mortality. Pau- 
xnotan — higa, to fall; (6.) to be worn out, 
used up ; decay; (c.) dead ; faka-higa, to cause 
to fall. Mangalan — iga, to fall. £xt. 
Poly. : Malay — cf . singet, to lean. 

HINQANQAROA (myth.), a chief who built the 
first carved house. It was built at Uawa, or 
Uwawa, and was called Baweora. — A. H. M., 
ii. 163. [See Buapttpuke.] 

HINQONQI, a variety of potato. 

HIOI, the name of a plant (Bot. Mentha cunning - 
hamii), 2. The name of a bird, the Ground- 
Lark (Om. Amthui nova-zealandia). 

HiORE, the tail [see Whiobb]: Toroherohe mai 
ana te hiore — P. M., 29. 

HIPA, to start aside. 2. To pass on one side. 
8. To exceed in length ; to surpass. 

Whaka-HIPA, to slip aside, to turn aside : Otiia 
i whakahipa atu ia i te aroaro o Haora — 
1 Ham., xix. 10. 

Whaka-HtPAHlPA, irregular in height. 

Samoan — sipa, to be awry, to incline to one 
side ; (h.) to make a mistake in speaking ; (c.) 
a small fish, a small flying-fish. Tahitian — 
hipa, self-conceited ; pnde, to be proud ; (6.) 
the sharp point of a sail ; hipahipa, to display 
pride repeatedly ; faa-hipa, to turn aride ; (6.) 
to assume supercolioos airs. Gf. ohipat work, 


[74] Hirokl 

employment; to toil; oMpae, to turn aside, 
to go in uiother direetion. Hawaiian — 
hipa, to blmider in speaking, a blander; (h.) a 
little bundle ; hipahipa, to be joTfnl, to express 
gladness; hoo-hipa, a kind of meU (song); 
(6.) to vow, to perform a vow ; (c.) to speak 
falselj ; a falsehood. Gf . okipa, to perform a 
tow; to speak that whioh is false; ohiptua, 
wicked, or careless, or negligent speaking. 
Tongan — htba, awry, crooked, incorrect ; 
not npright. Marquesan — hipa. to bend, to 
stoop ; {b.) a hook ; (e.) across, atnwart. Gf . 
mahipahipa, winding, tortnons; to stagger; 
things which are not right ; tuhipa, to impute 
a thing to anyone. Mangarevan— nsf. aka- 
hipa, to raise the jaw of another with the 
himd, to ** chuck under the chin.'* Pau-< 
motan—of. hipa, to inspect ; to superintend ; 
to look at, gaze ; hipakipat to make a visit ; to 
peroeiye; hdpahia, visible; hipaUka, to look 
at fixedly. 

Whaka-HIPA, the head; the hair of the head. 

HIPAE, to lie in the way of. Gf. pae, to lie 
across ; a step in a staircase ; to be cast on 
shore ; htpa, to pass on one side. 2. To lay 
crosswise. Gf . paepae, a threshold ; pae^ to 
lie across; whaka-hipa, to turn aside. [For 
comparatives, see Hipa, and Pas.] 

HiPOKI (Kkpok(), to cover, to cover over: Na 
hipokina iho ia e ia— Eai., iv. 19. 2. A cover- 
ing : Ka hurahia atu e noa te hipoki o te aaka 
— Ken., viii. 18. Gf. poHt to cover over ; ha- 
poki, a pit for storing potatoes ; kaupoki, to 
cover over ; to invert ; taupoki, to cover over ; 
huripoki, to turn upside down. [For com- 
paratives, see PoKi.] 

HIRA, in great numbers, numerous; a multi- 
tude: Kia riU hi nga whetu o te rangi te 

HIHIRA, shy, suspicious. Gf. Strati, to trip up. 
2. The act of bevelling the edge of a log of 

Whaka-HIRAHiRA, to extol, to magnify, to de- 
preciate others in order to magnify oneself : 
E whakakirahira ana ano koe i a hot ki toiu 
iwi — £ko., ix. 17. 
Tahitian — hira, bashfulness in the presence 
of many together, or of a superior ; hirahira. 
scrupulousness ; the fear of eating sacred food 
or what the sorcerers have prayed over ; (&.) 
some regard for the feelings of others ; hihira, 
to look askance. Saxnoan — cf. «t2a, to be 
outdone ; Hlafaga, a chiefs observing, a chiefs 
sight, a chiefs knowledge ; ii$ila, to see, to 
know (a chiefs word). Hawaiian— hiiahila, 
shame, blushing of the face, confusion ; to be 
ashamed : A koi aku la lakou ia ia a hilahila 
ma, t mai laia,*E hoouna aku oukou t ' And 
when they urged him till he was ashamed, he 
said * Send ': Hilala, to bend, to crook; hoo- 
hilahiia, to be ashamed ; bashful, modest, as a 
backwoodsman ; to put one to shame by his 
own superiority. Tongan— of. tauhilat to 
turn up the eyes. Mangarevan— of. hira, 
frank, hardy. 

HIRAU (hArau), to entangle, to trip up. Gf. 
hihira, shy, suspicious; rau, to catch in a 
net ; hi, to catch with hook and line. 

Whaka-HIRAU, to trip, to stumble. 2. To feel 
lor anything in the water with one's feet. Gf . 

rau, to lay hold of ; M, to raise. [For com- 
paratives, see Hi, and Bau.] 

HIRAU, a paddle for a canoe. 

HIRAUTA (myth.), the name of one of the 
canoes of the migration to New Zealand. 
[See Arawa.] 2. The name of a constellation. 
It was fastened on the breast of Bangi (the 
sky) as a decoration, by his son Tane — WcmL, 
Trans., vii. 83. [See Banoi, and Tamx.] 

Hi RAWER AWE {Mrawerawe), producing weari- 
ness or disgust ; irksome, tedious. 

HiREA (hXrea), undefined, obscure, indistinct. 
HiREAREA, an indistinct sound, a confused 

HIRERE (hirere), to gush, spurt. Gf. hi, to make 
a hissing noise ; r&re, to run, as water. 
Tahitian — hirere, to spurt CL rere, to 
leap. [For other comparatives, see Hi, and 

H I H I R I, laborious, energetic, assiduous. 2. Be- 
quiring exertion. Gf. whiri, to twist, to plait 
fsee Samoan] . 

H I R I H I Rl, to repeat incantations over any one to 
impart energy : Naku i whakatata e, i te htri- 
hiringa ma te atua — M. M., 192: KataM a 
Tane ka hirihiri i tona ure — A. H. M., L 147. 
2. A short invocation : He hirihiri te ingoa o 
te karakia potopoto—Q.-B, 29. 

Whaka-HIRIHIRi, to assist, reUeve. 2. To chant 
spells to relieve a su£ferer : Ka whakahirihiria 
atu ki runga ki te wahine e whakamamae ra ; 
ka hirihiria atu ano ki te kauhou o Houmai- 
tawhiti—V. M., 126. 
Saxnoan— sill, best, principal, highest; to 
be the principal, highest ; (b) to lodge in, to 
stick in, as a feather; (c.) to inquire, ask; 
jd) to pass, to exceed, to go beyond; exceed- 
ingly ; sisili, the head turmeric-maker ; (5.) to 
be spread about, as water from a watercourse 
which has overflowed ; (c.) to shoot, to dart, 
as pain from one part of the body to another ; 
fa*a-8ili, to be superior ; (6.) to go beyond, to 
project ; (c.) to cause to pass off, as fatigue by 
takmg rest, or sleepiness by getting a nap. 
Gf. fa^a-nUtofOt to be relieved for a time, to 
have a partial relief in sickness ; Hlimuaa, to 
exceed all; fiU, to be entangled, to be in- 
volved, intricate; to plait, as sinnet; JUiglk, 
diligent, persevering; fa*a-»autiU, to affect 
superiority. Tongan— hili, to put upon, to 
lay upon ; (6.) the preparation of arrowroot ; 
liihiii, better, more valuable ; hilihili. to seek 
fruit when only few and scarce. Gf. fehxli^ 
hili, to pile one upon another ; hiUfaki, to lay 
or put upon ; tauhili, to sit or stand on any- 
thing very high, as a mast-head. Manga- 
revan— al(a-hirl, to help a sick person ; (6.) 
to make a nest or den (of some animal) ; aka- 
hirihiri, to put the food all round the sides of 
the oven. Gf. hiri, to weave ; hirihiri, to fish 
for turtle. Ext. Poly. : Malagasy— of. hiri- 
hiry, inflexible, obstinate. 

HiHIRi (myth.), the seventh of the Ages of the 
existence of the Universe. [See Eoeb.] 

HIROKI {Hiroki), thin, meagre, lean (also Whi- 
roki) : He hiroki, he ahua kino noa iho — Km., 
xU. 19. Gf. wMro, the second day of the 
moon ; vUro, a thread ; to spin. 


[76] Hiwi 

Hamralian^cl. kilo, the first night in 
which the new moon can be seen, as it is like 
a twisted threadJM'Io, to twist, spin). [See 
eomparatiyes of Whibo.] 

HIRORI (hlron), to walk with trembling knees; 
to totter, stagger. Cf . r^rl, entangled ; rori, 
distorted; pirori, to roll along, as a ball; 
twirorit demented, dazed ; turori, to stagger, 
Hamrailan— cf. 2o2t, to turn oyer ; to 
change, alter ; Mlo, to twist ; hilohilot to 
wander here and there, in telling a story; 
iloU, the nnpleasant sensation of pregnanpy. 
Tahltian — cf. arori, a movement; to be 
moTing or shaking; to stagger; faa^ori^ to 
move, shake, or poll a thing from side to side, 
in order to make it loose ; twrori^ to stagger. 
Mangarevan— cf. rori^ to rook, to stir, to 
toss about ; twrorit to totter ; faintness, weak- 
ness ; garofiroirit to Taodllate. Pauxnotan 
— hiPOhirouri, yariable. 

HITARA, a prised variety of the fttimara, or swe6t 

HITARI (hUaH), a sieve, or instmment for sifting. 

HITAU (AUott), a small waist-mat; apron. Of. 
f tott, a girdle for the waist ; wMtau^ dressed 
flax fibre ; whitiki, to gird ; tou, a wrist-thong 
(for a weapon) ; whiwid, to be entangled. 

HITAWETAWE (mawetawe), very long. 

HITEKI (MaeJb*), to hop. Cf. Htoho, to hop. 

HITl (myth.), aborigines of the Chatham Islands 
(near New Zealand,) when first discovered by 
the Polynesians : Ko Hiti te ingoa o taua iwi 
a U Mcriwi — G.-8, 2. [See MoBioni.] It is 
a debated point as to the qnestion of the New 
Zealand islands having been inhabited at the 
time of the arrival of the Maori. Legend 
make of a race in prior ocoapation, and says 
that they were called ** Toi," or Up(^o-toea ; 
that they lived on fern-root, fish, and birds, 
bnt had no knowledge of the ^tnarajsweet 
potato). [See Eumab^.] See Locke, Irans., 
XT. 484 : idso G.-8, 2. A very onrions legend 
states that Mam left Eoi in onarge of the land 
when he (Maoi) had dragged it np from the 
ocean depths, and the race of Eni dwelt in the 
land. [See Eul] Then came a people from 
across the sea, the Tuta-mai-ao, who assomed 
soperior knowledge, and began to kill; bat 
soon afterwards they began to intermarry with 
the former inhabitants, nntil the race of Eni 
disappeared, and Eoi herself went down under 
the ground to live. [See Nukutawhiti.] Then 
the Tuta-mai-ao were dominant, nntil another 
race came across the sea, called the Turehu 
(faixies), and attacked the inhabitants in the 
nme way as the Eui people had been attacked, 
intermarried in the same way, Ac, and then 
assumed the rule. Then came other descend- 
ants of Maui, the ancestral Maoris, who acted 
like their predecessors, till the Turehu became 
extinct ; and the Maori have dwelt on " The 
Fish of Maui " for forty-six generations. The 
Turehu became pcOupaearehe [see Patupuea* 
bbkb] — ^A. H. M., iii. 189. Manaia is said to 
have killed aborigines at the Waitara (P. M., 
145); but another legend states that these 
were the people (Maori) which came in the 
Ariki-mai'tai oanoe. [See Abawa.] The 
Pom^aUnu eanoa was not i^wed to land in 


New Zealand, the original inhabitants driving 
the immigrants back by force, and the Panga- 
torn returned to Hawaiki — A. H. M., ii. 181. 
On the other hand, Ngahue told the Hawaiki 
eople that there were no men in New Zea- 
and ; neither did Bakataura see any inhabit- 
ants—A. H. M., ii. 188. Cf. iuhiH, to expel, 
to banish. 

In Tahiti the word hiti means a monster, or 
whatever is deformed at birth ; hanahiti is a 
person of the hiti or border, one of inferior 
note ; fcttiapa, the inhabitant of a border land ; 
hitit an edge or border ; to rise, applied to the 
sun, stars, Ac. (the Maori whiti) ; tahitit to 
transplant, to remove a thing from its original 
place. In Mangaian (dialect drops ^), Itl is 
the place whence came the ancestors of the 
Aitu, a god-tribe. It is now said to be Tahiti, 
but this is very doubtful, as tawhiti is the 
common Polynesian word for any distant 
place. [See Hawaiki, and Tawhiti.] The 
Havraiian word (Kahiki) is discussed under 
Hawaixi. It is also deserving of notice that 
in Hawaiian, hiki^ (hiti or whiti^) means to 
arrive at, to reach, as the Maori whiti means 
to cross over. In Marquesan hiti is *' to go 
to the side of the mountain.** It is curious to 
mark that in Tonga the Tongans are sup- 
posed to be named thus as being the Western 
(or South-western) people, in distinction from 
the Fijians, who were the Viti (or Eastern) 
people. {Horatio Hale, quoted by Pomander, 
" Polynesian Baces,** vol. i.) This would give 
the etymological value of whiti^ ** to shine,** to 
the meaning of hiti, aborigines, as in Tahitian 
hitia-o-te-ra, sunrise, or eastern. As a mere 
hypothesis, it may be considered whether the 
Hiti of the Chathams were allied to the Viti 

gfiji) people as a Papuan race: as **the 
astern people. 

HITOKO (hitoko), to hop. Cf. hiteki, to hop; 
tokOf to spring up (in the mind). 

HIWA, watchful, wakeful. 

Samoan — of. nva, a dance, song. Ha- 
mraiian— cf. Mwa, black, precious ; any black 
article supposed to be acceptable to the gods 
as an offering; dear, beloved. Tahitian — 
cf. hiva, a clan; the company in a canoe. 
Tongan — cf . hiva, to sing ; a song ; a heathen 
festival. Mangarevan— cf . hivahiva, heavy, 
said of the eyes; iva, a stranger; ivaiva, 
severe, hard; aka-ivaiva, to detest. Mar- 
quesan— cf. hiva, strange. 

HIWAI (Mioai), the potato. Of. riwai, potato. 

H I WAI WAKA, 1 the name of a bird, a species of 
H I WAKAWAKA, J Rhipidwra. 

HIWEKA lh\weka), hanging. 
Whaka-HIWEKA, to hang up. 

HIWI, the ridge of a hill: TaH eke nei au te 
hiwi ki parahaki—B. T., 179. Cf. kahiwi, the 
ridge of a hill ; iwituara, the spine ; fuaitm', 
the back; iwi, a bone. 2. A beaten track. 
8. The main part or bottom piece of a canoe, 
to which the bow and other pieces were united 
by lashing. 
Saxnoan— of . euotttft, the backbone ; a chain 
of mountains. Hamraiian— hlwl, the flat or 
depressed summit of a protuberance ; (6.) to 
^iminitth, as a swelling ; to flatten down, as a 
protuberance. Of. iwi, the side of an upland 


[ 16 i Moa 

hill of halo (taro) ; the stones nsed as land 
boundary marks; kuahiwiy the summit of a 
mountain. Tahiti an— of. tuaivi^ the slope 
of a mountain ridge; ivituimoot the spine; 
aivij any ridge of low hills stretching to 
the mountains ; twif the back ; ivt, a bone. 
Mangaiian^^f. tuaivi, a hill ; kaivi, a 
ridge, crest of a hill ; tvt\ a bone. Mar- 
quesan— cf. tuaivi, a mountain ; tua^ the 
back. Mangarevan — ivi, a small hill ; (&.) 
a bone. Cf. tvtiua, the backbone ; aka-iviivi^ 
to make folds ; aka-ivitua, shelving ; to form 
a ridge. Paumotan — cf. tutatrt, a small 
hill. Ext. Poly. : Fiji— cf. n'ri-a, to cut a 
thing, as a stick, to a point. 

HIWI, to jerk a fishing-line : Katahi ano ka hiwia 
e ta— P. M.. 116. Cf. hi, to fish with hook 
and line ; kikiy to start, jump. 

HiWIHIWI, the name of a fish. 

HO, a word expressive of the action of giving* 
presenting, <&c. It is very rarely used except in 
composition, as ho-mai, give (hither) ; ho-aiu, 
give (away from speaker) : Mehemea ka kai- 
ponu koe i ho kaiy kaore i ho atu t /c''^— MSS. 
2. It is also used in the sense of motion, as in 
the English idiom •• give way :" ho-ake, go on. 
Samoan— 8080 (shsb), to move along. With 
mai (hither), to draw near; with atu (away). 
to move off. Cf. soso, to turn from side to 
side, to be restless, as in a fever. Hawaiian 
— ho, to transfer ; to bring hither or carry 
away (also with mai and atu) ; {b.) to bring, to 
present : E ho mai aukou i kekahi kanaka i 
hoa kaua no*u ; Give me a man, that we may 
fight together, (c.) To carry, or cause to be 
conveyed ; to transport ; (d.) to produce, to 
bring forward, as food to the table. Tongan 
— cf. foakiy to give, to present ; liberality. 
Mangarevan — ho, to give (with mai and 
atu) : Ho mai ta te tvpuna kia na e turuturu 
mana; His grandfather gave him a staff of 
power. Paumotan— cf. hoake, to despatch, 
send off. Mangaian — o, to give (with mat 
and atu) : Omai tai noku ora e, o Te-ata-i- 
maiore ; Oive me a new life, oh Light of the 
morning. Tahitian — ho, to give (with mat 
and atu) : Homai i teie moua nou ; Oive me 
this mountain. 

HO (Kb), to pout, to project the lips in scorn. Cf* 
Ao, to put out the lips in derision. 2. To 

HOHO {hohb\ to speak angrily; to say " hohh:* 
2. To grin. 3. To drop, to drip, to trickle. 
Tahitian— ho, a war-shout, signifying joy 
or triumph. Hawaiian — ho, to cry out in 
a clamorous manner ; (6.) the asthma ; (c.) a 
noise as of lowing cattle ; oho, to exclaim, to 
cry out, as many voices ; hoo-ho, to raise the 
voice to a high pitch ; (6.) to speak together, 
to shout acquiescence or acclamation ; to pro- 
claim: Hooho mai la na kanaka a pau me 
ka leo kahi ; All the people answered with one 
voice, (c.) To shout in triumph : E hooho na 
kanaka a pau i ka hooho nui ; All the people 
shall shout with a great shout, (d.) To cry 
out in fear and distress; (e,) to wheeze, to 
breathe hard ; to snort ; hoho. to snore, to 
breathe hard, to snort ; to gurgle ; (6.) to cry 
out ; to shout after ; (c,\ the distant sound of 
a small cataract ; (d.) the spray of water from 
^ cataract ; (e.) snow ; (/.) to sink down, as a 

canoe in the water ; (g.) to jet, as water into a 
canoe when there is a hole ; {h,) to leap or 
slide down, as one from a precipice ; hoo-hoho, 
to force out, to emit wind. Cf. kahoho, to cry 
out aft^r one ; a crying out ; shouting, oalling. 
Tongan— fofo, to rinse, to wash slightly ; (6.) 
to rush, as a current of water into deep holes ; 
(c.) to driuk up ; hoho, soft, yielding, as earth 
after rain. Mangarevan — ho, to frighten 
fish ; aka-hoho, to lick, to kiss. Ext. Poly. : 
Aneityum — cf. ho I I am here. 

HOA, a friend, mate : Ko taku hoa pea, ieneiy ka 
hoki mai — G. P., 28. HoortDahine^ wife. 2. A 
companion, ally, confederate : A tokowha ona 
hoa i kainga katoatia e ia — P. M., 11. Hoa- 
riri, an enemy. 

HOA HOA, a spouse. Used also of two women, 
wives of the same husband : Ka owha atu hoki 
te hoahoa^F. M., 183. 

Whaka-HOA, to make a friend or associate of. 
Samoan — soa, a companion, friend ; (b.) 
■ one who procures a life for another ; (c.) a 
song in honour of visitors ; fa*a-8oa, to seek a 
wife for another ; (b.) to apportion, divide out ; 
fa*a-8oa8oa, to deliberate about the distribu- 
tion of food ; (h.) to be prudent. Cf. sohfajine, 
the female companion of a lady ; sodva^a^ a 
companion canoe going with another ; autoa^ 
to dance by companies at a night dance ; «od- 
tau, an armour-bearer. Tahitian — hoa, a 
friend (also ehoa, and used as a term of 
address) : O te huru ia o taua here no^u ra ; o 
te huru ia o to*u nei hoa ; This is my well- 
beloved, and this is my friend. Faa-hoa, to 
make a friend, to procure a friend ; to adopt a 
companion ; hoahoa, likeness, resemblance ; 
hohoa, an effigy, figure ; form, likeness ; faa- 
hohoa, to compare as to likeness, to esteem as 
bearing such a likeness ; (b.) to portray or 
make a likeness of a person or of a thing. Cf. 
Aoatat, a friend that is always willing ; hoataut 
the office of him who indicated peace or war. 
Hawaiian — hoa, a companion, a fellow, a 
friend, an assistant : A ike lakou ia ia, lawe 
lakou i kanakolu hoa ; When they saw him, 
they brought him thirty companions : E na 
hoa ka La nui fiaoa ; Oh, companions of the 
great burning sun. (6.) To secure by tying ; 
to bind, to wind round. Cf. hoaaloha, a loved 
companion ; hoahana, a fellow-labourer ; hoa- 
hanauna, relatives of one's own tribe ; ftoakaua, 
a fellow-soldier. Tongan — hoa, a second, a 
companion ; to couple ; to pair with ; to accord 
or agree with; faka-hoa, to couple, to pair; 
(6.) suspicious ; to suspect or imagine ill of 
another; faka-hohoa, to put fairly, bad and 
good, large and small, together. Cf. ohoana, 
a spouse, a partner; fehoanaki^ to pair, to 
couple ; gaalioa, a couple, a pair (used only in 
composition). Marquesan — hoa, a friend, 
companion : I te tumu Onaona a na hoa ; In 
the beginning, Space and companions. Ma- 
ngarevan — hoa, a friend ; oa, a friend, said 
of a man loved by another ; aka-oa, a friend ; 
aka-hoa, lo make friends with any one. 
Harotongan— -oa, a friend, companion : Ko 
koe e toou au oa e noo ki mua ia koe ra ; Ton, 
and your companions that ait before you. 
Paumotan — hoa, companion, friend. Ext. 
Poly.: Kayan— cf. hawa, a wife. SiRa- 
yana— cf. to§oa^ a friend. Ticopla— of. toa^ 




HOA, to ftim a blow at by throwing. Cf . ngahoa- 
hcia, headache [see Samoan] ; pahoahoa^ head- 
ache; a, to driYe [see Hawaiian]. 2. To 
charm the ground over which one is going to 

Samoan — ^foa, to chip, as a hole in an egg- 
shfeU ; (b.) to break, as a rock ; (c.) to break 
the head; a fracture of the head; fofoai to 
break the shell, to hatch ; (6.) to begin a taro 
plantation ; fa'a-foa, a boil. Cf. foaga/anua, 
]>igeon8 hatched early; foalima, a chicken 
hatched by hand from an egg left by the hen. 
Haivaiian — hoa, to strike on the head with 
a stick ; to strike, as in fighting ; (6.) to beat, 
as bark in making kapa^ (tapa, native doth,) 
with a stick on a stone ; (c.) to drive as cattle. 
[NoTB. — This word, if dissected, is probably 
ho-a, t.€. ho-a for hoo-at for hoko-a = whaka-at 
cansative of Maori a, to drive, urge.] (d.) To 
tie, to secure by tying, to bind; hohoa^ to 
strike repeatedly on the head with a stick ; 
to beat kapa ; a cane ; a war-club ; hoo-hoa, 
to challenge, to dare one to fight ; to provoke 
one to anger (cf. Maori hoariri, an enemy). 
Cf. nahoahoot to strike on the head ; to break 
one's head ; the effect of sunstroke on one's 
head ; pihoa^ dizziness of the head, affecting 
one*s eyes ; pahoat a sharp stone ; a broken 
piece of stone with a sharp edge; a short 
wooden dagger. Tahiti an — hod} to grasp, 
as an antagonist ; a wrestler ; (&.) to stand, as 
an army ; (c.) the headache ; hoahoa, teasing, 
perplexing. Cf. hoai, angry, indicating mis- 
chief/ applied to the human countenance; 
mahoahoa^ to be disturbed by noises ; a violent 
headache. Tongan — foa, to fracture, crack ; 
to make an opening ; fofoa, to crack up into 
several pieces ; {b,) a good spearman ; faka-foa, 
to cry or sing with a loud strained voice. Cf . 
fofoai, to be hatched, to be cracked ; foaagat 
a litter, a brood ; tafoat to break, to crack. 
Marquesan— cf. hahoa^ to beat bark for 
native do^h. Mangaian — oai to strike : E 
oai U upokOf i oa i to roe ; Strike the head, 
strike the temples. Paumotan — faka-hoa- 
hoa, a row, a noise. Ext. Poly. : Motu — cf. 
tahoa, to throw a spear ; tahoikau^ to throw. 
Malagasy — cf. voa, struck, hit, wounded. 

NOANQA (hohnga), a kind of stone used as a 
grindstone, or whetstone pB*or description, see 
Trans. N.Z. Inst., xviii. p. 25] : Na, ka ki te 
vaha o U hoanga^ * Kia Aot, kia koi * — Wohl., 
Trans., vii. 46. 

Samoan — foaga, a grindstone. Cf. fa*a' 
iJUifoaga, tobe little, but strong (lit. to be 

tiiin as a grindstone). Haivaiian — hoana, 
a hone, a whetstone, a grindstone ; to rub, as 
with a stone ; (6.) He hoana e paa ai ka waa^ 
a polishing stone for finishing a canoe ; (c.) to 
make-believe, to pretend ; (d.) the name of a 
spedes of fish (Diodfm)^ large and singularly 
abrupt behind, as if cut off in the middle. Cf. 
koanapuu, to crook, as a piece of timber ; to 
project, to make an angle ; hooanakaa^ a grind- 
stone (kaa s Maori taka) ; hoanahua, bending, 
stooping ; a tall, slim, stoop-shouldered man. 
Tongan — fuaga, a grindstone. Cf. fuofuagaj 
the pomioe stone. Mangarevan — hoagai a 
fine volcanic stone used for whetstones (fdso 
oaga) ; (h.) a grindstone. Cf. hoho, to polish ; 
ogaoga, to swing a cord over and over without 
toaching the ground. 

HOARIRI, enemy: Kei tata ano tona hoariri — 
P. M., 70. Cf. riri, anger ; hoaf to aim at in 
throwing ; Aoa, friend (?). [For comparatives, 
see Hoa, and Kibi.] 

HOATA (hbata), a long spear. Cf. kuatat a barbed 
spear. 2. The third day of the moon's age. 
Cf. ata-marama, moonlight. Samoan — cf. 
fuata, the handle of a spear. Tahitlan— 
hoata, the name of a night of the Tahitian 
moon or month. Haivaiian — hoaka, to lift 
up, to lift up as a spear in fighting : Hoaka ae 
la ia i kana the; He lifted up his spear. (&.) 
To drive away, to frighten; (c) to glitter, to 
shine, to be splendid ; (d.) the orescent of the 
new moon, the hollow of the new moon ; («.) a 
name of one of the kapu (iapv) days, tiie 
second day of the moon ; (/.) the arch or lintel 
over a door. Marquesan— cf. hoata^ dear, 

HO ATI) (hbatu), to give, away from the person 
speaking : Ka hoatu he ia U wai ki a Hine- 
Moa — P. M., 131. 2. To move on, away from 
the speaker : * Ael hoatu I* Ka karanga atu te 
koroheke nei — ^P. M., 52. [For comparatives, 
see Ho, and Atu.] 

HOE, to press away, to push away with the hand : 
he ringaringa Jioea, a rejected suitor. 2. A 
paddle, oar ; to paddle, row : Tatou ka hoe ki 
te hi — P. M., 22. 3. To voyage, travel, in a 
boat or canoe. 

HOEHOE, to toss about, to scatter. 2. To paddle 
about; to make repeated trips in a canoe : Te 
tangata nana i hoehoea te moana — G. P., 67. 
8. To convey in a boat or canoe, making re- 
peated trips. 

Whaka-HOE, to reject ; to show indifference to. 
Samoan— foe, a paddle ; foefoe, to paddle 
briskly ; foea, to have plenty of pullers in a 
canoe. Cf . foeuli, a steering paddle ; foemua^ 
the bow paddle ; foemuli, to steer ; tafoe, to 
cut paddles. Tahitian — hoe, a paddle, oar ; 
to row or paddle; (6.) the helm of a ship; 
hoehoe, to paddle repeatedly from place to 
place ; (&.) a mode of fishing ; (c.) to clean or 
sharpen the teeth of a wooden comb. Ha- 
waiian—hoe, a paddle: Kipu iho la lakou i 
na hoe ; They turned the paddles back (t.c., 
rowed backwards). Hoehoe, to row a canoe or 
boat here and there ; (6.) the shoulder-blade, 
from its resemblance to a canoe paddle ; (c.) 
a wind-instrument, something resembling a 
flute. Cf . hoelOt to urge on, to push along ; 
hoeuXi, a rudder ; hoewaat a paddler, oarsman. 
Tongan— fohe. a paddle. Cf. fohetUi, a 
steer-oar, a rudder ; taufoe^ a rope belonging to 
the steer-oar ; tafoey to luff, to bring nearer up 
to the wind. Marquesan — hoe, a paddle; 
to row, paddle : He hoe i te iima ; A paddle 
in the hand. Barotongan — oe, an oar, a 
paddle; to row: Akamaroiroi iora te au 
tangata i te oe e oki akaou ki uta; Never- 
theless, the men rowed hard to bring it to the 
land. Mangarevan — hoe, an oar, paddle ; 
to row : E haka vare ana te vaka i te hoe ; 
The paddling in the canoe stops ; (6.) to labour 
at agriculture. Cf. ohe^ an oar, paddle ; rapa^ 
rapafioe, the blade of a paddle. Ext. Poly. : 
Motu — cf. hode, a paddle. FIJI— of. voce, {c 
s th) a paddle, to propel a canoe with a paddle ; 
vocenikuita, the nautilus {kuita, cntUe-fish). 
Malagasy— of . voy, the art of rowing ; mivoy, 




to row ; JIvoy, an ou ; wdvoy, roving, rambling, 
going to and fro. Caroline Islands — of. 
oa, a paddle. Solomon Islands— of . fyu, 
a paddle. 

HOEHOE (myth.), a semi-divine person, a des- 
cendant of Bangi (the Sky). He was son of 
Urupa, and father of Pohaorangi. — S. B., 15. 
[See PuBAOBiMoi.] 

HOEORA (myth.) [See Haboba.] 

HOEPAPA, to eradicate, to destroy all traces of. 
Cf. hoet to push away ; whakahoct to reject ; 
papa, foundation. 

HOEROA, a long roear made of the bone of the 
whale. [For mastration, see A. H. M., iii., 
Maori, 66.] 

HOHA {Kbhd)t wearisome, wearied with expecta- 
tion : Kua hoha toku wairua ki toku ora — 
Hopa, X. 1. Gf. tuhSihh, happening late in 
the day. 
Hamraiian — cf. oha, sick from grief, or 
care. Tongan — hohaa, disgast, uneasiness, 
anxiety; faka-hohaa, to discompose, to dis- 
gust, to make uneasy. Gf . hohat^i, to arouse, 
to call attention. Mangarevan— oha, to 
fall down, to fall down as the arms of a sick 
person ; ohaoha, a boil or carbuncle in the skin 
which relaxes the muscles. Ext. Poly. : Fiji 
— cf. voia, to speak; speech; votavosa, to 
speak much, talkaaye. Malagasy— cf. oia, 
cowardly, weak. 

HOHE, wrinkled with laughing. 

NOH EHOH E, the name of a moUusc (Mol. TelUna 

HOHERE, the name of a small tree (Bot. Plagi- 
anthus lyalU). 

HOHOEKA, the name of a jmiall tree (Bot. Panax 

HOHOKO. [See under Hoko.] 

H OHON U. [See under Honu.] 

HONORO. [See under Horo.] 

HOI, the lobe of the ear. 2. The gusset of a 
garment. Cf. tihai, to expand the woof in 
weaving [see Tmoi] . 3. Far off, distant. 4. 
Deaf ; obstinate : AtaeUhoio tenei taureka- 
reka^T. M., 164. 

HOI HOI, an exclamation of denial as to the truth 
of something spoken of : E hoihoi ana koe ki 
a^tt— Sh. N.Z., 807. 2. Deafening, noisy. 
Cf. tihoihoif noisy. 

Haniraiian— A,pihoihoit to rejoice ; to talk 
confusedly ; koihi, afar off, at a veiy great dis- 
tance. Tahltian— cf. haiha, an exclamation 
of contempt of some order given. Tongan — 
cf . fai, cowardice, a coward ; timid ; hoihoifua, 
a term applied to a female chief whex) old 
and infirm. Mangarevan— cf. /toi, to drive 
away; thin, miserable; aka-hoihoi, horrible 
to see. 

HOI HO, the name of a bird, the Oreat Penguin 
(Cm. Eudyptes anHpodum). 

HOIK I {ho}ki)t tapering upwards. Cf. hoka, to 
be pomted. 

Ext. Poly: Malagasy— cf. Uokv, sharp, 
pointed, having a point like a bird's beak. 

HOIMATUA (myth.), a lelative of Turi, the an- 
oestor of the Whanganui tribes. He was the 

father of Potikiroroa, a boy who was murdered 
by Uenuku, the high priest— P. M., 196. [See 


HOKA, the name of a fish, the Bed God (leh. 
Lotella haeau). Its liver is used as Europeans 
use cod liver, for oil-making. 

HOKA. projecting sharply upwards. Gf. oka^ a 
knife ; to prick ; the rafters of a humara pit ; 
hoikit tapering upwards. 2. To take on the 
point of a fork. Cf. tihoka, to stick in, thrust 
m. 8. A screen made of branches stuck in 
the ground. Cf. pahoka, a similar screen of 
Samoan — so'a. the brace of a house ; 
so'aso'a, to spear fish ; soso'a, to spear ; (b.j 
to husk cocoanuts (by sticking a piece of wood 
pointed at each end into tiie ground, and 
striking the husk on the upper part). Cf. 
fa*a-$oaUi, enrved posts used in building boat- 
sheds and cooking-houses. Hamraiian — 
hoahoa, to cause the hair to stand erect ; or a 
natural object suggesting this: O Kauait 
mauna hoahoa ; Kauai witib the ragged moun- 
tains. Mangarevan — oka, a wooden stick 
for digging ; (6.) to push out or pull out with an 
instrument ; (c.) to make thrusts with a spear, 
to dart ; okaoka, to poke among the corals for 
fish. Cf . ahaokaoka, to hang up ; a reef or daw 
of coral under water. Mangaian — cf. oka, a 
rafter. Tongan — hoka, to pierce, to stab ; to 
take off the husk of a cocoanut ; (6.) a small 
cross-timber in a Tongan houJae. Ct fehoka, to 
strike or stab repeatedly ; hokaatatua, to pierce 
or stab behind ; hokaivu, an upright supporter ; 
mahokaf to be speared or pi&reed. Pau- 
motan — hoka, to pierce, truispierce ; (b.) to 
prick; (c.) an oar; hokahoka, a spear. Cf. 
eoka, a fork ; a dart ; hokaohoka, to goad, to 
prick. Ext. Poly.: Fiji— cf. eoka ((^ka), 
to pierce, usually with a spear ; the tie-beams 
of a house; ioka, the ribs or timbers of a 

HOKA I {Kbkai)t stretched out, spread out, ex- 
panded. Cf . hokarii to stretch out one's legs. 
2. Far apart. 8. The large feathers of a wing. 
Cf . hou, a feather. 4. A brace or stay. 5. 
Breadth. 6. One of the lucky takiri, or stari- 
ings during sleep. 

HOKAIKAI, to move backwards and forwards. 
Haivallan — hoal, to mix, to stir up {ho for 
hoo, causative prefix = whaka-kai) ; (6.) the 
union of two thubgs sewn together ; a suture, 
a joining ; (c.) to be singular in one's conduct 
and deportment ; hoalai, to dean off rust and 
dirt ; to make white and dean ; white, clear, 
shining, as the undouded moon ; (6.) to be 
proud, to be lifted up with pride. Tongan 
— cf. hohokat the name of a kind of fishing- 
net; to fish with this net. Samoan — so'ai, 
the brace of a house. Gf. M*a, the brace of a 
house. Mangarevan— -ct ote, a prop; a 
stick for digging with. 

HOKAlAi the stratified appearance of douds. 

HOKAKA ihbkaka), to desire. 

Tahitian^Hsl hoaut a fine polish on wood, 
pearl-shell, <fec. ; flavour, as that of a roasted 


HOKARI {hbkarii, to stretch out the legs; to 
move by stretdiing out the legs. Cf. hohai, 
spread out, 6i^;MUided« 




HOKATAKA, the name of a plant (Bot. Carokia 

HOKEHOKEA, impatient. 

NOKEKE (Kbkeke), stnbbom, unyielding, ohnrliBh. 
CI. ikeA«, obstinate ; AottJk«ft«, obstinate ; pokik^, 
soUen ; tokeke, chnrliah ; hout to persist in a 
demand. [For oomparatiTes, see Ebkb.] 

HOKI, to return : Me hoki pea taua hi uta — P. M., 
26. Passiye, hokia, to be returned to, or for. 
3. A restorative charm for a siok person. 

HOKI HOKI, to return frequently. 

Whaka-HOKI, to turn back ; to cause to return : 
Tenei ano tetahi karakia kia whakahoki mai 
i U wairua hi roto ki U koiwi—M. M., 25. 2. 
To give back ; whakahoki kupu, to answer : 
S, Kup€t e! whakahokia mai U waka ki a 
ott. 3. To replace : Ka whakahokia te poupau, 
MoiaJtio— Wohl., Trans., vii. 87. 
Samoan— fo*l, to return, to turn back again : 
Ona totfoi lea o ia nai ia U ia; And he re- 
turned back from him. Faa-foi, to cause to 
return, to bring back: E te toe faafoi$ia ea o 
au i le efuefii f Will you bring me back into 
the dust again? Gf. fo*isa% to send back; 
to/b't, to return ; fa*afoHita, to cause anger to 
be restrained ; fefo*ifo'ia% to be fickle. Ta- 
hitlan — hoi, to return (dual, hohoi) : E hoi 
da e haere i taua utuafare nona ra ; Let him 
go and return to his house. Faa-hoi, to send 
back, to cause to return : I teifaahoihia maira, 
€ na tamarii tamaroa nana ra ; After he had 
sent her back with her two sons. Cf. hoia- 
muri, to backslide ; to turn back. Ha'wal- 
ian — hoi, to return, to go back : Me ka hoi 
vhane ahi hoi i Kauai; They would return, 
'as to their souls only,* to Kauai: hoi hoi, to 
restore, to bring back : No ke aha hoi he lohi 
loa net oukou i ka hoifioi aku i ke alii f Why 
are you then the last to bring back the king ? 
((.) To send back, to dismiss : Aole hai ke 
hoihoi aku ; He does not cease (begging) though 
sent away, (c.) To change one thing for an- 
other; (d.) to return, as a rebellious people 
to iheir allegiance; {e.) to answer: Owau ke 
hoihoi aku ia olelo iou la^ai kou mau hoala- 
una me oe; I will answer you, and your com- 
panions with you. Gf. hoihou, to return anew ; 
hoihope, to return backwards ; uhoi^ to return 
from following one; to turn back; to unite 
together ; to live and sleep together, as a man 
sad wife once separated ; kahoi, to keep back, 
to hinder. Rarotongan— oki, to return : E 
aere, e oki akaou mai; Go, and come back 
again : ooki, to return : E ooki ana korua ; 
Betum, Tou two : aka-oki, to cause to return ; 
to take back, send back : Ka oki koe e aka4)ki 
koe i to au taeake ; Betum yourself, and take 
baek your brothers. Tongan — ^foki, to turn 
back : Toe foki atu ae tagata taki taha ki hono 
fale; Let every man return to his house. 
Fokiaga, the place or thing from which one is 
turned back ; faka-foki, to cause to return ; one 
who causes others to return. Gf. fokihit to 
turn OTer ; fefoktaki, to turn again repeatedly ; 
fetafokiaki^ to turn about; tafoki, to turn 
over, to turn round. Mangarevan — hoki, 
to turn on one's steps : Hoki mai ei ahi ; He 
returned to get fire. Oki, to return : Oki mat, 
hoki ; Betum hither also. Aka-oki, to return ; 
(fr.) to reject a proposition; (e.) to refuse a 
praeent. Of. okikotua, to draw back, go back. 

Futuna—foki, to return. Paumotan — 
hoki hoki, often; (6.) to persist, insist; faka- 
hoki, to return ; (6.) to give back. 

HOKI, also : Katahi ka hoki mai ki Maketu noJio 
at, ma^t at hoki, 2. For, because : Ina hoki 
i pouri tonu te rangi me te whenua i mua^ 
P. M., 7. 8. To give emphasis, to assent. 
Saxnoan — foM, also : Afaifoi tatou te nonofo 
aipea ttnei, tatou te oti aifoi; If we sit still 
here we shall die also, (b.) A diminutive, in 
qualifying assertions : Ua faapea foi ana tali 
mai o ia ia te au; Thus he answered me. 
Tongan— foki, also : Ke ke tokoto foki ki ho 
botu fakatoo hema ; Lie you also on your left 
side. Hawaiian — hoi, also, besides ; more- 
over : He nui ka poe ana i kokua mai at, owau 
hoi kekahi ; She has been a rescuer of many, 
and of myself also. Tahitian — hoi, also : E 
haere atoa hai au ; I will go also : (b.) besides ; 
(c,) likewise. Mangarevan — hoki, also : 
^omat hoki e toki ko Iraiapatapata ; He gave 
the axe (named) Iraiapatapata also. Ani wan 
— foce, again : Erefia acowa kofarere foce ; Te 
must be bom again. Paumotan—hokihoki, 
often ; (&.) to persist, insist. Futuna— foki, 
also, likewise. Rarotongan— oki, also: E 
kopapa oki aia ; He is flesh also. Ext. Poly.: 
Malay— of. jti^a, also, likewise. 

HOKI, the name of a fish (Ich. CoryphanoidcM 
noviB-zealandia) . 

HOKIO {hbkio), to descend. 

HOKIO (myth.), a night-bird, whoseonr, ** Kakaa, 
kakao / '* is an omen of war. This hoarse 
cry is caused by the choking in its throat, 
caused by tbe hair of the warriors who wiU 
fiUl in the coming battle. — M. S., 166. 

HOKIOI {hbkioi)f the name of an extinct or 
mythical bird : He Hokioi i runga, he Hokioi 
i runga, hu /■— O. P., 32. (Also okioi.) The 
Natives say that it was (like the Arabian Roe) 
a huge bird of prey, large as the moa 
(Dinomis) ; also that it had many-coloured 
feathers, and a bunch of red feathers on its 
head. [See Sir O. Grey, Trans., v. 485.] Sir J. 
von Haast describes remains of a huge rap- 
torial bird whose bones have been found in 
New Zealand, and named Harpagomis moorei. 
Sir W. Buller considers the Hokioi to be iden- 
tical with the Great Frigate Bird (Fregata 
aquila), [See Trans., vi. 64.] The South Island 
legends speak of a huge man-eating bird, the 
Hakuai, [See Hakuai, Pouakai, and Poua.] 
Paumotan — cf. kuakao, the Frigate-bird. 

HOKO, a prefix to numerals, signifying ten times 
the subjoined numeral : toru^ three ; hokotorUf 
thirty, &c. : Katahi ka haere te hokoichitu ra — 
P. M. 48. 

Ext. Poly.: Malagasy— of. vokovoko^ a 
cross, the figure of an X (see note, Tau). [See 
next word.l 

HOKO, to barter, exchange ; (modem) to buy or 
sell merchandise: Engari i haere mai o 
pononga ki te hoko Aat— Ken., xlii. 10. Gf. 
honot to join. [See Samoan and Tongan.] 

HOKOHoko.} ^ *'*^' »«**• »««**'• 

Samoan^^f. 80*o, to join ; to encircle, to 
surround; a follower, imitator, or disciple; 
to^oga, property given to the family of a wife 
on fetching her after a separation ; $0*090*0, to 




be joined in many plaoes ; 80so*Of to nnite, 
join ; fa*a-so*oso*Ot to delib^te abont the dis- 
tribation of food or property. Tahltian — 
hoc, to exchange property, to bny or sell ; a 
prioe, equivalent : A haere, a hoo i te hinu ; 
Go, and sell the oil. Gf. tahoo, to recom- 
pense, a reward ; revenge (as uiu) ; tapihoo, to 
exchange. Haivalian — of. hoo, to famish, 
to supply *, to stretch out the hand to do a 
thing. Tongan — cf. hokOt to come, to arrive 
at ; to flow, as the tide ; image, likeness ; the 
one who saoceeds, next, nearest in place or 
gradation ; hohoko^ to trace out the pedigree 
of a person ; hokohoko, to splice, join ; to set 
in order one after the other -, continuous, un- 
ceasing ; faka-hoko, to apply, join ; faka- 
hokohokot to bring up ; to hasten towards, as 
a fair wind the vessel; to wish to resemble 
others ; hokotaga^ a joint, splice ; hokotakiy to 
join on ; fehokotaki, to meet ; to cohabit ; to 
resemble, as a child its parent. Manga! an 
— oko, to barter, to buy, sell : E te aronga 
katoa % oko ia ratou; All the people which sell 
them. Marquesan — hoko, to bny or sell. 
Mangarevan — oko, to buy or sell; (6.) 
satisfaction ; {e.) strong, solid, hard, obstinate; 
indulgence; okooko, exchange; okookooga, 
vengeance; aka-oko, to tie, bind; to consoli- 
date, to make firm. CI okorua^ to be put in 
the place of another ; okotakaOf to answer ; 
okotahaga, not to be able to do a thing ; 
taioko, salt. Pauxnotan— hoko, to buy, sell, 
traffic ; price ; (6.) brave. Gf. tahoko, to pay ; 
reprisal ; revenge. 

HOKOMIRIMIRI, to stroke, pat. Gf. mtri, to rub; 
to touch in passing ; komirit to rub with the 
fingers. [For comparatives, see Mibi.] 

NOMAI {Te Homai), the name of a canoe. [See 


NOMAI {hUtmaVjt to give to the person speaking. 
[See under Ho.] 

NOMIROMIRO {Kbmiromiro), the name of a bird, 
the Pied Tit (Om. Petroeca toitoi), 

NONAE, a small basket : Ka toro ana te ringa o 
Hotu ki te kai mana i taua honae — ^A. H. M., 
iv. 191. 

HONE, to rob, maraud, take the goods of others. 
Haivailan — cf. fume, to be saucy, to be 
trickish ; mischief; honehone, mischievous; 
honekoa, impudent ; to be saucy. 

HONEA, not present, to be absent. 2. To escape. 

HON I, the Mole Cricket (Ent. GryUotalpa vul- 

HOHONI, to bite, to wound slightly. 2. To 
devour, consume : Ka mahi te awhato hohoni 

HON I HON I, to eat bit by bit, divided into mor- 
sels : He kaka kai honihoni — Prov. 
Samoan — cl «ont, to chop. Tahltian— 
honi, to bite; hohoni, to bite : I tei hokoni to 
ratou niho; That bite with their teeth. 
Honihoni, to gnaw, to eat by little and little ; 
faa-hohoni, a vice, a pair of pincers or nippers; 
to pinch or nip ; to cause to bite. Haivai- 

' Ian — cf. hanet to prick ; to enter, as a sharp 
thing; to be playful, saucy, or mischievous. 
Paumotan— cf. honi, coitus* Tongan— 
hohoni, to lance, to make small incisions in 
several places ; honii, to lance. 

HON I A (hbnia), excessive: a word used to in- 
tensify mangere, lazy, and apparently only 
with this word : as mangere hotUat extremely 

HONO, power, authority, influence (as mana : see 
Mama) : Kei au te hono mo te ao — ^A. H. M., i. 

HONO, to splice, join, unite : Honoa te pito ora 
ki te pito mate — Prov. Gf. tufumo, to join ; 
hoko, to barter [see Tongan] . 2. To add. Cf. 
tarahanot to pile up, to lay in a heap. 3. Con- 

Samoan — ^fono, to hold a council ; (6.) to 
patch, to inlay ; {e.) to eat ; fofono, to patch ; 
(b.) to send on a message one who has just 
come in; (c.) to send on to forbid a partv 
coming ; fa'a-fono, to gather to a meeting. Cf. 
laufono, a plank of a canoe; tafono, to join 
the planks of a canoe. Tahltian — hono. to 
splice a rope ; to join pieces of wood ; (6.) a 
row of thatch about a fathom in breadth ; 
honohono, to be joined one after another in a 
continuous line. Cf. honoa, an agreement, a 
plot ; honoaparau, an agreement ; honotua, to 
trace carefully to the origin ; pahono, to splice 
or join ; ono, to join one piece to another ; to 
exchange one thing for another ; tahono, to 
join, to piece together; tiahono, to join by 
lengthening a piece. Ha^waiian — hono, to 
stitch, to sew up, to mend, as a garment or 
net ; a stitching, sewing ; (6.) to join, to unite 
together ; joined, fastened : Ilolo ka hono o na 
motu; Below is the cluster of islands, (c.) 
The back of the neck ; (d.) the name of a kapu 
^tapu) where every man must hold his hands 
m a particular manner. Gf. honoai, the back 
of the neck (M.L. ^ hono-kaki) ; a uniting, a 
bringing together and causing a new relation- 
ship, mostly brought abont by marriage: as 
makua honoai, a parent by marriage, or a 
parent in law [honowai has tills meaning B^ao : 
see HuMOAWAi] : paahono, to splice, to sew 
together; pahono, to sew up, as a rent; to 
stitch together. Tongan — ^fono, a piece of 
wood, ivory, (fee, inlaid ; fonofono, to inlay ; 
anything inlaid. Cf. hokohoko, to splice, to 
join ; to set in order one after another ; hoko- 
aga, a joint, the place of joining ; hohoko, con- 
tinuous, unbroken. Marquesan — cf. hono, 
a turtle. [Nots. — This may perhaps explain 
connection of words above, as to " inlaying,*' 
<fec.] Mangarevan — hono, to adjust or 
place sticks, timber, (fee. ; (6.) to lengthen, by 
splicing on another piece ; ono, to put end to 
end ; to elongate ; (6.) to tie, to knot ; (c.) to 
compose a song ; (d.) to heat, to warm ; (e.) to 
poke the fire, to stir up the fire; onoga, a 
small bundle of long things, as reeds, branches, 
(fee. ; fascines ; onoono, the slips of Pandanus 
for a mat. [See KnsKus.J Bxt. Poly. : Fiji — 
cf . vono, the joints or pieces of which the body 
of a canoe is formed ; inlaid. Malagasy — 
cf. haona, joined, connected. 

HONOHONOA (honohonoH), to be harassed, an- 
noyed, vexed. 

HONU, fresh water: Haria mai te honu i te 
karaha na — MSS. 

HONU HONU, deep water: Haere i te miHmiti, 
haere i te honuhonu — G.-8, 29. 

HOHONU, deep. 

Tahltian— honu, to be glutted with over- 
abundance ; (6.) the sea-turtle ; hohonu, deep, 




profoond ; the depths : A toto %e rat ia hohonu ; 
Hang upon the heayens in the depths. Gf. 
hcmuijfaif the tortoise or land-turtle. Ha- 
'waiian — honu, the turtle, the terrapin, more 
frenerally appUed to the sea-turtle ; a tortoise. 
[NoTB. — The konu was formerly forbidden to 
women to eat in the times of the kapu {tapu)t 
under penalty of death.] Hohonu, to be deep, 
as water ; the deep (t.«., the sea) ; deep, as a 
pit : Ua eli lakou i ka auwaJia a hohonu ; They 
dug a ditch very deep. (6.) To be full, as the 
sea at full-tide ; honua, the bottom of a deep 
place, aa of the sea, or a pit ; (&.) a founda- 
tion, a resting-place ; (c.) flat land ; the earth 
generally, including seas and mountains. 
[NoTX. — ^This is the Maori wheniia, the earth.] 
Tongan — fonu, full, fullness : Bea koeni nae 
form ae faU i he kau tagata moe kau fafine ; 
Now the house was full of men and women. 
(h.) The turtle; fonuhia, to be filled; fofonu, 
fuU, applied to vessels ; (b,) a cold in the head. 
Marquesan — honu (also hono)i the deep-sea 
turtle ; hohonu, deep, profound ; (&.) high up. 
Mangarevan — honu, the turtle; hohonu, 
the deep sea ; the high seas. Gf . autaiohtmut 
high-water ; huruhohona, high-tide, spring- 
tide: vahthnhonu^ a deep place in the sea. 
Ani^iran — fonu, to be full: Ni/onu o eika 
tore ; Full of great fishes (ni « sign of past 
tense prefiixed). Ext. Poly. : Motu—of. himut 

HONQA, to incline, to slant, to tilt on one side. 
Gf. hinga^ to lean. 

HONQANQAIA, emaciated, haggard. 

HONQERE,, a channel. 

HONQI, to smell, sniff : Haere ! e kore korua e 
ngaro, ka hongia ki te piro — P. M., 48. Gf. 
haungat odour ; pihonga^ putrid. 2. To salute 
by touching noses : Ki hongi ki nga vtahine ra 
—P. M., 136. 

HONQIHONQI, to smell : A ka hoatu ai taua 
aruhe ma nga tangata katoa e hongihongi — 
A. H. M., X. 12. 

Saxnoan — sogi, to rub noses, to salute; 
sogisogi, to smell: Ma latou le faalogologOt 
latou te le oat, ma latou It sogisogi ; Which 
neither hear, nor eat, nor smell. Gf. fogi, to 
blow the nose ; fogifogi, the part between the 
nose and lip; fogi/ogivale, to blow the nose 
frequently, a sign of anger. Tahltian — hoi, 
to smell : E ihu to ratou, eita ra e hoi ; Thev 
have noees, but smell not. (6.) To kiss or toucn 
noees ; hohoi* to kiss or touch noses, as two 
persons. Haivaiian — honi, to kiss: Holo 
mot la ia e halawai me ia, apo mai la ia ia, 
hcni ae la; He ran to meet him, and embraced 
him, and kissed him. (b.) To touch ; to apply 
a combustible article to the fire ; {c) to smeU 
as an odour : Honi aku i ke ala o ka mauu ; 
Smell the sweet scent of the grass, (d.) To 
feel the influence of, as the roots of trees do 
the water; (e.) to saluto by touching noses. 
Gf. hohonOf to smell strongly, as tar or burning 
sulphur ; a stench ; hauna, strong smelling. 
Tongan— hogi. to smell, to sniff; faka-hogi, 
to seek out by tne smell. Gf. homi, to sniff (as 
mma, for M. ringa?), Rarotongan— ongi, 
to Bmell, to sniff ; (&.) to salute (by rubbiug 
noaes) ; (met.) to kiss : E kua ongi atura aia 
ia raua ; Then she kissed them. Marque- 
san — hoki, to kiss, saluto ; (6.) to smell ; (c.) 


to be certain of. Mangarevan— ogi, to 
kiss, to embrace ; (b.) to smell ; (c.) to turn on 
itself, to pirouette; ogiogi, to kiss ofton; 
ogiga, tasto ; aka-ogi, to kiiss; (&.) to spin a 
top; to turn, as the earth seems to do to a 
dizzy person. Paumotan—hogi, to rub 
noses, kiss ; (6.) to kindle fire. Gf. hogohogo, 
to have an offensive smell ; honi, fornication. 

HONQOI, a brace, stay, support. 

HOPARA, the belly: I huna iho hoki koekiroto 
ki te hopara nui a Tot. — P. M., 66. 

HOPE, the loins, the waist : Kia tirohia atu ai 
te hope o te tangata — P. M., 162. 

HOPEHOPE, the lines tattooed on a woman's 

Tahltian — hope, the tail of a bird ; (b,) a 
man's hair tied up behind ; (c.) to be finished, 
ended ; faa-hope, to make an end ; to take all ; 
the last one. Gf. hoperemu, the lower part of 
the spine. Haivallan — hope, the end or 
the beginning of a thing ; the termination of 
an extremity; (b,) a place, or office; a suo- 
oessor in a place ; (c.) the dose of a period or 
time; (d.) a particular age or time; (e.) the 
time of one's death, the end of life ; {/) the 
end — i.e., the result or consequence of an 
action; ending; last; behind; hopena, the 
ending ; (&.) the rear of an army. Mar-< 
quesan— hope, behind; (6.) the tip; (c.) a 
bit, piece. Mangarevan — ope, behind ; [b.) 
the posteriors ; (e.) the end part of fruits, &o, ; 
aka-ope, the end; last; complement. Gf. 
opekura, last and poorest fruit of the bread- 
fruit tree; opeoho, the back of the head. 
Paumotan — hopega, the last, ulterior; the 
sequel, consequence; to result, follow. Gf. 
hoperemu, the posteriors of an animal. 
Mangalan — ope, end, extremity. 

HOPEKIWI, a potato-pit. 

HO PETE A, the name of a shell-fish. 

HOPI (hopl), a native oven. (Gf. Aapl, a native 
oven ; tap}, a native oven ; toplpi, a small 
native oven ; topHpi, a small native oven ; ptpl, 
to bathe with water. 

Hamraiian — cf. pi, to throw water with the 
hand, to sprinkle ; green, sogged with water ; 
incombustible ; pipi, to wet by sprinkling ; 
hoO'pipi, to smoulder. Saxnoan — of. piei, to 
splash with water ; tapi, to rinse wiUi fresh 
water. Tahltian — cf. pipi, to sprinkle with 
water. [For other comparatives, see Pipz 

HOPI {hop\), ) to be afraid, faint-hearted : Kei 
HOPI PI {hoplpl), j ho]^ o koutou ngakau — Tiu., 
XX. 3. Gf . opt, terrified ; hopo, fearful ; piri, 
to keep close, to skulk [see Tahitian] . 
Tahltian — hopii, the falling sickness, epi- 
lepsv ; hopii pi i, to be struck motionless by 
sudden fear ; (b,) to be cramped in the foot or 
arm. Gf. hopiri, to sit in one's place through 
fear. Marquesan — hopi, infirm ; sick. 
Hawaiian— cf. hopilole, to eat slowly and 
carefully, as a sick person 

HOPO, ) afraid, fearful, overawed : Kia 

HOPOHOPO, J hopohopo koutou ki te mea kua 

oU te kanga — ^Hoh., vi. 18. Gf. hopi, to be 

HOPOHOPO, to doubt : Ka hopohopo tona wha^ 

kaaro—A,. H. M., v. 67. 




Whaka-HOPO, to alann. 

Hawaiian — hopo, to fear, to be afraid ; to 
shrink back through fear; hopohopo, to fear 
mach, to dread ; fearful, afraid. Saxnoan — 
8opO| to step over, to pass oyer ; soposopo, to 
transgress ; (b,) to raise the feet in walking, so 
as to leave a small trail ; (e.) to marry inoes- 
taoQsly, or approach criminally to a relative. 
Gf. topoliu, to transgress the laws of bonito 
fishing by stepping over the canoe ; sopoMopo- 
loa^ to ti^e long steps ; Bopo-vaU^ to pass over 
nnoeremonioasly. Tongan — hobo, a jnmp, 
spring, leap; to jamp; faka-hobo, to com- 
mand a person or persons to go from one place 
to another ; (h) to make one jump ; (c.) to cut 
out, as a cancer ; faka-hobohobo, to allow to 
hop oat, as a bird ont of its cage. Marque- 
san— hope, to be afraid. Gf. tahopot to fear ; 
to hold in the arms ; to embrace. Manga- 
revan— opo, to inspect, to have an eye on ; 
(6.) to pay attention to ; opoopo, to think about 
an unfinished task. Paumotan— hopohopo, 
conscience; (6.) perception. Moriori — cf. 
hopo, avarice. 

HOPU, to catch, seize : Ka puta mai a Hid, ha 
hopukia e Wkakatau — P. M., 48 : Kahore nga 
kereru kia maUiku hi a ia, hopukina toutia e ia 
— Wohl., Trans., vii. 87. 2. To snatch: Ka 
hopukia e HaUtpatu, ka mau — P. M., 97. 

HOPU HOPU, to catch frequently ; to catch one 
after the other. 
Sam can— cf. opo, to take hold of, as in 
wrestling ; opoopo, to carry in the arms. Ha- 
'waiian — hopu, to seize upon, as something 
escaping ; to grasp, to catch ; a taking, seizing ; 
(b.) to take as a prisoner, to apprehend a cri- 
minal; to hold fast, as something caught : I 
he kai e hopu ana ; In the sea they are gathered 
up. Hopu hopu, to seize, to grasp frequently ; 
to hold fast firmly. Cf . hopohopoalulu, to do 
something in a state of trepidation ; to pre- 
pare in haste ; to catch quickly and shake ; to 
make haste. Tongan — cf. hobo, to jump, 
leap ; hoboate, a captive taken in war. Mar- 
quesan — hopu, to embrace, to seize in the 
arms. Rarotongan — opu, to take hold of, 
seize : Ko te rakau ora aia i te aronga e opu 
iaia ; It is a tree of life for those who tiUce 
hold of it. Mangarevan— cf . aka-hopu, to 
keep the body bent on the march. 

HOPU HOPU, the Porpoise (Ich. Phoccena eom- 
Tahitian- cf. hopu, to dive under water ; 
hopuhopu, to dive repeatedly. Paunoiotan 
— cf . hopu, to bathe. 

HOPU (hopu), to be swollen, like a blister. Cf. 
hapu, pregnant ; pu, a bunch, handle, heap ; 
to blow ; pupu, to bubble up ; puku, to swell ; 
puputa, a blister on the skin ; kopu, blistered, 

Ha^waiian— hopupu, to be filled or puffed 
up with wind, as a bladder, or the bowels. 
[For other comparatives, see Pu.] 

HOPU-TU (myth.), the sixteenth of the Ages in 
the existence of the Universe. [For the Time- 
Spaces, see Kobe.] 

HOPU A {hbpua), hollowed, depressed ; like a cup 
or trough. Cf . hapua, hollow, depressed. 2. 
Lying in pools. 

HOPURUPURU, mildew; mouldy. Gf. puru, 
fusty, mouldy ; kopuru, fusty, mouldy puru* 
hekaheka, mouldy. 

HORA, to spread out, expand : Horahia mai <m 
kahu ki ahau — S. T., 175: Ka toe piai nga 
tohunga ki te hora rau ki te tuaahu — P. M., 
91. Cf. mahora, spread out; tahora, uncul- 
tivated open country ; ora, a wedge ; horapa, 
overspreading. 2. Scattered about. Cf. whaka- 
korakora, scattered. 

Samoan— fola, to spread out, as mata to 
sleep on : Uaia fofola i ona luga Uma malama' 
lama; He spreads out his light upon it. (6.) 
To unfold, as the hand; (e.) to promise; 
folafola, to spread out, to unfold; (6.) to 
preach ; (c.) to promise. Cf. folasi, to spread 
about, to spread a report ; mafola, to be spread 
out, to be extensive, to be wide ; to be plain, 
perspicuous (of a speech) ; sola, to run away, 
fly away escape, ; tafola, a shallow place in a 
lagoon. Tahitian — hora (hord), to stretch 
out the hand in liberality ; hohora, to open 
the hand with the palm upwards, a sign of 
agreement; (&.) to open what was doeed or 
shut, (fee. ; (c.) to spreisul or lay out ; horahora, 
to spread out, as a garment, mat, Ac. ; (6.) the 
deck or platform of a Paumoto-pahi (canoe). 
Gf. hora, a poisonous plant ; to use the hora 
to poison fish ; horahora i te taa, to put 
each thing separate ; to distinguish things ; 
mahora, to be spread out, as cloth ; to appear 
fine and clear, as the sky does after cloudy 
weather; mahorahora, open, cleared land. 
Haivallan — hola, to open ; to spread out ; 
(b.) the name of the root and stalk of the 
auhuhu, a poisonous plant; to poison fish 
with this narcotic ; hohola, to spread out, to 
stretch over : Hohola ilalo o Keolevoa, spread 
out below is Eeolewa. Holahola. to spread 
out, to smooth, as cloth ; to make up, as a 
bed ; [b.) to calm, to soothe, to enlighten (ap- 
plied to the mind). Gf. uhola, to unfold ; to 
spread oat, as the wings of a bird ; to spread 
down, as a mat ; to smooth out, as a rumpled 
cloth; to wrap up, as in one's bed-clothes; 
(fig.) to calm, to enlighten; kauhola, to 
expand, as a flower ; to unfold, as a piece of 
native cloth ; mohola, to unfold, as the leaves 
of a growing plant ; pohola, to open or spread 
out, as the petals of a flower when blossoming. 
Tongan — hola, to desert, elope, abscond ; 
departure, elopement ; faka-hoia, to unloose ; 
to let go away ; to send out of the way ; fola, 
to spread out ; fofola, to unfold, to spread out, 
to extend. Gf. holataki, to abscond with, to 
carry off; to allow to run off, in steering; 
ma/ola, to spread out; folau, to voyage, to 
saU ; a fleet ; folahi, to spread out ; laufola, to 
spr^Ml out ; to spread abroad what is secret ; 
a dance ; tafola, to be scattered ; vilihola, to 
bore the way out. Marquesan — hoa, to 
spread out, as cloth. Rarotongan — oora, 
to spread out, to expand : E oora au i taku 
kupenga ki runga ia koe ra ; I will spread out 
my net over you. 2. To spread out, scatter : 
E au mea makoikoi tana i oora na runga t te 
vari; He spreads sharp things on the mud. 
Mangarevan — hohora, to spread garments 
as a carpet; (6.) to put earth into a hole. 
Gf. mahora, to spread out, stretch, expand; 
mohora, to spread out ; ora, to wedge open ; 
oraora, small dust or rain falling in the eyes ; 


[88j Hon) 

high tide. Pauxnotan — hohora, to unfold ; 
(6.) to lie down with the legs extended ; (c.) to 
stretch oat, as the limbs ; horahora, to nnroU, 
to open, unwrap. Cf. kahorahora, the surface, 
area. Kxt. Poly. : Fiji — cf. voraj to grow fat 
^ I or Btont. 

.>'HORAPA, disseminated through ; overspreading : 
E kihai i horapa atu te mate ki te kiri — Bew., 
ziii. 6. Cf . Jtara, spread out ; rapa^ entwined ; 
korapa, cross-grained, twisted. 
Hamraiian — cf. holapa^ the act of rising or 
boiling ap ; the swelling or rising of a blister. 

MORE, not. Generally used with rated, em- 
phatically, as hore-raioa^ not at all : Ko toai 
hei homai i te mea ma i roto i te mea poke ? 
Hore-rawa — Hopa, xiv. 4. Cf. kore^ not; 
kakore, not, no ; takahore, a widow. [For 
comparatives, see Eahore and Kobe.] 

HORE, to peel or strip o£F. Cf. mahore, peeled ; 
mahihore, peeled off ; pahore, scraped off. 2. 

Samoa n—cf. fole, to be sunken, as the 
eyes in their sockets; to be wasted away. 
Tahitian — here, to peel ; hohore, to take off 
the skin of fruit, to peel off the bark of a tree ; 
to excoriate. Cf. ohorehoret bare, as the eye- 
brows without hair, or a thing skinned ; 
pakore, to flay or skin, to peel off the outer 
covering ; ahore, barked, as a young tree. 
Ha'Vfraiian — hole, to curse ; {b.) to peel off, 
to flay, to skin ; (c.) to rasp, to file, to rub off ; 
a braise ; a scratch or break in the skin ; (d.) 
to notch the end of a spear, to make grooves ; 
holehole, to peel, to strip off, as the skin from 
the flesh, or the flesh from the bones ; (&.) to 
separate one thing from another. Cf . uhole, 
to skin, to strip off the skin of an animal ; 
to peel the bark from a tree ; mohoUt to bruise, 
to break up, to crush; to rub off the skin; 
(fig.) sad, sorrowful, dejected ; pahole, to peel 
off, as the skin ; to rub, to polish ; pohole, 
a wound, a bruise ; to bruise ; to break forth, 
to open, as a flower ; to peel off, as the skin. 
Marquesan — hoe, to flay, to strip off the 
skin of a dead animal. Mangarevan — 
hohore, to rough-hew. Cf. kahare, to peel or 
pare lightly with a knife; mohore, to peel; 
are, to excavate, as falling water does ; pahore, 
to peel, to cut off. Pauxnotan— cf. kohore^ 
bald; to make bald; pakoret to peel off, to 
scale off. Ext. Poly.: Fiji— cf. vore, a pig; 
Malagasy— cf. bory, destitute of, deprived 
of ; cropped, shorn ; omhybory, cattle without 

HORE, a burial-place under tapu, Cf. horej not. 
Ha^nrailan — cf. hole, to curse. 

HOREA, dim. 2. Bald. [For comparatives, see 


HORI, to cat a piece out of the ear. Cf. hoi, the 
lobe of the ear ; horipi, to slit, as the ear of a 

Tongan — of. maholi, to be chipped in 


HORI, to be gone by. 

HORI, ) false, untrue ; to speak falsely. 2. 

HORIHORI, j to mistake, misjudge: Ka hori a 

Tawhaki he wahine no tenet ao ano — ^P. M., 

Whaka-HORI, to disbelieve. 

Tahitian— cf. hori, riot, wild or loose mirth; 
hohori, to go about begging or demanding, as 
the ^ riot. [See Earioi.] Tongan — etfoli, 
to walk round and round. Samoan— <sf. soli, 
to tread on, trample on ; to ill-use, to treat 
as a conquered person ; sosoli, to eat things 
which were representatives of gods ; solisoli, 
prostration, putting the soles of a chief's feet 
against the palms of the hands and the cheeks. 
Ext. Poly.: Fijl—cf. voli, to go round, or 
round about ; vort, to refuse to sleep with, as 
husband and wife. 

HORIHORI, a kind of mat. 

HORIPI, to slit, as the ears of a pig, &q, Cf. 
hori, to cut a piece out of the ear ; ripi, to cut 
or gash ; horipi, to cut ; maripi, a knife ; (6.) 
to slip, as a knife, (fee. [For comparatives see 

HORIRERIRE (hbrirerire), the name of a bird 
(Om. Gerygone flaviventris), 

HORO. [Note. — The senses of horo, as *'to 
crumble down," ** to swallow," and " to be 
swift," are difficult to separate in comparison, 
as they continually run together.] 

HORO, to fall in fragments ; to crumble down ; 
a landslip : I horo at taua ana kohatu — G.-8, 
19. Cf. tahoro, to cause to crumble down; 
oro, to grind [see Tongan, and Tahitian] . 2. 
To drop off or out, as seed, &c. : Ka horo ano 
nga ngohi ki raro — P. M., 175. Cf. ngahoro, 
to drop off or out ; papahoro, to fall off or out. 
8. To fall, or be taken, as a fortress : Apitiria 
tonutanga atu ko te pa ka horo — P. M., 92. 4. 
To differ. 5. To cause to crumble down. 

HORO A. (passive,) to be fallen upon by anything 
crumoling down. 

Whaka-HORO, to cause to crumble down : Poro- 
aid tutata, whakahoro ki tau k^ — Prov. 2. To 
take to pieces. 8. To slack off, or let out a 
line : He manu ante e taea te whakahoro — Prov. 
4. To hurl down, to precipitate downwards : 
Koia i whakahoroa ai ratou e Rangi ki nga Po 
— A. H. M., i. 25. 

Samoan — solo, to slide, to fall down, as a 
wall : E soloia foi pa uma e oo i le eleele ; 
Every wall shall fall to the ground : a land- 
slip ; a porticm of a wall fallen down ; (6.) to 
pass along, as a number of people along a 
road ; a string of men passing along ; (c.) a 
song in praise of a chief *s land ; 8080 1 0. to 
run, as liquids, or as fat when melting ; (&.) to 
spread, as a skin-disease ; (c.) to lie about, as 
a woman who has conceived; 80I080I0, to slip 
away, as the earth from the side of a hill. Cf. 
tohoa, to be overspread, as by vines; to be 
overrun with water; solo^ava, songs of *ava 
drinking; soUn, to throw down a wall; to 
break gradually, as a wave fit to glide on, 
in swimming with the surf -board ; tolofa, to 
fall down, of a house only; to disperse, to 
dissipate; to resolve, as a swelling; tolovi, 
to slide down, as a man down a coooanut 
tree; alasolo, to overthrow. Tahitian — 
horo,*a piece of mountain or hill that slips 
down to the valleys by reason of much rain ; 
faa-horo, to cause a thing to slide down ; 
faa-horohoro, to remove property from one 
place to anotiier, as when people change their 
residence. Cf . ahorohoro, to be crumbling or 
sUding down, as the earth on the side of a 




moontain. Ha^wallan — hoo-holo, to canse 
to slide down, as an avalanche. Cf. kolOt 
mnning, moving ; holomoku, a mshing, as of 
water ; an overwhelming ; kaholOt unfixed, or 
unsteady; paholo^ to sink in the water or 
mad ; poholo, to slip, sink, or glide into the 
water, as a piece of lead or other heavy sab- 
stance ; to slip off, as an axe from its helve ; 
to miscarry, as a female ; poholoholo^ to adhere 
only slightly; pauholo^ to be destroyed by 
the earth slipping away from the mountain. 
Tongan — hole, to fall; to move in quick 
succession ; holoholo, to wipe, rub ; to scrape 
clean ; hoholo, to rub ; to slide ; faka-holo, to 
move in a line; (5.) to glide or run over a 
smooth surface ; faka-hoholo, to slide, to move 
on any smooth surface ; faka-hoioholo, to move 
in succession ; (b.) to let go ; (c.) to let do^^n ; 
{d.) to become fair, as the wind. Cf. faka- 
hohkiy to break down, to demolish. Manga- 
revan — hero, to fall down, to slip, as earth ; 
a fall of earth ; (b.) to rain ; ore, to fall, slip ; 
(6.) to rub ; friction ; to whet, sharpen ; aka- 
oro, to swim in the water ; to glide, slip. Cf. 
igamaoroorOf a great mortality, a pestilence ; 
oroarua., a fall of grain, as of com falling here 
and there like rain ; orokukuy to take off the 
surface ; to glide ; ororo^ friction ; to rub. 
Pauxnotan— hero, to hide, bury. Cf. tahoro, 
to swallow, to slip down ; mahoro, to have a 
miscarriage; haka-mahoro^ to slide, to glide 
along ; papahoro, to slip. Ext. Poly. : Fiji — 
volo-tUt to break (of brittle or thin things, as 
pots). Malagasy — horohoro, a tremour, or 
quaking; horohoroontany , an earthquake^ 

NORO, ) quick, speedy: Ko koutou ki mua, 

HOHOROJ ekare au e hohoro—F. M., 52. Cf. 
kaihorot to do hurriedly ; papahoro, to flee. 

HORORO, quick, swift: Kia horaro matt iena nga 
?iau o Pungawere — ^P. M., 84 : Tikina aiu^ kia 
hororo max — P. M., 86. 

Whaka-HOHORO, to hurry, to speed. 

Samoan— solo, swift, to be swift, of a canoe ; 
(b.) to pass along, as a number of a people on 
the road ; sosolo, to run, as liquids ; {h.) to be 
a coward. Cf. solomua, to go ahead, to take 
the lead ; gasolo^ swift ; to pass along ; soloa% 
to pass along, as a war party to war. Tahi- 
ti an — hoPO, to run; hohopo, to run (dual); 
horohoro, quickly, expeditiously. Cf. kukurat 
to run ; ahorohoro^ to run, as a number of 
persons ; kororirit to run away in anger ; pau- 
horo, those destroyed by running away in 
battle ; hururu, to be in a hurry. Tongan— 
holo, to move in quick succession ; faka-holo, 
to move in a line; to glide or run over a 
smooth surface; hoholo, to slide; faka-hplo- 
holo, to move in succession. Cf. holoaki^ to 
push on in succession ; feholoaki, to moye in 
different directions, to be going and coming ; 
gaholOt swift, applied to vessels ; swiftness. 
Hawaiian — holo, to go fast ; to move gene- 
rally, a going, moving, running ; racing ; sail- 
ing : Hat mai a oia i na *Ui i kona holo i 
kahiki ; He told the chiefs of his sailing to a 
foreign country. (6.) To travel in any way — 
t.«., to run, ride, or sail: Holo a hiki i ka 
fPCUL pelupelu; They ran till they got to their 
short canoe, {c.) To flee away : Holo kiki aku 
la Papa; Papa ran hastily away. Hoholo, 
to run, to sail, to glide swiftly ; papsive, to be 
driven swiftly by the wind ; hoo-holo, to cause 

to ride — i.e., to carry in a vehicle; (b.) to 
stretch out the hand for taking anything. Cf. 
kaholo, to work rapidly at any business ; to 
row swiftly; to jostle; naholOt to run along 
the ground, to flee away from ; a retreat, a 
flight ; holoaat to run here and there ; holo- 
moku, a rushing as of water. Marquesan — 
hoo, quick, swift, of a vessel. Cf. vaehoo, a 
good walker ; pokihoo, quick, speedy. Raro- 
tongan — oro, to ran : Kua oro atura ratou e 
arataki mai ia ia ; They ran and fetched him. 
(b.) To flee, escape : Te enua mamao i oro atu 
9ia, e ; The distant land to which thou art fled. 
Mangarevan — oro, an exclamation convey- 
ing the idea of promptitude ; (&.) quick, speedy ; 
quickly: Oro riri Mauike ; Mahuika quickly 
grew angry, (c.) To whet, to sharpen ; (d.) 
to pass quickly, said of a vessel ; aka-oro, to 
swim in the water ; to glide, slip. Cf . orokuku, 
to slip, glide ; taoro, to fly rapidly : oroatoki, 
to speak rapidly, hastily; vavaeo^o, swift of 
pace. Paumotan — horo, to run, gallop ; (6.) 
rout, defeat ; horohoro, to run swiftly ; faka> 
horOj to flee away, to escape. Cf. haka-mahorot 
to slide, glide along. 

HORO, to swallow : Ko Waikato horo pounamu — 
Prov. Cf . kaihoro, to eat greedily ; horomi, to 
swallow, devour. 

HOROHORO, to remove the tapu from a house : a 
cleansing ceremony like the pure, [Notb. — 
The priest offered a small quantity of food to 
the presiding deity, some of which he (the 
priest) ate, and the remainder was consigned 
to the earth, thereby removing any stain 
attaching to the offering. After the priest 
had sprinkled the place with water, the cere- 
mony terxhinated. — L. P., 136.] 

HORONQA, food eaten by the priest in the above 

HOROHORONGA, food cooked by the father of a 
new-born child with which to remove the tapu 
from the infant— S. T., 144. 

Whaka-HORO, to remove tapu (as horohoro) : Ka 
whakahoroa i te tapu kia wawe ai te kai nga 
atua — A. H. M., i. 8. 

Samoan— folo, to swallow (plural fofolo, 
dimin. folofolo, pass, fologia) : Ma faamaga le 
gutu le eleele ma JoU* ia te i latou ; If the 
earth opens her mouth and swallows them. 
Cf. folomaga, the morsel swallowed ; folopa^o, 
to swallow whole; to swallow without chew- 
ing. Tahitlan — cf. horomiif to swallow; 
horopuupuut to swallow eagerly, without mas- 
tication ; tahoro^ to swallow soft food without 
mastication ; horofeto^ to be choked with 
swallowing large quantities of dry food without 
drink. Tongan — folo, to swallow, to engorge : 
Be tuku be au ke oua mua keu folo hifo hoku 
ifo ; Let me alone till I have swallowed my 
saliva. Folofolo, to swallow in suooesaion; 
faka-folo, to cause or help to swallow. Ha- 
waiian — cf. holOf to put or thrust in, as the 
hand into the bosom ; holowoAt a box, chest, 
cradle, trough. Marquesan — hoo {hob), to 
devour iToipot (mashed food) ; hoona, to swallow. 
Cf. hootikot to swallow without cmewing ; to 
bolt food. Mangarevan — horo, to swfJlow ; 
oro, to swallow; (6.) to mince one^s words; 
aka-horo, to swsJlow ; (6.) to seek after veiy 
earnestly; aka-horohoro, to seek gropingly 
after that which is not visible. Cf. kormnii 
one who swallows. Paumotan— of. tjhe 




following woids, meaning to swallow : tdhoro^ 
horopitipitif horomut tahoropuga, horomiti, 

HOROAUTA, or Horouta (myth.), a oanoe of the 
Migration. [See Abawa.] 

HOROEKA, the name of a tree (Bot. Panax 

HOROHORO, the wild tamip (Bot. Brasnea 

HOROI, to wash ; material to wash with, as soap, 
claj, &c, : Waha ana e ia ki to raua wharCf ka 
hoToia ona patunga — P. M., 47. Cf. oro, to 
grind [see Hawaiian] ; roimata, a tear [see 
Hawaiian] ; kauhoro, to scrape ; to rab with 
anything rough. 

Samoan — soloi, to wipe ; a towel : Soloi ai 
ileie Boloi ua ia futi ai ; To wipe them with 
the towel which was his girdle. Cf . olo^ to rub. 
Tahitian — horoi, to wash or cleanse : A haere 
i to fare t e horoi i to avae ; Go to yoar house 
and wash your feet. Horohoroi, to wash re- 
peatedly or in different places. Cf. horoiatoto, 
a man for a sacrifice ('* blood-wash '*) ; rorit to 
wash or cleanse in water (? fiorori). Ha- 
waiiaD — holoi, to wash with water, as doilies ; 
washed, cleansed : E holoi oe ia oe iho a e 
hamo hoi; Wash yourself and also anoint 
yourself, (b.) To scrape or clean the dust 
from the feet ; (c.) to brush clothes ; to wipe, 
to clean ; {d,) to blot out, as a writing ; {e,) to 
elean in any way; holoholoi, to rub with 
pressure and quick motion ; to rub off dirt ; to 
rub down smooth. Cf. olo^ to rub ; to grate ; 
to rub up and down ; oloi^ to rub as the stone 
rubs kalo (toro), as well as pounds it ; halm^ 
to weep ; to wipe the eyes when weeping. [See 
Maori Boihata.] Tongan — holoi, to wipe, 
to mb off ; holoholoi, to wipe off : Bea e ikai 
holoholoi a hono manukia ; His reproach shall 
not be wiped away. Cf . holo, to wipe, to dry ; 
a towel, anything used to wipe with ; hoholo^ 
to mb ; /o, to wash clothes ; fofo^ to wash or 
rinse slightly. Mangaian — oroi, to wash. 
RarotODgan— orei, to wipe: Kua kai iora 
e kua orei i te vaa ; She eats and wipes her 
mouth. (6.) To wash: Kare e kai ua i te 
manga, e na mua ra i te orei marie i te rima ; 
They will not eat food without washing their 
bands first. Marquesan — hooi, to wash; 
(6.) to wipe, rub. Mangarevan— horoi, to 
wipe ; a handkerchief, (fee. ; horohoroi, to wash 
the feet and hands ; oroi, to rub the eyes ; a 
handkerchief, &q. ; orooroi, to wash the hands. 
Cf. OTO, to wash; to wipe; to rub; friction; 
oroTO, to rub ; friction ; ruerue^ to wash with 
water ; to mb ; aka-horohoroirimay to pour 
water on the hands to wash them. Ext. Poly. : 
Motu— -cf. huria., to wash, to scrub. 

HOROKIO, the name of a shrub. 2. A name 
giren by the Maoris to seyeral species of ferns 
— Col., Trans., xiy. 42, note. 

HOROMATANQI (myth.), the great taniwha or 
water monster of Lake Taupo. He is a reptile- 
goblin who lives in a cave on the reef on the 
north-east side of Motutaiko Island. [See 
Gudgeon, M. S., 19, and S. E. T.] 

HOROMATUA. a title of the priest in the Whare- 
kura (temple), next below the ariki ; the third 
in rank — M. S., 46. [See Whabbkuba; also 
KoaovATUA and oomparatiyes.] 

HOROMI, to swallow: Horomia oratia ana taua 
tamaiti ka mate — P. M., 107. Cf. horo, to 
swallow ; kaihoro, to eat greedily ; horomiti, to 
eat ravenously. 

Tahitian— horomii, to swallow. Cf. oromi^ 
to disappear. [For other comparatives, see 
under Hobo, to swallow.] 

HOROMITI, to eat ravenously, to devour. Cf. 
hoTO, to swallow ; mimitif swallowed up ; kai- 
horot to eat greedily ; horomi, to swallow. 

Paumotan — horomiti, to devour ; to swal- 
low. [For other comparatives see Hobo, to 
swallow, and Miuixi.] • 

HOROPEKAPEKA, the Blue Shark (Ich. Car- 
tharias glaucus), 

HOROPITO, the name of a shmb (Bot. Drimys 
axillaris) : Te horopito ko te rakau i tuai a 
Weka^O, P., 324. 

HOROTATA (myth.), the wife of Tinirau, and 
daughter of Mangamanga-i-atua. She was 
killed by Hina. [See Tinibau.] 

HOROTEA, pale. Cf. tea^ white; kotea, pale; 
katea^ whitened ; motea^ white-faced. [For 
comparatives see Tea.] 

HOROTETE, worn out; exhausted; prostrate. 
Cf. teti, to exert oneself; houtete, stunted, 

Hawaiian — cf. holoke, to run or mb against 
some opposing object ; to be stopped short, as 
the mind in a course of thought or investiga- 
tion. Tahitian— cf. horotaetae, to be desti- 

HOROUTA (myth.), one of the canoes of the 
Migration. [See Abawa.] 

HORU (Kdru)t red ochre. It is obtained from 
water; the variety of red ochre called takou 
being procured from a stone : Otira ko te 
wahine ra he m^a pani ki te horu — ^A. H. M., 
iv. 103. 

HORU, to grunt, snort. 2. To yell in accompani- 
ment to the war-dance. Cf . ^, to shout ; rUt 
to shake. 3. To rankle. 

HORU HORU, to rumble : Horuhoru iaku manawa 
i a Hawepotiki — P. M., 108. Cf. ru, an earth- 
quake ; to shake. 

Tahitian — of. horuhoru, to be agitated, or 
troubled in mind; horuru, drunk with *ava 
(kava). Mangarevan — horu, disorder in 
the stomach; horuhoru, conflict, agitation; 
aka-horuhoru, to be in great numbers. Cf. 
oru, the noise of branches ; oruoru^ agitated. 

HORU A (hbrua), to go down, descend. 

Haivalian — holua, to glide down on a 
sledge : this was a favourite pastime of the 
ancient Hawaiians ; {b,) a smooth path on the 
side of a hill, for glidmg down ; (c.) the name 
of the strong north wind, generally in the 
winter. [See Maori Whakabua.] Cf. holu, the 
depths of the sea ; the deep ocean. Tahi- 
tian — horue, an amusement in which persons 
slide on the side of a hill, or swim on a board 
in the surf of the sea. Mangarevan— cf. 
oruaf the entry of two fish into the fish-basket 
at once ; said of persons, when two answer at 
once ; ourua, to flow without interruption. 

HOTETE (KbUte), the name of a large cater- 
Tahitian — cf. hotehote men of short 




Btatore. [Cf. the Maori whe, caterpillar, and 
dwarf. See Whe, and the Tahitian note to 

HOTI Kl (hbtiki), to tie, to fasten with oords. Cf. 
tikitiki, a girdle ; whitiki^ to tie up, to gird ; 
hfitiki, a greenstone ornament worn round 
the neck. [For comparatives, see Tikitiki.] 

HOTIKI, the tattooing on a woman's forehead. 

HOTO, a wooden spade. 2. The spike on the 
tail of the sting-ray (Ich. Trygon pastinaea), 
[See Whai.] 

HOTOHOTO, a stinging pain. 

Saxnoan — ^foto, the barbed bone in the tail 
of the skate, used for the purpose of assassina- 
tion. Tahitian — hoto, a sort of spear. 
Mangarevan — hoto, fish bones used for 
barbing spears; aka-hotohoto, pain in the 
bowels arising from insufficient food ; (6.) 
great waves, or a tossing sea ; (c.) to make a 
sort of triangle by joining the extremities of 
two parts ; etc, an arrow ; (&.) wood similar to 
a mast ; (e.) a poisonous fish-bone used for 
barbing spears. CI aka-moehoto, to adorn or 
garnish the point of a fish-back spear. 
Mangaian— oto, the barb of the sting-ray. 

HOTO, cold. Cf. hotoke, cold; winter. [For 
comparatives, see Hotoke.j 

HOTO, to begin a qnarrel. 

Tahitian — cf . hotohoto, passionate ; raging. 

HOTO A (Kdtoa), slow in growing ; backward. 

HOTOKE (Kbtoke), winter. 2. cold: A hei U 
hotoke^ ara hei te makariri anake ka nohoia 
taua tu whare — A. H. M., i. 13. Cf. huioket 
winter ; matoke, cold ; hoto^ cold. 
Tahitian — cf. toketoke, cold, coldness ; hui- 
toetoe, cold, as water; applied abo to the 
mind ; matoet to crack or split ; motoet cold ; 
putoetoe, cold ; comfortless in mind. [Notk. 
— Fomander, P. B., i. 17, gives the etymolo- 
gical meaning of tokerau as "the cold sea.'*] 
Paumotan — cf. faka-toketoke^ to cool, to 
chill ; tokeiekete^ cold ; to be cold. Hawai- 
ian— cf. koekoe, to be wet and cold ; damp- 
ness; cold. 

HOTU, (generally with ngakau or manatpa for 
subject,) to sob, pant, sigh. 2. To desire 
earnestly ; to long for. 3. To chafe with ani- 
mosity. 4. To heave. 

HOTU HOTU, accompanied with sobs. 

Tahitian — hotu, to kindle, as anger ; (&.) to 
bear fruit, as a tree ; (c.) to swell, as the sea ; 
hohotu. to bear fruit (dual) ; faa-hotu, to pro- 
duce iruitfulness in trees; hotu hotu, the 
kindling of anger, and that often ; hotutu 
{hotUtu), flatulent. Cf. Aofva, force, power, 
courage ; hottiapo, a sudden unexpected attack 
in the night ; hotumata, the act of attacking 
or seizing suddenly ; ttuitahotuanuit a man of 
prodigious strength either of mind or body; 
taihotUt a huge towering sea. Samoan — 
fotu, to fruit ; {&.) to appear, to come in sight. 
Cf . fota, to swell, as the mound of earth over 
a yam plant ; to swell as with elephantiasis. 
Hawaiian — hokuhoku, to breathe hard, to 
wheeze, as one stuffed with food; (6.) the 
asthma; (c.) filled with anger or unpleasant 
sensations. Cf. Ik>, the asthma; to wheeze, 
breathe hard. Tongan — fotu, to appear, to 
heave in sight, to approach; (&.) nnpropor- 

tioned, as too much of any ingredient in one 
preparation ; (e.) kava or something, taken as 
an introduction to a person. 

HOTUA (myth.), the first man killed in the 
world. He was slain by Bauriki, in envy of 
his good fortune with women— A. H. M., L 

HOTUKURA (myth.), a ohieftainess of Hawaiki. 
Turi wishing for revenge on Uenuku, the high 
priest, sent the heart of Hawepotiki (the son 
of Uenuku) to the boy's father as food, hiding 
it in the offering furnished by Hotuknra — 
P. M., 127. 

HOTUNUI (myth.), a celebrated chief of the 
Tainui canoe — G.-8, 18. He had two sons, 
Marutuahn, and Te Paka, the father of Ka- 
hureremoa — P. M., 15 and 158 ; A. H. M., iv. 
195. [See Abawa.] 

HOTUPUKU (myth.), a celebrated monster, of 
lizard shape, slain at Kapenga by Purahokura 
and the men of Botorua — Col., Trans., xi. 87 ; 
G. P., App. Ixxxv., Ar. M., 40. 

HOTURAPA (myth.), a chief of Hawaiki. He 
was a son-in-law of Toto and brother-in-law 
of Turi. His wife, Kuramarotini, was carried 
off by Knpe to New Zealand— P. M., 129. 

HOTUROA (myth.), the conunander of the 
Tainui canoe, according to one Torsion. The 
genealogy of his desoendants is given in 
A. H. M., iv. 60. 

HOTUTEIHIRANQI (myth.), the name of Whiro's 
canoe — A. H. M., ii., 14. [See Whibo.] 

HOU, a feather; a feather stuck in the hair: 
Tiaia to hou, kia pai ai hoe ki mua ki te 
upoko — M. M., 176. 
Tahitian— cf. Aou, an auger ; to bore with 
an auger. Tongan— ol fofou, to push 
through. Mangarevan — cf. hou, a gimlet, 
an auger ; to pierce with a drill ; to stir np 
the ground. Haivaiian— cf. houhou^ doll, 
blunt ; to pierce, to thrust through. 

HOU, new, fresh, recent : Ko te ara hau tenei — 
G. P., 277. 2. Distant: Mau hoki e UHro hei 
hou noa atu te wai — A. H. M., v. 67. 
Saxnoan— fou, new, recent; to be new: O 
atua fout na 8e*i tutupu; To new gods that 
came newly up. Fa*a-fou, to make new. 
Tahitian— hou, new, late, recently, lately; 
faa-hou, to renew; again; done over again. 
Cf . ohout a new garden or enclosure ; pahou^ 
young ; new, late ; tiahou, a novice ; the first 
wetting of a fish-net ; young, inexperienced ; 
uihoUf the rising generation. Haivalian — 
hou, to be new, fresh, recent: A ala mai la 
kekahi hanauna hou ; A new generation had 
sprung up. (&.) To repeat, to do over again : 
He hou mai noina kakahiaka a pau; They 
are new every morning. Houhou, to be per- 
severing, to continue doing a thing. Cf. kaka- 
Jum, just planted. Tongan — foou, new; E 
tubu be hono fua foou; It shall bring forth 
new fruit. Fofoou, new, renewed ; faka-foou, 
to renew ; renewal, newness ; conversion. Cf. 
/ou, to build or repair canoes ; faka/ou^ to 
open, to disclose, as a secret ; akegafoou, a new 
plan ; a new era. Marquesan — hou, new, 
recent: Tat Ami, tai hee; New generations, 
generations past. Cf. iamahou^ a newly-born 
infant. Rarotongan->ou, yoong ; ouanga, 




youth : Kitera tangata ouna\ "^o that young 
man. (&.) New : E tapaia hoe % Utai ingoa 
ou; You shall be oaUed by a new name. 
Mangarevan — hou, new; (&.) a harvest; 
abnndance of new bread-fruit ; aKE-hou, anew ; 
to make new, to renew. Cf. matahou^ new, a 
novice ; pohou, to come to a new country. 
Pauxnotan — hou, young; (b.) new; faka- 
hou, to renew. Gf . tuhoUf a novice ; ukihou, 
youthfulness. Ext. Poly. : FIJI— cf. vou, 
new ; vovou, young ; Malagasy— of. voo, 
new ; KLisa — cf. wokru-wohru^ new. 

HOU, )to fasten together, bind, lash. Gf. 

HOHOU,! vhawhaUt to tie; whao, a nail; 
whoittcki^ a shrub (the bark of which is used 
for tying) ; houwere, a shrub (identical with 
whauwhi : cf. here, to tie, and were, to be sus- 
pended) ; hoHki, to tie. Hourongo, or houhou- 
rongo, to make peace. 

HOU, to force downwards. 2. To force one s 
way downwards. Gf. hou, to dig up. 8. To 
persist in a demand. Gf. houkeke, obstinate. 
Saxnoan — cf . /ou, to make an attempt ; to 
raise a rebellion. Haivaiian— cf. hou, to 
stab, pierce ; to exert oneself in casting a 
spear or javdin ; to thrust, as the hand into a 
hole ; to stretch out, as the hand ; to search 
for something mentally ; houhou, to be blunt, 
obtuse ; to be persevering ; to thrust through ; 
to drill, bore, or pierce ; ou, to pierce ; o, to 
pierce ; a sharp stick (Maori, ko). Tongan 
L fofou, to bore, to push through. 

HOUHOU, to dig up, to obtain by digging. Gf. 
tihou, a tool used instead of a spade ; hauhake, 
to take up a root crop ; hou, to force down- 
wards ; j^, to dig with a ko. [See Eo.] 
Mangarevan — hou, to stir up the ground 
with a tool ; ouou, a gimlet, auger ; to pierce 
with a drill. Gf. tihou, to take food out of a 
hole; to seize anything lying in a hollow 
place. Pauxnotan — faka-hou, to furrow, 
groove, plough. Tahitian — cf. hou, an 
auger ; to bore, drill ; houvaru, a pit formed 
by the sinking of the earth, as though it had 
been dog. Hawaiian — hou, to stab, pierce : 
£ unufU oe i kau pahikaua, a e hou mat ia*u 
me ia; Draw your sword and thrust it through 
me. {b,) To dip, as a sop into milk ; (c.) to 
thruBt. as the hand ioto a hole; to stretch 
out, as the hand ; to draw out, to extend ; {d.) 
to search for something mentally ; houhou, to 
be blunt, doll, as an instrument ; (6.) to be 
persevering ; (e.) to thrust through, to drill, to 
bore. Gf. ou, to pierce ; o, to pierce [see Eo, 
Maori] ; a sharp stick ; oo (M.L. = koko), a 
digging instrument. Tongan — fofou, to 
bore, to puah through ; fou, to build or repair 
canoes. Cf . huo, a spade, a hoe ; to dig, to 
hoe; to clear away weeds. Ext. Poly. : Fiji 
— cf. vl/vb'tdka, to dig all the ground between 

HOU, \ cool. Cf. hauhau, cool. 2. Dis- 
HOUHOU,) agreeable, unpleasant. 
Whaka-HOUHOU, to feel disgust. 

Tahitian — cf. houhou, to irritate by pro- 
voking words ; houu, sullen, sulky. 

HOUHOU, the name of a tree (Bot. SclteJUra 
digitata). Also called whauwhau. 

HOUANQA, this time last year. 

HOUANQE, a Uttle while ago. 2. ▲ Httle while 

HOUHERE, the name of a tree (Bot. Hoheria 
populnea), the Lace-bark. Also called houi 
{houVj, whauwhi, <ftc. Cf. houhere, to tie, to 
bind ; hou, to bind ; here, to tie, <&o. 

HOUHOU-RONQO, to make peace. 

HOUI (haul), [See Houhsbb.] 

HOUKA, a species of Cabbage-tree (Bot. Cordy- 
line australis). Also called kouka. 

HOU K AWE, (Morion,) pride; to be proud, 

HOU K EKE, obstinate, unyielding. Gf. hou, to 
persist in a demand ; keke, obstinate ; hokeke, 
obstinate ; tokeke, churlish ; pakeke, hard, 
stiff. [For comparatives, see Esks.] 

HOU MA. the name of a tree (Bot. Sophora tetra- 

HOUMAITAWHITI (myth.), an ancestral hero of 
the Maori, who resided at Hawaiki. His wife 
was named Tuikakapa. Houmaitawhiti*B dog, 
Potaka - tawhiti, offended the high - priest, 
Uenuku, and the dog was killed by Uenuku 
and Toi-te-hautahi. This act was revenged 
by Tamatekapua and Whakaturia ; hence 
arose war in Hawaiki, which was the cause 
of the great migration of the Maori to New 
Zealand. — P. M., 76. Houmai tawhiti appears 
to have attained divine honours, and was pro- 
pitiated by the ceremony of " sending off a 
canoe with food for the gods at Hawaiki and 
for Houmaitawbiti, food both cooked and 
uncooked. This canoe was made of raupo 
(bulrush ; typ?ui). There was no one in the 
the canoe, only stones to represent men." — 
S. B., 56. 

HOUMATA, to extort. 

HOUMEA (myth.), the name of a female of high 
rank, and only spoken of in very ancient 
legend, which gives fifty generations back as 
her life epoch. She was an ancestress of 
Paikea - [See Paikea.] — CoL, Trans., xiv. 26 : 
Stack., Trans., xii. (Haumia). 2. The wife of 
Uta ; a frightful creature, a thief, <fec., who 
devoured ber own children. She was destroyed 
by hot stones being thrown into her open, 
insatiable mouth. The shag [see Eawau], 
being a greedy bird, is still her representative ; 
and her name is used as a by- word for all evil, 
thievish, and adulterous women. — A. H. M., 
ii. 171. 

HOU PARA, the name of a tree. 

HOUTETE, stunted, dwarfed. Cf. horotete, pros- 
trated, worn-out. 
Haivaiian— cf. hukiki, dwarfish. 

HOUWERE, to tie or bind. Cf. hou, to bind; 
here, to tie; were, to suspend; houhere, the 
lace-bark tree. [See Houhere ; for compara- 
tives see Hon, to bind, and Werb.J 

HU (^a), mud, swamp. Cf. ehn, tarbid; huhi, 
swamp. 2. A promontory. Gf. ihu, a nose, 
bow of canoe, <&c. 

Saxnoan — cf. su, to be wet ; iua, to contain 
water ; /tat, a piece of swamp. Tongan — 
cf. gahu, moist, damp; huhu, wet; to bleed. 
Haivailan — cf. hu, to overflow ; hupuna, a 
collection of waters in a hollow place. Ext. 


[88] Hua 

Poly. : Fiji— cf. vuvu, muddy. [See also next 

HU (^)« to babble up : Puna te raimata, pahehe 
hu kei aku katno — M. M., 26. Cf. korohuhu, 
to boil ; tt, the breast. [See Tongan] 
Samoan — su (tu), to be wet, moist; susu 
(jiMti), somewhat moist : A e toe tupu aei U 
nuu o le vai ; It will grow, being in a watery 
place. 8u8U, the breast ; the dog of animals ; 
fa'a-8U {fa'a-tU), to put into water to keep 
moist. Cf . nuiy to contain liquid, as a bottle 
or well ; to discharge matter, as an abscess ; 
Buati^ to spit out; to pour out, as water; 
subvait water ; tuhliu, bilge water ; iubsutu^ 
milk ; «ut, to dilute. Tahltian — cf. u, to be 
damp or wet ; the breast; pahu, to be dammed 
up, as water ; to be spattered up, as soft mud 
when trodden upon ; pahuhu^ to draw a thing 
through the hand, as a wet rope, to press out 
the water. Hawaiian — hu, to swell and rise 
up, as water in a pot ; (&.) to rise up and swell, 
as leaTen ; fermenting ; (c.) to rise ap, as a 
thought; (d.) to overflow, to run over the 
banks : A ehuno ia mawaho o kona m inowai 
a pau ; It shall overflow all its channeb. («.) 
To burst out, spoken of affection ; (/.) to shed 
or pour out, as tears : Ke hu aku nei kuu maka; 
My eyes pour out tears, (g.) To circulate, as 
a story ; {h.) to miss one's way ; (t.) to heave 
in sight ; (j.) to be unstable, inconstant ; 
huhu, to be angry ; wrath, displeasure; scold- 
ing ; cursing ; to be crabbed, churlish : A 
pamia iho la ka hilahila ame ka makau ma ka 
hakahaka o ka huhu; Shame and fear took 
the place of anger. Hoo-hu, to meditate ; to 
indite, as a song. Cf. huoi, to have an over- 
flow of passion ; huole, unleavened ; huha^ a 
report, or something said ; hupuruit standing 
water. Tongan— cf. huhu, the breasts; to 
suckle ; huhua, milk ; juice ; fehuhu, a nursing 
mother. [See also comparatives under U, the 

HU, the tenor or drift of a speech. Cf. tahuhu, 
to run in a continuous line. 2. Asthma. Cf. 
huango, asthma. 3. To click the tongue, as 
to a horse : A ka tohakarongo ake a Tura e hu 
ana a Turakihau — A. H. M., ii. 11. 

HUHU (huhu), to hiss, to whiz, buzz. Cf. 
piroroJtUf a toy which makes a buzzing noise ; 
pehu, a blow-hole in a rock. 

Haivailan — hu, to whistle, as the wind 
through the rigging of a ship ; a noise, a rust- 
ling, as the wind among trees; hu-kani, a 
humming-top. Cf. ^u, the asthma ; short- 
ness of breath ; Ao, the asthma ; to wheeze, to 
snort ; houpOf the thorax ; a palpitation or 
fluttering of the heart ; poohu, to sound, to 
crack; to creak, as shoes. Tahltian — hu, 
wind emitted from the rectum ; huhu, a species 
of wild bee. Tongan— fu, to make a hollow 
noise by striking the hands together; the noise 
so made ; fufu, the same as fii. Manga- 
revan — hu, to burst, to crack, snap; u, to 
bark, hoot at ; uu, to break wind. Cf. hututae, 
to break wind. Paumotan— huga, a hurri- 
cane. Mangaian— u, to puff ; to break 
wind: Ua, e Tiki, i te u tuarangi; Puff, 
Tiki, as only spirits can. Ext. Poly. : Fiji — 
cf. vu, to cough. Motu — of. hu, the noise 
made by the wind ; to hum. 

HU (/itt), Btm, silent. 

Haivalian — hu, to ooze out sOently ; (6.) 
to shed or pour out, aa tears. Cf. ohu, a 
roller or swell of water that does not break ; 
pohUf to be calm ; to lull, as the wind ; a calm 
still place in the sea ; still, quiet; kupohu, a 
calm. Tongan — fufu, hidden, secret; to 
hide, conceal. 

H U H U, to strip off an outer covering ; to cast off, 
as a rope. Cf . parahuhUt to turn up, as the 
sleeve of a coat; hu^iki, to uncover, to un- 
earth. 2. To deprive of outer covering, to 
strip. 8. To free from tapu, 
Tongan — hu, worship, sacrifice; to pray, 
worship; (6.) to enter within. Cf. hujia, 
intercession ; hufi, to open, applied to places 
for religious worship ; huhua, to root, as a 
pig ; huat, to turn up. Tahitlan— huhu, to 
brail up a sail ; to draw the string of a bag ; 
(6.) the sliding door, or window-gutter. Cf . 
pahuhUf to draw a thing through the hand, as 
a wet rope to press out the water. Mar- 
quesan— huhu, to strike the flag, to lower the 
flag in defeat ; (6.) to wrestle. Paunoiotan 
— huhu, to draw out, unsheathe. 

HUHU, the name of a large white grub, the 
larva of a beetle (Ent. PrUmophu reticularis) : 
Takoto ana ki te whenua, anana ! ma te Tmhu, 
ma te popo, ma te hanehane — P. M., 8. 2. The 
game of cat's cradle (whait or maut). 8. The 
handle of a humming-top. 
Tahltian — cf. hulm, a spedes of wild bee ; 
pauhuhu, to be moth-eaten. Haivalian — 
huhu, the name of a wor^, a moth-like insect 
that eats cloth ; (&.) a i^orm or bug that bores 
into wood, rendering it full of holes ; (c.) 
rotten, as a calabash ; worm-eaten, as wood ; 
huhuhu, rotten, worm-eaten. Pauxnotan— 
cf. huhu, a groove. Tongan— huhu, to punc- 
ture; huhuhuhu, to pierce, to prick. Cf. 
huhukia, to be pierced or pricked by insects, 
as fruits. Ext. Poly. : Malagasy — cf. vovo- 
hina, rotten (appli^ only to wood) ; vovoka, 

HUA (myth.), an evil-minded man of ancient 
times— A. H. M., i. 168. 2. A god, ruling the 
tides— A. H. M. iii. 49. 8. One of the primi- 
tive deities ; a son of Bangi-potiki by Papa-tu- 
a-nuku. He was a twin-brother of Ari. 4. A 
person who was in the canoe of \Vluro. [See 
Whibo.J 5. The father of the boy slain by 
Whiro before starting— A. H. M., ii. 11 and 

HUA, fruit ; to bear fruit : No te mea % hua ai te 
he kua riro atu koe — M. M., 100 : Ka tango ia 
ki tetehi hua o taua rakau — P. M., 18. Hence, 
posterity, descendants : Ka haere tera ki te po, 
?iei kuhime i a ratta nei ^ua—Wohl., Trans., 
vii. 86. Cf. huakumu, very fruitful. 2. The 
egg of a bird; the roe of a fish : A le pi ano, 
he hua ranei—Tiu., xxii. 6. 8. To bloom, as 
a flower. Of. pua, to blossom. 4. To abound. 
CI to/iua, a heap of flood ; ngahua, to swarm. 
5. The full moon ; ko be full moon : Wehea ko 
ari, ko hua kia wehea — A. H. M., i. 48. Cf. 
huaki, to dawn. 6. Cause, occasion. 7. A 
lever; to raise with a lever: Ka morangi te 
hua e te pakanuku ai— A. H. M., ii. 156. Ct 
mahua, raised up, lifted. 8. To overturn, 
frustrate. 9. A section of land. 10. Power. 
11. to name : Huaina iho e ratou te ingoa o 
tenei mea, ko Tohora-nuir^O.-Q, 19. 12. To 



tiiiiik : Hua noa he wax matao, ana kua wera 
—P. M., 97 : Ka hua, * tama, i kotia atu ano 
te kaha mo te po, i to whanautanga. 18. To 
be sore; to know. 14. (Moriori.) The keel of 
a Teesel. 

HUANGA (hvitnga), a relative: He huanga hi 
Matiti, he tama hi Tokeraw—Vtoy, 

HUHUA, abundant. [See Hua No. 4.] 

HUHUATANGA, excellence, goodness. 

HUAHUA, birds, Ac, captured for food; game: 
Ki te tahere Jwa ma ratou — P. M., 96 : Ko nga 
huahua hoatu Ma kainga — P. M., 62. Gf. 
pahua^ to plunder. 2. Small pimples. 8. A 
▼easel in which food was boiled by means of 
heated stones: Ka ringitia te huahua mimi 
nei ki roto ki nga ira^o— G.-8, 27. Gf. kohua, 
a boiler ; a native oven. 4. A rail of a fence. 

Whaka-HUA, to pronounce: Ka rongo tonu au ki 
a hoe e whakahua ana i ratou ingoa — ^P. M:, 
14. 2. To recite : KeUahi ka whakahuatia te 
ikaraib'a— P. M., 59. 3. A terrace. 

Samoan — fua, a flower; (b.) a fruit; to 
produce fruit : I lugafoi o laau i le fanua, ma 
U jua le iaueUele ; On the trees of the earth 
and the fruits of the ground ; (c.) to proceed 
from; to originate, to begin; {d,) seed; (e,) 
an egg i Pe ai ea te manogi i le niu o le fua 
moa I Is there any taste in the white of an 
egg? (/.) the spawn of fish; (g.) a good- 
looking child of a chief ; (h,) a fleet of canoes; 
(i.) to measure ; a ^measure ; (j,) to poise the 
spear; (k.) to collect leaves for thatching 
with; (?.) to infer; fuafua, to measure; to 
weigh ; (6.) to ponder ; (c.) to take aim with 
the spear ; (d.) abscesses in the hands, face, 
or feet ; fa*a-fua, to rise, as a ground-swell or 
wave, but not to break. Gf. fualupe, a 
pigeon's egg ; fudmoa, a fowl's egg ; fuhpili, a 
uzard's egg ; fuata, a crop of fruit ; fuata% 
to begin ; fuga, flower, blossom [see Malay] ; 
paa, the Gardenia flower; fuafuaHni, pimples; 
fua, cooked food, especially as food for the 
sick. Tahitian— hua, an atom, a grain of 
sand, a particle; (&.) the thread of a gar- 
ment; (e.) the testicles of animals; (d.) the 
string of a bow ; (e,) the spray of the sea (= 
M. huka); (/.) congealed, coagulated (=» M. 
huka) ; {g.) a pattern ; huaa^ family ; lineage ; 
huahua, pmiples on the skm; (&.J to be re- 
duced to powder ; pulverized ; faa-hua (or 
fa^hua ?) to assume the appearance of some- 
thing not real ; faa-huahua, to beat or reduce 
anything to atoms. Gf. huaahit a spark of 
fire; huaai, progeny; huapareva, an egg of 
the bird pareva ; (fig.) a person of mean origin ; 
kuandri, small particles; huaraau, sawdust, 
or dust caused by worms ; ahua, the blossom 
of the sugar-cane ; huaroro, a species of small 
goord, used for bottles to hold sweet-scented 
oil. Tongan— fua, fruit; to bear fruit; to 
produce : Bea noa nau joo aefuaoefonaa i ho 
nau mma ; They took of the fruit of the land 
in their hands ; (6.) a measure ; to measure ; 
(c.) the spawn of fish -^(d.) size, bulk ; (e,) to 
bear, carry ; (/.) all, every one ; (p.) befoie any 
other, first ; faka-fua, to fructify ; to cause to 
bear fruit; ih.) to carry on the shoulder; 
ftiaaga, the source, origin ; (h.) a mother. Gf . 
fuaia, fruitful ; fitagafuhifuhi, to bear fruit in 
oliiateni ; fuatautake, the fruit at the end of 
the atem; fuatau, the name given to the small 
jams that grow at the ends of the tendrils ; 



akefua, to be inflated ; to swell, as the waves 
of the sea ; hua, to tack, row, or scud ; to root 
or turn up the earth ; the taste ; a jest ; a 
preparation of food; juice, milk; huaaki, to 
mention, to repeat. Hawaiian — hua, the 
swelling, growing, and maturity of vegetables ; 
(6.) fruit ; offspring, the production of animala 
or vegetables: Aohe newenewe o ka hua, he 
malili; The fruit is not full-grown, it is 
stunted, (b.) To sprout, to bud ; (c.) to grow 
in size, as fruit ; to increase as a people : Hua 
mai nei a lehulehu ; He was abundantly pro- 
lific, (d.) An egg ; («.) a kidney ; (/.) to swell 
up, as the foam of water (? Maori huka, foam) ; 
{g,) the effect or result of an action ; (h,) a 
gummary of one's wishes ; a short sentence ; 
(i.) a letter of the alphabet ; (j.) seed for sow- 
ing : Malama e htipu auanei ka hua i luluia ; 
Perhaps herei^er the seed sq^n may spring 
up; {k.) the human testicles; (L) envy, jea- 
lousy ; to feel envious or jealous of another ; 
huaa, to lift with a lever ; huahua, a bunch or 
kernel in the flesh ; small swellings about the 
eye ; hoo-hua, to cause to swell, as a bud ; to 
produce fruit, as a tree ; to bring forth, as a 
female; (&.) to tease or vex by begging; to 
resort often to one for favours ; (c.) to perse- 
vere in, as any habit ; hoo-huahua, to increase, 
to grow in size. Gf . huaai, an egg that may 
be eaten; grain; fruit for food; to dig up 
something covered in the ^ound (cf . Maori 
huaki) ; huaole, without fruit ; huahaule, pre- 
maturely bom ; friendless ; an orphan Qit. 
*' seed-fallen") ; ohua, the family part of a 
household, as children, servants, Ac, master 
and mistress generally not included ; huakai, 
a sponge ; to travel in large companies ; hua- 
moa, a hen's egg ; kaihua, high tide ; deep 
water; paihua, a bundle of fruit; hula, to 
pry up with a lever. Marquesan— hua, the 
same thing, the same ; (&.) to recompense, to 
return ; huhua, swelling, inflated ; to swell ; to 
grow turgid ; huahua, the testicles. Gf. huaa, 
a parent, fsmily ; people ; kohua, pimples on 
the body. Rarotongan— ua, seed : Ina no 
kotou e akamuraH au i te ua rakau ; Behold I 
will corrupt your seed. (6.) Fruit; uanga, 
descendants : E ka riro toou ra uanga m£i te 
ungaunga-cme o te enua; I will make your 
posterity like the dust of the earth. Manga- 
revan — hua, to bring forth, said of grain and 
trees; (&.) to commence to recite a prayer; 
huahua, pimples on the face ; ua, a particle 
giving the idea of plurality ; lb,) the genitals ; 
uaga, harvest, abundance of fruit. Gf. tohua, 
a place of assembly; tahua, well cooked; 
kohua, a prefix to proper names, used when 
oalling. Ani wan— nohua, {no = article pre- 
fixed,) seed ; (&.) fruit : Ta$i eipena nohua, ma 
$gee toria fakatapuria nohua; One scatters 
seed, and another gathers and saves up the 
fruit. Paumotan— ua, to be born ; huaga, 
lineage. Gf. Imakai, a descendant. Futuna 
—fua, to bear fruit. Moriori— cf. hu, to 
abound. Ext. Poly.: Motu— cf. huahua, 
fruit. Fiji— cf. vua, fruit, produce ; a grand- 
child ; to bear fruit, to be fruitful ; a stick on 
which a burden is carried over the shoulder. 
Malagasy — cf . voa, seed ; voanihio, a cocoa- 
nut (i.e. hua-niu), Sikayana— cf. fua, an 
egg; Java, woh, fruit ; Malay, buah, fruit; 
Bugis, huv>a, fruit; Kar-Nicobar, uha, 
an egg ; Central Nicobar, ha^a, an egg>; 




Dyak, gva, frait; North Borneo, hua, 
frnit; Kisa, wotni, fruit (throngh Jayanese 
w>h)\ Formosa f wotM, nuit; Matu, bua, 
fruit. The following words all mean fruit : — 
Salayer, bua; Menado, bua; Sanguir, 
huatU; Salibabo, hutoah; Gajili, buan; 
"WayapOi/uan; Masaratty,j^ii; Am- 
blaw, huani; Liang, bua; Morella, hua; 
Gamarian, huwai; Teluti, huan ; Ahti-« 
ago, vnan; Gah, looya; Wahalf Mian; 
TeoTffuin; Baju, &tia; Ne^ir Britain, 
vua; Eroxnanga, buwa; Ureparapara, 
wo; Ulaiva, hua; Nifllole, nua; San 
Gristoval (Wano), hua ; San Gristoval 
(FaganiK/ua; Malanta (Saa), fttia ; Ma- 
la nta (Alite)f vuavua; Vaturana, vuvua; 
Florida, vuavua, 

HUAI (ftuaO* ^^0 n^°^o of a sheU-fish (MolL 
Chione stuekhtryii). 

HUAKI, to open; to uncover: Kia huakina te 
ahi iKi— P. M., 182. CI huke, to dig up, to 
expose by removing earth ; uaki, to open or 
shut a door ; hua, to lift with a lever ; kai, 
food [see Hawaiian] . 2. An assault, a charge ; 
to rush upon, to charge : Ka mea kia huakina 
AoiK hi a Paoa—P. M., 192. Cf . aH, to dash ; 
uakit to launch, as a canoe. 8. To dawn : Ka 
moe, ka kuaki te ata, ka poua te kai — P. M., 
140. Cf. hua, full moon. 
Samoan — suai, to dig up ; suasuai, to work 
hard for others, as a man m his wife's family, 
or vice vend, Cf. tua, to grub up, to plough ; 
to gore, as a boar, or bull. Tahitian — huai, 
to open or uncover a native oven, or anything 
buried in the earth. Cf. huaira^ intrepid, of 
great power and force, as a wild beast. Ha- 
^nraiian— huai, and huaai, to dig up some- 
thing covered in the ground ; to open, Le. to 
dig up, as in opening a native oven and taking 
out what is baked ; (&.) to open, as a grave, to 
dimnter ; (c.) to open, as a reservoir of winds ; 
to cause the wind to blow, or water to gush : 
Hvai ka wai puna i ka pali ; Gushing forth 
are the springs of the mountains, (d.) To 
open upwards, as the lid of a chest; (e.) to 
suck or draw up water in drinking, as a oeast ; 
hoo-huai, to bnng a wind, to cause it to blow ; 
(6.) to turn or dig up the ground : Ua hoohuaiia 
oia malalo iho ona e like me ke ahi ; What is 
turned up from below is like fire. Huahuai, 
to boil up, as water in a spring; to break 
forth, as water ; (6.) to tear or break the skin. 
CL hue, to dig, to throw out dirt, as in digging 
a pit ; huekue, to loosen, open. Tongan— 
huai, to turn up; (b.) to pour out, to spill; 
huaaki, to mention, to repeat. Cf. huaaga, a 
place where pigs have been rooting ; huohuai, 
to open up, to lift a covering. Paumotan — 
hualci, to uncover, expose : Huaki i te kopie ; 
Uncover the oven. Cf. uaH, to remove. 

HUAKUMU {huhkumu), very fruitful. Cf. hua, to 
bear fruit ; huhua, abundant. [For compara- 
tives, see Hua.] 

HUAMANGO, a variety of potato. 

HUAMO, to be raised in waves, as the sea : Hei 
takahi i runga i nga huamo o te moana — Hopa, 
ix. 8. Cf . hua, to raise with a lever ; Mamo, 
to be raised up. [For comparatives see Hua, 
and Amo.] 

HUAMUTU, the name of a fish. 

H U AN U I, a road, a much travelled path : En§aH 
me moe mana ki te huanui — ^Ken., xix. 18 : 
Kahote e kitea te huanui ki te kai, te huamd 
ki te vHihine^WohL, Trans., viL 32. CSf. 
huarahi, a road ; nui, great. 

HUANQA {huiknga). [See under Hua.] 

HUANQO. asthma. Cf. hu, to whiz, to bun; 
angoa, lean, wasted away ; huatare, to gasp for 
breath. [For comparatives, see Hu.] 

HUARAHI, a road, path: Kei whea koia tehua^ 
ratd t — P. M., 25. Cf. huanui, a high road ; 
arahX, to lead, conduct. 2. A means of access : 
He tini nga huarahi e haere mot ai tenei tmmga 
kino te Maori, te mukutu. 

HUARANQA, to transplant. Cf. hua, to bear 
fruit ; ranga, to raise ; tirangaranga, scattered. 

HUARE, sahva^ Cf. huhare, huwhare, hawairtf 
hauware, ware, all meaning spittle. 
Tahitian— huare, saliva. [For full com- 
paratives see Wabb.] 

HUARERE (myth.), a son of Tuhoro, and grand- 
son of Tama-te-Kapua — S. B., 53. 

HUATA, a barbed spear: Ka mau i konei ki U 
paraoa poto, ki te huata, me te tint o te patu — 
M. M., 187. Cf. hoata, a long spear. Whore- 
huata, an armoury: Ko te whare-huata a 
Maui—P, M., 150. 

Samoan — fuata, the handle of a spear ; 
fa*a-fuata, to carry on the back between the 
shoulders; (6.) to put a handle to a spear. 
Qi.fua, to poise the spear; fuatauina, to kill 
a chief. 

HUATAHI, only-begotten: I a koe kihai net i 
kaiponu mai t te tamaiti, i to huatahi ki a au 
— Ken., xxii. 12. Cf. )ma, to bear fruit ; tahi, 
one. [For comparatives see Hua, and Tahi.] 

HUATARE, to pant, to gasp for breath. Cf. Mi, 
to whiz, buzz ; huango, asthma ; tare, to gasp 
for breath. [For comparatives, see Hu, and 


HUATAU, a thought ; to think upon: He aorere 
ka kitea ; he huatau e kore e liUea — ^Prov. 

HUATAWA, a dark variety of the siliceous stone 
called TnatiLWMapu. 

HUAWAI, (or huawai-pipi,) the name of a shell- 
fish (Moi. Cardium etriaiuium), 

HUHUE [ ^ ^ quick, speedy. 

HUE, a gourd : I tupu ki hea te kawai o te hue 9 
— M. M., 194. Cf. pohue, a name for climbing 
plants, such as convolvulus, Ac 2. The name 
of a fish. Cf . upokohue, the porpoise. 

Samoan — fue, the general name for all 
creeping plants ; (6.) a fly-flapper, carried by 
chiefs and orators. Cf. fue'afa, a creeping 
plant, used as string ; fuemea^ the water-bine ; 
fueta, the ssored bind-weed fBot. Hoya sp.). 
Tahitian— hue, a gourd or calabash ; huehue, 
a small gourd; (6.) distended, applied to a 
swollen stomach; (c.) to be in terror and 
amazement. Cf . hueaere, a gourd that filla a 
place with leaves, but does not bear; Aucro, 
seeds of trees and plants; eggs of lizuda, 
birds, (fee. ; mahue, to be pushed up, as the 
earth by the shooting of some plants ; pohue^ 
the name of a species of convolvulus. Ha-« 
wailan — hue, a gourd; a water rrVHah 




huehue, spreading over, growing thickly, like 
tiirifty vines, as the koali (conyolTalas) ; (6.) 
spreading over like rain. Cf. hueiU^ a skin- 
DOttie; huewai, a water calabash; pokuekue, 
the name of a convolvnlas ; pohtis, a broken 
piece of calabash; a water calabash. To- 
ngan — hue, to project oat. Marquesan — 
liue, the melon, Ac. ; (b.) any kind of 
container or vessel. Cf . hueam, a bottle ; hue- 
taia, the cordage of a canoe. Mangarevan 
— hue, a calabash ; the vine which produces 
it ; aka-hue, to gather together ; aka-huehue, 
to recite, to sing the titles of persons. Cf. 
|NNitf, a dimbing or running plant; uhe, a 
calahaBh not yet gathered from the plsnt. 
Pauxnotan — hue, a gourd. Futuna—fue, 
creeping plants. 

HUENE, to squeak. Cf. uene, to whine ; wene, 
io grnmUe, to be peevish. 2. To desire. 

HUH A, the thigh (for kuwha) : Tatmaha kau ana 
i nga pek€, i nga huhar—¥, M., 92. [See 


HUH ARE, saliva: Ka tuku ano hoki i tona 
huhare kia tarere ki tona kumikumi — 1 Ham., 
zzL 13. Cf. huaret kawhare, hatoare, hauwaret 
and wart, all meaning saliva. [For compara- 
tives, see Wabs.] 

HUHI (hhM\, the game of ** cat's cradle,*' called 
also wkait and maui, 2. Discomfiture : Ana 
ka kite koe iu huM—K M., 27. 8. Weari- 
nees. 4« Swamp. Cf . ku, mud, swamp ; e^u, 

HUHU. [See under Hu.] 

H U H U A. [See under Hua.] 

HUHUNU. [See under HuNu.] 

H U H UTI. [See under Hun.] 

HUl. ) to put or add together. 2. To oongre- 
HUnUI,j gate, come together: Ka kui taua 
iwi ki te nuitakitaki — P. M., 89. Cf. rahuif a 
flock, herd ; kahui, a herd. 3. To jerk ; jerk- 
ings taken as omens. [See Taxibi.] 4. An 
assembly. 6. To take as plunder. Cf. km- 
rapa, grasping. 

HUl HUl, to come together; an assembly: Ka 
httihui raua ko tona hoa ko Tiki^F. M., 128. 
Saxnoan— fui, a cluster of nuts ; (b.) a wild 
tttTo ; fuifui, a bunch or duster of fruit ; (6.) 
a flock of birds ; (c.) a succession of waves. 
CI fidfuiatu, a school of bonito ; fuifuifeth, a 
duster of stars ; fidfuimanut a flock of birds. 
Tahitian — huij a plural or collective particle 
prefixed to various nouns (as hui-arii, the 
royal party or family ; fmi-tupvna, ancestors, 
Ao.) ; huhui, to fix wash-boards to the sides 
of the canoe, to prevent the sea from breaking 
in ; huihui, throbbings or jerkings of the flesh ; 
(fr.) to be throbbing, as an arteiy. Cf. htda, 
a parent with his descendants; the suckers 
of the pia (arrowroot) ; hiUkuimanUt a flock of 
Inzda ; Hvitarava, Orion's Bdt. Haniralian 
— hui, an uniting ; an assembly ; a duster ; to 
mix, to unite together ; to assemble together : 
A had mai la me kana mau wahine ; He added 
to the wives he already had. (6.) To agree in 
opinion; (e.) to bend, to turn one way and 
then another (? « M. huri) ; (d.) to be in pain, 
bodily pain, as niho hui, the toothache ; («.i 
the flippezB of the sea turtle ; (/.) the sinall 

uniting sticks in a thatched house, paralld 
with the posts and rafters and between them ; 
hoo-hui, to add one thing to another, i.e, 
to collect : Hoo-hui hou no oia i keia mea ia 
mau mea a pau; Let this be added above 
all. (6.) To unite, as in a treaty ; (c.) to col- 
lect together as men; to mingle; to come 
together, as waters; (d.) to meet, as people 
long separated ; huihui, a bunch, a duster of 
anything, as stars; a constellation; (6.) the 
Pleiades ; (c.) mixed ; manifold ; huhui, a 
bunch or collection of things; a bundle of 
grass. Cf. huikai^ to mix, to jumble, to 
throw things together without order ; huikahit 
bound up, girded ; huina^ a number, the sum 
of several numbers ; the point where two trees 
meet ; an angle, comer, at of two roads, of a 
house, fence, &o. ; huinahelu^ to count, to 
number ; huini^ to end in a ^sharp point, as 
the top of a high mast ; hmpu, to mix together. 
Tongan — fuhi, a bunch or cluster : Oka kana 
ho nau gaahi fuhi ; Their clusters are bitter. 
(&.]| A rope or anything by which a heavy 
weight is carried ; (c.) to fasten on ; to carry 
by ; fuhifuhi, bunches : tutuu ae gaahi 
fuhifuhi; Gather the clusters. Faka-fuhl, to 
hang in clusters ; to tie a number of things 
together; fuifui, a flock of birds ; to announce 
a flight of birds ; (&.) waves of the sea ; (e.) to 
quench the thirst; to extinguish fire; faka- 
fuifui, to fly in flocks. Cf. hui fuhi, to gather 
in bunches. Mangarevan — hui, dependent 
idands ; huhui^ a parcel of fruii tied up in a 
bundle ; huihui, to cover, wrap up. Cf. ut, to 
gather with the hand ; uui, a bunch, a pared ; 
hue, to collect, bring together, rake up ; kahui, 
a bunch of grapes, a row of bananas or Pan- 
danui; tarahui, to steal a prohibited thing. 
Paumotan — cf. hui-tupunat forefathers. 
Marquesan — cf. huki, shiverings, chilliness 
of the flesh. 

HUI, to be affected with cramp. Cf. hui, to jerk ; 
huikif pinched with cold ; crouching in fear ; 
hukihuki, to contract suddenly, as the musdes. 
Hawaiian — cf. hui, cold, chilly, as the 
morning air from the mountains ; kuehu, cold, 
chilled. Tahitian— cf. hui, to pierce, lance, 
or prick. Tongan — cf. hui, a bone or needle; 
huhukia, a prickly sensation, felt in the soles 
of the feet. 

HUI A (hUia), the name of a bird (Om. Hetera- 
loeha aeutirostrit). It is a somewhat rare bird, 
and the tail-feathers are prized as ornaments : 
Maka iho te kotuku, te fniia, hei whakapaipai 
mona—F, M., 186. 2. (Met.) Darling, treftp 
sure : E hoa ma, puritia mai taku huia — 8. T., 
Samoan— cf. fuia, the name of a bird (Oen. 
Stumoidee atrifusea), 

HUIAWA (myth.), a person of prediluvian times 
—A. H. M.. i. 169. 

HUIKI (hUdki), pinched with cold. Cf. kuiM, 
cold ; hukihuki, to contract suddenly, as the 
muscles ; hui, to be affected with cramp. 8. 
Cowering. 8. Land exhausted by frequent 

Ha'walian — cf. hui, cold, chilly, as fhe 
morning air from the mountains ; to ache, to 
be in pain ; to bend ; huehu, chilled, cold; to 
shiver. Marquesan — of. huki^ shiverings » 
chJUiness of the flesh. 




HUIRAPA, grasping. Cf. km, to add together; 
to take as plander; rapa, to seek; rapt, to 
olatoh ; rawhif to grasp. 

HUKA, foam, froth. Gf. ftu, to babble up. 2. 
Frost, snow : No Tongariro te huka, te panga 
fnai iei taku kiri — M. M., 84. Cf. hauhunga, 
frost ; MiAdpapa, ice, frost ; hukarere, snow ; 
hukHtwhatUfDAii ; hukHpunga, snow ; kukatara, 
hail. 8. Cold : Na te huka i kore at e tupu — 
G.-8, 17. 

HUKAHUKA, foam, froth: A i whiua atu au e 
hot hi te hukahuka o te tai^-V. M., 14. 2. The 
thrums or shreds on a mat : Ka wekua tona 
P^ke e te rakau; ka motu nga hukakuka — 
P. M., 81. Cf. kungahunga, the refuse of flax 
leaf ; down, nap of a garment. 8. Fringe. 4. 
Hanging in shreds. 

Haivalian— hua, a flowing, a-going forth 
from ; foam, froth, as firom one in a fit ; (b,) to 
swell up, as the foam of water ; (e.) a flowing ; 
a flowing robe, the trail of a garment; ^e 
tacks at Uie bottom of a gown ; (d.) the snapper 
of a whip ; huahua, foam or froth, as of the 
sea : La ! e ua puni ; huahua kai ; Lo I it 
has enclosed or; oh, the foaming seal (b.) 
To foam at the month, as of one in a fit. 
Cf. huakai, the foam of the sea ; to foam, as 
the sea ; Aiit, cold, chilly ; huahuai, to boil up, 
as water from a spring; a violent boiling. 
Tahiti an— cf. huhua, the top of a mountain. 
Tongan— cf . fuka, a flag, banner. Manga- 
revan>— huka, froUi of living things; huka- 
huka, very much agitated by strong winds, 
said of waves ; uka, foam from the mouth ; 
ukauka, froth, foam ; froth on the mouth and 
nostrils of drowned people. Cf. huga, a 
crumb, a morsel ; ukauka-toau, sea-foam ; 
ukakea, to skim; tohuka, much saliva. 
Paumotan — huka, a bubble of water. Cf. 
hukae, spittle. Marquesan—cf. uka, fer- 
mented. Ext. Poly. : Fiji— <3f. vuka, to fly. 

HUKA, long, in time. 2. Deficienpy in measure- 

HUKA PAPA {kuJApapa), ice ; frost: Kua mangu 
nei i te kukhpapa — Hopa., vi. 16. Cf. huka, 
frost, snow ; kukhwhatu, hail ; hukhpunga, 
snow ; hukatara, hail. [For comparatives, 
see HuxA.I 

HUKAPUNQA {hukHpunga), snow. Cf. huka, 
frost, snow ; hukdpapa, ice, frost ; hukatara, 
hail ; kukiiwhatu, hail ; pungapunga, pollen of 
the raupo. [For comparatives, see Huka.] 

HURARERE, snow : Kia pehia koe e te anu o te 
hukarere — O. P. 171. Cf . huka, frost, snow ; 
hukapunga, snow ; hukhpapa, ice, frost ; huka- 
tara, hail ; kukHwhatu, hail ; rere, to fly. [For 
comparatives, see Huka, and Bkbb.] 

HUKARI {Mikari), to use gestozes, to show by 

HUKARI {hUkarq, the yoong of birds. Cf. 
hthiri, a young bird. 

HUKATARA, hail. Cf. huka, frost, snow ; huhH- 
wTiatu, hail; hukHpapa, ice, frost, Ac. [For 
oomparatives, see Huka.] 

HUKAWHATU (huk^Lwhatu), hail. Cf. whatu, 
hail, haU-stones; huka, snow; hukatara, 
hail ; hukdipapa, ice, frost ; hukdpunga, snow. 
[For oomparatives, see Huka, and Wbatu.] 

HUKE, to dig up, to expose, by removing tho 
earth in which a thing has been buried : Ka 
too te hangi tapu, ka hukea — ^P. M., 169. Of. 
huH, to hoist, pull up out of the ground ; hau- 
hake, to take up a root crop. 2. To excavate ; 
to hollow out : Ka hukea te riu, ka humea te 
ihu te ta— P. M., 67. 

Saxnoan — ^fu*e, to uncover an oven of food. 
2. To put into a basket; fufu'e, to out the 
planks of a oanoe thin after fitting them. CL 
Ju*efua, a oanoe hollowed oot of one tree; 
9u*e, to search, to examine. Tahltlan — hue» 
to throw up into a heap; (6.) to overthrow 
and cast out worthless things. Cf. mahue, to 
be pushed up, as the earth by the shooting of 
plants. Hawaiian — hue, to cause to flow 
out ; (b.) to unload, as a snip ; (c.) to dig, ta 
throw out dirt, as in digging a pit ; (d.) a Uiief» 
thievish ; huehue, to throw up, to raise up ; to 
loosen, to open ; (b,) the name of the water on 
Hualalai, where the last volcano broke out. 
Tongan— fuke, to open, to expose to view, 
as the contents of an oven ; fufuke, to expose, 
to untie, and lay open ; fukefuke, to open out» 
to spread out as a flower. Cf. mafuke, open, 
unfolded; mahuke, to be forced or raised 
upwards. Marquesan— huke, to hollow out, 
in polishing any small utensil. Manga- 
revan — huke, to throw up earth in a native 
oven ; (6.) to avenge ; vengeance. Paumo- 
tan— huke, to dig ; a shovel ; hukehuke, to 
excavate. Of. hukeri, a den or hole ; hoke, to 
dig ; hukihuki, to perforate. Mangaian — 
uke, to dig up. Ext. Poly.: Motu-— d 
hukea, to break off, as a single banana. 

HUKEKE (fmkeke), staggering. 

HUKI, pierced; to stick in, as feathers in the 
hair. 2. Full, of the tide. 

HUKIHUKI, a spit on which fish are roasted ; to 
roast on a spit. Cf. mohukihuki, to spit a fish 
for roasting. 2. To contract suddenly, as the 
muscles. Cf . hui, to be affected with cramp ; 
huiki, cowering; hiki, to jump or start in- 

Saxnoan — su'i, the stem of a ooooanut 
leaflet, used as a fork ; (b.) a young ooooanut 
having water in it, but no kernel; (c.) to 
thread on a string; to do needlework; (CL 
Maori fttt, to sew ?) ; 8u*l8u'ia, to be pained in 
the foot, as if being pricked ; susu'l, to pieroe 
a young ooooanut in order to obtain the juice ; 
(6.) to fasten on the tauaJuga (covering of the 
ricige) of a house. Tahltlan— hui, to pieroe, 
lance, or prick ; (6.) to make a long side-stroke 
with a sword or club ; (o.) to throb, as a vein 
or artery ; (d.) to skip with a rope ; («.) to eat 
forbidden food slyly; huihui. throbbings or 
twistings in the flesh ; to be throbbing, as an 
artery ; (6.) highly polished ; handsome. Cf. 
kuita, consternation, as if from a blow; fwitoto, 
to bleed, also to open an absoess ; the aot of 
destroying the infant in the womb; tin, to 
pieroe wiUi a hole or opening; huihuimatau, 
to polish the pearl fish-hook. Haivaiian — 
hui, to ache, to be in pain ; bodily pain. Cf. 
httiuna, a seam, a unitmg by sewing together. 
Tongan — huki, to pieroe, puncture; huhuki, 
to prick, to pierce; hukihuki, to caulk. Of. 
hui, a bone, a needle ; huihui, stony, thorny ; 
fekidhui, needle-like, thorny, prickly ; applied 
to pointed stones or ooral in the road ; 




kmhukiay a pricking sensation felt in the palms 
of the feet ; to be pricked or pierced by insects, 
as fmit ; jfehukihikit to cram into a small 
apace ; to be one on the other from want of 
room. Marquesan — huki, a small stick 
used to strengthen the thatch of a housn ; (6.) 
flhiyerings, chilliness of the flesh. Maiiga- 
revan— huki, to pierce, said of lightning (of. 
Hawaiian kuikit to flash ; and Maori utra, to 
flash ; lightning) ; (6.) to hide a small stick in 
the groand, or in some soft body ; (c.) to hook 
off fruit, Ac, with a pole ; (d.) to dart, shoot, 
as a test of skill ; uki, to stir the fire ; ukiuki, 
laneing, piercing ; sharp, piercing pains. Cf. 
ukiaket to thrust up with a pole. Pau- 
motan — hukihukii to bore, perforate ; (6.) 
pricking, itching. Gf. ftuibe, to dig. Eit. 
Poly. : Fyi— of. cuki-ta, (tftuki-ta) to dig or 
loosen the ground with a stick ; vukivuki, to 
torn oyer and oyer ; vuki-ta, to turn upside 

HUKINGA, the head of a yalley or riyer. 

Tahltlan — cf. huia, a parent with his 
descendants (perhaps from ftui, collective). 

HUKUI, a scraper; a piece of wood used in 
deazung the ho : Ka rere mai te kereru hi 
runga hi te huInU o te ko a Te Raka — ^Wohl., 
Trams., yii. 38. 

HUMARIRE (hUmhHre), beautiful; beauty: E! 
e ! e tia tonu tou kumarire — P. M., 160. 

HUME, to bring to a point, to taper off, to make 
conical : Ka hukea, te riu, ka humea te ihu te 
ta — P. M., 67. 2. A coward : He wkiore hume 
tenei tangata — Proy. Cf. waerohume^ a cur. 

Whaka-HUME, to be drawn between the legs (of 
the tail of an animal). Cf. ahumehumet a gar- 
ment for females ; kwne^ to pull, to d»g ; 
hitmene, gathered up into small compass. 
Tahitian — hume, to put the slip of doth 
ealled maro about the loins and between the 
legs [see Mabo] ; faa-hume, to tie up the 
girdle called maro, Havralian — hume, to 
bind around the loins as a malo (waist-belt) ; 
to gird on as a sash : Kai humea mai ko malo^ 
o Ku ; See where your girdle is put on, oh Tu. 
CL humemalomaikai^ wearing an ornamented 
girdle, t.e., imitating a chief, acting the fop or 

HUMENE (1mmene)t gathered up into small com- 
pass. Cf. hume, to bring to a point ; metUt to 
be assembled. 

HUMENGE, to benumb. Cf. menge, shriyelled, 

HUMU, the hip-bone. Also Himu. 2. A man 
(Obsolete. One auth.) 

Tahitian— cf. humaha, the thigh. Tongan 
— ef. humUf to stumble, to fall ; faka-humu, to 
tie the fore-legs of an animal ; to cause an- 
other to fall. 

HUMUHUMU, stripped of prominent parts. Cf. 
kohumuhumUf shorn close. 
Tahitian— -cf. humu, a secret plot of murder. 
Ha'walian — cf. humu, to sew cloth, to fasten 
together by sewing. Marquesan— cf. humu^ 
to fasten, to keep by force ; humua, a prisoner. 
Mangarevan — cf. kumuhumu, short, well- 
made fingers. 

HUN A, to conceal, hide ; concealed : E huna nei 
ki roto o te arearenga o nga poho o Rangi raua 


ko Papa — P. M., 8. Cf. tahuna, a shoal, sand- 
bank. 2. To destroy: Kia kaua e iaina e 
ahau tenei pa — Ken., ziz. 21. Cf. tahuna, a 
Samoan— funa (funh), to conceal, with a 
negatiye, applied to scent, or a wind rising ; 
fa*a-funa, to clip the hair short. Cf./una*t, to 
conceal ; thfunaj a rocky place in the sea ; 
tafuna, to strike suddenly, as with the hand, 
or by throwing a stone. Tahitian — huna, to 
hide, conceal : Eiaha e hunahia ia^u nei ; Do 
not hide it from me. Hu huna, to hide or con- 
ceal repeatedly. Cf. hunahunaaif the act of 
concealing the names of the true proprietors 
of lands ; purarohunat some concealed action ; 
takuna, to conceal, hide. Havraiian — huna| 
to hide, conceal ; that which is concealed 
{kahi-hujuiy the private member of the body) : 
Huna Hina i ka eheu o ka Aloe; Hina hid 
the wing of the Alae. (b.) To keep back truth 
in speaking ; (c.) to hide, as a trap or snare ; 
(d.) to disguise oneself ; hoo-huna, to conceal, 
as knowledge 01 wisdom ; hunahuna, to con- 
ceal oneself ; to steal away and hide. Cf . 
hunakeUt to bring a corpse secretly, as in 
former times. Tongan — ^funa, to moult, to 
change the feathers; funaaga, the source, 
origin. Rarotongan — una, to conceal ; 
u una, to hide; concealed: I uuna ke atu ei 
koe i to mata ia matou nei; Tou concealed 
your face from us. Mangarevan — una, to 
hide, conceal ; (6.) to *' bite " one's words ; to 
stammer; to speak timidly; unauna, to hide 
habitually. Marquesan — cf. hunahuna, 
small. Ex Poly.: Motu — cf. ehuni, to 
conceal; priyately. Fiji— cf. vuni, to be 
concealed; tmm'-a, to hide. Malagasy— cf. 
fonot a coyer ; wrapped, shrouded. Malay — 
cf. tunyii private, retired. 

HUNA, the tonth day of the moon's age. 

Haivaiian— huna, the name of a day of 
the month : ohuna, the eleventh day of the 

HUNANQA-MOHO, the name of a kind of grasa 
(Bot. Apera aruTidinacea), 

HUN AG NQ A, a son-in-law, or daughter-in-law: 
A ka korero ki ana hunaonga — Ken., zix. 14. 
Cf. hunarei, and hunarere, father-in-law or 

Tahitian — hunoa (huvSba), a son-in-law or 
daughter-in-law : Aore hoi oia i ite e te 
hunoa ia nona : He did not know that it was 
his daughter-in-law. Haivaiian — hunona, 
a child-in-law {hunona-kane, a son-in-law; 
hunona-wahine, a daughter-in-law) : I liU) ai au 
i hunonakane na ke alii; I should be a son-in- 
law of the king. Cf. hunoai, a parent-in-law. 
fSee Hunoa WAX.] Rarotongan — unonga, a 
child-in-law: Koia e nga unonga vaine katoa 
tokorua nana ra ; And her two daughtors-in- 
law with her. Marquesan— hukona, a son- 
in-law, or daughter-in-law. Paumotan — 
hunoga, a son-in-law. Cf. hunoga-marire, a 
daughter in - law. Morlori — hunungo. a 
daughtor-in-law. Cf. hunau, the brother of a 
sister (? whanau), [See also Hunoawai.J 

HUNAREI, ) a father-in-law, or mother-in-law. 

HUNARERE,[ Cf. hungawai, father-in-law or 
mother • in - lavr ; hunaonga, son-in-law, or 
daughtor-in-law; hungarei, father-in-law, or 




HUNE, tho down or pappus on the bnlmsh or 
raupo (Typha). Gf. tahnne, seed-down of ratipo. 
Saxnoan — fune, the core of a bread-fmit. 
Tahitian — hune, the core of bread-fmit. Of. 
auhune, harrest ; a season of plenty : uruau' 
hune, the harvest or season of bread-fmit [see 
Maori Ngahdbu.1 Tongan — ^fune, the oore 
of the bread-fmit. Pauxnotan— ^. kafmne, 
to get in, as a harvest, to reap. [See also 
nnder Pua.] 

HUNOKIKO (myth.), the name of an enchanted 
red mantle brought by Tori in the Aotea 
canoe. It was spread out for the people to 
behold at Mangati, at Oakura (giving the local 
name), and at Kanpokonoi — P. M., 135. [See 
TuBi (myth.).] 

HUNU, [to char. Gf. pahunu, fire; to bom. 

HUHUNUJ 2. To singe: Koi aha at koe U 
huttuhunu ai hi U mura o te ahi — G. P., 154. 
Cf. parahunuhunu, to roast. 

Samoan — susunu, to bam np: Manuunu 
mea manogi i mea maualuluga; And bomt 
incense on the lofty places. 8unu8unu, the 
burnt bush where a plantation is made. Gf. 
Umoiuntnu, in haste to seize food (lit. *' hand- 
burnt **) ; manmu, to singe, as the hairs of a 
pig. Tongan — hunuhunu, to toast, to singe, 
to broil; huhunu, to singe, to sear; (b.) to 
blight; blight; (c.) a disease of the skin. 
Ext. Poly. : The following words mean " hot": 
Kotuma, tunu; Santa Maria, tutun; 
Torres Island (Lo), tun; Espiritu 
Santa, tutwm ; Fate, futunu; Api, 

HUHUNU, a double canoe. 2. Temporary wash- 
boards at the bow of a canoe. S. A party 
attacking deaperately ; a *' forlorn hope.** 4. 

Tongan — cf. fekunukii, to project, applied 
to the breasts of girls at a certain age. 
Mangarevan— cf. unu, a piece of wood to 
protect the fishing apparatus when set ; una- 
unukok€, to journey. 

HUNUKU (ftuftttJfcu), family encumbrances. Gf. 
hunga, a company of persons ; nuku, to move ; 

• hndt to assemble. 

Saxnoan — cf . nuku, people ; nou, the breast, 
A teat ; iktUt to come or go. Tahitian — cf . 
nutt, a fleet of canoes; an army; to glide 
along. Ha'Hvalian — cf. manuu, multitu- 
dinous ; JiUi a class of the common people ; to 
oome. Pauxnotan— cf. nuku, a host, army. 
[For comparatives, see Nuktj.] 

HUNGA, a company of persons ; people : Katahi 
ka haere te hunga ra — P. M., 151. 2. A vassal. 
Ha^Biraiian — hu, a class of the common 
people ; huna, a small particle of anything, a 
orumb ; hunahuna, fine rain, mist, spray. Gf. 
hunakaua, the individuals of a war-host; 
kunakai, the fine spray of the sea ; kunaUwa, 
the van of an army ; hunaaM, a spark of fire. 
Mangarevan—uga, to send; ugauga, the 
persons sent. Ext. Poly.: Fiji — cf. vuqa, 
(vun^^a,) many. [This word is perhaps re- 
lated to the next, Hungahumoa.] 

HUNQAHUNQA, tow; refuse of fiax; down or 
nap which comes off a garment. Gf. huka-^ 
huka, thrams on a mat ; hanging in shreds ; 
mohmgahuinga, crambling, mealy; makunga, 
mealy tahunga, any downy substance. 

Saxnoan — fu^a, flowers, blossoms; ftigft- 
fuga, the rubbish which is separated from 
coooanut fibre in process of cleaning ; (b.) tiie 
name of the fuga when it is small, or when 
there are several together. Gf . fugafugamtuItU^ 
grass-seed. Hamrailan — huna, a small part 
of anything ; a particle of dost ; a crumb of 
bread ; to be small, fine ; to be reduced as fine 
as powder; hunahuna, crambe, as of food; 
fine rain, spray, mist. Gf . hunaoUma, tow, the 
refuse of flax ; kunakai, the fine spray of the 
sea ; kahuna, small particles, as of food, fine 
dust, Ac. ; to sprinkle salt on a sacrifice ; the 
saczifidng priest [see Tahu and Tohumoa] ; 
maAufia, small, fine. Tahitian — hua, an 
atom ; a grain of sand, a particle ; huahua, to 
be reduced to atoms, pulverised. Gl huaaeho^ 
the down on the aeho or reed ; huaavU, the 
down on the aute (Bot. Monu papyrifera) ; 
ohua, to divide or share in small parts. Mar^ 
quesan — hunahuna, smalL Mangarevan 
— hugahuga, crumbe; small portions of anv- 
thing ; alui-huga, to break up small ; to divide 
into morsels; ugauga, morsels, crumbs; (6.) 
persons sent on a mission. Paumotan — 
hugahuga. a rag, tatter; (6.) frippery; a 
trinket; (e.) to crumble. 

HUNQAREI, father-in-law, or mother-in-law : Ka 
whakatika mai a Paikea raua ko tona wahine 
me ana hungarei me ona taokete — G.-8, 28. OL 
hungawai, a father-in-law or mother-in-law; 
hunarei, a father-in-law or mother-in-law. 

HUNQAWAI,father-in-Uw or mother-in-law. Of. 
kungarei, a parent-in-law; kungoi, a psxent- 
in-law ; hono, to join. [See Hawaiian.] 
Ha'waiian — hunowai. aparent-in-law, either 
father or mother according to the designating 
terms kane or wahine ; honowai or honoai, a 
uniting; a bringing together and causing a 
new relationship, mostly brought about by 
marriage, as makua-honoai, a parent by mar- 
riage. Gf. hono, to join together; hunoai' 
kane, a father-in-law ; kunona, a ohild-in-law. 
Tahitian— hoovai, " in-law ** — as metua- 
hoovai, a father-in-law. Ext. Poly.: FIJI — 
cf. rugo, a parent-in-law or child-in-law. 

HUNQOI, aparent-in-law: Ka vi atu a Hinea^ 
tauira ki tona hungoi, ki a Papcttuanuku^^ 
Wohl., Trans., vii. 85 : Ki te nuUua hongoi — 
A. H. M., ii. 8. [See Huhgawai.] 

HUNQOINQOI, trembling. Gf. ngoingoi, an old 
woman ; huoioi, trembling, tottering ; oioit to 

HUOIOI (hUoioi), trembling, tottering. Gt aioi^ 
to shake ; hungoingoi, trembling. [For com- 
paratives, see Oioi.j 

HUPANA (hUpana), to fly np or fly back, as a 
spring ; to recoil. Gf. pana, to thrust or drive 
away; whana, a spring; to recoil; kowhanOf 
bent; springing up violently; koropana, to 
fillip. [For comparatives, see Whaka, and 

HUPANATANQA, a derivative from hupana: Me 
te hupanatarufa q tatia tawhiti-^P, M., 22. 

HUPE, mucus from the nose: Takanta, kupe 
nui — Prov. 2. The pattern of tattooing just 
under the nostrils. Gf. ihu, the nose. [See 

Samoan — jsupe (t<upd), mucus from the 
nose. Tahitian— hupe, the muoua of the 




nose ; (b.) the dew that falls at night ; hupe- 
hupe, shabby, agly, ill-fayoored ; faa-hupehupe, 
to mar or make unsightly, to disfigure. Gf. 
hupevao^ the night-dew in the valleys. Ha- 
mraiian — hupe, (and upe,) mucns from Uie 
nofle. Paumotan — hupe, macus; hupehupe, 
dirty ; (6.) sordid, mean ; (c.) effeminate. 

HUPEKE (ftifpfiU), to bend the legs and arms; 
bent, of the legs and arms. 2. An old 
woman. Gf . pepeke, to draw up the legs and 
arms ; tupektt to leap ; koropeke, having the 
limbs doubled up. [For comparatives, see 

HUPENUPENU (fUtpermpenu), mashed up. Gf. 
pemMenu, mashed ; kopenupenu, to crumple, 

HURA, nervous twitchings in the shoulders, d;o., 
regaraed as a sign tlmt one is the subject of 
remark. 2. The large centipede. 

Hamraiian — hulahuta, a twitching, as of 
the eve ; an involuntary muscular motion ; to 
twitch often, as the eye ; (6.) a swelling or 
protuberance under the arm or on the thigh ; 
hulahula-o-ka-maka. *' twitching of the eyes,'* 
an omen of the aavent of strangers, or of 
^yproaching wailing for someone who is dead. 

MURA, to uncover, to expose, to remove a cover- 
ing : Ka hura i nga kakaku o Tawhaki — P. M. 
50. Cf . kokura, to appear above ground ; to 
sprout. 2. To hunt out. Gf. hure, to search. 
8. To begin to flow, of the tide. 4. To dawn : 
Kaore ano ia i awatea noat ka Kara U ata — 
P. M., 198. Gf. ttra, to glow, especially of 

liURAHURA, visitors condoling with people who 
have been plundered. 

Samoan— cf. nda, a song of thanks for a 
p TBoe nt of *ava ; fiHa, dropsy of the body ; to 
be very low, of the neap tides ; food taken to 
visitors ; falafula^ swellings on the body. 
Tahltian — cf. hura^ to be impelled by im- 
petuous desire; to exult with joy; a native 
dance or play ; mtUaharahuTa^ the first begin- 
ning of a crop of bread-fruit ; mdhwra^ to be 
detected, brought to light, or, rather, to be 
coming to light, as a secret; ura^ to dance. 
HaiHrallan — ef. hula, to pry up with a lever ; 
to transplant, as a tree ; to shake or tremble 
lor fear of injuring ; to shake ; to dance ; to 
sing and dance ; hulahula, a dance, a carousal ; 
a swellizig, a protuberance under the arm or 
thigh. Tongan— cf. /ttZa, a tumour, a hard 
swelling ; any castrated animal ; u2a, a night 
dance'; to dance ; faha-fafula^ to swell out ; to 
look displeased. Mangarevan— cf. kohura, 
to dart a stone or lance at anything ; huhure, 
to open, to uncover. Ext. Poly.: Fiji — of. 
vtcra, a visitor; vwra-ka, to come upon, to 
seize upon, as a disease ; vula, the moon ; a 
month ; tmlavulOj white ; vuravura, the earth, 
the world. 

HURAN6I {hurangi], a fly. Gf. hu, to buzz, to 
whiz. 2. Timorous, eaisily frightened. 

HURE, to search. Gf. hura, to hunt out ; to un- 
cover, to expose ; kokare, to turn up what is 
below the surface ; huri, to turn round. [See 
Tongan and Hawaiian.] 
Tongan — ^fufule, to rummage ; to turn over 
and over in search. Gf . hafitU, to shell, to 
atrip off the outside. Hawaiian — at huU, 

a searching, seeking ; a turning over. Ma-« 
ngarevan — of. huhure, to open, uncover. 

HUREPO (Hurepo), the name of a bird, the 
Bittern (Om. Ardea paciloptila). 

HURI, to turn round. Gf. tahurit to turn one- 
self; huriaro, to torn right round; hure, to 
search [see Tongan]; whiri, to twist. 2. To 
overturn; to roll over: Hurihia atu etahi 
kohatu nui ki te kuwdha o te ana — Hoh., x. 18. 
Gf . tahuri, to turn over ; hurirapa, to tilt up 
on one side; kurikoaro, to turn inside out; 
kauhuri, to turn over the soil, to dig. 3. To 
grind in a mill; anything which is turned 
round, as a mill, or grindstone. Gf. miri, to 
rub (probably this is connected etymologically 
through whirit to twist). 4. Seed. 5. To 
overflow. 6. To set about a thing, " to turn 
to. Gf. tahuri, to set about a thmg. 7. To 
betake oneself, to repair to. 

HURIHURI, to turn over and over in one^smindt 
to ponder, reflect upon. 
Saxnoan — ^fuli, to turn over, to capsize : O 
lenate fuUsia i latou i lona toasa ; He over« 
turns them in his rage. (h,\ To roll along. 
Fufuli, to vomit blood; fuliruli, to roll over 
and over; fa*a-fuli, to cause a disturbance. 
Gf. fuUalOt to be turned wrong side out; 
fulifao, to turn upside down ; fulita*eUa, to 
be turned keel up ; fulitua, to turn the back 
to, as in anger or in flight; mafuli, to be 
turned over, to be upset ; tafuU, to turn over, 
as a stone, Ac; fa^ci-TnafuJUfuU, to waddle 
with fatness ; to swing the body from side to 
side; to be crank, as a boat. Tahitlan — 
huri, to turn over, to roll, as a cask : E hwri i 
te ofai rarahi e opani i te uputa o taua ana ra; 
Boll great stones upon the mou^ of the cave. 
Hurihuri, to turn over repeatedly. Gf. hwri- 
taere, to turn keel upwards ; huriavero, to be 
overturned by a Rtorm ; huriaroa, to turn away 
the front or face ; hurifenua, the name given 
to a very tempestuous wind; huritumu, to 
overthrow from the foundation ; pahuri, to 
turn over horizontally. Rarotongan — uri, 
to turn over, to roll over : E kia uri ke i te 
toka i rungao i te vaa o te ruanei net; Till 
they roll away the stone from the mouth of 
the well. Gf . urtia, a cyclone. Hawaiian 
— hull, to tarn generally in any way; to turn 
over and about : I hvU aku ai au i ka akau 
paha, i ka hema paha ; That I may turn to 
the right hand or the left : HtUi aku la ke alo 
ke akua i ka lewa ; Turned is the face of the 
god to the skies, (b.) To search ; to turn over 
in searching ; a searching, a seeking ; (c.) to 
turn over and over ; to roll over, or away, as 
a stone ; (d.) the tops of kalo (taro), for plant- 
ing ; huhuli, to turn ; to turn up ; to search ; 
hulihuli. to turn over frequently ; to seuoh 
after. Gf . huJihta, turning two ways ; blowing 
both ways, as the wind ; hulipu, to turn to- 
gether, to wring, as wet clothes ; hilit to twist, 
to spin ; to turn over and over as in braiding ; 
hula, to bore a hole. Tongan— fuii, to b0 
covered over with rings burnt in the skin ; 
faka-fuli, overwhelming waves; full hi, to turn 
over, to upset ; to reverse ; fullfutihi, to turn 
over and over repeatedly. Gf. falilalo, to burn 
the lower parts; fulitua, to turn the back 
upon, to avoid ; fefulifuUhiaki, to roll back- 
wards and forwards ; fufule, to rununage, to 
turn over and over in search ; fulikele, great* 




powerful, as a hurricane, that turns all upside 
down ; mafuU^ to be capsized, or turned over 
And over ; tafuli, to move round, to move 
along. Mangarevan — huri, an offset or 
scion of banana, for planting. Gf. hurita, a 
species of banana. Ext. Poly. : Motu — cf. 
huro, a grindstone. Fiji — cf. volt, to go 
round ; volivolif to revolve ; 9uli-na, the name 
of the banana when young, or fit for trans- 
planting. Sikayana— of. kurit to turn over. 
Aneityxixn — cf. ukuri, to dig or root as a 
pig. Malagasy — cf. vorivory, round, cir- 
cular ; oly, curled ; olikia^ wincfing ; foly, silk 
thread ; spun ; Joriira^ folded ; honbirry^ round, 

HURIARO, to turn right round. Cf. huri^ to 
turn ; arv, faoe, front. 
Saxnoan — ^fulialo, to be turned wrong side 
out. Cf. /iiZt, to turn over; tafuli, to be 
turned over, as a stone, Ao. Tahiti an — 
huriaroa, to turn away the front or face ; to 
be estranged in affection and refuse civilities. 
Cf. hurii to turn over, &q, [For full compara- 
tives, see Hum, and Abo.] 

HURIANQA-1-MATAAHO (myth.), **The over- 
turning by Mataaho,'* a name given to the 
Deluge, or a partial deluge : Koia i tapa ai 
tona ingoa *Ko te hurianga i Mataaho*— F. M., 
47; P. M. (Eng.), 87. [See Mataaho, and 

HURIANQA-TAKAPAU, the conclusion of the pure 
ceremony: Ka huriJtia te kwrihanga takapau 
— P. M., 24. See Pxtbb, and Takapau.] 

HURI-I-TE-TAKAPAU, a religious ceremony or 
incantation : Toe atu ki te wai, ka karakiatia 
te karakia huri i te takapau — A. H. M., i. 8. 
[See Takapau.] 

HURIKOARO, to turn inside out: Na, kua hinga, 
kua hurikoaro — Eai., vii. IS. 2. To attain an 
object not intended. Cf. huri, to turn round ; 
koaro, inside out ; aro, the front. [For com- 
paratives, see HuBi, and Abo.] 

HURIKOTUA, to turn the back. Cf. huri, to 
turn; ttta, the farther side of a solid body; 
tuara, the back ; kotua, to turn tiie back ; 
huritua, to turn the back towards one. [For 
comparatives, see Hubi, and Tua,] 

HURIMAITEATA (myth.), the ** mother" or tute- 
lary' deity of the iakikatoa, or manuka, tree — 
A. H. M., i. 2S. 

HURIPOKI, to turn upside down. Cf. huri, to 
turn ; poki, to place with the concave side 
downwards. Huripokia te kohue, to turn over 
the ground with a spade. [For comparatives, 
see Hdbi, and Poki.] 

HURIPUREIATA (myth.), the name of the canoe 
borrowed by Buanuku from Haeora. Enticing 
the first-born chiefs of the people into the 
oanoe, he destroyed them, in revenge for a 
fancied slight. This canoe was also called 
Tutepaerangi — ^A. H. M., iii. 10. 

HURIRAPA, to turn upon one side. Gf. huri, to 

HURIRUA, to turn insideout. Cf. ^urt, to turn; 
rua, two. 

Haivalian— hulilua, turning two ways, or 
blowing two ways, as the wind ; changing from 
one thing to another, as the thoughts. [For 
full comparatives, see Hubi, and Bua.] 

HURITUA, to turn the back towards one. Cf. 
huri, to tarn ; hurikotua, to turn the back ; 
tua, the farther side of a solid body ; tuara^ 
the back. 

Saxnoan — fulituai to turn the back to, as in 
anger or in flight. [For full comparatives, see 
Hubi, and Tua.] 

HURU (myth.), one of the minor deities; a rep- 
tile-god — A. H. M., i., App. 

HURU, the glow of the sun before rising. 2» 
The reflection of fire, the glow of fire : Ka 
kitea e ia te huru o te ahi — ^Wohl., Trans., vii,. 
49. 3. Warm. Cf . ahuru, warm, comfortable. 
Saxnoan — sulu, a torch; to light by a 
torch ; (6.) the eye (as the torch of the body) ;. 
(c.) the true son of a chief ; susuiu, to shine, 
as the heavenly bodies, fire, <frc. ; (6.) to be 
handsome ; sulusulu, to go about with a torch. 
Tongan — cf. tuhulu, a torch, flambeau ; to 
light with a torch. Pauinotan — huru» 
colour; (d.) height, figure, shape. Ext. Poly. : 
Motu — cf. lahi (= M. ahi), fire ; tahi-hurvru-^ 
hururu, a flame ; hururu, a torch. 

HURU, brushwood. Cf. kohuru, a sapling; 
hururua, brushwood ; kurupa, a thicket. 2. 
A dogskin mat. 3. Hair, coarse hair (pro- 
perly, of the body, but sometimes used for tlie 
hair of the head) : E Tura, e aha nei e ma i 
roto i te hum pango t — A. H. M., ii. 11. Of. 
uru, the head ; a single hair ; a grove of 

HURUHURU, coarse hair, bristles (not properly 
applied to the hair of the head) : Ko nga huru-- 
huru o taku tinana, he tupu ki runga ki ta 
pane— v. M., 100. Cf. hurunui, having long 
fur. 2. Feathers : He huruhuru te manu ka 
rere ; he ao te rangi ka uhia — Pro v. 

Saxnoan— fulu, a hair; (b.) a feather ; fulu- 
fulu, hair : A liua foi fubifulu o i le ila, ua 
sinasina ; When in the disease the hair is 
turned white ; fufulu, to rub, wipe, wash ; 
fulufulua, hairy. Cf. fulufiso, the hairs on 
young birds ; fulufulumata, the eyebxowB ; 
fuluma*eua, having the feathers rumpled ; to 
have the hair ruffled; taufulu/ulu, to be 
hairy. Tahitlan— huru, the bones of the 
totara (hedgehog fish) ; huruhuru, hair, wool^ 
feathers : E aore oia i mahanahana i te fmrU' 
huru o tau mau mamoe ; If he were not 
warmed by the fieece of my sheep. Of. 
hurupa, a thicket; hurutoi, the fringes of 
sinnet tied to the handle of the native 
hatchet ; a company of musicians ; a bundle 
of axes ; ahuruhurua, the rough-looking state 
of a thing; tuhuru, a yonng bird whose 
feathers are just beginning to grow. Ha- 
i}vai)an—hulu, a feather of a bird: Eiaka 
uhuki hulu manu; He is the picker of bird*8 
feathers ; (6.) a bristle of a hog ; (c.) the hair 
of the body (hulukuemaka, the eyebrows) ; {d,) 
wool, the fleece of a sheep ; («.) a kind of fish- 
hook ; (/.) sluggish, as the mind ; disobedient; 
huluhutu, cotton ; a fleecy blanket ; a fleece of 
wool ; the hair of an animal ; feathers, Ac, ; 
hairy; covered with feathers. Cf. kuluiiwi^ 
a feathered cloak, made or adorned with the 
feathers of the iiwi, (a small red bird) ; kulu 
manu, a bird's feather ; the name of a class of 
men about the chief, very great favourites ; 
uluulu, to grow up, to grow thick ; huluhulU' 
luii, to stand up, as the comb of a cock ; to 




stand Tip» as bristles ; made rough and aglji 
as the feathers of a bird in water ; to be wet 
and cold. Tongan — ^fulufulu, hair, hairy : 
hage ha kofu fulufulu; Like a hairy garment ; 
(6.) feathers ; faka-fulufutu, to make roogh, as 
a board that was smooth. Cf. faka-fulululu, 
oolonred, as black and white feathers ; an 
ablution, a washing ; to wash, cleanse ; fuhi- 
fuluotua, the down or tender hair found on 
young birds; fulufiduhaa, uncomfortable, as 
one not washed ; fulufvluhia, to be tired, 
wearied ; fulutamakU to be choked, or suffo- 
cated, from holding the breath; mafulUf 
hairy. Rarotongan— uru^ feathers, hair; 
uruuru, feathers, coarse hair; hairy, of the 
body : E tupu atura tona uruuru mei to te manu 
ra ; Until his hairs had grown like a bird's 
feathers. [In this example the same word 
means hairs and feathers.] Cf . rauru^ hair of 
the head ; pauru^ the head. Marquesan — 
huu, hair on the body ; (6.) feathers. Gf. huu- 
mata, eyelash. Mangarevan — huru, hair 
on the body ; (b.) a feather ; (e.) shape, 
fiinxre ; uru, hair on the body ; feathers, Ac. 
Cf. Auru/ujm, the crown of the head; uru- 
manu, a plume ; uruurumatat eyebrows. 
Paumotan—huru. colour; (6.) species, or 
kind ; (e.) height, ngure, shape. [This word 
would hardly by its meanings appear related, 
but that veu is giTen as a synonym ; and veu 
= the Maori weu, a single hair. See Weu.] 
huruhuru, coarse hair on the human body, or 
as the mane or tail of animals ; lb.) a feather ; 
(c.) wool. Cf . pahuruhuru, woolly ; ururakau, 
a thicket ; veku^ coarse hair on the body, or 
on animals. [See note above as to weu, and cf . 
the Maori weku^ a bush, wood.] Futuna — 
fulu, the beard ; the hair on the body ; (6.) 
plumes. Bit. Poly. : Fiji— of. vulua^ hair 
about the pudenda ; vuluvulukanijnata, the 
eyelashes. Malagasy — cf: volot hair ; 
volomboronaj quills ; voriona, birds (evidently 
as " feathered creatures ") ; vorovoro^ con- 
fusion, entanglement; bolobolOf closeness, 
luxuriant rankness. Malay — cf. bulu, hair 
of the body; wool; feathers; &tiZo, beard 
(hair of head = bok), Java — cf. wulu, hair 
of the body, feathers, <fcc. Tagal — cf. bolOt 
hair of fruit, Ac. Solomon Islands — of. 
bulubulu, any small plants not otherwise 
named; polu, beard. Magindano — cf. 
buUml, feathers. Baliyon— cf. bulu^ hair; 
feathers. Guaham^cf . pulu, hair. Matu 
— cf. bulan, down, feathers ; hair of the body. 
Wayapo — cf./oto,hair. Ahtiago— cf . uZvu, 
hair. Bouton — cf. bulwa, hair. Massa- 
ratty — cf. olofolo^ hair; S.K. Apt— cf. bdu^ 
hair; Sesake— cf. uZuZu, hair; Fate— cf. 
Ivlu, hair; Lepers' Island — cf. vuLugi^ 
hair ; Ksplritu Santo — of. vul^ hair. The 
following words mean feathers : — Salayer — 
tfulu\ Wayapo— /K^un ; Amblaw — boloi\ 
Liang — huru ; Batumerah — huluna ; 
LariRi — manakuru ; Sapurua -> kuruni ; 
Aivaiya — hubu ; Camarian — phului ; 
Gah — veoUihr\ Wahai — AuZun ; Teor — 
phului \ Baju— te2o. 

HURU, to contract, to draw in: Eomai taku 
maro kia Atiruo— P. M., 99. Cf. uru, to join 
oneself, associate; ahum, snug, comfortable, 
wann ; mahuru, quieted ; hum, warm. 


Samoan — sulu, to fasten on, as the native 
wrapper; (6.) to plunge into, as t^ canoe in 
the waves ; (c.) to take refuge in ; (d.) to wear 
a cloth on visiting the family of a desft chief, 
which cloth is given to the family. Cf. iulu- 
aoaOt to fasten on the wrapper under the arm- 
pits; sulugatiti, the place where the tiH 
(girdle of leaves) is fastened. Hawaiian-^ 
of. huluit to draw togetiier, as a fi<<h-net when 
full of fieh. Tongan — cf . huluhulu, to repair 
the thatch ; hulukebi, to fasten the dress above 
the chest, applied to women ; hulutua^ to asso- 
ciate with the poor ; fehulunaki^ to fold the 

HURUHIKA, flax of a superior quaUty (Bot. 
Phormium tenax), 

HURUHURU-KAKARIKI (myth.), the name of a 
minor deity. 

HURUHURU-WHENUA, the name of a fern (Bot. 
Asplenium lucidum), 

HURUKOEKOEA (myth.), the name of one of the 
malignant deities dwdling with Miru in Tatau- 
o-te-po. [See Bintu.] 

HURUMAANQIANQI (myth.), the mother of Tau- 
tini-awhitia— A. H. M., ii. 178. [See TAumn- 


HURU-MANU-ARIKI (myth.), the name of a sea- 
god— A. H. M., iii. 56. 

HURUNUI, having long fur. Cf. hum, coarse 
hair; nuit large. [For comparatives, see 

HuBU, and Nui.] 

HURU PA, I the second-growth of smsll trees, 
HURU PI. J springing up after land has been 

cleared and abandoned. Cf . hurut brushwood ; 

pa, to block up ; hururuat brushwood ; tirupa, 

a burying-place ; piri, to be close. 
Tahltian— hurupa. a thicket. Cf. mpa, a 

thicket of brushwood; a thicket of branching 

coraJ; urupiri, a close thicket. [For other 

comparatives, see Hubu, and Pa.] 

HURU-POUNAMUi the name of a bird, the Bush 
Wren (Om. Xenieut longipei), 

HURUROA, the name of a shell-fish. 

HURURUA, brushwood. Cf. Auru, brushwood; 
kohuru, a sapling ; hurupa, second-growth, of 
young trees ; umrua, overgrown with bushes. 
2. Land covered with brushwood. [For com- 
paratives, see Hubu.] 

HURUTETE, stunted, hindered in growth. Cf. 
houteUf stunted; kurutete, stunted; kutotoi, 

HUTETE (hUute)t to be tied up in the comer of 
a bag. 

HUTI, ) to hoist: HuHa te punga^ takiritia 

HUHUTIJ hoH nga ra— P. M., 72. Cf. tau- 
hutihuti, to pull one another's hair. 2. To 
pull up out of the ground : Hutia ana te rakau, 
haere katoa nga pakiaka — M. M., 167. Cf. 
huke, to dig up. 8. HuH-ika, to fish, to pull 
up a fish : Ka kai te tAa, ka hutia ki runga— 
Wohl., Trans., vii. 42. 


HUTINQA, a place cleared of weeds, in prepara- 
tion for a crop. 
Saxnoan—futi, to pluck feathers or hairs : 
Ou fiui o*u lauulu ma laHi *at;a ; I plucked o£F 
my hair and beard. (&.) To pull up weeds ; 





e.) to hook np a fish. Fufuti, to haul in the 
Bning-l^e ; futifuti, to plook repeatedly ; 
futia, a sinnet ring into which the fishing-iod 
IB in^ftrted. Gf. futiopat to plaok the wings 
and tail of a pigeon ; to cat the hair close ; 
taufiuif to plncK hair or feathers (especially of 
pudendum muliebre); velefutU to break off 
weeds withoat palling ap the roots. Tahl- 
tian— huti, to poll or draw np a fishing-line ; 
to hoist, as a flag ; (6.) to draw water : A huti 
na oe i U pape no ie aroraa; Draw water for 
the siege. Huhuti, to plnck feathers, hair, 
grass, Ac, and that repeatedly ; hutihuti, to 
plnck, poll, or draw repeatedly. Gf. /luittoro, 
a mode of fishing ; mahuiit to draw np or out ; 
to slip off. Havrallan — huki, to draw, to 
poll ; to draw, as with a rope : Huki no ia ia 
lakou iluna me ka makau ; They draw them 
all ap with a hook. (6.) To raise, to lift ap a 
person by the hand ; (e.) to pat ap apon, as 
one snbstance on another; (d.) to brace or 
prop ap ; («.) to cook soft. Huhuki, to draw 
ap freqaently, to pall oat, as in drawing cats ; 
(d.) to pall along ; {e,) to cut down, as a tree ; 
nukihukii to draw or pall freqaently. Of. 
uhuki, to pall ap, as grass or weeds ; hukiwait 
to draw water, as from a well ; uhuMwaUt to 
root np, to destroy, as a people ; hukuhi, to 
pall by force ; haliikU consamption, patrefac- 
tion, especially of animal bodies. Tongan — 
fiiyi, to poU, to plack, to deplame: Bea mo 
hoku kouahe kiate kinautolu nae fuji ae kava ; 
My cheeks to those who palled out my beard. 
FufMJi) to pull, to stretch out ; (6.) the generic 
term for iJl bananas. Gf. mafujifuji, to pull, 
to jerk repeatedly. Marquesan — hukuti, 
to pull one another by the hair ; hutihuti. to 
poll oat the feathers of a bird ; (6.) to pull or 
drag the hair. Raro tongan— uti, to draw 
water: KiU atura raua % e tokotai puke 
tamaine te aere ra e uti i te vai ; They saw 
maidens going to draw water. Mangarevan 
— huti, to make a thatch of pandanus leayes ; 
huhutii to pull up as by the roots ; hutihuti, to 
pull up herbs ; to pull out feathers, Ac, ; uhuti, 
to pull up by the roots ; uti uti, to tear away 
bit by bit. Gf. mahutihutit grief shown by 
tearing out one's hair ; tahuti, to disperse, to 
dissipate to right and left. Paumotan — 
huti, to hoist, to hoist up ; hutihuti {te huru- 
kuru)t to denude the body of hair. Futuna — 
futi, to deplame. Ext. Poly. : Fiji— cf. vuci 
{vnthi), a taro bed ; vuti-Ut to pluck feathers, 
hair, cfec, off animals ; vutikut hair, wool, 
feathers. Sulu — cf. pahuji^ an anchor [see 
Maori example of huti^. Sikayana — cf. 
ii/vti, to pull or haul. 

HUTiWAI, the name of a plant (Bot. Aeana 

HUTOITOI (tmtoitci), stunted, dwarfed, growing 
weakly. Cf . houteUt stunted ; korottte, stunted ; 
hutotoi, stunted. 

HUTOKE (hutoke), winter. Cf. hotoke, winter; 
matokct cold. [For comparatives, see Hotokb.] 

HUTOTOI (hutoioi), weak, stunted. Cf. hutoitoi, 
stunted, weakly. 

HUTU (myth.), a chief who was wooed by a 
▼oung lady of high rank named Pare. He, 
being already married, declined her atten- 
tions, and she, ashamed and humiliated. 

hanged herself. Her tribe decided that Huta 
was responsible for her death, and must die. 
Getting a few days* grace granted to him, he 
proceeded to the Under- World, and by offer- 
ing his jade m^e (club), he induced Hine-nai- 
te-Po to show him the way to the home ol 
spirits. Pare at first would not see him ; bat 
Hutu was a master of all athletic ezerciaea, 
and invented a new and wonderful game, the 
reports concerning which at last drew Pare 
from her retreat. Hatu and Pare then went 
back together as man and wife to the realms 
of day— A. H. M., ii. 167. 

HUTU, the name of a plant (Bot. Atcarina 

HUTUKAWA, the name of a tree, ih^ pohutukawa 
(Bot. Metrosiderot tomeiUosa) : E mumura atu 
ana i uta nei he hutukawa — P. M., 113. 

Samoan— cf. futu, the name of a tree (Bot. 
Barringtonia speciota). Tahltian— cf. Jtutu, 
the name of the tree Barringtonia. Tongan 
— cf . futu, the name of a tree. Marquesan 
— cf. hutu, the Barringtonia tree. Manga- 
ian — cf. tttu, the name of the Barringtonia 
tree. Mangarevan — cf. hutu^ the name of 
a tree. Ext. Poly. : Solomon Islands— cf. 
puputUi the Barringtonia. 

HUTURANQI (myth.), a wife of Paikea. She 
was the daughter of Whironui and Araiara — 
A. H. M., iiL 41. [See Paixba.] 

HUWARE, saliva : Ka tuwhaina te huware ki te 
whenua, e hoki atu ranei ki Urn waha f — Prov. 
Gf. huare, hultare, haware^ hauwhare^ ware, 
all meaning saliva. [For comparatives, see 


HUWINIWINI (hdwiniwini), chilled, having the 
papilliB on the skin erect with the cold. Cf. 
winiwini^ to shiver; hawifdvsini^ to shiver 
with cold, to shudder. [For comparatives, see 

HUWHA (huwha), the thigh; also huha, Cf. 
kawha^ the thigh ; tuwha, to divide, to distxi- 

Samoan— fufa, a portion of pork between 
the legs. Gf. tt/a, the rectum ; the posteriors. 
Tahltian — hufaa, the thigh of any creature. 
Gf. hufaapapai, an incendiary, a breeder of 
contention ; one who strikes his thigh in 
defiance of an enemy; humaha^ the thigh. 
Havraiian— uha, the thigh : E kau mat oe i 
kou lima malalo ifio o ko*u uha ; Pot your hand 
under my thigh, (b.) The lap of a woman ; 
(e.) the enlarged intestine near the anus of 
beasts; the alimentary canal. Gf. /tuAo, a 
large, fleshy person, but weak, indolent and 
lazy. Marquesan — cf. tuha, to split, to 
divide. Mangarevan — uha, the thigh, the 
buttock, breech {E matagi no te uha^ a wind 
from astern) ; ua, the tiiighs, legs ; (b.) the 
parts of generation ; (c.) to play at ball. Gf. 
huha^ a bandage for a pendulous scrotum. 
Paumotan — huha. the groin. Raroto- 
ngan — ua, the thign : Kua papaki iora au i 
taku ua; 1 struck my thigh.. 

HUWHARE (huwhare), saliva, spittle : Kia horo- 
mia ai toku huwhare — Hopa, vii. 19. Cf. 
huare, haware, hauwhare, huware, and ware, 
all meaning saliya. [For comparatives, see 




I ft particle, used in forming indefinite past 
' tenses or aorists : He aha te mea i haere mai 
at koekiaau t—P. M., 61. 

I, used transitiyely to connect an active verb 
irith its object. 2. From: He tiki aki mai 
ia koe—V. M., 26. 3. From the sight of. 

4, At a distance from; wide of, or bejond. 

5. In comparison of. 6. Than : A kua oti te 
haatu e ia hi tou hoa e pai atu ana i a hoe — 
1 Ham., XY. 28. 7. In complex prepositions, 
t raro t, Ac. : I roto i o ratou whare korero — 
P. M., 83. 8. Following ehara, not : Ehara i 
te mea i whanau tangata mai — P. M., 59. 9. 
By reason of: I taua mate-kai hoki o muri iho 
— Ken., xli. 31 : For want of. 10. By, after 
neater yerbs : Ka mate koe i au — P. M., 79 : 
Kapau hoki i a Tangaroa nga tamariki a Tane 
— P. M., 9. 11. With : E ki ana te whenua i 
te tutu i a ratou—Ken,, vi. 13. 12. At (of 
place) : Katahi ia ka noho i uta — ^P. M., 59. 
13. Upon : Ka manu ia i te au o te moana — 
P. M., 130. 14. Along : Ka rongo ki te toko- 
maha o nga tangata kua mate i te haerenga i 
nga huarahi ma Tauhunui, ma Tuporo^ me 
Tikitapu hoki—F. M., 147. 16. By way of : 
Ka haere i te Motunuif i te Kaweka, Urenuir^ 
P. M., 122. 16. Connected with the last ; 
sometimes translated "of," and sometimes 
redundant : No tua atu i Hawaiki — P. M., 71 : 
Kia haere maua ki te tiki i a Takakopiri — 
P. M., 143. 17. In the act of (past time). In 
the state of. 18. At, in, by (m time) : I te ata 
ka karanga atu a Tawhaki — r. M., 51. 19. In 
the time of ; at the time that ; whilst, daring : 
I te kauanga mai i te po — P. M., 130 : 1-te-mea, 
when. 20. Possessing, belonging to (in past 
time) : Ehara i a koe tenei kainga,noku ano— 
P. m:, 81: Ko U kuH i a Te PaW— G.-8, 27. 
21. In company with ; led by. 22. In the 
opinion of. 23. Caasing trouble to. 

Samoan — i, an euphonic particle before 
plural pronouns, except the second person: 
(5.) In : O 22 nafaia a*u i le manava, eleoia 
foi lea nafaia o iaf Did not he who made me 
in the womb make him ? (c.) At ; (<2.) to : I«e 
ala i lona fale ; The path to his house, (e.) 
For ; (/.) of : JJae iloa ea ttUafono i le lagi f 
Do you know the laws of heaven ? {g.) On : 
Ina ia to mai le ua i le laueleele ; To cause it 
to rain on the earth, {h.) On account of ; (i.) 
ocmceming ; (j.) with : Ina e teteu ia oe He 
mamalu ma le malualii; Deck yourself with 
beauty and majesty. Tahitian — i, when 
prefixed; is a sign of the past tense ; (d.) at, 
for, in : as, < reira^ at thiat place or time ; i te 
mea, for such a thing ; i te fare, in the house. 
Mangarevan—i, to, to the : I titirihia i te 
Po; It has Jbeen cast to Hades. (&.) With: 
Pi te vaka i te ika ; The canoe was filled with 
fish. Mar(}uesan — i, a sign of accusative 
case; (6.) in: Keika kua kaikai i Vevau; The 
red apples eaten in Vavau. (c.) On: E ^ 
iko i tai ; Beserved on the sea. (^OA sign of 
past time: Na hana. aia i hana; The works 
which he had made. Hawaiian — i, to : E 
hele auanei oeika kuihuipapau; Yon will come 

to the grave. (&.) Towards ; (e.) in, into : Va 
hooheiia oia i ka upena ; He is cast into the 
snare. ((2.) Of: Aole hoi oe e mahau i ka 
luku : Tou will not be afraid of destruction. 
(e,) At : Ika pololi e akaaka no oe ; Tou shall 
laugh at famine. (/.) By : E make lakou i ka 
pahikaua ; Tou shcJl die by the sword, (g.) 
In respect of ; (A.) on account of ; (t.) with : 
Ka wahine i ka ipu wai ; The woman with the 
water-bowl. Tongan — i, in: Bea ikai he 
kafu i he momoko ; They have no covering in 
the cold, (d.) With: Oku nau viviku i he 
gaahi uha mei he mouga ; They are wet with 
the showers of the mountains, (c.) When : 
J he ene fokotuu ae fono ki he uha; When he 
made a decree for the rain, (d.) Through: 
Beau alu mo ene mama i he fakabotUi ; By his 
light I walked through darkness. Raro- 
tongan— i, a sign of the past tense: Nato 
rima i akaaite iaku ; Tou made me with your 
hands, (b.) With complex prepositions: I 
roto itooungakau; Within your heart, (c.) 
With : Kua ki au i te whakama ; I am filled 
with shame, (d.) From : Eaa oki koe i rave 
mai ei iaku mei roto i te kopu t Why did you 
bring me forth from the womb? (e.) In : Toku 
ora ki roto i toku rima ; My life in my hand. 
(/.) By : E aeae ainei koe i te rau i peke i te 
matangi ra t Will you break a leaf dGiven by 
the wind ? (g.) 01: E te ki oki i te pekapeka; 
And is full of trouble, (h,) Out of : E kare e 
akatuia mai i to ratou moe ; Tou shall not be 
awakened out of sleep. Paumotan— i, ac- 
cording to. Aniivan — i, to ; (&.) though. 

I (I), to ferment, turn sour. Of. tOTo\ to fer- 
ment ; mo\, to ferment, to turn sour. 
Havraiian—- ii, sour, mouldy, fusty, as food 
injured by long standing ; to be mouldy ; rust, 
anything indicating age or decay ; (6.) cove- 
tous, dose, niggardly ; (e.) to be lost, forgotten, 
as something formerly known. Tahitian — 
i, to prepare food for the mahi, a sort of fer- 
mented breadfruit, preserved for food in time 
of scarcity. Cf. tin, thick, stiff, applied to 
paste ; iiru, thick, adhesive mhe ; watery, 
applied to taro, yam, &q., when injured by the 
sun or dry weather. Mangarevan — i, to 
spoil ; to be spoilt, damaged. Of. ika, momdi- 
ness. Paumotan — faka-ii, leaven. 

Whaka-ll (whaka-W), self-conceited, vain. Of. 
whakahihi, to speak contemptuously ; whakai, 

I, an interjection, without any special meaning, 
used at the end of a song or stanza : Ko te 
tohu o te mate na, i — G. P., 163. 

I A, he, she, or it: Kua whakakinokino anoia 
ior-V, M., 64. 

Samoan — ia, he or she : E sili lava lona 
U80 aupito itiiti ia te ia ; His younger brother 
shall be greater than he. Tahitian — cf. oia, 
he, she, or it. Haivaiian — ia, he, she, or 
it ; him : He mau opale wale no kai lilo me ia : 
Some of the rabble only went with him. 
Tongan — ia, he, she, or it : Kohai iatene 
talatalaakii au f Who is he that will plead 




with me ? Mangarevan— ia. he, she ; him, 
her. Marquesan — ia, he^ she, or it. Gf. 
Ota, that is he ; it is ha Aniwan — cf. aia, 
he, she, or it. Pauxnotan — ia, he, him. 
Bit. Poly. : Motu— cf. ia^ he, she, it; Fiji — 
of. koya^ him ; Malagasy — cf. izy, he, she, 
it, they ; Kayan-— cf. hia, he, she, it ; Sulu 
— cf. na, him ; Malay — cf. iya, he, she, it ; 
Tagal — cf. siyat he ; PaxnpODg — cf. ya, he ; 
Formosa— cf. ieho, he ; Neiv Britain — 
cf . iat he. 

IA| a word nsed as a demonstratiTe pronoun (in 
the singiular only) : that, the said. 2. Re- 
peated, to give a distribative sense : Each, 
every : E pena tonu ano iapo ia po — P. M., 13. 
Samoan — ia, these (only in plaral). Ha- 
ivaiian— ia. this, or that, according as the 
thing referrea to is absent or present. TODgan 
— cf. aia, which, that. Tahitiati — ia, that, 
or it : Eaha ia f What is that ? Ext. Poly. : 
Fiji— cf. ya, that. 

IA| a current, stream : Ka riro au i te ia — M. M., 
23. 2. The sound made by rnsliing water. 

IA, but. 

lANA, then, used as an intensive: Tena, iana I 
haere mai tatou kia kite ' — P. M., 121. 
Samoan— cf. Ot, well thenl used to call 
attention in the middle of a speech. 

IAN El, nay, used as intensive. 2. Used in inter- 
rogative sentences. 

lAUA, an exclamation : Hold 1 stay ! 

lAWANQARUA (Morion), to reel, stagger. 

I HE, the name of a fish, the Garfish or Half-beak, 
a small fish, with a long beak or snout (Ich. 
HemiramphuM intermeditu), 
Samoan — cf. ixe, a certain fish. Haivai- 
ian — cf. ifieihe, a species of fish of the sword- 
kind, but small ; ihe, a spear. Tahitian — 
cf. ihet a spear ; oihe (kb-ihe), a stick used for 
^Sg^^g* Marquesan— cf. ihe, the name of 
a fish with a long nose or beak. Manga- 
revan — cf. t^, the name of a fish. 

IHENQA (myth.), the god of the kumara or sweet 
potato, the sweet potato used in offerings. He 
was the son of Bongo-ma-tane — A. H. M., i. 
App. 2. A chief of Hawaiki, who came to New 
Zealand in the Arawa canoe. He it was who 
aroused the great priest Ngatoro-i-rangi, when 
the canoe was being engulfed in Te Parata 
whirlpool. (P. M., 87.) Boon after landing, 
Ihenga gave his daughter to Ngatoro as his 
wife, and he himself went to reside at Maketu. 
Exploring inland he discovered Lake Eotorua, 
but finding the land around it already occu- 
pied by Mam-punga-nui, he had recourse to 
artifice, and at last by his cunning obtained 
possession. His descendants continue in occu- 
pation. (P. M., 96.) Ihenga married Hine-te- 
EiUiam, the daughter of Eahu — S. B., 68. 
Hienga was the youngest son of Tuhoro, the 
son of Tama-te-kapua. His brothers were 
Taramainuku, Warenga, and Huarere^S. B., 

I HI, to split, to divide: Ka wJiai atu a Maui, 
ka ihi te kauae o Murirakawhenua — Wohl., 
Trans., vii. 88. Cf. kdhiihi, reduced to splin- 
ters ; toihi, to split ; pakiki, to dig for femroot 
[see Tahitian]. 2. To draw a line, furrow. 
3. To dawn. Of. Jdhi, a ray of the son. 4. 

to make a rushing or hissing noise. Gf. hihi, 
to make a hissing noise ; pahihi^ to flow in 
driblets ; kihikihit a kind of locust or cicada, 
5. Supernatural power {mana) : Rere te iht, 
rere te manat motu te upoko o te atua — G. P., 
288. 6. A ray of the sun : I raro ano te Ra, 
ko te ihi i puta ake — Wohl., Trans., vii. 40. 
Cf. hihi, a ray of the sun. 7. The front gable 
of a house. Cf. maihi, the facings of the front 
gable of a house ; koihi^ a verandah. 8. An 

IHIIHI, to make a rushing noise. 2. To he 
frightened, to shudder with fear : Ko te ihiihi 
me te pouri herekere e tau iho ana ki a ia — 
Ken., XV. 12. Cf. kaihi^ trembling with dread ; 
koihiihi, to thrill with fear ; moihi, to stand 
on end, as the hair with fright. 3. A ray of 
the sun. 

Whaka-IHI, sacred; to make sacred [see Ihi] : 
Maku e whakaihi, maku e tcltakamana — S. T., 
134. 2. A prohibition ; a tapued place. (Syn. 

Samoan — isi, to split ; isiisi, to split much 
or often. Cf. maift, to be split, cracked ; 
orificium vagina. Tahitian— ihi, skill, wis- 
dom, dexterity; ihiihi, skill, economy, good 
order ; cunning, crafty. Cf . hihi, the rays of 
the sun ; the whiskers of a cat or rat ; hihimoa, 
the feathers on the back of a fowl's neck ; 
ihipapa, to demolish; to extirpate, root and 
branch ; ihitumu, to overthrow, to demolish ; 
ihiorea, discretion, prudence ; paiM^ to extir- 
pate, root out (cf. Maori pakihit to dig fem- 
root) ; ut'At, the whistling of anything that 
cuts the air ; ihe, a spear ; ihirea^ trouble, 
perplexity; fear. Ha^irailan — ihi, to peel 
off th& bark from a stick : A ihi iho la i na 
kaha onionio keokeo ma ua man laau la ; He 
peeled white streaks on the rods. (&.) To peel 
or flay off the skin from an animal ; (c.) sacred, 
holy ; hallowed : I ke ala ihi, i he alaloa ; On 
the sacred path, the long path. Ihihi, angry, 
cross, offended ; (h.) to neigh as a horse; ihiihi, 
the interjection of surprise at seeing anything 
uncommon or out of the ordinary course of 
things; hoo-ihiihi, to put on dignity, or im- 
portance. Cf . ihe, a spear ; a javelm ; kaihU 
to spin round like a top ; dizziness. Tongan 
— Ifi, to blow with the mouth ; (&.) to sound 
an instrument of music ; (c.) the name of a 
tree, and its fruit. Cf. ita, to hiss ; maifi, a 
humming noise; the sensation of wind, as 
when anything passes near the face ; maihi, a 
cut, to wound by cutting ; moi/{, a buzzing, as 
wind caused by something in quick motion ; 
pahihit split, riven ; a splinter ; a thin piece of 
wood used as a knife. Mangarevan— cf. 
nehihi, to gush out as water ; pehihihi, inter- 
laced, crossed, as the branches of trees ; aka- 
pehihit to gush out as water. Ext. Poly.: 
Magindano— cf. tTtt, to urinate ; Formosa 
— cf. isi, urine ; mm, to make water. 

IHI (myth.), the name of a great taniwha or 
water monster in Lake Taupo. 

IHIIHI (myth.), the wife of Ira warn and mother 
of Pero. Hina is thus called, Irawarn being 
the tutelaiy deity of the dog — A. H. M., i. 

IHINQA (myth.), a chief who brought back 
charms, songs, games, Ac, from Miru's House 
of Death. [See Bonoomaz.] 




IHO, the heart of a tree. Gf. uho, the heart of a 
tree ; tarauho, the heart of a tree ; ioio, hard ; 
lo, god. [See Mangaian.] 2. That wherein 
the strength of a thing consista, as of an army, 
Ac. 3. The tohunga (priest) or principal 
person in a canoe. [See Iho-o-ts-banoi, and 
Ihowaxa.] 4. A lock of hair. 

Whaka-IHO, to cut the hair. 

Whaka-IHONQA, a part of the ceremony per- 
formed for the dead. 

Tabitian — iho, the essence or nature of a 
thing or person; (b.) applied to a person 
coming to himself after swooning, or recover- 
ing his intellectual faculties ; ihoiho, the ghosts 
of the dead, which were supposed often to visit 
the living, especially relatives, and to inflict 
illness or death ; faa-iho, to use prayers and 
ceremonies, as the priests did formerly to pro- 
cure the presence of a god in or within the 
image. Cf. i/ioartt, the dignity and office of a 
king or principal chief ; ihoihoatupu, the living 
relative of a dead person ; ihopohe^ mortality ; 
ihotaata, the person himself with regard to 
something sacred ; ihotataUf the reckoning of 
descent; genealogy; ih:tuput indigenous; the 
native of a place ; ihotoit the name of a cere- 
mony and prayer of a canoe-builder in cutting 
a tree for a new canoe. Tongan — hifo, to 
o£Fer in sacrifice ; faka-hifo, to counteract 
by an offering or sacrifice. Gf. ifo^ the 
taste ; faka-ifoifo, to try with the mouth. 
Mangaian — io, the pith or core of a tree ; 
(b.) (fig.) a god. [For full comparison see 
Maori Io, a deity.] Mangarevan — cf. iho, 
a morsel, a piece. Patimotan— iho, essence, 
substance; faka-iho, a shade, a ghost. Ha- 
mraiian — iho, the pith of a vegetable; the 
centre of a tree ; iiioiho, the solid, heavy part 
of timber ; the heart ; something solid inside 
of something soft. Ext. Poly. : Sikayana — 
cf. iho, flesh. [KoTB. — The last word shows 
that reference should be also made to Maori 
kiko, flesh -i.e., the io of Hawaiian and Tahi- 

IHO, from above; downwards; down: Ka haere 
iho raua hi raro — P. M., 49. Cf. wfianaiho, 
down, ever so deep. 2. Up above : Wharovgo 
hi te kupu a te tangata e iri iho net-— P. M., 
67. S. Conveying the idea of direction from 
some place connected with the speaker, but 
not where he is at that time. 4. Denoting a 
short lapse of time. 5. A current running 
rapidly through an eel-weir. 
Samoan — ifo, down, downward: Ua tino 
mai foi i lona suhtgatiti e oo ifo i lalo ; From 
the appearance of his loins downward ; (b.) to 
bow down, as do those conquered in war, as a 
token of submission ; (c.) to descend, as from 
inland to shore ; (d.) to terminate ; ifoa, to 
have an attack of a complaint to which the 
person is subject, which then ftdls {ifo) upon 
some other part of the body, as a headache 
ending in bad eyes ; ifoifo, to descend, as from 
the top of a house, a tree, or a mountain ; 
fa'a-ifo, to make a hostile descent, to attack 
the enemy in time of war. Cf. ifoa'e, a 
descent. Tahitlan — iho, to descend from an 
eminence ; (h.) an affix denoting sameness or 
proximity ; faa-iho, to cause or help a person 
to descend ; to let down a thing ; one that 
leads down or lets another down from an emi- 
Denoe. Cf. taiho^ to let a thing down from a 

high place ; toihoiho, to decline, as the sun in 
the afternoon. Hawaiian— iho, a verbal 
directive which implies motion or tendency 
downward; to go down, descend: Aole make 
hau maluna iho; Let no dew descend upon 
yon : Nou iho ha la o keia aina o Lahaina ; 
The sun of this land of Lahaina strikes down, 
(b.) Implies succession in time or narrative, as 
mahope tTk), after that ; (c.) equivalent to self, 
or selves, as no^u iho, myself; hoo-iho, to 
cause to descend ; (5.) to bring down upon one 
as a punishment ; (e.) to cause to fall. 
Tongan— hifo, down, downwards ; to descend : 
Bea teu li hifo a hoo mate i he ao a ho mau 
gaahi tamabua ; I will cast down your slain 
men before your idols. Hi hifo, the West ; 
faka-hifo, to unload ; to discharge ; to put 
down. Cf. hifoaga, a landing-place, descend- 
ing place ; aluhifo, to descend ; foohifo, to lie 
on the face, to prostrate ; prone ; agahifo, to 
go downwards ; takifo, a descent, declivity. 
Marquesan — iho, to descend ; down. Ani- 
w^an — ifo, down, downward. Mangarevan 
— cf . iho, a piece ; the final piece of a song ; 
fio^io, to sit down ; oniiho, to descend a tree, 
&c., by using the arms and legs. Pau- 
znotan — ihofho, to descend ; faka-iho. to 
cause to descend. Cf. tohihoiho, to decline ; 
to sink ; to decay. Ext. Poly. : Nguna — cf . 
tiwo, downwards. 

IHOWAKA, a sacred person when under the 
immediate charge of a priest : E mea hoki e 
noho ana a ia i runga i te ihowaka — A. H. M., 
iv. 95. Cf. waka, the medium of an atua 
(deity or demon). [For comparatives, see Iho 
and Waka.] 

IHOOTERANGI, Te Iho-o-te-Rangi (myth.), a god 
of Hawaiki, by whose assistance Ngatoro's 
niece crossed the ocean to New Zealand — 
P. M., 102. [See Euiwai, Koatobo, Mamau, 
Ao. ; also compare Iho and Io.] 

IHU, the nose: Ka tukua te ringaringa, ka moto- 
kia ake ki tana t/tu— P. M., 28. 2. The bow 
of a canoe : Tahi mai ano i te ihu, a te noko 
atu ana — P. M., 52. Cf. tauihu, the figure- 
head of a canoe. 8. The foresail : Maranga to 
te ihu, te waenga, me te kei — P. M., 72. 
Samoan— isu, the nose : A oomi le ieu, ua 
sau ai le tota ; When the nose is wrung, blood 
comes. (6.) The snout : Pe tvia lona isu a o 
lavea i mailei ; Its snout pierces the snares, 
(c.) The bm of a bird. Cf. itumene, a small 
nose ; ieumiti, a sniffing nose ; ieupapa, a flat 
nose ; isupe, mucus from the nose ; isupU, a 
diseased nose eaten off by ulceration ; istuisi, 
a tumed-up nose ; i8uva*a, a large nose ; pogai' 
isu, the nostrils. Tahitlan — ihu, the nose: 
Te tuu ra ratou i te amaa raau i to ratou apoo 
ihu ; They put the branch to their noses, (d.) 
The snout ; (c.) the bill of a bird ; (d.) the 
fore-part of a canoe {ihu-vcia) ; («.) to work in 
the sea, as the fore-part of a canoe in a high 
sea ; (/.) to be lost or going at random among 
trees and bushes, not knowing the road ; faa- 
ihu, to strangle, drown, or smother ; the person 
who strangles, drowns, or smothers ; ihu ihu, 
to be choked or smothered ; choking. Cf . ihU' 
mamea, the beginning of an affair ; ihupaa, a 
disease of the nose ; paihu, the name of part 
of the nose, also part of canoe. Hawaiian 
— ihu, the nose of a person : Auku ka ihu o ka 




wahine kuhuwale; The angiy woman tarns 
np her noge. (6.) The snont of an animal : I 
kona ihu i hike i he kai ; With his nose that 
spouts up the sea. (c.) The bill of a bird. 
(d.) the forepart of a canoe : Auku ka ihu i 
ka makani ; The bow stands up in the wind. 
Cf. ihuolaolat a snoring nose; ihukut anger, 
contempt; ikupapa, flat-nosed; ihukukani, 
hard-breathing ; ihupii, to turn up the nose in 
contempt; makaihu, the sharp point at the 
bow of a canoe. Tongan — ihu, the nose : E 
kuku ai <u ihu oe kau fanoga ; It shall stop 
the noses of the passengers. Faka-ihu, to 
make a nose or projecting part on the end of a 
canoe. Cf. ihubagi^ a flat nose; ihugolOt to 
speak through the nose ; avaiihUf the nostril. 
Marquesan — ihu, the nose. Cf. tunaihu, 
the upper part of the nose. Mangarevan — 
ihu, the nose ; (6.) to make a deep dive. Cf. 
ihumokOf short of breath from deep diving; 
gogoiu, to snuffle through the nose; koTnohiu, 
mucus obstructing the nostrils; mataihu, a 
promontory. Pauxnotan — ihu, the nose; 
(6.) the bow of a canoe [ihii-vaka). Raro- 
tongan — cf. putaiu, the nose. Futuna — 
ihu, the nose. Ext. Poly. : Fiji — cf. ucu-na 
(utftu-na), the nose ; Brunner Islands, 
and Dufaure Islands, cf. ishuda, the nose ; 
Malay— cf. idung^ the nose; ingus, mucus 
from the nose. The following words mean 
the *'nose": — Sesake — nisu\ Api — nuu; 
Rotuxna — uu; San Cristoval (Wano) — 
har%su\ Vaturana— Mil; Florida— tTiu; 
Tsabel (Bugotu)— iAu ; Aurora Island — 

IHUATAMAI (myth.). Ihuatamai and Ihuware- 
ware were two brothers who found the body of 
Hina when stranded on the shore at Wairarawa 
after her long swim in the ocean. [See 
HiNAUBi.] She became the wife of the two 
brothers, but was delivered np by them to their 
lord, Tinirau, the King (or god) of Fishes, a 
child of Tangaroa — P. M., 49. They are also 
mentioned in the celebrated birth-incantation 
of Hine-te-iwaiwa (a name of Hina) : — 
**Tui tou tia me ko Ihuwareware, 
Tu i tou kona me ko Ihuatamai,** 

S. R., 110. 

IHUMANEA, knowing, clever. Cf. uhumaneat 
knowing, clever. 

IHUMOTOKIA ) (myth.), a celebrated an- 

IHUMOTOMOTOKtAj cient combat, the battle 
of ** bruised noses," so called because the men 
of the party of Ngatoro-i-rangi struck ^eir 
noses to draw blood, and then lying down, 
blood-stained, pretended to be dead, thus de- 
luding the enemy who approached incautiously 
near— P. M., 108; G. P., 163; A. H. M., i. 7. 
[See NoATOBo, and Euiwai.] 

IHUNGARU (myth.), a god brought from Hawaiki 
by the Maori, and in existence until quite re- 
cently. It is mentioned in the Whangai-hau 
incantation — S. T., 136. Ihungaru was a lock 
of human hair, twisted with a rope of ante 
fbtak of Monu papyrifera)^ kept in a house at 
Mokoia (Botoma) ; this house was built with 
wood brought from Hawaiki. The god was 
destroyed by the Ngapuhi tribe in their raid, 
A.D. 1823. 

IHUNQARUPAEA, "Stranded log of timber," 
(myth.,) a name assumed by Hina after her 

finding by the brothers — P. M., 49. [See 
Ihuatamai, Hina, <&c.] 

t H U PEN U, a crooked or flattened nose. Of. ihu, 
nose ; penupenu^ mashed. [For comparatives, 
see Iht7, and Penupenu.] 

IHUPUKU (myth.) Paikea, Eewa, and Ihnpuka 
are names of savage peoples which destroyed 
Hema, the father of Tawhaki [see Tawhaki] . 
Wohlers says that these are names of whales 
(South Island), and probably refer to ugly or 
barbarous races met with by the Maori during 
their migration — Wohl., Trans., vii. 16. They 
are called Ponaturi in the North. [See Pona- 

IHUPUKU, grasping at, eagerly devouring. 

i H U PU N 1, a dogskin mat. Cf . punU stopped up, 
covered; whakapupunit to sit dose, to hide 

Whaka-IHUWAKA, a boaster, one who implies 
that he is ** the bow of the canoe " : Koia 
tenei taua tangata he whakaihuwaka — A. H. M. 
V. 76. 

IHUWAREWARE (myth.). [See Ihuatamai.] 

IKA, a fish, the general name of all fish: Ko 
Tangaroa he ika — P. M., 11. 2. A body of 
men ; a troop ; a cluster, as of stars : Tirohia 
Atutahi, Marehua, e; mana e whakarewa te 
ika wlietu riki — M. M., 198. 3. A fighting 
man, a warrior. The first person killed or 
captured in a fight was called Te-ika-a-Tiki, 
or mataika, or ika-i-te-atL 4. A victim : Ka 
mau ia ki tana ika tuatahit ko te tamahine a 
MarU'te-whare-aitu — P. M., 20. 6. Te Ika-a- 
Maui, the North Island of New Zealand [see 
P. M., 26] : Ehara ! tarewa ana i runga te Ika 
a Maui — P. M., 24. 6. An ancient name for 
stone, or the stone from which weapons were 
made, greenstone, obsidian, &c. For the cele- 
brated block of greenstone (jade) called Te- 
Ika-a-Ngahue see Noahue. The name arose 
perhaps from a curious belief, once common, 
that greenstone was obtained from the body 
of a fish, and, though soft at first, quickly 
hardened on exposure to the air. 7. A cap- 
tive. 8. A lizard {ikarw?ientuij, 9. The prin- 
cipal chief of a tribe. 10. Bitumen used for 
chewing (mimiha). 11. (Myth.) A monster, 
one of the great $auriant with which heroes 
fought. 12. The representation of such mon- 
ster. 13. A mourner, from his cutting him- 
self about to show grief. 
Samoan — i*a, the general name for fishes 
(except bonito and shell-fish) : E mamate ai i*a 
o ile vaitafe ; The fish in the river shall die. 
Cf. i*amanu^ the whale ('* fish-beast ") ; i^avai, 
the eel. Tahltian — la, fish of any idnd : Te 
mau manu o te reva eteiaote tai ; The birds 
of the air and the fish of the sea. Cf . iaararoa^ 
a fish, a present of fish taken to a chief ; haia, 
a human sacrifice [the dead bodies obtained in 
war and carried to the marae ; after the cere- 
monies were performed the bodies were called 
faiaia] ; tata, a fishennan. Hawaiian — ia, 
a fish, the general name of all sea-animals, 
also those in fredi water : Okaia kahi na ke 
akua ; Some fish for the god. (5.) Meat of 
any kind, in distiuction from vegetable food ; 
(c.) the Milky Way [see Maori Ika (myth.)] ; 
tatoa, a dead body embalmed; to preserve 
dead bodies by salting them. Tongan — ikSi 




ft fish : Otoo ae ika oku fuofua kai ; Take up 
the first fish that comes. Gf. ikafono, fish that 
migrate ; baika, a fenoe built to catoh fish ; 
takaffttikat a shoal of fish. Marquesan — 
ika, fish : Pepena iho te Atua i na ika mmui ; 
God created great fish, (b.) A general name 
lor a thing or matter. Cf. avaika, to fish. 
Mangarevan — ika, fish : Na te tai i tahuti 
JK te ika ; The sea sweeps away the fish. (5.) 
Froth, foam; (<;.) mouldiness; aka-ika, to go 
fishing; [h.) an ornament worn in ancient 
times. Cf. ikatu^ fish which go in shoals to 
doxMit spawn near shore. Mangaian — ika, 
fish : Ka rave mai na tetai aronga i ta kotau 
ika i rauka ra; Bring of the fish you have 
now caught. (6.) A yictim for sacrifice. The 
ery nsed at the sacrifice was Taumaa^ RongOf 
toou ika ! Bongo, slay thy fish ! Anlwan— 
eika, fish: Ma eika neinage iluga aia; And 
fish laid thereon. Pauznotan — ika, fish. 
Ext. Poly.: The following words also mean 
"fish":— Fiji, ika; Sulu,wda; Malay, 
ikan; Sikayana, ika; Kar Nicobar, fta; 
Central Nicobar, ga; Sllong, aekan; 
N. Borneo, jikan; Iloco, ikan; Java, 
iwa; Bouton, ikani ; Wayapo, ikan; 
AjxJylarWfikiani; Liang, ujan; Lariki, 
tViR; Gah, ikan; "SVahai, ian ; Teor, 
ikan; Apl, yika ; S.K. Apt, Sesake, 
Fate, and Ambryn, ika, 

IKA, or Ika-roa, or Ika-o-te-rangi (myth.), the 
Galaxy or Blilky Way. Ikaroa was the mother 
of Nga Wheto (the stars), and was the wife of 
Koha (mist), who was the son of Tokopa, one 
of the Props of Heaven — Wohl., Trans., 
vii. 33 ; S. R., 17. [Bee Toko.] The Milky 
Way is also called Mango-roa (Long Shark). 
In Hawaii the Milky Way is called la (fish). 

IKA: Te Ika-a-Bangitauira, an earthwork repre- 
senting a hnge lizard {ika-wheniia)^ cut out of 
the earth on the bank of the River Waitio at 
Hawke's Bay. It was made by a chief named 
Rangitanira— Ool., Trans., xi. 86. 3. A chief 
who came to New Zealand in the Arawa canoe. 
He died at Whanganui—S. R., 51. 

IKA-A-MAUI (myth.), Te Ika>a-Maui, the fish of 
Maui, the North Island of New Zealand, so 
called because pulled up by Maui from the 
depths of the ocean. [See Ika, and Maui.] 
Compare the line of Hawaiian verse. He api 
nei ka halo, ka maha, ka poo o ka honua; 
Uoving are the gills, the fins, and the head of 
the earth. 

IKAIKA, the name of a plant. 

IKA-I-TE-ATI, the first man killed or captured in 
a fight. Also called matZkika, rnkthngohif 
matdaa*. U ika a Tiki, <frc. [See Ika.] 

IKA MOAN A, the whale : Ka kitea te ikamoana e 
foe ana i uta — P. M., 92. Cf . ika, fish ; 
moana, the ocean ; ikawhenua, a lizard. [For 
comparatiyes, see Ika, and Moama.] 

IKANUIATAHUA, the name of an incantation: 
Muri iho te karakia to te Ikanuiotakua — 
A H. M., i. 34. 

IKATAPU, bodies of enemies slain in war : Ka 
ntutu te patu, kei te kurihuri i nga ikatapn — 
P. M., 72. Cf. ika, a victim ; tapu, sacred. 
[For comparatives, see Ika, and Tapu.] 

IKATERE (myth.), the tutelary deity of fishes. 
One version says that he was the son of Punga, 
the son of Tangaroa, Lord of Ocean. He fled 
with his children (he fish, to the sea, to escape 
the wrath of Tawhiri-matea — P. M., 4. [See 
Tanoaboa.J Another legend states that Ikatere 
was the son of Whatitiri and Tu-te-wanawana. 
He was brother of Ruahine, the god of eels — 
A. H. M., i. App. Cf. ika, fish ; tere, to float, 
drift ; swift. 

IKA-WHENUA, a lizard: MaM ahuahu karakia 
ikawhenua ai. [See the myth of Punga, <feo., 
P. M., 4.] Cf. ika, fish ; whenua, land. 

IKAWHIRO, an old warrior. [See Whxbo 

IKE, )high, lofty. Cf. paikeike, to elevate; 

IKEIKE,] hdike, high, lofty; poike, to place 
aloft ; tiketike, lofty, high ; kiekie, the name 
of a climbing or trailing plant (Bot. Freycinetia 
banksii), [See Hawaiian.] 

Whaka-IKE, to raise. 

IKE, to strike with a hammer or other heavy 
instrument. [Note. — Unlikely as at first sight 
appears, the above meanings of ike seem in 
the comparatives to be so associated with 
kiekie (a plant from the leaf-fibre of which 
native cloth was once made,) as to be inse- 
Haw^aiian — ie, canvas (te nani, fine linen ; 
lole ie, white cotton cloth) ; (&.) a vine used in 
making baskets ; also used in decorating their 
persons ; (c.) a material braided into hats by 
the women ; (d.) a stick used in beating kapa 
(tapa = native cloth) : {e.) to insult, provoke, 
pick a quarrel ; (/.) flexible, limber, like cloth, 
or a vine ; iele, the leaves of the ie, formerly 
used in decorating the gods of Hawaii, gene- 
rally made into wreaths ; {b.) to be decorated 
with leaves, to be dressed in wreaths ; hoo- 
ieie, to be ennobled, to be dignified ; (5.) proud, 
pompous ; light-minded ; vainglorious ; (e.) to 
be quarrelsome. Samoan — \% the mallet 
for beating out the bark ; Me, the name of fine 
native mats which are used much as money is, 
and constitute the most valuable property of 
Samoans ; Me'ie, a rag of cloth ; (d.) a species 
of creeper (Freycinetia), used for making fish- 
traps. Cf. i'etosi, a mallet with grooves, for 
beating out the bark of the paper mulberry, 
and making tutuga (a kind of cloth). Tahl- 
tian — Ie, the mallet used for beating cloth ; 
[b.) a boat's or ship's sail of any sort ; leie, the 
fibrous roots of the plant farapepe, used for 
tying fences, making baskets, &o, ; faa-ie, to 
get a cloth-mallet ; faa-ieie, to act in a vain, 
foppish manner. Marquesan— ike, a piece 
of wood for beating native cloth. Cf. kaie, 
proud, haughty. Tongan — ike, a beater 
used in making native cloth. Mangarevan — 
ike, the mallet for beating out cloth from 
Papyrus. Cf. ikei, to raise oneself ; to appear. 
Pauznotan — eike. a mallet for beating out 
tapa (native cloth) ; ikeike, to adorn ; (b.) 
pleasant, gracious ; faka-ikeike, to carry one's 
head high. Mangaian — ike, a mallet for 
beating out cloth : No te ike tangi reka e papa 
i tua ; Softly sounds the cloth-beating mallet 
o'er the sea. Ext. Poly. : Fiji — of. ike, the 
short thick stick for beating bark into doth. 

[Lest ie be the proper word, and the k ex- 
crescent (as ike or kie), see full oomparatives 
of EiBxnE.] 




IKEMOKE, (or Ikimoke,) restlesB, uneasy. Gf. 
moket a solitary person. 

IK I, to consnme, devoor. Of. tmki, a tree charred 
by fire. 2. To pull op, as a shrub, or a fishing 

. line. Of. hiki, to lift np ; a oharm for raising 

Ha^Biralian — cf. ti, a person hard-hearted, 
crael, and selfish. . 


IKOA, a name— Soath Island for ingoa, [See 

IKUIKU, the eaves of a house. Gf. Juku, the tail 
of a fish, the rear of an army, tip of a leaf, Sto, 
[SeeTongan.] Ji. iU^AA, XsaX 
Tongan— of. ikuiku, the ends or tails of 
anything : tJIru, the end, the tail of animals. 
Mangalan — cf. iku^ the tail. 

IN A, denoting emphatic assent : oertainly ; to be 
sure: Ka mea eUhi^ * He atua koa—ina U 
afciia*— P. M., 19. 2. Galling attention. Cf. 
9ia, a word used to call attention ; nana, see ! 
8. For, since, inasmuch as : Ina koki i pouri 
tonu te rangi me U whenua i mua — P. M., 7. 
4. Equal to tena in calling a person. 5. When. 
Cf . inahea, when ? 

Samoan— ina, When (of past time only) : 
Ina ua latou vaai atu i le alii ; When they 
saw the lord. Hawaiian — ina, used in an 
imperative inviting sense : Gome on ; let us 
do (something) : Ina kaktm, e hana kakou i 
kulanakauh^rle ; Go to ; let us build a town. 
(b.) For indeed (with no) ; O that 1 I wish 
that : Ina i haavriia mai ka make no kakou i 
ka lima o lehowa ; Would to Qod we had 
died by the hand of the Lord. Mangalan— 
ina, Behold! E ina, tei vaitata au ia koe ; 
Bebold, I am with you. Tahitlan — cf . inaha. 
Behold ! na, lo, behold ! 

INAHEA, an interrogative of past time : When? 
Cf. tna, when ; Aea, what time ; inakvara, a 
little time ago; nonahea, from what time? 
Samoan— anafea, when (of past time). Gf. 
ina, when (of past time only); fea, where. 
Haivailan— inahea : Inahea hoi ko lakou 
poho loa ana ilalo pela ; How had they fallen 
to such a depth of infamy ? Tongan — anefe, 
when (of past time only). Gf. ane, a particle 
relating to past time; anebo, last night. 
Marquesan— inehea, when. Aniwan — 
enaia, when. Mangalan— I naea, when (of 
the past). 

IN A! AN El {inHianei), just now; to-day (of past 
time only, but not far off) : E ka whaki atu au 
ki a koe inaianeit ne f — P. M., 12. Gf. tna, 
when ; aianeit now, to-day ; net, denoting po- 
sition near the speaker ; tenei, this ; inake, 
not long since , nonaianei (of time past), just 
now, to-day ; inakuaneif just now, to-day ; 
inamata^ formerly. 

Samoan — cf . tna, when, of past time only ; 
nei, now; this. Tahitlan — cf. aauanei, to- 
day, shortly (of future) ; aenei, implying action 
just goue by ; nati^n^t, to-day (past). Ha- 
waiian— cf. aianeij there, not far on ; a«n«t, 
now, about this time. Tongan — cf . anenaini, 
just this moment past; ane, a particle, ex- 
pressing past time. Mangaian—of. auenei, 
by-and-by, shortly. Marquesan— of. n«t, 
here, now. 

INAINA, to bask, to warm oneself: Inatnanixi 
ake ki te ra i whiti n«t— M. M., 189. Cf. 
|Mitna, to warm oneself; hina, grey, hoary; 
the moon ; hinatore, to twinkle ; inatore, an 
igniS'fatuuSj will-o'-the-wisp. 

Samoan — cf . tnatnd, to be full to repletion ; 
matna, to shine (of fire) ; mtuina, the moon ; 
aina, white. Tahitlan— jnaina, to take off 
the hair of a pig by scalding, or by singeing 
over a fire. Gf. mjainaina, pain of mind, or 
anguish, caused by anger or displeasure ; to 
feel anger. Hawaiian— inaina, anger, or 
hatred : O ka nalu o ka inaina ; The surf of 
angry feelings, (b.) The reddish evacuation 
which precedes labour (parturition) : I ka 
iTiaina o ka lani; Because of the travail of 
the chief. Hoo-ina, and hoo-lnaina, to cause 
hatred, to stir up anger, to provoke. Manga- 
revan — inalna, to warm oneself; (6.) a torch ; 
aka- Inaina, to warm; to dry anything in the 
sun or by the fire. Gf. malna, the moon. 
Moriori— Inaina, to scorch. Paumotan — 
inaina, to be in a f uiy ; faka-inaina, to provoke, 
enrage. Cf. hinaMna, indignation; kaMna, 
bright, as the moon. 

IN AKA, the name of a tree (Bot. Draeopkyllum 

INAKE, not long since; the other day. [For 
comparatives, see Ina.] 

INAKI, to throng upon, to crowd, to pack closely. 
Gf. ki, full. 2. To thatch, to cover over witii 
overlapping layers or rows. 3. To interrupt a 
speaker and cut his speech short. 4. To fall 
back on reserves, or come up as a reserve 

Samoan — cf. tnatna*t, the main body of an 
army ; tna*t2av, a row of thatch ; one width of 
thatch, put on from the bottom to top of a 

INAKUANEI, just now; to-day (in past time). 
Gf. akuaneiy to-day, presently (of future). [For 
comparatives, see Ina, and Akuanei.] 

INAKUARA, a little while ago. Gf. inakuanei, 
just now ; nonakuara, a little while ago ; ina- 
mata, formerly. 

IN AM AT A, formerly. Cf. nonamata, a long time 
ago; inanahiy yesterday. 2. Immediately: 
E haere ana ki te pehi, inamata e haua ana ki 
U patu^V. M., 92. 

INAMOKI, (or Hinamoki,) a kind of rat. Ext. 
Poly. : Murray Island— ct moki», a rat. 

INANAHI, yesterday: He aha ed vhakaotia ai e 

koutou inanahi, inaianei f—Eko., v. 14. Cf. 

tnapo, last night ; nonanahi, yesterday ; tnata- 

nei, just now (past) ; ahiahi, evening. 

Samoan— -ananafi, yesterday : AuH o i tatou 

tagata ananaji ; We are but men of yester- 
day. Tahitian — ananahi, yesterday, or to- 
morrow, according to the way it is mentioned ; 
i-ananahi, yesterday; also ninahi, and nanahi : 

1 nanahi mai hoi oe na ; Whereas you came 
but yesterday. Hawaiian — inehinei, and 
ineihinei, yesterday; also nehl, and nehinei: 
Ua ike io no au inehinei i ke koko; Surely I 
saw the blood yesterday.. Tongan — aneafi, 
yesterday : Aneaji i hono hiu oe feituvlaa nae 
mahui ae mofi iate ia; Testerday, at the 
seventh hour, the fever left him. Of. am, a 
particle expressing past time; anebo^ last 

I nana 



nigltt; aneheafi, the day before yesterday; 
taafi, the afternoon, evening. Marquesan 
— inenahi'i yesterday. Mangarevan — ine- 
nahi, yesterday. Paumotan— inanahi, yes- 
terday. Cf . inanahiatUf the day before yester- 
day. Futuna — nanafi, yesterday. Manga- 
ian<— nanai, yesterday. Ext. Poly. : Sika- 
yana-Hsf. senanafit yesterday ; nanafi, yester- 
day; Solomon Islands — of. lafit yesterday. 

(NANA (inanh), a word calling attention: Kamea 
atu U mokai ra ' Inana I '—P. M., 98. [See 

INANGA, (sometimes Hinanga,)the name of a 
rerj small fresh-water fish (Icth. Galaxias 
atttnuatiu): Kei te hao inanga — P. M., 154. 
(Myth.) They sprang from the mantle of 
Ngatoro-i-rangi, shaken over the water. [See 
KoATOBo.] 2. A kind of greenstone (jade) of a 
light colour. 

Samoan — inaga, the name of the fry of a 
small fresh-water fish. Haivalian — hi nana, 
the name of a very small fish, the yonng of 
the oopu (?= Maori kokop^jC), Tahitlan — inaa, 
the small fry of fish. Marquesan-— inaka, 
the name of a small fish. Mangarevan — 
inaga, the name of a kind of small fish. 

INANGETO, qniokly. 

INAOAKE, two days ago. Gf. inaoakewake, 
several days ago; nonaoake, the day before 

I N AOA K E N U t, three days ago. Cf . inaoake, two 
days ago ; nonaoakenuU three days ago. 

INAOAKEWAKE, several days ago. Gf. inaoaket 
two days ago ; inaoakenui, three days ago. 

INAPO {inttpb)t last night : I riria at Jtoe e ia 
tiia|>o--Ken., zxzi. 42. Cf. po^ night ; inanahi^ 
yesterday ; nanapo^ last night. 
Samoan — anapo (anapd), last night. Tahi- 
tian—napo, last night. Hawaiian^of. 
napo^ to set, to go down, as the sun. Tongan 
— anebo, last night. Gf. anehebo, some day 
past; aneafi^ yesterday. Mangarevan — 
inepo, last night. Paumotan — cf. inaruki^ 
last night (ruki, night, darkness). [For full 
eomparatiyes, see Ima, and Po.] 

INATI, severe. Cf. nati, to pinch, contract, 

INATORE, the ignu-fatuus, or will-o'-the-wisp. 
CI hinatore, to twinkle, glimmer ; tore, to bum ; 
uiatfia, to bask. [For comparatives, see Hina, 
and ToKX.J 

iNAWHAI, 1 not long since. [See comparatives 
INAWHEKE,; oflNA,when.] 

tNEI,isit80? [See Kei.] 

INOHI, the scale of a fish. Cf. ngoM, a fish; 
imaAt, a fish-scale. 

INOi, to beg, pray ; prayer; entreaty; praying : 
Ko ana kai he mea inoi nana i U po — A. H. M., 
i 155 : Me te karakia inoi ki te mana o Tu — 
A. H. H., i. 35. Cf. not, to be high up, ele- 
vated. [See Hawaiian.] 
Samoan — cf. /a*a-not, to ask permission ; 
to raise the hand to strike, or as threatening 
to do so. [This is a synonym of fa^a-poi, to 
venerate, stand in awe ol — PrattJ] ; tnotno, to 
demand, to examine. Hawaiian — cf. noi, 
to beg, to beseech, to ask, as in prayer ; noiau^ 


wisdom ; skill ; to be wise ; not'Zt, skill, skill in 
the use of language. Tongan — cf. ^tnoi, to 
inspect, to criticise ; to direct, to give instruc- 
tion ; JfakO'hinohinOf to lead, guide, direct ; 
guidance, direction ; faka-hinokinoi, to inform 
an adopted child of its real parents ; faka-nait 
to press, urge, incite. Marquesan — inoi, to 
beg, to beg for, to ask, implore. Mangare-« 
van — inoi, to demand ; inoiinoi, to importune ; 
inoiraga, a demand. Paumotan — of. nonoi, 
to protest, complain ; to invoke ; to overawe. 
£zt. Poly. : Motu — cf . nonot, to beg. 

I NGN I RA| behind. 

'INU| to drink : Ka hoatu e ia te wai H a Eine- 
moa, ka inumia — ^P. M., 181. Cf. unut to drink ; 
wheinu, thirsty ; hiainu^ thirsty ; tohwnukunUf 

tINU, to drink frequently. 

Wliaka-I N U, to give drink to. 2. An incantation 
over a new fishing net, the first time it is used. 
Samoan — inu, to drink : O H inu i le amio 
leaga e pei le vai ; Who drinks up wicked- 
ness like water. Fa*a-inu, to give to drink, to 
cause to drink: plural, feinu : pass, inumia: 
redup. inuinu. Cf. inxi '.tuanit to drink by lap- 
ping; inumaga^ a dra .ght, a drink; intaamt, 
to rain heavily, so as to JUi to cause a splashing 
of the water (lit. " to drink salt water'*). 
Tahitlan — inu, to drink ; drink of any kind : 
Aita a* era hoi e tia ia ratou ia inu i iariapape 
tahera; They could not drink of the water 
of the river. Marquesan — inu, to drink. 
Hawaiian — inu, to drink; any liquid for 
drinking: Inu a ka manu i tte kai-vla; The 
birds dnnk in the red sea. Hoo-inu, to give 
drink to, to water, as a flock. Cf . pawaiina^ a 
drinking trough for cattle. Tongan — inu, to 
drink ; a beverage : E fua foki hoc vai ki he 
inu ; You shall also diink water by measure. 
Mangarevan — inu, to drink ; inuinu, to 
drink continuously ; alca-inu, to eat liquid poi 
(paste) by handfals; al(a-ainu, to make to 
drink, to give to drink. Mangalan — inu, to 
drink ; also unu : Kia inu Tane i te vai kea ra, 
S ; So that Tane may drink the living water. 
Futuna— inu, to dnnk. Rotuma—inu, to 
drink. Ext. Poly. : Gf . Motu — tiiua, to 
drink; Malay — minum, and jnnum, to drink; 
- Sikayana— unu, to drink ; Magindano — 
ominuMj to drink ; Java — nginum, to drink ; 
Pampang — mtnum, to drink ; Tagal — omi- 
nom, to drink ; Duke of York's Island — 
tnm, to drink. 

INUKOROKORO, a lazy fellow, one who likea 
eating better than work, a " loafer." Cf. tim, 
to drmk ; korokorOt the throat. 

INQO, to incline towards, to turn towards. 

INGOINQO, sharp-pointed. 2. A young eel. 

Whal(a-INQOINQO, whimpering, sobbing pee- 
vishly. Cf . koroingoingOy pulmg, whimpering ; 
koingOf yearning, ^tting. 
Samoan— i^o, to be wearied with, to be 
tired of ; fa*a-igoigo, to be wearied of. Ha* 
ivailan — ino, to punish, to make sad ; inoino, 
to grieve, to make sad (? Maori kino) ; (b) to 
be very tempestuous, as the sea. Tongan — 
igo, displeasure; to be vexed, or displeased. 
Mangarevan— alca-igoigo, to pout, to look 
cross on account of having to leave one*a 
house, or of searching fruitlessly. Cf. tukih 
akaigoigo, to pout. 




INQOA, a name : Ko tetaki ingoa ona ho Tu-ie- 
wanawana, e rua ona ingoa — P. M., 9. Also 
Ikoa. [See Marqaesan.] 
Samoan — igoa, a name : O aiea lona igoa, 
ai foi It igoa o Uma atalii t What is 
his name, and what is his son's name? 
Fa'a-igoa, to name, to give a name to. 
Gf. igohpOf a watchword in war; Uigoa, 
to be annamed. Tahitian— ioa, a name: 
To oe ioa rahi e te mata^uhia; Tour great 
and terrible name. Hawaiian — inoa, a 
name of a person, place, or thing : Elua inoa 
i kapaia ma ka mokupuni ; An island has two 
names. Tongan — higoa, a name, a designa- 
tion : Bea e ikai hano higoa i he hala ; He 
shall have no name in the path. Faka-higoa, 
to name, to designate : Bea naa ne fakahigoa 
ae kolo ki he higoa o hono foha; He called 
the town after the name of his son. Mar- 
quesan — ikoa, a name ; aUo inoa: Koia hoki 
ia te ikoa; That was certainly the name. 
Moriori — ingo, name : Ko Rangimata ta ingo 
ra waka; *Bangimata' was the name of 
that canoe. Rarotongan — ingoa, name: 
Mate ingoa o tona taeake e mate; d the name 
of his dead brother. Mangarevan — igoa, a 
name : Tona igoa ko atua Tane ; His name is 
the god Tane. Aka-i^oa, to name, to call by 
a name. Futuna — igoa, name : Kitapu tiau 
igoa. Hallowed be thy name. Anivran — cf. 
neigot name. Paumotan-— igoa, a name. 

10 (myth.), God, the Supreme Being : Ko te tino 
Atua ko lo, nana i hanga te whenua me te rangi 
— A. H. M., ii. 4 ; see also L. P., 132 (with in- 
cantation). Cf. Iho-o-te-rangi, P. M., 102. lo 
begat lo-nuku, who begat lo-rangi, who begat 
Tawhito-te-raki, <fcc.— A. H. M., i. 32. 2. 
Power, force, energy, mental or physical (one 
auth). 3. The soul. 4. Life. Cf . lo-wahine, 
the name of the first woman. 5. A twitching 
or bodily uneasiness, a sign of the presence of 
a god ; to twitch thus : Ki te mea ka lo i te 
pokohiwi he taha — ^A. H. M., ii. 6. [See 
Takibi.] 6. Fish cut into strips, and dried in 
a native oven. 7. In the Moriori genealogy, 
Tiki begat Uru, Uru begat Ngangana, Nga- 
ngana begat lo, lo begat lo-rangi, &o, 

lOiO, hard. Cf. iho, hard; that wherein the 
strength of a thing consists. 2. Obstinate. 
3. Aching from weariness. 
Samoan — cf . to, a long strip of fish or flesh. 
Mangaian — io, a god : Te lot i Te lo ra e 
kikinoh! Ah, that god! that bad god! The 
god Motoro was called Te lo Ora, " The Living 
God," because he would allow no living sacri- 
fice upon his altars. This was in distinction 
from Bongo, and other gods called lo-mate, 
to whom human beings were offered up. (6.) 
The soul, the spirit : Mea po te atua oi te io 
tangata; If the divinity please, man's spirit 
must yield, (c.) The pith or core of a tree. 
[See Maori Iho.) Hawaiian — cf. io, truth, 
reality, real ; truly, verily ; tu, sacred, a sacred 
place ; tutu, to be afar off, high up ; to live in 
some sacred place ; a place supposed to be afar 
off or high up above the earth, or beneath the 
ocean, sacred as the dweUing-place of God ; 
poiu, grand, or solemn ; lao, Jupiter, when 
morning star. Tahitian — Ihoiho, the Su- 
preme Being: **In the beginning there was 
nothing but the god Ihoiho ; afterwards there 
was an expanse of waters which covered the 

abyss, and the god Tinotaata floated on the 
surface.'* This ancient legend is given by 
M. de Bovis, Annuaire det EtabUssementi 
Franfait de VOeeaniet Papeete, 1863, p. 95. 
Cf. toto, handsome, brilliant ; variegated ; 
hoioio, diffidence, fear of a superior ; puaioio, 
a handsome blossom, a handsome person ; oo, 
Heaven, blessedness, the state of the blessed. 
Tongan— cf. aoao, supreme, the sovereign. 
Mangarevan— cf. aka-ioio, to weave a mat 
ingeniously ; to cut wood into small pieces ; 
to make feeble or thin. Ext. Poly. : Motii — 
cf. iahut a woman who is sacred, and who 
performs certain rites during the absence of 
voyagers to ensure their safe return. 

lONUKU (myth.), the firstborn of the deity Io. 
lonuku begat lorangi, who begat Tahito-te- 
raki (** Ancient of Heaven.") [See Io, and 

lOTAHAE, a twitching or jerking in the body, a 
sign of the presence of the god Io : Te lo-tahae 
he tohu attua, mate ranei, ora ranei — A. H. M., 
ii. 4. [See Io.] 

lOWAHINE (myth.), the first woman. She was 
made by Tane, and given to Tiki-au-aha, the 
first man. They had six children — ^A. H. M., 
i. 158. 

I PO, pertaining to love : He puhi koe naku, he 
ipo ki te moenga — M. M., 30. Cf. whaiaipo, to 
be in love ; a sweetheart. 

Samoan— fa'a-ipoipo, to perform the mar- 
riage ceremony (an introduced word). Tahi- 
tian — ipo, a darling, one made much of ; (b.) 
a lump of breadfruit; to make a lump otmatd 
(dough) ; faa-ipo, the name of a goddess ; (6.) 
the name of a tree ; faa-ipoipo, to marry : E 
faaipoipo noa *tu ratou i ta ratou e hinaaro ra ; 
Let them marry those whom they like best. 
Rarotongan — aka-ipoipo, to marry : Kia 
akaipoipo aia i tetahi vaine no reira ; To take 
a wife belonging to that place. Haivaiian 
— ipo, to cohabit before marriage, or without 
marriage ; a paramour ; a sweetheart : E hoo- 
wahawaha mai no kou mau ipo ia oe ; Tour 
lovers will despise you. HoO'ipo, to woo, to 
court, to solicit the affections of one, applied 
to either men or women ; {b.) to cohabit se- 
cretly ; hoo-ipoipo, making lascivious gestures 
while eating (A me ka ahaaina hooipoipOy) at 
lascivious feasts. Cf. upo, to covet, to lust 
after ; apo, to embrace, hold ; moeipo, a forni- 
cator, an adulterer. Marquesan — ipoipo, 
said of two persons who luve one another. 
Mangarevan — ipo, married. Gf. ipora, to 
receive anyone or anything with outstretched 
arms. Paumotan— faka-ipoipo, to marry. 

IPU, a calabash, vessel: Ka ki nga ipu i nga 
koko — P. M., 36. Cf. ipurimu, a bottle made 
of seaweed. 2. A pool, hollow. Cf. kapu, the 
hollow of the hand. 3. Concave. 

Samoan — ipu, a cup : Ua latou toe foi mai 
ma a latou ipu i le iio ; They returned with 
empty cups. Cf. tpu'at^a, the cup for serving 
out *ava (an intoxicating drink) ; mata pu, the 
top half of a coooanut shell ; 'apu, a cup, dish. 
Tahitian — ipu, a cup, a vessel. Cf. at6u, a 
cup ; abu, the shell of the coooanut, gourd, 
&c, ; a concave or hollow, as aim-rima, the 
hollow of the hand ; (Cf . Maori kapu, hollow 
of the hand, and to drink out of the palm of 




the hand ;) taaipu, a spoon, ladle ; to skim ; 
taipu, to bale or ladle with an ipu. Haivai-* 
Ian — ipu, a general name for all gourds, cala- 
bashes, melons, Ao. ; (6.) a general name for 
all small containers, as a cup, mug, bowl, box, 
&& : Ka wahine i ka ipti-wai ; The woman 
vith the water-bowl : Htuii mai la Kahiki i 
ko ipu makani; Tahiti (or Distance), thou didst 
open thy wind-box. Gf . tpuai, a vessel (cala- 
bash) for containing food ; ipumakat a melon ; 
ipulaau, a wooden vessel; hipu, a bag for 
carrying small things in ; apu^ a cnp made of 
ooooanut shell for drinking awa ; aibu, or 
iiijNi, a cap. Tongan — ibu, the generid 
name for earthenware vessels : Koia teu age 
ai kiho fdma a em ibu cuma ; I will give her 
cap into your hand. Of. t&uinu, a vessel to 
drmk from, a cap or mug ; ibu-jiotat a glass 
vessel ; ebu, to drink ; kabu, the banana leaf, 
io folded as to hold water. Marquesan — 
ipu, and ipuipu, any vessel to drink from : Te 
efa ipuijm, a te efa ipuipu ; The four bowls, 
and the four bowls. Gf. ipuoho, the cranium, 
brain-pan. Rarotongan — cf. kapu, a cup. 
Mangarevan-~ipu,a calabash: Kai tana ki 
a kai o to te mau ipu ; He ate the food in the 
calabash. Aka-ipu, a sore that gathers and 
suppurates. Futuna — ipu, a cup. 

IPUIPU, footsore. 

Mangarevan—cf. aka-ipu^ a sore that 
gathers and suppurates. 

IPURIMU, a bottle or vessel made of seaweed. 
Cf. tpu, a vessel, a calabash ; rimu^ seaweed. 
[For comparatives, see Ipu, and Bmu.] 

IRA (myth.), the name of the ancestor of the 
Nj^ti-ira tribe. He was a son of Uenuku, a 
great chief of the East Gape. Ira was fed on 
the heart of his mother— Gol., Trans., xiv. 8. 

tRA, ) marks on the skin: freckles, moles, 
IRAIRA, \ warts, &c. Gf. iramata, a speck in 
the eye. 2. A birth-mark. 
Saxnoan — ita, a mother's mark ; a mark in 
the skin ; (6.) a defect ; ilaita, spotted ; to be 
spotted. Gf. ilamea, a disease of infants. 
Tahitlan — ira^ a mole or mark on the skin. 
Cf. irava, a stnpe, streak, or layer ; eira^ a 
mole or natural spot on the skin. Ha'ivai- 
ian — ila, and ilaa, a dark spot on the skin. 
Tongan — ila, a mark, a spot on the body ; 
ilaila, spotted, streaked. Marquesan — ia, 
a mark on the skin ; a stain or birth-mark on 
the skin. Mangarevan — ira, a skin disease ; 
black spots on the skin. Pauznotan — cf. 
heim, a skin disease, an eruption. 

IRAMATA. a speck in the eye. Gf. ira, a spot ; 
mata, tne eye. [For comparatives, see Iba, 
and Maxa.] 

IRAMUTU (tfi^muev), a nephew or niece: Ka 
tupu i konei a Tuhurukuru te iramutu o Rupe 
—P. M., 41. 

Samoan — ilamutu {iUimutu)^ cousins; the 
idationship sustained bv the children of a 
sister to the children of her brother after the 
brother and sister are dead; (&.) a father's 
rister. Hawaiian— cf. ilamuku, an officer 
whose business it was to enforce the orders of 
a chief or judge ; an executioner ; a destroyer. 
Tongan — ilamutu, a nephew, or niece : Bea 
toko tolugofulu bono ilamutu ; He had thirty 
nephewa. Marquesan— iamutu, a nephew, 

niece. Mangarevan— iramutu, a nephew 
or niece. 

I R ATU ROTO (myth.), a son of Tnra. He rescued 
his father, and tned to recover him in his last 
illness. [See Tuba.] 

IRAWARU (myth.), the father t>r tutelary deity 
of all dogs. He was the husband of Hina, the 
sister of Maui. Irawaru and Maui went out 
fishing together ; and Maui, being displeased 
with his brother-in-law, by enchantment 
turned him into a dog. Qn Hina questioning 
Maui as to the whereabouts of her husband, 
Maui told her to call " Moi I Moi r* where- 
upon the poor dog ran up, and Hina, learning 
the truth, threw herself into the sea — P. M., 
32. The South Island version differs some- 
what. (See Wohl.. Trans., vii. 40.) Irawaru 
is also called Owa, and was the father of Pero 
^dog). Hina as Owa's wife is named Ihiihi — 
A. H. M., ii. 77, 86, 119. and i., App. : A 
different version, M. S., 115. 

IRI, to hang, to be suspended : Ko nga itri o to 
raua matua e iri ana i runga i te whare — 
P. M., 48. Cf. moiri^ suspended over ; tairi, 
the place where the sun " hangs*' in the after- 
noon ; were, to be suspended. 2. To yearn 
after, long for : Taku manatoa ka irihia nei — 
A. H. M., ii. 3. 3. To lift up, to keep lifted 
up : Hikitia, Tangaroa, ha I hapainga ha I 
kia in ha /— M. S., 168. 

Whaka-IRI, to hang up, suspend : ko nga ivn, 
ka whakairia ki runga ki te whare. 2. The 
head of a slain enemy when dried and hung 
up, or placed on a pole, as a mark of derision ; 
to hang up thus : Kia whakairia koe i runga o 
Waiwhetu—B, T., 182. 

Tahitian — iri, to lodge, or stick up, in a 
thing or place ; faa-lri, to cause a thing to be 
lodged or placed ; to use or put up a board for 
any purpose. Hawaiian— ili, to strike, rub, 
or scrape on the ground : as a canoe to run 
aground : the stranding of a ship : Hi iho la 
ka halelana; The vessel stranded. (5.) To 
come upon one, as a blessing or a curse ; (c.) 
to fall to one, as an inheritance : A Hi mai no 
ianona keiki ; It became the heritage of the 
children. Hoo-iti, to cause one to inherit ; (6.) 
to bring upon one, as evil ; (c.) to lade, as a 
beast of burden; hoo-iliili, to collect, gather, 
as fruits of harvest, fuel, <&c. ; to lay up, to 
heap together. Tongan — iti, what is reserved 
or kept for reproduction ; faka-ili, seed. Pan- 
motan— iri, to be put up in a place, to lodge. 
Rarotongan — ri, to haiig, to hang up : Kua 
karanga atura te ariki, * Ka ri iaia i runga '; 
The long said, * Hang him up.' Ext. Poly. : 
Malay— cf. in, a rack, a manger. Java — 
cf. iris, to carve. 

IRIIRt, to perform ceremonies over anew-born 
child : I ahua ai hei tuahu mo te tamaiti i te 
wa i iriin ai—A, H. M., v. 66. [See also Tua, 
and ToTO.] Hence : 2. To baptise. 
Tahitian — cf. uhiairi, a ceremony, per- 
formed when the naval string is cut. Ha- 
w^aiian— cf. Hi, to lay upon one, to make 
responsible; the descent of property from 
parents to children. 

IRlNQATAU,thenameof abird, the Silver-Eye 
(Om. Zosteropt ccendescens). 

IRI RANG!, having a divine sound, 




IRO, a maggot, fly-blow ; a thread-wonn : Iro te 
iro, homai kia kainga — ^ProT. : Kaputa nga iro 
Tutakahinahina ki reinga — Wohl., Trans., 
yii. 82. [See oomparativeB of Mzbo, to rub.] 

Sainoan — iloj a worm or maggot in putrid 
fle^ or ulcers : E liloia foi i laua i ilo ; The 
maggots shall cover them. Cf. filo, a thread. 
Tahitian — iro, a maggot, a worm. Cf. hiro, 
to spin, twist ; airoiro, small maggots ; small 
fibrous roots of plants. Haivailan— ilo, a 
maggot, a worm : Ua paapu ko^u kino i ka iio ; 
My flerii is covered with maggots. (6.) A worm 
consuming vegetables; fc.) worms of various 
kinds ; iloilo, wormy, full of worms. Tongan 
— cf. e/b, putrid, stinldng ; filofilOf to twist, as 
a thread. Mangarevan — iro, maggots; (6.) 
worms in the body, or in animals. Cf. hiro, 
to twist ; trot, to roll about, to make contor- 
tions; irokopapa, worms in breadfruit paste. 
Ext. Poly.: Motu — cf. uUnUo, maggots. 
Flji—cf. uloulo, maggots. 

Whaka-IRO, to carve, to adorn with carving; 
carved, ornamented : Ko te tupuna tenei o te 
itoi mohio ki te tohakairo, o Ngatikahungunu — 
G.-6., 29. [For origin of wood carving, see 
BuAPUPUKS.] The word is sometimes used for 
stone carving: Kohatu whakapakoko, kohatu 
whakairo. (Cf. tro, maggots, worms ; perhaps 
through some fanciful resemblance between 
carving and worm-eaten wood ?) 2. Tattooed : 
Te tohu Manaia i kitea at, ko tetahi wahi o 
te ringa, he mea whakairo — P. M., 94. 

Whalta-IROIRO, to carve; carved. 2. Varie- 
gated; striped with colours. 8. To deal 
crookedly, to deceive. Cf . toAdtro, to be dimly 
seen ; imperfectly understood. 
Saxnoan— fa'a-ilo, to make known, to show; 
fa*a-iloga, a mark, a sign ; to mark, distinguish. 
Haivaiian~hoo-lloilo, and hoiloilo, to pre- 
dict, to guess, to tell beforehand. Cf. hoilo, 
wintry, the winter months. Tongan — Iro, 
knowledge, understanding ; to know ; to find ; 
to discern; iloga, asign, mark; iloilo, prudent, 
to act prudently; faka-ilo, to discover, reveal ; 
to promise; faka-iloilo, to distinguish; to 
know ; to call to mind; faJta-iloga, a sign, a 
mark, a proof; to signify. Cf. tlohele, cun- 
ning, as a bird that knows the snare ; tairo, to 
mark, to point out, to select ; tairoiro, a sooth- 
sayer; to foretell. Mangarevan — aka- 
iroga, a mark, a sign, to mark ; (b.) a small 
man. Mangaian—^f. tairo, to mark, to take 
notice. Aniivan—jro, to know; faka-iro, to 
teach : Tomotua kei fakairo ; Able to teach. 
Paumotan— faka-iro, to aim at a mark; (6.) 
to domineer, to subdue. Cf. tairo, to mark, to 
stamp. Moriori— hoko-airo, to carve. 

ITA, tight, fast, secure. Cf . kita, tightly, fast ; 
nptta, firm, secure. [For comparatives, see 

Whaka-ITA, to hold fast, to restrain. For com- 
paratives, see EiTA.] 

ITAU. a girdle for the waist. Cf. ^ttoii, a small 
waist-mat ; whitau, the prepared fibre of flax 
{Fhormium) ; tau, Uie string of a garment. 

ITAU PA, an interjection expressing " There, you 
see 1 " or " Very well, then." 

ITI, ) small : I rite ahau ki ia manu, ki ia 

ITIITI,! manu — manu iti—fnanu rahi—V. M., 

21. Cf. meroiti, small ; matttttt, a youth, a 

young man; tp^ttt, narrow; hiUii narrow; 

riH, small [see Tongan] ; tamaiti, a child ; 
potiki, a child [see Tt^itian and MarqnesanJ . 

Whaka^lTI, to abase, to humiliate. 

Sainoan — itiiti, small, little : Ua lagona at 
foi o^u taliga nai mea itiiti ; My ear heard of 
sinall things. Fa*a-itiiti, to make smaller, to 
diminish ; to abridge. Cf. to*at{ti(t, few per* 
sons; laitiiti, smidl. Tahitian — iti, small, 
little : E iti & tena, o tau tane, i ravehia e oe 
na I Is it a small thing that you have taken 
away my hnsbuid? (6.) Slender; itiiti, very 
little ; diminished ; faa-iti, to reduce, to dimi- 
nish in size ; to lessen in rank or influence ; 
faa-iti iti, to diminish by little and little, to 
reduce by degrees. Cf. ottt, a small, con- 
tracted passage ; a small place, a little comer ; 
paitif to ga^er small things; potiti, small, 
diminutive; puiti, small. Ha^iraiian — iki, 
small, diminutive; a little: E una iki aepaha 
ka pono; To help a little perhaps will be well. 
(6.) Not at all ; (c.) nearly : Ike iki lakou ia 
ia e pai wale mai ana no Uuna o ka ilikai ; He 
just saw him rising above the surface of the 
sea. Iki iki, confinedness. straitness, want of 
room ; (6.) severe pain ; panting for breath ; 
strangulation ; (c.) dose and hot, as the con- 
fined air of a crowded room ; (<f.) tight, as a 
bandage ; hoo-iki, to make small ; spare ; to 
hold back. Cf. haikit narrow; pinched for 
room ; suffering from want of food ; desolate ; 
to be bereaved ; keiki, a child, a descendant ; 
the young of animals. Tongan — iki, small 
(not the regular letter-change, as in Hawai- 
ian) ; faka-ikiiki, to cut into small pieces. Cf. 
ikimoa^ to tear in pieces ; oneiki, fine sand ; 
^'tt, small, little ; tanuijii, a little boy. Mar- 
quesan — iti, little ; a few. Cf. poiti, a little 
boy. Mangarevan — iti, small ; a little : E 
ora koeite tagata iU f Will you be saved by a 
small man? Aka-iti, to diminish; aka-itiiti, 
to make very small. Cf. aiti, narrow, strait ; 
kiJti, children, little ones; kui-iti, an aunt 
(** little mother**) ; teiti, a child, infant ; the 
pupil of the eye, place of vision (as in English, 
".'looking babies in her eyes"?); teitiiti, a 
new-bom child. Aniwan — cf. «t>t, small. 
(Cf. the Tongan jtt, small.) Rarotongan— 
iti, small: E riri iti oki toku; I was a little 
displeased. Cf. meangiti, small. Ext. Poly. : 
Aneityum — cf. i^jisji, light rain. The fol- 
lowing words mean " small " : — Malagasy, 
kitikia; Kddystone Island, itiki; Ma- 
lay, chi; Bouton, kidikidi ; Ternate, 
ichiichi; Wahai, kiiti; Bajan, didiki; 
New Britain, ik; Lepers' Island, biti; 
Fate, kiki ; San Cristoval, (Fagani,) 

ITIITI (myth.), a sister of Bupe. She went with 
otheri] of Tinirau's people to the capture of 
Eae. Itiiti niight be a name of Hina, (Maui 
and Bupe having no other sister that we know 
of,) but Hina*s name, as Hine-i-te-iwaiwa, is 
mentioned as that of one of the same party— 
P. M., 57 ; A. H. M., i. 85. [See Kjls.] 

ITO, an object of revenge : Ka huikui mai nga 
iwi ki te matakitaki ta ratou ito — ^P. M., 152. 
Cf. tito, revenge; object of revenge; t4tti, 
satisfaction for injuries received. 
Tahitian— of. tto, to be watohful, active ; 
ttotto, stimulating, arousing ; aito, mis- 
ohievous, fierce, warlike; faa^UtOf to make 
equal to a measure. 




rrUPAOA ) (myth.), a god brought by the Maori 
rrUPAWAj from Hawaiki.— p. M., 102. It was 

preseryed at Mokoia, in Lake Botoroa. — Ika, 

31 : M. S., 171. 

IWA,miie: Na ka tatau ano te wahint ra^ ka 
toe hi te iwa — P. M., 51 ; also iwha (South 
Island) : Hiki ka teharUf hiki ka iwha—Vfobl., 
TranB., tu. 43. 

Samoan — iva, nine : Ua uma mcuina e iva 
maato e luafulu ; At the end of nine months 
and twenty days. Tahitian — iva, nine. 
Also aiva, nine, in counting : E lu^m no na 
opu e iva ; To give to the nine tribes. Aivaiva, 
great in quantity, abundant. Ha^iralian — 
iwa, nine. Also aiwa, and eiwa : Auhea la na 
mea eiwa I Where are the nine? Tongan — 
hiva, nine : Bea ke nofo ae vahe e hiva hi he 
gaaM kolo kehe ; And nine parts to dwell in 
other towns. Cf. hivagofulu, ninety; hiva- 
geaUf nine hundred. Rarotongan — iva, 
nine : Kare aina aia e vaoo i te iva ngauru e 
iva ara t Does he not leave the ninety and 
nine? Mangarevan — iva, nine. Ani- 
wan — iva, nine (iva ma iva^ by nines) ; 
faka-iva, ninth. Futuna~iva, nine. £zt. 
Poly. : The following words mean *' nine " :: — 
Fiji, ctiffa (tAiwa) ; (eiwa-tagafulu^ ninety) ; 
Malagasy, tivy ; Sulu, tiam; Sikayana, 
tivo; Lampong, tiwah; Maine, iva; 
Magindano, giaou; Paxnpong, tiam; 
Tagal, nyam; Cajeli, tiwa; Massa- 
ratty, cAta; Amblaiv, tttra; Amboyna, 
tiwa; Saparua, tiva; Cerain (four dia- 
lects), siwa; Gah, eia; Wahai, tia; Teor, 
nicer: Mysol, «t. 

IWI, a bone : Mava ake hoki nga iwi o to raua 
papa — P. M., 60. Cf. koiun^ a skeleton; 
whakakiwit to look aside [see Tongan and 
Samoan]; iwikore, without strength. 2. A 
tribe : Ko ia te rangatira o tera Iwi o Waitaha 
—P. M., 143. 

Samoan— 'ivi, a bone: Na tetemu aioo*u 
*ivi uma ; Which made all my bones shake. 
(6.) A portion of the back of a cooked pig ; (c.) 
the keel of a canoe ; (d.) bony, applied to the 
eye when ooTered with a film ; 'i'ivi, bony. 
Cf. *ivi*atute, the jaw-bone; *ivi^ato*ato, the 
ribs; Hvi*ivima*a*at strong, hard-boned; Hvi- 
fatafata, the breast-bone; Hvifoe^ the shoulder- 
blade ; Hvitu, the spine ; gaug^ivi, a joint ; 
tuativif the back-bone ; a chain of mountains ; 
tiuuivivaet the shin. Tahitian — ivi, a bone 
of any sort : Eiaha roa hoi to hoe ivi ia fati ia 
(wtott ; Neither shall you break a bone of it. 
(h,) A widow : E riro ta outou mau vahine ei 
ivi; Your wives shall be widows, (c.) One 
who falls in battle ; (d.) a place of ghosts, in 
or about the mount Mehani, in Baiatea. Haa- 
ivi, to pretend to be a widow. Cf. ivitiaio, ^e 
spine of any animal; ivituanioo, the spine; 
tuaivif the slope of a mountain ridge. Raro- 
tongan — ivi, a bone : E kua akaki i to ratou 

au ngai ra hi te ivi tangata ; He filled their 
places with the bones of men. (6.) A tribe. 
Cf. tuaivi, a hill. Morlori — imi, a bone. 
Futuna — ivi, a bone. Mangarevan*— ivi, 
a bone ; (6.) a fish-bone ; (c.) a family ; (d.) a 
genealogy ; («.) a parent, relative ; (/.) a small 
hill. Cf. ivituat the backbone; ivituapa, 
robust ; tvituopu, hunch-backed ; ivikaki^ the 
neck-bone; kcivi^ a bone; the human skele- 
ton. Haivaiian — iwi, a bone : Holehole iho 
la lakou i na iwi o Lono ; They skinned the 
bones of Bongo (Captain Cook). (6.) The 
midrib of a leaf ; (c.) the side of an upland 
hill of kalo (taro) ; (d.) a ooooanut shell ; the 
rind of sugar-cane ; (e.) boundary stones ; (/.) 
any hard, broken material; (g.) (Fig.) near 
kindred ; iwiiwt, poor in flesh, thin (" bony"). 
Cf. iwialaloy the under jawbone; tiria, the 
jawbone ; iwikanaka, a human bone ; iwikua- 
moo, the backbone; the bones of the back; 
iwipona, a joint. Tongan— Cf. ivi, the edge 
of a plank or board ; iviivi, the edges or 
comers of wood, as of a square log ; strong, 
as one whose veins appear large and full; 
kivi, sunk, applied to the eyes; bUnd (cf. 
Samoan Hvi), Marquesan— ivi, a bone: 
Te ivi a ke mai una te tai o Havaii ; Stretch 
thy bones hither, over the sea of Hawaiki. 
{b.) Thin, emaciated : Iviivi koe, Ton are very 
thm. Cf. koivi, the body; female; a sow; 
puivi, thin, nothing but bones. Ext. Poly. : 
Sikayana — cf. iwi, a bone; Solomon 
Islands— cf. ewa, a wife. 

IWI K A U, extreme leanness. Cf. iiri^r«, weak ; 
iwingohe, infirm. [For comparatives, see Iwi, 
and Eau, only.] 

IWIKORE, weak, without strength. Cf. iwi, a 
bone; kore, without; iwikau, leoji; iwingohe, 
infirm. [For comparatives, see Iwi, and 

IWINQOHE, infirm. Cf. iwi, a bone; ngohe- 
ngohe, flaccid ; iwikore, weak. [For compara- 
tives, see Iwi, and Ngohxnoohb.] 

IWIPUPU (myth.), the wife of Tamatea-Pokai- 
whenua. She was mother of Kahungunu. — 
A. H. M., iii. 78. 

IWITUARARO, the spine. Cf. iwi, a bone ; tua, 
behind; tuara, the back; iwituaroa, the 
backbone. [For comparatives, see Iwi, and 


IWITUAROA, the spine : Takahia ana e Maui te 
iwituaroa — ^P. M., 28. Cf. tun, a bone ; tua, 
behind; ttuira, the back; iwituararo, the 
spine. [For comparatives, see Iwi, Tua, 
and Boa.] 

IWI-WHENUA, the chief whose power ia greatest 
in the land. Cf. ivH, a bone; a tribe; 
whenua, land. [For comparatives, see Iwi, 
and Wheitca.] 

IWHA, nine. [See Iwa.] 





Ky^ an inoeptire particle. It is used to denote 
' one action changing to another, or the 
commencement of another occorrenoe: Ka 
pahure atu hi waho toratou whaea^ ka maranga 
ake taua nauhea ra, ka titiro atu i te ?iaeata- 
tanga o U whatitoka^V, M., 16. 2. (At the 
beginning of a sentence) When, as soon as : 
Ka mutu te miharo a ona hoa ki a ia, ka tonoa 
atu ia kia haere atu kia rapu i a raua — ^P. M., 

Samoan — a, when : Pe ae nofo i Urn faU ; 
When yon sit in jonr honse. (6.) A sign of 
the fntore tense, when near at hand ; (c.) a 
sign of the dual and plnral before the pro- 
nouns ; % bat ; (h,) if. Haivaiian — a, 
when: A ia oukau i ai ai, a i inu at hoi; 
When yon ate, and when yon drank. (6.) 
Then ; (c.) there ; (d,) until ; («.) and then. 
Tongan—cf. ka^ but, if, for, although, not- 
withstanding, neyertheless. Marquesan — 
of. fta, a mark of the optative and imperative. 
Mangarevan — cf. fta, a particle signifying 
the subjunctive or imperative mood of a 
verb: placed before a verb, following the 
particle ai^ signifies the future tense ; placed 
before a numeral, gives an ordinal value, as 
ftatat, first; ftarua, second. Ext. Poly.: Fiji~ 
cf. fta, a sign of the past tense ; sometimes of 
the future. Malay — cf. ka, to, after, <fec., 
much used as a prefix ; kalima, fifth. Mala- 
gasy — cf. ka, that, so that, so as, but, not- 
withstanding. : 

KA, plural article. South Island dialect for nga 
Otira he nui ke atu ka korero a ka tangata — 
A. H. M., i. 17. [See Noi.] 

KA (kh), to bum, to be lighted, to take fire : Ka 
tahuna te ahi, ka ka — P. M.,45. Pass, kangia. 
Cf. pUkHklt, hot; kanaku, fire; karahu, an 
oven ; pbhUhiij hot ; pStk^kh, scorched. 

KAKA {kakdL), red-hot. 

Samoan— *a*a8a, to be glowing hot; (5.) 
(Fig.) to be ardent ; fa'a-'a'asa, to make red- 
hot ; fa'a-'asa'aBEi to be nasty, hot-tempered, 
hasty. Tahitlan — a, the state of combustion 
or burning well ; to be in a burning state ; (b.) 
prepared, as food by roasting, boiling, baking, 
&o, ; aa, to be done, or overdone, as cooked 
food ; (6.) to be in a state of burning fiercely ; 
to be burning, as a plurality of fires ; faa-aa, 
to kindle fire, to make it bum well ; (b.) to 
cause food to be well-cooked ; (c.) to tease, or 
provoke to anger. Cf. aama, to be burning 
brightly aud v^emently, as a large fire ; bright, 
shining clear, as a lamp or fire; ahi, fire. 
Ha^iraiian — a, to bum, as a fire ; to blaze, 
as a flame ; fiery, burning : Ua a mai ke ahi 
ma ka waha ; The fire burned in their mouths. 
lb,) To bum, as jealousy or anger : E a anei 
kau liU me he ahi la t Will your jealousy bum 
like fire ? Aa, to bum fiercely or furiously, as 
fire ; (6.) to bum constantly ; (c.) to be bold, to 
dare ; (d.) to challenge ; («.) to venture ; (/.) 
to accept a challenge; to act presumptuously ; 
{g,) spiteful, quick ; angry ; roguish, mis- 
chievous; hoo-aa, to light, as a lamp; to 
kindle, as a fire; to bum, as anger. Cf. 
aakokot red-hot ; aakaka^ the dear burning of 

the heavenly bodies on a fine night ; ahi, fire. 
Tongan — kakaha, hot, fiery, painful ; faka- 
kakaha, to make very hot. Rarotongan — 
ka, to bum : E ka ratau i te ai ; They shall 
bum in the fire. Marquesan — cf. kaaea, 
reddish, fire-coloured. Mangarevan — ka, 
to kindle ; (b.) to sing, said of a cock crowing 
at dawn ; aka-ka, to kindle ; dry wood, for 
kindling fire ; kaka, yellow ; red ; vermillion, 
bright rod. CI kakara^a, ochre, yellow earth 
burnt to redness (cf. Tahitian araea, red 
earth). Paumotan — kakaia, sparkling. Cf. 
kamo and kaiw.'pa'na'pa, to shine, glitter ; kana- 
kaiia, to shine brightly ; kama, to re-kindle ; 
haka-kama, to put fire to ; karUga, fire. 
Futuna — ka, to kindle; kaka (kakh), bril- 
liant. Ext. Poly.: Motu — cf. kakakaka, 
red ; any bright colour. Aneityum — cf . 
aeat, to bum ; hot, burning ; eat, to bom ; 
pungent. Fiji — cf. kakana, burnt (of a 
person's body) ; kama, burnt. Sulu — cf . kayit, 
fire. Sllong — of. kalat, heat, to bum. 

KAE (myth.), the name of a magician, who, after 
borrowing Tutunui, the pet whale of Tiniran 
the Lord of Fishes, maliciously killed it, and 
then witih his tribe feasted on the body. In 
revenge for this, Tinirau sent a party of 
women, who, by their dances and a magic 
song, lulled Eae to sleep, and then carried 
him off to Tinirau's house. On Eae's waking 
from his enchanted slumber, Tinirau taunted 
him with his treacheiy, and then slew him. 
(P. M., 65 ; S. T., 65.) Mumuteawha, the 
God of Whales, was vexy angry with Eae for 
the death of Tutunui. (G.-8, 29.) A Southern 
version, given by Wohlers, differs much in 
detail. According to this account, Tinirau, 
mounted on Tutunui, met Eae, who was in a 
canoe. Eae borrowed Tutunui, and Tiniian 
went on his way in search of Hine-te-iwaiwa, 
borrowing a laige nautilus as his steed from 
his friend Tautini. It was by the smell of the 
south wind that Tinirau knew that his whale 
was being roasted. In this account the sleep 
incantation is given. The Samoan version 
differs, inasmuch as Ae (Eae) was a Tongan, 
who attached himself to the Samoan chief, 
Tinilau, whose joumeys were made on the 
backs of two turtles. Tinilau knew of the 
death of his pets by the coming of a bloody 
wave. He called a meeting of all the avenging 
gods, who, assembling, went to Ac's house, 
found him asleep, picked him up, and laid 
him in the house of Tinilau. Ae, not knowing 
that he was in Tinilau's house, began talking 
about ** the pig, my master *' ; he was at once 
killed, cooked, and eaten. A point of interest 
in the New Zealand story is that Eae^s house 
is said to be of a shape which is either Samoan 
or Mehmesian. Eae was known to the women 
by the gap in his front teeth (hence the pro- 
verb, " Ka kata Kae^'—V. M., 39) ; so also 
Poporokewa was known (P. M., 66); and the 
descendants of Poporokewa are said to have 
eaten the whale (P. M., 61 ; see also A. H. M., 
ii. 129, 131, 188, <feo. Also we may compare 
the Mangarevan verb, aka-kae, to have pain 




mtbe month from having eaten anwholesome 

fish). Both Tiniraa and Eae are mentioned 

ID in old Mangaian song, called Karaponga'B 

dirge in honour of Bam : — 

* Tema oa U toki paekaeha a TiMmu, 
TanMa i U rani/i U upoko o Eae'* 

" This is the axe greatly coveted by Tiniran, 
Now uplifted a^dnst the head of &ae." 

MEA, to wander. Cf. kaewaj wandering ; aewa, 
to vander ; maewa^ to wander. 

Hawaiian — aea. to wander from a place ; 
vudering ; a wanderer, a vagabond : A e aea 
tfM ha €ukou poe keiki ; Your children shall 
vandiT. (6.) To go astray morally; (c.) to 
remove, or be removed ; ho-aea, to pretend to 
vmder. Cf. hokuaea, ( = M. whetu-ka^a^) a 
pUnet ; kuea, a wanderer ; kuewat to wander 
aboQt, to be unstable, a vagabond. Tahitlan 

-d. aea^ the concave part of a crooked piece 
d timber ; faa-aea^ to make a curve. Tongan 
— cf. kaea, to deride, mock (as at an outcast ?). 

KAEAEA, the Sparrow-hawk ; also kaiaia (kaiaid) 
(Orn. Hieracidea nova-zelandia) : Ka puta atu 
a lamure ki waho, ka kite aia i te kaeaea — 
A. H. M., iv. 90. 2. A simpleton. Cf . kaea, 
to wander. 

UEAEA, to act like a hawk ; to look rapaciously. 
Cf. hUaih, a sparrow-hawk ; kaih, to steal. 
Mangarevan— cf. kaevaeva^ the name of a 
bird. Tongan— cf. kaihaa, to steal. Mar- 
quesan — cf. kaeva, used in the phrase, A 
haw i te tova kaeva, to make war for the sake 
of getting victims. [See also comparatives of 

KAEO, the name of a freshwater shell-fish : Me 
U kaeo, me te kiripaka—V, M., 157. 2. A 
bulbous- rooted seaweed. 

KAEHO (myth.), a chief of pre-diluvian times — 
A. a M., i. 169. 

KAEWA, wandering. Cf. kaea^ to wander ; aewa, 
to wander; maewa, to wander. 2. Loose, 
slack. 3. Detached. [For comparatives, see 


KAHA, strong : He tangata kaha tenet ki te wha- 
«• to— 0.-8, 30. Cf. kaha, a rope [see the 
Samoan]. 2. Loud, strong-voiced: Kihai % 
^ka U ngunguTU—V. M., 173. 

Whaka-KAHA, to strengthen : Kia mahara ki a 
oa, vhakahangia hoki aiuzu— Whak., xvi. 28. 
Samoan— 'afa, to be fit, proper; (6.) to be 
fit (or making smnet; of cocoanuts, neither 
too old nor too young ; (c.) to be fit only for 
plaiting sinnet ; [d.) sinnet, the cord plaited 
^m eoooannt bark ; *afa'afa, strong, robust 
(ipplied to men). Tongan— kakafa, large, 
growing (applied to animals). Marquesan 
— cf. kaha, the power of life and death given 
^ the priests ; keha, force, vigour. Tahi- 
tian— ahaaha, rapidity, swiftness to pursue, 
AS a warrior his enemy. Cf. ahavai, sinnet 
inade strong by steeping in the mire of a bog ; 
(fig.) a strong, active person. [This word is 
probably allied to the next : see comparatives 
ofnext word, Kaha.] 

KAHA, a rope, especially on the edge of a seine 
net: Kia wkakarahia te kaha ki runga—F, M., 
140. 2. The lashings of the attached sides 
invawa) of a canoe : Katahi ratou ka tahuri 
n ie tapatapahi i nga kaha o nga waka — 
1^-M.,165. 3. The boundary-line of land, (&o. 

4. A net, a snare : Me ta kite kaha—Wobl., 
Trans., vii. 35 : Hei taeke mana, ara hei kaha 
— MSS. 6. A line of ancestry ; lineage. 

Samoan— 'afa, sinnet, the cord plaited from 
the fibre of the cocoanut husk, largely used 
instead of nails for house and boat-building ; 
(b.) to be fit, proper ; (c.) to be fit for making 
sinnet ; (d.) to be fit only for making sinnet. 
Cf. afa, the mesh-stick used in making nets ; 
*afa*afai, to wind sinnet round the handle of 
a weapon to prevent it slipping; 'a/a*t'o, a 
hank of sinnet ; *afaxUo, the rope along the 
top of a fishing net ; *afailaugutu, to draw 
people with words, as with a string ; ^a/apala, 
sinnet stained black by steeping it in the black 
mud of a swamp ; *afata*ai, a roll of sinnet ; 
ala'afa, the mark made by sinnet when tied 
round the body. Tahitlan — aha, sinnet 
made out of cocoanut husk ; (6.) the first of 
the enemy slain in battle (a piece of aha was 
tied to the body) ; ahaahai rapidity, swiftness 
to pursue, as a warrior his enemy; neat, 
smart, of good carriage. Cf. aa, the fibrous 
substance that grows on the cocoanut tree ; 
ahataina, tough ; ahatatai, the sinnet fasten- 
ing the barbs at the end of a fish-spear ; 
ahavai, black sinnet, made strong and coloured 
in the mire of some bog ; (fig.) a strong, hardy, 
and active person ; araaha, part of a canoe, 
sewn together with sinnet ; tuiaha, to devote 
to the service of some god by marking with 
aha (sinnet). Hawaiian — aha, a cord 
braided from the husk of the cocoanut : He 
au, he koi, he aha, he pale ; A handle, an axe, 
a cord, a sheath. (6.) A cord braided from 
human hair ; (c.) strings made from the intes- 
tines of animals; (d.) the name of a small 
piece of wood around which was wound a piece 
of kapa Uapa^ native cloth), and held in the 
hand of tne priest whilst offering sacrifice ; (e.) 
the name of a certain prayer of great power 
and efficacy, supposed to be so sacred as to 
hold the kingdom together as with a cord; 
hoo-ahai to make or braid together the strings 
for a calabash; to tie up a calabash. Cf. 
ahamaka, a piece of doth fastened between 
two posts, and swinging between ; a brave 
man, skilled in war. Mangaian — kaa, string 
made of cocoanut fibre. Tongan— kaf a, the 
cordage made from the fibres of the cocoanut 
husk ; faka-kafa, to supply kafa for any work ; 
to make a collar for a dog with kafa, &q. Cf. 
kafai, to bind, to wrap up with kafa ; kafaga, 
a kind of strop for keeping the feet together in 
climbing; kafakafai, to make nets of kafa 
round anything fragile ; kafaki, to climb, to 
ascend; motukafa, to break away from res- 
traint. Marquesan— cf. keikaha, the bark 
of the cocoanut. Mangarevan — kaha, a 
plait of cocoanut thread : Eki kaha, motu 
hoki ; With a rope of kaha, broken also. Cf. 
natikaha, to strangle with a cord of cocoanut 
fibre (as a religious ceremony) ; purukaka, a 
filament of cocoanut. Ext. Poly.: Fiji — cf. 
kava, a roll of sinnet. 

KANAKA (khhaka), a calabash. 

KAHAKAHA, a kind of garment : He kahakaha 
ona kakahu—V. M., 131. 2. The name of a 
plant (Bot. Astelia cuntUnghami). 

KAHAKI, to carry off by force : Kahaki Umu atu 
i a Bona, te rakau, me tana taha wai — M. M., 




167. 2. The strap by which to fasten a load 
on one's back. 8. A master ; the owner of a 
slave. [See Kawbaxi.] 

KAHAKORE, weak, strengthless : E kore e taea e 
te tangata kahakore — ^P. M., 17. Cf. kaha^ 
strong; kore, not; without. [For compara- 
tives, see Kaha., and Kobe.] 

KAHARARO, the rope on the lower edge of a 
seine net. Gf. kaha^ a rope ; raro^ under, be- 
neath. [For comparatives, see Eaha, and 

KAHAROA, a large seine or drag net. Gf. kaha^ 
a rope, especially on the edge of a seine ; roa^ 
long. [For comparatives, see Kaha and Boa.] 

KAHARUNQA, the rope on the upper edge of a 
seine. Gf. kaha^ a rope ; runga^ above. [For 
comparatives, see Eaha, and Bunoa.] 

KAHAWAI, the name of a fish (Ich. ArripU 
ialar) : To kahawai ngak nut, aroaro tahitri 
ke — Prov. 



KAHENO, untied. Gf. maheno, to be untied; 
paheno, to become untied. 

KAHEREHERE, forest (South Island torngahere) : 
Na raua i rere noa atu ki te kaherehere — 
A. H. M., 1. 31. 

KAHERU {kiliheru)^ a spade or other instrument 
for working fche soil : Ka taraia he kaheru, ka 
Tonga he kete — P. M., 11. Gf. herut a comb ; 
a fiah-spear. 

K AH 1, a wedge. Gf . makahit a wedge ; matakahi, 
a wedge. 2. Membrum virile. 8. Ancient. Gf . 
kahika, ancient. 

KAHIA (kahia), the name of a plant (Hot. Pasn- 
flora tetandra). 2. The image of a human 
figure carved out of a pa fence. 

KAHIKA, ancient, the ancients : He itoi kotahi te 
Maori i te whenua i maunu mai at t nga ra o 
nga kahika — G.-8, 17. Gf. kahi, ancient. 
2. A chief of high rank. [See Eauatz.] 

KAHIKA {kahlka)f \ the name of a tree, 

KAHIKATEA (kah\katea),f the White Pine (Hot. 
Podocarpus daerydioides). The fruit i^ called 
kor(A„ Kia kite kau atu i te woo kahikatea ki 
Tapapaki — G. P., 171 : He koronga nahaku ki 
toe an ki nga uru kahika — MSS. (Myth.) The 
mother or tutelary goddess of this tree was 

KAH I KATOA {kahikhtoa)^ the name of a tree (Hot. 
Leptospermum scoparium) : Ko te kahikatoa, 
hei whare mo Kahukura, i mam ai a Kahu- 
hura — Ika, 117. (Myth.) The mother or tute- 
lary goddess of this tree was Huri-mai-te-ata. 

KAHIKOMAKO, (or Kaikbmako,) the name of a 
tree (Bot. Peimantia corymbota). 

KAH ITU A, the name of a shell-fish. 

KAHIWAHIWA {khhiwahiwa), intensely dark. 
Cf. hiwa^ watchful, wakefai. 

KAHIWI, the ridge of a hill. Cf. hiwi, the ridge 
of a bill. [For comparatives, see Hiwi.] 

KAHO, the name of a plant (Bot. Linum mono- 

KAHO| a batten for the roof of a house: Te 
tahuhu, nga heke^ nga kaho — G. P., 394. Cf. 

kakaho, reedografla; kahoteat roofless; kaokao, 
the ribs. 
Saxnoan — 'aso, the small rods or rafters in 
the roof of a native house. Gf . ^oMomoamoa, 
the *a$o next the ridge-pole. Ha'viraiian — 
aho, the name of the small sticks used in 
building. Tahitian — aho. the rafter of a 
house. Tongan — kaho, we reed; (6.) an 
arrow; (c.) the ribs or lines in any work; 
faka-kaho, to rib, or divide by lines; faka- 
kahokaho, broad, deep lines or ribs. Cf. kahoa^ 
to tie or hang round the neck ; a necklace ; 
tagakaho, a quiver, the bamboo for holding 
arrows. Marquesan — kaho, a cross-piece 
of wood which binds the rafters of a house. 
Mangare van — kaho, the rafters of a house ; 
kahokaho, long, weU-muade fingers ; (5.) sugar- 
cane; kao, a rafter. Cf. kaokore, a rafter; 
matikao, a finger. Mangaian^kao, small 
rafters of a house : E moe^ e te kao noou te are; 
Oh, smaller rafters of the house, sleep on I 
Ext. Poly. : Aneityum— Hsf . nelcau, a rafter. 
Fiji — cf. kaso^ the cross beams to which the 
deck of a canoe is fastened. Malagasy — of. 
kakazo, a piece of wood ; a tree. Kayan — 
cf. ka$o, a rafter. Sulu — of. kasau^ a rafter. 
Malay— cf. kaeauj a rafter. 

KAHORE (klihore), no ; not ; none ; also kaore : 
A ka mea mai ia *Kahore /' — ^Hoh., v. 4. Cf. 
hore, not; ahore, no, not; kore, not. 2. On 
the contrary. 

Whaka-KAHORE, to deny ; to refuse : Ka whahi' 
kahore Uma papa — Een., xlviii. 19. 
Tahitian — aorOi no, not ; none : Aore ra te 
hoe i hio mai i muri ; None shall look back. 
Haivaiian — aole. not ; no ; an universal ne- 
gative. Also found as aohe, ohe, olOi and aoe : 
Hookahi no maJtamaka^ o oe no, aole o hai ; 
One only friend, thou art he, there is no other. 
(6.) To deny, to refuse to do a thing ; (c.) not 
to be ; no existence. Mangaian— cf. kare^ 
no, not ; aore^ not, nothing. Marquesan — 
cf. kako^t not, not at all (kakore) ; aoe, not, 
no. Mangarevan^Ksf. kakore, no. 

KAH GTE A, having no covering on the roof. Gf. 
kaho, a rafter ; tea, white ; atea, clear. [For 
comparatives, see Eaho, and Tea.] 

KAHU (myth.), a chief sent to attack Whakatau, 
when the latter attempted to bum Te Tibi-o- 
Manono [see Whakatau] . The story is very 
dim, and there is a play upon the names of 
Eahu (hawk,) and Eaiaia (sparrowhawk). l^ese 
chiefs flew, and were caught with nooses — 
S. T., 69. 

KAHU (khhui^, a hawk, the Harrier (Om. Circus 
gouldii) : Whakaputa ki te toru ka hake te 
kahur-A, H. M., iv. 16. 2. A boy's kite. 
(Myth.) On his kite Tawhaki ascended to hea- 
ven — ^A. H. M., i. 129. The hawk was a god 
of file, and a child of Mahuika, the fire god- 
dess — A. H. M., ii. 71. 

Whaka-KAHU, to take the shape of a hawk : Na, 
peo ana mai a Maui, kiM whakakahu — Wohl., 
Trans., vii. 38. 

Ext. Poly. : Malagasy — cf. papango, a kite 
(hawk) ; papangohazo, a paper Kite. 

KAHU, the surface : Te kahu^-te-rangi, the blue 
sky; also kahuraki, blue sky— A. H. M., i. 80. 
Probably heaven or sky personified, in the 
allusion, E Kahu i te rangi, tena to iramu^ — 
G. P., 153. 2. A garment : WhUikia tou kahu 




i U ata ka whanake^JA. M., 178. Cf. kahu- 
fturt, a mat oovezed with kiwi's feathers; 
iahmtitnilot a mat with ornamental border. 
3. A covering : Ka kuna atu i nga kakahu o 
Tawkakir-~F. M., 60. Gf. ahu, to heap up. 
KAKAHU {khkaku), a mat made of fine flax ; (6.) 
to pat on, as a garment : Ka noho hi raro, 
kakahu ai i ona — P. M., 41. 

Whaka-KAKAH U, to clothe : Ka whakakakahuria 
a Mva ki nga kaka?iu pai — ^A. H. M., i. 11. 
Saxnoan — 'afu, a wrapper of riapo (native 
doth made from the bark of the paper mul- 
berry), oaed as a sheet ; to wrap up in the *afu ; 
ft*afu, to wrap np in a sheet; *afu'afu, the 
peritonetan; (5.) the hymen; (c.) a tme bro- 
ther. Cf. afuloiOt bedclothes nsed mider the 
tamamu (mosquito curtain). Tahitian — 
ahu, cloth and garments of all descriptions: 
£ aku hoi i te ahu e ; Change your garments. 
Aahu, a piece of cloth ; cloth in general ; faa- 
ahu, to clothe, to put on clothes: Efaaahu 
vau ia*na i te ahu no oe ; I will clothe him 
with your garment. Cf. ahupara, a good sort 
of native doth; ahuapi, cloth doubled and 
pasted together; ahumamau, a garment con- 
stantly worn; ahfq>au, an inferior kind of 
doth ; ahutaHt presents of cloth, &o,, given to 
chiefs and other visitors ; presents also given 
on the death or funeral of a person ; taahu, to 
attire, to dress. Haivaiian— ahu, a fine 
mat ; (6.) to cover one with a cloak, to dothe ; 
(e.) to gather or collect together ; (d.) to lay 
ap, as in a store-house; aahu, an outside 
garment ; a doak, robe : Kepunei i ka aahu; 
He ia patting on his clothing. (6.) The bark 
of the mulbOTry soaked in water, for making 
Uq^ (native doth) ; (c.) armour ; (d.) to put 
en clothes : Ua aahtda i ka aahu mamo ; He 
was dothed in a yellow robe. Cf . ahuula^ a 
red-feathered cloak, worn by kings and high 
chiefs ; aahuapoo, a covering for the head, a 
defence ; aahitkapu,, a consecrated garment. 
Tongan— kafu, and kafukafu, to cover, to 
wrap one in, to sleep ; a coverlet ; anything 
with which one covers himsdf to sleep in ; (6.) 
the inner skins of seeds ; faka-kafu, to cover 
a person when laid down, or asleep. Of. 
afekafu, to wrap anything several times round 
the body and lie in it; kofu, to wrap up, 
dothe; dothing, a garment. Marquesan 
— kahu, dothing; stuff for clothing. Ma- 
ngarevan — kahu, doth ; stuff for dothing ; 
to dothe : Ko Toga ra, ku kahu hia eke rau 
emte; The South Wind (god) was dothed in 
leaves of papyrus. (6.) To hide a child's eyes 
in its mother's breast. Cf. tapakahuj a mor- 
sd of stuff or doth. Mangaian — kakau, 
garments, dothes; dothed: Kua kakau i te 
kirikiriti; Clothed in net-work. Aka-kakau, 
to clothe : E naku e akakakau ia koe ki te 
kaktm pu; I will dothe you with a change of 
garments. Pauxnotan — kahu. dress, a gar- 
ment; {b.) native doth; faka-kahu, and 
fk-kahu, to dothe. 

KAHU, to spring up, to grow. Cf. ahUf to heap 
np ; to tend, foster. 

Whaka-KAHUKAHU, to begin to grow, to acquire 
size, aa fruits, Ac 

Whaka-KAKAH U, ) the albumen or white of 

Whaka-KAHUKAHU,/ egg: He reka ranei te 

wkakakahukaku o te hua mont^— Hopa, vi. 6. 


KAHUKAHU, a ghost, a spirit of a deceased 
person. 2. The germ of a human being, 
grown into a malignant spirit ; a eacodemim, 
3. A cloth used by women {pannieulue quo 
utitwr femina men»iruali$). [Notb. — The last 
two meanings are connected. See S. B., 107 ; 
also Tregear, Trans., xxi. 471, note. It is pro- 
bable that the " ghost " is connected with the 
idea of ** growing,*' because the ghost springs 
from what the Natives think to be "wasted 
germs of human beings."] Cf. karukara, an 
old rag ; a clot of blood. 
Saxnoan— Cf. afua, to begin ; a feast made 
when the wife becomes pregnant. Ha^waiian 
— ahuahu, young shoots or sprouts from layers, 
as from sugar-cane; (6.) a boy or girl that 
grows quickly. Mangarevan—kakahu, to 
grow up ; to grow. 

KAHU A (kHhua), form, appearance. Cf. kahu^ 
surface ; ahaa^ form, appearance. [For com- 
paratives, see Ahua.] 

KAHUI (kHhui), a herd, flock: I whakainumia 
hoki e ratou nga kahui ki te wai — ^Ken., xxiz. 
2. Of. hui, to put or add together ; to congre- 
gate ; rahui, a flock, herd. 2. A division, a 
company : Tenei hoki tetahi aitanga a Raki, i 
Uma kakui Tahu—k, H. M., i. 17. S. The 
companies or divisions in the temple called 
Wharekura— Ika., 175 ; M. S., 202. Te kahui 
whetu, the host of stars. 

Samoan — cf. fui, a cluster of nuts ; fuifui, 
a duster or bunch of fruit ; a flock of birds ; a 
succession of waves ; fuifiUfet^, a duster of 
stars; fwfuimanut a flock of birds. Ta- 
' hitian — ahui, to collect various artides of 
property into one place. Cf. ahu^ to heap up ; 
huihui, to join together, as a number of persons 
to do some work ; ftut, a plural or collective 
particle. Hawaiian— ahui, a bunch or 
duster of fruit, as of bananas or grapes. CI 
hui, to unite together ; to mix ; to add one 
thing to another ; to assemble, an assembling. 
Marquesan— cf. kahui^ tied by the four 
feet. Mangarevan — kahui, a bunch of 
grapes ; a row of bananas or Pandamm, Cf. 
aka-kahui^ to disappear, said of the stars; 
tarahui^ to steal a prohibited thing; huU 
dependent islands ; hukuiy a bundle of fruit. 
Tonsan— cf. juhi, a bunch, duster ; frnfui, 
a flock of birds. 

KAHUiANU (myth.), the hosts of Space. [See 

KAHUIPUAKIAKI (myth.), the place whither 
Tangaroa journeyed to procure the treasures 
of Whakitau— Trans., vii. 81. 

KAHUiRANQl (khhuirangi), unsettled, restlen, 
disturbed. Cf. kahurangi, unsettled ; harangif 
unsettled ; hikirangit to be unsettled ; kahu, 
surface ; rangi, sky. 

KAHUl-RUA-MAHU, autumn; about the month 
of April: A hei te kahui-rua-mahu ka timata 
te ako i Wharekura — A. H. M., i. 6. 

KAHUITARA (myth.), the tutelary goddess of the 
Torea, KuaJka, Tara, and all sea-birds which 
fly in flocks— A. H. M., i., App. Eahuitara 
was the daughter of Kikiwai. 

KAHU-I-TE-RANQI (myth.) [See Kahu, the sur 




KAHUITIPUA. 1 (myth.,) ogres, eannibal gianta. 

KAHUITUPUA, [ Inhabitanti of the South Is- 
land before the adyent of the Polynesians 
(Maori). Stack, Trans., xii. 160: G. P., 418. 
[See TupuA, and Hin.] 

KAHUITOKA (myth.), the name of inhabitants of 
New Zealand when discorered by Kape. The 
names of their chiefs were Eehn, Behn, and 
Monoa. [See Kupb, and Hm.] 

KAHUKAKANUI (myth.), the iUegitimate son of 
Manaia. [See Manau 2.] He distinguished 
himself by killing the first man of the enemy 
{mataika) in the fighting which took place 
after his mother, Bongotiki, was insulted by 
Tnpenn and his party — P. M., 140. His 
brother's name was Tuurenni. 

KAHUKEKENO, a mat made of seal-skin. Cf. 
kahu, a garment, and kekenOf a seal. [For 
comparatives, see Eahu, and Kbkemo.J 

KAHUKIWI, a mat covered with the feathers of 
the Kiwi {Apteryx) : Tango tnai U Jum me te 
kahukiufi — M. M., 186. [For comparatives see 
Eahu, a garment, and Kiwi.] 

KAHUKURA (myth.), the god of travellers; life, 
death, and disease: Ka tu i U paepae^ ka 
torona a Kahukura, a /(upaira, a Rongomai— 
P. M., 84: The deity of the Rainbow : Ka 1u 
a Kakukura i te rangii a Rongo-nui-a-tau ano 
koki, raua tokorua —A. H. M., i. 163. Kahu- 
kura was also called Atuatoro, " the spying 
god." He was worshiped in the mtia, or 
sacred place, where stood his image of toiara 
wood, about a cubit long, and without feet. 
This was brought in the Takitumu canoe, by 
Ruawharo. [See Abawa.] Eahukura was 
classed among the great and good deities, 
with Behaa and Tane. He was seen after the 
Deluge, standing in the sky, and incantations 
were performed to him. [See Tuputuru- 
WHBNUA.] Stack, Trans., xii. 161 : A. H. M., 
i. 40, and 179 ; iii. 61 : also P. M., 102. The 
Moriori genealogy gives two Kahuknra: one 
the son of Bongomai and father of Tiki ; the 
other a son of the second Bongomai and 
father of Bnanuku. Both, however, are 
among *' the heavenly race" of ancestors. [See 
genealogies in Appendix.] 2. A man who 
saw some fairies {patupaiaTehe) fishing, and 
mingUng with them in the dark, helped them 
to draw their nets from the sea ; while thus 
engaged he learnt their magical fishing song. 
On finding out that a mortal was amongst 
them the fairies ran away, leaving their nets 
with Kahukura. Then was the art of making 
nets first discovered— P. M., 180. 8. A man 
who, coming to New Zealand from Hawaiki, 
brought the humara (sweet potato), and shared 
it with the people of the countiy. They in- 
duced him to return in order to get more — 
A. H. M., iii. 98, et seq. This visitor bring- 
ing kumara is said to have been Bongo- i-tua, 
in appearance like the rainbow — ^A. H. M., iii. 

KAHUKURA, the rainbow; a rainbow with a 
small arch, appearing to be near at hand. 2. 
A red garment : Ka tango i te kakuwhero, i 
nga^ kahukura — P. M., 96. Gf. kahu, a gar- 
ment ; kura^ red. 

HaiKraiian — ahuula, a red-feathered cloak ; 
a oloak made of the precious feathers worn by 

kings and high ohiefs; a gorgeoos dreas: 
Komo Ku i kona ahmda; Tu is potting on hia 
feather cloak; (b.) a kind of fish net. 01 
hUeleula, arching, as the rainbow. Tahi- 
tian — of. tohuurat a pieoe of a rainbow; red 
clouds. Mangarevan — of. kura, divine; 
royal, excellent; red; a red bird of whose 
feathers the king's mantle was made ; togakura, 
precious, valuable ; vakakurut a precious life- 
giving thing ; kahu, clothing ; stuff for cloth- 
ing. [For full comparatives see Kahu, a gar- 
ment, and KuBA.] 

KAHUMAMAE, the garment of a slain penon, 
sent to his distant relatives, to provoke them 
to revenge his death. Of. kahu, a garment ; 
mamae, in pain. [For comparatives see Kahu, 

and Mamab.] 

KAHU-MATA-MOMOE, the youngest son of 
Tama-te-kapua, Tuhoro being an elder brother. 
Tuhoro and Kahu had a fierce quarrel, and 
Tuhoro tore away from his brother's ear 
the celebrated greenstone, Kaukanmatna, and 
buried it. This took place at Maketn. 
Soon afterwards Tuhoro went away with hia 
father to Moehau (Gape Oolville), and they 
both died there. Tne corpse of Tuhoro was 
carried overland to Kahu, that he might per- 
form the pure ceremonies. Kahu went to 
Manukau h'om Waikato on a paikea, or water 
monster— S. B., 78. He took a parrot's fea- 
ther from his head, and set it up to become a 
taniivha at Ohou-kaka, near Maketn— S. R., 
76. Kahu had a son named Tawaki (Tawaki- 
moe-tahanga), whose son was Uenuku-mai- 
rarotonga. Tuhoro described Kahu as **a big, 
short man, with a sleepy eye.'* 

KAHUNQUNU (myth.), a son of Tamatea-pokai- 
whenua and his wife Iwipupu (or Iwirau). 
Kahungunu was made angry by his elder 
brother Whaene, who had insulted him, and 
the younger then dwelt apart with his men. 
From him descended the ancestors of Ngati- 
raukawa— A. H. M., iii. 80. His first wife was 
Hine-pu-ariari ; his second wife Bongo-mai- 
wahine, formerly wife of Tamatakutai. 

KAHUPAPA, a raft. Of. kahu, surface; papa* 
broad, flat ; a slab, board ; kaupapa, a noor ; 
a fleet of canoes ; kau, to swim. 2. A shieldi 
a '* tortoise," a sapping-shield or protection to 
an attacking party. [See S. T., App., Voo.] 
3. To bridge over. 

KAHURAKI (myth.), one of the sacred plaoes in 
the heavens, whither went Ta and Bongo to 
moke war — ^A. H. M., i. 37. 

KAHURAKI, unconscionable; unreasonable. Sl 
(South Island dialect.) [See next word.] 

KAHURANQI, unsettled, irresolute. CLkarangi, 
restless ; kahuirangi, unsettled ; disturbed ; 
harangi, unsettled ; hikirangi, to be unsettled; 
kahu, surface; rangi, sky; kahuraki, unrea- 
sonable. [For comparatives see Kahu, sur- 
face, and Bamoi.] 

KAHURANQI, a variety of the volcanic stone 
called obsidian, of a reddish colour. It was 
used for cutting the body, to show extreme 
grief when the deceased was a chief or priest. 
— Trans., viii. 80. 2. A precious stone, a 
jewel: Whaia koe hi te iti kahmrangi, kia 
tapapa koe he maunga Hkitike — S. N.Z., 88. 




KAHURAPA, extended Bideways, lateral projec-. 
Hon, as in the battrees-like growth at the base 
of some forest trees. Gf. rapa, flat part of a 
qpade ; raparapa, flat part of the foot ; hau- 
rapot having broad lateral projections ; rirapa^ 
having flat projections. [For comparatives, 

KAHUREREMOA (myth.), a famous beaaty of old 
days. She was a daughter of Paka, who was 
a son of Hotonni, a chief of the Tainui canoe 
[see Ab4Wa.] Te Kahnreremoa married Taka- 
kopiri and bore him a daughter, Tnparahaki, 
from whom sprang the Ngatipaoa tribe — ^P. M., 
168 ; for genealogy, see S. B., 16. 

KAHUTANIKO (kakuthniko), a mat of fine flax, 
wiUi an ornamental boraer. Gf. kahu^ a gar- 
ment; tanikOt the ornamental border of a 
mat. [For comparatives, see Eahu, and 


KAHUTIATARANQl (myth.), Paikea's name in 
HawaikL [See Paisba.] Otherwise said to 
be the eldest son of Uenuku. His brother 
Bioatapa was angry with him, and slew the 
first-bom of families, afterwards bringing 
about the Deluge called by his name — ^A. H. M., 
iii 9. [See Buatapu.] 

KAHUTOROA (kahutorod), a mat covered with 
the down of the albatross. Gf. kaku, a gar- 
ment; toro&t the albatross. [For compara- 
tives, see Eahu.] 

KAHUTOTO, a variety of the kumara (sweet 
potato) : Aekei au taua kumarat ^ t^'"^ ingoa 
he kahuioto^-X. H. M., iv. 6. 

KAHUWAERO, a mat covered with the skins of 
dogs* tails : E wha nga paratoit e rua nga 
ftaAmiHKro— Kori, Nov. 20, 1888. Gf. k4ihu, 
a garment ; waero, hair of a dog's tail. [For 
comparatives, see Eahu, and Waxbo.] 

KAHUWIWHETU, (the South Island dialect for 
kahuiwhetu,) a constellation, a cluster of stars. 

KAI, food : Ma ioai nga kai e kawea na e koutou 
— ^P. M., 20. 2. To eat : Me kai au i reira— 
P. M., 96. Also ngai (South Island). Gf. 
Hakai, hungry; whangai, to feed [see Ta- 
hitianj; katikati^ to champ [see Paumotan]. 
2. To bite. 8. Kai-hau [see Whanoai-hau] . 
4. Anything which is in large quantities. 5. 
A riddle ; a puzzle ; a toy ; a puzzling game 
erf untying knots : Me korero atu e ahau he 
hri ki a kouUm—Kai.t xiv. 12. 6. Movable 
p r o per ty , chattels (one auth.) : Ka korero ktui 
kite iaite whenua — Uma kai he paunamUf he 
moor—l?. M., 70. 

KAKAI, to eat frequently. 

KAI NGA, the refuse of a meal, as cockle-shells, 
Ac 2. A place of abode. [SeeEAnroA.] 
Saxnoan — 'ai, a present of raw food ; (6.) to 
eat : Ina nofo ia i tuga^ ina ai ; Arise and 
eat. (c.) A stone with which children play 
hida-and-seek ; (d.) a count towards the num- 
ber which determines the game ; a'ai, to eat 
frequently ; (&.) a town, village ; *aina, eatable ; 
'ii'alga* a remnant, from which part is taken, 
as a piece of doth ; (b.) something partly con- 
nmed, as a fowl psxtly eaten ; (c.) a part of 
the moon, either waxing or waning ; (d.) to go 
oat to beg lor food. Cf. *a<ft, to eat sulkily; 
t, to eat chewed food ; *atfiiu, to pick 

eocoanuts on a journey in order to eat ; *aipff, 
a glutton; toe^aiga^ the remains of a meal* 
^ Tahitian~ai, to eat; aial, to eat a Uttle 
repeatedly ; faa-ai. to feed, nurse ; a fosterer, 
a nurse ; a feeder (cf. Maori whangai, to feed). 
Gf. aiaifaa^ to eat in the time of certain 
prayers without regarding the prohibitions of 
the chiefs, a crime to be punished with death ; 
to eat improper things when sick or pregnant ; 
aiaihaa^ to be of ungovernable appetite; to 
eat voraciously; to covet anything; aiahu, 
one who eats on the high and privileged place 
on the maraet the ahu [see Tuaahtt] ; aimaunu, 
to nibble, as fish at bait. Haivailan — ai| to 
eat, to consume food ; food : Ai mai ka ia, o 
ka tdua makele ; The fishes ate it ; the uJua of 
the deep muddy places, (b.) To destroy, to 
consume, as fire : Puka mai la ke ahi mai, a 
ai mai lai na kanaka ; A fire came out and 
consumed the men. (c.) To eat in, as a sore ; 

fd.) to taste, to enjoy the benefits of, as land ; 
(«.i property generally ; aai, to eat to satiety ; 
(b.) to increase, as an ulcer ; {c,) to give pain ; 
aiai, to reduce to small particles : A aiai Ku i 
ka unahi pohaku ; Tu is pulverizing the scales 
of the rock, (b.) To make splendid; white. 
Gf. aiJtu, to eat standing ; ainoa, to eat freely, 
without the tapu ; aiwaiu, an infant ; aihanu, 
to eat refuse food. Tongan — kai, food, 
victuals ; to eat : Bea te ke kai fakatautau he 
hoo mea kai; You shall eat your food by 
measure, (b.) To corrode, to consume gra- 
dually ; (c.) to bite ; kaikai, to eat, applied to 
animals; kakalj people; population; popu- 
lous ; kaia^a, a place where food has been 
eaten ; a taole ; a manger ; (b.) the time and 
place for eating; kai^a, a relative, friend; 
faka-kai| to entice with food. Gf. kaina, 
peopled ; kainaga, a people, tribe ; faka-kai- 
kaivao, mean, selfish, as one who eats in the 
bush ; kaibo, to eat on the sly ; aokai, to beg 
food ; uakai, to crave, to long for ; greediness ; 
alukai, to rove in search of food ; faikaxkai, 
a preparation of food; keina, to eat; to be 
eaten ; Ueikeinaga, fragments, remnants ; taga- 
kakai, a gizzard, crop {taga = a narrow bag, 
a sack). Marquesan— kai, food; to eat: 
Umoi koe e kai i tea; Do not eat of that 
(fruit). Kaikai, food ; to eat ; eaten : Keika 
kua kaikai ia i Vevau ; The red apples eaten 
in Yavau. Haa-kai, to nourish, bring up. 
Gf. kaikaia, cruel ; a cannibal ; kaikakai, a 
table ; kaikino, avaricious ; kadoko, gluttony ; 
kaiu, to suck, as at the breast ; tokai, food set 
apart for the gods. Mangalan — kai, food : 
Ei kai na Miru-kura; Food for ruddy Miru. 
(b.) To eat : Ei kona ra, kai ai ; Farewell 1 
eat. Mangarevan — kai, food ; to eat : 
Akamou atu koe eki mea kai ki a tagata ana ; 
Give a Uttle food to that man. Aka-kal, to 
feed, to give food; (b.) to make presents; 
(c.) to be &ie servant of any one ; (d.) to join 
together ; to adjust. Aniw^an— kei, to eat ; 
faka-keina, to feed. Paumotan— kai, food ; 
to eat; (b.) to wager; kakal, to gnaw; to 
nibble ; kaikai, to chew, masticate. Gf . kakati^ 
to chow ; fagai, to give food. Fu tuna— kai, 
to eat; kakal, people, a nation, inhabitants. 
Ext. Poly.: Aneityum— cf. eaig, to eat; 
Sikayana— cf . kai, to eat. 

KAI, a prefix to words used as transitive verbs, 
to denote the agent: hoe, to paddle; kai'hoif 




one who pftddles, Ae. : Kei a hoe ano hoki 
Uma ttm o nga kai-mahi, o nga kauhahau — 
1 WhA., xxii. 15. 

Tahitian — ^ai, a prefix denoting the agent, as 
aihuaa, a penon aoqaainted with gen^ogies ; 
aitaua, an avenger of murder. Tongan — cf . 
kafsai, people. Mangarevan — of. kai-reo, 
a henld, a deputy. Futuna — of. kakai^ 
people. Ext. Poly. : F^i — cf. kai^ an inhabi- 
tant of a place ; also sometimee a person or 
people, without reference to a place. 

KM (South Island dialeot for Ngaij, menace. 
2. The heeL 

KAI (for kei), lest: Hei koko i U ham kai tahwri 
papa nui — ^MSS. 

Whaka-KAl, an ornament for the ear: Ka 
whakanoia tana hei, me nga whakakai — ^P. M., 
177. 2. To hang an ornament in the ear: 
Kia whakakai au Mako-o-Taniwha—Q, T., 179. 
Tahitian— faa-ai, an ornament to put in 
the ear. Mangarevan — cf. aka-hai, to 
make presents. Paumotan — faka-kai, an 
ear-ring (fakakai-taringa). 

KAI (ka\), the name of a tree: Kei U rakau 
tnaenene te ran he Jk&l tena rakau — ^A. H. M., 
u. 153. 

KAI A (kaih), to steal : Ki te kaiatia tetahipute, 
matau, aho tanei — MSS. 2. A thief; theft: 
Ko te tangata nana % te timata te kaia — 
A. H. M., i. 153. Cf. keia, to steal ; kai, 
property ; a, to drive, chase. 
Tongan — kaihaa, to steal; a theft; a thief; 
to be stolen : Koeuhi e hu ki ai ae kau kaihaa 
ofakakotn i ia ; For the robber shall enter 
into It and defile it. Faka-kaihaa, thief-like ; 
becoming a thief. Cf. kaka, to deceive, cheat. 
Haivaiian — aia. an unprincipled and un- 
godly person ; to oe of evil character, profane : 
No ka mea, ua aia no ke kaula, a me ke 
kahuna; Because both the priest and the 
prophet are profane. Cf. aiahua, to break 
tapu; to conspire secretly against one; to 
defraud one's landlord by withholding tiie tax 
and using it oneself ; a hvpocrite, a profane 
person ; aihue, to steal food or property of all 
kinds ; a thief (hue, to steal). Paumotan — 
cf. kaikaia, a plot, conspiracy ; keia, a thief. 
Tahitian — of. aiaia, some supposed crime ; 
oMiihaa, to be voracious ; to covet anything. 
Marquesan — cf. kaihae, to steal another's 
portion. Mangarevan — kaia, wicked, cruel ; 
a cannibal Mangaian— cf. keia, to steal. 
Futuna— kaiaa, to rob, steal. Moriori — 
of. hokaia, to accuse {ho for hoko = whaka, 
causative). Ext. Poly. : Sikayana — cf. 
kaia, to steal. Aneityum— of . eaig, to eat ; 
acaig, to steal food. 

KAI AH 1, the gunwale of a boat. 

KAIAHIKO, wounded. 

KAI AIA {kaiaih), the name of a burd, the Spar- 
row-Hawk (Om. Hieraeidea nova-zelandia). 
Also kaeaea : Ko te kai da me nga mea pera — 
Bew., xi. 14. Cf . kaeaea, to look rapaciously ; 
kaih, to steal. 2. A verandah. 

KAI AIA (myth.), one of the chiefs who attacked 
Whi^tau in his assault on the Uru-o-Manono 
[Bee Whakaiau] . Eaaaia was able to fiy as a 
^d.— S. T., 69. [See Kabu (myth.).] 

KAI A PA, to monopolise. Cf. apa, to be under 
demoniacal possession. 

KAI AW A (myth.), A man who by incantations 
made free from tapu the gods, Ac, brought by 
Wheketoro. His daughter, Ponniahine, was 
changed into a grasshopper — ^A. H. M., it 192 ; 
see also N.Z. " Monthly Beview," i. 379. 

KAIHAKERE {kaihhkere), to stint, to be niggardly 
in giving. 

KAIHAU, the priest (tokunga) who eats the hau, 
or portion set apart for the atua or deity [see 
Whanoai-hau] . 2. To sell the property of an 
individual witiiout giving him any part of the 
payment: passive, kaingahaiUia. 3. A loafing 
fellow, a vagabond. Cf. kaikora, a vagabond. 
4. Moa-kai'hau, [See Moa.] 
Tahitian — cf. aihau, to enjoy peace and 

KAI HAU KAI, the return present of food, Ac, 
made by one tribe to another. 2. A feast. 
(The South Island word, equal to the Northern 

KAIHERE (myth.), the wife of Tutakahinahina 
and mother of Te Boiroiwhenua — Trans., vii. 
32. [See Tutakahinahina.] 

KAIHEWA (myth.), the place to which Bongo 
and the rebdlious spirits were driven by Tane 
after the war in Heaven— A. H. M., i. 38. 
[See Tu, and Bonoo (myth.).] 

KAI HI (kaW), trembling with terror. Cf. ihiihi, 
to shudder with fear ; koihiihi, to thriU with 
fear. [For comparatives, see Ihi.J 

KAI HORA, a top, a whipping-top. Cf . kaikbtaka, 
a whipping-top ; kaitakaf a whipping-top. 

KAIHORO, to devour greedily, to eat voraciously. 
Cf. horo, to swallow. [For comparatives, see 
Hobo, to swallow.] 2. To do hurriedly. Cf. 
horo, quick, speedy. [For comparatives, see 
Hobo, swift.] 

KAIHOTAKA (kaikbtaka), a whipping-top: Nou 
te kaihotaka e tino ngunguru ana i o te iwi 
katoa — A. H. M., ii. 158. Cf. taka, to turn on 
a pivot; potaka, a top to spin; kaihora, a 
whipping-top ; kaitaka, a whipping-top. 

KAIHUIA, a full-grown tree of the nikau palm 
(Bot. Areea eapida). 

KAIKA, (South Island dialeot fbr kainga,) a 
village, a home: Ko raua anake ki to rama 
kaika — ^A. H. M., i. 164. [See Kaihoa.] 

KAIKA (kaikd), eager, impatient. 2. Impulsive. 

KAIKAHA, the edges of the leaves of flax (Phor- 
mtum tenax), which are split off and thrown 

KAI KAKA, a variety of the kumara (sweet potato). 

KAIKAIATARA (kaikauUara), io have sexual in- 

KAIKAIATUA (kaikaiiUua), the name of a shnib 
(Bot. Rhabdothamnui tolandri). 

KAIKAIKARORO (kaikaikltroro), the name of a 
shell-fish (Moll. Chione cottata), 
Paumotan— cf. kai, a mussel; karora, a 

KAIKAIWAIU, one who goes secretly to give in- 
f onnation of the approach of an enemj« 




KAIKAMO, the eyelash. Cf. kamo, the eyelash. 
[For oompazatives, see Kamo.] 

KAIKARU, to sleep. Gf. karu, the eye. 

KAIKAUAU, to cut off the tips of anything, as of 
hair, the branches of a tree, &o. 

KAIKAWAKA, the name of a tree (Bot. Libo- 
eedrtu daniana). The name Kaikawaka is 
lometimes erroneonsly applied to the PahauUa 
(L. hidwiiuq. 

KAIKE (kaike), to lie in a heap. Cf. kauika^ a 
lieap ; kauki, to lie in a heap ; ike, high, lofty. 
Tor oomparatiTes, see Iks.] 

KAIKINO, to murder in cold blood. Gf. kai, to 
cat; Hno, evil, bad. 

KAIKIRI, to nurse wrath; to cherish bitter feel- 
ings. 2. To quarreL 

KAIKOHURE. (kaikbhure) a piece of wood mbbed 
upon another to procure fire. [See Eaubiua- 
BDfA, Kauahe, Ac] 

KAIKOMAKO, {kaikimako, or kahiklmako,) the 
name of a tree (Bot. Pennantia corwnbosa) : 
Ko te onmga o tana ahi i wkiua eiaiite kai- 
iomako—P. M., 27. 2. (Myth.) In this tree 
the ** seed of fire " was placed by the fire god- 
dess, Mahoika. [See Maui, and Mahuika.] 

KAIKONGUNUNGUNU, to eat as children, before 
proper time of eating, or before food is properly 

KAIKORA, a lazy fellow, a vagabond. Cf. kai, to 
est ; kora, crombe, small fragments ; kaihau, 
a Tsgabond. 

KAIKU, the name of a plant (Bot. Parwnia hete- 

KAIMAOA {kaimdoa), sapless, dry. Cf. kai, to 
eat ; maoa^ cooked. 

KAIMARIRE, generoos, liberal, beneficent. Cf 
humarin, beautifnl ; marire, gentle, quiet' 
[For oompaiatiyes, see Mabibb.] ' 

KAIMATA, green. Cf. mata, green, unripe' 
maota, fresh-grown, green. 2. Uncooked 
Cf. haemata, to cut up in an uncooked state ; 
mata, raw, uncooked. 3. Fresh ; unwrought ; 
virgin. [For comparatives, see Mata, green.] 

KAJMATAI {kaimatail to «* loaf" upon another ; 
to sponge upon otners. Cf. matait to cajole, 
to get without directly asking. 

KAI N AMU. approaching, as the dawn; early 
morning : Ka kainamu ki te ata kua ngaro a 
Te Raka^Viobl,, Trans., vii. 87. 

KAINQA {kikinga), a place of abode [Notb.— Thi^ 
word is probably related to kai, to eat, (as an 
" eating-plaoe,'*) but this is not certain, and it 
has therefore been put as a separate word] : 
Kei te moho noa ihoiakite kainga—P. M., 22. 
8. An unfortified place of residence. 3. A 
lodging, encampment, bivouac. 4. Country. 
6. Home (with possessive pronoun) : Na ka 
arahi'na ia € Tinirau ki tona kainga — P. M., 

Samoan — 'aiga, the act of eating; aiga 
fiiga)t a family; a relative; fa*a-aiga, the 
eonsummation of marriage. [Nozb. — The 
last two Samoan words may be allied to the 
Maori a», to cohabit, to beget.] Cf. *a*at, a 
town, a village* Tahitian — aia, a country 
orplaoeof abode; aina,land, country (obso- 

lete). [Note.— Not the proper letter-change, 
as Tahitian should drop fi^.] Cf. aiatvpuna, 
land possessed by inheritance. Haivalian 
— aina, an eating ; the means of eating (t.«., 
the fruits of the land) ; hence, (6.) mnd gene- 
rally : a farm, a field, a country, an island ; (e.) 
any taxable privilege, as the right of fishing, 
the right of selling things in market, &o. ; (d.) 
any means of obtaining a living; (e.) being 
eaten, devoured, used up; (/.) pain, grief; 
weariness. Tongan — kaiga, a relative, a 
friend; affinity, related. Cf. kaina, peopled, 
occupied by persons from different places; 
kainaga, people, tribe ; kaiaga, a place where 
food has been eaten. Mangalan— kainga, a 
place of abode ; a home ; (6.) a plantation. 
Mangarevan — kaiga, Uie earth: E kaiga 
reka a mea oku nei\ This thing of mine is 
certainly the land (Maui's speech in fishius 
up the land), (b.) The soil ; proprietary ; (c.) 
a country, a district; (d.) the act of eating. 
Pauznotan — kaiga, the earth, t.«. the soiL 
Cf. kaihegahega, a habitation. Ext. Poly.: 
Kingsxnill Islands — The place of departed 
souls is in the west, and is called Kaina-kaki. 
Mindoro—cf. caingy, a plantation in a forest. 
Sikayana— cf. kaina, a village. 

KAINQAKAU {kainghkau), to prize greatly, to 
value. Cf . ngakau, the heart, the affections. 
[For comparatives, see Noaxau.] 

KAIORAORA, a speaking together about a pre- 
meditated murder; murderous talk: Katahi 
aia ka mahara ki te nui e te kaiora4jra a nga 
ttmkana nona — A. H. M., i. 47. 2. A song in 
commemoration of a battle, or of the prowess 
of an enemy, i.e. execrating his prowess. 

KAIOTA, fresh, green, uncooked ; to eat uncooked 
food : I te mea e kaiota Umu ama — Hopa, viii. 
12. Cf. Ota, green, uncooked; maota, fresh 
grown, green ; kaimata, fresh, uncooked ; kai, 

Tahitian — aiota, rareness, rawness (of un- 
dressed food) ; not sufficiently dressed as food ; 
(6.) something disagreeable, introduced by a 
good speech. Mangarevan — kaiota, raw 
food. [For full comparatives see Kai, food, 
and Ota, green.] 

KAI PAKEH A (kaipakeha), a yariely of the kumara 
(sweet potato). 

KAIPAKUHA (kaiphldihli), a present received by 
the relatives of a bride from the bridegroom. 

KAIPIKO, to eat as persons do when tapu{i.e» 
witiiout touching the food with their hands). 

KAI PON U {khiponu), stingy; to be stingy, to 
withhold, to keep to oneself: Ka kaiponuhia 
mo matou ano — M. M., 148 : Ka ngaro mai, ka 
kaiponuhia mai e ana tamariJa, — ^P. M., 197. 
Tongan — cf. kaiho, to eat secretly (kai, to 
eat; fro, night). 

KAIPUKE, a ship: Hei wahapu ano ia mo nga 
kaipuke — Ken., xlix. 18 : Kite pakeha he kai- 
puke — A. H. M., V. 4. Cf. puke, a lull ; kai, 
to eat. (Said by some to mean that a ship 
was supposed to devour the hills hidden by 
the sails. Doubtful.) 

Tahitian — cf. pue, a word denoting plu- 
rality, as pue-mea, a collection of things; 
heepue, to sail before the wind. Haw^allan 
— ^. pue, large, plump ; puewa, to float about. 





Tongan — of. buke, the deck of a eanoe ; the 
outworks of a fortrees; faka-huke, coTered 
with a deck ; to oover over a small paddling 
canoe fore and aft. 

KAIRAKAU {kuka-kairhkau)t a sharp white frost. 
CI kai, to eat ; rakau, a tree. (Tor compara- 
tives, see Eai, and Bakau.] 


KAIRARUNQA {kairarunga),U> eat food which 
has been passed over anything tapu, 

KAIRAWARU (kairiwaru), a spear in an un- 
finished state. 

KAIREPEREPE, a relation by marriage. Cf. 
Ttper^e, a dowry. 

KAI ROROWH ARE, a variety of the kumara (sweet 

KAITA (kaitd), lazge. 2. A term used for the 
best sort of edible fern-root 

KAITA KA, a mat made of the finest flax, with an 
ornamental border : Ki U kakahu kurawhero, 
kaitaka — ^P. M., 96. 2. A whipping-top. Cf. 
kaihotakat a whipping-top ; taka, to turn on 
a pivot; potakuy a top to spin; kaihora, a 

KAITANQATA (myth.), a son of the god Behua. 
He was slain by Rape (Maui-mua) in an acci- 
dental manner— P. M., 63. (For full story, 
see Maori part, p. 87.) The story is a very 
repulsive one, and is untranslatable as it 
stands, but is evidently not understood, or 
greaUy corrupted. Te Pou-o-Whatitiri, the 
cause of Eaitangata's death, is one of the con- 
stellations. A ruddy glow in the sky is pro- 
verbially said to be the blood of Kaitangata 
Ika tuhi Kaitangata). 2. A man beloved by 
Whaitiri (Thunder). She was fond o| human 
flesh, and, deceived by the name {Kai-tangatat 
'* man eater,") came to him and became his 
wife. (See Wohl., Trans., vii. 16, and 41.) 
Kaitangata was the father of Hema, who was 
the father of Tawhaki. [See Tawhakx, Hina, 
Tahgotanoo, &c. For Hawaiian genealogy, 

see TAWHAK2.J 

KAITOA, a brave man, a warrior : Te karakia a 
te tini kaitoa net, tokunga net — P. M., 166. 
Cf. toa, brave, victorious. 
Samoan— of. toa, a warrior ; a cock ; the 
name of a tree (Bot. Casuarina equigetifoUa). 
Tahitian«-aitb, a warrior, hero, conqueror ; 
(b.) the Iron- wood tree (Bot. Camarina equi- 
Bettfolia)t also called toa, Cf. toa, valiant. 
Haivaiian— cf. koa^ brave, bold as a soldier ; 
koapaka, brave. Pauxnotan— kaito, valiant, 
intrepid. Cf. toa^ brave ; tiotoa, to tnumph. 

KAITOA, an expression of satisfaction: "It is 
good ;** sometimes vdth the meaning, ** Serve 
you right." 

Whaka-KAITOA, to express satisfaction. 

Tahitlan — aitoa, denoting satisfaction on 
account of something disastrous that has 
happened to another, as : "It served him 
right 1" " He well deserved it." (6.) The be- 
gmning of some words used as a charm. 
When one had a fish-bone sticking in his 
throat, the priest or some other person would 
say, ** Aitoa^ aitoa oe e raoa" {raoat to be 
choked with a fish-bone). Tongan— aitoa, 
an expression of pleasure at the mijBfortunes 

of others. Cf . maitoa, with same meaning as 
aitoa. Ha'waiian— Cf . aikola, an expression 
of triumph mixed with contempt. Manga- 
ian — aitoa, " Serve him right I" Pauxno- 
tan— kaitoa, "Be it so;'* "Well and good." 
Cf. uatoa, to triumph ; toa^ brave ; kaito, 
brave. Ext. Poly. : Malagasy— oL akaito. 
Ah 1 Hit 1 Struck 1 ExacUy so 1 Truly 1 

KAITOA (myth.), an evil deity who dwelt with 
Miru in Tatau-o-te-Po. [See Mibu.] 

KAI U RE, pudendum muliebre {ovanuM)» 

KAIWAE, the floor or deck of a canoe : Ko nga 
tauwanu^ ko nga kaiwae^ ko te hoe — M. M., 

Tahitian — avae, a part of a boat or canoe 
just above the keel; (6.) a species of sugar- 

KAIWAKA, a line of clouds on the horizon at 
evening. 2. The name of a star. 

KAIWIRIA, the name of a plant. (Bot. Panax 

KAI-WHAKA-PITAITAI, to nibble, as fishes do at 

KAIWHAKATORO, to nibble at bait. Cf. whaka- 
toro, to touch, to make trial of; itot, food. 
[For comparatives see Kai. and Whaka-tobo.] 

KAIWHANQAl, hosts, entertainers. Cf. kai, pre- 
fix denoting agent ; whangai, to feed. [For 
comparatives see Kai, and Whanoai.] 

KAI WH ATA, a pole placed on two forked sticks 
for the purpose of suspending food, &c, from 
it. Cf. kai, food ; whata, a stage. [For oom- 
paratives, see Kai, and Whata.] 

KAIWHATU, the name of a charm by which 
witchcraft was averted. Each person owned 
a kaiwhatu of his own: Hei arai atu mo te 

KAIWHIRIA, the name of a smaU tree (Bot. 
Hedycarya dentata), 

KAIWHITI, to be over eager. 

KAKA {kUkh), the name of a bird, a New Zea- 
land parrot (Om. Nestor m^ridMnalis) : He 
kuku ki te kainga, he kaJca ki te haere — Prov. 
Cf. kakariki, a pazroqtiet. (Myth.) The red 
colour on the parrot's feathers is the blood of 
Tawhaki, who was killed by his brother-in-law 
— ^A. H. M., i. 66m 

Tahitian — ^aa, a parroquet or small parrot. 
There are two kinds : one called aa-taevao, or 
aavaot which has fine red feathers ; the other, 
aa-mahat which has no red feathers. Tongan 
— cf. kaka, the name of a beautiful bird found 
only at Ena. Ext. Poly. : Fiji— cf. kaka, a 
kind of parrot. Malay — cf. kakae, to scratch 
as a fowl ; kaka-tuwah, a cockatoo ; a vice, a 
grip. Kddystone Island — cf. kokereJcu, 
the domestic fowl. (See Tregear, Trans., xz. 

KAKA (^fta), the name of a bird (Om. Ardea 

KAKA {kUka), intoxicated with the jnioe of th« 
tutu (Bot. Coriairia). 

KAKA, a single fibre or hair. 2. Anything fibrooa 
or stringy : Patua iho, he kaka, ki tuhaki tera^ 
a ka puehuehu, ma tana wJiaiaro tera — Prov. 
Cf. torokaka, stiff and straight (of hair) ; aka 




fibrouf rooks. 3. Tha ridge of a hill. Of. 
taukahit a spur of a hill; kakaoteihu, the 
bridge of the nose. 4. A garment. 6. A 
nnall seine or drag-net, whioh is managed 
withoot the help of a boat or oanoe. 
Whaka-KAKAKAKA, ooyered with short, irregular 
Samoan — *a*a, the fibrous substanoe which 
growB round the base of the ooooanut leaf, 
the stipnle. Of. a*a, the fibres of a root. 
Tahitian — aa, the fibrous substanoe that 
grows on the ooooanut tree ; (6.) the husk or 
covering on the young branches of the bread- 
frmt tree ; (c.) the scurf on the skin of a new- 
bom infant, or other young animal; (d.) a 
siere or strainer ; (e.) the root or roots of any 
tree or plant ; aaa, the stringy substanoe in 
any kind of food or vegetable ; also, in native 
cloth that is not well worked. Tongan — 
kaka, a thin membranous substance found 
round the young ooooanut; (6.) to climb; 
faka-kaka, to cause to climb; (c.) to seek 
after a forgotten friend. Gf. hakaaga^ a 
Udder; a frame for plants to creep aJong; 
fekakOf to creep along a fence, as a vine. 
Haivaiian — aa, the name of the cloth-like 
covering near the roots of ooooanut leaves; 
(6.) the name of a coarse kind of cloth ; (e.) 
the outer husk of the cocoanut ; the skin of 
the banana ; (d.) chaff ; hulls ; the outside of 
any seed or fruit. Gf. oaaa^ the name of large 
threads in doth. Marquesan — kaka, a sack, 
a pocket ; (b.) a kind of web or cloth covering 
the leaves of cocoanut trees. Mangarevan 
— kaka, the envelope of cocoanut leaves, &c. ; 
(6.) a plait of cocoanut leaves. Gf. kakanta, a 
vein of soft material in hard stone, allowing 
one part of the stone to be separated from the 

Whaka-KAKA, to intimidate an animal. 2. To 
make a sound expressive of extreme disgust. 

KAKAHI Ikdkahi), the name of a freshwater shell- 
fish (Ufdo): Ka kai tanu i roto i te wai i te 
kakahi—V. M., 101. 2. The name of a salt- 
water shell-fish. Syn. kokota. 

Samoan — cf. '<m, the name of a shell>fish ; 
a ooooanut shell used to scrape iaro\ *a*a-<i, to 
scrape tutuga (the Paper-Mulberry) with the 
*aMi shell ; to scratch ; *a«i*<ut, a kind of clam- 
fish. Tahitian — cf. ahh a species of cockle. 
Mangarevan— cf. kakahi^ a kind of crayfish 
which hides in the sand. 

KAKAHI, to perform part of the pure ceremony 
for removing tapu : Ka hurihia te hurihanga 
takapau, ruahine rawa, kakahi ravoa^ ka noa 
—P. M., 24. 

KAKAHO (khkaho), the Reed-grass (Bot. Arundo 
eontjfieua) : He ta kakaho e kiteot ko tela o 
te ngakau ekore e kitea — Ftoy. Gf. kaho, a 

Samoan— d *a»Ot the small rods or rafters 
in the roof of a native house. Tahitian — 
cf. aho, the rafter of a house ; thread, twiue, 
Ac Haivaiian— cf. aho, the name of the 
small sticks used in thatching. Tongan — 
kaho, a reed : Moe vaa haho i hono nima 
toomahta ; A reed in his right hand, (h.) An 
arrow; (c.) the ribe or Imes in any work; 
faka-kaho, to rib, to divide by lines. Gf. toga- 
haho, a qniver, the bamboo for holding arrows. 
Mangalan — kakao, a reed: Te au hakao e 

te maiiAu, ka tnate ia; The reeds and flaos 
shall wither, (b.) House- walls made of reed: 
E moe, e te kakao noou o te are ; Oh, reed- 
sides of the house, sleep on I (c.) An arrow : 
E naku e akainana atu nga kakao e torn ; I 
will shoot three arrows. Mangarevan — 
kakaho, a reed. 

KAKAHU (khkaha), [See under Kaho, a gar- 

KAKAHUKURA (hhkahukura), a garment covered 
with red feathers. [See under Eahukuba.] 

KAKAl. [See under Kai, to eat.] 

KAKAMA. [See under Kama.] 

KAKAMAROKE (JbUkhmaroke), to become fine, of 
weather. Gf. maroke, dry. [For compara- 
tives, see Maboke.] 

KAKANITANQA, the commencement of a steep 

KAKANO. [See under Kano.] 

KAKA-0-TE-lHU, the bridge of the nose. Gf. 
kaka, a ridge ; ihu, the nose. 

KAKA-0-TE-lWIROA, the cervical vertebrsB. Gf. 
kaka, a ridge ; ttn'roa, the spine. [For com- 
paratives, see Kaxa, and Iwi.] 

KAKAPO (khkhpb), the name of a bird, the Ground 
Parrot (Orn. Stringopa habroptiltu). 

KAKAPU. [See under Kapu.] 

KAKARA. [See under Kaba.] 

KAKARAMEA, (or karamea,) the name of a sweet- 
scented grass : Ka hoatu te hei kakaramea e 
Tini ki tana tamaiti—k. H. M., ii. 123. Gf. 
kakara, fragrant; mea, a thing. [For com- 
paratives, see Kakaba, and Mba.] 

KAKARAMU, (or karamu,) the name of a shrub 
(Bot. Coprosma lueida). 

KAKARANQl (as karamu). [See preceding word.] 

KAKARAURI {kakaHiuri), to be dusk, twilight, of 
morning or evening : E kakarauri ana ano te 
ata — A. H. M., v. 36 : Kakauri e ki te awa o 
Hauraki—G, P., 188. Gf. uW, dark; pouri, 
dark ; parauri, dark of skin. pPor compara- 
tives, see Ubi, black.] 

KAKARl. [See under Kabi.] 

KAKARIKI (khkhriki), the Parroquet: Ka tae te 
kaka me te kakariki ki ana toto — A. H. M., i. 
48. (Orn., The red-fronted variety, or Platy- 
eerctu nova-telandia ; the yellow- fronted, P. 
auriceps ; the orange-fronted, P. alpinue ; the 
lesser red-fronted, P. rowleyi, (MythJ This 
bird was brought to New Zealand by Turi, in 
the Aotea canoe — A. H. M., ii., 180. 2. The 
Green Lizard {NauUintu elegans). 8. The 
name of a shrub. 4. A melon. 5. Green. 
Samoan— cf. *a'a2t*t, a species of tare. 
Marquesan— cf. nganga^ the house lizard ; 
kakaa, the grey lizaitd. 

KAKARI-KURA, a variety of kumara (sweet po- 
tato: He hinamoremore, he hakari-kura — 
A. H. M., Hi. 83. 

KAKARU-MOANA, a jelly-fish. 

KAKATAI (khkhtai), the name of a bird. 

KAKATARAHAERE, a variety of taro, 

KAKATARAPO {kUtkatarapb), the name of a bird, 
ihe Ground Parrot (Orn. Stringopt habroptiUu), 




KAKAU, the stalk of a plant : A huinh ana raua 
hi nga kakau harakeke — ^Hoh., ii. 6. Gf. 
takakau, a stalk, straw ; kauahi, a stiok nsed 
for obtaining fire by friction ; rakaii^ a tree ; 
timber. 2. The handle of a tool : Ma Uihu 
waka^ ma te kakau hoe — G. P., 111. 8. Thb 
ancient name of the kumara (sweet potato). 
4. A variety of Uie kumara : Katahi ka utaina 
mai te kumara neit a te kakau — P. M., 111. 
Saxnoan— 'au, the stalk of a plant: O *qu 
saito efitu ua (lOupu mai ile^aue taai; Seven 
big ears of com grew on one stalk. (6.) A 
handle ; (c.) a bnnoh of bananas ; {d.) a troop 
a warriors; («.) a class or company; (/.)aBhoal 
of fish ; {g,) the keel of a canoe before it is 
out ; *au*au. Uie ridge-pole of a honse ; fa*a-*au, 
to pat a helve to an axe ; to make a handle 
for anything. Gf. *auti^ Uie stick on which a 
fishing-net is hong in the house ; *atit&, a 
wooden drum-stick. Tahitian— aau, the 
handle of a tool ; (6.) the stalk of fruit ; (c.) 
the stones and rubbish filled up in the wall of 
the marae (sacred place) ; (d.) a reef of coral. 
Cf . aufaut the handle or helve of a tool ; taaaut 
to helve an axe or other instrument. Ha- 
"waiian— aU| Uie handle or helve of an axe ; 
the staff of a spear ; the handle of an auger : 
He auj he koi, he aha^ he pale ; A handle, an 
axe, a cord, a sheath. Cf. auamo, a stick or 
pole with which burdens are carried on the 
shoulder ; auUma^ the stick held in the huid 
when rubbing to procure fire ; kuauj the stick 
or mallet wi& which native cloth (of bark) is 
beaten out ; the handle of a hoe, of a kmfe, 
tool, Ac. Tongan—kau, the stem or stalk : 
ne fufu akinaua i he gaahi kau oefalakesi ; 
And nid them with the stalks of flax; (b.) 
The handle ; kakau, the handle of any tool. 
Cf . kaunakat the handle of a net ; kaunatu, a 
small stick rubbed on another to get fire ; 
talakakau, to take off the handle. Marque- 
san— kokau, the stalk of a fruit. Manga- 
revan— kakau, the stalk of fruit; (6.) the 
stem of the ti (Cordyline), Cf. kakaukore, 
without a stalk, without a tail ; keko^ the shaft 
of a lance; kautoki, an axe-handle; tukau, 
stalks of fruit ; a socket ; a handle ; the tiller 
of a rudder; tukaukau^ a short handle. 
Paumotan— kakau, a handle. Ext. Poly. : 
Motu — cf . 2tu, a tree ; auaii, a stick ; a fork 
to eat with ; a handle, as of an axe. Solo- 
mon Islands — cf. ou, and ava^ tree, wood. 
Savo — cf. kakau, the hand. 

KAKAWA, sweat, perspiration : A ko Uma kakawa, 
ano he tepe toto — Bu., xxii. 44. Cf. kawa, 


Samoan— of. *a*ava, pungent, sour, acrid ; 
scorching hot; *ava^ava, to be oppressively 
hot, as on a sunny, calm day. Tahitian — 
cf. avaava^ bitter, saltish. Hawaiian — cf. 
awaawa, sour, salt. Tongan— kakava, sweat, 
to perspire; faka-kakava, causing perspiration; 
a sudorific ; (b.) to do by proxy ; faka-kava, to 
cause a stink. Cf . fekakavaaki, to sweat from 
place to place ; tatava, sour. 

KAKE, to ascend, to climb upon or over: Kakea 
ake te taupu o te whare — P. M., 19. Cf. ake^ 
upwards; eke^ to mount upon; kauki^ the 
ridge of a hill. 2. To excel, to rise above 
others : He mea pokarekare, ano he wai, e kore 
koe e feiAe— Ken., Ixix. 4. 

Whaka-KAKE, to be overbearing, puffed up; to 

assume superiority. 2. To climb upwazds, to 
ascend : Tena te mouri (mauri) ka whakakake, 
Samoan— *a'e, to asoend, as to the top of a 
house, tree, or mountain ; *a'ea, to be taken, 
as a fort. Cf . a'e, to asoend ; 'a*e^a, a pole or 
beam used as a ladder; *a*epopo'e, to climb in 
fear, as a tree ; *«'e, to place upon ; reverence. 
Tahitian — as, to ascend, clunb, mount up ; 
a climber, one who climbs a tree or hill; {h.\ 
to touch the ground, as a canoe or ship ; {c.) 
the slain in battle that were taken to the marae 
(sacred place) and offered, also other sacrifices 
to the gods, such as fish ; the act of offering ; 
faa-ae, to assist a person to climb. Ha'w^ai- 
ian — ^ae, to raise or lift, as the head ; (b.) to 
mount, as a horse. Tongan — cf. hake, to 
ascend ; up. upwards ; kaka, to climb. Ma- 
ngalan— kake, to dimb, to ascend : Aua mu e 
kake, na te papaka e kake ; I will not dimb, 
let the land-crab cUmb. (6.) To survive, to 
flourish (met.) : Kaa kake teuri a Vairamga ; 
The posterity of Yairanga yet survive. Ma- 
ngarevan— kake, following after; a succes- 
sor ; (6.) a reef or rock awash ; jlevel water, sur- 
face ; (c ) to arrive in shoaLs, as fish from the 
deep sea to deposit spawn, in shallow water ; 
id.) to sleep on a rock in the sea. Cf. ekake- 
hake, a wave of high water breaking on the 
beach. Aniwan — kaoe, up, above. Pau- 
motan — kake, to climb, ascend ; (6.) to run 
aground. Ext. Poly. : Fiji— cf. cake (tftake), 
upwards. Sikayana — cf. kake, to asoend. 

KAKEA, put, matter discharged from a boil. 

KAKI, (South Island dialect for ngaki,) to avenge, 
&o. : Katahi a Roko ka whakatika ki te kaki i 
te mate o Tu — ^A. H. M., i. 31. 

KAKI, the name of a bird, the Black Stnt (Om. 
Himantqpue nova-zelanduB). 

KAKI (kaki), the neck: A hernia tui U kikokiko 
o te kaki ki te tawhiti kareao — ^A. H. M., i. 36. 
Ct porokaki, the back of the neck. 2. The 
throat: Tohu noa ana koe, e Rangikiato, he 
whata kei te kaki ^"Prov. 
Tahitian— aM', the neck, of man, beast, or 
bird : E taviri oia i te a*i ; Wring off his neck. 
Cf. taaai, a cloth for the neck. Hamraiian 
— ai, the neck : He leihala oe ma ka ai o ka 
poe naauao ; You are a wreath for the neck of 
the wise. (6.) Perverseness, disobedience (fig.) ; 
(c.) the throat : A motu ko Kiwalao ai, a make 
no ia; Eiwalao*s throat was cut, and he died. 
Cf . aioeoe, a long neck ; aiuhauha, a stiff or 
cramped neck ; aipuu, a bunch on the shoulder 
from carrying burdens ; kaniai, the throat, 
the windpipe (= Maori tangi-kaki) ; naeoaiku, 
a disease of the throat, the croup. Marque- 
san— kaki, the neck: Mau kaki Atanuano 
Atea; Atanua shades the neck of Atea. (b.) 
To wish, to desire. Paumotan— kaki, the 
neck. Rarotongan— kaki, the neck: Kua 
opu mai aia i toku kaki ; He has taken hold 
of my neck. Mangarevan— kaki, the neck ; 
(b.) to give one a bad nickname. Cf. ivikaki, 
the cervical vertebro ; the neck of a garment ; 
kakipuku, scirrhus (med.) of the throat. 

KAKIKA, the name of a plant (Bot. Seneeio glat- 

KAKIRIKIRI, (South Island dialect) for kokiri : 
Kaklrikiri noa nga ika ki runga ki nga whata 
— WohL, Trans., vii. 5. 




(quick, nimble, agile : He ringa kama- 
kama, a light-fingered person. 

KAKAO (mjtti.), a bird of evil omen, whose note 
was sometimes heard the night before a battle. 
The hair of the men soon to be slain choked 
its utterance, and made its cry hoarse and 
gmfL Also called Tarakakao — ^A. H. M., ii. 

KAKARA. [Bee nnder Kara.] 

KAKARA (kSkkara), the name of a shell-fish. 

KAKO, idle ; trifling, of no moment. 


Ha^vaiian — aama, a person who speaks 
rapidly ; concealing from one, and communi- 
eating to another ; (b.) one who is expert in 
gaining knowledge; (e.) the motion of the 
hands, when a person would try to seize hold 
of something while it rolls down a steep place ; 
(d.) the act of stealing or pilfering ; («.) the 
name of a foor-footed animal in the sea. 
Tahiti an — cf. aama^ to be burning brightly 
and vehemently, as a good fire ; amafatu, clever, 
skilful, ingenious. Tongan — kakama, to 
bustle, to drive about ; kamakama, to bustle, 
drive about. Cf. fekakamaakif to be anxious 
about several things at the same time. Ma- 
ngarevan— cf. makamat promptly, at the 
same moment. Pauznotan— cf. Akzma, to 
bum ; a flame, a torch. Ext. Poly. : Kayan 
—cf. Jbama, the hand. 

KAMA HI, the name of a tree (Bot. Weinmatmia 

KANAKA (kHimaka), a rock, a stone : Totchu iho 
ana ratou ki te rire^ ano he kamaka — Eko., xv. 
5. Cf. maka, to throw. 
Saxnoan — cf. ma*at a stone ; ma*a*at hard, 
strong ; ma*aafu^ a heated stone of the oven ; 
ina*anao, gravelly; anoama% rough, stony; 
falema*a, a stone house. Haivaiian — cf. 
maa^ a sling ; to sling, as a stone. Tongan 
— cf . maka^ stone or rock of any kind ; maka- 
tnUt sandstone ; makakay hard, unyielding ; 
makataj a sling ; to sling stones ; taumakay to 
fasten small stones to the edge of a fishing- 
net. [For full derivatives, see Maxa.] 

KAMATA {k&mata), the tip of a leaf, the end of a 
branch, the top of a tree. Cf. matat the point, 
or extremity ; karamata, the head of a tree. 

Saxnoan — of. *amata, to begin; mato, the 
point of anything ; matavao^ tiie edge of the 
forest. Haw^alian — of. makat the point of 
an instrument ; the budding or first shooting 
of a plant. Tahitian — cf. mata, the ^t 
beginning of anything ; mateuire, the head or 
top of waves. Tongan— cf. kamatat to begin 
(cf. Maori, timatat to begin). [For full deriva- 
tives see Mata, point.] 

KAMAU, (Moriori,) constant. Cf. tnau, fixed, 
lasting ; pumau^ constant, permanent ; tamaut 
to fasten. [For comparatives, see Mau.] 

KAME, to eat ; food. Cf. tame, to eat ; kome, to 
eat ; kamu, to eat. 
Paumotan— cf. kamikami, to smack the 

KAMOy an eyelash: Puna U roimata, i paheke 
ku kei aku Aamo— M. M., 36. Cf. kaikamOt 
the eyelash. 

KAMO, 1 to wink. Cf. kimo, to wink. 2. 

KAMOKAMO, [ To twinkle : Titiro to mata ki a 
Rehm, hi U mata kihai % Aamo-*Prov. Of. 


kapokapo, to twinkle, oorosoate. 8. To bubble 

KAMONQA, the eyelash. 

KAMOA. [NoTB. — A rare and curious word : Kei 
kamoa e nga werewere o Hinenuitepo ; Lest 
you be sucked in by the lips of Hine-nui-te-Po 
— A. H. M., i. 50. Kamo means eyelash ; and 
in Tahitian verevere means both eyelids and 
piuleTidum muliebre. Hine-nui-te-Po did not 
destroy Maui with her mouth. See Maui, 
and A. H. M., ii. 64.] 

Tahitian — amo, to wink ; the wink of the 
eye : E amo noa hoi Uma mata ; He winks with 
his eyes, (b.) To make a sign by winking ; 
(c.) to flash, as lightning, when frequent and 
small ; amoamo, to wink repeatedly ; to twin- 
kle, as the stars ; faa-amo, to make to flinch ; 
faa-amoamO| to make to wink, or flinch, re- 
peatedly. Cf. mataamoamo, an eye given to 
winking ; amoraa-mata, a moment, an instant 
(lit. " twinkling of an eye ") ; amoamoapipiti, 
to wink at one another, as two persons. 
Ha^waiian—amo, to wixik, as the eye: Ua 
hakalia ka amo ana o ka maka ; Slow was the 
winking of the eyes. (6.) To twinkle, as a 
star : amoamOi to wink repeatedly. Cf. tmo, 
to wink ; itmo, to wink repeatedly ; hokuamo- 
amOf the twinkling of stars; the winliing of 
eyes. Rarotongan— kamokamo, to wmk: 
Kg tei kamokamo i tona mata, kua akatupu ia 
i te aue ; He who winks with his eyes causes 
sorrow. Tongan—kamo, and kamokamo, to 
beckon, to make signs ; to give the wink. Cf. 
fekamoaki, to beckon to one another ; fekamo- 
kamqjit to wink one at the other ; faka-kemO' 
kemOj to twinkle in the eyes when looking at 
one another; kemo, the eyebrows; the wink 
of the eye ; kimo, the glare of the sun, as seen 
in hot weather; taukamo, to beckon with 
the hand, to make signs with the eyes ; takemo, 
to move the eyelids up and down repeatedly. 
Mangarevan—kamokamo, variegated, to be 
striped with different colours. Cf. kamo, to 
steu; a robber. Paumotan—kamo, to ogle, 
to glance ; kamokamo, to blink, to wink. 

KAMU, to eat. Cf. kame, food; to eat; tame, to 
eat ; kome, to eat ; kai, to eat. 2. To move 
the Ups in anticipation of food. Cf. tame, to 
smack the lips ; kome, to move the jaw as in 


Saxnoan— cf. *amu, to cut off, as part of a 
beam. Tahitian — amu, to eat: E amuhia 
oe mat te he; The canker-worm shall eat 
you up. (6.) An eater : Ua mairi maira i roto 
i te vaha o te amu ; They shall fall into the 
mouth of the eater. Amuamu, to eat a little 
repeatedly, as a sick person beginning to re- 
cover; aamu, a glutton; voracious; (b.) cor- 
roding, spreading, as rust or disease; (c.) a 
tale, a story ; faa-amu, to feed, to supply with 
food. Cf. amuhau, to enjoy the fruits of 
peace ; hiamu, to have an appetite, or to long 
for food or drink ; ama, to devour. Ha'fvaiian 
— of. amut to shear the hair from the head. 
Tongan — hamu, to eat food of one kind only. 
Cf. lamu, to chew. Ext. Poly. : Malay— cf. 
J&mu, to glut, satiate; jamu, to entertain a 
guest. Java— of. toiiitt, aguest. Matu— of. 
kamu, to taste. Baliyon— «f. komo, to eat. 

KAMUj seeds of oowhage. 

KAMURI {kimiunl a cooking-ahsd. 




\ to stare wildly : E taheite hina 
k, j Urn nga kanohi o nga tangata 


nei — A. H. M., ii. 81: Kanakana kau nga 
tangata o Peniamne — Eal, zx. 41. Cf. mata- 
kanat on the look-oat ; pukana, to stare wildly; 
kanapa, bright. [See No. 3 of next word.] 
Tahitian^f. anaana^ bright, or shining. 
Paumotan— of. kanakana, shining, radiant, 
beaming; kanapanapa, to glitter; kanapa, 
lightning; niho-kanakanat the enamel of the 
teeth. Mangarevan — cf. kanakanaurat to 
begin to take a red oolonr, to ripen, as fruit. 

KANAKANA, themesh of anet. 2. TheLamprey 
(Ich. Petronnyzon sp.) 8. The ^ebalUi. [See 

KANAE, the name of a fish, the Grey Mallet. 
(Ich. Mugil penuit). 

Tahitian— anae, the mallet. Hawaiian 
— anae, the mallet. Mangarevan — kanae, 
a species of fish. Ext. Poly.: Fiji— of. 
kanace (kanatAe), the mallet. 

KANAE (myth.) When the Ponatari oame up 
oat of the water to their hoase, Manawa-Tane, 
the Kanae, or Mallet, oame with them. 
Tawhaki and Earihi slew all the Ponatari, in 
revenge for the death of Hema ; bat the Eanae 
escaped by its leaping power, and got back to 
the sea— P. M., 40. 

KANAENAE, bewUdered. 

Tahitian— anae, to be anxioos, thoaghtfal ; 
anxiety ; anaenae, to be repeatedly exercising 
anxioas thoaght, so as to destroy sleep ; to be 
repeatedly disturbed in sleep by some oneasi- 
ness of body or mind. Paumotan — kanae- 
nae, to preooonpy the mind. 

KANAERAUKURA, the name of a fish, the Fresh- 
water Mullet. 

KAN AKU, fire. Cf. ka, to take fire, to be lighted ; 
hana, to glow; kanapa, bright; kanapUi 
bright, shining. 

Tahitian — cf. anaana^ bright, shining, 
splendid ; anapa^ to flash as lightning. Ha- 
"waiian — cf. anaha, the flashing of light; 
anapu, a flash of light; anapa, to flash. 
Mangarevan — cf. kanapa^ bright, shining; 
kanakana, to shine, radiate. Paumotan — 
cf . kanakana, radiant, beaming. 

KAN A PA, bright, shining. Cf. kanapu, bright; 
konapu, shining ; ka, to take fire ; rarapa, to 
fiash. 2. Conspicaoas from ooloar. 
Tahitian — anapa, to fiash, as lightning ; a 
flash of lightning: Te anapa o te mahae ra; 
The glittering of the spear. Anapanapa, to 
flash repeatedly; faa-anaana, to brighten, to 
make to shine. Cf . a, the state of combustion, 
or burning well; anaana, bright, shining; 
hoTiahana, splendour, glory. Ha^irailan — 
anapa, to shine with reflected light, as the 
moon reflected on the water ; (h.) to flash like 
lightning ; (c.) to light suddenly ; anapanapa, 
the dazzling of the sun on any luminous body 
so as to strike the eyes with pain. Cf. a, to 
bum, as a fire ; anaha, the flashing of light ; 
anapu, a flash of light; to burn, scorch, as 
^e direct rays of the sun; napanapa, to be 
bright, shining; lalapa, to blaze, as a fire. 
Mangarevan — kanapa, bright, shining; 
kananapa, shining ; kanapanapa, very bright, 
long. continued brightness; aka- kanapa, to 

make brilliant. Cf. ka, to kindle; kaka, 
yellow-red; kanakanaura, beginning to grow 
red, as ripening fruit. Paumotan — kanapa, 
lightning ; kanapanapa, to shine, glitter. Cf. 
kaniga, fire ; kanakana, to shine brightly. 

KANAPANAPA {kiinapanapa), dark, like to deep 

KANAPE (khnape), not, no. 

KANAPU, bright, shining. Cf. kanapa, hnghi; 
kanapu, bright; ka, to take fire. 2. Light- 
ning : He uira, he kanapu, te toku o te ariki — 
O. P., 83. 

Hawaiian — anapu, a flash of light ; to flash 
as lightning : E like me ka uila i anapu mai 
at ; Like the flash of lightning, (b,) To bum, 
to scorch, as the direct rays of the sun ; (c.) to 
quiver, as the rays of the san on black lava ; 
U.) a glimmering of light ; anaanapu, to un- 
aulate, as the air under a hot sun ; (6.) to flash 
as lightning ; (c.) to crook often, to have many 
crooks ; anapunapu, heat or light reflected, or 
both ; hoo-anapu, to send forth lightning : E 
hooanapu mai i ka uwila, a e hoopueku ia 
lakou; Cast forth the lightnings and scatter 
them. Cf. a, to bum as a fire ; anapa, to light 
suddenly, to flash. [For other comparatives, 
see EANAPi.] 

KANAWA (myth.). Te Kanawa was a chief of 
Waikato, who, sleeping on the hill called 
Pukemoremore, was surrounded by a troop of 
fairies. [See Patupakarkhk.] He was very 
frightened, and offered his jewels (ornaments) 
to them, but they only took away the shadows 
of tiie jewels, and left the substance with him. 
They vanished at daybreak— P. M.. 183. 2. 
A deity consulted by the priest Hapopo, on 
the approach of the war party led by Uenoka 
against Tawheta — ^A. H. M., 111.-20. 

KANAWA, a precious war -weapon, which ia 
huided down as an heirloom, and used by the 
senior warrior. 2. A variety of the kumara 
(sweet potato). 

KANEHETANGA, affeption (one auth.). 

KAN EKE, (kUneke,) \ to move from one's place; 

KANEKENEKE, | to moYe i Kahore hoki kia 
kaneke te hoe i runga i te mokihi — Wohl., 
Trans., vii. 51. Cf. neke, to move ; paneke, to 
move forwards. [For comparatives, see Nbks.] 

KANEWHA {kiiMwha), underdone, only partially 

KANI, ) to rab backwards and forwards ; to 
K A N I K A N I , J saw, as in catting a block of stone ; 
a saw : He kohatu utu nut enei katoa, he mea 
kani ki te kani — 1 Ei., vii. 9. 2. To danoe ; 
a dance : A tangohia ratou etahi wahine i roto 
i te hunga i kanikani ra — Eai., xxi. 23. 
Hamrailan— cf. anai, to rub, grind, soour 
{kani, to sing, is not proper letter-change, but 
is the Maori tangi) ; ani, to pass over a sur- 
face, as the hand over a table ; drawing, drag- 
ging, as a net for fish ; ania, smooth and even 
of surface ; aniani, a glass, a mirror ; aniania, 
smooth and even, as the surface of a planed 
board. Tongan— cf. kanai, to rub, to dean 
with kana (a soft kind of stone, used for rab- 
bing canoes) ; kanikani, to break, spoil, dis- 
figure, deface ; kanikita, a kind of sandstone. 
Marquesan— cf. koukani, wood on which 
one rubs to procure fire. Tahitian — of. ani, 




Boperfieiality, the quality of being merely on 
the Boriaoe. 

KANIHI (lantfti), to patch a garment. 

KANIHI (myth.), a whirlpool in which Whiro 
and Tora were nearly engulfed : Te waha o Te 
Kanihi. Cf. Te waha o Te Parata. [See 

KANIOTAKIRAU (myth.). Te EanLo-Takiraa 
was a chief dweUing at XJwawa, for whom the 
first honse earred by men was made by Hinga- 
ngaroa. [See Bttapupttsb.] 

KAN IOWA I (myth.), a wife of Bata— A. H. M., 
iii. 5. [See Rata.] 

KANIUHI (myth.)i a deity who, in answer to the 
prayers of the good to Tane for vengeance on 
the wicked, sent the rains of the I>elnge — 
A. H. M., 1 180. 

KANIWHA (JUkniwha), the barb of a fishhook: 
Kaore e kaniwha hei whiHki i te hauae o te 
tio— Wohl., Trans., vii. 41. Cf. niwha^ the 
barb of a fishhook. 2. A spear, barbed on one 

KANIWHANIWHA, the barb of a bird-spear. 

KANO, \ the grain of wood, the disposition of 

KAKANO.) the fibres. 2. Berries which serve 
as food for pigeons, &g, 

KAKANO (IcdAiano), a seed, a pip : Nga purapura 
a nga wafdne ra i hari mat at, he kumara, he 
kaiano hue — G.*8, 18. Cf. kanohi, the eye. 
[See Tongan.] 

KANOKANO, full of small lumps. 

Samoan — *a'ajio, the flesh of animals : Na 
e faaofuina o au i le ^a^u ma le aano ; You 
have clothed me with skm and flesh. (&.) The 
kernel of a oocoanut ; (e.) substantial lood ; 
(d.) the marrow of a bone : Vu su foile aano 
o ona ivi; His bones are moist wiu marrow. 
Cf. ^anogase^ the lean part of flesh ; anomanava^ 
provisions for a journey. Tahitlan — aano, 
sperm, or seed of certain fishes ; (&.) the red 
berries of the pua tree ; (c.) seeds of gourds, 
pumpkins, melons, and cucumbers ; (d.) a 
oocoanut water-bottle; anoano, the seeds of 
gourds, melons, (fee. Cf. anotwpu, a resident. 
Haivaiian — anoano, seeds, the seeds of fruit, 
as of melons, apples, onions, (fee. : Aole keia he 
waki no na anoano ; It is not a place of seeds. 
(6.) The semen of xnales : A ina e puka aku ka 
anoano o he kanaka mailoko aku ona ; If any 
man's seed goes out from him. (e.) Descend- 
ants, children of men ; ho-ano, sacred, to con- 
secrate; proud, full of self-confidence. Cf. 
ano, the likeness, resemblance, or image of a 
thing; the meaning of a word or phrase. 
Tongan — kakano, flesh : Koia kotoahe e ala 
hi hono kakano e tabu ai ia ; Whatever shall 
touch the flesh shall be holy. (&.) The kernel, 
the heart, or inside of anything ; faka-kano- 
kano, to be full ; to be lined, as part of the 
horizon with dark clouds ; kanokano, fat ; (&.) 
a tenor voice ; faka-kakano, to fill, to line, to 
put inside ; (&.) earthly, fleshly. Cf. kanoala- 
alava, cross-grained; kanoimata, the ball of 
the eye ; kanofafau^ tough, ropy, applied to 
the flesh of animals; kanomate, the lean of 
flesh ; kanotcutau, tender, soft ; agafakaka- 
kano^ carnal, fleshly ; ano^ a lake, pool ; aano, 
to think. (Cf. Hawaiian loko, a lake, siso the 
heart, disposition.) Marquesan — kakano, 
grains, seeds, pips : Me te teita haapuu kakano; 

And the herb yielding seed. Mangarevan 
— kanokano, grain, berry, pip. Cf. kanokino, 
niggardly, mean ; a vagabond. Paumotan 
— kakano, a board, a plank; (&.) spawn. 

KANOHI, the eye (sometimes Konohi): Ano ka 
wehi taua tin ki ona kanohi — P. M., 19. Cf. 
kano, a kernel, berry [see Tongan] ; kanakana, 
to stare wildly. 2. The face : Ko te kanohi te 
roa kei te whatianga o te ringaringa — G.-8, 30. 
Haivaiian— onohi, the centre of the eye: 
Ka oni i ka haku onohi ; The pupil of my eye 
is troubled. (&.) The eyeball, the apple of the 
eye (kiUonohi, the little image in the centre of 
the eye : Maori letters = tiki-kanohi) ; (c.) the 
centre of a thing; (d.) the centre of heat and 
light; {e.) the excess of a thing, applied to 
darkness, t.«., the profundity of darkness : Ke 
onohi ka pouli ; Where darkness is concen- 
trated, (f.) The stars |poet.) : Ke kau mai la 
na onohi i ka lewa; The stars stand still in 
the Upper Space. (Myth.) Kaonohiokala 
(** the eyeball of the sun,"=: M. L. Te Eanohi- 
o-te-Ba) was the name of a god who conducted 
the spirit of a dead man to the Shades ; his 
companion was called Euahailo. Tahitlan — 
cf. aano, the seeds of melons, Ac; the red 
berries of the pua tree ; anohi, the point of 
a fish-hook. Tongan -~cf. kanoimata, the 
pupil of the eye ; kakano, the flesh, the kernel, 
heart, or inside of anything. Mangarevan 
— cl konohi, to resemble anyone in anything. 
Paumotan — nohi, the eye. Cf. tukenohi, 
the eyebrow ; nohikaruri, to look aside ; nohi' 
fera, to look aside ; roinohi, a tear (= Maori 
roimata, a tear). 

KANOHI-MOWHITI, the name of a bird, the 
White-Eye (Om. Zosterope kueralit). This 
bird is said to have migrated to New Zealand 
in modem times. 

KANOKANO, a relative living among a distant 

KANOKANOA (kanokanod), to feel affection for 
an absent relative or friend. 
Tahltian~cf. ano, desolate, as a honse or 
land ; anoa, distance, lost in distance, as the 
sun in setting, a ship when lost to sight, Ao, ; 
anoano, seeds ; anotupu, a resident. Hawai- 
ian — cf. anoano, descendants, the children of 
men. Tongan —cf . aano, to think. 

KANONO, the name of a tree (Bot. Copronna sp.) 

KANOTI (k^noti), to bank up, to cover up em- 
bers with ashes or earth to keep them alight. 
Cf. whaka-noti, to cover fire with ashes for 
the same purpose. [For comparatives, see 


KANUKA (k^mika), the name of a tree (Bot. 
Leptoipermum ericoidet), 

KANGA, to curse ; a curse : Ka kanga mat hoki 
raua ki a ia — P. M., 38. 
Tahitlan — aa, a provocation, insult, jeer, 
taunt ; to provoke, insult ; (6.) jocular, given 
to jest; aaa, to insult, to provoke. Ha- 
waiian — anaana, a kind of sorceiy, or prayer, 
used to procure the death of or a curse upon 
anyone ; to practice sorcery : Me ka uku no ka 
anaana ana; With the rewards of sorcery. 
Ih.) Witchcraft, divination: Ke toanana net 
lakou ia oukou i hihio wahahee a me ka aria- 
ana ; They prophesy a false vision and divina- 
tion to you. Aana, to speak angrily, to fret. 




Cf. ana, grief, trouble for the oonduet of 
others; anaanai, Angry, Paumotan — kaga, 
to ineult; (b.) lewd! Mangaian — kanga, 
to be mischievonB. Ext. Poly.: Fiji— ^. 
ni-kaka, to curse ; to utter evil wiflhee. 

KANGATUNGATU {k^Lngatungatu), a verandah. 

KAO, dried ktmara — See Col., Traus., ziii. 12. 
Cf. kaokao, the side of a body. [See Macga- 

Hawralian — ao, dried halo {taro), or pota- 
toes, used as food; (6.) sea-bread, or any nard 
bread, was so called by Hawaiians when they 
first saw it. Tongan — kakao. to bore or 
thrust with the finger. [In tius way the 
kumara for making kao were obtained by the 
Maori, i.e., by thrusting in the fingers at the 
base of the pUnt-hill, and groping for some of 
the new tubers, while the bulk was left grow- 
ing.] Mangarevan— aka-kaokao, to take 
food out of a hole on one side without touch- 
ing the other. Cf. kao, a shoot or sprout; 
matakaOt first-fruits ; pakaokao, the name of a 
long breadfruit ; to grow without getting fat, 
said of a child ; aka-jmkaokao, to go on wear- 
ing one side of a mat, while the other is left 
almost unworn. Mangaian — kao, the core : 
Kua taviriviri te kao o te meika ; The core of 
the banana is twisted. Cf. kao^ the terminal 
bud of a plant. Ext. Poly. : Malagasy— cf. 
keo^ a piece of bullock's hide, toasted ready for 

KAOKAO, the ribs, the side of the body : I te 
kaokao he iohu mate — A. H. M., ii. 4. Cf. kao, 
dried kumara [see Mangarevan] . 2. The side 
of a canoe, of a hill, <fec. Cf. kaho, a rafter ; 
kakaho, a reed [see Tongan] . S. (Moriori) 
The name of a certain wind. 
Samoan — 'ao'ao, the armpits; (&.) the m- 
ner sides of a canoe ; (c.) slim, slender. Cf. 
a*ao, the arm, hand, or leg of a chief. Ha- 
Tvaiian — aoao, the side of a thing, as land, 
country, the coast of a country. Tahitian 
— aoao, the ribs: E mauiui rafd tei te taha 
aoa^ te taata atoa ; All the men have pain 
in the ribs, (h,) Slimness; tall; well-shaped. 
Cf. aooiOtahi, a broad rib>bone ; an intrepid 
warrior; tahaaoao, the side under the arm. 
Tongan — kaokao, the sides of a vessel or 
canoe. Cf. kaohobotakai, a canoe with sides 
bulged out; kaokaotuu, a canoe with sides 
straight up and down ; kaho, the ribs or lines 
of any work ; a reed. Marquesan — kaokao, 
the side of the body, the flank. Manga- 
revan — kao (kho), the ctsophagtu, gullet; 
^6.) to desire anyone ardently ; kaokao {kUto- 
jbdo), the side ; (&.) the lateral part of a thing ; 
aka-kao, to drink without letting the lips touch 
the vessel; aka-kaokao, to take food out of a 
hole on one side without touching the other. 
Cf. kaonui, a glutton ; envious ; pakaokao, on 
the side; a side wind; struck on the side; 
tukaokao, to be by the side of. Paumotan 
— kaokao, the side, flank, ribs ; (6.) lateral. 

KAO {kUto), [contracted forms of kahore, no, 
KAORE (ftdore), ) not: Nohea koia koe t No te 
uruf No te rakit JSToo— P. M., 19: Kaore 
ano i weheanoatia — P. M., 7. Cf. kahore-kau, 
not at all. 2. Alas 1 Kaore te aroha e tara 
mat net; ko au tonu afUH-MSS. [For oom- 
paraiiTes, see Eabobe.] | 

KAORIKI, the name of a bird, the Little Bittern 
(Cm. Ardea maculata), 

KARA, a rank, a row; to stand in a row or 
rank : Noho tu ai, noko kapa ai, porowhawhe 
noa te ana — A. H. M., v. 12 : He roa nga kupu 
totohe a raua i roto i te kapa o ta ratou haka. 
Cf. apa, a company of workmen. 2. Play, 

KAKAPA, to flutter, to flap: Me he manu aue 
kakapa — Prov. 

KAPAKAPA, to palpitate: Kapakapa tu ana, te 
tau taku ate — M. M., 52. 2. To tremble : 
Kapakapa, kapakapa tu taku wairua — ^A. H. M., 
ii. 3. 3. To flutter, flap : Kua rongo raua i te 
kapakapa o te harirau o te kuku — ^P. ML, 144. 
Cf. kapekapetUt, to flutter, writhe; kopekope, 
to shake in the wind; Aitanga-a-Tiki-kapa- 
kapa, birds. 

Samoan — apa (dpa), coitus; 'apa*apa, the 
fin of a fish. Cf. ^apath, to clap the wings ; 
*apa^au, a wing ; apa^auvai, a species of small 
bat (EmJbalUmura fuliginosa) ; *apa*apavalu, 
a shark with eight fins. Ha^walian — apa- 
apa, unsettled, unstable, irresolute ; (b.) with- 
out truth, deceitful ; guile, deceit. Cf. apahu, 
pieces cut off ; apana, a division of people. 
Tahitian — apa (apci), a mode of using the 
hands in a Native dance ; apa, a fishhook with 
two feathers fixed to it, for catching some 
kinds of fish ; (6.) a young bird ; (c.) to dart 
a reed so as to slide along the ground ; apa- 
apa, birds of all sorts ; (b.) to flap, as a sail, 
or as the wings of a bird ; (c.) one side of a 
thing when divided through the middle, as the 
carcase of a beast or fish ; the side of a house, 
Ac. Cf. tuapa, a weakling in the ranks; a 
bird just able to fly. Tongan — kaba^ the 
comers and edges of anything ; (6.) a siege ; 
to besiege, to storm a fort; (c.) to flap the 
wings ; (d.) to try to crawl, as a child ; ka- 
kaba, to reach out, to extend the arm to readi ; 
kabakaba, to flicker, to flutter; to hover on 
the wings ; (&.) the side-fins of a shark ; faka- 
kaba, to comer ; to leave an end or comer in 
cutting off. Cf . faka-halu, to make a flapping 
noise; abaahai, to move in a mass, as 
soldiers ; kahakau, wings ; kahalu, to flap, to 
flop; to move with a flapping noise; kaba>' 
toka, to begin to fly, as chickens; fekabaaki, 
to extend the hands; fekabalui, to flap; to 
make a flapping noise ; fetaukahaaki, to hover, 
as a bird on the wing ; taukaha, to flap the 
wings. Mangarevan— kapa, a song for the 
dead ; (&.) all kinds of chants and recitations. 
Paumotan— kapakapa, half ; (6.) a piece, a 
particle, lot, portion, share. Mangaian — 
kapakapa, to flutter, flap : E kapakapa te manu 
e tau ra; What a flapping of wings when 
resting. Ext. Poly.: Malagasy — cf. kepo" 
kepaka, flounced in the wind ; kambana, 
joined ; twins ; resemblance ; connected to- 
gether. Ternate (Moluccas)— cf. gabagaba, 
the leaf-stalk of the sago palm, v-shaped, used 
for fencing, for sides and partitions of Native 
housea Magindano — cf. kapakapa, a fan. 
Ulaiva— of. apaapa, a wing. Malanta 
(Saa) — of. apaapa i manu, a wing. 

KAPANA {kilpana), a potato. 

KAPARA (kdpara), a comb. Cf. mdpara, a oomb. 
2. Besinous wood of the Bimu and Eahikatea 
trees. It is uplit into shreds, and then tied in 




bondlefl for ase aa torches : He kapara miti 
Hnu — ^ProT. Gf. para^ half of a tree ; split 
down the middle. 

Tahitlan — cf. apara, a name given to pia 
(arrowroot,) and other things when collected 
together, from a strange notion, formerly 
entertained, that they would vanish away if 
called hy their proper names. Haivaiian 
— cf. apana, a fragment, slice. 

KAPATAU {kaphtau), if. 

KAPATAU, to threaten, to express an intention 
of doing. Cf . kawataut to speak frequently of 
one's intentions or expectations. 

KAPE, the eyebrow. 2. The space between the 
eyes and eyebrows. S. Tattooing under the 
eyebrows. 4. To pass by, to leave out : Kaua 
ra e kapea to pononga — Ken., xviii. 3. 6. To 
pick oat. 6. To push away : He pirau kai 
ma u arero e kape — Prov. 

KAPEKAPE, a stick for lifting embers. 

Saxnoan — ^ape, to pluck out the eyes, 
plural *a*ape ; 'ape'ape, to raise the skin over 
a boil, so as to let the matter escape. Tahl-- 
tian — ape, to flinch, so as to avoid a blow ; 
the act of flinching in danger, or of avoiding 
the consequences of an argument ; apeape, to 
flinch repeatedly. Tongan— kabe, to swear, 
to abuse with bad language ; (6.) a plant 
whose root is eaten ; kabekabe, to deepen the 
trenches of a fort by a second digging ; kakabe, 
to raise, aa by a lever. Cf. kabei, to force, to 
pluck ; to take out ; kabekabeteetiUi^ to pick 
anythmg out of the ear ; kabetefua^ to lift up 
and throw down suddenly ; kabetuu^ to renew 
the kafa (sixmet) lashings of a canoe without 
taking the canoe to pieces; fekabeaki^ to 
swear one at another. Ext. Poly. : Fiji — cf. 
kabe-a, to hold the spear ready to throw it ; 
kabekdbe-a, to spread a report. 

KAPEKA {klkp€ka)t the head of a river. Cf. peka, 
a branch. 

KAPEKAPE, the north-west wind. 

KAPETA, a kind of dogfish. 

KAPEKAPETA {kapekapeU^i), to flatter, writhe* 
Cf. kapakapa, to flutter; karapetapetaut to 
flap, as a fish out of water; to wag the 
tongne ; petapeta, rags. 
Ha^vraiian — cf. apeape^ the motion of the 
gills of a fish in water ; api, to flap, as the 
gills of a fiah when hauled out of the water; 
to shake, to tremble ; to throb ; to beat ; 
kapekepeke, (not the usual letter-change,) to 
totter ; to roll ; to be onsettled, inconstant. 

KAPEKAPETAU, qoick, speedy. 

KAPETO, a species of dog-fish. 

KAPEU, an ornament of bone; a genealogical 
register, made by notching wood or bone. 
^Noxx. — For illustrations, see A. H. M., iii., 
£sg. part, 192. Kapeu - lohakapapa, see 
A. H. M., iiL, Maori part, 114.] 

lA PI, to be covered ; to be filled up, occupied : 
Ko U hangi e kapi katoa i U tarutaru — 
A. H. If., L 36 : Ka kapi katoa hoki nga 
vhatitoka-^T. M., 43. CI apiapi, close to- 
gether; crowded together; kapiti^ diut in, 
confined. 2. To dose, as a harbour : A kapi 
pu te kongtUu o te awo— A. H. M., y. 10. 

Whaka-KAPly to fill up a spaoe ; one who filla 

up the place of another; a relief, a substi- 
tute ; a successor. 
Saxnoan— *api'api, to patch up a cracked 
canoe with bamboos. CI apiapi^ narrow, 
strait ; apitia, to be wedged in, to be confined. 
Haivaiian— api, to gather together, as peo- 
ple to one spot ; to bring into small compass, 
as baggage ; apipi, united, joined together, as 
the two canoes of a double canoe. Cf. pipi, an 
oyster. Tahitlan— api, folds of cloth pasted 
together ; (&.) the bivalve shells of shell-fish ; 
(e.) a part of a canoe ; (d,) to be full, to be 
occupied ; closed up, filled ; {e.) to confederate 
togeUier, as different parties ; to join, as the 
subdivisions of a fieet of war-canoes; (/.) 
young, recent, late; apia, closed, as an 
oyster ; apiapi, filled, occupied ; narrow, nar- 
rowness ; faa-apiapi, to fill up, to encumber, 
as by crowding a space. Cf. apiparau^ the 
valve that unites the pearl-oyster shell; 
apipitif together; apitit a couple on the 
ground joined together. Tongan — kabikabi, 
to wedge, to fasten with a wedge or wedges. 
Cf. abiabit crowded ; narrow ; aabi^ strait, 
confined. Mangarevan— kapi, to be re- 
plete, full; (&.) to be ended, accomplished. 
Cf . kapitait to fish at night with a leaf-chain ; 
apiapi, to be densely packed ; pressed upon by 
a crowd; aka-api, to be crowded together. 
Paumotan— kapi, full, to be full, replete. 
Mangalan — cf. kapiti, close together, side 
by side. Ext. Poly. : Fiji— cf. kabi, to stick 
or cleave to; kabikabi, fiowers or delicate 
vines put round the head for an ornament ; 
kakabi, sticky, glutinous. Malay— cf. kapit, 
a companion, associate, second ; apit, pressed 
together, squeezed. 

KAPI A (khpia), kauri gum, resin. Cf. pia, gum 
of trees. [For comparatives, see Pii.] 

KAPITI, to be close together, as opposite sides of 
a steep ravine ; to be clenched, set, as the teeth : 
Ka kapiti nga niho — Q.-8, 26. Cf. apiti, to 
place side by side ; apiapi, close together ; 
kapi, to be filled up, occupied. 2. A cleft, a 
crevice: Ka kawea koe e ahau ki roto ki te 
kapiti kohatu — £ko., xxxiii. 22. 3. A gorge, 
a narrow pass. 4. Fighting at close quarters. 
5. The name of a bone. Cf . apiti, the roMue 
bone of the lower arm. 
Samoan— cf. apitia, to be wedged in, con- 
fined, straitened; apiapi, narrow, strait. 
Tahitlan — apiti, a couple, or two joined 
together; two, in counting; to join or unite 
with another ; (&.) to have two sources, applied 
to the wind when coming from two different 
quarters; apiti piti, to couple or join things 
together repeatedly; aapiti, united, doubled. 
Cf. piti, two (ma is the old word) ; opt, to 
confederate together ; apipiti, altogether, by 
parties joining together; epiti, a couple. 
Haivaiian— apikipiki, to fold up, as a 
piece of native cloth. Cf. upiki, to shut 
suddenly together, as the jaws of a trap; 
to snare; upikipiki, shuttmg up, folding 
together, as a foreign fan; piki, to do in- 
stantly; apiapi, united, joined together. 
Rarotongan— kapiti, close together, side by 
side ; in company : Kare ua e tokorua tangata 
i kitea atu i te kapiti anga ; No two men were 
left together. Mangarevan— kapiti, to be 
idlied, joined together ; to make thmgs touch 
eaoh other* Cf • fccgnti, to add to ; to associate 




with anyone; to unite things side by side; 
kopitiragat addition. Marquesan— cf . tapiti, 
to join, to unite; haaj^itit tight, oompaot, 
crowded ; piHki, to bind ; fastened together. 
Paumotan— kapiti. to seal up ; kapitipiti, to 
unite, united ; {b,) to collect, gather. Tongan 
— cf . ahyi, to tie together ; kabikahi, to fasten 
with a wedge. Ext. Poly.: Malay— cf. kapit, 
a companion, associate, friend; apiu close, 
side by side ; to squeeze. Fiiji — of. kahi, to 
stick or deaye to; kakabit Tisoous, sticky. 
Tagal — of. ealapit, close together. 

KAPO, to catch at, to snatch : Kapo rare te kuri 
— Frov. : Kapo Umu atu ki te kotiro — P. M., 
64. Gf. apo, to grasp. 

Samoan — *apo, to cling to, to keep near to ; 
(&.) to take care of, as an orphan child. Gf. 
sapo, to catch anything thrown, as a dog with 
his mouUi; sasapo, to catch a number of 
oranges thrown up and kept going ; tau^apo- 
*apOf to cleave to. Tahitian — apo, to catch 
a thing thrown to a person; the act of so 
catching; apoapo, to catch repeatedly things 
thrown at a person; aapo, to apprehend or 
understand a thing quickly, apt to understand. 
Haivailan — apo, to catch at, as with the 
hand ; to hook in ; (&.) to span or reach 
round, to put one's arm round another: O 
Hauiif kai apo kahi; Hauii, the sea-en- 
ciroling. {e.) To receive; to embrace, as a 
long-absent friend : Halo mai laia e halawai 
me ia, apo mai laia ia; He ran to meet him, 
and embraced him. (d.) To contain, hold : 
Aole e Mki i na lani ame na lani o na lani ke 
apo iaoe; Heaven and the heaven of heavens 
cannot contain you. («.] To receive, as into 
the mind ; to apprehend mtellectually, to re- 
ceive as a truth. (/.) To receive, to hide, as a 
cloud : A na ke ao no ia i apo mai, mai ko 
lakou mau maka aku ; A cloud received him, 
and hid him from sight, {g.) A hoop, a ring, 
a circle ; a certain kind of belt worn by women. 
(h.) (Fig.) Apo a ka make : the bonds of death, 
(i.) The union of the cheek-bone with the 
temples. Apoapo, to catch at frequently ; to 
snatch or scramble for; (b,) a bunch, as of 
kaU) (taro) ; a hill of potatoes ; aapo, to snatch 
at several persons at once ; (6.) quick at ap- 
prehension ; a ready scholar ; one who snatches. 
Gf. apokaUy to take hold of and displace; 
apohaot the king's guard. Tongan —kabo, 
a self-taught artisan; kabokabo. to empty, 
to throw all the water out oi a canoe; 
faka-kabo, to bring the sail of the canoe nearer 
the wind. Gf. fekabokaboakit to do, to help 
from all sides ; habot to catch anything thrown ; 
taukabOf to pull hand over hand, as one hauls 
up a fish out of the water. Mangarevan — 
kabo, to dig ; (&.) to receive in the arms any- 
thing whidi falls. Paumotan— cf. kapoi^ 
to cany away. Ext. Poly. : Fiji— cf. kabo-ta, 
to take hold of a thing with something in the 
hand, that it may not bum, dirty, or injure it. 
Malagasy-^cf. Aopy, captive. Malay— cf. 
kakap, to hug, to embrace by folding in the 

KAPO, one of the lucky takiri, or omens, by 
starting in sleep. A very lucky sign. [See 

KAPO, fleecy, feathery, as snow : Ka tukua iho e 
Mavi te huka kapo—VfotiL, Trans., vii. 88. 

KAPO {kafib\, blind. Of. po, night, darkness; 
matapOf blind. [For comparatives, see Po.] 

KAPO, lightning : Te whatitirit te kapo^ te kuka- 
rere-'KoTO., Jan. 20, 1888. 

KAPOKAPO, to twinkle, coruscate; a twinkling, 
glittering : Ka mutu te kapokapo o nga vhe^ 
te rangi — M. M. 

Samoan — apoapo, to poise the spear, quiver- 
ing it in so doing : Ua ia *atafoi i U apoapo o 
le too; Ke laughis at the shaking of the spear. 
Hawaiian — apoapo, to palpitate, as the 
heart ; to throb. Gx. amoamo, to twinkle, as 
a star, or the eye. Tahitian— «f. amoamo^ 
to twinkle, to flash, wink. Paumotan — 
kapokapo, pulsation ; to be palpitating. 

KAPOWAI. the Dngon-fly (Ent. LibelluUda sp.). 
2. Wood-coal, lignite. 

Whaka-KAPOWAl, to steep in boiling.water. 2. 
To euro, as in preserving birds, or human 
heads — A. H. M., i., Maori, 35. 

KAPU, the hollow of the hand : Na wai a mehua 
nga wai ki te kapu o tona ringa t — Iha., xL 12. 
Cf . hapua, hollow, like a valley [see Tongan] . 

2. To drink out of the hollow of the hand. 
Gf. tpu, a calabash, a bottle, &c., a container 
for Uquids [see Tahitian]. 3. A steel adze, 
so c^ed from its shape. 4. To close the 
hand. 6. Gurly (of the hair) : kapu-mahora, 
slightly curled, wavy; kapu-mawhatu, sepa- 
rated into distinct curls ; kapu^piripirif woolly. 

KAKAPU, a small basket for cooked fish. 

KAPU KAPU, to curl, as a wave. 2. To gush. 

3. The sole of the foot. Gf. taputapu, the 
foot of a pig ; tapuwae, a footman. 

KAPUNQA, the palm of the hand. 2. To take 
up in both hands together : Whakangahorotia 
ano hoki etahi kapunga mana, — Butu., ii. 16. 
Cf. kapuka^ a handful, as of potatoes. 

KAPURANQA, to take up by handfuls. 

Samoan — *apu, a cup or dish made of a 
leaf ; *a*apu, to diaw the wind, as a sail. Of. 
*apulautalo, a taro-leaf cup ; afuafu^ to curl 
over, as a wave about to break. Tahitian — 
abu, the shell of a nut, gourd, or fish ; (b.) a 
concave or hollow : as odu-rtma, the hollow of 
the hand ; aburroro (or abu^upoo)^ the skull ; 
(c.) a fraternity or family : as oim^rii^ the 
royal family; apu, the shell of seeds, nuts, and 
fish ; aapu, to take up with the himd ; aabu, 
to hold out any cup or concave vessel to 
receive anything ; to mi^e or put anything in 
a concave form to receive food or oth^ things; 
apuapu, pliable, flexible ; pliancy ; (6.) tMn, 
slender, as a cup, the bottom of a canoe, or 
something that is hollow. QL atbu, a cup, a 
oocoanut-shell, used as a cup (also atpu, and 
a^bu) ; faa-apOf to hollow out, to make 
concave; apumata^ the socket of the eye; 
mafbapUf an empty oocoanut ; (fig.) an empty 
frivolous person. Hawaiian — apu, a cup 
made of a cocoanut-shell, for drixikiiig awa 
(kava). (b,) A dish or cup of any material ; 
(e.) (fig.) suffering, afdiction; aapu, a 
thin piece of wood, such as will bend up ; to 
warp or bend; (6.) a concave vessel; (c.) a 
valve of a vein ; (d.) to wrinkle or ruffle, as 
cloth ; hoo-aapu, to turn the hollow of the 
hand upwards ; ho-aapu, to make a cup of the 
hollow of the hand (M.L. whaka-kakapu), 
Cf. opua, a cup for scooping up oopu (a small 
fish). Tongan— kabu, the banana leal, so 




folded M to hold water ; faka-kabu, to fill, as 
the sail with wind ; to keep fall. Cf. habu, 
the banana leaf tied at each end to hold water ; 
habutOf to bulge oat ; kabtU, to encircle, to 
Biirroond ; a wrapper, a Dative dress ; ibu, the 
general name for earthenware ntensils; ebu, 
to drink. Marquesan— kapu, the hand, 
eorred or ronnded ; {b.) a handiol. Cf . kapu- 
mata, the orbit of the eye. Mangarevan — 
kapu, a onp, vase, trough ; (b,) a leaf -dish ; 
kapukapu, large, vigoroas, said of fine leaves ; 
aka-kapu, to make a cup or container. Cf. 
kapurima, the palm of the hand. Pau- 
motan — kapukapu, the palm of the hand. 
Cf. kapurima^ the palm of the hand. Raro- 
togan— kapu, a cup. Cf. kapurima, the 
hoUow oi the hand. Ext. Poly. : Malagasy 
(No u) — of. ktiboaka, hollow ; kapoaha^ a cup, 
Koblet; (fig.) one who is hollow, deoeitfm. 
Malay-^of . kabok, a goblet. 

KAPUA, a dond, a bank of clouds : Te kapum tu 
noa ail ka riro au i te ia — M. M., 28: A 
tangohia atu ana aia e nga kapua ki runga hi 
U rangi^A. H. M., i. 47. Cf. pua^ foaming, 
breaking ; to roll or wrap up. 

Whaka-KAPUA, misty ; in the distance. 

Haivalian — opua, narrow pointed clouds, 
hanging in the horizon ; clouds of a singular 
shape arising out of the sea : Nana aku Ul oia 
i ke kuku o na opua ; He saw the long clouds 
standing erect. (6.) A bunch, a collection, as 
of bushes, leaves, <fec. Cf. opu, to swell up, to 
be full, as the belly of a fat person. Tongan 
— cf. kakabu, ^oggy ; fog or mist. Ext. Poly. : 
Fljl~cf. kabu, foggy, fog or mist. Malay — 
cf. kdbut, fog. 

KAPU I, to tie up the fronds of the kiekU, to 
preserve the fruit. 

KAPUIPUI, to bum weeds, &o., in heaps. 

KAPUKA, the name of a tree (Bot. Griselinia 
littorali$). 2. A handful of potatoes. [See 
Kapusioa, under Kapu.] 

KAPUNQA. [See under Kapu.] 

KAPU R A {kdpura)t fire: A i te pou kapura i te 
po hei whakamarama i a ratou — Eko., xiii. 21. 
Cf. mikpura, fire; purapwra, seed; ura^ to 
glow ; wera^ heat, &c. 

KAPURANQA, to dawn. 

Samoan — d pula, to shine ; to be yellow ; 
pulapuiat to shine a little, as the eyes, 
recovering from sickness; pulapuUtUXgoto^ to 
shine, as the setting sun. Tahitiaa— cf. 
ptiTtt, a spark of fire ; a flash of light or fire ; 
to flash, blaze; purara^ dispersion; faa- 
purara, to scatter; haa-pura, to make the 
sparks fiy ; opurapura, to be flashing obscurely, 
as fire. Tongan — cf. bulobula, seed ; the 
seed cuttings of yams. Marquesan— cf. 
pupua, phosphorescent. Paumotan — cf. 
pura, phosphorescent ; puraray to divulge, to 
blaze abroad. Mangaian — cf . j^itra, sparks ; 
to sbiue, to glow. Ext. Poly.: Bolang- 
itam — cf. puro, fire. Aneltyum — (in = 
Dom. pref.) ineap, or ineop, fire ; incopre^ flame. 

KAPURANQA. [See under Kapu.] 

KAPURANQI, rubbish, weeds. 

KARA, an old man. Cf. karaua^ an old man. 
2. A secret plan, a conspiracy. 

KARA (Morlori), aromatic. 

KAKARA, an odour, a smell; savoury, odorifer- 
ous : Tena tawa te tiere te haere na, ara te 
kakara o te tawhiri—'P, M., 189: Tena te 
kakara o Tutunui — Prov. 
Samoan — alala (alalh), to smell of hot 
pork or fish. Cf. aasala, to be diflased, as an 
odour. Hawaiian — aala, an odour, fra- 
grant: Ka lala aala o Ukulonuku; The fra- 
grant branch of Ukulonuku; (&.) to emit a 
perfume, to be fragrant. Ala, to anoint, to dress 
a sore or limb; (b.) spicy, perfumed: Honi 
aku i kea la o ke mauu; Smell the sweet 
scent of the grass. Cf. alahii^ the basts^ 
sandal. wood; wakieala^ sandal- wood; laau- 
alat sandal-wood : Kena aku la o Kamehameha 
i kona poe kanaka eimi i ka laau-ala ; Kame- 
hameha sent his men to look for sandal-wood. 
Rarotongan — kakara, savour, savouriness, 
savoury : Kim tuku atura aia i taua kai ka- 
kara ra ; And he gave him the savoury food. 
Tahitlan — aara, the sweet or fragrant scent 
of herbs; odoriferous, as herbs. Tongan— 
kakaia, odoriferous, sweet of scent; (6.) any 
and every sweet fiower ; (c.) a wreath, a gar- 
land ; (cf.) sharp, pungent to the taste ; faka- 
kakala, to scent oil with leaves, &q. Mar- 
quesan — kakaa {kakaZk)^ sweet scented, 
pleasant to the smell. Mangarevan — 
kakara, odorous ; karakara, to smell good and 
savoury. Mangaian— kakara, sweet-smel- 
ling, odorous: E maire e kakara tuputupu; 
Abundance of sweet-smelling myrtle. 

KARA (obs.), to call. 2. A salutation; properly 
to one of higher rank : E kara I 

KARANQA, to call : Ka karanga, a ka kore ia e 
whakao mai ki a koe, ka moimoi — ^P. M., 28. 
Cf. karangathf to remain silent when called. 
2. To shout, to call out : Katahi tona whaea 
ka karanga atu— P. M., 14. S. To call for, by 
other means than by the voice: Katahi ka 
taku ahi a Ngatoro ki Maketu hei karanga mo 
nga teina — P. M., 94. 

KARANQARANQA, to call frequently: Kei te 
karangaranga te tangata raite rangi — P. M., 

Samoan — *alaga, to shout out, to call out ; 
a shout : O la^u *alaga na oo i ona fofoga ; My 
cry entered into his ears. (&.) To proclaim a 
king or chief on his accession to the title; 
'alataga, to cry out, as many persons: Ua 
latou *alalaga at, aele tali atu oia; They cry 
out, and no one listens. Fa'a-'ala, to give the 
first speech at a fono (a council: fonJb, to 
shout) ; fa'a-'ala*ala, to talk sarcastically, to 
mock ; sarcastic. Tahitlan — ara, to impor- 
tune the gods and make much of them, by 
presents, &c., to gain their countenance in 
war; araa, a messenger sent before a chief 
and company to give information of their 
approach ; or to give notice of the approach 
of some feast or religious ceremony; arara 
(ararh), hoarse through calling. Ha^ivailan 
— alaia, to cry, as the young of animals; a 
crying, weeping, bleating; (b.) a species of 
raven, so named from its cry; alana, a cry- 
ing, the voice of suffering or complaint ; (6.) 
a present made by a chief to a priest to pro- 
cure his prayers ; a present made to a god ; 
(6.) a sacrifice; to offer a sacrifice; ho-alala 
and hoo-alaia, to make one cry out. Cf. 
alanakunit an offering to procure the death of 




a Boroerer; kala, a pnblio orier ; to proclaim, 
to invite, to publish ; kaliiaUf to eall, to call 
aloud; kalalaUf to call, as one person to 
another. Tongan— kala|[a, to shout, to ex- 
claim; a shout, exclamation. Cf. gala, to 
cry, to raise the voice above others ; kalagaaki^ 
to be shouted ; to be proclaimed ; fekalagaaki, 
to shout one to another; talaga^ to converse 
over. Rarotongan — karanga, to say, to 
speak: Kua karanga atura aia, *I na, kua 
ruaine au;* And he said, * Behold, I now am 
old.* Mangarevan— karaga, cries, calling 
out ; menace in war ; (6.) a song ; {e,j to ges- 
ticulate; (d,) a far-off noise at mgnt. Gf. 
karhi, to announce; to affirm. Futuna— 
kalaga, a great cry to warn one. Ext. Poly. : 
Malay — cf. garang, loud or sonorous ; 
garangaut a loud noise, roaring. Fiji— cf. 
karakaraivUht a harsh or grating sound. 

KARA {harh)y basaltic stone. Cf. karawhiu, to 
whirl round. [See Tongan.] 
Tahiti an— ara, a kind of hard black stone. 
Cf. arhkuepine, a very hard stone. Ha- 
Tvalian — ala, a rounded smooth stone, a 
waterwom pebble. Cf. alamea, the name of a 
kind of hard stone from volcanoes, out of 
which stone axes were made ; alamole, a kind 
of stone. Tongan — cf. kalamu, to buzz 
along like a stone from a sliug. [See Mu.] 
Mangarevan— kara, a round heavy stone, 
like a ball. Paumotan— kara, flint. 

KARAE [kUtrae), the name of a bird: Uahatia 
taku manu i te rangi, he toroa^ he karae, he 
taiko--P, M., 80. 

KARAHA {kliraha)y a calabash with a wide 
mouth; a bowl: Haria mai te honu i te 
karaha nei— MSS. Cf. ra/ui, open, extended. 

KARAHO {khraho), the floor or platform of a 
canoe : Katahi ka haere i te po hi raro o te 
karaho o te waka — ^A. H. M. iii. 6. 

KARAHU {kiirahu), a native oven. 

KARAHUEi the name of a shell-fish. 

KARAKA, the name of a tree (Bot. Corgnoearpue 
Uevigata) : Te kiore, me te pukeko, me te 
karaka—F. M., 111. 

Mangaian— <:f. karaka^ the name of a tree. 
Ext. Poly.: FIJI— cf. qalaka (np^alaka) the 
name of a tree, bearing edible fruit. 

KARAKAHlAi the name of a bird, the White- 
winged Duck (Om. Nyroca auttralie). 

KARAKAPE, to lift up embers or hot stones with 
two sticks used as tongs. Cf. kape^ to pick 
out ; karh, a kind of stone. [For comparatives, 
see Eapb, and Kaila.] 

KARAKIA, an invocation; a prayer; a charm; a 
recitation; to repeat an incantation or con- 
duct a religious service : Koia a Tatohaki i 
kiia ai he atua^ a i karakia atu ai te iwi ki a 
ia — ^A. H. M., i. 47 : Katahi ka karakiatia e 
iakia Ttti/rura, ka ora kotoa ona tangata — 
P. M., 58 : Ka whakahua i tana karakia mo te 
ehunga i te wai—F. M., 111. Cf. kara, to 
call ; karanga, to shout. 
Tahiti an— cf. ara, to importune the gods, 
and make much of them by presents, Aq,, to 
gain their countenance in war. Haivalian 
—of. aUina (M.L. = karanga), a present made 
by a chief to a priest to procure his prayers ; 
a present made to a god; a sacrifi c e ; to offer 

a sacrifice ; a crying out, the voice of suffering 
or complaint ; kala, a public crier ; to proclaim. 
Tongan — cf . gala, to cry, to raise the voice 
above that of others. Mangaian-— karakia, 
invocations, charms, prayers. 

KARAMATA, the head of a tree. Cf. karaua, the 
head (of the body) ; mata, the point, tip ; 
khmata, the end of a branch or leaf ; the top 
of a tree. [For comparatives, see BIata.] 

KARAMEA, red ochre. 

Haivalian— cf. alamea, a kind of hard stone 
from volcanoes, out of which stone axes were 
made. Tahitlan — araea. red earth ; (d.) 
red crockery-ware ; (c.) redaish colour. Mar- 
quesan — kaaea (kahea), red earth ; (d.) 
reddish, fire - coloured. Mangarevan — 
kakaraea (kakara:^), ochre, yellow clay burnt 
to redness. Cf. karamea, part of the liver; 
karameaporotu, good (said of things only). 
Paumotkn— karamea, clay. 

KARAMIHA (Moriorl), a song, chant. 

KARAMU (karamu), the name of a shrub (Bot. 
Coprosma robtuta, C. arborea, and C7. Ivcida). 
This was a sacred plant used in invocations, 
Ac, especially at the sprinkling of water in the 
(so-called) Native "baptismal" ceremony. 
[See Ibhri, and Tua.] In the Chatham 
Islands the Coprosma baueriana is called 

KARAMUIMUI, to swarm upon: A tau mai ana 
te tint te ngaro ki te karamuimui i a au — 
P. M., 14. Cf. mui, to swarm round, to infest; 
tamuimui, to crowd around. [For compara- 
tives, see Mui.] 

KARANQARANQA, an attendant. Cf. karangata, 
men ; ranga, a company of persons. 

KARANGATA (^karangath), to be mute when 
addressed, to remain silent when called. Cf. 
karanga, to call. 

KARANGATA (Moriorl), men. Cf. tangata, a 
human being ; ngata, a man. 

KARANGl {khrangi), restless, unsettled. Cf. 
harangi, unsettled; hikirangi, to be unsettled ; 
rangi, the sky [used as rewa : see Bxwa] ; wai- 
rangi, foolish ; porangi, hurried, demented. 

Whaka-KARANGI RANGI, to provoke. 

KARANGU (karangU), the name of a shrub (Bot. 
Coproima fatidiuima, and C. lueida), 

KARAPA {hdirapa), squinting. 2. To flash; flash- 
ing: Ki te mea ka uira karapa aua kura 
whero — A. H. M., v. 42. [For comparatives, 
see Babapa.] S. A species of eel. 

KARAPETAPETAU, to flap, as a fish out of water. 

Cf. kapekapeta, to fiap, to fiutter, to writhe ; 

kapekapetatt, quick; petapeta, rags. 2. To 

wag, as the tongue. 
Whaka.KARAPETAPETAU,to cause to flap or wag. 

KARAPI ikitrapi), sticks used in building, to hold 
reeds or rushes in place. Cf. karapiti, to pinch 
in; to put or fasten side by side; kapiti, a 
cleft, a crevice. 

KARAPITI, to put or fasten together side by side : 
A karapitia ana e ia te waewae o Parama ki te 
taiepa — Tau., xxii. 26. Cf. apiH, to place 
side by side; kapiti, to be dose together; 
karatiti, to fasten with pegs. 2. To pinch 
between two bodies : Karapitia iho e hoe oku 
waewae ki te rakau — Hopa, xiii. 27. 




KARAPIPITI {iarapipitij, laid dose beside one 

Mangarevan— ef. karapihiy the snoken of 
the oetopae. Ext. Poly. : Tagal— of. calapit, 
eloee together. [For other oomparatives, see 

KARAPOTI, to sorroond, to hedge in, inclose: 
Ko U ope ra kua karapoti ih^^A. H. M., v. 
19 : Ka karapotia te whare e nga tangata o te 
pa — ^Een., xiz. 4. 2. A blockade, a starving 
oat. Also, harapoti : Ka karapotia a ratou 
tana ma t te one — ^A. H. M., v. 19. 8. To stir- 
ronnd, as with the coil of a snake : Ka karapoti 
te hiku o te waero ka tnau a Ruru — A. H. M., 

KARARA-HUA-RAU (myth.) [See Ngababi.] 

KARAREHEi a dog: a quadruped: Kaaranga, 
tenei ko * Te mau a te kararehe ' — A. H. M., 
liL 10 : Te kararehe, me te mea ngokingokif me 
te kirehe o te whenua — Ken., i. 24. Cf. 
karehe^ to ran ; kXrehe^ a dog ; kuri, a dog. 

KARAREH E (myth.) [See Mau-o-tb-Eabebehb.] 
KARARI, the name of a small fish. 

KARATI, the name of a fish, the Schnapper 
(leh. Pagrtu unicolor), 

KARATITI, to fasten with pins or pegs. Of. 
titi, a peg or pin ; to stick in as a peg *, kUtrapi, 
sticJcs nsed in bailding, to hold reeds or rashes 
in place. 

KARAU (ik2kratt), a dredge, a grapnel. Cf. karo, 
to pick oat of a hole ; rau, to catch in a net ; 
rarauy to lay hold of ; rou, a long stick ased to 
reach anything with [see Mangarevan]. 2. 
A comb for the hair: Homai ra taku heru, 
taka karau — ^A. H. M., i. 50. Cf. heru^ a 
comb ; haro, to scrape. 8. The gauge for the 
meshes of a net. 4. A trap, made of loops of 
karakeke (flax, Phormium) to catch birds that 
barrow in the ground. Cf. karapiti, to pinch. 
Tahitlan — arau, the two wings of a large 
fishing-net ; (d.) a mode of fishing ; (c.) long, 
crooked, and bad, as a tree ; long, as a wave 
of the sea. Tongan— cf. patau, to scratch; 
Mangarevan— karou, a hook, a clasp, a 
fork for reaching down fruit. Mangalan — 
d karaUf a land-crab. Ext. Poly. : Java — 
ef. gam, a harrow, a comb; to scratch ; karaUf 
to pull a rope, to haul. [For probable com- 
pazatives, see Bou.] 

KARAUA, an old man. Cf . kara, an old man ; 
koroua, an old man. 2. The head of a per- 
son. Cf. karu, the head. 
Tahltian — araua, a good pilot, one who 
knows well how to manage a boat or canoe in 
dangerous and difficult places ; oroua, decrepit 
through age. Paumotan— korua, decrepit. 

KARAURIA (Morlori), an oyster. 

KARAWA, a mother ; a dam of animals. 2. A 
garden bed. 

KARAWAI, the small freshwater Cray-fish. In 
North Island, Paranepkrops planifrons ; in 
South Island P. tetotut, 2. Dressed flax 
placed in water for dyeing purposes. 

KARAWAKA, measles : Na ratou nga mate net te 
Rewharewha me te karawaka — ^A. H. M., v. 85. 
2. The name of a smail fish. 


KARAWARAWA (khrawarawa), a weal, the mark 
of a stripe : Be karawarawa mo te karawarawa, 
— Eko., xxi. 25. Cf . kare, the lash of a whip ; 
karavohiu, a flail ; to swing round. 
Tahltian— arava, a stripe; a contusion; 
aravarava, stripes. CI irava, a stripe, streak, 
or layer. 

KARAWHIU, to whirl, to swing ronnd; a flail. 
Cf. vAitt, to whip, throw, fling ; porovohiu, to 
throw ; kowhiuwMu, to fail, winnow. 

KARE, a ripple : I haere max koeite kare tai- 
uruf i te kare tai-rotof — MSS. Cf. pokare, 
to be agitated, as a liquid. 2. The lash of a 
whip. Cf. karawaratoat the mark of a whip, 
a weal. 

KAREKARE, surf ; the break on a bar : Ka riro 
ki U tai karekare—Q. P.. 59. 2. To be agi- 

Whaka-KAREKARE, to agitate ; to shake up. 
Samoan— *a*al6, a driving in war, a rout ; 
(&.) prompt, doing with despatch. Hawaiian 
— ale, a billow, a wave in motion : A hele hoi 
mahma o na ale kiekie o ke kai; And goes 
upon the high waves of the sea. Aleale, to 
make into waves ; to stir up, as water ; to 
trouble, to toss about, as restless waves ; a 
moving, swelling, as of waves : Kalaia ka ipu 
i ke kai aleale ; Fashioned was the bowl for 
the rough sea. Hoo-aleale, and ho-aleale, to 
stir up, as water : A hoaleale i ka wai ; And 
troubled the water. Cf. poale, to driiik in; 
waialeale, to ripple, to disturb, as the surface 
of water. Tahltian — are, a wave or billow 
of the sea : To mau are e to mau uru ra ; All 
your waves and billows. Areare, sickness, 
qualmishness, as in sea-sickness. Cf. arefatU" 
moana, a heavy rolling swell of the sea; 
arematua, a wave that has been long in form- 
ing ; arepu, to disturb the water, as fish do in 
swimming ; aretea, the white waves of an agi- 
tated sea ; mataare, the crests of waves ; toare, 
to be in commotion, as the sea ; fare/are, 
hollow, as an empty stomach; pufarefare, 
a hollowness ; a breaking wave, such as bends 
over, hangs, and then breaks ; tafare^ a hollow 
place in the rocks ; a hollow wave of the sea. 
Tongan— cf. kale, to run fast ; faka-kakale, 
to run to and fro ; faka-kdlekale, to run in 
confusion, as when affrighted [See Samoan] . 
Mangalan— kare, the surf, breaking water ; 
a billow : Te nunga koe i te uru o te kare i tai, 
2 / Thy path is on the foaming crest of the 
billow. Mangarevan— kare, the surface of 
the sea, or of water. Cf. kore, the sea agitated 
by the passage of fish; aka-karekarevai, to 
gargle the mouth with water. Marquesan — 
kaekae. the surface of the water. Cf. haehae, 
the hollow of a wave. Paumotan — kare, a 
wave, billow. Ext. Poly.: Fiji — cf. kerekere, 
to break, as water over a reef; to boil, as boil- 
ing water. 

KAREAO, the name of a climbing plant, the 
Supple - jack (Bot. Rhipogonum acandens) : 
Katahi ka tikina he kareao i te ngahere — 
P. M., 151. 

KAREAOPIRITA, the same as kareao. 

KAREAREA, the name of a bird, the Spazrow- 
Hawk (Oni. Hieraeideanov^e-zelandia), Also 
kaeaea, and kaiaia {kaiaUi). Cf. karewartwa, 
the Bush-Qawk, 




KARE-A-ROTO, a darling, an object of loving 
devotion : Ara ho te kart'O^oto tenH'—V. M., 

KAREHE, to ran. Gf. harere, a messenger; 
kararehe, a dog ; a qaadmped ; kirehe^ a dog ; 
Xfiri, a dog ; rtre, to run. 
Tongan^cf. kaU^ to ran fast; kdkaU^ to 
run to and fro ; to run swiftly. Samoan*- 
ef. *a*a2«, a rout* a driviDg in war. 

KAREHU (lidTtlm), a spade. (For kaheru.) 

KAREI, the sap-wood of a tree. 

KAREKO, to slip. (Or karengo.) 

KAREKO, (or karengo,) the name of an edible sea- 
weed growing on stones (haminaria sp.) : Me 
te kareko (he taru tupu i runga i te kohatu, a 
ka toe kito torn ka kiia he kapiti) — A. H. M., 
i. 123. 

KAREMU {khremu)t the plug in the bottom of a 
canoe : Ka tae hi waho ki te moana, ka unuhia 
te karemu — A. H. M., iii. 15. 

KAREN UKU (myth.), the wife of Hema and 
Pupu-mai-nono. She was the mother of Ta- 
whaki and Karihi^A. H. M., i. 121. [See 

KARENUKU, \ (myth.,) names of goddesses seen 

KARERANQI,! floating on the waters of the 

Deluge, by the survivors on the raft or ark of 

safety— A. H. M., i. 176. [See Tuputupu- 


KARENGO, (or kareko,) to slip. 

KARENQO, (or kareko,) the name of an edible 
seaweed (Alg. Laminaria sp.) : Ka waiho i 
reira tana tama a Matangi-a-whiowhio, tana 
kai he karengo — A. H. M., iii. 62. 

KAREPO, the name of a nuirine plant, a sea- 

KARERARERA (khrerarera), the name of a water- 

K A RERE, a messenger: Ki te mea ka tonoaatu 
he karere ki Tutanekai — P. M., 129. Of. rere^ 
to ran ; karehe^ to run ; kararehet a dog. 
Tahltian — arere, a messenger; one ap- 
pointed as the king's messenger: E pau va 
arere ; Let the period of the messengers cease. 
Faa-arere, to procure or cause a messenger to 
be sent. Cf. rere, to fly or leap ; rereatuat a 
person running between two armies to endea- 
vour to make peace. Saxnoan — cf. ^a^ale, 
prompt, doing with despatch. Haivaiian — 
alele, (also elele,) a messenger of a chief ; to 
act as a messenger ; (6.) to act as a spy ; to 
look or examine into the condition of another. 
Cf. lele, to fly, jump. leap. Rarotongan— 
karere, a messenger : I te rima o te karere ra ; 
By the hand of the messenger. Manga- 
revan—kerere, a messenger ; to send a mes- 
senger ; an envoy, ambassador. Paumotan 
— karere, a herald, envoy; to delegate, to 

KARERO, wall-eyed. 

KARETO {kHreto), to be untied, unfastened. 

KARETU {khretu)t the name of a fragrant grass 
' (Hot. Hierochloe redolens) : Homai ki au etehi 

karetu nei — Wohl., Trans., vii. 61. 
Tahltian — aretu, a species of grass for 

thatching houses. 

KAREWA {khrewa), a float, a buoy. Cf. rewa, to 
float ; korewa, drifting about ; morewat afloat. 
[For comparatives, see Bbwa.] 

KAREWAREWA, the name of a bird, the Bush 
Hawk (Orn. Hieraeidea ferox) : Ka tangi te 
karewarewa ki waenga o te rangi pat, he ua 
apopo — Prov. Cf. karearea, the sparrow- 
Tahltian — of. arevareva^ the name of a 
large spotted bird, said formerly to be inspired 
at times by the god Manutea. Ext. Poly.: 
Aneityuin<^Hsf. karevareva^ a species of small 

KARI, an isolated wood, a dump of trees. 

KARI, to dig for. Cf. karituangi, to dig deep ; 
tukari, to dig and throw up into hillocks; 
waikari, a ditch; keri^ to £g; kauhuri, to 
dig ; to turn over the soil. 2. To rush along 
violently, as wind. Cf. keri^ to rush violently 
along, as wind. 8. Bruised, maimed ; indented 
by a blow : Ka oti te upoko te kari ratoa ki te 
patu— A. H. M., iii. 7. 

KAKARI, to be urgent, to be importunate. 2. To 
wrestle, to quarrel. 8. To fight ; a fight : Ka 
kakari rotui, ka werohia a Raki e Takaroa — 
A. H. M., i. 22. 

KAKARITANGA, a valley. 

KARIKARI. to strip off. 2. A notch cut in a tree 
for dimoing purposes. 

Whaka-KARIKARi, to notch. 

Tahltian — ari, to scoop out the earth from 
a hole with both hands; (6.) empty, as the 
stomach ; waste, as the land forsaken by its 
inhabitants; frightful, as a place in battle; 
(e.) a wave or billow. [See Ear2.j Cf. areta, 
a person who seizes his prey in war. Ha- 
ivalian— cf . aU, a scar on tike cheek ; aliali, 
to be rough with scars ; «2i, to dig the ground. 
Mangarevan— cf. kari^ a cicatrice, a scar; 
an inflammation ; karia ! rush 1 mount 1 leap 
up 1 Ext. Poly. : Aneltyum — of. acale, to 
scoop ; to throw as with a spade. Fiji---cf. 
kari^ to scrape. Kayan — cf. kuali^ to dig. 
Malay — of. gali, to dig ; karia, a dagger, a 
krit, Kisa— ^f. kalis, a dagger. Tagal— 
cf. kalis, a sword. 

KARlHt (myth.), the brother of Tawhaki, the 
famous demi-god. Rarihi was the son of 
Hema and Karenuku. (or of Pupu-mai-nono, 
or of Uratonga). Karihi accompanied his 
brother on the expedition for the slaughter of 
the Ponaturi, and the revenge for the death of 
Hema. When Tangotango, the Heavenly 
Maiden, left her husband Tawhaki, and took 
their child Arahuta away with them, Karihi 
accompanied his brother on his journey toward 
the skies in search of the lost ones. Coming 
to the dwelling of the blind old goddess Mata- 
kerepo, she directed their . way to the vine 
which hung down from Heaven, and which 
they must ascend. A great gust of wind seized 
Karihi, who was blown back again to earth ; 
but Tawhaki ascended safely and pursued his 
way alone. Karihi returned to his own dwel- 
ling. In Hawaii, Karihi is called Alihi, and is 
represented as accompanying Tawhaki (Kahai) 
on the journey to revenge their father's death. 
In the pedigree called the Ulu Genealogy, 
Tawhaki (Kahai) is said to be the son of Hema 
and Hinauloobia; Hema beiug the son of 
Kaitangata (Aikanaka) and Hina. In Tahiti, 




we find that Tawhaki (Tavai) and Karihi 
(Arii) were the sons of Hema (Oema), and that 
they both went down to Hawaiki (Havaii = 
Spirit-world) to seek their father. They saw 
the old blind goddess counting her taro^ as in 
the New Zealand legend. They brought back 
the bones of Hema. When Karihi is men- 
tioned in Barotongan myth he is called Arii, 
which woold apparently show (from the lost 
ft) that they had received this story in the 
Henrey Islands from Tahitian sources. The 
Samoan tale calls Karihi Alise ; and he ac- 
companies Tafa'i (Tawhakil to Heaven in his 
brother's journey to woo Sina. He returned 
safely to the earth. (Samoan legend called " 
le Ga/a o le La" or The Qenealogy of the 
Bfm^PratU) [See P. M., 36, et seq. ; A. H. M. 
L 59 ; M. and S., 255; Forn., ii. 16. See also 
under Tawhaki, Ponatdbi, Ac,] 

KARl H I, the stone of a fruit ; the kernel. 2. The 
we^t attached to the lower edge of a drag- 
net : He tangata Jioki te karihi o tana kupenga 
—P. M., 141. 

Tahitian— ari hi, the ropes that are fixed to 
a fiahing-net : the upper one to which the raai 
or corks is fixed is caUed arihui-nia ; and that 
to which the stones are fixed is called ariH-u 
raro. Fignratively, the word was extensively 
used : arihi-i-nia were prayers used in time of 
war ; the arihi-i'Taro being those who stirred 
np the people to vigilance and activity, the 
cnief priests, and other leading chiefs. Ha- 
'waiian — alihi, the lines of a fish-net; {b,\ 
the cords holding the sinkers of a net; (c.) 
the upper part of a calabash strap ; (d,) to be 
ready to work for the sake of gain, but at other 
times absent; (e.) unwillingly. Cf. alihileU, 
the name of a drag-net ; aXihilani^ the hori- 

KARIKA (myth.), a brother of Hatupatu. 2. A 
chief of Kanmati^s party killed by Hatupatu — 
P. M., 123. [See Hatupatu.] 

KARIOI, to loiter, to be idle ; idle. Cf. tart'ot, 
to loiter ; tatort, to wait. 
Tahitian — Arioi, the name of a remarkable 
fraternity in the Society Islands. They were 
a aemi-religions, semi-profligate band of per- 
sons, recruited from all ranks, but principally 
from that of the nobles, and comprising both 
eexes. They wandered from one place to 
another reciting old poems, and givmg reci- 
tations, Ac, of an historical character, thus 
becoming the vehicles of much traditional 
lore. Their festivals were scenes of the most 
abandoned lewdness and vice ; the whole set- 
tlement for the time of their visit being given 
up to profligacy. The women who joined the 
society had to take an oath to destroy all 
progeny, and thus not to encumber their 
movements with the care of children. The 
Uritoy, of the Caroline Islands, are supposed 
to be a branch of this ancient organisation. 
Mangarevan— karioi, lust, lewdness: E 
hare no U karioi, a house used for immoral 
porpoaes; aka^karioi, luxurious, debauched. 
Paumotan — karioi, immodest, indecent; a 
rake, a debauchee ; (6.) softness, slackness. 

KARl PI, steep, precipitous. Cf. kcripi, to cut; 
ripi, to cut, to gash ; horipi, to slit. 

KAHIRI, to sail together in a fleet. 

KARITO (k€irito)t the bulrush, or raupo (Bot. 
Typha angusHfolia), 

KARITUANQI, to dig deep. Cf. kan, to dig; 
kerit to dig. [For comparatives, see Kabi.] 

KARO, the name of a freshwater mussel. 2. The 
name of a tree (Bot. Pittosporum crassifolium, 
P. tenuifolium, and P. comifolium), 

KARO, ] to ward off or elude a blow : He iao 
KAKAROJ rakau e karohia atu ka hejno ; te 
tao kij werohia mai^ tu tonu — Prov. Cf . takarot 
a game, sport [cf . Marquesan and Tongan] . 
2. To pick out of a hole. Cf. htkarot to pick 
out ; tlkarOt to pick out of a hole ; t^ scoop. 
Samoan — 'alo, to evade a blow ; (&.) to get 
out of the road ; (c.) to make excURes ; (d.) to 
conceal, hide ; 'a^alo, deceitful, avoiding open- 
ness ; covering up ; (6.) to avoid constantly or 
repeatedly ; fa'a-'alo, deceitful ; {b.) to refuse 
to lend, under the false plea that it belongs to 
another. Cf. *aU)^alo8hf to avoid, to keep aloof 
from; *alofaga^ a place of refuge; ^atosht to 
avoid, as a dangerous boat passage ; *alovaOt 
one who gets out of the way of visitors, 
in order to escape from entertaining them. 
Tahitian — arc, to urge on to fight, as an 
army ; aaro, to excavate ; to scoop or scrape 
out; the person who soogps; the scoop or 
ladle ; aroaro, dark ; a mystery ; lonesome, or 
desolate ; faa-arO| to conceal ; ha-aro, to lade, 
to scoop ; a scoop, a ladle. Cf. paaro, to ex- 
cavate or hollow out, as in taking the kernel 
out of a cocoanut ; aroneej to draw near to an 
enemy to fight, by crawling stealthily along the 
ground ; aroraa, the place of fighting, a battle. 
Ha'wailan— alo, to dodge or elude the blow 
of a weapon ; (b.) to pass from one place to 
another ; (c.) to skip or pass over something ; 
{d.) to pass through the water by swimming ; 
to extend the hands in swimming; aalo, to 
dodge, as one does a stone ; ho-alO; to shun, 
to avoid, to escape from ; (6.) to slip over, in 
counting; hoo-alOj to pass away, to forget; 
(b,) to diun, eschew ; aloalo, to dodge, as if 
from a shower; to turn this way and that, as 
if in fear. Cf. poalo^ to dig or pluck out the 
eyes ; to twist round and draw out, as a tooth. 
Tongan — kale, to move the head ; to avoid 
danger ; to get out of the way of intruders ; 
kalokalo, to shake the head ; faka-kalo, to run 
as between showers of rain ; (b.) to embrace a 
fair opportunity. Cf. hakalOt a scraper, for 
scraping old cocoanuts ; takalo^ to evade, to get 
away from work ; kaloif to shake the hair of 
the head ; kalofaga, a hiding-place ; a shelter 
from the storm ; kalokalofakit to be careful ; 
fekaloakit to elude, to evade. Marquesan 
— kaokao (kdbkdb)^ a game played with spears, 
in which thrusts are made. Mangarevan 
— karo, to evade the blow of a stone, or of a 
lance, or a wave, &g. ; {karo-i-te-matat imper- 
fectly visible ;) karokaro, war ; a quarrel ; to 
have dispute; kakaro, to see in a confused 
way. Cf . ikaro, to gather ; karohava^ to dis- 
appear suddenly. Paumotan—karo, war; 
(&.) to chide, to reprimand ; kakaro, to fight ; 
a combat ; dissension, dispute. Cf . karohaere^ 
to fight. Atiu — karo, to look at [see Manga- 
revan] : E karo ki te lira ; Look at the masts. 
Ext. 'Poly. : Fiji — cf. calo (tftalo), a gouge or 
thing of a hollow form; kalo-va, to hollow 
out, to cut with a gouge. Brunaer Island! 
— cf. karokwronUf the hollow of the handi 


1 182 ] 


KAROKARO, a slave. 2. A marandmg party. 
Samoan— cf. ^alo^ to conceal, hide ; 'a*a2o, 
deceitful. Tahitian— of. aro, to urge on to 
fight, as armies ; aroaro, lonesome, desolate ; 
aronee, to draw near to an enemy by crawling 
on the ground to fight. Hawaiian — cf. alo, 
to elude the blow of a weapon; ho-alo, to 
escape from, to avoid. Tongan — of. kalot to 
avoid danger ; to get out of the way of in- 
truders ; kalofaga, a hiding-place. Manga- 
revan — cf. kar9, to avoid the blow of a lance, 
Ac, ; karokaro, a war ; a quarrel ; to fight. 
Pauxnotan — cf. karo, war ; to chide, repri- 

KARORO, the name of a sea-gull (Om. Lam' 
donUnicantu) : Ka kite i te karorot i U torea — 
P. M., 77. 2. A kind of sheU-fish. 

KARORO-INU-TAI, one who dwells on the sea- 

KARU, the eye : He karu to te maipi, he karu to 
te tangata — P. M., 68. Cf. karupango, the 
pupil of the eye ; JAkaru, discharge from the 
eyes; karukoickiti^ a disease of the eyes; 
whakaru, to stare. 2. The head. Cf . karaua, 
the head. 
Tahitian — cf. arumata^ the inside covering 
of the eye. Haivalian— alu, the muscles 
of the eye. Paumotan— karu, the pupil of 
the eye. Atiu--cf. fcaro, to look at. Ext. 
Poly. : Slkayana — cf. karimata^ the eye. 

KARUAIPAPA fmytb.), a person of pre-dijuvian 
times, a teacner of ceremonies and incanta- 
tions— A. H. M., i. 169. 

KARUHIRUHI (khruhiruhi), the name of a bird, 
the Shag (Om. Phalacroeorax variue.) 

KARU KARU (myth^, one of the minor deities, a 
reptile-god — A. H. M., i. App. Cf. kakukahu 
(myth.), and also next word, Earuxabu. 

KARU KARU, a rag, an old garment: Katahi ka 
rawkia reretia te karukaru puru o tana whare 
hei paki putanga mana — P. M., 16. 2. A clot, 
as of blood : Ka rere, ka tarati te karukaru — 
Wohl., Trans., vii. 39 : Clotted, as blood : A 
ka toe ano ki nga toto karukaru a Hotua — 
A. H. M., i. 34. Cf. karupurUf (Moriorl,) a 
bog, a swamp; dirt; kahuhahut panniculut. 
[See Kahuxabtt.] 8. The soft part of a pump- 
kin, in which the seeds are contained. 
Samoan — *alu, dregs, lees; (&.) congealed 
oil ; to be congealed ; 'a*alu, dregs, sediment ; 
*atu'alu, a species of jelly -fiish. Cf. 'alu'alutoto, 
clotted blood. Mangarevan— karu, dirt, 
mud; (&.) soft, fertile earth; aka-karu, to 
dig about trees, to pile up soil about trees. 
Ha'walian*-cf. atu, to ruff up, as a mat ; 
flabby, shapeless; alualuat a second-hand 
garment, full of wrinkles. Tahitian— cf. 
arUt an elderly person whose skin has become 
full of wrinkles. Paumotan — cf. karukaru, 

KARUKOWHm,a disease of the eye, in which 
the eyelid is turned inside. Cf. karu, the eye. 

KARUPANQO, the pupil of the eye. Cf. karu, 
the eye ; pango, black, of dark colour. [For 
comparatives, see Karu, and Panoo.] 

KARUPE {khrupe), the lintel of a door. • 

KARUPURU, (Moriorl,) a bog, a swamp. 2. 
Dirt. Cf. karukaru, a dot of blood ; a rag ; 
|mru, to plog np ; pi^^u^ pnlpy, wmi-liquid. 

KARU RE {khrure), to twist, to spm. 

KATA, to laugh ; pass, kataina, to be laughed at : 
Kauaka ahau e kataina e koutou — P. M., 31 : 
Tino katanga a Kae i kata ai — ^P. M., 39. 

KAKATA, laughing repeatedly. 

Samoan— 'ata, to laugh ; (plu. 'a'ata) : E 
*ata ai ia i le tofotofaga o e ua le sala; 
He will laugh at the trial of the innooent. 
Fa*a*ata, to make to laugh ; ^ata'ata, to con- 
tinue to laugh. Cf. *ata*ataUli, to laugh an- 
grily ; *ataonifo, to laugh deceitfully ; *atafa*a' 
maela, to laugh vehemently : fa^a-tau^ata, to 
make a joke of. Tahitian — ata, to laugh ; 
laughter: O te ata noa ra i ueueraa o t€ 
mahae ; He laughs at the shaking of a spear. 
Aata, to laugh repeatedly; much given to 
laughing; faa-ata, droll, laughable, causing 
laughter ; to cause laughter ; ataata, to laugfa 
repeatedly ; to laugh together, as a company ; 
faa-ataata, to cause much or repeated laughter. 
Cf . paata, to cause merriment ; ataore, sense- 
less laughter ; ataniho, a smile ; smiling ; to 
smile ; a deceitful smile ; atapaoho, senseless 
laughter ; hoata, to jest, to excite mirth ; 
tupaata, laughter. Haivaiian — aka, to 
laugh, to deride (generally akaaka) ; aaka, to 
laugh at, ridicule; akaaka, laughter; ezbili- 
ration; to laugh: He huhu paha kona, he 
akaaka paha, aohe oluolu iki ; Whether he is 
angry or laughs, there is no rest. Hoo-aka, 
and hoo-akaaka, to make one laugh. Cf. aka- 
iki, to smile ; to be pleased ; to laugh in one's 
sleeve ; akahenehene, to ridicule ; pavakaaka^ 
to laugh at or ridicule one for labouring 
without wages. Tongan— kata, to laugh ; a 
laugh : E kata manuki aki koe ; You shall be 
laughed to scorn. Plu. kakata. Kata kata, to 
smile, to laugh ; faka-kata, to excite laughter ; 
addicted to causing laughter; pass, kataina, 
to be laughed at. Cf. kataukuma, to laugh 
under restraint; kaiahyJbunu, to laugh with 
the mouth closed; katafakamoala, a hoarse 
laugh ; katakatatagi, to laugh when you are 
inclined to cry ; fekakatai, to laugh (two or 
more). Mangaian— kata, to laugh ; laugh- 
ter : Kua kata te anau Atea i te rara varu ; 
All the offspring of Vatea laugh at our brave 
diversion. Marquesan — kata. to laugh; 
laughter; aka-katakata, that wnich causes 
laughter. Mangarevan — kata, to laugh ; to 
be happy, to be joyful ; katakata, prolonged 
laughter ; aka-kata. to cause laughter. Pau-> 
motan— kata, to laugh, to smile ; katakata, 
risible ; a joke ; ridicule. Ext. Poly. : Malay 
— cf. katakata, to talk. Ilocan — cf. cutaoa, 
to laugh. Malagasy— of . tokakakaka, laugh- 
ter; a laugh; kakaka, cackling; kakakaka, 
loud laughter. Slkayana — kata, to laugh. 

KAKATA, opening in cracks ; chapped. Cf. pt^ 
katakata, dry, crisp; ngata, dry; ngataia, 
split, chapped. [See Hawaiian.] 

KATAKATA, a finger. Cf. kotakota, a finger. 
Tahitian-^ ataa, split, much divided, rent 
asunder. Haw^alian — aka, to be split or 
peeled off, as the bark of a tree ; (&.) the 
knuckle joints ; the protuberances of the ankle 
joints ; the joints of the backbone ; (:;.) to go 
up and down upon a hilly road. Cf . naka, 
(for Maori ngaUUa, split, chapped s kata?) to 
crack, split, as the ei^h in drought ; nakaka, 
to be full of cracks ; kakakaka, small cracks 
or open spaoM in any 0ab«tanoe« Tongan— 




cf. kata, the pieces of the kava branch cut for 

KATAE {k!Uae)j how great I Cf. atae, how great I 

[See Atas.] 

KATAHI {hhtahi), then : Katahi ha panga toiui 
Mpoko ki raro—P. M., 8. 2. Now, for the first 
time : Katahi ka rangona te rua o ona ingoa — 
P. M., 22. 3. Only jast. Cf. tdhi, one. 4. 
To express admiration of any quality, or to 
show surprise, annoyance, <fec. : Katahi te 
Wmaiti paru ko koe, 

KATAITAI, the name of a sea-bird. 

KATAO {khtao), water. Of. kato, flowing. 

KATAORE (myth.), a man-eating monster, dwel- 
ling at Tikitapu. It was owned by Tangaroa- 
mihi, and was destroyed with rope snarns — 
Ck)L, Trans., zi. 95 ; G. P., App. xo. ; Ar. M., 

KATATAI, the name of a bird, a kind of Bail. 

KATAU, the right hand : E rere ki te taha katau. 
Cf. mataUj right, on the right hand. 
Tahitian — atau, right, in opposition to left : 
Ua titoo ihora i tona avae atau i nia iho i te 
anii; He set his right foot upon the ground. 
Cf. tahaatau, the right side of a person. 
Hawaiian — akau, right, on the right hand : 
Mai ka aoao akau o ka hale ; From the right 
corner of the house. Cf. makaukau, the right 
eye. Rarotongan— kataUj right, on the 
right hand : Avraka e tapaepae ki te pae 
katau e te pae kaui ; Do not turn either to the 
right or to the left. Paumotan— kotau, 
right: as rima kota% right hand. 

KATEA, the name of a tree (Bot. Podocarpus 

KATEAi whitened. Cf. tea, white; atea^ dear, 
free from obstruction ; kotea, pale, &o, 

KATEATEA, scattered. [For comparatives, see 
Atka, and Tea.] 

KATEKATE, a small shoulder-mat. 

KATETE, to sph'ce on, to lengthen by adding a 
piece ; a piece joined to a spear to lengthen it. 
01 tete, the head of a spear. 2. To move for- 
wards. 8. A large pig. 4. Large. 

KATl. to stop, to stop traffic in any thoroughfare ; 
to block up ; shut, closed ; Ehara I kua kati 
te tBhatitoka—T. M., 68. Cf. aukati, to stop 
one*s way. 

Tahitian— cf. ati, to be enclosed or entan- 
gled ; tuati, to join or close up ; atia, a fence ; 
atipuni, to be in an enclosed or besieged state; 
taati, to encompass. Haivalian— cf. aaki^ 
to surround or come upon one, as darkness. 
Tongan— cf. kajia, to choke ; to hinder; to 
obstruct, as weeds in a garden. 

KATl (ikfttt), to leaye ofif, cease (probably con- 
nected with last word) : E hoa ma, e oho, kati 
te moe, maranga I — P. M., 16. 

Whaka-KATI, to beg one to desist. 
Tahitian — cf. atia, enough. 

KATl, well ; then ? an interjection of inquiry. 

KAKATIi to eat into; to gnaw through: E iti 
koki te mokoroa, nana i kakati te kahikatea — 
I^roT. 2. To corrode, to eat into. 8. To sting, 
to eanse to smart. Cf. koth to cut; kutikuti, 

scissors ; katipo, a venomous spider ; makati' 
kati, galling, irritating. 4. To draw and pain, 
as a blister. 5. To be clenched, as the teeth : 
He matekai te take, kua kakati noa atu nga 
niho—G.-S, 29. 
KATI KATI, to nibble : Ka kai ratou i reira, pau 
ana a nga hoa, katikati tonu a Tama — P. M., 
79. Cf. kai, to eat [see Paumotan]. 2. To 
champ, to move the jaws as in eating. 

Samoan— *atl, to eat in, to corrode ; applied 
to wood eaten by white ants (Termes), also 
to cloth, mats, &q,, eaten by insects ; and to 
some kinds of ulcers which eat into the flesh ; 
*a*atl, to eat in, as an ulcer ; (&.) to eat into a 
tree, as the afato (a grub) does ; (e.) to gnaw 
off, as the skin of sugar-cane, or the husk of a 
cocoanut ; (d.) to pierce, as the teeth of a dog, 
so as to meet; atiga, pieces of food, partly 
eaten; broken food. Cf. *atimotu, to bite 
through; *atipypuni, to eat away llie flesh, 
leaving the sfdn, as an abscess; *aftpftm«a, 
dust from wood eaten by worms or white ants. 
Tahitian— ati, to bite with the teeth ; (b.) to 
sting; aati, to bite, gnaw, or tear with the 
teeth; a biter. Cf. atihuta, the name of a 
fierce fish, said to pierce and bite its prey and 
then give notice to the shark. Haivailan— 
akij to bite, to bite in two, as a thread ; to bite, 
as m peeling sugar-cane or cocoanut ; (&.) to 
backbite, to slander, to spread false reports : 
Ke aki wale nei oe i ke keiki a koumakuwa' 
hine ; You slander your mother's son. Aaki, 
to bite frequently ; to bite in two ; (6.) to grate 
the teeth ; (c.) to feel the severe pangs of child- 
birth ; akiaKi, to bite in two repeatedly ; (b,) 
to take away little by little ; (c.) to nibble ; 
[d.) to pilfer ; (e.) a backbiter, a reviler ; (/.) 
a disease, the dog-colic ; (p.) an edible seaweed 
growing on rocks. Cf. akilou, a thief ; to eat 
secretly the food of another. Rarotongan — 
kati, to bite ; kakati, to bite : I tei kakati to 
ratou nio ; That bite with their teeth. Fu- 
tuna— kakati, to gnaw ; to corrode. Pau- 
motan— kakati, to bite; (&.) to clench, as the 
teeth ; katiga, food. Cf . kai, food. Ext. Poly. : 
Fiji— cf. kati-a, to bite; used also of catching 
a thing ; katihi, broken, split ; kata, ravenous, 
fierce (of animals) ; kata-kau, to bite a thing 
as in great pain. Redscar Bay^of . katiwa, 
a bamboo knife. Motu — cf. gadigadi, double 
teeth ; gadiva, a bamboo knife. Formosa — 
cf. goat, a point ; gagaat, a shaipening. 

KAKATI {kUkati,) to tie up in bundles; a bundle, 
iJ^eaf . Cf . kakati, to be clenched^ as the teeth ; 
kati, shut, closed ; to block up. 
Tahitian— ati, to join, to cleave or adhere 
to a person ; (&.) to be enclosed or entangled ; 
aati. the name of a strong native cloth, made 
of tne bark of the breadfruit tree; atiati, a 
species of grass bearing a troublesome burr ; 
atia, a fence ; to put up a fence. Cf . atipuni^ 
to be enclosed, or in a besieged state ; taati, to 
join or unite things together ; to encompass ; 
tuati, to join. Ha-wailan — aki, locks of 
hair which are left on the head when all above 
is shorn off ; aaki, to be caught or held by a 
thing ; thick, obscure, as darkness ; ho-aki, to 
withhold from the landlord his due; akiaki, 
to take away by little and little. Tongan— 
kajia, to d^oke ; to hinder ; to obstruct, as 
weeds in a garden. Paumotan-HiL kakati, 
to dlenoh, as the t«eth. 




KATIAHO, the "Portogaese man^f>war" ^Zoo. 
Phytalis pelugiea), 

KATI H I, a staok of fenuoot. Cf. tiki, to Ue in a 

KATIPO (katipb), the name of a Tenomoog ipider. 
Cf. kakatit to iting ; po, night. 2. A wasp. 

KATIRA, a fiehmg-rod. Cf. ttra, a mast ; katiret 
a fishing-rod; matira, a fishing-rod. [For 
comparatives, see Tnu.] 

KATI RAM ATA {kiitiramata)^ an exclamation of 

KATI RE, (or katira,) a fishing-rod. 

KATI R EH E, sore throat; a qninsey. Cf. kaHt 
blocked up ; reh^t intensive. 
Ext. Poly. : Fiji— cf. kadre^ a disease of the 

KATO, ) to plnck : Tenet ka riro kei te kakato 
KAKATO, I iUrau powhata—Koii. Cf. ato, to 
thatch [see Tahitian.] 2. Severed. 8. To 
pinch, nip : Tena pea iakoete katoa mat na i 
U kaun-k. H. M., V. 60. 
KATOKATO, to pluck leaf by leaf : Ka katokato 
auite ran pororua — Prov. 
Saxnoan—cf. ato, to thatch ; *atOt a basket. 
Tahitian — ato, to rip or pluck off ; to pluck 
leaves or flowers ; one who plucks leaves or 
flowers ; (6.) the art of thatdiing houses ; to 
thatch, Aq, Cf. atoauru, to break off small 
twigs; (fig.) to have a superficial knowledge 
of a thing or fact, and yet to make much of it ; 
atoheit a gatherer of flowers and garlands; 
paatoato, to lop off or plnck leaves or fruit 
repeatedly. Hawaiian— ako, to out as with 
scissors; to clip off, to crop off: O ^ niho 
mano ko Hawaii nei mea e ako ai i ka lauoho ; 
A shark's tooth was the Hawaiian instrument 
for cutting the hair, (fr.) To pluck, as flowers 
or fruit : I ako ai i kona ka poe a pau e hele ae 
makeala; Plucked by all that pass by. (e,) 
To gather: Ako Upoa o Kanamuakea; Eana- 
muakea is gathering seaweed, (d.) To shear 
off, as the wind the top of a house ; (e,) to 
thatch. Mangarevan— kato, to out off the 
leaves or stalks of plants ; kato^a, a hatchet. 
Cf. takltto, a valley. Paumotan— of. kato, 
plenty, abundance. Tongan — of. kato, a 
basket ; faka-katoat to assemble, to collect; to 
bind together. 

KATO, flowing; flood (of the tide only). Cf. 
kdtaot water; katoa^ all, the whole. [See 
Katoa, Tongan.] 

Hawaiian— akoako. to swell, as a wave. 
Cf. akoakoa, to assemble, as people ; to be ga« 
thered togeUier, as waves. Tongan— kakato, 
fulness ; complete, made up ; faka-kakato, to 
make up, to complete; gagato, saturated, 
filled with water. Paunaotan— kato, plenty, 

KATOA, all, the whole : A kua oti katoa iaaute 
tDhakariU te ahua o nga numu katoa o te 
naahere—^.M., 21. Cf. kato, flowing ; flood- 
tme; ato, to thatch. [See Tongan]. 
Samoan— *atoa, all; whole, complete, per- 
fect: Na eautiafoi o'u la i le po atoa; The 
dew lay all night upon my branch. Fa'a- 
*atoatoa, to complete. Cf. *a*ato, complete, in 
counting tens; *atoatino, to be full, as the 
moon, or a canoe; to be all present, as the 
people of a village. Tahitian— atoa, all, 

every one ; everything : To raro a'e i te rai 
atoa nei, na^u ia; Whatsoever is under heaven 
is mine. (6.) Also, too, likewise. Cf. topaatoa^ 
to add all together ; all falling to work at once. 
Hawaiian— akoakoa, collectively; in heaps : 
Akoakoa lakou ia mau mea; They laid the 
things in heaps, (b,) To assemble, as people 
for business; assembled ; (c.) the homed coral; 
ho-akoakoa, to collect together, as waters: Va 
ko-akoakoaia mai na wai; The waters were 
gathered together ; hoo-akoakoa, to gather to- 
gether, as men; to come together again, as a 
dispersed people ; okoa, the totality of a thing ; 
the whole; entirely. Tongan— katoa, the 
whole, the mass; complete, fall, entire; (6.) 
to assemble, to coUect; to be assembled; 
kakato, complete, perfect ; made up ; fulness, 
completeness; faka-katoa, to collect, to as- 
semble; to bind together; katoaga, a feast, a 
banquet; kotoa, all, the whole mass. Cf. 
fekatoagaaki, to feast and visit alternately. 
Marquesan— kotoa, all; otoa. all: Tanaoa 
hakapi a rumoho i na ani otoa; Tangaroa fllled 
and dwelt in the whole heaven. Raroto- 
ngan— katoa, all: Kare ona e arite i te au 
tangata katoa ra; There is none like him 
among all the people. Katoatoa, the whole, 
all. Pauxnotan— Cf. kato, plenty, abun- 

KATOA (khtoa), the name of a tree (Bot. Lepto- 
epermum eeoparitan), 

KATOITOI (Mtottot), to answer, respond. Cf. 
whakatoit to answer rudely. 

KATO RE, ) glimmering; dimly luminous. 

KATOREtORE, ) Cf. tore, to bum; kinatore, to 

twinkle, to glow with unsteady light. (Tor 

comparatives, see Tore.] 

KATOTE, unstable ; not fixed ; displaced. 

KATOTE, the name of a tree-fern (Bot. Hemitelia 

KATOTO, a variety of potato. 

KATUA (myth.), a personage of pre-diluvian 
times.— A. H. M., 1. 167. 

KATUA (ikdfua), a full-grown animal or bird. 
Generally used for a female which has borne 
young : Kihai i tino rite ki te tohora fcatiia — 
P. M., 162. Cf. fitattta, adult ; mature. 2. 
The stockade or main fence of a pa. 
Haw^aiian— cf . akua, the name of the night 
when the moon was full. ('* It would seem 
that the ancient idea of an akua {atua ss god) 
embraced something incomprehensible, power- 
ful, and yet complete, full -orbed." — L. 
Andrews.) Ext. Poly. : Sulu — cf. sotua, an 
animal. [For comparatives, consult Atua and 

KATUTE, the name of a tree-fern (Bot. Dickeoma 

KAU, alone, without companions; without ap- 
pendage : E tu kau ana mat, kaore he tangata 
—P. M., 82. 2. Only : Ko U tumu kau ano ki 
a ia— G. P., 28. S. Just, exactly. 4. Without 
hindrance: Eharaf noho kau ana i roto— 
P. M., 82. 6. To no purpose, uselessly, in 
vain: Oko ravoa ake nga tama, tirotiro kdu 
ana — P. M., 16. 6. Kahore kau, not at all: 
Kahore kau he tangata kotahi i ora — ^A. H. M., 
i. 160. 7. Empty; unused: A ka tcaiho taua 
whare kia tu kau noa iho^JL H. M., i. 10. 8i 




Simply: E rongo horero kau ana nga iwi katoa 
o U motu — Koro. 

KAU, a PolyneBian word, gignifying "a troop of 
persons," Ao. — not so used per te in New Zea- 
land. [See Tbxau.] 

KAU, to swim; to wade: Ka kaii a Whaitiri hi 
uto— Wohl., Trans., yii. 41 : Katahi ka kau 
%€ kuri ra i muao te waka—^, M., 119. Gf. 
kaukoe^ to swim; kauthhott to swim across; 
iatipapa, a fleet of canoes. 2. To swim or 
wade across : Kau mat, kaore he wax — P. M , 
119. 3. To swim for. 4. (For ngau) To bite, 
gnaw: Ka hau ou tangata — A. H. M., ii. 157. 

KAUANQA, a ford, a crossing. 

KAU KAU, to bathe: Na haere nga tamariki ki te 
kaukau^F. M., 107. 2. To anoint the head. 
3. To wash, lave: Ka mauria ai ki te Waiora 
Tane^ horoi ai, kaukau ai — A. H. M., ii. 14. 

KAUKAURANQA, a bathing place. 

Whafca-KAU, to make to swim. 2. A charm to 
aid in swimming. 
Saxnoan — a*au, to swim : E pei ana faalo- 
loa lima o le e aau ina ua aau ; As a 
swimmer spreads forth his hands to swim. 
*Au*au, to swim aboat; (&.) to bathe (a chief's 
word). Gf. *aukUo, to swim low, in order to 
catch sea-birds ; *aupui, to splash the water ; 
*aiivai, the brink of a river, lake, well, or any 
place containing water ; /«'av, to swim. Ta- 
hitian— au, to swim in the water ; to move : 
E pape e tia ia an haere ra ; Waters to swim 
in. Faa-au, to assist another to swim. Gf. 
aufarere, to swim unskilfaUy, not having 
learned ; friendless, castaway ; attonoy a large 
fleet; auoaro, to swim with the face down- 
wards ; aumoanaj a good swimmer ; autait to 
pass along in a canoe without landing ; autua, 
the act of sculling a canoe with the steer 
paddle ; taau, to procure anything by swim- 
ming ; tauania, a canoe with an outrigger ; 
taupiti^ a double canoe. Ha'walian — au, to 
swim ; swimming : He kai au ko Kapuuone ; A 
sea for swimming is Kapuuone. (6.) To float 
on the surface of the water ; hoo-au, to cause 
to swim ; to float ; |&.) to convey on a raft ; 
ho-au, to strike, to oeat with a stick ; (b) to 
wa^ clothes as Hawaiians wash clothes, by 
beating them on a stone in water ; {c.) to move 
gently a little ; to dodge ; (d.) to bnng forward 
and present on the altar of the gods ; to offer 
a sacrifice ; aau, to swim dispersedly ; a flock 
as of birds when frightened ; auau, to bathe in 
water, as a person : E auau ma ka muliwai^ 
To bathe in the river ; (&.) to wash, to cleanse 
with water ; (c.) to take out wrinkles from a 
piece of cloth ; ho-auau, to wash the body ; to 
bathe ; a cleansing. Of. waiauau^ a pool, a 
bathing-place ; kau^ a canoe. Tongan — 
kakau, to swim : Telia naa kakau ha niihii o 
kao ; For fear that any should swim away and 
escape. Kaukau, a bath, a wash; to wash, 
bathe; (6.) a cutting in the. parts of gene- 
ration; to perform this operation. CLfeka- 
kauaki, to swim to and fro; gaugau^ damp, 
moist. Marquesan — kau, to swim; (6.) 
oil, grease. Rarotongan — kau, to swim : 
E rere ana ratou ki raro i te tai ka kau atu ki 
Ufa ; That they should throw themselves into 
the sea and swim ashore. Cf. kokou^ to bathe. 
Mangarevan — kau, to swim; koukau, to 
wash oneself with fresh water; aka-kau, to 
voyage in shallow waters near land ; (6.) a sky 

overcast, but lightly so ; the wind strong, and 
the air full of moisture and vapour ; (c.) to 
throw the pearl-shell hook far from the 
canoe ; (d.) to take in tow ; aka-koukau, to 
pour water on the hands. Gf. tokau, to 
voyage by sea. Paumotan— kau, to swim 
(torai kau). Futuna — kaukau, to wash. 
Ext. Poly. : Aneityum— cf. kauoke, a raft, 
a float; nefeUau, a large canoe; neleau, a 
canoe, a ship ; a box ; the constellation of 
Orion; nelcau-ak-vai^ a trough; a canal for 
water. Fiji — of. kau-ta, to carry ; kaukau, a 
burden. Malay— cf. kayuh, to row with 
paddles. Sikayana— cf. kakau, to swim. 

KAU A, not; do not (used imperatively, or opta- 
tively) : Kaua tetahi mahi e mahia e koutou % 
reira — Tau., xxix. 7. Gf. kauaka, not, do 
not; kauraka, do not; kau (intensive), not 
(in kahore-kau), 

Samoan — *aua, do not : *Aua o^u ueo e, aua 
lava ne*i outou agaleaga ; No, my brothers, do 
not so wickedly. Tahltian— auaa, not, do 
not (imperatively). Hawaiian— aua, not to 
give a thing asked for ; to forbid ; to withhold ; 
to dislike parting with a thing ; to be stingy ; 
Tongan— cf. kaua, a boundary fence ; kava- 
motua, a land-mark, or a boundary fence. 
Paumotan — cf. kaua, a bar, a barrier ; to 
fence in. Ext. Poly.: Klsa—cf. ftaun, not. 

KAUAE, (or kauwae,) the jaw: Ka mea atu a 
Maui, *ko to kd,uae kia homai ki au* — P. M., 
20. 2. The wing of an army. Gf . pakau, the 
wing of a bird, or of an army. 3. A beam in 
a building. Gf. rakau, timber. [For com- 
paratives of Eauae, as jaw, see Kauwae. For 
second meaning, see Tekau.] 

KAUAEMUA, one's eldest brother or sister: Ara 
hti kauaemua mo te tino matamua — Tin., xxi, 

KAUAEROA, the name of a flsh. [See Hapuku.] 
2. An ambuscade. 

KAUAETEA, a kind of eel ; when fully grown it 
is called whakaau, 

KAU AH I, a piece of wood upon which another 
piece is rubbed to procure fire by friction. 
Gf. auahi, smoke; kaunoti, a fire-rubbing 
stick; kaurimarima, a fire -rubbing stick; 
kauati, a fire-rubbing stick ; ahi, fire. 
Tahitian — of. auahi, fire; amata-auahi, 
the first small sticks put together in kindling 
a fire ; (fig.) the beginnings of contentions or 
war; auai, a soft piece of wood, on which 
another called aurima is rubbed to procure 
fire by friction. [Note. — This would appear 
to be the proper comparative of the Maori 
word, if were not possible that, as Tahitian 
does not often lose h, auai may be a deriva- 
tive of ai, to procreate. See Ai.] Auati, a 
piece of wood used for obtaining fire by 
friction. Tongan — gauafl, a fire-stick, a 
fire-brand. Gf. kaunatu, a small stick rubbed 
on another to get fire ; o/S, fire. Marque- 
san — cf. koukani, the undermost piece of 
wood used in the obtaining of fire by friction. 
Mangarevan— cf. kavauahi, smoke. 

KAUAKA, not; do not: Ka mea atu a Tane- 
mahuta * kauaka I '—P. M., 7. Gf. kaua, not, 
do not ; kauraka, do not. 
Tahitian— auaa, not; do not 1 [For other 
comparatives, see Kaua.] 




KAUAMOi a litter, a bed ananged between two 
poles, to cany a siok penoo in. Cf. amo^ to 
carry on the shoulder; a litter, bier; hauhoa^ 
a litter; to carry on a litter; whata/imo^ a 
litter; Mamo^ to be raised, exalted; hakaUf a 
handle of a tool. 
Saxnoan — *auamo, a party carrying the post 
of a honse. Cf. atiaino, to carry a aead chief 
about on a bier; ^aufata^ palanquin-bearers; 
fttioia, the bier of a dead chief ; *ati, to send ; 
tauamoy to cany about a dead chief; tau*au^ 
the shoulder. Hawaiian — auamo, a stick 
or pole upon .which burdens are carried across 
the shoulder,; hale auamo, a palanquin; (6.) a 
yoke ; (e.) to cany on the shoulders or back. 
Cf. amo, a burden carried on the «houlders; 
to thus bear a burden ; auamoe, to carry a very 
heavy load ; au^ a handle ; aumaka, a pole to 
carry baggvge on. Tongan— cf. kauala, a 
bier, a hand-barrow ; to cany on a bier ; kau, 
a handle; amOf to reconnoitre; persons who 
precede warriors as a look-out; unequalled, 
nnparaJleled in excellence ; haamo, to carry on 
the shoulders, suspended from each end of a 
stick. Marquesan— cf . amo, to carry on the 
shoulders. Futuna — cf. amo, to carry a 
parcel. Mangalan — cf. amo, to carry on the 

KAUANQA, the star Canopns. 

KAUANQA-WAli the part of the leg above the 
ankle. Cf. kau, to wade; trat, water. 

KAUATAATA (myth.), the first woman. She was 
the child of Ba (the sun) and Bikoriko, or 
Arohirohi. — A. H. M., i. App. 

KAUATI, a piece of wood used in procuring fire 
by friction (also kauwati) : Haere hi atu ki nga 
tangata, kia wahia mai tetahi kauwati — WoU., 
Trans., vii. 53 : E rua enei rakau herakau pai 
mo U kauati hika aki — A. H. M., i. 23. Cf. 
kauahi, kaurimarima, kaueti, kaunoti, kaukure, 
kaureure, names of pieces of wood used in pro- 
curing fire by friction. (Also cf. tukauati, a 
whirlwind. Does this imply a rotary motion, 
once used for the kauati f) 2. A chief, a 
principal person. Cf . kahika^ a chief of high 
rank (fUka, to kindle fire?); kaupapa, a wise 
man, an orade. [Also see comparatives of 
Pauxnotan — kauati, to make fire by friction 
of wood. Mangarevan— kounati, a piece of 
wood on which one rubs for fire. [For other 
comparatives, see Kauahi and Eaubiuaiuma.] 

KAUAUA {kauaull)y a hawk. Cf. kahu, a hawk; 
Jkatatd, a sparrow-hawk; kaeaea, a sparrow- 

KAUAWHIWHIWHI (^EauairMirM'irM), to approxi- 
mate. Cf. awhiwhiwhi, to approximate, to 
resemble ; awhi, to draw near to ; whiwhi, to 
entangle. [For comparatives, see Awhi.] 

KAUE, one of the defences (the curtain) of a|Mi. 

KAUEA (myth.), a descendant of Nukutawhiti. 
He turned himself into a taniwJia, and went 
under the earth at Te Keri.— G.-8, 29. [See 

KAUEHU, turbid, muddy. Cf. kau, to swim or 
wade; ehu^ turbid. [For comparatives, see 

KAU ERE, the name of a tree (Bot. Vitex littoralis) : 
J te twmutwmu hauere — A« fi. M., iv. 98. 

KAU ERE, crumpled, shrivelled. 

KAUETI^ one of the sticks used for kindling fire 
by fnction: J reira e takoto ana te kaueti i 
whakakitea ai U oAi— Wohl., Trans., vii. 32. 

[See Kauati.] 

KAU HA U, to preach, to teach orally: A raua 
karero e kauhau net mo Rangi raua ko Papa — 
A. H. M., i. 157. [See Kauwhau.] 

KAUHOA, a litter on which aperson is carried • 
to carry on a litter : Ko te kauhoa t runga i o 
ratou pokohiwi — Tau., vii. 9. Cf. hoa^ a 
friend ; kauamo, a litter ; to carry on a litter. 
[For comparatives, see Hoa and Kauamo.] 

KAU HOE, ) to swim: Njo reira tetikangai 
KAUHOEHOEJ kauhoetia ai e ia te roto o U 
Rotoatara — P. M., 161 : A ka rewa nga waeiMU, 
kua kauhoehoe — ^P. M., ISO. Cf. kau, to swim 
or wade ; /»}«, to paddle, to row; kautahoe, to 
swim across. 

Tahitian — auhoe, the inspired attendants 
on a god or chief, who row the canoe of that 
god or chief. [For full comparatives, see Kau, 
and Hob.] 

KAUHOU, a line of ancestry: I te putangaio 
kauhou^O. P., 247. Cf. kauwhau, to recite 
genealogies. 2. A lesson or address. [See 

KAUHORO, to scrape, file; to rab with anything 
rough. Cf. orOf to grind; haro, to scrape 

Samoan — cf. o2o, to rub down, to grate ; to 
rub smooth. Haivaiian— cf. holoholoi, to 
rub with pressure ; to rub down smooth ; olo, 
to rub, grate. Tongan— cf. holo, to wipe; 
hoholo, to rub. Mangarevan— <tf. horoi, to 
wipe; orot, to rub the eyes; oro, to rub; 

Syn. whakawahine. 

KAUHURE, one of the sticks used in obtaining 
fire by friction. Cf. kaureure, kohure, kauahi, 
kauati, kaunoti, kaurimarima, names of pieces 
of wood used for obtaining fire by friciion. 
[For comparatives, see Kauahi, aaubburk, 
^c. Note. — Perhaps related to hurl, to turn.] 

KAUHURI, to dig; to turn over the soiL Cf. 
Attn, to tnm; kari, to- dig. [For compara- 
tives, see HuBi.] 

KAU I, a stick on which eels are threaded. 

KAUIKA (myth.), the first man. He was created 
by Tiki, or, as some sav, by Tane. He is 
also called Onekura (Bed-earth)— M. S., 114. 
2. A great chief or priest in Hawaiki. He, 
with his chiefs Kauika-nui, Kauika-roa, and 
others, entered the temple called Whiu^ura 
and broke the sacred staff of Mai-i-Bangi, 
which caused troubles, ending in the building 
being burnt— Ika., 176, 177. [See Hawaizi, 
Whabekura, Whibo, Whakatau-Potiki, Ac] 

KAUIKA, a heap; to lie in a heap. Cf. ika, a 
monster ; or an earth-mound made in resem- 
blance thereof ; khuki, to lie in a heap ; kaweka, 
the ridge of a hill. 2. To lay in a heap. 3. 
A school of whales. 

KAUKA, (or kouka,) the name of a tree, Ti or 
Cabbage-tree (Bot. Cordyline auitraUs). 

\ a stringboard or horizontal sup- 
if } port for the floor of a canoe. 




KAUKAU, ft spear. 2. [See ander Eau, to swim.] 
Samoan— ef. ati, a needle; a sharp fish- 
thorn; a tattooing instmment. Tahitlan — 
ef.av, a fish like a sword-fish; a needle; auau^ 
to hnnt, to parsne; autara^ to sharpen the 
edge of a hsmboo splinter for oatting with. 
Haw^aiian— auau, the stalk of louht (the 
Fsn-palm) made into a spear. Cf. auhau, the 
name of a kind of wood used in making spears. 
Ext. Polj.: Motu—of. ima-gatma, a weapon 
(tma for rtma, hand). Tagal— cf . gayang, a 
lanee. Blsaya— cf. haukaut a lance. 

KAUKAU MATUA (myth.), a celebrated greenstone 
Qade) eardrop— P. M., 95. It was brought to 
New Zealand by Ngahne— P. M., 88. It be- 
came the property of Tama-te-Eapua — P. M., 
94; then of Tnhoro, who baried it. It was 
afterwards fonnd, and given by Ihenga to 
Hine-te-Eakara, to carry to her father, Eahu— 
8. R., 65. Ngatoro received it when he mar- 
ried t^e daughter of Ihenga— P. M., 95. It is 
often mentioned in Maori poetry. 

KAUKI (kftuibt). the ridge of a hill. 2. To lie in a 
heap. Cf . kakat the ridge of a hill ; kauikut 
a heap; kake, to climb; tikokekoke, high np in 
the heavens. 

KAUMAHAKI, a brace, a buttress. 

KAU MATUA, an adult, a grown person : He kau- 
matua ia; ui atu Isi a ia — Hoa., is. 21. Cf. 
matua, a parent; large, important; ^tua, a 
full-grown animal ; karomatua, the thumb. 2. 
An old man or woman : A ma nga kaumatua 
oU iwi e kai iaua kai—A. H. M., i. 9. Cf. 
fmrakau^ an old man. 8. Elders, seniors in 
position and age: Katahi ka tono mat nga 
kaumatua o Uma pa — Tiu., zix. 12. Cf. 
kttupapa, a wise man ; an oracle ; the spirit of 
an ancestor. 4. To become adult ; mature : 
A la tupu, ka kaumatua^ ka noho i a Tane, he 
wahine mahana — Wohl., Trans., vii. 84. 
Samoan — *au matua, a breeding animal. Cf. 
'au, a troop of warriors ; a shoal of fish ; a class 
or company; mahia^ mature, full-grown; 
wfotuafajine, to be matronly. Haivailan— 
aumakua, the name of a class of ancient gods, 
who were considered able and trustworthy : Na 
akua i kavo, o na aumakua ikea/o; Gods of the 
night, gods of the day. [See Lorrin Andrews* 
remarks under Eatua.] (5.) One that may 
be trusted, as a parent by a child ; (e.) a person 
so called who provided for a chief or chiefs ; 
a trusty, steadfast servant; akua-aumakua^ 
the sotds of ancestral heroes become gods. 
Tahitlan — of. oramatuat the skull of a dead 
relative preserved, as was formerly the custom. 
It was wrapped up in cloth, and at certain 
times (such as in the case of sickness, &o.) it 
was produced, when the priest made prayers 
to the oframatua in the night for the refltora- 
tion of the sick ; (&.) the ghosts of the dead, 
who were supposed to be transformed into a 
sort of inferior gods, but of a malevolent dis- 
position, and therefore prayers were addressed 
to them to coax them from doing mischief ; 
(c.) an example or pattern ; an instructor of 
any sort, either of religion or of any art or 
trade. Mangare van — au matua, old. or 
ancient ; koumatua, an old man ; old, ancient 
Cf. aumotuapuga, to sustain, prop ; protection. 
Tongan — kaumatua, elders, old and wise 
man : Ka e moU oe fano mH he taulasiki moe I 


fakakaukau mei he kaumatua ; The law shall 
die away from the priests and ancient men. 
Ext. Poly.: Sikayana — cf. hamatwit old 

KAUNAKI, (Morion,) to kindle fire by friction 
of wood. 

Hawaiian— kaunaki, the under stick, in 
rubbing to procure fire by friction (not proper 
letter-change). [See Eaunoti, Eauahi, Ac] 

KAUNAROA, the body of a canoe, without the 
haumij <feo. 

KAUNEHUNEHU, dusky. Cf. nehu, dust; 
nehutai, sea-spray ; rehu, mist ; ehu, turbid ; 
puehUf dust, Ac. ; kaurehurehu, dim, dusky ; 
kaurukCf smoke. [For comparatives, see 


KAUNOTI, a piece of wood used to obtain fire by 
friction ; the piece rubbed by the kaurimarima. 
Cf. kauati, kaunaki, kauhure, kaurimarima, 
Ae. [For comparatives, see Eauahi.] 

KAUNQA, smelling unpleasantly. Cf. haunga, 
stinking. [For comparatives, see Haunqa.] 2. 
A kwnara which will not grow when planted. 

KAUNQAROA, the side fence of a pa. 

KAU PA E, the step of a ladder. Cf. pae^ a step 
in a staircase ; a perch, rest; ^rtipa«, a beam, 
a joist. 

KAUPAPA, a level surface; a floor: Ka mahia 
a runga o taua wai ki U kaupapa rakau — 
A. H. M., V. 56. Cf. papa^ fiat; a board; 
kaupdparut fiat-roofed. 2. A raised platform 
for storing food : Ka hinga nga whataf ka 
hinga nga kaupapa — Wohl., Trans., vii. 58 : 
Ka whaihangatia e Tura te kaupapa tiketike — 
A. H. M., ii. 12. 8. An altar or sacred plat- 
form (whata) : Kia whaihangatia he kaupapa 
a oti ana : a i te ahiahi ka haere aia ka 
karangaranga i ana tupuna — A. H. M., ii. 126. 
4. A wise man, an oracle : Ko te kete no nga 
PUf ko te kete na nga Kaupapa — P. M., 90. 
Cf. j>dpft, a father. 5. A fieet of canoes. [See 
the collective forms of Polynesian Eau, under 
Txkau.] 6. The original of a song, as opposed 
to a puody. 7. A gauge for the meshes of a 
net. 8. One whom the spirit of an ancestor 
visits, and who is the medium of communica- 
tion with the living : To putanga mai ki ahau^ 
ki to kaupapor—B. B., 111. 9. Fern-stalks 
tied together in a peculiar manner, and used 
in the niu ceremony [see Niu] of augury as to 
the success of a war party. The kaupapa was 
supposed to contain the god of the hapu (sub- 
tribe). 10. A raft: Ka mahia te kaupapa 
ravpo — A. H. M., v. 68. 
Samoan ~cf. *aupa, a line of wall; troops 
are compared with it ; papa, flat, level, a 
board ; ^pd, a general name for the high 
chiefs. Tahiti an — aupapa, the flatness of 
the roof of a house ; flat and broad, as the roof 
of a house ; as the top of a tree. Cf. papa, a 
board, a seat, a flat stone. Hawaiian— cf. 
papa^ any flat thing ; a board, a plank ; a com- 
pany, a band ; aupapa^ to be poor ; to lose 
one's property (drawn from the figure of a man 
losing his board loopa), hia surf- board, on 
which he swims in the surf) ; holopapa, a raft ; 
a bridge over a small space ; to rule, control ; 
papa, an ancestor. [For other comparatives, 
see Papa, flat ; Papa (I'^kpft), ancestor, Ao»] 





KAUPAPARU {hauphparu), flftt-roofed. Of. hou- 
papa, a level sarfaoe, a floor ; papa^ flat. [For 
comparatives, see Papa, and Kaupapa.] 

KAUPARE, to tarn in a different direction. Cf. 
pare, to ward off, to torn aside; kopare, to 
shade or veil the eyes ; toupare, to obstruot, 
thwart. [For comparatives, see Pabb.] 

KAUPARERARERA, the name of a plant, a variety 
of plantago, 

KAU POKI, to cover over. Cf. poiW, to cover over ; 
JApoki, to cover; taupokif to cover, to dose 
with a lid^ 2. To invert, to turn upside down. 

KAURAKA, (or kauaka,) " Do not ! Kavraka tama 
e jpuruHa—Q. P., 154 : Hi maka hoki, u ana, 
kauraka e Aoatu— Wohl., Trans., vii. 89. Cf. 
iutua, do not ; knhore-kau, not at all. 
Tahitian— auraa, not, do not. Raro- 
tongan — auraka, do not: Auraha koe e 
karanga ki to tangata tupii ra *£ haere /' Do 
not say to yonr neighbour 'Go!' (&.) No I 
Auraka, ei ariki rat U tuhi ki rungao iA 
matou ; Nay, set a king over us. 

KAURANQA, a derivative of kau. [See Eau, to 

KAU R APA, having broad lateral projections. Cf . 
kahurapa, extended sideways, as in the broad 
bases of some forest trees ; rapa, the flat part 
of a spade ; web-footed. [For comparatives, 
see Rapa.J 

KAUREHE, the name of an animal said to live in 
New Zealand, and whose ezistence is not yet 
to be considered proven. It is supposed to 
resemble the beaver, or otter. [See "Petri- 
factions and their Teachings," by W. Mantell, 
and "Address to Philosophical Institute of 
Canterbury, N.Z." by Prof, von Haast, July, 

KAUREREHU, dim, dusky. Cf. kawnenehat 
dusky ; nehu, dust ; rehu, mist ; puehu, dust ; 
kauruki, smoke, &a, [For comparatives, see 

KAUREREWA, fighting in loose order, skirmish- 
ing : Kia taua te kaurerewa — Prov. 

KAUREURE, a stick used for producing fire by 
friction. Cf. katuLhi, kaiawti, &c. [See 
Eauahi.] Also cf . ure, membrum viriU ; hika, 
to kindle fire ; coitus ; and at, to procreate ; 
ahi, fire, &e, 

Tahltian— aurSj a tenon that fits into a 
mortise ; a cut or notch at the end of a stick, 
to keep a thing from slipping off; aureure, 
spiral, as an auger ; involved in a curve, as a 
rope. [See Urs.] 

KAURI, the name of a tree (Boi Agathis 
aiutralis) : Kia kumea mai te kauri i te woo— 
M. M., 206. 2. The resin of the kauri tree 
{kdpia). 3. Soot from burnt kauri resin, used 
in tattooing. Cf. uri, black ; kauritawkith i» 
kind of bitumen thrown up by the tide, used 
for chewing. 

Tahitian— cf. auri, iron of all sorts; 
taauri, to use iron. Paumotan — cf. kauri, 
iron ; kauripopo, rust ; tutaekaurif rust. 
Samoan— cf . iiuli, a smoothing iron ; to use a 
smoothing iron. 

KAURIMARIMA, a pointed piece of wood, rubbed 
briskly on another to procure fire. For process 
see A. H. M., i. 4. Cf. kauahi, koMWtit 

kauhuri, kaunaki, Ao., words used to denote 
^e pieces of wood used for obtaining fire by 

Tahitian— fturima, a piece of wood rubbed 
on another (auai,) to produce fiire ; rima, the 
hand. Hanvalian— aulima (also alima) the 
stick held in the hand, when rubbing to 
procure fire by friction of wood. Cf . lima, the 
hand. The aunaki is the name of the stick 
rubbed. Mangarevan— kourima, wood used 
for obtaining fire by friction on the kavnati, 
or under-piece. P^ote. — A very interesting 
word. It is probably the only Maori word 
in which rima is used for ** hand," although 
rima is ** hand," and "five,'* almost everywhere 
else in Polynesia. (See Bima.) For other 
comparatives see Kauahi.] 

KAURITAWHITI, a kind of bitumen thrown op 
by the sea. It was formerly used for chewing 
purposes. Cf. kauri, the resin of the kauri 
pine; tawMti, afar, distant. [For compara- 
tives see Tawhiti.] 

KAURU {kduru), the head of a tree: Katuaina 
e ia ki raro, ka tapahia te kauru^l^, M., 57. 
Ka topea te kaurui run^o— Wohl., Trans., vii 
46. Cf. karu, the head ; uru, the head ; a grove 
of trees ; aunt, to break off, as a branch. 
Tahitian— auru, the top ends of small twigs 
or branches. Cf . uru, a thicket or wood ; the 
skull ; a breadfruit tree ; urupa, a thicket ; 
arauru, the top, end, or extremity. Ha- 
nvallan^-cf. kaiaulu, an overhanging doud; 
tiie space on the top of a precipice ; a high 
elevated post. Mangarevan— cf . totiru, the 
head of a tree ; the top of a mountain. 

KAURU. the root of Ti (CordyZitu?), after it haa 
been baked in the native oven. 2. The Ti or 
Cabbage-tree itself. 

Mangarevan>-kouru, the name of a tree, 
the root of which is eaten in time of famine. 

KAURUKI, smoke. Cf. koruki, cloudy, overcast ; 
kbKturi, haziness caused by smoke ; koruku- 
ruku, cloudy ; rikoriko, dusky, da rkish . 

KAURUKIRUKI, smoky; dusky. 

Samoan— cf. fa'a-loloH, to be dark and 
lowering (of the sky). Tahitian— cf. rui, 
night ; to be dark or blind ; tarui, black, as 
the sky. Paumotan— cf. ruki, dark, dark- 
ness ; night ; haka-ruki, obscure. Tongan 
— cf. roki, dark ; enclosed, shut up. 

KAUTA {khuta), a cooking shed : Ka mate koe % 
te paoa ; kakore, he fcauta— Prov. 
Tahitian— cf. autaa, temporary : as fare- 
autaa, a temporary shed put up for the zught. 

KAUTAHA, without depth of soil. 

KAUTAHANQA, empty. Cf. kau, alone, without 
appendages ; tahanga, naked ; kautaha, with- 
out depth of soiL [For comparatives, see 

KAUTAHOE (kauthhoe), to swim across: Te 
tikanga i kautahoetia ai e ia te rote — P. M., 
160. Cf. kau, to swim ; hoe, to paddle ; tahoe, 
to stretch oat the arms alternately in swim- 
ming. [For comparatives, see Kau, and Hoi.] 

KAUTANQATANQA, in brisk motion. 

KAUTETE (vnata-kauUU), a weapon consisting of 
sharp teeth of flint, lashed firmly to a piece of 

KAUTO, a variety of the hanara or sweet pototo. 




KAUTONA, a wart. Cf. tona, a wart, com, &e. ; 
tcngiit a blemish on the skin ; kiritona, a wart 
excreacence. [For comparatives, see Tona.] 

KAUTUKU-KI-TE-RANQI (myth.), the name of 
one of Tori's famous paddles in the Aotea 
canoe of the Migration.— P. M., 131. 

KAUTUKU (for kotuku). [See Eotuku.] 

KAUUTOWHAU, a variety of kumarat or sweet 

KAUWAE, the chin. 2. The tattooing on the 
chin (kauae, the jaw) : Epokaia ranei e koe 
tana kauae ki te koikoit — Hopa., zli. 2. 
Sam oan — *au vae, the chin. Cf . *aula to, the 
onder-jaw of a pig ; *auvaelalOt the lower jaw ; 
*auvaelugat the npper jaw ; Hvi*auvaet the jaw- 
bone. Tahltian— auae. the inner part of the 
lower jaw. Tongan — cf. kouahe, the cheek ; 
ktutvae, the legs and feet. Hawaiian — 
auwae, the chin of a person : Nou aku lai ka 
pohaku^ a pa i ka auwae; He threw a stone, 
and it atmok the chin. (Also auae, a person's 
ehin.) Marquesan — kouvae, the chin. 
Mangarevan — kouae, the jaw, the jaws. 
Cf. kouaa^ lower jaw ; A^oumea, jaw-bone ; kou- 
aha^ the part between the jaw and the cheek. 
Pauxnotan— kauae, the jaw. Morlorl — 
kaue, the chin. Ext. Poly.: Aneityuxn— cf. 
incauaij (in = noun-prefix), a fish-hook. p7o- 
iice Maui's fish-hook. See Maui (myth.}.] 
Matu-^cf.Jdwai, the face; jagau, the chin. 

KAUWATl (for kauati). [See Eauati.] 

KAUWHATA, an elevated stage for storing food. 
[For comparatives, see Whata.] 

KAUWHAU, to recite old legends and genealogies : 
Kia kauwhautia atu iana e ahau ki a koe — 
P. M., 125. Cf. kauhou^ a line of ancestry. 
2. To preach, to admonish: Heke atu^ kaip- 
whauUa te im ra — ^Eko., xix. 21. Cf. whaka- 
Ikaii, to command ; to inspirit. 
Tahltian — aufau, {aufau-fetii,) the gene- 
alogy of a family; to search or trace genealo- 
gies; (&.) a tribute, tax, contribution; to pay 
a tax; to contribute property. Ct. taakiaufau, 
to treat with contempt anyone's ancestry or 
family. Haivalian — au hau, to exercise lord- 
ship ; to put a people under tribute : Ke auhau 
ia lakou ma ke kala ameka kai; They might 
exact of them money and com. (&.) A tax for 
the benefit of chiefs: Aole oiai auhau noii a 
pau ka tnoa koloa; He did not tax all little 
things, as hens, ducks, &o. Cf. kuauhaut to be 
xeooided in genealogy, in history, or tradition ; 
a pedigree; {Uapaa i kekahipoe ke kuauhau 
na Hi; Some persons have preserved the 
genealogies of the kings;) a person skilled in 
senealogy; honourable, distinguished; to 
know the paths of descent of kings ; hau, the 
title or epithet of a chief, as noble or descen- 
dant of kings. [See Hau.] Samoan — 
'avau, to bawl; to speak too loud. Mar- 
(juesan— kahau, a ciy of invitation to a re- 
past, when the names of the guests are called 
out. Mangarevan — kouhaa, to regulate 
operations ; to superintend work ; to arrange 
in order. Moriori-^kauho, a legend. Ext. 
Poly. : Malay— cf. kaum, lineage. 

KAWA, bitter; sour; unpleasant to the taste: 
Be puwha kawa hoki ta raUm e kinaki ai ki 
taua mea — ^Eko., ziL 8. Cf. matakawa, dis- 
taitafol; pukaimat bitter, mpalatable j ka- 

kawa, sweat; to perspire. 2. Not relishing 
food. Cf. wahakawa, having a distaste for 
ordinary food ; wakawa^ having a distaste for 
food. [Note. — The comparatives of kawa, 
sour, bitter, have been removed from those of 
the plant kawa, because the taste of the kava 
root (when made into a beverage) is not acrid, 
but mild and soapy.] 

Samoan— a'ava, pungent, sour, acrid ; (&.) 
to be hot ; scorcbiug ; 'ava'ava, to be oppres- 
sively hot, as on a sunny calm day ; 'avasia, 
to be burnt by the sun ; (&.) to be poisoned. 
Tahltian — avaava, sour, acrid, bitter: Te 
taata atoa i amu i taua vine avaava ra; 
Every man that eats a sour grape. Cf. to- 
avaava, sour, acrid; avatuffi, calm, hot 
weather, which is deadly to fish in about the 
coral reefs. Haw^aliap — awa, bitterness; 
awaawa, sour, bitter, sharp, pungent ; to be 
bitter ; sourness : E pau i ka aiia, ua awaawa 
iho la ko*u opu ; As soon as I had eaten it, 
my belly was bitter. (&.) Unpleasant to the 
taste ; salt, as salt water : He awaawa hoi ko 
ke kai ; Bitter is the salt water ; (c.) (Met.) 
Hard to deal with ; harsh in manners ; ho- 
awaawa, bitterness, sourness; {b.) hardship. 
Cf . auahia, bitterness, sourness ; awahua, surly, 
obstinate, perverse. Tongan — of. kakava, 
perspiration; tatava, sour, inclined to sour- 
ness. Marquesan — cf. kavahia, bitter, 
sour, sharp ; moikava, sourness which keeps 
coming up in the mouth. Rarotongan — 
kava, sour, sharp, pungent. Mangarevan 
— kava. to be acrid, bitter ; to be salt ; kava- 
kava, slightly acid ; aka-kava, to make bitter ; 
harsh to the taste; (&.) not to visit those 
often who ought to be visited. Cf. kavakava- 
rua, to be offended about nothing; kavatai, 
to be salt. Paumotan— kava, disagreeable 
to the taste; kavakava, acid, sharp; (2>.) 
bitterness, grief. 


rati kawakawa nei^A,, &. M., iii. SO. It was 
a sacred shrub, much used in religious cere- 
monies. 2. To strike parts of a building or 
canoe with a kawa branch in order to remove 
tapu : Ki te whai dke i te kawa otewaka nei 
— ^P. M., 72. 8. To open a new building with 
priestly ceremonies: Kua hangh e ia tetahi 
whare hou, a kahore ano i taia tona kawa-^ 
Tin, XX. 5. 4. To perform a ceremony re- 
sembling baptism [see lanai and Tua] : A ka 
kawaina nei te kawa — A. H. M., ii. 153 : Ka te 
kawa i kawaina, ka te kawa o Paoa — A. H. M., 
ii. 164. 5. A young tree (generally a branch 
of karamu) planted by the priest at the con- 
clusion of the ceremony of " naming " a child : 
Ko te kawa o Korokino, koia te rakau totara-^ 
A. H. M., V. 12. 6. An altar : Mamae te 
kawa i Huarau — ^A. H. M., i. 48. 7. A heap. 
8. The first of a series or number of things 
set aside for a religious purpose, such as the 
first fish in the miraculous shower of fishes 
brought by the incantation of Tinirau - Trans., 
vii. 80. : Ka tau mai te ika o te kawa ki te 
roro te whare o te tamaiti , . . kete ika 
anake i te kawa—Yfohi., Trans., vii. 53. 
Samoan^'ava, the name of a plant (Bot. 
MacTopiper metkui^ticum) ; (&.) the intoxi* 
eating drink made from *ava ; (c.) food ; (d.) 
the beard4 Ot *a*ava, pungent, boot; *av<» 

) the name of a shrub (Bot. Piper 
I, J excelsum): Moenga ahau nei. 

■ •aaH 




*avaaitUt a name for varieties of the pepper 
ahmb (Bot. Piper iniectifugym^ P. latijolium, 
P, pHberulum^ &c.) ; *avapuit the ginger plant 
(Bot. Zingiber zerumbet, and Z. officinale) ; 
'avflfd, a plant used to poison fish with iBot. 
lephrotia piMcatvria). Tahitian — ava, the 
plant and drink called kava ; (6.) all kinds of 
intoxicating liquors. Cf. rauava^ the miro or 
amae leaves, used in the marat for sacred pur- 
poses; uTuuTuava, a prayer made in the 
marae (sacred place) for the sake of obtaining 
children. Haviraiian — aw8, the name of a 
plant, and the intoxicating drink prepared 
therefrom. Marquesan — kava, the root 
which is chewed as an intoxicant ; (6.) tobacco 
(modem). Mangarevan — kava, a variety 
of tarOt ot a shrub which yields the liquor 
kava, Mangaian — kava, an intoxicating 
beverage from the root of the kava plant (Bot. 
P. methysticwn). Tongan— kava, the name 
of a root ; a beverage of intoxicating quality ; 
any spirituous liquor; (&.) the beard. £xt. 
Poly.: Motu— cf. Aava, to be crazed: kava- 
iava^ folly; foolish. Aneltyuxn— cf. kava 
(Bot. P. methyHicuM)t from which an intoxi- 
cating drink is prepared. (Formosa— cf. boar, 
to chew rice and barley, and to prepare the 
spittle wherewith strong drink is xnade.) 

KAWA (myth.), a person whose name ia met 
with in a singular sentence of tradition. 
Tuna, the Eel-god, was met by Tawhaki in 
one of the lower heavens. Tuna coming down 
because of drought above ; and his appearance 
is described in the sentence: "Kawa and 
Maraenui were hanging on Tuna*s foreh^ 
like veils ** {Ko te Kawa, ko Maraenui e mau 
mai ana ki te rue o Tuna^ e koparetia ana) — 
Wohl., Trans., vii. 19 and 44. 

KAWA-ARERO (myth.), the name of a chief who 
was a descendant of Tu-o-Kotorua. He, with 
Mataaho and their people, held Mokoia Island 
in Kotorua Lake. — ^P.M., 96. 

KAWAI {khwai), (also kawei, see note below,) the 
shoot, brancn, or tendril of a creeping plant, 
Buch as the melon, d^c. : I tupu ki hea te kawai 
te hue — M. M., 194. 2. Pedigree, lineage : 
E kimi ana i te kawai o Hauanui—Q. P., 413. 
K The tentacles of cuttle-fish, (fto. Cf. kawe^ 
kawe, the tentacles of a cuttle-fish. 4. The 
loops or handles of a basket. Cf. kawe, a 
handle ; straps for carrying a bundle ; to carry ; 
kXwei, the loops or handles of a biftsket. 5. 
The sea-breeze. 

Saxnoan ^ avei {hvei), the cord used for 
tying up a woman's basket; (&.) the handle 
of a mat basket. Cf. *ave, to take ; to carry. 
Tahitian— d afai, to carry, bring, or take 
a thing; a bearer of burdens; aveave, the 
long feelers of a fee or cuttle-fish ; ave, the 
strand of a rope; the string of a sling; 
aveitaaiore, the feelers of cuttle-fish. Ha- 
waiian — awai, to bind or tie up ; (&.) a place 
to stand on when addressing a multitude, a 
platform : Ku ae lake kaukavolelo ma ka awai 
laau; The writer stood upon a wooden plat- 
form. (6.) A bunch, cluster; a bundle, or some- 
thing tied up. Cf. awe, tbe tails of the cuttle- 
fiBh. Tongan— kavei, the hangers of baskets, 
pots, do. Cf. kaue, the feelers of the feke 
[cat-fish) ; kavtkave, to swing to and fro. Cf. I 
i/ai, to bind, to wrap with kafa (sinnet). 

[See Eaha.] Mangarevan— kavel, a packet* 
parcel, ball. Cf. kaue, the tentacles of the 
octopus. [Note.— Kavei, with its near con- 
nection to kawe, appears to be a better form 
than kawai.] £xt. Poly. : Fiji — cf. kawai, a 
small yam resembling kumara (sweet potato) ; 
kawhai, a kind of mealy sweet potato ; 
the kumara is called a kawai ni vavalagU 
{vavalagi = papalangi, foreigner). Malay — 
cf. kawi, to relate a story ; a tale. Java — 
cf . kawin, to relate a tale ; kawi, the learned 
language of Java. 

KAWAI NGA, stars which herald the dawn. 

Mangaian — kavaiga, a harbinger of day: 
Kimi koe i t€ kavainga; Yon wetre watching 
for dawn. 

KAWAKA, the name of a tree (Bot. Libocednu 

KAWAKA WA, a valuable kind of dark greenstone 
(nephrite or jade). Different varieties were 
named kawakawa-aumoana, kawakaiwa-rewa, 
and kawakawa-Umgarerewa. 

KAWAKAWA-TAWHITI, a variety of the kumara. 

KAWANQA-KONEKE (myth.}, the chief of the 
Bangihoana canoe in ihe Moriori migration to 
the Chatham Islands. At the same time ar- 
rived the Bangimata, nnder Mararoa ; but bj 
another version the canoe accompanying the 
Rangimata is called Rangihoua [see Mobiobi] 

KAWARANQI, plaited flax {Phormium) : Ko U 
tau o tana patu o ta TarcuLO, he tau kawaranffi* 
Cf. kawai, the loops of a baaket. 

KAWARI, the name of a shell-fish. 

KAWARtKI, the name of a plant. 

KAWATAU, to speak frequently of one's inten- 
tions or expectations. Cf. kapatau, to expreaa 
an intention of doing ; to threaten. 

KAWATAWATA {khwatawata), yearning, feeling 
strong desire or tenderness. Cf . wauxUa, to 
desire earnestly, to long for. 2. Increaaing 
gradually from small beginings. 

KAWAU (kawau), a variety of the kumara, or 
sweeet potato. 

KAWAU (or koau). the name of a bird, the Black 
Shag (Cm. Phalacrocorax nova-zealandia) : 
E torn rukanga o te kawau ra, e torupueatanga 
^A. H. M., iii. 54. 

KAWAUMARO.a mode of fighting; close hand 
to hand combat. 

KAWAUPAKA, the White-throated Shag (Om. 
Phalacrocorax breviroetrie), 

KAWAWA (khwHwh), the palings of a fenoe. Cf. 
trdwd, a fence. 

KAWE, to carry, convey : Ka hawea atu aueia 
ki roto ki te whare—'P. M., 14. Cf. kawei, 
straps for carrying a bundle ; tiikawe, to sling 
a bundle over the shoulder. 2. To carry, aa 
tidings, messages, &o. : To atu ki te rua, hei 
kawe korero—Q. P., 261. 3. To be carried 
away, as by a flood : E noho, tena te au o 
Rangataki, hei kawe i a koe — Frov. 4. To 
fetch : Ka mea atu ki tana taurekareka * kawea 
he wai moku.*—P. M., 130. 5. To induce, to 
influence. 6. To persevere, to show determine 
ation. 7. A handle. Cf. kawai, and kawex^ 
handles of a basket. 8. The straps by which 
a bundle ia carried on the back : Tuia te kawe 




tairanga U kawe, ho te kawe o U haere, — Prov. 
Of. kavai, and kawei^ with same meaning. 

KAWEKAWE,the tentacles of a cutUe-fish: KH 
te ngana a Kvpe ki te tapatapahi i nga kawe- 

KAWEN6A, a burden: Ka haere ki te kainga, me 
tana kawenga kereru — Wohl., Trans., vii. 87. 
Samoan — *ave, to take: Tuu mai ia ia te 
a» tagata, a e ave ma oe le oloa; Give me the 
persons and take the goods yoarself . (h.) To 
giTe; {e.) to conduct; (d.) to become; {e.) to 
cany, bear: Awi e taitari ma ave i lana 
Una avega; Each man mast carry his own 
load. (/.) To takeaway; 'avega, a burden. 
CL d9€t, the cord used for tying up a 
woman's burden; the handle of a mat- 
buket. Tahitian — ave. the strand of a rope ; 
the string of a sling ; (6.) the train or trail of 
s comet or meteor; (c.) a division or section, 
formerly applied to the prayers used in the 
marae (sacred place), some of which had eight 
or ten sections ; aave, to stretch the sling over 
the shoulder in slinging stones. Cf. averua^ 
two lines or ropes put together ; avetorut three 
itrands of a rope; p€uivef to carry or convey 
on the back; to suspend or hang up; aveave- 
fetUf the diiflerent branches of a family. 
Ha^waiian— awe, to carry or bring (as it is 
followed by mat, hither, or atu, away,) a 
burden; (&.) the tentacles of the cuttle-fish; 
aweawe, tied up in a bundle ; bound tight ; (&.) 
the arms of the squid or cuttle-fish ; (c.) the 
eorliDg water in the wake of a ship; the wake 
of E ship; (d.) beautiful, handsome ; («.) white, 
ihiny, as the face in some diseases; aawe, 
(osed imperatively, vrith mat,) bring here I (or 
with aku,) take away 1 Cf. kaawe^ to tie any 
flexible tning tightly round the throat ; to 
strangle. Tongan — kave, the tails of the 
ftU or cat-fish ; (&.) the stem or stalk of fruit ; 
kavekave, to swing to and fro; (h,) to spread 
abroad; (c.) to persevere; kakave, to lead out; 
to extend, to widen out; kavega, a burden. 
Cf. JbaoW, the hangers of baskets, pots, c&c. ; 
jaka-kanei^ to sling a basket ; ave^ to take, to 
oondQct ; fekaveif to swing to and fro. Ma- 
ngaian~>kave, to carry, fetch, provide : Na 
Uim rai e kave ; Miru herself wUl provide it. 
((.) To go : £ kave au i Motutapu : I will go to 
Sacred-Island. Marquesan— kave, to carry, 
to carry away ; kaveka, a burden, a load. Cf. 
hnte, a parcel ; to do up in a parcel ; kavea, 
Ks-weed. Mangarevan — kave, the ten- 
tacles of the octopus ; (b.) a bay, a space be- 
tween two capes; (c.| an elongated breast; 
kakave, parents of a fnend, or people by whom 
one has been brought up, so as to seem ahoaost 
one's own parents; aka-kave, to dance; to 
nunre the hodj to and fro, singing, and waving 
the hands ; ave, small roots and fibres of trees 
nsed as cordage; (&.) the train or tail of a 
comet; aveave, remote ancestri^ relations; 
(6.) stringy breaid-fruit. Cf. kavei^ a packet, a 
paroel, a ball; aka-rokaveeket to show oxily 
the branches or arms (kave^) like a cuttle-fish 
ttnder a stone. Pauxnotan— kave, relations ; 
^.) a nephew. Cf. paave, a strap ; braces. 
£xt. Poly.: Motu —cf. gave^ the feelers of an 
octopus. Java — gawet to do, to perform, to 

KAWEAU (myth.), a lizard-god; son of Tu-te- 
wanawana and Tnpari.— ▲. H. M., i. App. 

KAWEAU, a species of lizard. It is about two 
feet in length, of a brown colour, striped 
longitudinally with dali red. 

KAWEKA, the ridge of a hill. 2. Long. 8. 
Idling. 4. Bambling, digressing. 

KAWEKAWEA, the name of a bird of passage, 
the Long -tailed Cuckoo (Orn. Eridynamii 
taitensie). [See Koekoea.] 

KAWEMOTU, the forcible taking away of a woman 
in the highway, according to ancient Maori 

KAWERU {khweru),tk bait forcray-fish; to bait, 
or furnish with bait. 

KAWITITANQA, the wrist. 

KAWIU, to be shrunk. 

KAWHA, for ngawha. [See Noawha.] 

KAWHAKI, (or kahaki,) to take by violence ; to 
remove by force : Ka haere ki te kawhaki i a 
Kuramarotini — P. M., 109. Cf. tohawkaki, to 
pluck off ; kowhakif to tear off ; tchawhati, to 
break off anything stiff. 2. To remove by 
stratagem. Cf. manukawhakij to entice by 

Haivaiian — ahai, breaking off and carrying 
away ; (b.) to take away, to carry off ; (c.) to 
flee, to be routed, as men in battle. Tongan 
— cf. kafakit to climb ; to grow, to increase. 
Tahitian — afai, a bearer, a carrier of 
burdens ; to carry, bring, or take a thing ; (&.) 
to restore the captives of a conquered place, or 
those who had been banished. [For other 
comparatives, see Whawhaxi, and Whati.] 

KAWHARU (myth.), a giant warrior, who was 
used as a scaling-ladder by his party in the 
attack on the pa at Moturimu, in the Eaipara. 
He was four arm-spans (fathoms) tall {i.e. 
twenty-four feet), and his face one cubit long 
(the cubit « from end of fingers to the elbow) 
— G.-8, 30. 

KAWHIA (kiwhia)^ the name of a fish : I te nui 
te ika kawhia i reira — A. H. M., v. 11. 

KAWHIU {khwhiu)^ a basket used in collecting 
the shell-fish called jpaira. 

KE (ki)f different, strange : E hara koeite potiki 
nakUf na te tangata ke koe — P. M., 13. 2. In 
or to a different place ; in a different direction ; 
at a different time ; beforehand. 3. Contrari- 
wise, differently to what one expected ; in a 
different character or appearance. 

KEKE {kekl), in a different line. Matuakekt^ 
uncle or aunt: Ko te wkaia kekeia^Be^,, 
xviii. 14: Tamaitikeke, nephew or niece: 
Tetahi tamaitikeke o Whiro—k, H. M., ii. 7. 
Samoan — 'ese, strange, different : AxiHt e le 
auina atu oe i se nuu gagana eae; For you 
were not sent to a people of strange speech. 
(6.) Tall. Tahitian— ee, strange: Teitina 
hoi outou ia taio, e feia iti roa^ e te taata ee 
hoi i reira ; When you were a few, only a few, 
and strangers there. (6.) Different, as mea «, 
a different thing ; (c.) oistant, as tei uta e, far 
in the interior ; (d.) away, as haere « , go away. 
Cf. faa-taae (M. L. ^whakataka'ke)^ to put far 
off, or separate entirely ; matae^ a stranger ; 
strange, alienated ; taatae^ a stranger. Ha- 
wailan~-e, other, another, strange, new : A 
kaidana aku i na aina e; To bia removed 
even to foreign lauds : Aole na he vfahine e; 




She is oertainly not any other woman. Ee, 
out of sight ; at a great distance ; (&.) opposite 
to ; adversely. Cf. hue, opposition, strife ; the 
crooked side-timbers in a ship ; anything with 
an angle ; kukuee, to contend with ; to bicker; 
makae, to set against; to be opposed to. 
Tongan— ke, to quarrel; a quarrel, strife, 
discussion; kehe, another; not the same; 
different; out of the common; kehekehe, 
different; mixed; all sorts and sizes; faka- 
kehe, to change, to alter, to tranfform; to 
diversify, to make distinction. Gf. he^ to 
deviate; agakeke, dissimilar in disposition; 
to be different ; opposed. Marquesan — ke, 
different, strange, other, otherwise; keke, 
share, portion, division; haa-kO) to divide, 
separate : Ei mea haake i tetahi vai me titaki 
vai ; To separate the waters from the waters. 
Cf. hekeke, to mistake the road; keka, some- 
thing not right. Rarotongan— ke, strange, 
different : Kua akaipoipo i te tamaine a tetahi 
atua ke ; He has married the daughter of a 
strange god. Tangata-ke, a stranger: Kare 
rave e tangata ke i roto i taua are ra ; There 
was no stranger in that house. Keke, crooked ; 
aside ; different : Kare auetu keke ; I do not 
change. Mangarevan — ke, other, different, 
strange : / hanau a MatU Matavaru i te aranui 
ke ; Maui the Eight-eyed was bom on another 
path (in a different manner). Keke, to be 
surprised in doing anything. Pauxnotan — 
ke, different ; faka-ke, an angle, comer. Cf. 
kuru-ke, difference. Ext. Poly.: Matu— cf. 
ki, other, different, strange. 

KE {kt), to produce a sharp abrupt sound; to 
crack, snap. Cf. U, to crack, to emit a sharp 
explosive sound. 

KEKE (keki), to creak. Gf. koki, to creak ; ngl, 

KEKE (kiki), to quack, as a duck. 

Saxnoan^cf. *e*e, to squeak. Hamraiian 
— cf . eeina, to creak ; to grate ; to crepitate. 
Mangarevan— kekekeke, to grind the teeth. 
Cf . kekeie, sharp (of the voice) ; ee, to saw ; 
heke, to saw. Tongan— keke, to bleat or cry ; 
faka-keke, to cause to bleat or cry. Pau- 
xnotan— keke, to make a harsh noise : Keke i 
te niho, to grind the teeth. Cf. fakakekekina, 
to grind the teeth. Ext. Poly. : Aneityuxn 
--of. kiik, the noise made by a bat 

KEA, (also keha,) the name of a bird, the 
Mountain Parrot (Om. Nestor notdbiUs). 

KEA, mucus, discharge from the nose. Cf. tea, 
white ; whaka-t^, to squeeze fluid out of any- 
thing ; to milk. 

Mairquesan — keea, discharge from the 
nose ; (&.) a hiccough. Hanvaiian— of. ea, 
dirty ; kea, semen ; white. 

KEA (myth.), (more properly Eearoa,) the wife 
of NgatorO'i-rangi ; she was carried off with 
her husband by Tama-te-kapua on board the 
Arawa canoe in the Migration. On account of 
Tama's adultery with Kea, Ngatoro, by his 
charms, drew the Arawa into the '* Mouth of 
Te Parata," a whirlpool [see Pabata] . From 
this incident comes the proverb, ** Ka taka te 
urunga o Kea,** (**The pillow of Kea has 
£ekllen,") as a warning in danger. To Kearoa, 
and to Whakaotirangi (another chief tainess), 
saorificea were offered as to ancestral spixits — 
P. H., 88 ; 8. T., U. 

KEAROA (myth.) [See ExL] 

KEHA, the front of the skull, above the forehead. 
2. A flea. S. A scrofulous swelling of the 
neck. 4. A turnip. 5. The Mountain Parrot 
(Om. Nestarnotdbilis) ; also kea. 

KEHE, the name of a fish. 

KEHO, sandstone. Cf. pakeho, limestone. 2. 
Pointed. Cf . keokeo, pointed. 
Hawaiian— eho, a stone idol ; a collection 
of stone gods; (&.) a monument; a pile of 
stones ; (c.) the name of a stone put inside of 
an animal in cooking. Mangaian— cf. kea, 
sandstone {kea-inamoa, the sacred sandstone, 
the King's throne). Marquesan — keho, 
basalt ; a kind of black marble. Cf. kea, flint 
stone; motukea, a huge stone. Manga- 
revan — keho, a basaltio stone, hard and 

KEHOKEHO, very clear or transpoient. 

KEHU, to fall asleep suddenly. 

KEHU, a word found only in composition, mean- 
ing reddish-brown ; probably related to ehu. 
[See Makskbhu, Ubuebhxt, Ehu, (fee.] 

KEHU A (k^hua), a ghost, a spirit (a modem 
word) : Mawai e haere taua ana i te wehi o te 
kekua — A. H. M., v. 12: Me te mea nei e noho 
ara ana atua kekua — ^A. H. M., v. 12. 

KEI, lest : Kia pai te tahu o te ahi, kei paoa 
—P. M.. 68. 2. Whilst; still. Cf. keiwh^, 
whilst. 3. Not : Kei titiro iko koe ki raro nei 
—P. M., 62. 

Tongan— kei, yet, whilst, during. Tahi- 
tian^f . eiaha, do not ; eima^ no, not ; eipa, 
not, no. 

KEI, at, on, in : Kei te ana kowhatu e noho ana 
—P. M., 156. 2. With, in possession of : E 
takoto nei ano kei a Te Heuheu—F. M., 70. 
8. In the act of : Kei te korerorero pea ia — 
1 Nga., xviii. 27. 4. Denoting quality, state, 
character, &e. : Kei te porangitia koe — P. M., 
121. 5. Like: Koia ano kei te hakari — 
1 Ham., XXV. 36. 6. (After verbs of motion) 
To : Kua puta kei waho o te ana— P. M., 157. 
Tahitian — ei, then or there, at that time or 
place : Ei hea t Where 7 Hanvalian — ei, a 
particle of place, here. 

KEI, the stem of a canoe : Ko te teina i te ihu^ 
ko U tuakana i te kei—U. M., 184. 2. The 
mizzen or after-sail of a canoe : Maranga to 
te ihu, te waenga, metote kei-^V. M., 72. 

KEIA {kei^), to steal; a robber : Me he keia ka 
mau rawa ra te ringa — M. M., 23. Cf. kautf 
to steal. 

Tahitian — eia, to steal; theft; a thief: 
Eiaha e taparahi, eiaha e eih, ; Do not kill, do 
not steal. Ha^iraiian— cf . ata, to be of bad 
character. Marquesan— cf. kaihae, to steal 
another'a portion. Rarotongan— keia, to 
steal : Kua keia maira kotou i taku ra ; Yet 
you have robbed me* Kekela, thieving, 
marauding: Tei iti au era tangata kekeia; 
We are on a thieving expedition. Pauxno- 
tan— keia, to steal; a thief; plunder; (b.) to 
remove, take away. Futuna — of. kaiaa, to 
steal. Mangarevan — of. koia, wicked^ 
cmel ; a cannibaL Ext. Poly. : Slkayana — 
of. ftoia, to steal. 




KEIWHA (MwAft), before : Keiwha mate ahau— 
Ken., zxTxi. 7. 2. Whilst. Cf . kei, whilst ; 

KEKA, mad, deranged. S. Betide oneself vdth 
grief. 8. A song sung at funerals, before the 
uhunga commences. 

KEKE. obstinate, stubborn. CI pakeke, hard, 
stiff ; pdktkit sullen. 

Whaka-KEKE, to refuse to speak ; to be sullen ; 

Haw^ailan — ee, opposite to; adversely, or 
against. Cf . ptie, those parts of a halo {taro) 
pateh beaten to make them hard. Manga- 
revan— ef . pakehe, disobedient ; lumpish. 

KEKE (Xiki), the armpit {axilla) : Ka kowhera te 
uira i roto i nga keke o Tawhaki — P. M., 65. 
Hanfralian — ee, the armpit. Cf. poee, and 
poatae, the armpit. Tahitian — eOi the 
armpit. Marquesan— kaakSj the armpit. 
Mangarevan — keke, the armpit. Raro- 
tongan — keke, the armpit. Paumotan — 
keke, the armpit. 

KEKEAO (ibdi^oo), an OYorcast sky. 

KEKENO, the name of an animal, the Seal (Mam. 
Arloeephalui einereu$) : Na to tamahine ka pai 
i takina mai ai tenet kekeno ki konei — Prov. 
Kia rere aiu U kekeno ki tawhitiS. T., 172. 

KEKENO (myth.}, a sea deity, the child of Te 
Hapnku. Kekeno, in company with Paikea, 
Tohora, Upokohue, and others, was chased by 
Tawhaki on his return from heaven — A. H. M., 

KEKERENQU. [See Kbxssebu.] 

KEKEREPO {ktrerepb), blind. Cf. kerekere, in- 
tensely dark ; 00, night ; whekeret very dark ; 
pokere, in the dark. [See BIatakxbepo (myth.) 
For comparatives see Esbxkbbb, and Po.] 

KEKERERU (l^kerejU), the black Wood Bug, 
which emits a fetia odour (Ent. Periplaneta 
Bp.). Also kekerengu. Cf. kerekere^ intensely 
dark ; tDhekere, very dark, <feo. 
Samoan — alalu {>ilaUi), a cockroach. Ha- 
"waiian — elelu, and eleleiu, a cockroach. 
Tahitian — aaniru, a small beetle. Tongan 
— kakaiu, the cricket. Paumotan^kaka- 
raru, the cockroach. Ext. Poly. : Malagasy 
— ef. kalaliuff the cockroach. [This word is 
eaid by Cousins in his *' Notes on Madagascar" 
to have African affinities, as the Swahili maka- 
lalaOf AcJ] 

KEKEWAI, the name of a small Dragon-Fly. 

KEKO, squinting. 

Whaka-KEKO, to look obliquely along anything. 

KENOKENO, stinking, offensive. 

Paumotan— cf. kegokego,OTdxue; kekakego, 
pw; to stink. 

lENQO, night. 2. A variety of kumara (sweet 
potato), a large white variety. 

KENQOKENQO, a very dark night. 

Tongan— cl keigo, sulky; angir. Tahi- 
tian— of. faa-eo, to be so affected with grief 
or love as to lose the appetite (? asjpouri, dark, 

KEO, the peak or pointed summit of a hill. Cf. 

ieAo, sandstone. [See Mangarevan.] 
KEOKEO, peaked, pointed. Cf. keho, pointed. 
HVhaka-KEO, rising to a peak. 

KEOKEONQA, the peak ot h hm: A ka eke 
whakauaua ki te keokeonga te maunga^ 
P. M., 81. 

Ha^fraiian— cf. keo {teo)t white; proud, 
haughty ; pookeo, white-headed. Tahitian — 
of. teoteot pride, haughtiness. Marquesan 
— cf. pukeokeot pointed ; a cone ; matikeot a 
lance. Mangarevan — keo, basaltic stone, 
fit to make stone axes (also keho) ; keokeo, 
sharp, after the manner of axes. Cf. vahikeo- 
keo, slippery rock. Paumotan — keokeo, a 
point ; pointed ; faka-keokeo, to extol. 

KEREKERE, intensely dark: Ki te awa pouri 
kerekere — G. P., 181. Cl pokere, in the 
dark ; pongerengere, thick, dense, as smoke ; 
kekerepot blind; whekere, very dark; hakere' 
kere, gloomy, downcast ; kerekerewai, numb- 
ness ; keretu, a clod ; kerengeo, a clod ; kerepei, 
a clod. 2. Dark, as the skin : Ki te huanga 
kerekere ko Kaihau — ^A. H. M., v. 4. 
Samoan — *ele, red earth ; (&.) rust ; 'ele'ele, 
earth, dirt : Ona faia lea e leova le atua le 
tagata i le efuefu U *ele^ele: God made man 
from the dust of the ground, (b.) Blood (to 
chiefs) ; (e.) the vMnsee of women (eaphemisti- 
cally) ; *ele'elea, dirty ; fa'a'ele'elea, to make 
dirty. Cf. po^eWeie^ to be night ; fla8e*ele'ele, 
to be eclipsed (of the sun and moon, but gene- 
rally of the moon). Tahitian— ereere, black, 
also dark, or blue : E te ereere ra to te taata 
atoa ra mata ; The faces of all the men are 
black. Cf . ereerefemui, the spirits of the dead 
that used to appear in old times before the 
commencement of a destructive year ; ereere- 
tape-moana, dark, as the coloor of the sea 
where the deep water commences. Haiwal- 
ian — ele, to be dark ; black ; dark-coloured ; 
not dear ; eleele, dark-coloured ; black ; blue ; 
dark red; brown; darkness; darkly: Mino- 
mine na lima, eleele ka lihiUhi; The hands 
were wrinkled, dark were the eyebrows. Hoc- 
eleele, to blacken, as the sky before a storm. 
Cf . poeleele, black ; dark as night ; benighted ; 
ignorant ; bewildered ; keele, to be very great 
(of trouble or perplexity) ; paeht a black skin ; 
blackness; to be covered with dirt ; to blacken, 
as with charcoal ; paumaele, to defile, to pol- 
lute ; dirty. Tongan— kele, muddy ; kelekele, 
dirty; earthy; earth; mud. Cf. ke fbulu, 
slime, mud. Rarotongan — kere, and kere- 
kere, black : Kua kerekere to matou pzkiri mei 
te paakiumu ra ; Our skins were black as an 
oven. Marquesan — keekee, black. Cf. 
pukeekee, black. Mangarevan — kerekere, 
blue, approaching black, as the colour of the 
deep sea; (6.) black or dark-coloured; aka- 
kerekere, to make black or dark. Cf. akere, 
sky-blue; cloudy weather; akerekere, pro- 
found, deep (said of night, on the sea) ; dark 
shadow ; keretuma, black, sombre ; (E ragi 
keretJtma, a leaden sky ;) pukerekere, to aug- 
ment, increase ; takere, to spoil, waste, ravage. 
Paumotan— kerekere, dark, sombre, black ; 
faka-kerekere, to blacken. Futuna— kele, 
earth, soil. Ext. Poly. : Motu — cf . kerekere, 
the son gone down. 

KEREKEREWAI, numbness. Cf. matangerengere, 
benumbed ; hakerekere, gloomy, downcast. 

KERENU, (Moriori,) a kind of weed, floating 
on the surface of lagoons, edible by sheep, 

KerengM [ 1 

KEREHQEO, a lump ot earth, kolod. Crkerepet. 
a clod ; kertkere, very dark ; keri, to dig ; 
kenichenua, jellow cia; ; kerttu, a clod. 
Satnoan — of. 'ele'tle, dirt, earth. Ha- 
waiian — o(. pafU, blaoknesa; to becortred 
with dirt ; eli, to break up eaith. Tongao^ 

KEREPEI, a clod, a lamp of earth. Cf. peipei, 

a clod ; kerrngio, a clod ; kertkert, very dark. 

|ToT comparatifos, Me KEBBNaio.] 
KEREPO (myth.) [See Uiiaubepo.] 
KEREPURU, Bodden with irater, latarated. 
KERERU (iflvrii), the Wood-KgBon (Ora. Carpo- 

phaga nova-ttlandia) : Ka haert lyga tuakana 

ki tt ta kereru—Wohl.. TraDB., vii. 37. 
KERERU (myth.), the father or toCelary deity of 


Be came dotm to the Earth to look 

alter Bupe. Bupe it another Polynesian 
for the pigeon. [See Bdpi.] Kerem, after 
eating taaa berriei, became baaise, and coald 
only >ay " Kv. ku." Hence the pigeon-namea 
of iuJtu and kukiipa — M. B.. 115. 

KERETEKI, the oaler fence of a pa. CI. teki, the 
outer fence of a pa. 

KERETU (lb«r(ffi), a clod, a lump of earth. Cf. 
ktTtngeo,uii kerepti, a clod; ktrcvhtmia, 
yellow clay. 2. The thwart ol a canoe. 

Havralian — of. eltka, to fly to pieces; 
tUtlekv, easily broken ; to break easily. [For 
other com para ti Tea, see Eebehoeo.] 

KEREWHENUA, yellow day. CI. wA^; 
kertngto, kertth, and kerepei, each mean- 
ing "a clod." [For other oomparativea, see 
Ebbiubb, and Wbinui.] 

KERI, to dig: Kakeria tenia hafT«a-'P.M.,B'J'- 
Ka kitea e ia te totara—ka ifn'o— P. M., 91- 
Cf. kari, to dig lor ; awalitTi, a ditch ; ^Baikeri' 
a ditch. 2. To rush along violently, as wind' 
Cf. kari, to rueh alonfl violeotly: puktri, to 
rash along like a riolent wind or flood. 

KEKERI, to fight: Ka timata te kekfri Maori; 
ka male ti maCaika—A.. H. U., i. 34. Of. 
kakari, to fight. 
Samoan — 'bII, to dig ; Ua outou 'ilia Joi U 
lua mo la oufou tnj; You dig a hole for your 
tiiend. (b.) To pull hard in piddling a canoe; 
>e'eli (plural), to dig; [b.) to presa the feet 
firmly to the ground when about to fight. CI. 
'elihia. to dig a hole ; a curae. as " May I be 
buried if I," &a.; 'eliiopo, to dig down to the 
very end of a yam in taking it out ol the 
ground: to kill all in a war, boss to leave none 
(o incTeaae; ma'rli, to be rooted np, Ta- 
hltian — eri, to nDdermine; an nnderminer. 
CI. reril an exclamation made in the div 
of awimming in the enrl, on meeting i 
large hnllow wave ; ktri, to dig a hole, at 
or crab does; art, to Bcoop out (be earti 
both hands. Hawaiian — eli, to looi 
break up earth; to dig in the ground; to 
a hole or ditch : Ua eli iha au. a ua in: 
viai malihini : I have dig{;ed and drank bI 
watera. Elieli, lo dig repeatedly. Ton^ 
keli, to dig. to Btok ; a dyke, a ttench, a i 
Bra I he rku keli i he a. vakai koe ma 
When I had dug io the wall, behold a 
kelikeli, to dig hole*. Cf. ftluli, to ] 

14] ■ Kete 

quickly; ktU, muddy; ktUkeU, Mith, dirt; 
keliktliaki, to peneveie, to peraiat in any 
deaigna; maktli, to be dog; to be in holes. 
Uarquesan— kei, to dig, to work the ground. 
Mangare van— keri, to dig. Paumotan— 
keri, to dig ; kerikerij a stii^; a scraper. CL 
kvkeri, a hollow; hukeri, a den, a bole. ExL 
Poly.: Fiji— cL keli a, to dig a hole; keli.t, 
diteb ; kari, to scrape. Mala; — of. gaU, to 
dig. Solomaa Islands— «&, lo dig. 

KERIKERl (myth.), the name of a plaoe near ths T' 
Bay of Island a, where Eauea, the tanivha, '' 
emerged from the earth-passage he bad do; '. '~ 
(keri). Eauea was a deaoendatil of Nnko ."^^ 
tawhiti. [Sea NoiDTiwHrn.] A similar sto^ " •-■' 
U told at the Chatham Islands, where tb .'-'i- 
Moriori point ont a plaoe called Kekeriooe i --'.^ 
the spot where NtunkD (Nokatawhiti) eag ^ ' , 
up after burrowing. _*>'iei 

KERO, to blink the eyei; to wink. 

KEROKERO, to wink trequentty. 

Whaka-KEKERO, to look out of the oran 
the eye. 

Tongan— of. kemo, the wink ol the 
kemohemo. to wink repeatedly. Mail,*4iv;,' '' 
revan— kero, aaid of a latga eitent of I'lsUj.^'' ■ ' 
kepokero, a large eitent of ooontry ; akt* '' a^' '^ 
that which disapeara ; (b.) (o see in ir '^:. 

fused way ; not plainly visible on acMW-^-u 
great distance ; (c) to look with 
closing the other; aka-kepokero, ' " 

r^-^^i ■ 

keeping the other closed. CL pukenA^: 
see dimly on oooount of distance. EiW. ■"■*. 
Malay— of. Jcf^opai-raata, the eye-lid. p<t:a.i 
KERO, dead. 2. Maimed. ti'^-^'J to^'"?'- 

Samoan — cf. elo, to rtiok; fa'a -^ '^ fa-^i *''''■ 
leave till it beooioeB stinking, as ahai^jJl'*' to ;^' ^ 
reddish -brown. Tahltian — faa-epc ■,. 'isn '"'' 
as applied to eggs ; abortive, ta ^':-. '' «.- ~~*'ii' 
fruit. Marguesan—cf. Tiuitikeo, ^'''^ 
pakeo. a lance of hard wood. HaV|[j^^' 

C/. , 

ol. elo, to be wet; ekneaU, dirtj;^«ar^^' lo 

Paumotan— of. Jbrnjiiaro, oonatipa ^•^tf^^l-. 

KETE, a basket made of strips of flaTv.^-" l/al,/ 

ranga to takv kete—F. M., 89. ' lo' ^^liit^ *" 

Samoan— 'Bte, a basket (also '^'■^a^*^ hi- ^■ 
tafia ieo e It failavliga U am na.^ "«. ' ' (' 
The priest will take the basket ti^ 
hand. Cf. 'eUomana, great pro* j_^ 
"a basketful of prosperity"); ,^ll. 
finely-made basket; •etemamarais''-*it . 
mental basket. Tahitlan— «t»,>^.j ^.^(1/, 


also a small bsg or pocket : Baapt.^^^. 
hu'a rii maa toea ra e I a'era *-^}^. l^' -Ao 
And they took np ol the fragm«ilO*toTp 
baskets full. Cf. ettrauaha, h^^ lo ' *** («L 
bMket, formerly employed to jtii.^. Oi^'*'et/, 





quesan — of. pakete^ a bundle, paroel, packet ; 
pukete, a poncn, basket. Mangarevan — of. 
aka-ketekete, to grow big, said of girls in tbeir 
early yonth. Ext. Poly.: Aneltyum— of. 
ineatt a basket {in = noon-prefizj ; incetni^ 
a basket of food ; iTicet-tal^ a basKet of taro ; 
ineetpafMt the bladder; incetpun^ a sheath. 
Fyi—of. ketet the belly, the abdomen ; kato^ 
a basket (hence, a box). 

KETEKETE, to express surprise or sorrow. Cf. 
ngetengete, to express sorprise or regret; to 
make a olioking noise with the tongue. 
Tahitian^ete. to flinch; eteete, to be 
flhooked, disgnsted, alarmed. [See Maori En.] 
Hawaiian — cf. ekeeke, to be in pain, to be 
hurt or displeased. Tongan — kekete, to 
chirp ; (bA to chatter, to prate ; ketekete, to 
chirp. Mangarevan — kete, to make a noise 
with the tongue, in token of pleasure or 
disapprobation ; ketekete, to call to chickens. 
Paumotan — ketekete, to smack one's tongue. 

KETEPAH AO, ) baskets for catching shrimps. Cf. 

KETETIHAO, j kete^ a basket ; pahao^ baskets 
used for catching fish ; Aoo, a basket in which 
cockles are collected ; to catch in a net ; to 
enclose. [For comparatiyes, see Ebtb, and 

KETO, extinguished. 

KETOKETO, an invalid. 2. A maggot. 

Haw^aiian-^cf. etoeto^ dirt, filth; filthy. 

Mangarevan — of. ketoketo^ a noose that will 

not catch fish ; sterile. 

KETU, to turn up with the snout. 2. To remove 
a corpse. 8. To begin to ebb. 
Tahitian — etu, to root, as a pig ; a rooter ; 
rooting. Cf . etuautUy an intruding passenger 
In a canoe. Ha'svaiian— eku, to root, as a 
pig ; (d.) motiofctti in utero ; (c.) to dig in the 
ground, as a plough. Cf. eu, to stir up. 
Marquesan — cf. maketu^ to lift anything 
with a lever. Mangarevan — ketu, to search 
for ; ketu ketu, to search for : Ketuketu Maui; 
kua hao i te pitopitoga ; Maui searched ; they 
had gone to the very extremity. Paumotan 
— ketu, to pass, to pass by; (&.) to escape; 
ketuketu, to dig, excavate. 

KEU, to move, and hence to pull the trigger of a 
gun : Keua te pu. 

KEU KEU. to move oneself. 

Whaka-KEUKEU, to shake anything. Cf. ehu, 
turbid. [See Hawaiian.] 

KEUENQA,jerking8, shakings: Ko nga keuenga 
ko nga takanga — P. M., 112. 
Samoan — 'eu, to remove, to take out of the 
way ; always referring to something bad, as 
filtn, anything in the eye, the skin over a boU, 
the snuff of a lamp, &o. 'E'eu, to ward off on 
every side, as spears thrown ; (h) to be full of, 
as oocoanuts lying on the ground, requiring 
to be moved to find a place for the foot; 
(c.) to put aside, as the claims of a competitor. 
Tahitian — eueu, to move, to stir, as an 
infant under its sleeping-cloth. Cf. cuat, to 
flinch, to give way in battle. Hawaiian — 
eu, to rise up, as one who has been sitting : E 
eu ka Umu; Get up from sitting. (6.) To 
ascend, as from a humble to an exalted 
situation ; (c.^ to excite or stir up to do any- 
thing : as nuschief , theft, &c. ; disobedient, 
mischievous ; (d,) to crawl here and there, as 
worms in a putrid body; («.) to trouble by 


asking favours; eeu, alert, ready to obey 
orders ; hoo-eu, a stining up, an excitement ; 
hoo-eueu, to excite, to stir up. Cf. euweket to 
open ; to burst open ; ehu^ spray of the surf. 
Tongan — kekeu, to ward off in every 
direction. Cf. keui, to ward off; keukeu^ the 
toes; makeu, to go ; to appear. Manga- 
revan— keu, quarrel, combat ; keukeu, to stir 
up ; (&.) to amuse oneself. Cf . keuae, to keep 
moving about. Mangaian— keu and keukeu, 
to move slightly ; (&.) a twinge. Paumotan 
— of. makevaheva, to be agitated; Jaka-make- 
vakeva^ to shake. 

KEWA, extinguished. 2. A outaneous disease, 
also called kirimaho. 3. A whale (in South 
Island dialect). 

KEWHA, restless; wavering, unsettled ; irreso- 

Hawaiian^of. efutt to be hurt ; painful ; 
pain ; sorrow ; ewa^ to crook ; pervert ; mock ; 
trouble. Tahitian — of. eha^ the barbs, 
feelers, or antennsB that are attached to the 
heads of some fishes. 

Kl (^), full : Ka hui te tangata ki roto, ka ki^ 
P. M., 89. Cf. makiH, filled up; tight; 
whareklt a parent of many children (a " full 
house"). 2. High (of the tide) : Angaatuatia 
ki te tai it— G. P., 296. 

KIKI {kikX), crowded. 2. Confined, strait. 

Samoan— <:f. *Vot full, as a bottle or well ; 
full-sized, as a yam or a taro ; covered, as a 
bone with meat. Tahitian— i (I), full : Ua % 
i te taoa haru; Full of stolen property, li 
(il), full ; faa-i {faa-\), to fill any thing or 
space ; that which fills, &o. : E ua faai i tei4 
net vaki i te toto ; They have filled this place 
with blood. Faa-ii (faa-\\)^ to fill repeatedly; 
that which fills many vessels : E faaii i te jnau 
farii ei faainu i te mau mamoe ; They filled 
the troughs to water their flocks. Haa-i, to 
fill. Cf. tai}, to fill up, as rain in the moun- 
tains. Ha walian— i i, a gathering together ; 
to collect, to gather up, as small things; to 
bring together; iii, to choke; to restrain; to 
hedge up. Marquesan^f. kikina^ full ; 
to press, to squeeze; hae-kikina, a crowded 
house. Paumotan— kl, full, replete ; faka- 
kl, to heap up ; (b,) to fill ; replete. Raro- 
tongan— ki, to fill ; filled : E kua ki te enua 
i toou reo aue ; The land is filled with your 
wailings. Aka-kl, to fill: £ akaki au ia koe 
ki te tangata mei te anue ; I will fill you with 
men as with caterpillars. 

Whaka-KIKl (v^Ao-ifciiH), to investigate : Katahi 
ia ka haere ki te wkakakiki i Uma Iwi — P. M., 
117. 2. To dissuade. 

Kl (k\), very. 

Kl {kl) , not ; not yet : Ki ano nga kai o aua kono 
i pau—A,, H. M., v. 68. [See Kiamo.] 

Kl (fci), to say; to think; to speak, to utter a 
word; a speech, an address: Ka ki atu te 
whaea o Maui ki nga pononga, ^Tikina he ahi i 
a Mahuika* — P. M., 25: Ka kiia mai e te tua- 
kana kia ftat— Wohl., Trans., vii. 35 : Kia ki 
atu ai nga wahine ra kei te oho ia — P. M., 39 : 
Huihui nga ki, kuihui nga korero, ki roto 
Wharekura—Or, P., 181. Cf. whaiki, to make 
a formal speech ; phkiki, to question urgently ; 
whaki, to confess. [See Hawaiian.] 

KIKI (mi), to speak. 




KIINGA, a speeoh, a saying: Te kiinga atu a 
Tane ki a i2«Aiu»— Worn., Trans., Til. 85. 

KIKIKIKI (kikikikX), to stammer. 

Samoan — '{, to ory, as a fly or a bird ; *i'i 
('i*1), to give a prolonged scream or squeak. 
Tanitian—i, to speak (obsolete). Hawai- 
ian— i, to speak, to say, In connection with 
the thing spoken or said: Oia kaii mai *He 
kaikunane kela no*u; ' She herself said * He is 
my brother.' {b,) To address one, to make a 
formal speech; (e.) to say within oneself, to 
think ; (d.) to pronounce a single word as a 
signal ; («.) to give an appellation ; ii, a rejoic- 
ing with an audible voice, like a chant ; a 
singing in the throat, like the gurgling of 
water from a calabash. Cf. hai, to speak of, 
tell, declare, relate {ha for haa = whaka7 or 
hais^wkakil). Tongan — kl, to squeak; 
kiki, to squeak; (6.) chickens; faka-kiki, to 
scream, to squeak ; to make a shrill noise ; {b.) 
to affright. Gf. kikiuha, the squeaking noise 
of a bird at the approach of rain ; kikihif to 
dispute, contend ; fekii, to squeak : used also 
in reference to vain, talkative girls ; fekiki, to 
contend ; to debate ; kio, the chirping of 
chickens; kie^ to make a plaintive noise. 
Mangarevan— ki, to believe ; to imagine ; 
to think. 

Kl, to : Ka mea atu hoki a Tu ki a Ika^V, M., 9. 
2. Into : Haere koe ki te wait whakairihia ki 
Tunga ki te rourou kai maoa—V. M., 9. 8. 
Towards : Engari i anga atu tona mata ki te 
koraha — Tau., xxiv. 1. 4. Against; at; with: 
Ka u cUu ano hoki toku mata ki taua tangata — 
Bew., XX. 8: Me uhi e koe te putake o taua 
rakau H te panako — A. H. M., v. 8. 5. For ; 
in quest of : Kia haere atu ki te tiki atu i nga 
ika—V. M., 29. 6. Concerning; of; respect- 
ing : Kua whakaae atu ano ?wki aJiau ki tenei 
meatanga au — Ken., xix. 21. 7. In conse- 
quence of. 8. By means of : Kia werohia ia 
e ahau aianei ki te tao— 1 Ham., xxvi. 8. 9. 
At; with; on; in: Ka whano ka o te uma ki 
roto — P. M., 82: E rua kopu toroa ki nga 
taringa — P. M., 98. 10. According to : Ko te 
take tenei o te mate, ki to te maori tikanga 
korero — 'P, M., 32. 11. In the opinion of. 
12. In the event of : Ki te tuaina ahau ki te 
wait ka ora au— P. M., 66. 13. Connecting 
the verb with its object : Kaparare ki te tangi 
—P. M., 98. 

Samoan — i, to, towards : E avea foi o ia i 
tuugamau; He ^aU be brought to the grave. 
(b.) At ; in : E leoleo foi se tati i le loa; He 
shall also remain in the tomb, (c.) Unto; 
(d.) by; (e,) for, in respect of; (/.) above, 
more than ; {g.) on account of. Tahltlan — 
i, at ; in : E ore e inu % te pape i teie nei vahi ; 
Neither will I drink water in this place. (&.) 
For; (c.) in (into): Eiaha outou e haere atu i 
roto ia ratou ra ; You shall not go in to them. 
Haw^alian— ki, to, unto; towards : A lele oe 
i te kai kona; Fly to the southern sea. {b.) 
In; at: A komo kou mau wawae i ke kulana- 
kauhalet e make no ke keiki ; When your feet 
enter the town, the child will die. (c.) By; 
(d.) for, in respect of; («.) above, more than; 
(/.) on account of. Tongan— ki, to, towards: 
Bea naa mau tala ki he e mau eiki ; We said 
to my chief. (6.) In; at: Toe ave iaiho mou 
nima; Take it again in your hand, (c.) By; 
(d.) among; against; opposite; (e.) about; 

eonoeming; for (used before nonns^. Pan- 
motan — ki, to. Futuna— ki, to. Ma- 
ngaian — ki, to: Ki taku tane ariki^ kia, 
Tinirau; To my royal husband, Tinirau. 
Ext. Poly. : Aneltyum— cf. ki (an affix), in 
this direction ; here; this. FIJI — iki, to; for; 
towards. Slkayana— &t, to. 

KIA, a word used to denote a wish or proposition : 
Kia kaha te haere, kia piri mai ki taku tuara 
— P. M., 146. 2. To denote a purpose or 
effect; that. When followed by at, it denotes 
an ulterior purpose; in order that: Kia ora 
atu ai taku ngakau, kia pai noa iho at tatou — 
P. M., 65. 3. To mark the relation between 
the subject and some future time or event: 
Kia pehea te roa ou ka haere nei f — Neh., ii. 6. 
4. Until : Kia oti ra ano taku i ki atu ai ki a 
koe — Ken., xxvii. 15. 5. When. 6. In nega- 
tive sentences, after kore, hore, or kahore. 7. 
In instituting comparison, kia penei, Ac, 
Samoan — Ma. the sign of the subjunctive. 
Tahltlan — ia, oy way of wish or supplication, 
tiB ia tae mai, may it come; (6.) when, in 
past or future. Ha^fvaiian — ia, when ; (b.) 
at that time : la manawa, make iho la ke alii ; 
At that time the chief died. Cf. i, the sign of 
subjunctive mood. Tongan — kia, against; 
opposite; about; {b.) to; towards; in; at. 
Paumotan— kia, in order that ; so that ; (b.) 
while ; (c.) to ; {d.) whom ; that ; which. 

KIAKA (k\aka), a calabash : E tere Umu ana ia i 
runga i nga kiaka — ^P. M., 130. Cf. kbaka, a 

KIANO (k\ano) not yet: He maha ano nga 
whenua kiano i nohoa i te pakeha^M. M., 1^. 
[See £i, not.] 

KIATO (klato), the thwart of a canoe: Ka herea 
ki te kiato o te waka mau ai — P. M., 7. 2. 
Theft, thievishness : No ena nga atua kiato — 
P. M., 90. 

Samoan — iato, the bars connecting the 
outrigger with the canoe : Ua nofo i Uiato 
tanmuU ; He sat on the outiigger-thwart 
astern. Tahltlan — iato, the transverse 
beams which connect the outrigger to the 
canoe. Cf. iatomoe, the central division of a 
fleet. Havraiian— iako, the name of the 
arched sticks which connect a canoe with its 
outrigger. Tongan — kiato, the sticks extend- 
ing from the canoe, to which the outrigger is 
fastened. Mangarevan — kiato, name of a 
large raft. Mangaian— kiato, the outrigger 
of a canoe : E kiato te vaka e kai mau ai, ^ ; 
Lash firmly the outrigger of your canoe. 
Paumotan — kiato, to pierce and cross for 
joining. Futuna — kiato, an outrigger; a 
yoke. Morlorl — cf. kiato, jealous. £xt. 
Poly.: Malay — cf. igu, a yoke for cattle. 
[See Hawaiian.] 

KIEKIE, the name of a climbing plant (Bot. 
Freyeinetia banksii). The leaves and fibre 
were formerly used for making fine mats, 
clothing, (fee : I rokohina atu ra e Tura e one 
{wiriwiri) ana i runga i te tawhara o te ki^hie 
— ^A. H. M., ii. 10. Cf. ike^ a doth mallet ; 
ike, high, elevated. [See Tahitian.j 

Samoan— Me. the name of fine native mats, 
which are usea much as money is. They 
constitute the most valuable property of the 
Samoans ; 'ie*ie, a rag of cloth : Lavalava ma 
lou *ie*ie ; Put on your garment (or apron). 




(b.) A speeies of creeper {Freydnetia) used for 
m&kmg fish-traps. Cf. Hefa^atupu^ the finest 
mat worn by a bride (at her marriage,) next to 
her body. Tahitian— ie, a boat's or ship's 
sail of any sort ; (b.) the mallet for beating 
oat cloth [see Maori Ike] ; ieie, the fibrous 
roots of the plant farapepe, used for tying 
fences, making baskets, &c, ; faa-ieie, to act 
in a foppish manner, a person that acts fop- 
pishly. Hanfralian — ie, a vine used for 
making basketF ; (&.) a material braided into 
mats by the women ; (c.) canyas : ie nanU 
fine linen ; (d.) flexible, Umber ; ieie, flexible, 
limber, like cloth or a vine ; (6.) the leaves of 
the Ie, formerly used in decorating the gods 
of Hawaii : Hanau ha ieie MM i ka nahele ; 
Bom is the tangled kiekie in the forest, (c.) 
To be decorated with leaves r to be dressed in 
wreaths; hoo-teie, to be ennobled; to be 
dignified. Gf. iewe, the navel-string connect- 
ing Uie new-bom infant with the mother; 
ieUwej the placenta; $ecundine8 feminarum 
parturientum ; t>2e, a chief, a king ; ewe, the 
narel-string. Rarotongan— kiekie, a climb- 
ing plant {Freydnetia banktit) ; a miniature 
screw-pine or pandanus, [See Whira.] For 
the fnU description, see Bev. W. W. Gill's 
"Jottings from the Pacific,*' p. 188. Tongan 
— kit, a mat. Mangarevan — gie, e^iall 
lesTes of patidanusy of the minor variety, for 
fine mats. Cf. maroMekie, long white cloth, 
stretched oat like a cord on the ground; 
pukiekitt to turn up the clothes (said of the 
wind). Marquesan — cf. MeMe, moss re- 
sembling a fine beard ; kaie, proud, lofty ; a 
twaggerer. Pauxnotan — cU fakaikeike, to 
Oiirj the head high: tietiet to lift, raise. 
Ext. Poly.: Fiji — <^. kiekie, the mat dress of 
fine plait worn outside the other dress; the 
pandamuy of the leaves of which mats are 

KIHA (kVia), \ to pant : Toku ngakau e 

KIHAKIHA lk\hak\ha),j Mhakiha nei ki a koe 

— Wai., xHi. 1. Cf. ngiha, fire ; to bum [see 

Tahitian] ; ha, breath; kiharoa, the last 

dying breath. 

Tahitian — iha, anger, high displeasure ; to 
be much displeased; Ihaiha, to be panting 
because of oppression by the heat ; (b.) dis- 
agreeable, oflFensive in smell. Ha^fraiian — 
iha, to desire greedily ; ardent ; to be intent 
opon; persevering. 

KIHAI, not (only used in past tense, with t) : 
Titiro to mata M a ReMm, ki te mata kihai i 
Umo-^G. P., 277. 

KIHAROA, the last dying breath ; (met) Death : 
E ahua mai ra te toro i a Mharoa — G. P., 77. 
CI kiha, to pant ; roa, long. [For compara- 
tiTes, see Kiha, and Boa.] 

KIHI (kihi), the name of a tree (Bot. Pittotportan 

KIHI, sibilant, hissing. Cf. hi, to hiss. 

KiHIA (myth.), the name of a famous weapon 
owned by Manaia. [See Manau, 2.] 

KIHIKIHI, a kind of locust or Cicada : He MM- 
kiM tara ki tt wamt — S. T., App. 

KIHITARA, a small red-bodied Dragon-Fly. 

KIHUKIHU, fringed : Ko nga kahu wherot he mea 
kikuMku itaM^U. IL, 119. 

Kll, the name of a tree. 

K\K\ {kik\). [See under Ei.] 

KIKI (kikl), [See under Ei.] 

KIKI, silenced by argument. Of. fct, to speak. 
Tongan— cf. kikihi, to dispute, to contest. 
Mangarevan— of. aka-kiki, to wholly give 
a thing up, without reservation. 

KIKI (myth.), a celebrated sorcerer of Waikato. 
His shadow was supposed to wither shrubs. 
He was slain by the incantations of a more 
powerful wizard, named Tamure, of Eawhia — 
P. M., 168. 

KIKIMO. [SeeEDfo.] 

KIKIMUTU, the name of a bird, the Rifleman 
(Om. AcatUhidossitta chloris). 

KIKINI. [SeeEiNi.] 

KIKIPORO, two pieces of wood used in beating 
time to a song. 

KIKIRIMUTU, the name of a bird, the Rifleman 
(Om. Acanthidosritta cMoris). 

KIKIWA. [See Whaka-kikiwa.] 

KIKIWAI (myth.), the son of Tahu and Taraha- 
nga, and the grandson of Tiki and Eauataata. 
Eikiwai was father of Eahuitara, the goddess 
of sea-birds — ^A. H. M., i. App. 

KIKO, ) flesh: A he mea tui U MkoHko o 
KIKOKIKO,} te kaki H te tawMti kareao-- 
A. H. M., i. 36. Cf. kikohunga, a gangrene ; 
kikowhiti, the fore-arm; kikopuku, the part 
of arm between shoulder and elbow. 2. A 
person (contemptuously) : He kiko whakara- 
waka, a vagabond. 8. Pudendum muliebre 

Samoan— iOj a long strip of flesh or fish ; 
*i*o, to be full-sized ; to be covered with meat ; 
(&.) full, as a bottle, or well ; ioio, the flesh of 
the sides, under the arm ; 'i*o'i*o, to coil up, 
as sinnet round the fingers. Cf . H'omata, the 
eye-ball ; iotua, a strip of flesh or fish taken 
from the back. Tahitian— io, flesh, the lean 
of flesh : Ua riro faahou mai te io taata atoa 
ra ; It was turned again like his other flesh. 
lb,) The substance of any fruit. Cf. aiio, 
(M.L. :^ kai-kiko,) a disease that breaks out 
in continual ulcers ; domestic broils ; a com- 
pany banded to commit some evil deed; tuaio, 
the fleshy parts on each side of the back-bone. 
Hawaiian — io, lean flesh, the animal mus- 
cle ; (&.) flesh in general : PupuM aku la lakou 
i kona io i ke ahi ; They burnt his flesh in the 
fii«. (c.) Flesh, i.e. person ; (d.) one's flesh, 
i,e. kindred : oe no kuu iwi, a me kuu io ; 
You are my bone and my flesh. Cf. iomaha^ 
the muscle on the side of the temple ; iopuku, 
the name of a disease in the nose (polypus) ; a 
gum-boil; lampers in a horse; iopono, ihe 
name of a class of persons formerly who were 
intrasted with the care of the king, and whose 
business it was to guard his person and effects 
lest someone should obtain his spittle or gar- 
ments, and thus have power to pray him to 
death. The Poo-iopono were generally high 
chiefs. Cf. also Ioio, thin, poor, reduced in 
flesh; spare. Marquesan— kiko, flesh: E 
ua Ufa iho koia ihua vahi me te kiko; And 
closed up the flesh instead, {b.) Fat, bulky : 
Ua Mko koe ; You are fat (bulky). Cf . kiko- 
mata, the eye; puMko, flesh withoat bone* 




Mangarevan — kiko, the flesh of animalB or 
frnits ; kikokiko, Baid of wool or cotton badly 
carded, or of breadfruit not properly prepared. 
Cf. arakikOt the almond of the pandamu, 
[See Whaba.] Ext. Poly.: Fiji— cf. viciko 
{vithiko), the flesh, the lean of meat. 

Kl KOKI KO (myth.) [See Atua-Kikokiko.] 

Whaka-KIKO, ) Moe-whakakikokiko, sham 
Whaka-KIKOKIKO,) sleep: Ka ahiahi, ka jk>, 

ka moe-whakakiko a Maui — Wohl., Trans., vii. 


Kl KOH U NG A, gangrene. [For comparatives, see 


KIKOPUKU, the part of the arm between shoalder 
and elbow. Cf. kiko^ flesh ; puku, a swelling ; 
kikowhiti, the fore-arm. 2. A warrior; a 
brave* man. [For comparatives see Kno, and 


KIKORANGI, the bine sky. Cf. rangi, the sky. 
2. (Modem) The firmament: Na, ka huaina 
te kikorangi e U Atxta, he Rangi — Ken., i. 8. 
[For comparatives, see Bamoi.] 

KIKORANGI (myth.), the lowest heaven, that 
nearest the earth. It is the residence of 
Tawhiri-matea ; Toiman is the ruling deity. 
It is one of the three heavens of Mam — 
A. H. M., i. App. 

KIKOWHITI, the fore-arm; the arm from elbow 
to wrist. 

KIMI, a calabash. 

KIM I, to seek, to look for: Kua matata, kua 
ngaro ia ; kimi kau te wahine ra — P. M., 97 : 
E kimi ana i nga katoai i toro hi tawhiti — 

KIMIHANGA, the circumstance, &c,, of seeking : 
Te AOf te Ao^ te kimihangaf te hahaunga — 
P. M.. 7. 

Tahitian — imi, to search, seek, look for a 
thing ; inquire : E imi tamau i tona ra mata ; 
Seek his face continually. I imi, the dual form 
of " to seek." Cf. imiorot a person that seeks 
and gathers the small herbs of which ^e little 
ornament called oro consists ; imiroa, one of 
the jury on a trial ; patmi, to search, to seek ; 
maimi, to search carefully. Haw^aiian — 
imi| to search for a thing as lost : Aole e imi 
ke kahufM i ke oho melemele ; The priest shall 
not seek for yellow hair : ke ala ia i imi ai 
i ka makua o Kahai ; That is the road to seek 
the father of Tawhaki. (&.) To seek, as for 
knowledge, riches, c&c.; imiimi, to seek ear- 
nestly, diligently. Cf. imihala, to seek occa- 
sion against ; imihale^ to seek an inheritance 
for one's children ; imiolelo, to lie ; to prattle ; 
maimi, to search carefully. Samoan — cf. 
timi, to desire. Tongan>-kumi, to seek, to 
look for, to investigate : Kahau oku ke kumi ia 
aki ho lota kotoa ; If you seek him with all 
your heart. Cf. fekumi^ to seek. Raroto- 
ngan— kimi, to seek, to search for : Eaa taku 
nei ara i toou na metua i kimi mai ei aia iaku 
nei kia mate} What is my sin before your 
father that he is seeking to kill me ? Mar- 
quesan~imi, to seek, look for ; to examine ; 
Imiimi, to search thoroughly. Pauxnotan— 
kimi, to seek, to look for ; (6.) to obtain, to 

KIMI (myth.), a canoe commanded by Bangihon, 
\xx the migration of the Morion to the Chatham 

Islands. There were two canoes; traditions 
agree that one was called Rangimata^ but the 
other is named either Kimi or Rangihoana, 
The others were lost— G.-8, 30. [See Mobi- 


KIMIAHA, (Moriorl,) fragile, easily broken. 

KIMO, to wink. Cf. kamo^ to wink. 

KIKIMO, to keep the eyes firmly closed. 

KIMOKIMO, to wink frequentiy. 

Tahitian— cf. amo^ to wink ; hoimaimo, to 
shrink through fear, cold, or bashfulness. 
Haw^aiian — imo, to wink: A imo me ka 
maka ka poe inaina wale mai ia*u ; Nor let the 
people that hate me without a cause wink the 
eye. (6.) To snap the eyes, as in drinking 
something very acid ; (c.) to twinkle, as a star ; 
fimo, to wink repeatedly ; to convey some idea 
by winking ; imoimo, to wink repeatedly, to 
wink fast ; (6.) very high ; far off. Of. amo^ to 
wink ; to twinkle, as a star ; hokuimoimo^ the 
twinkling of stars ; the winking of the eyes. 
Tongan — kimo, the glare of the sun, as seen 
in very hot weather ; kimokimo, quick, fast, as 
applied to ranning. Cf. kemo^ to wink ; kamo^ 
to wink. 

KIN A, the Eckinui or Sea-nrehin. 2. A variety 
of taro, 

Samoan — 'ina, the eckimu ; (2>.) the throat 
(an abusive term). Tahitian — ina, the 
name of a small shell-fish with sharp prickles; 
(6.) sharp, keen, as the edge of a tool ; the 
edge of a tool. Ha^fraiian — iiia, a species 
of sea-egg : Ke aii ka ina o Makakuku ; Who 
eats the sea-eggs of Matatuta CLpokeina^ 
a calabash of sea-eggs. Paumotan — cL 
faka-kina, to sharpen. Ext. Poly. : Fiji— cf. 
qina (nggina) a sort of echinus or sea-egg. 

KINAKt (kinaki), food eaten with other food; to 
eat one Mna of food with another: Kxta 
paoitia hoki he aruhe hei kinaki — P. M., 95. 
Samoan— ina'i, to eat one kind of food 
with another, as sauce. Cf. i% a sauce or 
relish, used to qualify another food, as vege- 
tables with meat. Tahitian — inai, any- 
thing to eat with bread or vegetables, such as 
pork, fish, or fowl ; also bread or vegetables to 
accompany flesh ; inanai, meat with bread, 
or bread with meat. Haw^aiian — inai, the 
little delicacies which give relish to food ; 
condiments. Tongan — cf. kiki^ used of 
anything eaten with vegetables, or in addition 
to other food. Marquesan — inai, that 
which is eaten with something else. Ma- 
ngarevan— Inaki, a relish, that which is 
eaten with something else ; aka-inakl, to give 
one something to eat with ordinaty food. 

KINI, ) to nip, to pinch. Cf. pakini^ to pinch. 
KIKINI,! 2. To pinch gently and secretly, as a 

sign of affection or desire. 8. To pinch off, 

nip off. 
KINIKINI, to pinch; to pinch off: Kinikinitia 

ana e ia nga kiri o taua rakau^A, H. M., iii. 

79. Cf. pokinikini. 
Whaka-KINI, to wink significantly, or give an 

intimation with the eyes : Kei whakakini mai 

nga kanohi o te hunga^'SgA,, xxxv. 19. 
Samoan— *ini, to take hold of with the 

nails ; to pinch ; {b) to pull up small weeds ; 

(c.) to kill, as a fish by pinching ; 'ini'ini, to do 

a thing gradually, as to bring taw from the 

plantation in small quantities, so as to make 




it eke oat ; to eat a fish in small pieces, so as 
to make it last with the taro. Hanvailan — 
Iniki, to pinch with thumb and finger ; {b^ to 
snatch away ; to cany off ; (c.) to pinch on, as 
the bad of a plant ; ininiki, to pinch a little ; 
to pinch often or frequently; iini, to desire, 
to wish for, to long after ; a strong desire. 
Tahitian— cf. tftttnt, fragments, leavings of 
food. Tongan — cf. kini, to strike; to cat 
the hair short; to let blood; maiktnt, to 
smart, to tingle. Marquesan — of. kikina, 
to press, to squeeze ; to be full, as a hoase. 
Ext Poly. : Motu — of. giniginU stinging. 
F^i— cf. kifd'ta, to pinch ; to nip between 
finger and thumb ; giniginit the act or cere- 
mony of honouring a warrior, generally done 
by women, an obscene exhibition. 

KIKINI, (for kukune,) to conceive a child (South 
Island dialect): Ko te wahine ka kikinia te 
tamaiti—k. H. M., ii. 10. 

KINO, misfortune, evil, wickedness; aversion, 
hste, hateful ; bad ; to dislike, hate : I nga ra 
te kino, hei kino — P. M. 15 : I take tonu Jioki 
Tatou H te kino — ^A. H. M., i. 25 : Kei tahuri 
ake aua whakaaro kino — P. M., 15 : Mae mat, 
« pa, t TQto U whare kino—Q. P., 28 : Eaoia 
ki te kino tetahi tangata ki tona hoa — Tiu., 
xix. 11. Cf. mhkinokinOf disgusted ; mokino- 
kino, lowering, threatening. 2. Ugly: He 
tanffota ataahua au, he tangata kino koe — 
WohL, Trans., vii. 45. 3. With ill-usage. 

Whaka-KINO, to disparage; to treat vnih con- 
tempt ; to condemn as being bad. 

KINONGA, evils; troubles: Aue! ko teruaienei 
nga kinonga — P. M., 25. 

Whaka-KINOKINO, to make ugly or evil : Ka eke 
ia ki te rangi, ka whakakinokino i a ia — 
P. M., 52. 

Saxnoan — *ino, excrement; 'i'ino, pshaw! 
&n interjection of contempt ; (&.) bad, either 
physically or morally; 'ino'ino, to hate, to 
abominate: Ua matou Hno*ino i lou suafa i 
niaf Wherein have we despised your name? 
Fa'a-'ino'ino, to cause to hate. Tahitian— 
ino, evil of any kind ; badness, vileness ; badly, 
widsedly : E taata parau ino raki roa ra; A 
man whose counsel is wicked. lino (the 
plural), vile, ill; faa-ino, to defame, to injure; 
defamation ; a defamer ; to hurt or spoil a 
thing; to give offence; to show dislike or 
ill-feeling; I noi no, vexation, grief of mind ; to 
be vexed, displeased. Cf . poino, an ill-natured, 
iU.jbefaaved fellow. Haw^aiian — Ino, ini- 
quity, depravity ; bad, wicked, vile; to be or 
become worthless : He mea ninau i na uhane 
ino ; A consulter of evil spirits. (6.) The poor 
qoali^of a thing; (c.) the substance in the 
intestines ; hoo-ino, to disfigure ; (6.) to trouble 
vith evil ; to f^ct ; to punish ; (c.) violence ; 
iniquity; cursing; to curse; to reproach, vex, 
tease; inoino, badness; worthlessness ; in- 
decency ; (&.) to make sad ; to be grieved ; very 
poor, lean, miserable, despicable : Ua ike au, 
he heU ino ana kou kino akalau; 1 have seen 
your spirit going about in sadness. Ho-ino, 
to curse one ; to Vex, harass, injure ; reproach, 
contempt; (b.) to make filthy, to defile. Cf. 
tiatffo, to be tne cause of evil or injury to any- 
one ; mainoino, to afflict ; to abuse ; a defacing 
or maiming the beauty of a thing ; poino^ to be 
in distress, to suffer ; hatm, injury ; fatigue ; 
tpwimnOf an evil diapoaition; malice; male- 


volent. Tongan — cf. ino and inoino, an 
action of the arms by which a challenge to 
fight is understood; kinohaa, dung, ordure. 
Rarotongan — kino, bad, evil: Kare oki e 
tika ia matou kia tuatua ua atu i te ineitaki e 
te kino ; We cannot speak to you either good 
or bad. Marquesan — ino, bad; ugly: Te 
puki o oho ino; The eel wit^ the ugly head. 
Inoino, a bad man; (&.) poor, despicable ; (c.) 
dried up ; kikino, a plebeian, a conmion person ; 
poor. Mangarevan — kino, to sin, to do 
evil; kinoga, sin, vice ; a bad action; aka-kino, 
to make out that another person is wicked. 
Cf. kauokino, niggardly; a vagabond, a bad 
fellow ; aka-ino, to bend round ; a cincture, a 
girdle. Paumotan— kiro, bad; miserable; 
[&.) malice; kirokiro, vile; to deform, to spoil. 
ixt. Poly. : SiKayana -cf. kakinokinot bad. 

KIOKIO, the twenty-fifth day of the moon's age. 

2. The name of a fern (Bot. Lomaria procera), 

3. Shade. 

Mangarevan— cf. aka-kio, to extinguish. 

KIOKIORANQI, a variety of the kumara, or sweet 

KIORE, a rat or mouse: Kiore, kiore mtUaki te 
whakarua — ^Wohl., Trans., vii. 47. (Myth.) 
It was brought in the Aotea canoe by Turi — 
A. H. M., ii. 180. 2. A mythical fish, with the 
body of an eel and the head of a dog. 
Samoan — Mole, a rat. Cf. ^imoa and 
^itumu, a rat ; Ho, the peeping cry of a chicken. 
Tahitian — lore, the native rat or mouse; 
(6.) a piece of wood in the stem of a canoe ; 
liore, a species of blubber-like fish. Cf. ioio, 
to make a noise like young birds ; matajnataiore, 
to peep, so as to watch the actions of another; 
tariaiore Uaringa-kioreY a fungus like a mush- 
room. Haw^aiian — lole, a mouse ; iole-nui, 
a rat, or rabbit. Cf . iolea, wild, untamed ; 
ioto, to chirp, peep, as a chicken. Mar-< 
quesan— kioe, a rat, a mouse. Mangare-< 
van— kiore, a rat or mouse; (&.) (used of a 
man) poor, beggarly; kioreore, very poor; 
aka-kiore, to call anyone a rat. Cf. kio, to 
chirp. Mangaian — kiore, a rat or mouse : 
Ava au e kake, na te kiore e kake; I will not 
climb, let the rat climb. Cf. kio, to chirp. 
Paumotan — kiore, a rat. Cf. kiokio, to 
chirp. Ext. Poly.: Slkayana— cf. kiore, a 
rat. Nikunau — of. kimoa, a rat. 

KIORE-MOAN A, ) the name of a fish, the Hippo- 
KIORE-WAITAI, j campue or Seahorse. 

KIORE-POTO, ) (myth.,) two personages con- 

KIORE-ROA, J quered by Bata. For them 

the invocation was repeated (by Bata) which 

commences : Kiore, Kiore, mataki, te whaka- 

rua— Wohl., Trans., vii. 47. 

KIRA, a wing: Ka whati tahi kira o Tawhaka 
—A. H. M., i. 116. 

KIREA, land exhausted by frequent cropping. 

KIREHE (ftlr«^), a dog; a quadruped: Me te 
kirehe o te whenua — Ken., i. 24. Cf. karehe, 
to run ; kararehe, a dog ; a quadruped ; kuri, 
a dog ; rere, to run, as water ; karere, a mes« 
senger. [For possible comparatives, see Subl] 

KIRI, the skin; bark: A kite iho au, to kiri i 
a/nkz, ki te wai ngarahu — G. P., 28. Cf. 
kiriwaif the inner skin ; kiritonat a wart, an 
exerescenoe on the skin; kirikiri, gravel} 




kirikau, naked ; kirtmoko^ raperfidal ; kiriUa, 
white-skinned ; tuakirif a grazed skin. 

Samoan — Sli, a rasp, a file; iUolat the 
outer skin; iliasina^ light-ooloored, as the 
skin ; faa-ililuaf to injure down to the second 
skin by soratohing. Tahitian — iri, skin: 
Ua mimio tau iri e ua tahuti; My skin is 
broken and has become loathsome. (6.) Bark, 
peeling; (e.) a board or plank. Cz. trio, a 
rind-gall in trees ; iriatai, the surface of the 
sea ; iriamore^ the bark of the fan tree : iri- 
amatarut able to endure all weathers (lit., 
"thick-skinned"); imrta, a cutaneous dis- 
order, the ptiokly-heat. Hanvailan — iii, 
the skin of a person or animal : Anuhenuhe ka 
Hi i he anu; The skin is roughened with 
cold, (h.) The bark of a tree : J kukui iU 
putMmu; The huhui (tree) with the rough 
Dark, (c.) The surface of uie ground or sea : 
E malana iluna o ka Hi kai ; Floating it up to 
the surface of the sea : Ka Hi lani a Kant (MX. 
s= Te kiri rangi a Tane), the sky. Cf. ilihunet 
poor (lit. poor to the skin) ; ilikai^ surface of 
the sea; iliomaka, the prepuce, foreskin; 
ilihaut the bark of Uie hau tree of which ropes 
are made [see Whauwhx] ; ililuna, the upper 
surface ; ilimano^ shark-skin, used in making 
drum-heads ; mahiili, to take or seize, pro- 
perly for the king. (This was often done by 
the unscrupulous officers, who left nothing to 
the people "but their skin.") Tongan — 
kill, the skin: Bea e lutu i he afi ho na kili^ 
mo ho na fino ; They shall bum their skins 
and flesh m the fire. {b.\ The bark of trees ; 
(e.) a saw; a file; (d) leprosy; faka-kili, to 
grow again, as the bark of trees which were 
stripped. CI. kiliui, dark in the skin ; kilia, 
a leper; leprous; kiliatat light in the skin; 
kxlikiliua, double - barked, as certain trees. 
Marquesan—kii, skin, hide, leather; (&.) 
colour ; («.) surface : E ua haapeehu iho i te 
kii otoa o te fenua; It watered the surface 
of the ground. Mangaian — kiri, the skin of 
a person : E kiri taputapu taua kiri ; Most 
sacred is that skin. Mangarevan — kiri, 
skin. Cf. kiriakOt a skin spotted yellow; 
kirihau, bark of the cloth tree ; kiripagu, 
black-skinned; negro; kiripane, the thick 
skin on the head of a fish. Pauxnotan — 
kiri, bark. Futuna — kili, skin; (6.) bark. 
Ext. Poly.: Motu— cf. iliili, a file, rasp. 
F^l — cf. kuU, the skin; huikidif the spare 
piece of malo, or native male's dress, that 
hajigs behind like a tail. Kayan — kiu, the 
barkl Malay — cf. kulit, the skin; leather; 
husk; kuUt'kayu, bark. Savu— cf. kori, 
bark. Solomon Islands— cf. kilifela, flint 
(M.L., kiri-weral). Madura— cf. koU, skin, 
bark. Matu— cf. kuUt, skin; shell; bark. 
The following words also mean " skin " and 
"bark":— Bouton, okulit; Ahtlago, ikulit; 
Baju, kulit; Teor, holit; Ysabel (Bugotu), 
guiguli; Ysabel, (Gao,) guU; Florida, 
gvdguU; Apl, kulu; Rotuma, uU; (Fiji, 
kuXi;) AmhrYmtili; Fate, triZt. 

KIRIKAU, naked: Kei waenga e korero ana, he 
kinkav^V, M., 102. Cf. kiri, skin; kau, 
alone, without appendage. [For comparatiTes 
see Em, and Kau.] 

KIRlKIRi, gravel: Ki nga kowhatu, ki nga 
Innkin kowhatu. Cf. kiripaka, a flint ; kin, 
theekin. [SeeMoriori.] 2. Small baakete of 

potatoes: Kirikiri kaimata; he tang€Ua ringa- 
ringa — FtOY, 
Samoan — Mli'iii, gravel, pebbles, small 
stones. Cf. HUH, to be pained by walking 
over sharp stones; taHH, stony, gravelly. 
Tahitian — iri iri, small stones; gravel; 
pebbles; grit; (6.) lumpy, as some kinds of 
food. Cf. iri, the skin ; Haiti, the small peb- 
bles of a pavement; tuiri, small stones, 
pebbles, gravel. Mangaian — kirikiri, flints ; 
small stones : Kua oaH oki aia i taku nio ki 
te kirikiri ; He has also broken my teeth with 
gravel. Hanvaiian — ili, and iJiill, small 
smooth stones worn by the water. Moriori 
—kiri - pohatu, gravel. Tongan — kilikili, 
small stones placed in the graves of the dead ; 
faka-kilikili, to spread a luge kind of gravel 
over graves. Mangarevan — ki ri ki ri , flints ; 
small stones. Paumotan— kirikiri, stony, 
pebbly; gravel; (6.) clotted. Cf. huakiri, 
gravel ; stony. Ext. Poly. : Motu — cf . miri, 
gravel. Fiji— cf. kiU-ca, to turn up stones; 
to turn a thing up and look under it. 
Malay — cf. batu^kelikir, gravel (batu, stone 
= Maori, whatu). Sikayana — cf. kirikiri, 
shingle. Solomon Islands— cf. kiUfela, 
flint ; pokiri, sinker of fishing-line ; pokirikiri, 
round; to make round. 

KIRIKIRIAWA (myth.), the name of a battle 
fought in Hawaui — P. M., 145. [Bee Maxau, 


KIRIKOPUNI {kiHkdpuni), a kind of EeL 

KIRIMAHO, thenameof a skin disease. (Syn. 
with Eewa.) 

KIRIMOKO, superficial, skin-deep : Kei mea koe, 
he aroha kirimoko te aroha mou — M. M., 9. 
Cf. kiri, the skin ; moko, tattoo marks. [For 
comparatives, see Eibi, and Moko.] 

KIRIPAKA, flint, quartz : Me te kaeo, me te kiri- 
paka— P. M., 157. Cf. kirikiri, gravel ; paka, 
scorched ; red, or brown. [For comparatives, 
see Kthtktri.] 

KIRIPUAl (mjrth.), a chief of ancient times, who 
was ezoeedmgly benevolent and kind-hearted. 
He wept over those who met untimely deaths, 
or were killed in war. His descendants are 
proverbially called " The sacred, the priceless 
red feathers of Kiripuai.*' 

KI RI RI, the name of a fish, the " Leather Jacket'* 
(Ich. Monaeanthut convexirastris), 

KIRIRUA, a species of EeL 

KI RITAI, the space immediately outside the fence 
of a pa. Cf . kiri, the skin ; tai, sea. 
Hanvaiian— ilikai, the surface (skin) of the 
sea; the surface of any substance: Ike iki 
lakou iaia e pai wale mai ana no iluna o ka 
ilikai ; He just saw him rising above the sur- 
face of the sea. (6.) Horizontal. Cf. Hi, skin, 
surface ; kai, the sea. Samoan-— cf. iliatai, 
the surface of the sea. [For other compara- 
tives, see Entz, and Tax.] 

KtRITEA, white-skinned ; fair. Cf. MH, skin; 
tea, white. [For comparatives, see Enu, and 


KIRITONA, awart; an ezorescenoe on the skin. 
Cf . kiri, skin ; iona, excrescence ; wart ; tonga, 
a blemish on the skin ; kautonat a wart. 3. 
A stye or pimple on the ^elid. 




KIRIKIRITONA, a disease of the eye, in which 
tiie eyelid is turned outward. 
Hawaiian — ilikonai a wart, a small hard 
protaberanoe on the skin. [For other com- 
paratiyes, see Eibi, and Tona.] 

KIRITORE, pudendum muliebre (labia minora), 
Gf. toretore^ having inflamed eyes ; split into 
stripe; hiri^ skin. [For comparatives, see 
Kin, and Tobe.1 

KIRIUKA (Ui\uka), unflinching. 

KiRIWAI, the inner skin (cutis vera), Gf. kiri, 
the skin. 2. The name of a small bright-green 
Beetle (Ent. Fyrcnota f estiva). [For com- 
paratives, see Kol] 

KIRIWETI, a very passionate person. 

KIRIWETIWETI, dreadful, horrid. 

KiTA, tightly, fast. Cf. ngitat fast, firm, secure ; 
ita, tight, ^st. 

Tahitian — iita, stiffened; to harden, or be 
hardened; obdurate; (h,) look-jaw (tetanus)] 
faa-iita, to harden ; to make stiff. Cf. tot to, 
tight, well-stretched ; tuitay to be well- joined 
or well-fitted together. Hawaiian— ikaika, 
strength, power ; zeal, perseverance ; strongly, 
perseveringly : Ka olelo ikaika ame ki kuna- 
Mhi; strong language with fierceness; iiikEj 
a scar, a contraction of the skin ^om a 
wound; hoo*ikaika, to strengthen, encourage. 
Tongan— kita, lock-jaw (tetanus); (b,) are- 
lapse, to suffer a relapse ; faka-kita, to startle, 
as one ill ; to cause death ; to cause death to 
a sick person by exciting his passions. Gf. 
kitakif to persevere, to hold out. Manga- 
revan — ita, to be glued ; viscous ; itaita, to 
be firmly stuck together. Gf . ithhut to have 
the eyes heavy with sleep. Paumotan — 
keta, stiff; strained; bent; ketaketa. solid; 
strict, precise; rigid; faka-keta, to harden; 
faka-ketaketa, to strengthen. Ext. Poly.: 
Fiji — cf. kida, tetanus ; epilepsy. 

KITAO, an invocation spoken over a spear before 
battle. Gf. In, to speak ; too, a spear. [For 
comparatives see Ei, and Tao.] 

KITE, to see; know; perceive: Katahi ano ka 
kitea U tini tangata—V. M., 8. 2. To find 
out, to discover; to notice, observe: Ana, 
tokowha ano koutou^ ka taki hoki au ka kite i a 
koe—P. M., 13. Gf. matakite^ one who fore- 
sees an event. 

Whaka-KITE, to reveal, disclose. 

Samoan— *i*ite, to predict, to foretell. Gf. 
feHteHtea% to see indistinctly, as at twilight ; 
to be just distinguishable. Tahitian — ite, to 
know, to understand; to perceive ; knowledge ; 
perception : Ua ite oiai tei tiaturi i ana ra ; 
He knows those who trust in him : Ta matou 
iho hoi i ite i to matou taria; According to all 
that we have heard with our ears. (6.) To 
accept, to receive a person favourably; iite 
(dual of ite) ; faa-ite, to teach, make known ; 
a teacher : E faaite i tana i raue i rotopu i te 
taata atoa ra; Make known his deeds among 
the people. Faa-iite, to reconcile those who 
were at variance. Ha\iraiian — ike, to see, 
to perceive by the eye: E ike auanei i ko 
kakou onehanau ; We shall soon see our nativ^ 
place, (d.) To know, understand ; knowledge ; 
mstmction : No ko'u ikeika maikai ko^u mea 
noiai olelo kaena ai; From my knowledge of 

beauty, I can speak with confidence, (e.) To 
receive as a visitor; (d.) to know casually; 
iikOj quick to learn; ready, smart; having 
gained knowledge; ikeike, to see; to know; 
showing, witnessing; ho-ike, and hoo-ike, to 
show, to make known ; to exhibit ; ho-ikerke, 
to make known clearly; hoo-ikeike, to explain ; 
to exhibit; a testimonial; a superscription. 
Tongan — kite, to appear ; to see at a distance 
when at sea; kikite, divination; prophecy; to 
divine, to augur ; faka-kite, to look anxiously 
and narrowly at anything ; faka-kitekite, any- 
thing new or strange done by a person just 
before his decease, and afterwards referred to 
as a prognostication. CL fekitegaki, to be in 
sight of each other. Mangarevan — kite, to 
see, perceive ; (b.) to understand ; aka-kite, to 
show ; aka-kitekite, to confess, a\ow ; (&.) to 
show. Gf. kiteauat visible; kiteauragat ap- 
pearance. Rarotongan— kite, to see : Kare 
kotou e kite akaou mai i toku mata; You shall 
not see my face again. (6.) To perceive by 
any of the senses: E kite akera Isaaka i te 
aunga o tonakakau; And Isaac smelt the 
odour of his clothes, (e.) A witness ; to bear 
witness : Te kite pikikoa, e tuatua i te tuatua 
pikikaa ra; A false witness who speaks lies. 
Aka-kite, to show; to point out; to make 
known : E akakite kia koe i taau e rave ra; 
And show to you what you shall do. Mar- 
quesan — kite, to see ; to know, to recognise. 
Gf. tiket to see (kite transposed?) ; haa-kitea, 
to appear : Tefenua moo e haakitea; The dry 
land appears. Paumotan — kite, to know; 
perceive; (&.) speech; (c.) direction; skill; 
wise, sagacious ; faka-kite, to post up, publish ; 
(b.) to show ; to unveil ; to discover ; to make 
known ; (c.) an omen, presage ; kitehaga, to 
feel ; (b,) to smell ; (e.) to be sensible of. Gf. 
kitemoemoef to know imperfectly. Anlw^an — 
citi, to see: Sara ma kowcitia; Search and 
look {kow for particle ko): Avou neicitia ta 
nokano ; I saw the spirit. Ext. Poly. : Motu 
— cf . kito, to spy, to watch, as for an enemy or 
thief. Sikayana—cf. kite, to see. Tagal — 
cf. quita, to see. Ilocan^f. tguigtitto, to 

KiWA (myth.), a famous chief and explorer of 
ancient times. Te moana nui o Kiwa, (" The 
great sea of Eiwa,") is supposed to be the 
Pacific Ocean— (Mair). 2. The chief of the 
Hirauta canoe, m the migration to New Zea- 
knd— A. H. M.. ii 191. 

Whaka-KIKIWA, to keep the eyes firmly closed. 
Samoan — cf. fa'a-Hva, to be worn out, 
to be wearied. Tahitian — cf. ivaiva, dark, 
dismal; poivaiva, the dusk of the evening. 
Mangarevan— cf. kihakiha^ to keep the 
gaze fixed on. 

KI WEI, to loop or handle of a basket Gf. kawei, 
loop or handles of a basket ; kawe^ a handle ; 
straps for a bundle. [For comparatives, see 

KIWI, the name of a bird (Om. Apteryx sp.) : Ka 
puta ki waho ko te kiwi, ko te manu huruthuna 
a Tane—lkA, 117. This bird is often alluded 
to in myth and song, as " The hidden bird of 
Tane," (A. H. M., i. 143,) and "The night- 
bird of Tane.** The *' hidden land of Tane '* 
was, in Eastern Polynesia, a name for Ha- 
waiki, [See Tame, and Hawaiki.J 




Whaka-KlWI, to look aside, to regard obUqnely. 
Cf . tirt, a bone. 

Saxnoan— *ivi| bony, applied to the eye 
when covered with a film ; ploral, *i'ivi ; 
paseive, Mvi'ivia, to be thin. Tongan— kivi, 
Bonk, applied to the eyes ; (6.) blind ; faka-kivi, 
to tease, to annoy, as ealt-water in the eyee. 
Tahitian — cf. m, a bone; tvtoro, wary; 
deliberate, applied to speech. Hawaiian — 
iwi, to tarn aside, to be crooked, as the eyes 
of cross-eyed persons ; (6.) crooked, pointed, 
curved ; iwiiwi, crooked, carved ; ho-iwi, to 
tarn the eyeball from its nataral position ; to 
tarn the eyes aside, to sqoint, to be cross- 
eyed. Gf. ha-hiunt to crook, to bend, to tarn 
a little aside, or edgeways ; kakitoi, crooked, 
bent. Ext. Poly.: Fiji— cf. kivi, to turn the 
head to look on one side ; to glance at ; tivi- 
tt'vi, sideways. 

KIWI-KARUAI, the name of a bird, the Large 
Grey Kiwi (Orn. Apteryx haa$tii). 

KIWI-PARURE, the North Isknd Kiwi (Orn. 
Apteryx buUeri), 

KIWI-PUKUPUKU, the Little Qrey Kiwi (Orn. 
Apteryx oweni), 

K0| a particle, used when the predicate is either 
a proper name, a personal pronoun, a local 
noun, or the interrogatives wai or hea ; also 
before a common noun with any of the defi- 
nitives except he [see Maori Grammar] : Kia 
kaha te karanga 'Ko Tinirau I Ko Tinirau /' — 
P. M., 40: Ko te po nui^ ko te po roa—V. M., 
49: Ko to koutou taokete tena — P. M., 54. 2. 
To : E hika, koheakoe /—P. M., 161. 8. At. 
Samoan — *o, the sign of the nominative 
absolute : '0 Uma fa^ato^a sau lenei ; This is 
his first visit. Tahitian — o, an article pre- 
fixed to proper names when in the nominative 
case ; also sometimes to adjectives, when used 
substantively : vai te kaere i Tahiti ; Who 
went to Tahiti ; te arii ra, o Pomare ; The 
Queen, Pomare. Haviraiian — o, a prefix to 
nouns to render them emphatic or definite : 
Hoi ke aArua, o LonOt noho i ka naele; Passed 
has the god Bongo, he dwells in the mire. 
Tongan — ko, a prefix used before proper 
names of persons and places, and in answer to 
the question, '* Who?" : Kohai teufekau^ hea 
kohai e alu amautolu f Bea neu toki behe^ ko 
au eni; ke kefekau au; Whom shall I send, 
and who will go for us ? Then I said, ' Here 
am I ; send me.* Mangarevan — ko, an 
article placed before proper names in the 
nominative case: Tona igoa^ * ko AttUL Tane;* 
His name is 'The God Tane.' (&.) When 
placed before verbs and nouns it signifies " It 
is": Ko Ataraga te motua^ ko Uaega te kiti; 
Ataranga is the father, Uaenga is the mother. 
Rarotongan— ko, a prefix to nouns and per- 
sonal pronouns in the nominative case, and 
to proper names : Ko au ra tei kino e toku 
au tangata; I and my people are wicked. 
Marquesan — o, a particle used before nouns 
and pronouns in the nominative case, and 
before proper names : au tenei^ Te Tumu- 
tupu-fenua ; I am here, Tumu-tupu-whenua. 
Ext. Poly.: Fiji — cf. ko, an article used 
before the proper names of persons and place|, 
also before some of the personal pronounja. 
Malagasy — cf. ke^ an ornamental particle, 
used at the beginning or end of a sentence. 

KO (A^), a wooden implement used for digging or 
planting; sometimes used as a weapon (cf. 
kaukau^ a spear) : Katahi ka werohia te ko^ka 
mate tera too— P. M., 62. Cf. houhout to dig 
up ; hou, to force downwards [See Hawaiian] ; 
ftot, shaip. 

KO {kb)t 1 to dig or plant with a fto: Ka 

KOKO {kbkb), f koia ki U whenua. 

KOANQA, sowing-time ; planting-time. 

Samoan — o, to penetrate, as a spear into 
the body ; to go deep down, as a stick stuck 
into the ground and meeting no obstacle. Cf. 
*oga, the penis, Tahitian — o, a stick used 
for digging with; to dig the ground; (6.) a 
stick used for stripping off the husk of the 
oocoanut ; to husk coooanuts ; husked ; (c.) to 
enter by piercing; (d.) an enclosure ; a garden 
under cultivation ; oo, a large hole ; the hollow 
between waves ; faa-o, to enter, as into a room 
or any other place ; (6.) to have or take a 
present, as an introduction ; to cause or pro- 
cure an introduction ; faa-oo, to leave a space 
between two ridges when thatching a native 
house. Cf. oarero, a tongue that digs up mis- 
chief ; ohou, a new garden or enclosure ; oihe, 
a stick used for digging ; ooairaa (M.L. = 
kokO'kai-ranga)t to annoy persons while eating, 
by stirring up the dust near them. Hawai- 
ian — 0, an instrument to pierce with; any 
sharp-pointed instrument; a fork; a sharp 
stick ; the sprit of a sail ; to pierce, prick, or 
stab; (&.^ a pain in the body ; a stitcii in the 
side, as if pierced by a sharp instrument ; (c.) 
to thrust through; to gore, as a bullock; 
(pass.) to be stabbed, killed ; (d.) to extend or 
reach out, as the hand or finger ; (« .) to dip, 
as the fingers in a fluid; oo, the instrument 
anciently used by the Hawaiians in cultivating 
the ground : O naoo mahiai i kawa kahiko, o 
ka ulei ao ke alahee; The tools for digging in 
ancient times were made of ulei (wood), and 
alahee (wood). (2>.) To crowd or cram into ; 
to crowd herbs of an inflammatory nature into 
the vagina of a female to procure abortion ; 
(c.) to pierce with a sharp instrument the 
foetus in the womb ; (d.) to stab or pierce with 
a spear. Cf. ou, to pierce, puncture ; fiou, to 
pierce, puncture; KukaoOj the name of the god 
of agriculture; ot, the shiurp point of a weapon ; 
offensive or defensive weapons. Marque- 
san — ko, a stick for taking o£F the husks 
of cocoanuts. Mangarevan — kokokoko, a 
hollow; to be enlarged. Cf. koiga, earth 
excavated by the action of rains, &c. ; taoko^ a 
smooth lance, without fishbone barbs or orna- 
ments ; vahikokOf a place dug out. Tongan 
~cf. 00, to unfix, unfasten. Rarotongan— 
ko, to dig; an instrument for digging with: 
Kia ko ua tetai tangata i te rua; If a man 
shall dig a pit. Ext. Poly.: Fiji — cf. doko, 
a pointed stick used as a substitute for a spade 
(cf. Maori toko), San Cristoval, (Wano,) 
^<:f . 00, a spear. 

KO (kb), girl (used only when addressing) : E ko! 
On girll Cf. kbhine, a girl; kbtiro, a girl; 
kbhaia, a girl. 

KO {kb), yonder place : Ka ki atu nga tangata, 
* kei ko rara* — P. M., 20. Cf. mamao, distant. 
[See Hawaiian, under Mamao.] 2. A distant 
point of time : A ko ake nei, hereafter. 
Samoan — o, yonder: Aoa*umale tama ma 
te i e tapuai ai ; I and the lad will go 




. yonder to worship. Tahltlan— o, an adverb 
of place; either here, or there, as particles 
direct: as t o fi«i, at this place; i o, yonder: 
A haere i o atu; Go hence to yonder place. 
Hawraiian — o, a place, bat indefinitely; 
auit a o, from there to there; throaghout: 
A ka laulay he hanalima, mat o a o; The 
breadth, fifty, everywhere. 2. Yonder; there; 
9ki o aku, beyond ; mai o a o^ from yonder to 

Snder ; everywhere ; ifiamao, yonder ; distant. 
angarevan — ko, down there; (Jb.) some- 
times used to designate far-off locahties. Cf. 
ga-ko, there. Rarotongan — ko, an adverb of 
place : either here, or there, according to the 
particle nsed ; (&.) yonder : E noo koutou i ko 
nei, kia aere au ki ko ; You stop here, while I 
go yonder. Ext. Poly: Aneityuxn — cf. ko 
(a raffix), yonder, away from ; e agko ko^ yon- 
der. Forxnosan— cl aicho^ there; yonder; 
aieho-teh^ beyond ; outside ; iAt out of sight. 


KO (Xcd), to put out the lips in contempt. Cf. ho* 
to pout, to put out the lips in derision. 

KOA, glad, joyful; to rejoice: Ka ioa a ia^ ka 
mihi — A. H. M., i. 22 : Ka koa hoki ki a ratou 
nei mea, ka mana — P. M., 92. 
Saxnoan— 'oa*oa, delight; to be delighted. 
Tahitlan — oa, joy, gladness ; to be glad, to 
rejoice: E oaoa Uma aau ia iu mai oia ia 
oe ra; His heart will be glad when he sees 
yon. Oaoa, to rejoice: la oaoa hoi U rai; 
Let the heavens rejoice. Faa*oaoa, to cause 
joy; to rejoice. Cf. hiaoa^ a malicious or 
spiteful rejoicing ; to rejoice in another's dis- 
tress ; htamateoa^ to exult, rejoice. Hawai- 
ian — oa, to shout, as a multitude of voices ; 
(b.Vto burst over, as a swollen stream; oaoa, 
caun, serene ; joyful ; (b.) the sound of water 
bubbling, as in a spring ; to gurgle, as water 
running from a calabash. Marquesan— 
fcoakoa, joy; rejoicing; {h.) to be satisfied, 
contented. Mangaian — koa, to rejoice; 
koakoa, to rejoice greatly. Mangarevan — 
koakoa, rejoicing ; joy ; to be glad ; (6.) to be 
satisfied, content ; aka-koakoa, to rejoice ; to 
make happy. [NoTS.~By a curious reversal 
of meaning, koa means to mourn ; weeping ; 
and aka-koa, to cause to weep. The Hawaiian 
oa also means bereaved of children or parents.] 
Pauznotan — koa, contented, pleased; koa- 
koa, joy; faka-koakoa, to please; to applaud. 

KOA, an intensive " Indeed :** Ka mea etahi *He 
aiua koa'—VM,, 19. 2. In entirety. 8. "He 
aha koa T* *' What does it matter ?'' 

KOA (koii). [See Eowi.] 
KOAL [See Eowax'.] 

KOA HA (Ikx^Aa), .abortive, immature; shed before 
Mangarevan — cf. koai, abortive (said of 
berries, tftc.). 

KOAKA {kbakajf a calabash. Cf. kiakat a cala- 
bash. 2. A coarse mat made of flax leaves. 
Of. koka^ a coarse mat. 8. A mat for use as a 
carpet, or to lie on. 

KOANU (&5afm), cold. Cf. anu, cold; kbangi, 
Tahitlan — cf. anu^ cold, or coldness ; to be 
chilly; tnoRu, a person not affected by cold 
or drowainesa ; puanuanu^ to be chilled ; to be 
dejected in mind; taiianuanu, the cold season ; 


tovanuvamit coldness. Hawaiian — cf. anut 
cold ; anuanut chilliness ; anuhenuhe^ rough 
. with cold [see Anuhe] ; puanuanut to be cold 4 
to be damp and shivering ; pupuanut to come 
out in cold pimples, or the skin rough with 
erect papillas through cold ; to try to get warm 
in vain ; to be dizzy ; to persevereun doin^ a 
thing. Tongan— cf. anuanut to wade and 
swim in deep water ; faka-anuanu^ to float, to 
lie in the water ; anufea^ cold ; faka-anufea, 
to chill, to make vety cold. Marquesan — 
cf. anUf to be cold ; cold. Mangarevan — 
cf . anUf cold ; anuanu, slightly cold ; chill ; 
auanUf to feel cold ; cold dew ; to be sensible 
of the absence of anyone ; to be alone, {.«., to 
be cold because someone is away. Pa umotan 
— cf. anuanUt cold. Rarotongan^cf. ami, 

KOANQAUMU. a spell for weakening one's ene- 
mies ; he ika koarigaumu, a fish made use of